diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/text1')
522 files changed, 0 insertions, 34362 deletions
diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/appendix.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/appendix.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 0000bd5a39..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/appendix.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \appendix markup -\appendixformat{\numberingstyle{A} - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \centerline{\twelvept\bold Appendix \appendixnumber} - \centerline{\twelvept\bold\appendixtitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \setchapternumber{0} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - \setfigurenumber{0} - \settablenumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end appendix format diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/asism.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/asism.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index c5ea6006c4..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/asism.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for \asisbegin in \monospace -\asisformat{\skipbefore{1\bl} - \everyasis{\leftindent{0pt}} - \skipafter{1\bl} -}% end as is format diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/asisp.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/asisp.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index c9a65c3860..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/asisp.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \asisbegin markup -\asisformat{\skipbefore{6pt} - \everyasis{\leftindent{0pt}} - \skipafter{6pt} -}% end as is format diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/bibliog.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/bibliog.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 691cee2263..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/bibliog.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \bibliography markup -\bibliographyformat{% - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \centerline{\twelvept\bd\bibtitle} - \vs{\bl} - }% end titleformat - \everybibentry{\vs{1\bl}\goodbreak\hp\nin} - \sameauthorrulesize{width 3em height .6ex depth -.5ex} - \incontents{yes} -}% end bibliographyformat markup diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/bquotem.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/bquotem.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 87d2605a8a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/bquotem.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults for \blockquotebegin in \monospace -\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{1\bl} - \everyblockquote{\rm\leftindent{36pt} % 36pt = .5in - \rightindent{36pt} - } - \skipafter{1\bl} -}% end monospace block quote begin format diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/bquotep.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/bquotep.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 4fdf50b4c9..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/bquotep.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults for the \blockquotebegin markup -\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{6pt} - \everyblockquote{\tenpt\leftindent{24pt} % 24pt = .3in - \rightindent{24pt} - } - \skipafter{6pt} -}% end block quote begin format diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/chapter.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/chapter.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 9796e18beb..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/chapter.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \chapter markup -\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \centerline{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber} - \centerline{\twelvept\bd\chaptertitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end chapter format diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/contents.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/contents.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 45fa4e571d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/contents.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults when using the \tableofcontents markup -\tableofcontentsformat{% - \toctitle{\centerline{\bd Table of Contents} - \vs{1\bl}} - \prefacetocformat{\nin\prefacetitle\leader\pagenumber} - \parttocformat{\vs{1\bl} - \centerline{Part \partnumber} - \centerline{\parttitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \nin Part \partnumber \leader \pagenumber} - \continuechapter{no} - \chaptertocformat{\hangingchapternumber \chaptertitle \leader \pagenumber} - \hangingchapterindent{.25in} - \appendixtocformat{\hangingappendixnumber \appendixtitle \leader \pn} - \hangingappendixindent{.25in} - \subheadatocformat{\leftindent{.5in}\nin - \subheadatitle \leader \pagenumber} - \subheadbtocformat{\leftindent{1in}\nin - \subheadbtitle \leader \pagenumber} - \subheadctocformat{\leftindent{1.5in}\nin - \subheadctitle \leader \pagenumber} - \subheaddtocformat{\leftindent{2in}\nin - \subheaddtitle \leader \pagenumber} - \bibliographytocformat{\nin\bibtitle \leader \pagenumber} - \figuretoctitle{\newpage - \centerline{\bd List of Figures} - \line{Figure \rt{Page}}} - \figuretocformat{\hangingnumber{\figurenumber.}\figuretitle\leader\pagenumber} - \hangingfigureindent{.25in} - \tabletoctitle{\newpage - \centerline{\bd List of Tables} - \line{Table \rt{Page}}} - \tabletocformat{\hangingnumber{\tablenumber.}\tabletitle\leader\pagenumber} - \hangingtableindent{.25in} -} diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/enotem.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/enotem.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 2716defe7a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/enotem.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults for \autoendnote with \monospace -\endnoteformat{\skipbefore{0\bl} - \textreferenceposition{down} - \textreferencefont{\rm} - \textreferencestyle{[1]} - \notereferenceposition{down} - \notereferencefont{\rm} - \notereferencestyle{1.} - \notereferencegutter{1em} % 1em = 12pt in a 12pt font - \everyendnote{\rm\pin{0pt}\lin{1.2em}} -} diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/enotep.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/enotep.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 4f2b55d4e1..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/enotep.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \autoendnote markup -\endnoteformat{\skipbefore{4pt} - \textreferenceposition{down} - \textreferencefont{\tenpt} - \textreferencestyle{[1]} - \notereferenceposition{down} - \notereferencefont{\tenpt} - \notereferencestyle{1.} - \notereferencegutter{1em} % 1em = 12pt in a 12pt font - \everyendnote{\tenpt\pin{0pt}\lin{1.2em}} -}% end endnoteformat markup diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/figurem.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/figurem.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 9d7263c218..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/figurem.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults for \figure with \monospace -\figureformat{\skipbefore{1\bl} - \position{\float} - \titleformat{\bqb\hp - \bd Figure \figurenumber. \rm\figuretitle\bqe} - \incontents{yes} - \skipafter{1\bl} -}% End figure format markup diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/figurep.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/figurep.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index e2131696ef..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/figurep.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults for the \figure markup -\figureformat{\skipbefore{1\bl} - \position{\float} - \titleformat{\bqb\hp\tenpt - \bd Figure \figurenumber. \rm\figuretitle\bqe} - \incontents{yes} - \skipafter{1\bl} -}% End figure format markup diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/fnotem.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/fnotem.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index a3d5840598..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/fnotem.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults for \autofootnote with \monospace -\footnoteformat{\skipbeforedivider{12pt} - \skipafterdivider{2.6pt} - \footnotedivider{144pt} % 144pt = 2in - \textreferenceposition{down} - \textreferenceplacement{after} - \textreferencefont{\rm} - \textreferencestyle{(1)} - \notereferenceposition{down} - \notereferencefont{\rm} - \notereferencestyle{1.} - \notereferencegutter{1em} - \everyfootnote{\rm\pin{.5in}\psk{.5in}\lin{0pt}\rin{0pt}} -} diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/fnotep.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/fnotep.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 97fb1ddf0c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/fnotep.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults for the \autofootnote markup -\footnoteformat{\skipbeforedivider{12pt} - \skipafterdivider{2.6pt} - \footnotedivider{144pt} % 144pt = 2in - \textreferenceposition{up} - \textreferenceplacement{after} - \textreferencefont{\tenpt} - \textreferencestyle{1} - \notereferenceposition{down} - \notereferencefont{\tenpt} - \notereferencestyle{1.} - \notereferencegutter{1em} - \everyfootnote{\tenpt\pin{20pt}\lin{0pt}} -} diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/fontm.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/fontm.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 5f8455a998..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/fontm.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \monospace markup -\monospace - % You may change the default monspace fonts by removing the % symbol - % from the \selectfontset and \defaultmono\rm markups below. -% \selectfontset{monofont}{defaultmono}{default} % -% \defaultmono\rm diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/fontp.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/fontp.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 5393d563eb..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/fontp.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the proportional space fonts -\selectfontset{cm12}{twelvept}{default} % default twelve point set -\selectfontset{cm10}{tenpt}{default} % alternate ten point set -\twelvept % default font specification -\selectmathset{cm97m}{mathdefault} % default math font set -\mathdefault % default math specification diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/index.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/index.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 684c4407d1..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/index.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -\indexformat1{\respectcase{no} - \style{indent} - \leadering{no} - \everyletterbreak{\vs{1\bl}} - \indentsubentry1{1em} - \indentsubentry2{2em} - \everyhang{1.5em} - \everyindex{\tenpt}} diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/label.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/label.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index d4da9e3063..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/label.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults for the \label markup -\labelformat{\skipbefore{1\bl} - \labelwidth{72pt} - \gutter{1em} - \everylabel{\rm} - } diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/lists.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/lists.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 874be36899..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/lists.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults for \listbegin, \listlevel, and \bullet -\listformat{\skipbefore{0\bl} - \liststyle{1.,a.,i.,1),a),i),(1)} - \everylistlevel1{\rm\lin{36pt}\gutter{1em}} % 36pt = .5in - \everylistlevel2{\rm\lin{58pt}\gutter{1em}} % 58pt = .8in - \everylistlevel3{\rm\lin{79pt}\gutter{1em}} % 79pt = 1.1in - \everylistlevel4{\rm\lin{101pt}\gutter{1em}} % 101pt = 1.4in - \everylistlevel5{\rm\lin{122pt}\gutter{1em}} % 122pt = 1.7in - \everylistlevel6{\rm\lin{144pt}\gutter{1em}} % 144pt = 2.0in - \everylistlevel7{\rm\lin{166pt}\gutter{1em}} % 166pt = 2.3in - \everybullet{\rm\lin{+36pt}\gutter{1em}} % 36pt = .5in - \skipafter{0\bl} -} diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/maillbls.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/maillbls.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 145fd0667f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/maillbls.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -% Set format for mail labels with the MERGE LETTER MODEL - -% Maillabelformat sets the page and label information for mailing labels -\maillabelformat{\labelsetup{% Sets page and margin settings - \newpage % start labels on a new page - \notitlepage % labels not started on a title page - \runningheadformat{\bothpages{\line{}}} % no page #s - \pageformat{\topmargin{1in} % new page dimensions - \bottommargin{0pt} - \leftmargin{0pt} - \rightmargin{0pt}}% end page format - }% end labelsetup - \numberoflabelsperline{3} % three labels per line max - \labelheight{1in} % each label 1 inch high - \labelwidth{2.75in} % each label 2.75 inches wide - \labelmat{.25in} % margin to text is .25 inches -}% end mail label format diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/marnote.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/marnote.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index ded8cac18a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/marnote.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \marginnote markup -\marginnoteformat{\position{left} - \notewidth{54pt} - \notegutter{6pt} - \everymarginnote{\tenpt\rr} -}% end margin note format diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/multicol.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/multicol.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 81b2522cdb..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/multicol.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -% Default multiple column formats -\multicolumnformat{ - \twocolumnwidth{.48\galleywidth} % approximately 3 inches - \threecolumnwidth{.31\galleywidth} % approximately 2 inches - \twocolumngutter{.04\galleywidth} % approximately .2 inches - \threecolumngutter{.035\galleywidth} - \columnrulewidth{0.0pt} - \skipbefore{6pt plus3pt minus2pt} % flexible format only - \skipafter{6pt plus3pt minus2pt} % flexible format only - } diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/pagem.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/pagem.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 99694f4721..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/pagem.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -% Default page dimensions and margins -\pageformat{\pagelength{11in} % 792pt = 11in - \pagewidth{8.5in} % 612pt = 8.5in - \topmargin{1in} % 72pt = 1in - \bottommargin{1in} - \leftmargin{1.2in} % 86pt = 1.2in - \rightmargin{1in} - \bindingadjust{0in} % none -}% end page format -\raggedbottom % allows the bottom line to fluctuate up - % and down a couple lines diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/pagep.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/pagep.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 1c521e133d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/pagep.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -% Default page dimensions and margins -\pageformat{\pagelength{11in} % 792pt = 11in - \pagewidth{8.5in} % 612pt = 8.5in - \topmargin{1in} % 72pt = 1in - \bottommargin{1in} - \leftmargin{1.2in} % 86pt = 1.2in - \rightmargin{1in} - \bindingadjust{0in} -}% end pageformat -\normalbottom % text height will be the same for each - % page. Bottom lines will be even. diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/parm.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/parm.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 2d9c676951..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/parm.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -% Default paragraph specifications for monospace fonts -\paragraphindent{36pt} % indent for the first line of a paragraph -\paragraphskip{0pt} % distance between paragraphs -\justify -\hyphenon % hyphenation either on (\hyphenon) - % or off (\hyphenoff) diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/parp.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/parp.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index b31df93253..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/parp.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -% Default paragraph specifications for proportional fonts -\paragraphindent{24pt} % indent for first line of text -\paragraphskip{0pt plus 3pt minus 0pt} % Distance skipped between - % paragraphs. Plus and minus refer to space - % that may be added or subtracted from the - % initial setting (0pt) to make the lines - % even at the bottom of the page. - -\justify % all text will be justified -\hyphenon % hyphenation either on (\hyphenon) - % or off (\hyphenoff) diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/part.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/part.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 68545f85ba..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/part.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \part markup -\partformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject\titlepage - \hrule height 0pt depth 0pt - \vfil % Produces a half title page - \centerline{\twelvept\bold Part \partnumber} - \centerline{\twelvept\bold \parttitle} - \newpage - \setchapternumber{0} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - \setfootnotenumber{0} - \setendnotenumber{0} - \setfigurenumber{0} - \settablenumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end part format diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/preface.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/preface.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 3c44e37a02..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/preface.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \preface markup -\prefaceformat{% - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \centerline{\twelvept\bd\prefacetitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end preface format diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/runfoot.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/runfoot.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 8aecd0311a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/runfoot.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the running foot title -\runningfootformat{% - \bothpages{\vs{1\bl} - \line{\twelvept\lft{}\ctr{}\rt{}} - }% end bothpages -}% end runningfootformat markup diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/runhead.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/runhead.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index c88e8758cb..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/runhead.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the running head title -\runningheadformat{% - \bothpages{\line{\twelvept\lft{}\ctr{}\rt{\pagenumber}} - \vs{1\bl} - }% end bothpages -}% end runningheadformat markup diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/subheada.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/subheada.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index ce0c4ab5fd..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/subheada.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \subheada markup -\subheadaformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \twelvept\bd\nin\subheadatitle\par\nobreak - \vs{1\bl}\nobreak - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end subheadaformat markup diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/subheadb.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/subheadb.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index e3089ad1c4..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/subheadb.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \subheadb markup -\subheadbformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \twelvept\it\nin\subheadbtitle\par\nobreak - \vs{1\bl}\nobreak - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end subheadbformat markup diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/subheadc.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/subheadc.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index be70a69692..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/subheadc.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \subheadc markup -\subheadcformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \twelvept\nin\subheadctitle\par\nobreak - \vs{1\bl}\nobreak - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{no} -}% end subheadcformat markup diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/subheadd.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/subheadd.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 8b1cd8b6f3..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/subheadd.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \subheadd markup -\subheaddformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\goodbreak - {\twelvept\it \subheaddtitle.} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{no} -}% end subheadd markup diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/tablem.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/tablem.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 3ab57a8d73..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/tablem.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% Default \tabletitle when using \monospace -\tableformat{\titleformat{\vs{\bl} - \cl{\bd Table \tablenumber} - \cl{\rm\tabletitle} - \vs{\bl} - } - \incontents{yes} -} diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/tablep.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/tablep.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 1b1f0c4162..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/tablep.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \tabletitle markup -\tableformat{% - \titleformat{\vs{\bl} - \cl{\twelvept\bd Table \tablenumber} - \cl{\twelvept\tabletitle} - \vs{\bl} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end tableformat markup diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/talaris.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/talaris.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index 0d908cc87f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/talaris.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the Talaris fonts -\selectfontset{amrom12}{twelvept}{default} % default twelve point set -\selectfontset{amrom10}{tenpt}{default} % alternate ten point set -\twelvept % default font specification -\selectmathset{am97m}{mathdefault} % default math font set -\mathdefault % default math specification diff --git a/macros/text1/blocks/titlepg.texblock b/macros/text1/blocks/titlepg.texblock deleted file mode 100644 index e53cfb4bdb..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/blocks/titlepg.texblock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -% Default for the title (first) page -\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{1in} - \titlefootline{} -}% end titlepage markup diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.aug91 b/macros/text1/changes.aug91 deleted file mode 100644 index fbdd14b91a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/changes.aug91 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in August 1991. - -There are 5 new files: - [.vax_vms]compile_texix.com - [.vax_vms]sortcall.pen - [.vax_vms]texix.ch - [.vax_vms]texix.exe - [.vax_vms]vmssort.pas - -0 files were removed: - -The following files have been changed: - [.vax_vms]texix.vmsinfo diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.aug92 b/macros/text1/changes.aug92 deleted file mode 100644 index 465a805866..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/changes.aug92 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in August 1992. - -There is 1 new file: - [.macros]txt1v407.tex - -1 file was removed: - [.macros]txt1v406.tex - -0 files were changed: - diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.aug93 b/macros/text1/changes.aug93 deleted file mode 100644 index 44dfbab4e4..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/changes.aug93 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in August 1993. - -There were no new files: - -no files removed: - -4 files were changed: - [.vax_vms]compile_texix.com - [.vax_vms]sortcall.pen - [.vax_vms]texix.ch - [.vax_vms]texix.exe diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.dec93 b/macros/text1/changes.dec93 deleted file mode 100644 index e871c7cb91..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/changes.dec93 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in December 1993. - -There is 1 new files in the WSUIPA directory: - [.wsuipa]compilefonts. - -0 files removed: - -2 files were changed: - [.wsuipa]lipaman.dvi - [.wsuipa]lipaman.tex - diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.feb91 b/macros/text1/changes.feb91 deleted file mode 100644 index 0c3ec088ee..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/changes.feb91 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in February 1991. - -There are 0 new files: - -0 files were removed: - -The following files have been changed: - [.fonts]cm*.tfm % most were corrupted, so I copied them all again diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.jan92 b/macros/text1/changes.jan92 deleted file mode 100644 index 64652b91a1..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/changes.jan92 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in January 1992. - -There is 1 new files: - [.macros]txt1v404.tex - -2 files were removed: - [.macros]txt1v403.tex - [.macros]txt1m403.tex ! this was merged into txt1v404 - -1 file was changed: - [.macros]text1.tex diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.jun91 b/macros/text1/changes.jun91 deleted file mode 100644 index d3cd18e4ec..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/changes.jun91 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in June 1991. - -There are 0 new files: - -0 files were removed: - -The following files have been changed: - [.wsuipa]ipaman.tex % minor correction - [.wsuipa]lipaman.tex % minor correction - [.models]thesis.texinput % conforms to new WSU standards - [.models]thesis.texmodel % conforms to new WSU standards diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.jun96 b/macros/text1/changes.jun96 deleted file mode 100644 index 79cecb817c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/changes.jun96 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in June 1996. - -There are 2 new files in the TEXT1 directory: - [.macros]txt1v409.tex - [.docs]refman.ps.gz - -1 file removed: - [.macros]txt1v408.tex - -1 file was changed: - [.macros]text1.tex - -file []readme.tex was moved to [.docs]readme.tex - diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.mar91 b/macros/text1/changes.mar91 deleted file mode 100644 index fa9e21936d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/changes.mar91 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in March 1991. - -There is 1 new file: - [.wsuipa]lipaman.tex % LaTeX version of the manual - -0 files were removed: - -The following files have been changed: - [.fonts]cm*.300pk % most were corrupted, so I FTPd them all again - [.wsuipa]*.300pk % ditto diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.mar92 b/macros/text1/changes.mar92 deleted file mode 100644 index e00b9afcec..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/changes.mar92 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in March 1992. - -There are 7 new files: - [.macros]txt1v405.tex - [.fonts]dt.300pk - [.fonts]dt300.mf - [.fonts]dt.mf - [.fonts]dt.tfm - [.fonts]dt.readme - [.texix]texix.readme - -1 file was removed: - [.macros]txt1v404.tex - -1 file was changed: - [.macros]text1.tex diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.may92 b/macros/text1/changes.may92 deleted file mode 100644 index 02ef23463c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/changes.may92 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in May 1992. - -There are 5 new files: - [.macros]txt1v406.tex - [.wsuipa]lipaman.dvi - [.wsuipa]readme.wsuipa - [.wsuipa]ipalman.tex - [.wsuipa]ipalmacs.sty - -1 file was removed: - [.macros]txt1v405.tex - -14 files were changed: - [.macros]text1.tex - [.wsuipa]iromanu.mf - [.wsuipa]wslipa8.tfm - [.wsuipa]wslipa9.tfm - [.wsuipa]wslipa10.tfm - [.wsuipa]wslipa11.tfm - [.wsuipa]wslipa12.tfm - [.wsuipa]wslipa17.tfm - [.wsuipa]wslipa8.300pk - [.wsuipa]wslipa9.300pk - [.wsuipa]wslipa10.300pk - [.wsuipa]wslipa11.300pk - [.wsuipa]wslipa12.300pk - [.wsuipa]wslipa17.300pk - diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.nov90 b/macros/text1/changes.nov90 deleted file mode 100644 index cc5a9bff2a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/changes.nov90 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in November 1990. - -There are 2 new files: - [.macros]txt1v402.tex - [.macros]txt1m402.tex - -2 files were removed: - [.macros]txt1v401.tex - [.macros]txt1m401.tex - -The following files have been changed: - [.fonts]cmbxti14.300pk - [.fonts]cmbxti14.mf - [.fonts]cmbxti14.tfm - [.wsuipa]ipaman.tex - [.macros]flexcol.tex - [.models]thesis.texinput diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.nov92 b/macros/text1/changes.nov92 deleted file mode 100644 index 6f5d905e0f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/changes.nov92 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in November 1992. - -There are over 160 new files in a new PC directory: - [.pc] - -0 files removed: - -0 files were changed: - diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.nov94 b/macros/text1/changes.nov94 deleted file mode 100644 index c5bed494cb..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/changes.nov94 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in November 1994. - -There are 4 new files in the TEXT1 directory: - [.macintosh]TEXT1_INDEX_SORT.BIN - [.macintosh]texix_macintosh.readme - [.vax_vms]texix_vms.readme - [.macros]txt1v408.tex - -3 files removed: - [.macros]txt1v407.tex - [.macintosh]texix.macinfo - [.vax_vms]texix.vmsinfo - -1 file was changed: - [.macros]text1.tex - diff --git a/macros/text1/changes.sep91 b/macros/text1/changes.sep91 deleted file mode 100644 index 9376fb3fb6..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/changes.sep91 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -This is a list of changes to the basic TeXT1 sources made in September 1991. - -There are 2 new files: - [.macros]txt1v403.tex - [.macros]txt1m403.tex - -2 files were removed: - [.macros]txt1v402.tex - [.macros]txt1m402.tex - -1 file was changed: - [.macros]text1.tex diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1--footn.help4--f b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1--footn.help4--f deleted file mode 100644 index fc45137071..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1--footn.help4--f +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \footnotestyle COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \footnotestyle command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will set the numbering style for the -footnotes. The format for the \footnotestyle command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \footnotestyle{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is one of four possible values: - - 1 which gives numbered footnotes 1, 2, 3, etc. - (1) which gives numbered footnotes included in parentheses (1), (2) - a which gives lettered footnotes a, b, c, etc. - (a) which gives lettered footnotes enclosed in parentheses (a), (b) - -The \footnotestyle default is \footnotestyle{(1)} diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1--verti.helpvert b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1--verti.helpvert deleted file mode 100644 index 872fadaa4f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1--verti.helpvert +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \verticalspace (\vs) COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \verticalspace (\vs) command will leave the specified amount of space or -the specified number of blank lines in the text. This command will also force -the following text into a new paragraph. The format for the \verticalspace -(\vs) command is: - - \verticalspace{x} - -Where "x" is the number of blank lines or space you wish to leave. For -example, - - \verticalspace{4\bl} - -will leave four blank lines, and - - \verticalspace{2in} - -will leave two inches of blank space. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/10noter.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/10noter.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index a67f3982ae..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/10noter.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \notereferencefont COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \notereferencefont command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine the font in which the -footnote reference numbers in the text of the notes are printed. The format -for the \notereferencefont command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \notereferencefont{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is some font designations such as \bf, \it, \littlefont, etc. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/11noter.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/11noter.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index 8b39bf09ae..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/11noter.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \notereferencestyle COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \notereferencestyle command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine the style in which the -footnote reference numbers within the notes are printed. There are six -possible note numbering styles: - \notereferencestyle{1} for numbered footnotes "1, 2, 3, ..." - \notereferencestyle{1.} for numbered footnotes "1., 2., 3., ..." - \notereferencestyle{(1)} for numbered footnotes "(1), (2), (3), ..." - \notereferencestyle{a} for lettered footnotes "a, b, c, ..." - \notereferencestyle{a.} for lettered footnotes "a., b., c., ..." - \notereferencestyle{(a)} for lettered footnotes "(a), (b), (c), ..." - -The format for the \notereferencestyle command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \notereferencestyle{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is one of the six valid style designations given above. The default -is \notereferencestyle{1}. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/12noter.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/12noter.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index c74fb65186..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/12noter.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \notereferencegutter COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \notereferencegutter command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine the amount of space between -the footnote reference number and the text of the footnotes. The format for -the \notereferencegutter command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \notereferencegutter{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is any number and valid TeX measurement (in, pc, pts, etc.). -\notereferencegutter{1em} is the default and will give one emspace between the -footnote reference numbers and the text of the notes. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1block.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1block.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index e0c19a24b8..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1block.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \blockquotebegin (\bqb) COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \blockquotebegin (\bqb) command will begin a new paragraph and indent the -following text the amount of the current paragraph indentation on both the left -and right margins. If the current paragraph indentation value is zero, the -indentation for the block quote will be one-half inch. The format for the -\blockquotebegin (\bqb) command is: - - \blockquotebegin - tttttt - tttttt - tttttt - \blockquoteend - -Where the "tttttt" designates the text included as the block quote. The -\blockquotebegin (\bqb) command is always used in conjunction with the -\blockquoteend (\bqe) command. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1every.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1every.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index af55b6bbd7..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1every.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \everyfootnote COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \everyfootnote command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will set options for the paragraph format -within the footnote. The format for the \fortmatfootnote command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \everyfootnote{options - }} - -Where "options" is one or more of the following. - - \paragraphindent \paragraphskip \leftindent - \rightindent \rightragged \interlineskip - \singlespace \doublespace font changes - \justify - -For more information on any of these options see the help screen under the -markup menu for that particular command. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1everye.helpendn b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1everye.helpendn deleted file mode 100644 index de87d7cf5d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1everye.helpendn +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \everyendnote COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \everyendnote command is always used in conjunction with the \endnoteformat -(\enf) command, and will set options for the paragraph format within the -endnote. The format for the \everyendnote command is: - - \endnoteformat{ - \everyendnote{options - }} - -Where "options" is one or more of the following. - - \paragraphindent \paragraphskip \leftindent - \rightindent \rightragged \interlineskip - \singlespace \doublespace font changes - \justify - -For more information on any of these options see the help screen under the -markup menu for that particular command. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1everyf.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1everyf.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index ecd02acc90..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1everyf.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \everyfootnote COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \everyfootnote command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will set options for the paragraph format -within the footnote. The format for the \everyfootnote command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \everyfootnote{options - }} - -Where "options" is one or more of the following. - - \paragraphindent \paragraphskip \leftindent - \rightindent \rightragged \interlineskip - \singlespace \doublespace font changes - \justify - -For more information on any of these options see the help screen under the -markup menu for that particular command. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1numbe.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1numbe.helpsubh deleted file mode 100644 index 9ba197b3e8..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1numbe.helpsubh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \numberingstyle COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \numberingstyle command is always used in conjunction with the -\subheadbformat command and will set the style of numbering for the subheadb -titles. The format for the \numberingstyle command is: - - \subheadbformat{\numberingstyle{xxx} - } - -where "xxx" is A, 1, or I. The default \numberingstyle for subheadb is -\numberingstyle{1}. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1number.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1number.helpsubh deleted file mode 100644 index 9f2fe89806..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/1number.helpsubh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \numberingstyle COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \numberingstyle command is always used in conjunction with the -\subheadaformat command and will set the style of numbering for the subheada -titles. The format for the \numberingstyle command is: - - \subheadaformat{\numberingstyle{xxx} - } - -where "xxx" is A, 1, or I. The default \numberingstyle for subheada is -\numberingstyle{1}. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2--footn.help4--f b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2--footn.help4--f deleted file mode 100644 index 24d6dbb6ca..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2--footn.help4--f +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \footnotereferencefont COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \footnotereferencefont command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnotereferenceformat command, and establishes what font will be used to set -the footnote reference numbers. The format for the \footnotereferencefont -command is: - - \footnotereferenceformat{ - \footnotereferencefont{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is a valid font style (\sf, \bf, \it, etc.). The default footnote -reference font is the standardface font. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2--verti.helpvert b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2--verti.helpvert deleted file mode 100644 index 7b10e91285..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2--verti.helpvert +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \verticalspacekeep (\vsk) COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \verticalspacekeep (\vsk) command will leave vertical space at the -beginning of a page or for a figure, plate, table, or any other reason when you -need to have the entire space specified kept intact. If the specified space -will not fit on the current page, it will be printed at the top of the -following page and the remaining current page will remain blank, causing you to -receive an underfull vbox warning. The \verticalspacekeep (\vsk) format is: - - \verticalspacekeep{xx} - -Where "xx" is the amount of vertical space expressed in any valid TeX -measurement (pt, pc, in, etc.) or in number of lines to be left for the figure. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2block.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2block.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 2e72dd23cf..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2block.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \blockquoteend (\bqe) COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \blockquoteend (\bqe) command ends a block quote and starts a new -paragraph. The format for the \blockquoteend (\bqe) command is: - - \blockquotebegin - tttttt - tttttt - tttttt - \blockquoteend - -Where the "tttttt" designates the text included as the block quote. The -\blockquoteend (\bqe) command is always used in conjunction with the -\blockquotebegin (\bqb) command. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2footn.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2footn.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index f20d126e79..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2footn.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \footnotedivider COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \footnotedivider command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will set the length for the line that -divides the page text from the beginning of the footnote text. The format for -the \footnotedivider command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \footnotedivider{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is any valid TeX measurement (pt, pc, in, etc.). For example, - - \footnoteformat{ - \footnotedivider{1.5in} - } - -would make the horizontal rule before the footnote text to be one and one-half -inches long. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2footno.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2footno.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index f20d126e79..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2footno.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \footnotedivider COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \footnotedivider command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will set the length for the line that -divides the page text from the beginning of the footnote text. The format for -the \footnotedivider command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \footnotedivider{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is any valid TeX measurement (pt, pc, in, etc.). For example, - - \footnoteformat{ - \footnotedivider{1.5in} - } - -would make the horizontal rule before the footnote text to be one and one-half -inches long. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2skipbe.helpendn b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2skipbe.helpendn deleted file mode 100644 index 2f7d5f5372..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2skipbe.helpendn +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \skipbefore COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \skipbefore command is always used in conjunction with the \endnoteformat -(\enf) command, and will set the amount of vertical space before the endnotes -are printed. The format for the \skipbefore command is: - - \endnoteformat{ - \skipbefore{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is expressed in \baselines or any valid TeX measurement (pt, pc, in, -etc.). For example, - - \endnoteformat{ - \skipbefore{1.5in} - } - -would put one and one-half inches of vertical space before the beginning of the -endnote text. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2title.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2title.helpsubh deleted file mode 100644 index 98cab4d1b5..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/2title.helpsubh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \titleformat COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \titleformat command is always used in conjunction with the \subheadbformat -command and will set options for the subheadb titles. The format for the -\titleformat command is: - - \subheadbformat{\titleformat{ - \vsk{24pt} - {\it \subheadbtitle} - \vs{12pt}} - } - -This is the default for \titleformat. Each \subheadb command will space down 24 -points, print the \subheadbtitle in italics and space down 12 points to resume -with the text. - -For more information on the \subheadbtitle command, see the help screen under -the markup menu for that particular command. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3befor.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3befor.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index 98eb00954f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3befor.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \beforefootnoteskip COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \beforefootnoteskip command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will set the amount of vertical space -between the page text and the footnote divider. The format for the -\beforefootnoteskip command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \beforefootnoteskip{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is any valid TeX measurement (pt, pc, in, etc.). For example, - - \footnoteformat{ - \beforefootnoteskip{1.5in} - } - -would put one and one-half inches of vertical space between the page text and -the footnote dividing rule. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3block.helpmenu b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3block.helpmenu deleted file mode 100644 index b8517f05b6..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3block.helpmenu +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ - Menu for BLOCKQUOTEFORMAT -- TEXT1 - -A file may be selected for viewing by placing the cursor under any character -of the file wanted and pressing the PF 1 key. A MENU file is indicated when -a name is preceded by an asterisk (*). If you are using a terminal that -doesn't have a CURSOR or PF KEYS then you MUST TYPE in the COMPLETE HELP -COMMAND with operands and options. For a description of the operands and -options type HELP HELP. - - -skipafter (space after block quotes) -skipbefore (space before block quotes) -blockquoteparagraphformat (establishing paragraph options - within block quotes) diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3every.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3every.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 7a2445ec78..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3every.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \everyblockquote COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \everyblockquote command is always used in conjunction with the -\blockquoteformat (\bqf) command, and will set options for the paragraph format -within the blockquote. The format for the \everyblockquote command is: - - \blockquoteformat{ - \everyblockquote{options - }} - -Where "options" is one or more of the following. - - \paragraphindent \paragraphskip \interlineskip - \justify \rightragged font changes - \singlespace \doublespace \leftindent - \rightindent - -For more information on any of these options see the help screen under the -markup menu for that particular command. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3incon.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3incon.helpsubh deleted file mode 100644 index e58c80f034..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3incon.helpsubh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \incontents COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \incontents command is always used in conjunction with the \subheadbformat -command and will determine whether subheadb titles are included in the Table of -Contents. The format for the \incontents command is: - - \subheadbformat{ - \incontents{yes} - } - -By default, the subheadb titles will not be included in the Table of Contents. -If you want the subheadb titles included in the Table of Contents, enter -\incontents{yes} within the \subheadbformat command. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3incont.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3incont.helpsubh deleted file mode 100644 index b5f4b3d717..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3incont.helpsubh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \incontents COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \incontents command is always used in conjunction with the \subheadaformat -command and will determine whether subheada titles are included in the Table of -Contents. The format for the \incontents command is: - - \subheadaformat{ - \incontents{yes} - } - -By default, the subheada titles will be included in the Table of Contents. If -you do not want the subheada titles included in the Table of Contents, enter -\incontents{no} within the \subheadaformat command. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3skipb.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3skipb.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index bc6ebaf65d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3skipb.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \skipbeforedivider COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \skipbeforedivider command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will set the amount of vertical space -between the page text and the footnote divider. The format for the -\skipbeforedivider command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \skipbeforedivider{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is expressed in \baselines or any valid TeX measurement (pt, pc, in, -etc.). For example, - - \footnoteformat{ - \skipbeforedivider{1.5in} - } - -would put one and one-half inches of vertical space between the page text and -the footnote dividing rule. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3skipbe.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3skipbe.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index bc6ebaf65d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3skipbe.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \skipbeforedivider COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \skipbeforedivider command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will set the amount of vertical space -between the page text and the footnote divider. The format for the -\skipbeforedivider command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \skipbeforedivider{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is expressed in \baselines or any valid TeX measurement (pt, pc, in, -etc.). For example, - - \footnoteformat{ - \skipbeforedivider{1.5in} - } - -would put one and one-half inches of vertical space between the page text and -the footnote dividing rule. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3textre.helpendn b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3textre.helpendn deleted file mode 100644 index 2649fb0153..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/3textre.helpendn +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \textreferenceposition COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \textreferenceposition command is always used in conjunction with the -\endnoteformat (\enf) command, and will determine whether the endnote reference -number within the text is a superscript number or not. The format for the -\textreferenceposition command is: - - \endnoteformat{ - \textreferenceposition{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is either "up" or "down". \textreferenceposition{up} will give -superscript numbers for the endnote reference numbers within the text. -\textreferenceposition{down} will give print the endnote reference numbers -within the text on the baseline. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4footn.helpmenu b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4footn.helpmenu deleted file mode 100644 index e0ab64ea02..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4footn.helpmenu +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ - Menu for FOOTNOTEREFERENCEFORMAT Commands -- TEXT1 - -A file may be selected for viewing by placing the cursor under any character -of the file wanted and pressing the PF 1 key. A MENU file is indicated when -a name is preceded by an asterisk (*). If you are using a terminal that -doesn't have a CURSOR or PF KEYS then you MUST TYPE in the COMPLETE HELP -COMMAND with operands and options. For a description of the operands and -options type HELP HELP. - - -1--footnotestyle (the numbering style of the footnotes) -2--footnotereferencefont (the font used to set footnote - reference numbers) -3--precede (positioning of the footnote reference number before word) -4--follow (positioning the footnote reference number after the word) -5--superscript (superscript footnote reference numbers) -6--notsuperscript (footnote reference numbers not superscript) - diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4refer.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4refer.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index 08e7cd3e11..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4refer.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \referenceposition COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \referenceposition command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine whether the footnote -reference number is a superscript number or not. The format for the -\referenceposition command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \referenceposition{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is either "up" or "down". \referenceposition{up} will give -superscript numbers for the footnote reference numbers. -\referenceposition{down} will give regular-sized footnote reference numbers. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4skipaf.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4skipaf.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index ba168c90f2..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4skipaf.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \skipafterdivider COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \skipafterdivider command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will set the amount of vertical space -between the footnote divider and the beginning of the text of the first -footnote. The format for the \skipafterdivider command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \skipafterdivider{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is expressed in \baselines or any valid TeX measurement (pt, pc, in, -etc.). For example, - - \footnoteformat{ - \skipafterdivider{5pt} - } - -would put five points of vertical space between the the footnote dividing rule -and the text of the first footnote. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4skipb.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4skipb.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index c1430e9b33..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4skipb.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \skipbefore COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \skipbefore command is always used in conjunction with the -\blockquoteformat (\bqf) command, and will set the amount of vertical space -that is to be skipped before the blockquote begins. The format for the -\skipbefore command is: - - \blockquoteformat{ - \skipbefore{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is the amount of space desired, expressed in number of lines or any -legal TeX measurement (pt, pc, in, etc.). The amount of space indicated in the -\skipbefore command will be added to the current paragraph skip before -beginning the first paragraph of the blockquote. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4textre.helpendn b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4textre.helpendn deleted file mode 100644 index f80277833c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/4textre.helpendn +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \textreferencefont COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \textreferencefont command is always used in conjunction with the -\endnoteformat (\enf) command, and will determine the font in which the endnote -reference numbers in the text are printed. The format for the -\textreferencefont command is: - - \endnoteformat{ - \textreferencefont{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is some font designations such as \bf, \it, \littlefont, etc. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5refer.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5refer.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index 5f70c16e4e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5refer.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \referenceplacement COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \referenceplacement command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine whether the footnote -reference number is placed before or after the footnote reference word. The -format for the \referenceplacement command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \referenceplacement{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is either "before" or "after". \referenceplacement{after} will -place the footnote reference number after the word. \referenceplacement{before} -will place the footnote reference number before the word referenced. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5skipa.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5skipa.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 3a4794e3a1..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5skipa.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \skipafter COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \skipafter command is always used in conjunction with the \blockquoteformat -(\bqf) command, and will set the amount of vertical space that is to be skipped -after the last paragraph of the blockquote ends. The format for the \skipafter -command is: - - \blockquoteformat{ - \skipafter{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is the amount of space desired, expressed in number of lines or any -legal TeX measurement (pt, pc, in, etc.). The amount of space indicated in the -\skipafter command will be added to the current paragraph skip after ending the -last paragraph of the blockquote and before beginning the next paragraph of the -regular text. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5textre.helpendn b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5textre.helpendn deleted file mode 100644 index 96e3aab143..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5textre.helpendn +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \textreferencestyle COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \textreferencestyle command is always used in conjunction with the -\endnoteformat (\enf) command, and will determine the style in which the -endnote reference numbers within the text are printed. There are six possible -text numbering styles: - \textreferencestyle{1} for numbered endnotes "1, 2, 3, ..." - \textreferencestyle{[1]} for numbered endnotes "[1], [2], ..." - \textreferencestyle{(1)} for numbered endnotes "(1), (2), (3), ..." - \textreferencestyle{a} for lettered endnotes "a, b, c, ..." - \textreferencestyle{[a]} for lettered endnotes "[a], [b] ..." - \textreferencestyle{(a)} for lettered endnotes "(a), (b), (c), ..." - -The format for the \textreferencestyle command is: - - \endnoteformat{ - \textreferencestyle{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is one of the six valid style designations given above. The default -is \textreferencestyle{[1]}. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5textre.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5textre.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index 518c8f518d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/5textre.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \textreferenceposition COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \textreferenceposition command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine whether the footnote -reference number within the text is a superscript number or not. The format -for the \textreferenceposition command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \textreferenceposition{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is either "up" or "down". \textreferenceposition{up} will give -superscript numbers for the footnote reference numbers within the text. -\textreferenceposition{down} will give print the footnote reference numbers -within the text on the baseline. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/6notere.helpendn b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/6notere.helpendn deleted file mode 100644 index 1c6002625d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/6notere.helpendn +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \notereferenceposition COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \notereferenceposition command is always used in conjunction with the -\endnoteformat (\enf) command, and will determine whether the endnote reference -number within the text of the endnotes is a superscript number or not. The -format for the \notereferenceposition command is: - - \endnoteformat{ - \notereferenceposition{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is either "up" or "down". \notereferenceposition{up} will give -superscript numbers for the endnote reference numbers in the notes. -\notereferenceposition{down} will give print the endnote reference numbers in -the notes on the baseline. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/6refer.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/6refer.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index 55dda0ef13..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/6refer.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \referencefont COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \referencefont command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine the font in which the -footnote reference numbers are printed. The format for the \referencefont -command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \referencefont{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is some font designations such as \bf, \it, \littlefont, etc. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/6textre.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/6textre.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index 79eb463bae..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/6textre.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \textreferenceplacement COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \textreferenceplacement command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine whether the footnote -reference number within the text is placed before or after the footnote -reference word. The format for the \textreferenceplacement command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \textreferenceplacement{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is either "before" or "after". \textreferenceplacement{after} will -place the footnote reference number after the word in the text. -\textreferenceplacement{before} will place the footnote reference number before -the referenced word in the text. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/7notere.helpendn b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/7notere.helpendn deleted file mode 100644 index 8b29d46327..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/7notere.helpendn +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \notereferencefont COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \notereferencefont command is always used in conjunction with the -\endnoteformat (\enf) command, and will determine the font in which the endnote -reference numbers in the text of the notes are printed. The format for the -\notereferencefont command is: - - \endnoteformat{ - \notereferencefont{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is some font designations such as \bf, \it, \littlefont, etc. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/7refer.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/7refer.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index a3d8622991..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/7refer.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \referencestyle COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \referencestyle command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine the style in which the -footnote reference numbers are printed. There are four possible numbering -styles: - \referencestyle{1} for numbered footnotes "1, 2, 3, ..." - \referencestyle{(1)} for numbered footnotes "(1), (2), (3), ..." - \referencestyle{a} for lettered footnotes "a, b, c, ..." - \referencestyle{(a)} for lettered footnotes "(a), (b), (c), ..." - -The format for the \referencestyle command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \referencestyle{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is one of the four valid style designations given above. The -default is \referencestyle{(1)}. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/7textre.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/7textre.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index b827caaa77..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/7textre.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \textreferencefont COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \textreferencefont command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine the font in which the -footnote reference numbers in the text are printed. The format for the -\textreferencefont command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \textreferencefont{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is some font designations such as \bf, \it, \littlefont, etc. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/8notere.helpendn b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/8notere.helpendn deleted file mode 100644 index 0728adcc36..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/8notere.helpendn +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \notereferencestyle COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \notereferencestyle command is always used in conjunction with the -\endnoteformat (\enf) command, and will determine the style in which the -endnote reference numbers within the notes are printed. There are six possible -note numbering styles: - \notereferencestyle{1} for numbered endnotes "1, 2, 3, ..." - \notereferencestyle{[1]} for numbered endnotes "[1], [2] ..." - \notereferencestyle{(1)} for numbered endnotes "(1), (2), (3), ..." - \notereferencestyle{a} for lettered endnotes "a, b, c, ..." - \notereferencestyle{[a]} for lettered endnotes "[a], [b] ..." - \notereferencestyle{(a)} for lettered endnotes "(a), (b), (c), ..." - -The format for the \notereferencestyle command is: - - \endnoteformat{ - \notereferencestyle{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is one of the six valid style designations given above. The default -is \notereferencestyle{1}. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/8textre.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/8textre.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index 5cef5c7d45..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/8textre.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \textreferencestyle COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \textreferencestyle command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine the style in which the -footnote reference numbers within the text are printed. There are six possible -text numbering styles: - \textreferencestyle{1} for numbered footnotes "1, 2, 3, ..." - \textreferencestyle{1.} for numbered footnotes "1., 2., 3., ..." - \textreferencestyle{(1)} for numbered footnotes "(1), (2), (3), ..." - \textreferencestyle{a} for lettered footnotes "a, b, c, ..." - \textreferencestyle{a.} for lettered footnotes "a., b., c., ..." - \textreferencestyle{(a)} for lettered footnotes "(a), (b), (c), ..." - -The format for the \textreferencestyle command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \textreferencestyle{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is one of the six valid style designations given above. The default -is \textreferencestyle{1}. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/9notere.helpendn b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/9notere.helpendn deleted file mode 100644 index 1c9007ef54..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/9notere.helpendn +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \notereferencegutter COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \notereferencegutter command is always used in conjunction with the -\endnoteformat (\enf) command, and will determine the amount of space between -the endnote reference number and the text of the endnotes. The format for the -\notereferencegutter command is: - - \endnoteformat{ - \notereferencegutter{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is any number and valid TeX measurement (in, pc, pts, etc.). -\notereferencegutter{1em} is the default and will give one emspace between the -endnote reference numbers and the text of the notes. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/9notere.helpfoot b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/9notere.helpfoot deleted file mode 100644 index beddf74b27..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/9notere.helpfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \notereferenceposition COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \notereferenceposition command is always used in conjunction with the -\footnoteformat (\fnf) command, and will determine whether the footnote -reference number within the text of the footnotes is a superscript number or -not. The format for the \notereferenceposition command is: - - \footnoteformat{ - \notereferenceposition{xx} - } - -Where "xx" is either "up" or "down". \notereferenceposition{up} will give -superscript numbers for the footnote reference numbers in the notes. -\notereferenceposition{down} will give print the footnote reference numbers in -the notes on the baseline. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aen.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aen.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 00b597ddac..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aen.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ - HELPMARK D1 -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| autoendnote | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\aenã% - -Parameters: ã|textã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \autoendnote markup adds notes to the end of a document or the end -of a chapter. It has one parameter, the text of the endnote, which it -places in working storage to be printed when called by \printendnotes. An -endnote reference number is placed in the text where the markup occurred. -By default this reference number is surrounded by square brackets. The -endnote number will be automatically incremented by one for each use of -\autoendnote. - - ã|Example:ã% -There is a well-marked division of -labor.\autoendnote{Such as it is. Things could be -different in the geological world, but they are not.} -Details of organization have evolved by an -optimization . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| There is a well-marked division of labor.[1] Details of organization | -| have evolved by an optimization . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The endnote printed following the next \printendnotes markup would look -like: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 1. Such as it is. Things could be different in the geological world, but | -| they are not. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -You cannot use \autoendnote within \settabs, \vbox, \hbox, \asisbegin, -\drawbox, \paragraphbox, \label, \part, \chapter, \centerline, \halign, -\rightlinesbegin, or \centerlinesbegin. - The endnote number is reset to 1 at the beginning of each part. To -reset the endnote number outside of a \part, use the \setendnotenumber -markup. - Use the \endnoteformat markup to change the \autoendnote style. - There are occasions when you need to include a very long endnote. If -the endnote exceeds 2,048 characters in length, you will need to split the -note into two parts as follows. First, at the beginning of your document -you will need to include a special definition for a new markup. You may -give it any name you choose. For this example, we'll define a markup called -\continue. Enter these three lines at the top of the document: - -\catcode'*=11 -\let\continue=\en*w -\catcode'*=12 - -Next, break the endnote into paragraphs of not more than 2,048 characters -each. In the source below, the sentence beginning "First paragraph" is -the first paragraph with not more than 2,048 characters, and the second -paragraph beginning "Second paragraph" is the last paragraph of the endnote. - -line containt the note.\autoendnote{First paragraph -of a very long endnote . . . } -\continue{Second paragraph of the long endnote, -which will print in the \printendnotes after -the first paragraph} -Sentence following the word "note." diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/afn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/afn.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 0e764aa0b7..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/afn.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| autofootnote | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\afnã% - -Parameters: ã|textã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \autofootnote markup adds footnotes to a page. The footnote can be -placed anywhere within text, without interrupting formatting. When the -document is formatted, the place of the footnote is marked with a number. -The text of the note is put at the bottom of the page. The footnote number -will be automatically incremented by one for each use of \autofootnote. - - ã|Example:ã% -communicate most important things --- hunger, alarm, -rank, and sexual desire --- among themselves by -means of nonsyntactical signals.\autofootnote{such -as crashing together} Individuals are aware of -members and nonmembers of their group. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| communicate most important things --- hunger, alarm, rank, and sexual | -| desire --- among themselves by means of nonsyntactical signals.(1) | -| Individuals are aware of members and nonmembers of their group. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The footnote would print as follows at the bottom of the page: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| 1. such as crashing together | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The text of the note must be enclosed with curly braces, otherwise following -text will be taken as footnote text, until all available space for footnotes -is exhausted. - You cannot use \autofootnote within \settabs, \vbox, \hbox, -\drawbox, \paragraphbox, \label, \part, \chapter, \centerline, \halign, -\rightlinesbegin, or \centerlinesbegin. - The footnote number is reset to 1 at the beginning of each part. To -reset the footnote number outside of a \part, use the \setfootnotenumber -markup. - To change the footnote style, use the \footnoteformat markup. - When using \monospace, the footnote in the text of the document is -surrounded by parenthesis, instead of superscripted. The previous \auto- -footnote sample output would print as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| communicate most important things --- hunger, alarm, rank, and sexual | -| desire --- among themselves by means of nonsyntactical signals.(1) | -| Individuals are aware of members and nonmembers of their group. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aib.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aib.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index dc70ed9c37..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aib.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| asisbegin | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\aibã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \asisbegin markup forces the following text into an unformatted block. -Each line is printed as it was entered. Line breaks and interword spacing -are honored. TEXT1 markup within an "as is" sequence is limited to -\verticalspace, \verticalspacekeep, \autofootnote, and font changes. - - ã|Example:ã% - -\monospace - -\centerline{Elements of the Spheres} - -\vs{12pt} -\asisbegin -Element Anthrosphere Lithosphere -Oxygen 62.10 60.60 -Hydrogen 01.10 00.10 -Sodium 00.001 00.400 -\asisend -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Elements of the Spheres | -| | -| | -| | -| Element Anthrosphere Lithosphere | -| Oxygen 62.10 60.60 | -| Hydrogen 01.10 00.10 | -| Sodium 00.001 00.400 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The columns will only line up if you are using \monospace or \typewriter. - - ã|Example:ã% -If you use accents while in \asisbegin, you must surround the accented -letter with curly braces. - -lowest common denominator. -\vs{12pt} -\centerline{\bd Outline} -\aib -\vs{6pt} -The Morality of Rock in the Fossil Record - Elementary Concepts: Toasting the \c{C}rust - Principles of Population Geology -\aie -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -| lowest common denominator. | -| | -| | -| Outline | -| | -| The Morality of Rock in the Fossil Record | -| Elementary Concepts: Toasting the Crust | -| Principles of Population Geology | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - - ã|Notes:ã% -With the monospaced font you can use the "as is" sequence to have TEXT1 -obey precisely your text placement, including space between words. With -proportionally spaced fonts only the lead blanks would line up; blanks -"inside" the text would be different widths (depending on the width of -previous characters). - - Font changes within an \asisbegin may change the horizontal spacing. - Every \asisbegin must have a matching \asisend. - You cannot use \asisbegin within any of the following markup: \appen- -dix, \autofootnote, \bibliography, \centerline, \chapter, \drawbox, \figure, -\footnote, \item, \label, \marginnote, \paragraphbox, \part, \preface, -\rightline, \runningheadformat, \runningfootformat, \subheada, \subheadb, -\subheadc, \subheadd, or \tabletitle. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aie.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aie.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 3fd9d98509..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aie.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| asisend | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\aieã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \asisend markup ends an "as is" series. - - ã|Example:ã% - -\aib - This fortress built by Nature for herself - Against infection and the hand of war, - (Richard II) -\aie -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| This fortress built by Nature for herself | -| Against infection and the hand of war, | -| (Richard II) | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Each \asisend must have a matching \asisbegin. Omitting the ending \asisend -will produce the following error message: - -(\end occurred inside a group at level 2) -Output written on TEXT1$$.dvi (1 page, 436 bytes). -Transcript written on TEXT1$$.texlog. - -See \asisformat to modify the defaults for \asisbegin and -\asisbegin. - diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aif.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aif.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 17657f596f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/aif.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| asisformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\aifã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\skipbefore, \everyasis, \skipafterã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \asisformat markup allows you to modify the "as is" block. The "as is" -markup skips 1 blank line (a baseline) before and after the series. There -is no indentation from the left. - -\skipbefore indicates how much space is to be skipped before printing a -block. This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips. The default skip -is 6pt. If you are using \monospace, the default skip is 1\bl. - -\everyasis{Nested Markup} determines how the 'as is' text is printed. This -submarkup is only valid within the asisformat markup. Spacing and font -changes are allowed, but not justification, right indentation, or other -paragraph information. - -\skipafter indicates how much space is to be skipped after printing a -block. This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips. The default skip -is 6pt. If you are using \monospace, the default skip is 1\bl. - - ã|Example:ã% -In this example, the "as is" text is to be indented 7 picas from the left -margin, the text is to be printed in ten point typewriter, and 4 points -skipped before and after. - -\asisformat{\skipbefore{4pt} - \everyasis{\leftindent{7pc}\tenpt\tt} - \skipafter{4pt}} - -Consider my favorite breakfast recipe: -\cl{\bd Muckles} -\asisbegin -3 eggs beaten -1 cp cream -1 cp flour -1/4t baking powder -1 T sugar -pinch of salt - -bacon (optional) -\aie -Heat butter or bacon in frying pan. -Pour all of -the batter into the pan. Cook approximately -10 minutes at 375 degrees. Cut into pieces -and serve hot with plenty of syrup. -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Consider my favorite breakfast recipe: | -| Muckles | -| | -| 3 eggs beaten | -| 1 cp cream | -| 1 cp flour | -| 1/4t baking powder | -| 1 T sugar | -| pinch of salt | -| bacon (optional) | -| | -| Heat butter or bacon in frying pan. Pour all of the batter into the | -| pan. Cook approximately 10 minutes at 375 degrees. Cut into pieces and | -| serve hot with plenty of syrup. | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% - -The \asisformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both are -used. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/anumbe.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/anumbe.helpsubh deleted file mode 100644 index 7acf33349e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/anumbe.helpsubh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \numberingstyle COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \numberingstyle command is always used in conjunction with the -\subheadcformat command and will set the style of numbering for the subheadc -titles. The format for the \numberingstyle command is: - - \subheadcformat{\numberingstyle{xxx} - } - -where "xxx" is A, 1, or I. The default \numberingstyle for subheadc is -\numberingstyle{1}. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/anumber.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/anumber.helpsubh deleted file mode 100644 index d1e541a8c8..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/anumber.helpsubh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \numberingstyle COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \numberingstyle command is always used in conjunction with the -\subheaddformat command and will set the style of numbering for the subheadd -titles. The format for the \numberingstyle command is: - - \subheaddformat{\numberingstyle{xxx} - } - -where "xxx" is A, 1, or I. The default \numberingstyle for subheadd is -\numberingstyle{1}. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/apf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/apf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index cad86ce1cc..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/apf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| appendixformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\apfã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\numberingstyle, \titleformat, \incontentsã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \appendixformat markup allows you to modify the default markup that -controls the appearance of the appendix title. The submarkup is described. - -\numberingstyle allows you to change the style from capital letters, the -default, to Arabic numerals (1) or roman numerals (I). - - ã|Example:ã% - -\appendixformat{\numberingstyle{I}} - -\appendix{Glossary} - -If this were the fourth appendix, it would print as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Appendix IV | -| Glossary | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\titleformat{Nested Markup} controls the appearance of the appendix title -banner. You may use markup such as \newpage, \verticalspace, and \center- -line within \titleformat as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within -or outside of \appendixformat: - - * \appendixnumberprints the most recent appendix number. - - * \appendixtitleprints the most recent appendix title. - -\incontents determines whether the appendix title is to be included in the -contents. The default can be changed to no to inhibit the appendix title -from being included in the contents. See the second example below. - - ã|Example:ã% -In this example, the appendix starts a new page, the number and title are -centered in bold, and one line is skipped afterwards. - -\appendixformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - - \cl{\bd \appendixnumber. \appendixtitle} - \vs{1\bl} - } - \incontents{yes} - } - -\app{Glossary} - -This would print the fourth appendix as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 4. Glossary | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -In this example, the appendix starts a new page (instead of using -\dumpinsertseject, skips down the page 2 inches, centers the title in -italics, and skips one line. The title is not put in contents. - -\appendixformat{ - \titleformat{\newpage - \vsk{2in} - \cl{\it \appendixtitle} - \vs{1\bl}} - \incontents{no} } - -\app{Glossary} - -This would print the fourth appendix as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Glossary | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \appendixformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both -are used. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/app.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/app.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index a190f27416..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/app.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| appendix | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\appã% - -Parameters: ã|titleã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \appendix markup starts a new page, centers the title in bold and -adds the title text to the table of contents. Appendices are lettered -consecutively. This markup can be used as often as necessary. - - ã|Example:ã% - -Instead, let humanity strive to make good places, -"eutopias," on earth, peacefully and in good spirit. -\par -\appendix{Calculations from "Nuclear Winter"} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Appendix A | -| Calculations from "Nuclear Winter" | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Refer to the \appendixformat markup if you need to change the appendix -style. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/appendix.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/appendix.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index a72ac7f09e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/appendix.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|APPENDIXã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\appendixformat. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/appendix.helpmenu b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/appendix.helpmenu deleted file mode 100644 index 4e5ea240db..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/appendix.helpmenu +++ /dev/null @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| appendixformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\appendixformatÅ\numberingstyleÅAÌ - \titleformatÅ\dumpinsertseject - \centerlineÅ\twelvept\bold - Appendix \appendixnumberÌ - \centerlineÅ\twelvept\bold\appendixtitleÌ - \vsÅ 1\blÌ - \setchapternumberÅ 0Ì - \setsubheadanumberÅ 0Ì - \setsubheadbnumberÅ 0Ì - \setsubheadcnumberÅ 0Ì - \setsubheaddnumberÅ 0Ì - \setfigurenumberÅ 0Ì - \settablenumberÅ 0Ì - Ì - \incontentsÅ yesÌ -Ì - -Abbreviation: ã|\apfã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\numberingstyle, \titleformat, \incontentsã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \appendixformat markup allows you to modify the default markup that -controls the appearance of the appendix title. The submarkup is described. - -\numberingstyle allows you to change the style from capital letters, the -default, to Arabic numerals (1) or roman numerals (I). - - ã|Example:ã% - -\appendixformatÅ \numberingstyleÅ IÌÌ -\appendixÅ GlossaryÌ - -If this were the fourth appendix, it would print as: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Appendix IV | -| Glossary | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\titleformatÅNested MarkupÌ controls the appearance of the appendix title -banner. You may use markup such as \newpage, \verticalspace, and \center- -line within \titleformat as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within -or outside of \appendixformat: - - * \appendixnumberprints the most recent appendix number. - - * \appendixtitleprints the most recent appendix title. - -\incontents determines whether the appendix title is to be included in the -contents. The default can be changed to no to inhibit the appendix title -from being included in the contents. See the second example below. - - ã|Example:ã% -In this example, the appendix starts a new page, the number and title are -centered in bold, and one line is skipped afterwards. - -\appendixformatÅ \numberingstyleÅ 1Ì - \titleformatÅ \dumpinsertseject - \clÅ \bd \appendixnumber. \appendixtitleÌ - \vsÅ 1\blÌ - Ì - \incontentsÅ yesÌ - Ì -\appÅ GlossaryÌ - -This would print the fourth appendix as: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 4. Glossary | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -In this example, the appendix starts a new page (instead of using -\dumpinsertseject, skips down the page 2 inches, centers the title in -italics, and skips one line. The title is not put in contents. - -\appendixformatÅ - \titleformatÅ \newpage - \vskÅ 2inÌ - \clÅ \it \appendixtitleÌ - \vsÅ 1\blÌÌ - \incontentsÅ noÌ Ì -\appÅ GlossaryÌ - -This would print the fourth appendix as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Glossary | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \appendixformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both -are used. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/asism.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/asism.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index cf6437cf5f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/asism.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|ASIS-Mã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the \asisformat -and if you are using \monospace. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/asisp.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/asisp.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 6c3aeeea9b..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/asisp.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|ASIS-Pã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the \asisformat -and if you areã|notã%using \monospace. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bd.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bd.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 2522f00c01..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bd.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| bold | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\bdã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \bold markup sets the typeface to wide strokes, giving a heavy -impression. - - ã|Example:ã% -This example changes "Parallels" bold. It is changed back with the \roman -markup. - -lowest common denominator. -\par -\bold\nin Parallels. \roman Consider for a -moment rocks and deer . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| lowest common denominator. | -| Parallels. Consider for a moment rocks and deer . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -The effects of the \bold markup can also be limited by curly braces. - -lowest common denominator. -\par -\nin{\bd Parallels}. Consider for a -moment rocks and deer . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| lowest common denominator. | -| Parallels. Consider for a moment rocks and deer . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Note in the last example the period follows the right curly brace (}.). -This is necessary to enable the extra spacing which normally follows -punctuation. - Bold is often used for display titles or special emphasis. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bi.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bi.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 277feefcba..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bi.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| bolditalic | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\biã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \bolditalic markup sets the typeface to wide strokes and an italic -slant, giving a heavy impression. - - ã|Example:ã% -This example changes "Parallels" to bold italic. It is changed back with -the \roman markup. - -lowest common denominator. -\par -\bolditalic\nin Parallels. \roman Consider for a -moment rocks and deer . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| lowest common denominator. | -| Parallels. Consider for a moment rocks and deer . . . | -| --------- | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -All font sets have \bolditalic defined as a valid type face. Not all font -sets, however, have bolditalic available. Those font sets that do not -have bolditalic will give the following warning message when you try to use -\bolditalic or \bi: - -<TEXT1> Warning. No bold italic font in CM12. Will print italic font .) diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bib.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bib.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index c827c2717e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bib.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| bibliography | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\bibã% - -Parameters: ã|titleã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \bibliography markup starts the bibliography on a new page, centers and -prints the title in bold face, and enters the title in contents. - - ã|Example:ã% - -\bibliography{References} -\frenchspacing -\bibentry -Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. {\it Mechanical Processes -in the Human Geomechanism}. Winston: Geomedical -Publications, International. - -\bibentry -Illite, Ivan. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's -Stone." {\it Mining Truth}. 11:455--601. -\par - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| References | -| | -| Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human Geomechanism. | -| Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. | -| | -| Illite, Ivan. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's Stone." Mining Truth. | -| 11:455--601. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% - -If you need to print your bibliography with a format different than the -one illustrated above, refer to the discussion of the \bibliographyformat -markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibentry.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibentry.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index a7106a2db9..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibentry.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \bibentry Markup | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation:ã|\bieã% - -Parameters:ã|noneã% - -Description: The \bibentry markup is used to separate each entry in a -bibliography with a vertical skip; an entry is in the form of a hanging -paragraph. - -Example: - - \bibliography{Bibliography} - ã|\bibentryã% - Illite, Ivan. 1911. ''Pickingthe Philosopher's - Stone.'' {\it Mining Truth}.11:455--601. - ã|\bibentryã% - \sameauthor - 1978. ''Pet rocks astherapy tools.'' - {\it Geopsychology Today}. 10:71--78. - ã|\bibentryã% - Salt, Jean-Paul. 1958. {\itGravel and Nothingness: - An Existential Theory}. Dayton:Gabbro Press. - \par - - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Bibliography | -| | -| Illite, Ivan. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's Stone." Mining | -| Truth. 11:455--601. | -| 1978. "Pet rocks as therapy tools." Geopsychology Today. | -| 10:71--78. | -| | -| Salt, Jean-Paul. 1958. Gravel and Nothingness: An Existential | -| Theory. Dayton: Gabbro Press. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - -ã|Notes:ã%The series is ended with a \par markup. Without the \par an - error results. - - You may use the \sameauthor markup to indicate that the author of one - quotation is the same as the previous author. - - To disable the double spacing which normally follows punctuation, use - the \frenchspacing markup. The example illustrated for the - \bibliography markup was done using \frenchspacing. - - If you need to print yourbibliography with a format different than - the one illustrated above, refer to the discussion of the - \bibliographyformat markup. - diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibliog.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibliog.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index d8d0303319..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibliog.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|BIBLIOGã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\bibliographyformat. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibliogr.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibliogr.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 40eff62e82..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bibliogr.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| \bibliography{title} | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation:ã|\bibã% - -Parameters:ã|titleã% - -Description: The \bibliography markup starts the bibliography on a new -page, centers and prints the title in bold face, and enters the title -in the table of contents. - - Example: - ã|\bibliography{ã%Referencesã|}ã% - \frenchspacing - \bibentry - Grabens, Gruss M. 1970.{\it Mechanical Processes - in the Human Geomechanism}.Winston: Geomedical - Publications, International. - \bibentry - Illite, Ivan. 1911. ''Pickingthe Philosopher's - Stone.'' {\it Mining Truth}.11:455--601. - \par - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| References | -| | -| Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human | -| Geomechanism. Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. | -| | -| Illite, Ivan. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's Stone." Mining | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|Notes:ã%If you need to print your bibliography with a format different than - the one illustrated above, refer to the discussion of the - \bibliographyformat markup. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| \bibliographyformat{\incontents{yes} | -| \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject | -| \cl{\twelvept\bd \bibtitle} | -| \vs{\bl}} | -| \everybibentry{\vs \bl}\goodbreak\hp\nin} | -| \sameauthorrulesize{width3em height.6ex | -| depth-.5ex}} | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------| - -Abbreviation:ã|\bifã% - -Parameters: submarkup - -Submarkup: \incontents, \titleformat, \everybibentry, \sameauthorrulesize - diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bie.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bie.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index cda2435221..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bie.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| bibentry | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\bieã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \bibentry markup is used to separate each entry in a bibliography with a -vertical skip; an entry is in the form of a hanging paragraph. - - ã|Example:ã% - -\bibliography{Bibliography} -\bibentry -Illite, Ivan. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's -Stone." {\it Mining Truth}. 11:455--601. -\bibentry -\sameauthor - -1978. "Pet rocks as therapy tools." -{\it Geopsychology Today}. 10:71--78. -\bibentry -Salt, Jean-Paul. 1958. {\it Gravel and Nothingness: -An Existential Theory}. Dayton: Gabbro Press. -\par -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Bibliography | -| | -| Illite, Ivan. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's Stone." Mining Truth. | -| 11:455--601. | -| | -| ....1978. "Pet rocks as therapy tools." Geopsychology Today. 10:71--78. | -| | -| Salt, Jean-Paul. 1958. Gravel and Nothingness: An Existential Theory. | -| Dayton: Gabbro Press. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The series is ended with a \par markup. Without the \par an error results. - You may use the \sameauthor markup to indicate that the author of one -citation is the same as the previous author. - To disable the double spacing which normally follows punctuation, use -the \frenchspacing markup. The example illustrated for the \bibliography -markup was done using \frenchspacing. - If you need to print your bibliography with a format different than the -one illustrated above, refer to the discussion of the \bibliographyformat -markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bif.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bif.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 2cbb983d68..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bif.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,248 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| bibliographyformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\bifã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\incontents, \titleformat, \everybibentry, -\sameauthorrulesizeã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \bibliographyformat markup controls the style of the entire -bibliography. The following submarkup is only valid within \bif. - -\incontents by default adds the title text to the contents. The default is -yes; to keep the title from appearing enter "no": - -\bibliographyformat{\incontents{no}} - -\titleformat{Nested Markup} controls the format of the bibliography title. -The default skips to a new page, centers the title in bold, and skips one -line. You may use markup such as \newpage, \verticalspace, and \centerline -within \titleformat as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within or -outside of \bibliographyformat: - - * \bibtitleprints the title entered with the \bibliography markup. - -\everybibentry{Nested Markup} controls the format of each bibliographic -entry. The default permits breaking between entries and creates a hanging -paragraph for the entry. You may use markup such as \verticalspace, -\hangingparagraph, \item, \goodbreak, \noindent, \label, \leftindent within -\everybibentry as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within or outside -of \bibliographyformat: - - * \bibnumberprints the current \bibentry number. - -\sameauthorrulesize sets the height, width, and depth of a horizontal line -used to indicate a repeat of an author's name. - - ã|Example:ã% -The following markup produces entries similar to the default but numbered. -A period and a tie (tilde, for a connecting space) join the number to the -text. - -\bibliographyformat{\incontents{yes} - \titleformat{\np - \cl{\bd \bibtitle} - - \vs{\bl} - } - \everybibentry{\goodbreak\hp\nin\bibnumber.~} - \sameauthorrulesize{width3em height.6ex depth-.5ex} -} - -Then when you use \bibentry, you would get: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 1. Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human | -| Geomechanism. Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. | -| 2. Illite, Ivan. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's Stone." Mining Truth. | -| 11:455--601. | -| 3. Moraine, Esker. 1978. "Pet rocks as therapy tools." Geopsychology | -| Today. 10:71--78. | -| 4. Salt, Jean-Paul. 1958. Gravel and Nothingness: An Existential | -| Theory. Dayton: Gabbro Press. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -This example also numbers entries, but it uses labels instead of hanging -paragraphs. The \labelformat is changed under \titleformat to accommodate -numbers. This layout is useful for bibliographies that use identifiers in -place of numbers. - -\bibliographyformat{\incontents{yes} - \titleformat{\np\vsk{1in} - \cl{\bd \bibtitle} - \vs{\bl} - \labelformat{\labelwidth{22pt}}} - \everybibentry{\goodbreak\label{\bibnumber}} - \sameauthorrulesize{width3em height.6ex depth-.5ex}} - -Then when you use \bibliography, you would get: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| References | -| | -| 1. Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human | -| Geomechanism. Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. | -| | -| 2. Salt, Jean-Paul. 1958. Gravel and Nothingness: An Existential | -| Theory. Dayton: Gabbro Press. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -You can specify in the \everybibentry markup that the bibentry number is to -be surrounded by parenthesis or square brackets. - \everybibentry{\goodbreak\label{(\bibnumber)}} -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| References | -| | -| (1) Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human | -| Geomechanism. Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. | -| | -| (2) Salt, Jean-Paul. 1958. Gravel and Nothingness: An Existential | -| Theory. Dayton: Gabbro Press. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -You could also use \label to indicate citations that carry an alphanumeric -label by omitting the parameter to \label in the \everybibentry markup. - -\bibliographyformat{\titleformat{\np\cl{\bd \bibtitle} - \vs{\bl} - \labelformat{\labelwidth{50pt}}} - \everybibentry{\goodbreak\label} - \sameauthorrulesize{width3em height.6ex depth-.5ex}} - -Then use the \bibentry markup as though it had a parameter: - -\bibliography{Citations}\frenchspacing -\bibentry {Grabe70} -Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. {\it Mechanical Processes -in the Human Geomechanism}. Winston: Geomedical -Publications, International. -\bibentry{Illit11} -Illite, Ivan. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's - -Stone." {\it Mining Truth}. 11:455--601. -\bibentry{Morai78} -Moraine, Esker. 1978. "Pet rocks as therapy tools." -{\it Geopsychology Today}. 10:71--78. - -and the citations will look like: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Citations | -| | -| Grabe70 Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human | -| Geomechanism. Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. | -| | -| Illit11 Illite, Ivan. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's Stone." Mining | -| Truth. 11:455--601. | -| | -| Morai78 Moraine, Esker. 1978. "Pet rocks as therapy tools." | -| Geopsychology Today. 10:71--78. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -Another popular style groups all of an author's citations together. This -can be accomplished in a similar manner as previously defined. The -difference being that the \rt markup is used. - -\bibliographyformat{\titleformat{\np\vsk{1in} - \cl{\bd \bibtitle} - \vs{\bl} - \labelformat{\labelwidth{50pt}}} - \everybibentry{\goodbreak\label} - \sameauthorrulesize{width3em height.6ex depth-.5ex}} -\bibliography{Citations}\frenchspacing -\vs{.5\bl} -\nin OSBORNE, J.S. -\bie{\rt{1971.}} -{\it Introduction to Aesthetic Anthropology}. Boston, Ma: -Addison-Wesley Pub. Co. -\bie{\rt{1978.}} -A survey of tribal masks used by Brazilian tribes. - -Pages 160--169 in {\it Cultural Anthropology}. -M. Zateh and F. Grange, eds. New York: Harper and Row. -\vs{.5\bl} -\nin OTTEN, C.M. -\bibentry{\rt{1971.}} -{\it Anthropology and Art: Readings in Cross Cultural -Aesthetics}. Garden City, N.Y.: -The Natural History Press. - -and the citations will look like: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Citations | -| | -| OSBORNE, J.S. | -| | -| 1971. Introduction to Aesthetic Anthropology. Boston, Ma: Addison-Wesley | -| Pub. Co. | -| | -| 1978. A survey of tribal masks used by Brazilian tribes. Pages 160--169 | -| in Cultural Anthropology. M. Zateh and F. Grange, eds. New York: | -| Harper and Row. | -| OTTEN, C.M. | -| | -| 1971. Anthropology and Art: Readings in Cross Cultural Aesthetics. | -| Garden City, N.Y.: The Natural History Press. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -This final style makes use of an \everybibentry similar to the default. In -this example, the paragraph and hanging indents are set to different values -(by default they are equal). The other difference is that \noindent is -omitted. - -\bibliographyformat{\titleformat{\np\cl{\bd \bibtitle} - \vs{\bl} - \psk{\bl}\pin{10pt}\hin{20pt}} - \everybibentry{\par\goodbreak\hp\indent} - \sameauthorrulesize{width3em height.6ex depth-.5ex}} -\bibliography{Bibliography}\frenchspacing -\vs{\bl} \nin Asher67 -\bie -Asherson, G. L., and S. H. Stone. 1967.\linebreak -Dessensitization {\it in vitro}. {\it Immunology}. -13:469. {\it Cultural Anthropology}. M. Zateh and -F. Grange, eds. New York: Harper and Row. -\vs{\bl} -\nin Cinad68 - -\bie -Cinader, B., editor. 1968.\lbr -Regulation of the Antibody Response. Charles C. Thomas, -Publisher, Springfield, Ill. - -and the citations will look like: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Bibliography | -| | -| Asher67 | -| Asherson, G. L., and S. H. Stone. 1967. | -| Dessensitization in vitro. Immunology. 13:469. Cultural Anthropology. | -| M. Zateh and F. Grange, eds. New York: Harper and Row. | -| | -| Cinad68 | -| Cinader, B., editor. 1968. | -| Regulation of the Antibody Response. Charles C. Thomas, Publisher, | -| Springfield, Ill. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \bibliographyformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if -both are used. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bothpage.helpmenu b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bothpage.helpmenu deleted file mode 100644 index d635af3511..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bothpage.helpmenu +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ - Menu for BOTHPAGES Commands -- TEXT1 - -A file may be selected for viewing by placing the cursor under any character -of the file wanted and pressing the PF 1 key. A MENU file is indicated when -a name is preceded by an asterisk (*). If you are using a terminal that -doesn't have a CURSOR or PF KEYS then you MUST TYPE in the COMPLETE HELP -COMMAND with operands and options. For a description of the operands and -options type HELP HELP. - - -runningheadformat (running top title options) -runningfootformat (running bottom title options) diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomma.helppage b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomma.helppage deleted file mode 100644 index d9ee022c0d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomma.helppage +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \bottommargin (\bma) COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \bottommargin (\bma) command will set the distance from the bottom of the -page to the last line of the text. This command has the format: - - \bottommargin{uu} - -where "uu" is any unit of TeX measurement (pt, pc, in, etc.) or number of -lines. The default bottom margin is one inch, or \bottommargin{1IN}. This -command may only appear at the beginning of the TeX input file before any -actual text is entered. - -In order to change the bottom margin from the default of one inch to one-half -inch, you would enter: - - \bma{.5in} - -Which would give you one-half inch between the last line of text on the page -and the bottom of the page. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpboth b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpboth deleted file mode 100644 index ae217363f6..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpboth +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \bottomtitle COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \bottomtitle command sets what will appear at the bottom of each page after -the title page. The \bottomtitle command is always used in conjunction with the -\runningtitleformat and \bothpages (\bp), \evenpages (\ep), or \oddpages (\op) -commands. This command has the format: - - \bothpages{ - \bottomtitle{\line{\lft{llll}\ctr{cccc}\rt{rrrr}} - }} - -where "llll" is the information to be printed to the far left of the -bottomtitle line; "cccc" is the information to be printed in the center; and -"rrrr" is the information to be printed to the far right of the bottomtitle -line. For example: - - \runningtitleformat{\bothpages{ - \bottomtitle\line{\lft{Joe Smith}\ctr{June 3, 1984}\rt{\pagenumber}} - }} - -will space down to leave the amount specified on the \bottommargin command and -put "Joe Smith" at the bottom far left, with "June 3, 1984" centered and the -current page number on the bottom far right of the first line of the -bottomtitle. The running bottomtitle of page 5 would look like this: - -Joe Smith June 3, 1984 5 diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpeven b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpeven deleted file mode 100644 index a8c4432f10..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpeven +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \bottomtitle COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \bottomtitle command sets what will appear at the bottom of each page after -the title page. The \bottomtitle command is always used in conjunction with the -\runningtitleformat and \bothpages (\bp), \evenpages (\ep), or \oddpages (\op) -commands. This command has the format: - - \evenpages{ - \bottomtitle{\line{\lft{llll}\ctr{cccc}\rt{rrrr}} - }} - -where "llll" is the information to be printed to the far left of the -bottomtitle line; "cccc" is the information to be printed in the center; and -"rrrr" is the information to be printed to the far right of the bottomtitle -line on all even pages. For example: - - \runningtitleformat{\evenpages{ - \bottomtitle\line{\lft{Joe Smith}\ctr{June 3, 1984}\rt{\pagenumber}} - }} - -will space down to leave the amount specified on the \bottommargin command and -put "Joe Smith" at the bottom far left, with "June 3, 1984" centered and the -current page number on the bottom far right of the first line of the -bottomtitle. The running bottomtitle of page 4 would look like this: - -Joe Smith June 3, 1984 4 diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpoddp b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpoddp deleted file mode 100644 index 949dd41432..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bottomti.helpoddp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \bottomtitle COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \bottomtitle command sets what will appear at the bottom of each page after -the title page. The \bottomtitle command is always used in conjunction with the -\runningtitleformat and \bothpages (\bp), \evenpages (\ep), or \oddpages (\op) -commands. This command has the format: - - \oddpages{ - \bottomtitle{\line{\lft{llll}\ctr{cccc}\rt{rrrr}} - }} - -where "llll" is the information to be printed to the far left of the -bottomtitle line; "cccc" is the information to be printed in the center; and -"rrrr" is the information to be printed to the far right of the bottomtitle -line on all odd pages. For example: - - \runningtitleformat{\oddpages{ - \bottomtitle\line{\lft{Joe Smith}\ctr{June 3, 1984}\rt{\pagenumber}} - }} - -will space down to leave the amount specified on the \bottommargin command and -put "Joe Smith" at the bottom far left, with "June 3, 1984" centered and the -current page number on the bottom far right of the first line of the -bottomtitle. The running bottomtitle of page 5 would look like this: - -Joe Smith June 3, 1984 5 diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqb.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqb.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index afd01a8162..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqb.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| blockquotebegin | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\bqbã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \blockquotebegin markup ends a paragraph and forces the following text -into a quote format, indicated by a change in the size of type to 10pt, 6 -points of spacing before and after the quote, and margin indentations of 24 -points. - - ã|Example:ã% - -Salt (1958) names the process: -\blockquotebegin -This loss of fluids and cooling is known as aging. -Most metamorphosis occurs in ocean trenches, but it - -can also occur in forms in trenchcoats. -\paragraph -The lithosphere---dermosphere in humans---wrinkles -over time. -The process is one-way, as rehydration will not -unwrinkle the surface. -\blockquoteend -As far as general surface alteration, only the -time scale differs between the human . . . -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Salt (1958) names the process: | -| | -| This loss of fluids and cooling is known as aging. Most | -| metamorphosis occurs in ocean trenches, but it can also occur in | -| forms in trenchcoats. | -| The lithosphere---dermosphere in humans---wrinkles over | -| time. The process is one-way, as rehydration will not unwrinkle | -| the surface. | -| | -| As far as general surface alteration, only the time scale differs | -| between the human . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Every \blockquotebegin must have a matching \blockquoteend. If the quote is -not ended with \blockquoteend, all following text is formatted as a block -quote, and a warning message appears at the end of formatting which says: - -(\end occurred inside a group at level 1) -Output written on TEXT1$$.dvi (1 page, 436 bytes). -Transcript written on TEXT1$$.texlog. - - The defaults for \blockquotebegin differ when you are using \monospace. -With \monospace, there is no font change, one line is skipped before and -after the block quote, and the left and right indentations are both 1 2 -inch. - Refer to the \blockquoteformat for instructions on how to change the -block quote style. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqe.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqe.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index c10fddc23b..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqe.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| blockquoteend | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\bqeã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \blockquoteend markup ends the quote and returns text to the normal -margins and sizes. Text following is formatted as a new paragraph. - - ã|Example:ã% - -Salt (1958) names the process: -\blockquotebegin -\rightragged -This loss of fluids and cooling is known as aging. -Most metamorphosis occurs in ocean trenches, but it -can also occur in forms in trenchcoats. - -\paragraph -The lithosphere --- dermosphere in humans --- -wrinkles over time. -The process is one-way, as rehydration will not -unwrinkle the surface. -\blockquoteend -As far as general surface alteration, only the -time scale differs between the human . . . -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Salt (1958) names the process: | -| | -| This loss of fluids and cooling is known as aging. Most | -| metamorphosis occurs in ocean trenches, but it can also occur in | -| forms in trenchcoats. | -| The lithosphere --- dermosphere in humans --- wrinkles over | -| time. The process is one-way, as rehydration will not unwrinkle | -| the surface. | -| | -| As far as general surface alteration, only the time scale differs | -| between the human . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index fdae8155cc..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bqf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| blockquoteformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\bqfã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\skipbefore, \everyblockquote, \skipafterã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \blockquoteformat markup controls the formatting of block quotes. The -following submarkup are effective only within block quotes. - -\skipbefore indicates how much space is to be skipped before printing a -block. This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips. - -\everyblockquote{Nested Markup} determines how the text of the quote is -formatted. You can specify justification or raggedness, single or double -spacing, left or right indentation, paragraph spacing and indentation, and -any font change needed within block quotes. You may use any markup such as -\tenpt, \interlineskip, \leftindent or \rightindent within \everyblockquote. - -\skipafter indicates how much space is to be skipped after printing a -block. This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips. - - ã|Example:ã% -The indentation has been changed in this sample. The text for the block -quote is to be printed right ragged in 9 point Computer Modern. Paragraphs -within the block quote, and only within, have a 1 pica paragraph indent and -zero paragraph skip. The skips before and after the quotation have been set -to zero. - -\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{0pt} - \everyblockquote{\pin{1pc}\psk{0pt}\ninepoint - \leftindent{1pc}\rightindent{1pc}\rr} - \skipafter{0pt}} - -The example illustrated for \blockquotebegin would then begin: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Salt (1958) names the process: | -| | -| This loss of fluids and cooling is known as aging. Most metamorphosis | -| occurs in ocean trenches, but it can also occur in forms in | -| trenchcoats. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -This sample is printed with a small interlineskip, normal paragraph values -and zero indentation. The text is in 9 point italics with an interlineskip -of 9.5 points. - -\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{0pt} - \everyblockquote{\ssp\ninept\it\isk{9.5pt} - \leftindent{0pt}\rightindent{0pt}} - \skipafter{0pt}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Salt (1958) names the process: | -| | -| This loss of fluids and cooling is known as aging. Most metamorphosis | -| occurs in ocean trenches, but it can also occur in forms in trenchcoats. | -| | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \blockquoteformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both -are used. - The defaults for \blockquoteformat when using \monospace are different. -The space before and after is one blank line (1\bl), the left and right -indents are 36 points ( 1 2 inch), and the text is in the roman font since -you cannot print \tenpt with \monospace. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bquotem.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bquotem.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 605bacc116..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bquotem.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|BQUOTE-Mã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\blockquoteformat and if you are using \monospace. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bquotep.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bquotep.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 879bbe76b8..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bquotep.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|BQUOTE-Pã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\blockquoteformat and if you areã|notã%using \monospace. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/break.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/break.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 96925e779d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/break.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| break | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -If you want to force TEXT1 to break between lines at a certain point in the -middle of a paragraph use the markup \break. - - ã|Example:ã% - -To everything there is a season, and a time -to every purpose under the -heaven: A time to be born, and a time to -pluck up {\it that which is}\break -planted; A time to kill, and a time to heal; -a time to break down, and -a time to build up; A time to weep, -and a time to laugh; - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| To everything there is a season, and a time to every purpose under | -| the heaven: A time to be born, and a time to pluck up that which is | -| planted; A time to kill, and a time to heal; a time to break down, and a | -| time to build up; A time to weep, and a time to laugh; | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -To avoid having the white space between the words as is illustrated in the -third line in the above example, use the \linebreak markup. - For more on the \break markup, refer to The TEXbook. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/btitle.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/btitle.helpsubh deleted file mode 100644 index b4b0c741fd..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/btitle.helpsubh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \titleformat COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \titleformat command is always used in conjunction with the \subheadcformat -command and will set options for the subheadc titles. The format for the -\titleformat command is: - - \subheadcformat{\titleformat{ - \vsk{24pt} - {\subheadctitle} - \vs{12pt}} - } - -This is the default for \titleformat. Each \subheadc command will space down 24 -points, print the \subheadctitle and space down 12 points to resume with the -text. - -For more information on the \subheadctitle command, see the help screen under -the markup menu for that particular command. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/btitlef.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/btitlef.helpsubh deleted file mode 100644 index f51b183132..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/btitlef.helpsubh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \titleformat COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \titleformat command is always used in conjunction with the \subheaddformat -command and will set options for the subheadd titles. The format for the -\titleformat command is: - - \subheaddformat{\titleformat{ - {\it \subheaddtitle:} - } - -This is the default for \titleformat. Each \subheadd command will start a new -paragraph, print the \subheaddtitle in italics followed by a colon and then -resume with the text. - -For more information on the \subheaddtitle command, see the help screen under -the markup menu for that particular command. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bul.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bul.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 03d57913d3..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/bul.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| bullet | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\bulã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \bullet markup produces a raised centered dot as an identifier for an -item in a list. - - ã|Example:ã% - -the following necessary trace elements: -\listbegin -\bul Copper -\bul Manganese -\bul Selenium -\bul Zinc -\listend - -\nin The mineral content of the body . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| the following necessary trace elements: | -| * Copper | -| * Manganese | -| * Selenium | -| * Zinc | -| The mineral content of the body . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -A list of bullets must be placed within the \listbegin and \listend markup. -The bullets are indented 5 characters, like the first level of an ordered -list. Bullets may also be used in outline lists where they are indented -5 characters from the previous level by default. Refer to the \listformat -markup to change the amount of indentation. - - When in math mode, the \bullet markup is used in the same fashion as -described in The TEXbook. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cc.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cc.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 29255b1074..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cc.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| caps | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\ccã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \caps markup sets the typeface to "caps/small caps". - - ã|Example:ã% -This example changes "Parallels" to caps/small caps. It is changed back -with the \roman markup. - -lowest common denominator. -\par -\nin\caps Parallels. \roman Consider for a -moment rocks and deer . . . -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| lowest common denominator. | -| Parallels. Consider for a moment rocks and deer . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Caps/small caps are often used for display titles or special emphasis. It -should not be used for the body of text. Not all font sets have small -caps available. Those font sets that do not have small caps will give the -following warning message when you try to use \caps or \cc: - -<TEXT1> Warning. No small caps font in CMSAN8. Will print roman font .) diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cents.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cents.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index ac5118d383..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cents.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| cents | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -This markup is used to print a cent sign. - - ã|Example:ã% -This machine takes 35\cents\ instead of 25\cents. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| This machine takes 35c instead of 25c. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \cents markup must be followed either by a backslash-space, or by a -tilde (~). diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chap.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chap.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 51aba6b4c6..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chap.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| chapter | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\chapã% - -Parameters: ã|titleã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \chapter markup starts a new page, centers the title in bold face, -and enters it in the table of contents. The text of a title is the only -parameter. - - ã|Example:ã% - -Anything less is more realistic. -\par -\chapter{Nationalism} -Nationalism is directly related to war. -Lord Acton observed that nationalism aims solely . . . -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Chapter 1 | -| Nationalism | -| Nationalism is directly related to war. Lord Acton observed that | -| nationalism aims solely . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -If you want to force TEXT1 to split a long chapter title at a place of your -choosing, use \linebreak. - -\chapter{Subject Index\linebreak -and\lbr -Concordance} -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Chapter 1 | -| Subject Index | -| and | -| Concordance | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Refer to \chapterformat on the next page to change the chapter style. - Each time you use \chapter it resets the subhead numbers to zero. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chapter.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chapter.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index e801d05132..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chapter.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|CHAPTERã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\chapterformat. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index c20cd7f815..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| chapterformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \cl{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber} - \cl{\twelvept\bd \chaptertitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0}} - \incontents{yes}} - -Abbreviation: ã|\chfã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\numberingstyle, \titleformat, \incontentsã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \chapterformat markup allows you to modify the defaults that controls -the appearance of the chapter title. The submarkup is described. - -\numberingstyle allows you to change the style from Arabic numerals, the -default, to letters {A} or roman numerals {I}. - -\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{A}} - -\titleformat{Nested Markup} controls the appearance of the chapter title -banner. You may use markup such as \newpage, \verticalspace, and \center- -line within \titleformat as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within -or outside of \chapterformat: - - * \chapternumberprints the most recent chapter number. - - * \chaptertitleprints the most recent chapter title. - -\incontents places the chapter title in contents (if one is printed). -Printing can be suppressed by changing to "no." - -\chapterformat{\incontents{no}} - - ã|Example:ã% -When you enter, - -\chapter{Introduction} - -you get the default chapter style which looks like: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Chapter 1 | -| Introduction | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -In the following example this default style has been modified such that each -chapter starts on a new page, the title is centered in bold (no chapter -number printed), and one line is skipped after the chapter title. - -\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1} - - \titleformat{\newpage - \cl{\bd \chaptertitle} - \vs{1\bl}} - \incontents{yes}} - -Then each time you specify \chapter you will get: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Introduction | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -In this sample, each chapter title is prefaced by the chapter number. As -before, the title is centered in bold, and one line is skipped before text. - -\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\newpage - \cl{\bd\chapternumber.~\chaptertitle} - - \vs{1\bl}} - \incontents{yes}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 1. Introduction | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \chapterformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both are -used. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chrono.changes b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chrono.changes deleted file mode 100644 index 55451d7c10..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/chrono.changes +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -6/22/90: - -1) removed filemana.helpmark diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cincon.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cincon.helpsubh deleted file mode 100644 index 1f487912fe..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cincon.helpsubh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \incontents COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \incontents command is always used in conjunction with the \subheadcformat -command and will determine whether subheadc titles are included in the Table of -Contents. The format for the \incontents command is: - - \subheadcformat{ - \incontents{yes} - } - -By default, the subheadc titles will not be included in the Table of Contents. -If you want the subheadc titles included in the Table of Contents, enter -\incontents{yes} within the \subheadcformat command. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cincont.helpsubh b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cincont.helpsubh deleted file mode 100644 index b6061267cc..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cincont.helpsubh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \incontents COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \incontents command is always used in conjunction with the \subheaddformat -command and will determine whether subheadd titles are included in the Table of -Contents. The format for the \incontents command is: - - \subheaddformat{ - \incontents{no} - } - -By default, the subheadd titles will not be included in the Table of Contents. -If you want the subheadd titles included in the Table of Contents, enter -\incontents{yes} within the \subheaddformat command. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cl.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cl.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 67836f2dfe..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cl.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| centerline | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\clã% - -Parameters: ã|textã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \centerline markup ends the previous paragraph and places equal blank -spaces on both sides of a word or phrase on a single line. This markup is -useful for titles and emphasis. The only parameter for this markup is the -text to be centered. - - ã|Example:ã% - -\centerline{SOCIOGEOLOGY\lbr -Minerals and Human Behavior} -\vs{12pt} -\centerline{by Achilles Chert} -\vs{24pt} - -"Does the Absurd dictate death?" asks Albert . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| SOCIOGEOLOGY | -| Minerals and Human Behavior | -| | -| by Achilles Chert | -| | -| | -| "Does the Absurd dictate death?" asks Albert . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -You may use \linebreak within \centerline. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/clb.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/clb.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index e4216ca42c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/clb.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| centerlinesbegin | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\clbã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \centerlinesbegin markup ends the previous paragraph and starts a series -of centered lines. This markup is useful for titles and emphasis. There -are no parameters. - - ã|Example:ã% - -\centerlinesbegin -SOCIOGEOLOGY -Minerals and Human Behavior -\vs{18pt} -Achilles Chert - -\centerlinesend -\vs{24pt} -"Does the Absurd dictate death?" asks Albert . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| SOCIOGEOLOGY | -| Minerals and Human Behavior | -| | -| | -| Achilles Chert | -| | -| | -| "Does the Absurd dictate death?" asks Albert . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Each \centerlinesbegin must be followed by a matching \centerlinesend. - - You can also use \centerlinesbegin before a \drawbox or \paragraphbox, -but not within either markup. - You cannot use \centerlinesbegin within any of the following markup: -\appendix, \autofootnote, \bibliography, \centerline, \chapter, \drawbox, -\figure, \footnote, \item, \label, \marginnote, \paragraphbox, \part, -\preface, \rightline, \runningheadformat, \runningfootformat, \subheada, -\subheadb, \subheadc, \subheadd, or \tabletitle. - - ã|Example:ã% - -\centerlinesbegin -\paragraphbox{John H. Whalley -{\it publishing vice president} -\vs{\bl} -John B. Dykeman -{\it associate publisher}} -\centerlinesend - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| John H. Whalley | -| publishing vice president | -| | -| John B. Dykeman | -| associate publisher | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cle.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cle.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index bd7f8b0633..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/cle.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| centerlinesend | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\cleã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \centerlinesend markup ends a series of centered lines and returns to a -paragraph mode. There are no parameters. - - ã|Example:ã% - -The prerequisites to operate this hardware are: -\vs{2\bl} -\clb -6085 Professional Computer System -ViewPoint Software -VP Document Editor Software -Signed Software License Agreement - -\cle - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| The prerequisites to operate this hardware are: | -| | -| | -| 6085 Professional Computer System | -| ViewPoint Software | -| VP Document Editor Software | -| Signed Software License Agreement | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/contents.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/contents.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 0c9c11c617..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/contents.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|CONTENTSã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\tableofcontentsformat. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/coul.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/coul.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 0dc940202f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/coul.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| countinglines | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\coulã% - -Parameters: ã|statusã% - - ã|Description:ã% -This markup is used to start counting lines for line numbering in the margin -of a document. Status is true or false. - - ã|Example:ã% -To start line numbering you enter - -\countinglines{true} - - ã|Notes:ã% - -Line numbering is only available on the phototypesetter. This markup is -ignored for all other printers. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/db.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/db.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 3cd7e700ae..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/db.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| drawbox | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\dbã% - -Parameters: ã|textã% - - ã|Description:ã% -A box is a grouping of rules into a square or rectangle. You can draw a box -with the \drawbox markup. The parameter for this markup is the material to -be put inside the box. Any grouping less than a paragraph can be boxed, -including letters, sentences, figures, or tables. - - ã|Example:ã% -To draw a box around an "a", you would enter: - -Draw a box around \drawbox{a} -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| ..... | -| Draw a box around . . | -| ..... | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -If you want to draw an empty 1 inch square (plus the box "rule size" and -"mat size") you could enter, - -\db{\vrule width 0pt height 1in -\vrule width 1in height 0pt depth 0pt} - .............. - . . - . . - . . - . . - . . - . . -which prints: .............. - - ã|Notes:ã% -Do not use this markup with \monospace or around \settabs or \halign. - Paragraphs cannot be boxed with \drawbox unless each one is put in a -vertical box (see \vbox). Use the \paragraphbox markup instead. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/dbm.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/dbm.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 46df8d2cf9..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/dbm.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| drawboxmat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\dbmã% - -Parameters: ã|unit of measureã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \drawboxmat markup determines the amount of space between the rule and -the text. This is the area that has been shaded in the illustration at the -bottom of the page. This space is used with the \drawbox and \paragraphbox -markup. The default is 3 points. - - ã|Example:ã% -\drawboxmat{20pt} -Draw a box around \drawbox{a} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| ......... | -| . . | -| . a . | -| . . | -| Draw a box around ......... | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/dbrs.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/dbrs.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 88a1713cba..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/dbrs.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| drawboxrulesize | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\dbrsã% - -Parameters: ã|unit of measureã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \drawboxrulesize markup determines the thickness of the rule that makes -up the box itself. The default is .4 point. This rule thickness is used by -both \drawbox and \paragraphbox. - - ã|Example:ã% -\drawboxrulesize{2pt} -Draw a box around \drawbox{a} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| ..... | -| . a . | -| Draw a box around ..... | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/die.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/die.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 9278cca2bd..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/die.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| dumpinsertseject | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\dieã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -This markup is used to dump (print) all accumulated figures and tables -(inserts) entered with \figure, \topinsert or \midinsert. After printing -the figures and other inserts, a new page is started. If no inserts had -been accumulated, a new page is still started. This markup appears in many -of the format markup, such as \chapterformat. - - ã|Example:ã% - -\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \cl{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber} - \cl{\twelvept\bd \chaptertitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - } - \incontents{yes} - } - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \topinsert and \midinsert markup are discussed in The TEXbook. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/dsp.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/dsp.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index f9f2cbc586..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/dsp.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| doublespace | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\dspã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The doublespace markup leaves alternate line spaces blank. This markup -causes a break in text. There are no parameters. Double spacing will be in -effect until changed with a \singlespace markup. - - ã|Example:ã% -\singlespace -All things considered, Camus has derived -a solid conglomerate of grail theories -for us. -\doublespace - -Let me close with another penetrating insight from -Camus: The rock should be left at the bottom, -because of the inevitability of entropic direction. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| | -| All things considered, Camus has derived a solid conglomerate of grail | -| theories for us. | -| | -| Let me close with another penetrating insight from Camus: The rock | -| | -| should be left at the bottom, because of the inevitability of entropic | -| | -| direction. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. - diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/el.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/el.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 349690ca9b..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/el.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| ellipsis | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\elã% - -Parameters: ã|nã% - - ã|Description:ã% -Ellipsis points indicate any omission of a word, line, or paragraph from -a quoted passage. Three points are used when the omission occurs with a -sentence or fragment. Four points are used when the omission is a whole -sentence or more, including whole paragraphs. - In using the \ellipsis markup, n may be "3" or "4". The \ellipsis3 -markup inserts three points, surrounded by appropriate spacing. ( . . . -) The \ellipsis4 markup inserts four points, immediately after a sentence, -with space after the last point. ( . . . . ) - - ã|Example:ã% -The following quote has been shortened with ellipses. - -names the process: -\blockquotebegin -This loss of fluids is known as aging\ellipsis4 -The lithosphere\ellipsis3 wrinkles over time. -The process is one-way, as rehydration will not -unwrinkle the surface. -\blockquoteend -As far as general surface alteration, only the . . . -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| names the process: | -| | -| This loss of fluids is known as aging . . . . The | -| lithosphere . . . wrinkles over time. The process is | -| one-way, as rehydration will not unwrinkle the surface. | -| | -| As far as general surface alteration, only the . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -No additional space is required around the ellipsis markup, since space is -included. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/enf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/enf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 4faefbc558..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/enf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| endnoteformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\endnoteformat{\skipbefore{4pt} - \textreferenceposition{down} - \textreferencefont{\rm} - \textreferencestyle{[1]} - \notereferenceposition{down} - \notereferencefont{\tenpt} - \notereferencestyle{1.} - \notereferencegutter{1em} - \everyendnote{\tenpt\pin{0pt}\lin{1.2em}}} - -Abbreviation: ã|\enfã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\skipbefore, \textreferenceposition, -\textreferencefont, \textreferencestyle, \notereferenceposition, \noterefer- -encefont, \notereferencestyle, \notereferencegutter, \everyendnoteã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \endnoteformat markup allows you to modify the shape and presentation of -endnotes generated with \autoendnote. - -\skipbefore indicates how much space is to be skipped before printing a -block. This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips. - -\textreferenceposition determines if the endnote reference number is -superscripted or not. By default, the reference is not superscripted. If -you want the endnote reference number to be superscripted, then change the -parameter to "up". - -\textreferencefont lets you change the face or size. By default the -endnote reference number is always printed in the standard font. - -\textreferencestyle determines the numbering style at the end of a chapter -or the end of the document (wherever the \printendnotes appears). There are -five possible values: - 1. "1" for numbered endnotes - 2. "(1)" for numbered endnotes with parentheses - 3. "[1]" for numbered endnotes with square brackets - 4. "a" for lettered endnotes - 5. "(a)" for lettered endnotes with parentheses -The default is Arabic numerals in square brackets. - -\notereferenceposition determines if the endnote reference number is -superscripted or not when it is printed at the end of a chapter or the end -of a document. By default, the reference is not superscripted. If you want -the endnote reference number to be superscripted, then change the parameter -to "up". - -\notereferencefont lets you change the face or size. By default the -endnote reference number printed at the end of a chapter (or end of a -document, wherever \printendnotes occurs) is always printed in the standard -font. - -\notereferencestyle determines the numbering style. There are five -possible values: - 1. "1." for numbered endnotes - 2. "(1)" for numbered endnotes with parentheses - 3. "[1]" for numbered endnotes with square brackets - 4. "a" for lettered endnotes - 5. "(a)" for lettered endnotes with parentheses -The default is numbered endnotes. - -\notereferencegutter specifies the amount of space between the endnote -number and the endnote text. The gutter is illustrated here as the shaded -portion between "1." and "The first step": -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| ... | -| 1....The first step . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\everyendnote lets you modify the shape of the notes. You can change the -type face, the paragraph parameters, and the right and left indentation. - - ã|Example:ã% -This example shows an endnote style with a superscripted endnote number; the -body of the endnote in a 9 point Computer Modern set; the endnote at the end -of the document (or chapter) indented half an inch from the left and half an -inch from the right of the rest of the body of the text; the endnote body -right ragged; and the text of the document right justified and in 10 point - -Computer Modern. The endnote "text" reference at the end of the chapter -will retain the default style ("1." not superscripted). - Note that 9 point was specified within both the "notereferencefont" and -"everyendnote" markups. The "notereferencefont" determines the font that -the endnote reference number is to be printed in. The "everyendnote" markup -determines the font that the endnote text is to print in at the end of the -document or end of chapter, wherever the next \printendnotes markup appears. - -\endnoteformat{\skipbefore{12pt} - \textreferenceposition{up} - \textreferencefont{\ninepoint\rm} - \textreferencestyle{1} - \notereferenceposition{down} - \notereferencefont{\ninepoint\rm} - \notereferencestyle{1.} - \everyendnote{\rightragged - \pin{0pt}\psk{12pt}\ninepoint - \leftindent{.5in}\rightindent{.5in}} - } - - -| . . automatically sets an interline skip 2 points greater | -than the font size.\autoendnote{This extra space is -referred to as leading.} The default font size is . . . - -The endnote in the document would look like: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| . . . automatically sets an interline skip 2 points greater than the | -| font size. The default font size is . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -The endnote printed after the \printendnotes markup would look like: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 1. This extra space is referred to as leading. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \endnoteformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both are -used. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/enotem.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/enotem.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 8afb34d2bf..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/enotem.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|ENOTE-Mã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\endnoteformat and if you are using \monospace. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/enotep.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/enotep.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 2c37af8a98..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/enotep.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|ENOTE-Pã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\endnoteformat and if you areã|noteã%using \monospace. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ep.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ep.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 4dae99a110..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ep.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| emptypage | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\epã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \emptypage markup advances the page count, leaving an "empty" page, -which can be placed with custom figures or diagrams. There is no break in -text. There are no parameters for this markup. - - ã|Example:ã% -To float an empty page, enter the sequence: -same proportions (Figure 2, on the following page). -\par -\emptypage -This suggests parallels in evolution. - -Generally speaking, there are three -possible solutions . . . - - ã|Example:ã% -To have an empty page print immediately between the sentence ending "page)." -and the one beginning "This suggests . . . " you would enter follow the -\emptypage with a \newpage: -same proportions (Figure 2, on the following page). -\par -\emptypage -\newpage -This suggests parallels in evolution. -Generally speaking, there are three -possible solutions . . . - - ã|Notes:ã% -Unlike \newpage, if you enter two \emptypage markup in a row, you will get -two empty pages when the page is ejected. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/epm.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/epm.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 3e9165e6a9..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/epm.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| evenpagemargin | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\epmã% - -Parameters: ã|measurementã% - - ã|Description:ã% -This markup is used to indicate where a document's line numbering is to be -printed on even pages. The default is 50.8 points from the left edge on -even pages. - - ã|Example:ã% -To indicate that you want line numbering to start at 1 inch from the left -edge you would enter at the beginning of your document: - -\evenpagemargin{1in} - - ã|Notes:ã% -Line numbering is only available on the phototypesetter. This markup is -ignored for all other printers. - Valid values for \evenpagemargin are 0 to 2 to the 32d power points, -practical values are 5-860 points. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ex.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ex.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index e56dd2f3e7..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ex.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| extension | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\exã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \extension markup sets the face to the Computer Modern Math Extension -face. Refer to The TEXbook, Appendix F, for a complete list of the -characters available in the Extension face. - - ã|Example:ã% -This example uses \extension to print an "O dot": - -Put a {\extension\char'113} next to . . . -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Put a K next to . . . | -| | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -For more on the use of the \char markup, refer to The TEXbook. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fif.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fif.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 049452e975..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fif.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| figureformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\figureformat{\skipbefore{1\bl} - \position{\float} - \titleformat{\bqb\hp\tenpt - \bd Figure \figurenumber. - \rm\figuretitle \bqe} - \incontents{yes} - \skipafter{1\bl} - } - -Abbreviation: ã|\fifã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\skipbefore, \position, \titleformat, -\incontents, \skipafterã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \figureformat markup allows you to modify the defaults that control the -appearance of the figure. The submarkup is described. - -ã|\skipbeforeã% indicates how much space is to be skipped before printing a -figure block. This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips. - -ã|\positionã% By default, text is floated around a figure and the figure -printed at the top of the next page if not enough room remains on the -current page to print the figure. If you do not want text to float around -the figure, and you want the figure to print exactly where you place it, use -\position{\nofloat}. - -\figureformat{\position{\nofloat}} - -ã|\titleformat{Nested Markup}ã% controls the appearance of the figure title. -You may use markup such as \blockquotebegin, \hangingparagraph, \vertical- -space, and \centerline within \titleformat as Nested Markup. Other markup -you may use within or outside of \figureformat: - - * \figurenumberprints the most recent figure number. - - * \figuretitleprints the most recent figure title. - -ã|\skipafterã% indicates how much space is to be skipped after printing the -figure title. This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips. - -ã|\incontentsã% places the figure title in contents (if one is printed). -Printing can be suppressed by changing to "no." - - ã|Example:ã% -The amount of space skipped before and after has been reduced to 6 points -(half a line with 12 point interline space), the figure number is placed in -\label and the figure title is printed in italics. - -\figureformat{\skipbefore{6pt} - \titleformat{\label{\bd Figure \figurenumber.} - \it\figuretitle} - \skipafter{6pt} - \incontents{yes} - } - -\figure{\halign{\ctr{#}&&\hs{1em}\ctr{#}\cr -July 23&July 27&July 31&August 5&August 9\cr -32&67&44&47&18\cr}{Size data of a Yellow - -Transparent fruit during the period of July 23 to August 9, -1977. (fruit No. IV@_b@)} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| | -| July 23 July 27 July 31 August 5 August 9 | -| 32 67 44 47 18 | -| | -| Figure 1. Size data of a Yellow Transparent fruit during the period of | -| July 23 to August 9, 1977. (fruit No. IV[b]) | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \figureformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both are -used. If you are using \monospace, the only difference in defaults is - -that the figure title is printed in the roman \monospace font instead of -\tenpt. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fig.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fig.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index be6fe909ea..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fig.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| figure | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\figã% - -Parameters: ã|first parameter = markup - second parameter = the figure titleã% - - ã|Description:ã% -A figure is a representation or illustration. The \figure markup can leave -space for a figure, number it, print the figure title, and ensure that the -title gets placed in the contents. The figure markup has two parameters: -markup and the title of the figure. - The "markup" can be a \verticalspace markup, \fullpage, \halfpage, or -text such as a table, etc. The "title" is the title of the figure which -will print at the bottom of the figure and in the table of contents. - If you want a figure on an entire page, enter \fullpage as the first -parameter. If you want a figure to fill half of the page, enter \halfpage -as the first parameter. - - ã|Example:ã% -If you want to use \asisbegin, it must go outside of the figure and the -title cannot be more than one line long. - -\aib -\figure{\tt - clay - Human - pressure - parent rock - temperature -}{Origin of the Stone Species} -\aie - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| | -| | -| | -| | -| clay | -| Human | -| pressure | -| parent rock | -| temperature | -| | -| | -| | -| | -| Figure 1. Origin of the Stone Species | -| | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -This figure leaves half an inch of space above the title, "Size data of a -| . . ". | - -the same proportions. -\db{\figure{\vs{.5in}}{Size data of a Yellow -Transparent fruit during the period of July 23 to August 9, -1977. (fruit No. IV@_b@)} -This suggests parallels . . . } - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| | -| | -| | -| | -| | -| | -| Figure 2. Size data of a Yellow Transparent fruit during the | -| period of July 23 to August 9, 1977. (fruit No. IV[b]) | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -This figure leaves an entire empty page for the figure. The title would -print at the bottom of the figure. - -the same proportions. -\figure{\fullpage}{Origins of the Human Species} -This suggests parallels . . . - - ã|Example:ã% -This figure leaves a half page empth for the figure. The title would print -at the bottom of the figure. - -the same proportions. -\figure{\halfpage}{Origins of the Human Species} -This suggests parallels . . . - - ã|Notes:ã% - -By default, text "floated" is text that is moved in front of a figure. The -figure is moved to the top of the current page if there is room left. If -not enough room remains, then the figure is printed at the top of the next -page. To disable this floating process, refer to the \figureformat markup. - For both \halfpage and \fullpage, the figure title is included in -determining how much space to leave. - By default, each new \part will start numbering figures over again at 1. -Use \setfigurenumber to reset the figurenumber outside of parts. - When figures are using the default "float" method of placing figures, -you cannot use \twocolumns or \threecolumns in parameter 1. If you -are using the \nofloat option specified in \figureformat you may use the -multiple column specifications. - Use the \figureformat markup to modify the figure style. - You can not use \settabs within \figure. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/figurem.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/figurem.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index c9c8c14c17..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/figurem.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|FIGURE-Mã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\figureformat and if you are using \monospace. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/figurep.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/figurep.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index b8785b18b1..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/figurep.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|FIGURE-Pã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\figureformat and if you areã|notã%using \monospace. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fixf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fixf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 15063d06b6..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fixf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| fixedformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\fixfã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -TEXT1 offers two multiple column formats that have different text handling -capabilities. The normal (default) style is called "flexibleformat". This -is described with \twocolumns and \threecolumns markup. There is an -optional style you can use called "fixedformat." The flexible format can be -changed to the fixed format by inserting the markup \fixedformat before the -first two or three column markup appears. - The Fixed format makes each column act as if it were a single page. -Inserts and footnotes will appear in each column just as they would in the -single column format. Only the running head and running foot will print -across the full width of the page. - - ã|Notes:ã% - -Since each column is handled like a normal single column page, the columns -may not be balanced. A short right hand column will remain short when -formatting is completed. - The Fixed format cannot be used to format combinations of single, -double, and triple columns on the same page. The two column and three -column markup can be used in conjunction with one another, but not on the -same page. If both format markup appear on the same page, TEXT1 will fill -the bottom of the current column on the current page with white space and -change to the new format on the following page. - Once the fixed format has been specified, it will remain in force for -the remainder of the document. The Fixed format cannot be changed to the -Flexible format again within the same document. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index a1d3bd0491..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,139 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| footnoteformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\footnoteformat{\skipbeforedivider{12pt} - \skipafterdivider{2.6pt} - \footnotedivider{144pt} - \textreferenceposition{up} - \textreferenceplacement{after} - \textreferencefont{\tenpt} - \textreferencestyle{1} - \notereferenceposition{down} - \notereferencefont{\tenpt} - \notereferencestyle{1.} - \notereferencegutter{1em} - \everyfootnote{\tenpt\pin{20pt} - \lin{0pt}} - } - -Abbreviation: ã|\fnfã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\skipbeforedivider, \skipafterdivider, -\footnotedivider, \textreferenceposition, -\textreferenceplacement, \textreferencefont, -\textreferencestyle, \textreferencegutter, -\everyfootnote, \notereferenceposition, -\notereferencefont, \notereferencestyle, -\notereferencegutterã% - - ã|Description:ã% -To change the footnote style and any of the other footnote formatting -options of the \autofootnote markup, use the \footnoteformat markup. The -default footnote format is: - -ã|\skipbeforedividerã% determines the distance between the last line of text -on a page and the footnote divider rule which is printed just before the -footnotes. The default for this markup is 12 points. - -ã|\skipafterdividerã% determines the distance between the footnote divider rule -and the first footnote. The default for this markup is 2.5 points. - -ã|\footnotedividerã% determines the length of a short rule that separates the -footnotes from text. The default value is 144 points (2 inches). - -ã|\textreferencepositionã% determines if the footnote reference number is a -superscript or not. By default, the reference is superscripted (up). If -you want the footnote reference number to be on the baseline, change the -parameter to "down". The default for \monospace is "down". Do not change -it to "up" for \monospace. - -\textreferenceplacement determines if the footnote reference number -precedes or follows the word being noted. By default, the reference -will follow the noted word. If you want the footnote reference number to be -placed before the word being noted, then change the parameter to "before". - -ã|\textreferencefontã% lets you determine how to print the footnote number. -The default is the roman face at 10 point. For \monospace, the default is -the roman typewriter printer face. - -ã|\textreferencestyleã% determines the numbering style. There are four -possible values: - 1. "1" for numbered superscripted footnotes - 2. "(1)" for numbered footnotes surrounded with parentheses - 3. "a" for lettered footnotes - 4. "(a)" for lettered footnotes surrounded with parentheses -The default is \textreferencestyle{1} for composing printers. Typewriter -printers using \monospace have a default of \textreferencestyle{(1)}. - -ã|\notereferencepositionã% determines whether the footnote reference number in -the note is a superscript or not. By default, the reference is on the -baseline. If you want the footnote reference number to be superscripted, -change the parameter to "up". Do note specify "up" for typewriter printers -using \monospace. - -ã|\notereferencefontã% lets you determine what font to print the footnote -number in. The default is standard face at 10 point. For \monospace, the -default is the roman typewriter printer face. - -ã|\notereferencestyleã% determines the numbering style for the notes. There -are four possible values: - 1. "1" for numbered superscripted footnotes - 2. "(1)" for numbered footnotes surrounded with parentheses - 3. "a" for lettered footnotes - 4. "(a)" for lettered footnotes surrounded with parentheses -The default is \textreferencestyle{1.}. - -\notereferencegutter sets the distance between the footnote number and the -first word of text of the note. The gutter is illustrated here as the -shaded portion between "1." and "The first step": - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| .... | -| 1....The first step . . . | -| .... | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The default is one em space, \notereferencegutter{1em}. - -\everyfootnote{Nested Markup} sets the style for everyfootnote. You can -change the type face, the paragraph parameters, and the right and left -indentation. The default text size is 10 point; each note is in paragraph -format, with an indent of 20 points. Typewriter printers which must use -\monospace may not change to another font set. - - ã|Example:ã% -The following example uses a footnote style that prints a superscripted -footnote number in the text and the note, the body of the footnote in -nine-point Computer Modern set, the footnote at the bottom of the page -indented 36 points from the left and 36 points from the right of the rest of -the body of the text of the document, the footnote body right ragged, and -the text of the document right justified and in 10 point Computer Modern. -The \footnoteformat block is modified thus: - -\footnoteformat{\skipbeforedivider{18pt} - \footnotedivider{144pt} - \textreferencefont{\ninepoint\rm} - \notereferenceposition{up} - \notereferencefont{\ninepoint\rm} - \everyfootnote{\rightragged\pin{0pt} - \psk{12pt}\ninepoint - \leftindent{36pt}\rightindent{36pt}}} - -Note that \ninepoint was specified within both the \textreferencefont and -\everyfootnote markups. The \textreferencefont determines the font that the - -footnote reference number is to be printed in. The \everyfootnote markup -determines the font that the footnote text is to print in at the bottom -of the page. Most often the fonts specified in \textreferencefont and -\everyfootnote are the same font. - - ã|Notes:ã% -This markup modifies the style of the \autofootnote markup, not the -\footnote markup. - The \footnoteformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if -both are used. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnotem.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnotem.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index caeff296f7..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnotem.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|FNOTE-Mã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\footnoteformat and if you are using \monospace. This affects -how \autofootnote prints, not how \footnote prints. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnotep.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnotep.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index c0997c3c8f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fnotep.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|FNOTE-Pã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\footnoteformat and if you areã|notã%using \monospace. This affects -how \autofootnote prints, not how \footnote prints. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/font.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/font.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 3d6b584379..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/font.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| font | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|user markup name and font nameã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \font markup can be used to allow you to make use of a specific font -available on your printer. You should always consult the font catalog for -the fonts available on your printer. The name given in the font catalog -goes where font name is with the \font markup. The user markup name you -must provide. It should be a unique name. - - ã|Example:ã% -To use the fourteen point Sonoran Roman, you can assign it to the markup -name \bigfont by entering, - -\font \bigfont = sonr14 - -\bigfont Palouse Region: - -and you will get: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Palouse Region: | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -To use the ten point Computer Modern Sanserif Demibold Condensed you can -assign it to a markup name \demifont by entering, - -\font \demifont = cmssdc10 - -\demifont Palouse Region: - -you will get: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Palouse Region: | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \font markup does not change the interline skip. A font established -with \selectspecificfont does. - This markup is described further in The TEXbook. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fontm.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fontm.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 16ef399cb3..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fontm.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|FONT-Mã%block is to be selected if you want to change the default -\monospace font. You usually shoudn't have to do this. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fontp.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fontp.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index c39de10783..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/fontp.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|FONT-Pã%block is to be selected if you want to change the default -proportional space font. You might want to do this if you want to have -a FONT-P TEXBLOCK on your own disk to be included for each job. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/footnote.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/footnote.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index b9135f7c0b..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/footnote.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| footnote | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|first parameter = reference mark - second parameter = footnote textã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \footnote markup can be used to create marked footnotes. There are two -parameters; the first is the reference mark, and the second is the text of -the note itself. Each parameter is surrounded with curly braces ({}). If -more than one reference mark is used on the same page, they should appear in -the prescribed order: - * asterisk (*) - * dagger (\dagger) - * double dagger (\ddagger) - * section sign (\S) -Refer to the example in the TEXT1 Users' Guide or Reference Manual for -real sample output. These characters are not available at your terminal. - - ã|Example:ã% -Using the above prescribed order, the second footnote on a page would be -entered with \footnote as: - -by Achilles Chert\footnote{\dagger}{pH.d., Litmus Sci. -The author is with the School of Pyroclastic -Philosophy at the University of Piedmont.}. -\par -\nin "Does the Absurd dictate death?" asks Albert -Camus, a novelist who lionized the labors of -Sisyphus in moving the igneous concretion up the -declivitous landmass. - -In the document, the text would print as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| by Achilles Chert . | -| "Does the Absurd dictate death?" asks Albert Camus, a novelist who | -| lionized the labors of Sisyphus in moving the igneous concretion up the | -| declivitous landmass. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -At the bottom of the page the footnote would print as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| pH.d., Litmus Sci. The author is with the School of Pyroclastic | -| Philosophy at the University of Piedmont. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \footnoteformat has no effect on \footnote. \footnoteformat is used to -change the style of the \autofootnote markup. - - You cannot use \footnote within \settabs, \vbox, \hbox, -\drawbox, \paragraphbox, \label, \part, \chapter, \centerline, \halign, -\rightlinesbegin, or \centerlinesbegin. - Refer to the The TEXbook for more on the \footnote markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/frac.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/frac.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index e46eaba641..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/frac.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| fraction | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\fracã% - -Parameters: ã|numerator/denominatorã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \fraction markup is another method of specifying a fraction. If you -enter "@1\over2@" you get " 1 2 ". Entering "1/2" will give you "1/2". To -get "1/" you specify "\fraction1/2 ~". - - ã|Example:ã% -Consider my favorite breakfast recipe: - -\tabskip 3em plus 2em minus 2em -\halign{\lft{#}&\lft{#}\cr -\multispan2\ctr{\bd Muckles}\cr -3 eggs&beaten\cr -1 cp&cream\cr -1 cp&flour\cr - -\fraction1/4 t&baking powder\cr -1 T&sugar\cr -\multispan2\lft{pinch of salt}\cr -\multispan2\lft{bacon (optional)}\cr} -Heat butter or bacon in frying pan. -Pour all of -the batter into the pan. Cook @ approximately @ -10 minutes at 375@^\circ@. Cut into pieces -and serve hot with plenty of syrup. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Muckles | -| 3 eggs beaten | -| 1 cp cream | -| 1 cp flour | -| 14 t baking powder | -| 1 T sugar | -| pinch of salt | -| bacon (optional) | -| Heat butter or bacon in frying pan. Pour all of the batter into the | -| pan. Cook approximately 10 minutes at 375 degrees. Cut into pieces and | -| serve hot with plenty of syrup. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -There must be a space following the fraction as you enter it. In the above -example there had to be a space before the "t&baking powder\cr". diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/frenchsp.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/frenchsp.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index fe55209b7e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/frenchsp.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| frenchspacing | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -By default, TEXT1 will double space after hard punctuation, unless the -letter prior to the punctuation is a capital letter. To make all -interword spacing the same, regardless of punctuation, you can enter -the \frenchspacing markup. This will turn off the extra spacing -following punctuation for the rest of a document or until TEXT1 sees a -\nonfrenchspacing markup. - - ã|Example:ã% -Consider this bibliographic entry: - -\bibentry - -Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. {\it Mechanical Processes -in the Human Geomechanism}. Winston: Geomedical -Publications, International. - -Without \frenchspacing it might print as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human Geomechanism. | -| Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -If you had specified \frenchspacing, - -\frenchspacing -\bibentry -Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. {\it Mechanical Processes -in the Human Geomechanism}. Winston: Geomedical -Publications, International. - -it would print as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human Geomechanism. | -| Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/goodbrea.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/goodbrea.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index d5c020dfa7..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/goodbrea.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| goodbreak | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \goodbreak markup indicates a good place for page or line breaks. TEXT1 -will then break there only if necessary. This markup must be preceded by a -\par or vertical skip for a page break. - - ã|Example:ã% -This example will break the page before the last paragraph beginning "The -comparison may seem", if it comes close to the bottom of the page. - -\par -\nin{\bd Parallels.} -\par - -Consider for a moment rocks and deer. -Both form cooperative groups that furnish the -landscape . . . -The fruits of cooperation depend on conditions of -the environment. -\par -\goodbreak -The comparison may seem facile, but from deliberate -oversimplification . . . - - ã|Notes:ã% -Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/halign.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/halign.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index f3f45f42ea..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/halign.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,177 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| halign | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\halign{ preamble\cr - tabular text\cr} - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|preamble, tabular text, submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\lft, \ctr, \rt, \cr, \noalign, \tabskip, -\omit, \multispan, \phantom, && (column repeat)ã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \halign markup is a way of making tables without tabbing. A preamble, -or sample line, is included immediately after \halign to act as a template -for the text in each column. Each successive column in a row begins with an -ampersand (&). Column descriptions may contain horizontal spaces, indents, -quads, and horizontal fills. Each column description must have a pound - -sign (hash mark, #) which acts as a reference variable, so that text can be -substituted. - The halign is read in its entirety. Every column is treated as a box -whose width is equal to the largest entry. - Besides horizontal mode markup such as \indent, you can use the -following submarkup in the \halign. - -\lft in the preamble will left justify each entry in a column. - -\ctr in the preamble will center each entry in a column. - -\rt in the preamble will right justify each entry in a column. - -\cr marks the end of the preamble, and the end of each row. - -\noalign is used outside of the preamble. It allows you to enter vertical -mode text into a table. You must not end a \noalign with a \cr. For -example, if you wanted to skip a blank line between two row entries, you -would use \noalign{\vs{\bl}}: - - -1000&32\cr -\noalign{\vs{\bl}} -2000&43\cr - -\tabskip puts an equal amount of space (glue) between columns. A -specification of - -\tabskip 20pt plus 15pt minus 10pt - -indicates that the each column is set 20 points apart. If after the initial -try it is determined that the table is still narrower than the width of the -page, up to an additional 15 points of space is put between columns to try -and get the table to spread across the entire page. If after the initial -try of 20 points between each column it is determined that the table is -too wide to fit on the page, up to 10 points is subtracted from the space -between each column to try and get the table to fit on the page. - -\omit can be used to disable to preamble specification for that column -and row. \omit only works for one column of one row. For example, if a -preamble - -\halign{\lft{#}&\rt{#}\cr - -was specified, then to center a header over a column, you could enter - -\omit\ctr{Header 1}&\omit\ctr{Header 2}\cr -1000&2000\cr - -\multispan is used to permit spanning of several columns. For example, if -you had a preamble of - -\halign{\rt{#}&\rt{#}&\rt{#}\cr - -and you wanted to center a title over the second and third columns, you -would enter: - -first column&\multispan2\ctr{Spanned title}\cr - -\phantom is used in decimal alignment. For example, - -00.1234&12.231\cr -72.8\phantom{000}&1.2\phantom{00}\cr - -would print the partial table: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 00.1234 12.231 | -| 72.8 1.2 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -&& is used to indicate that the following column preamble is to be repeated -for each of the remaining of columns. For example, if you wanted the first -column centered, the second column left justified, and the next five columns -right justified, you could enter - -\halign{\ctr{#}&\lft{#}&\rt{#}&\rt{#}& - \rt{#}&\rt{#}&\rt{#}\cr - -Using the column repeat indicator (&&) you can simplify this to - -\halign{\ctr{#}&\lft{#}&&\rt{#}\cr - -This specification then says that columns 3, 4, etc. all use the same -preamble, "\rt{#}". - - ã|Example:ã% -This example illustrates \omit, \qquad and \tabskip. - -\tabskip .5in plus .4in minus .3in -\halign{\rt{#}&\qquad\lft{#}\cr -\omit\ctr{Case}&\omit\qquad\ctr{Blast}\cr -\noalign{\vs{2pt}\hrule\vs{2pt}} -5000 MT&500\cr -10000 MT&845--1050\cr } - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| | -| ..........5000.MT.......500............ | -| 10000 MT 845--1050 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% - -This example makes use of \multispan, \indent, -\horizontalspace, \noalign and column repeat (&&). - -\tabletitle{Surface Land Temperature (degrees C)\lbr -Changes after Exchanges} -\vs{10pt} -\halign{\indent\lft{#}&\hs{2em}\rt{#} - &&\hs{1em}\rt{#}\cr -Case&\multispan4\ctr{Post Detonations (Days)}\cr -Megatonnage&20&100&200&300\cr -\noalign{\vs{10pt}} -1000&-22&8&7&13\cr -3000&9&6&8&10\cr -5000&-7&-26&-20&-11\cr -10000&-24&-45&-26&-9\cr} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Table 1 | -| Surface Land Temperature (degrees C) | -| Changes after Exchanges | -| | -| | -| Case Post Detonations (Days) | -| Megatonnage 20 100 200 300 | -| | -| 1000 -22 8 7 13 | -| 3000 9 6 8 10 | -| 5000 -7 -26 -20 -11 | -| 10000 -24 -45 -26 -9 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -\halign takes less computer time than \settabs because it is a basic -TEX command. The advantages to \halign over \settabs are: - - * maximum column widths are calculated automatically; you must measure - the longest entry with \settabs. - * templates are more versatile than \settabs; repeatable information can - be included in the preamble. - * greater flexibility. - Refer to The TEXbook for more about \halign, \cr, \noalign, \tabskip, -\phantom, \omit, \multispan, or && (column repeat). - You can use \autofootnote, \autoendnote, and \footnote inside of an -\halign, so long as they are not also inside an \hbox or \vbox. - Refer to the description of \leader for an example of using \halign with -dot leadering. - See \strut for row alignment. - Do not put a \cr on the same line as \noalign. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hbox.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hbox.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 552ad9c2b4..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hbox.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| hbox | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|horizontal mode textã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \hbox is a TEX markup which, among several uses, can be used to keep a -word together, preventing hyphenations. For example, - -\hbox{low-cut} - -would prohibit hyphenation of "low-cut". It can also be used in math mode -to switch to the roman font. For example, - -@x^{34}+\hbox{lower order terms}@ - -prints as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| x[34]+lower order terms | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -You cannot use \autoendnote, \autofootnote, or \footnote within an \hbox. - You can also specify an \hbox to take up a certain size. For example, - -\hbox to 1in{} - -would create a box one inch wide. Refer to the discussion of \leader for -more on this option of \hbox. - For more on this markup refer to The TEXbook. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hin.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hin.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 227b7b8040..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hin.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| hangingindent | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\hinã% - -Parameters: ã|units of measureã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \hangingindent markup sets the amount of space each line in a hanging -paragraph is indented after the first. The parameter must be a numerical -value with valid units of measure. - - ã|Example:ã% -The first and second hanging paragraph use a hanging indent of 18 points. -The third paragraph uses a hanging indent of 38 points. - -\psk{12pt} -\hangingindent{18pt} -\hangingparagraph - -BASE. Can mean 'bedrock' in geological terms; -or 'gross' as a description of human behavior. -\hangingparagraph -CLEAVAGE. Refers to the tendency to split along faults; -or to the position of the female bosom in a low-cut -dress. -\hangingindent{38pt} -\hangingparagraph -DOMEHEAD. Is material pushing through a formation; -or an informal epithet for hairless academics. -\par -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| BASE. Can mean 'bedrock' in geological terms; or 'gross' as a description | -| of human behavior. | -| | -| CLEAVAGE. Refers to the tendency to split along faults; or to the position | -| of the female bosom in a low-cut dress. | -| | -| DOMEHEAD. Is material pushing through a formation; or an informal epithet | -| for hairless academics. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The hanging indent will remain in effect until changed with another -\hangingindent markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hof.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hof.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 54d1467d37..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hof.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| hyphenoff | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\hofã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -By default, TEXT1 will do hyphenation if necessary to achieve nice line -breaks. The \hyphenoff markup can be used to disable hyphenation. It will -remain this way until a \hyphenon is encountered. - - ã|Example:ã% -By default, hyphenation begins this example, - -Direct Access Storage Device (DASD) is a term for long -term file and program storage devices. A more common -term for the same thing is {\it disk}, since the -actual storage components look like platters or disks. - -\par -\hyphenoff -The CP Directory entry for each user indicates what -virtual disks his machine will include. Each disk -is known by its {\it virtual address}. In general, -users will have one 191 virtual disk. -\par -\hyphenon - -will print as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Direct Access Storage De- | -| vice (DASD) is a term for long | -| term file and program storage | -| devices. A more common term | -| for the same thing is disk, | -| since the actual storage com- | -| ponents look like platters or | -| disks. | -| The CP Directory entry | -| for each user indicates what | -| virtual disks his machine will | -| include. Each disk is known | -| by its virtual address. In | -| general, users will have one | -| 191 virtual disk. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Compare this output to that of the \hyphenon markup on the next page. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hon.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hon.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index b2513733f8..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hon.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| hyphenon | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\honã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -By default, TEXT1 will do hyphenation if necessary to achieve nice line -breaks. The \hyphenoff markup can be used to disable hyphenation. It will -remain this way until a \hyphenon is encountered. - - ã|Example:ã% -First print a paragraph without hyphenation and then turn hyphenation on. - -\hyphenoff -Direct Access Storage Device (DASD) is a term for long -term file and program storage devices. A more common -term for the same thing is {\it disk}, since the - -actual storage components look like platters or disks. -\par -\hyphenon -The CP Directory entry for each user indicates what -virtual disks his machine will include. Each disk -is known by its {\it virtual address}. In general, -users will have one 191 virtual disk. - -will print as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Direct Access Storage | -| Device (DASD) is a term for | -| long term file and program | -| storage devices. A more | -| common term for the same thing | -| is disk, since the actual | -| storage components look like | -| platters or disks. | -| The CP Directory entry for | -| each user indicates what vir- | -| tual disks his machine will | -| include. Each disk is known | -| by its virtual address. In | -| general, users will have one | -| 191 virtual disk. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% - -Compare this output with the example for \hyphenoff on the previous page. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hp.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hp.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index b4137ea344..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hp.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| hangingparagraph | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\hpã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \hangingparagraph markup creates hanging paragraphs, which are the -reverse of normal paragraphs. In a normal paragraph, the first line is -indented but following lines are full measure wide; in a hanging paragraph -the first line is a full measure and the runover lines are indented. -Hanging paragraphs are used for lists, glossaries, and bibliographies. The -\hangingparagraph markup is placed before each item in the text; a \par -finishes the series. - - ã|Example:ã% - -\psk{5pt} - -\hangingparagraph -BASE. Can mean 'bedrock' in geological terms; -or 'gross' as a description of human behavior. -\hangingparagraph -CLEAVAGE. Refers to the tendency to split along faults; -or to the position of the female bosom in a low-cut -dress. -\hangingparagraph -DOMEHEAD. Is material pushing through a formation; -or an informal epithet for hairless academics. -\par - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| BASE. Can mean 'bedrock' in geological terms; or 'gross' as a description | -| of human behavior. | -| CLEAVAGE. Refers to the tendency to split along faults; or to the position | -| of the female bosom in a low-cut dress. | -| | -| DOMEHEAD. Is material pushing through a formation; or an informal epithet | -| for hairless academics. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The default indentation for \hangingparagraph is 24 points. Use the -\hangingindent markup to change this indentation. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hrule.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hrule.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 3ba7e489ed..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hrule.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| hrule | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|dimensionã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \hrule markup draws a horizontal rule across the width of the page. It -is a native TEX markup, and the usage is different in that the parameter is -not surrounded with curly braces. If you do not supply a dimension, TEXT1 -will print the rule across the entire width of the text. By default, the -rule drawn has a thickness (height) of .4pt. - - ã|Example:ã% -If you wanted to draw a three inch rule across the page, followed later with -a rule across the entire width of the page and ending with a thicker rule -across the width of the page you could specify: - -\nin Basic Techniques - -\hrule width 3in -Editing a File -\hrule -The Column Pointer -\vs{2pt} -\hrule height 2pt - -You would get: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| | -| ........................................................................... | -| ........................................................................... | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Refer to The TEXbook for more on \hrule and how to use the "depth" parameter -with the "height" and "width" parameters. - Use \rule instead of \hrule if you are using \monospace. - diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hs.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hs.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 4e75ab6b32..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hs.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| horizontalspace | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\hsã% - -Parameters: ã|units of measureã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The amount of blank space in a line can be varied by the \horizontalspace -markup. This markup works only within the current line; no space will be -carried over if too little remains at the end of the line. - - ã|Example:ã% - -Our barbecues are brick. Our poetry is concrete: -\bqb\nin -\horizontalspace{84pt}pillow tectonics -\hs{48pt}during sleep -\hs{18pt}pillows come together - -\hs{24pt}and move apart -\hs{18pt}like continental plates -\hs{36pt}mountain ranges -\hs{18pt}rise and fall -\hs{24pt}oceans -\hs{18pt}rise and fall -\bqe -\nin Like Gypsum Lee Ooze, art mimics geology. -\par - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Our barbecues are brick. Our poetry is concrete: | -| | -| pillow tectonics during sleep pillows come | -| together and move apart like continental plates | -| mountain ranges rise and fall oceans rise and fall | -| | -| Like Gypsum Lee Ooze, art mimics geology. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -\horizontalspace can be used in \settabs and \halign. - If you are using \monospace, then the units of measure should be -specified in tenths of an inch or in em's. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hsize.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hsize.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 9eaca127ef..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/hsize.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| hsize | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|dimensionã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \hsize markup is a native TEX markup that can be used to change the -width of the text on the printed page. This markup does not use delimeters. - - ã|Example:ã% -If you were entering text in a \vbox and you wanted it printed in a 3 inch -column instead of the default column width you could specify "\hsize=3in". -For example, - -Forms for reader's comments are provided at the back -of this publication. You can help us continue to improve -the quality of our documentation, and we welcome all -comments and suggestions. - -\vs{\bl} -\vbox{\hsize=3in -Forms for reader's comments are provided at the back -of this publication. You can help us continue to improve -the quality of our documentation, and we welcome all -comments and suggestions.} - -will print as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Forms for reader's comments are provided at the back of this | -| publication. You can help us continue to improve the quality of | -| our documentation, and we welcome all comments and suggestions. | -| | -| Forms for reader's | -| comments are provided at the | -| back of this publication. | -| You can help us continue to | -| improve the quality of our | -| documentation, and we welcome | -| all comments and suggestions. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/incl.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/incl.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 3b2f58acbf..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/incl.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,89 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| include | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\inclã% - -Parameters: ã|page segment nameã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \include markup will include external page segment files, into a TEXT1 -document. Page segments come from graphics generating programs such as -those produced by GDDM, SAS and MEGACALC. Refer to the GDDM Page Segment -Generation for the IBM 3820 User Note, U-419, for details on how to create a -page segment. - - The format for the \include markup is: - -\include{fn} - - Where fn is the filename of the file to be included into the text -document. It must have a filetype of "PSEG3820". You must leave space -after the page segment to prevent the image from overprinting the following -text of the document. - - ã|Example:ã% -A file called "GRAPH1 PSEG3820 A" contains a SAS/GRAPH image. It is 2 1 2 -inches high, so you would enter: - -. . . in the graph illustrated below: -\par -\include{graph1} -\vs{3.5in} -\noindent -Notice the values on the Y axis, they . . . - -In the document you would get: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| . . . in the graph illustrated below: | -| | -| | -| WWW W WWW SSSSSS UUU UUU | -| WWW WWW WWW SSSSS UUU UUU | -| WWWWWWW SSSSSS UUU UUU | -| WWWWW SSSSSSSS UUUUUUUUUU | -| | -| | -| Notice the values on the Y axis, they . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -Sometimes you may want to center the graph on the page. To do this you -would subtract the width of the graph from the galleywidth(1) and divide the -difference by 2; then you would do a horizontal skip of that amount (after -entering \null. For the above graph, the galleywidth is 25 picas, the width -of the "graph1" is 19 picas, so the indent is to be 3 picas ( 25pc-19pc -2=3pc ): - -| . . in the graph illustrated below: | -\par -\noindent\hs{3pc} -\include{graph1} -\vs{3.5in} -\noindent -Notice the values on the Y axis, they . . . -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - 1. galleywidth=page width - left margin - right margin - -In the document you would get the same graph as above, centered on the page. -Refer to the example below: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| . . . in the graph illustrated below: | -| | -| WWW W WWW SSSSSS UUU UUU | -| WWW WWW WWW SSSSS UUU UUU | -| WWWWWWW SSSSSS UUU UUU | -| WWWWW SSSSSSSS UUUUUUUUUU | -| | -| | -| Notice the values on the Y axis, they . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/indent.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/indent.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 42c0fbb071..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/indent.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| indent | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \indent markup creates an empty box of horizontal space whose width is -the current value of \paragraphindent. This markup is useful in tabular -work. - - ã|Example:ã% -\tabletitle{Flea Deaths (in millions)} -\halign{\indent\rt{#}&\qquad\lft{#}\cr -Case&Blast\cr -5000 MT&500\cr -10000 MT&845--1050\cr } -\rule - -\vs{\bl} -These statistics are fairly conclusive. Note, -however, that inconsistencies occurred at . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Table 1 | -| Flea Deaths (in millions) | -| | -| Case Blast | -| 5000 MT 500 | -| 10000 MT 845--1050 | -| ........................................................................... | -| These statistics are fairly conclusive. Note, however, that | -| inconsistencies occurred at . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/index.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/index.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 6d262cedb2..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/index.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|INDEXã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\indexformat. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/input.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/input.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 4ab3365aa4..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/input.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| input | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|filenameã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \input markup indicates a file to be included in the source. The -parameter, a CMS file name with a filetype of TEX, follows \input and a -separator space; no curly braces are used. - Usually the \input markup is used in a "driver" file, which calls parts, -chapters, etc. to create (or drive) the entire document, such as a thesis. -At the top of such a driver file is where you would put modifications to -default format blocks, additional font specifications, and your own markup -definitions. - - ã|Example:ã% -In this example, the file is to have a filename of "DRIVER". It calls all of -the various parts of a 2 chapter document. When formatting, specify DRIVER -as the filename. - -\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\newpage - \cl{\bd \chaptertitle} - \vs{1\bl}} - \incontents{yes}} -\selectfontset{cm9}{ninepoint}{default} -\input preface -\input abstract -\input chapter1 -\input chapter2 -\input bibliog -\input append-a -\input append-b -\input index - - ã|Notes:ã% -If you want to input a file with a filetype other than TEX, you can do so by -adding the filetype after the filename and placing a period between the two. -For example, to input a filename of DATA and a filetype of LISTING, enter - -\input data.listing - - Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/isk.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/isk.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 56ed4190d9..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/isk.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| interlineskip | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\iskã% - -Parameters: ã|unit of measureã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The spacing between lines (from one baseline to the next, not "single" or -"double spacing") can be changed using the \interlineskip markup. TEXT1 -automatically sets an interline skip usually 2 points greater than the font -size when you use \selectfontset.(1) The default font size is 12 points and -the default interline skip is 14 points. This may be particularly helpful -when using some of the smaller fonts. In general, the shorter the line or -smaller the type, less interline skip is needed. - - ã|Example:ã% - 1. Extra space is referred to as leading, pronounced leding (from the -days when lead was used). - -\interlineskip{11pt} -The definition of Sociogeology is the study of the -geological basis of all social behavior. -It explains human behavior by empirical description -of the attributes of mineral composition. -\par -\interlineskip{13pt} -It is most successful when it provides detailed -description of particulate phenomena and first-order -correlations with features . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| The definition of Sociogeology is the study of the geological basis of | -| all social behavior. It explains human behavior by empirical description | -| of the attributes of mineral composition. | -| It is most successful when it provides detailed description of | -| particulate phenomena and first-order correlations with features . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -\singlespace and \doublespace are dependent on the current setting of -\interlineskip. For example, the \doublespace leading when \interline- -skip{12pt} is 24pt. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/it.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/it.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 4055cb1bbc..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/it.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| italic | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\itã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \italic markup sets an Italianate typeface, used for showing emphasis, -conveying a message, attracting attention, or even creating a mood. Italic -type is also good for contrast, and it is also hard to read over large -areas. For printers that do not have italics, underscoring will be used -instead. - - ã|Example:ã% -earlier; -\italic Japan \roman in Southeast Asia (previously in -China, now in the Philippines, - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| earlier; Japan in Southeast Asia (previously in China, now in the | -| ----- | -| Philippines, | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -members communicate important things---{\it -hunger, alarm, rank, and sexual desire}---among -themselves by means of nonsyntactical signals. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| members communicate important things---hunger, alarm, rank, and sexual | -| ------ ----- ---- --- ------ | -| desire---among themselves by means of nonsyntactical signals. | -| ------ | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/italicfa.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/italicfa.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 4c0ecd3117..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/italicfa.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \italicface (\it) MARKUP | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \italicface (\it) markup will switch to the italic face text font and print -the text following the markup in italics. If the printer does not have an -italic font, a warning will issued and an underscore font will be substituted. - -The format for the \italicface markup is: - - \italicface ttttt - -Everything from the \italicface markup to the next font change will be printed -in italics. If only a word or two are to be printed in italics enclose the -italic face markup and the text that is to be printed in italics within a set -of braces. - - {\italicface ttttt} - -After printing the specified text in italics, TEXT1 will automatically switch -back to the standard face, or Roman font. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/item.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/item.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index abd96b000b..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/item.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| item | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|identifierã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \item markup creates unique indented items. The parameters for this -markup is an identifier, such as an Arabic number or letter, supplied by -you. This offers more flexibility. - - ã|Example:ã% -militarily for thousands of years. -Reasons for this continued behavior include: -\item{*} the rapaciousness of society -(as shown by the accumulation of wealth and the -indifference to the poor and nonaggressive) -\item{**} the acceptance of war -\item{***} the economic advantages of large-scale -operations (as shown in industrial applications) -\par -\noindent -The cultures of industrial nations are based on -unethical . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| militarily for thousands of years. Reasons for this continued behavior | -| include: | -| * the rapaciousness of society (as shown by the accumulation of wealth | -| and the indifference to the poor and nonaggressive) | -| ** the acceptance of war | -| *** the economic advantages of large-scale operations (as shown in | -| industrial applications) | -| The cultures of industrial nations are based on unethical . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The indentation for \item is determined by the current setting of paragraph -indent. Each \item forms a hanging paragraph after the identifier. There -is no extra space between items. - Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ix.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ix.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index cb92f5efea..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ix.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,311 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| index | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\ixã% - -Parameters: ã|title textã% - -Submarkup: ã|\subentry, \blindentry, \uspn, \bdpn, \itpnã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \index markup builds index entries which can be sorted and printed at -the end of a document. The \index markup has the format - -\indexn{entry} - -where "n" is the index number (1, 2, or 3), and "entry" is the index -entry. The page number you are on when the \index markup is inserted will -be printed with the "entry". You must use the \printindex markup to sort -and print the index. It comes at the end of the document. Refer to the -documentation of \printindex for details on this markup. - - ã|Example:ã% -Consider this index example: - -The files you create and change have a filemode of A. -This means that they are all kept in a collection of -files called your A-disk. The FILELIST command -displays a list of all -\index1{A-disk} -the files on your A-disk. - -In the document, the following would print where the index markup occurred, - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| The files you create and change have a filemode of A. This means | -| that they are all kept in a collection of files called your A-disk. The | -| FILELIST command displays a list of all the files on your A-disk. | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -If this occurred on page 32, the entry in the index printed with -\printindex1 would print as illustrated on the next page. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| A-disk, 32 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -You cannot use \index within a \settabs or \halign. - -ã|Lower Level or Sub entriesã% - - If you want to record a subentry to a main index entry you use the -\subentry markup within the \index markup. - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \subentry markup is only valid when used within \index. - - ã|Example:ã% -If you had a main entry called "reader list" and you wanted sub entries for -"receiving a file" and "replacing a file" you could enter the \index markup -as illustrated here: - -\sha{Receiving a File} -To receive a file, move the cursor to the line that -describes the file you want to receive. -\index1{reader list \subentry1{receiving a file}} -Then press PF9. A notice will appear on that line -telling you that the file has been received, . . . -\sha{Replacing or Renaming a File} -What happens if the file in your reader has the same file -label as one you already have on your disk? -There are two ways to handle this. -\lib\lil1 -If you want the file in your reader to replace the file -\index1{reader list \subentry1{replacing a file}} -on your disk, type the command "receive / (replace". -\lil1 - -If you want to keep the file on your disk, then rename -the file in your reader with the command "receive / newname -\index1{reader list\subentry1{renaming a file}} -newtype" where "newname" is the new file name and -"newtype" is the new filetype. -\lie - -This would produce the following paragraph in a document: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Receiving a File | -| To receive a file, move the cursor to the line that describes the file | -| you want to receive. Then press PF9. A notice will appear on that line | -| telling you that the file has been received, ... | -| | -| Replacing or Renaming a File | -| What happens if the file in your reader has the same file label as one | -| you already have on your disk? There are two ways to handle this. | -| 1. If you want the file in your reader to replace the file on your disk, | -| type the command "receive / (replace". | -| 2. If you want to keep the file on your disk, then rename the file | -| in your reader with the command "receive / newname newtype" where | -| "newname" is the new file name and "newtype" is the new filetype. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -If list level #2 printed at the top of page 33, the index entries would look -like: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| reader list | -| receiving a file, 32 | -| renaming a file, 33 | -| replacing a file, 32 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|Excluding Text from the Sortã% - There are occasions when you will want text to print in an indexed item, -but you do not want that text to be a part of the sorting process. For -example, you may want to index the title "Consumer Guides" including the -quotes, but you want it sorted with the C's and not sorted with the double -quote marks. Also, you probably would want to sort \par with the p's, and -not with the backslashes. Both can be accomplished using the \sortasmarkup -which can only be used within the \index markup. - - ã|Example:ã% -Using the input, - -Please get a copy of the article "Consumer Guides" and -\index1{"Consumer Guides"\sortas{Consumer Guides}} -refer to the illustration on page 5. -\par -Be sure to index the paragraph command "\\par" -\index1{\\par\sortas{par}} -somewhere in the document. - -you would get the following two paragraphs in your document. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Please get a copy of the article "Consumer Guide References" and refer | -| to the illustration on page 5. | -| | -| Be sure to index the paragraph command "\par" somewhere in the | -| document. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The index entries would print like: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| "Consumer Guides", 45 | -| contour Maps, 23 | -| | -| \par, 45 | -| Paragraphs, long, 16 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -Prepositions in a subentry may not be part of the sort, but are to be -printed in the index. For example, to get the index to look like, - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| vacations | -| on boats, 32 | -| at the Olympian, 21 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -you would use the \index, \subentry, and \sortas commands illustrated on the -next page. - -Some people spend their vacations at older -hotels like the Olympian. -\index1{vacations \subentry1{at the -Olympian\sortas{Olympian}}} - -Another popular vacation is travelling the -Pacific in a boat. -\ix1{vacations\subentry1{on - boats\sortas{boats}}} - - ã|Example:ã% -As another example, "10 Downing Street" is typically sorted with the T's -and not prior to the 2's. This can also be accomplished using the \sortas -markup. For example, the Prime Minister's address mentioned earlier would -be entered as: - -Taxi, please take me to 10 Downing Street. - -\index1{10 Downing Street\sortas{ten Downing Street}} - -ã|Highlighted Page Numbersã% - For those applications which require some of the page numbers to be -printed in bold, some in italics, and others underscored, there are three -markup available to do this. They are \boldpagenumber, \italicpagenumber, -and \underscorepagenumber. They are all used within the \index markup, and -indicate to TEXT1 that a page number other than the standard page number is -to be used. - We recommend that important references be noted in bold (\boldpage- -number). Fleeting references be printed with italics (\italicpagenumber). -And primary references be indicated by being underscored (\underscorepage- -number). Of course, you are free to use these three markup as you see -fit. - The bold page number will always come prior to a standard face reference -to the same page. - - ã|Example:ã% -If you had an \boldpagenumber on page 43 and \index's on pages 42--44 for -"peace." - -\index1{peace} % Located on page 42 - -\index1{peace} % Located on page 43 -\index1{peace\bdpn} % Located on page 43 - -\index1{peace} % Located on page 44 - -the index printed with \printindex would look like: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| peace 43, 42--44 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -If you have an underscored page number and it falls in the same range as a -standard face entry, the underscored entry would follow the standard face -entry. For example, if you had a \underscorepagenumber on page 66 and -\index's on pages 66--72 for "nationalism", - -\index1{nationalism\uspn} % On page 66 -\index1{nationalism} % On page 66 -\index1{nationalism} % On page 67 -\index1{nationalism} % On page 72 - -the index sequence would print like: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| Quick Programming Language 66--72, 66 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -If you have an index reference in italics and it falls in the same range as -a standard face entry, the italics entry will not be printed. For example, -if you had an italics entry using \italicpagenumber on pages 45 and 56, and -you had standard face entries on pages 54--60 for "In Search of Excellence", -the printed index would look like: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| In Search of Excellence 45, 54--60 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|Cross Referencesã% - Often it is desirable to have a cross reference to another index entry. -You can do this using the \blindentry markup within the \index markup. You -cannot use both \blindentry and \subentry within the same \index markup. -The \blindentry markup has the format, - -\blindentry{blind entry} - -where "blind entry" is the text you want associated with that index entry. - - ã|Example:ã% -For example, to get an index entry to print like - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| | -| Flow of control, see Control Structures | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -you would enter - -\index1{Flow of control\blindentry{see Control -Structures}} - - ã|Example:ã% -It is also possible to have a blind entry printed with an index entry, and -still have it indexed with page numbers. For example, if you were to enter - -\index1{Label\uspn} -\index1{Label\blindentry{({\it see also} Case Label)}} - -on page 78 you would get an index entry printed as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| Label, 78, (see also Case Label) | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -If you have page numbers and a blind entry, then the blind entry will follow -the last page number as illustrated here. - -ã|Multiple Indexesã% - You can have multiple indexes by changing the "1" in \index1 to "2" or -"3". For example, - -\index1{entry in first index} -\index2{entry in second index} -\index3{entry in third index} - -will generate one entry in each of three indexes. See \printindex for -instructions on how to print out each of the three indexes. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ixf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ixf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index a57b8f352b..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ixf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,260 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| indexformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\ixfã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\respectcase, \style, \leadering, \everyhang, -\everyletterbreak, \indentsubentry, \everyindexã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The defaults listed above for each markup applies initially to each of -the three indexes. One or more indexes' defaults can all be changed -by modifying the \indexformat markup. The complete description of the -\indexformat markup and its related submarkup is: - -\indexformatn{format} - -where n is the index (1, 2, or 3) and format is the submarkup. - -ã|respectcaseã% ignores the case of an index entry. This markup can only be -used within the \indexformat markup. If you wanted case respected and have -the lower case letters sorted before the upper case entries (i.e., "boat" -sorted before "Bed") then enter - -\respectcase{yes} - - ã|Notes:ã% -Respecting case applies to all letters. If \respectcase{yes} has been -specified, then "boat" and "cat" will both be sorted before "Bed". The -default value is \respectcase{no} for each of the 3 indexes. - -ã|styleã% regulates the general index format. \style{indent}, the default, -indents each index entry. This style looks like: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Constantinople, 12, See also Istanbul | -| alien rule of, 20 | -| Arab invasion of, 19, 31 | -| Crusades and, 22, 57 | -| Ottoman conquest of, 29--31 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - There are two other styles to choose from: "paragraph" and "dash". The -style "paragraph" is a run-on hanging paragraph. You get it by specifying: - -\indexformat1{\style{paragraph}} - -With this style, the above index would look like: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Constantinople, 12, alien rule | -| of, 20, Arab invasion of, 19, | -| 31, Crusades and, 22, 57, | -| Ottoman conquest of, 29--31, See | -| also Istanbul | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Note that with this style, the blind entry from the \blindentry submarkup -comes after the subentry, instead of after the main entry as was done for -the "indent" style. - The third style is "dash", an em-dash style. You get it by specifying - -\indexformat1{\style{dash}} - -It is very similar to the default "indent" style, except subentries are -prefaced with an em dash following the initial indent of space. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Constantinople, 12, See also Istanbul | -| ---alien rule of, 20 | -| ---Arab invasion of, 19, 31 | -| ---Crusades and, 22, 57 | -| ---Ottoman conquest of, 29--31 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|leaderingã% turns on/off dot leadering. The default is "off". You -can change this default only within the \indexformat markup. To have dot -leadering, enter: - -\ixf1{\leadering{yes}} - -If you are using \style{indent} and \leadering{yes} you get: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Constantinople, See also | -| Istanbul ... . ... ... . ....12 | -| alien rule of ... . ... 20 | -| Arab invasion of . . .19, 31 | -| Crusades and .... . .22, 57 | -| Ottoman conquest of .29--31 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Do not use dot leadering with \style{paragraph}. - -ã|everyletterbreakã% is what will be printed between each letter break, -(i.e. between "A" and "B"). By default, one blank line is skipped when -starting a new letter (at each letter break). The \everyletterbreak markup -can only appear within the \indexformat markup. - - ã|Example:ã% -You could modify the default to place a rule and skip between breaks: - -\ixf1{\everyletterbreak{\vs{\bl} - \hrule width 2in - \vs{\bl}}} - - This would look something like: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| ..................... | -| alpha, 62 | -| America, 38 | -| Austria, 55 | -| ..................... | -| | -| Bach, 98 | -| Bethlehem, 87 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -Something else you can do with indexes is to make use of the "\nextletter" -submarkup, which gives you the next uppercase character about to be listed -in the sorted index list. For example, between "apple" and "boat" the -value of "\nextletter" would be "B". One application would be to print the -"\nextletter" in a large type. This could be accomplished by changing the -default for "\everyletterbreak" to: - -\indexformat{\everyletterbreak{\vs{\bl} - \noindent{\twelvepoint\bd\nextletter}\par}} - -The resulting index would look like: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| | -| A | -| alpha, 62 | -| America, 38 | -| Austria, 55 | -| | -| B | -| Bach, 98 | -| Bethlehem, 87 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -Another variation of the above would be to draw a box around the next -letter. You could do this by adding \drawbox to \everyletterbreak: - -\ixf1{\everyletterbreak{\vs{\bl} - \drawbox{\bd\nextletter}\par}} - -and you will get an index that prints as illustrated on the next page. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| ..... | -| ..... | -| alpha, 62 | -| America, 38 | -| Austria, 55 | -| | -| ..... | -| ..... | -| Bach, 98 | -| Bethlehem, 87 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The "\nextletter" is always an uppercase letter. - Only letters, not numbers or special characters such as the backslash -(\) are used as \nextletter. - -ã|indentsubentryã% There are two levels of subentries available. The amount -of distance they are indented when you are using the "indent" or "dash" -styles is controlled by the \indentsubentry submarkup. If you are using -the "paragraph" style for the index, the \indentsubentry is ignored. The -definition of this markup is, - -\ixf1{\indentsubentryn{amt}} - -where n is the subentry level, 1 or 2, and amt is the amount to be indented. -The default indent for these two subentry levels is: - -\ixf1{\indentsubentry1{1em} - \indentsubentry2{2em}} - - If, for example, you were using the "indented" style and wanted each -subentry level indented two em's from the previous level, you would enter, - -\ixf1{\indentsubentry1{2em} - \indentsubentry2{4em}} - -which would print the index illustrated earlier as: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Constantinople, 12, See also Istanbul | -| alien rule of, 20 | -| Arab invasion of, 19, 31 | -| Crusades and, 22, 57 | -| Ottoman conquest of, 29--31 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|everyhangã% controls the hanging indent for the primary index level and -each of the two subentry levels. If you had an index entry with many page -numbers, - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Write state- | -| ment, 26, | -| 34--38, 70, | -| 86, | -| 103, 191, | -| 202, 203-- | -| 204, 281 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The hangingindent would be 1.5em by default. - - ã|Example:ã% -If you wanted to increase that value to 3em, you would enter, - -\ixf1{\everyhang{3em}} - -and you would get: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Write state- | -| ment, 26, | -| 34--38, | -| 70, 86, | -| 103, 191, | -| 202, 203-- | -| 204, 281 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|everyindexã% is a list of one or more commands to be executed before -printing the sorted index. By default, \tenpt is the value of \everyindex. - - ã|Notes:ã% -The default type style used with \monospace is \roman instead of \tenpt. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ju.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ju.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 48b4541b3d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ju.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| justify | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\juã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \justify markup makes each line exactly the same length and aligns -both left and right margins vertically. TEXT1 automatically sets pages -with full justification by default. The \justify markup is used to reset -justification after using \rightragged or \leftragged. - - ã|Example:ã% -\rightragged -Setting: Continuation of the narrative of Nehemiah -(c. 420 {\caps b.c.}). -Supplies information on an important epoch in ancient - -Jewish history---the return to Judea after seventy -years of captivity in Babylon. -\justify -Consists of two parts separated by several years: -Chapters 1 to 6, the return of the first caravan under -leadership of Zerubbabel; chapters 7 to 10, an -expedition, sixty years later, conducted by Ezra. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Setting: Continuation of the narrative of Nehemiah (c. 420 b.c.). | -| Supplies information on an important epoch in ancient Jewish history---the | -| return to Judea after seventy years of captivity in Babylon. | -| Consists of two parts separated by several years: Chapters 1 to 6, | -| the return of the first caravan under leadership of Zerubbabel; chapters 7 | -| to 10, an expedition, sixty years later, conducted by Ezra. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -When you specify \justify, text will be justified until TEXT1 sees a -\rightragged or \leftragged. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/la.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/la.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index fce94d1349..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/la.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| label | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\laã% - -Parameters: ã|textã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \label markup creates labelled paragraphs. Labels will appear to the -left of the paragraph described, in a 72 point (one inch) zone. A label is -similar to a hanging paragraph, except that the first line is aligned with -the indented portion and the label is separated by a gutter of 1 em space. -The skip between labels is one blank line. To begin a new paragraph at the -same indentation as the previous label, enter "\label{}" with no entry in -the parameter field of the \label. - - ã|Example:ã% -origin of rock provides clues. -\label{Sedimentary} rock is recemented from - -particles of older rock that has been broken down -by physical and chemical weathering. -\label{Metamorphic} -rock is igneous or sedimentary that has been -altered by temperature and pressure. -\la{} -Human cells act in a manner like sedimentary rock. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| origin of rock provides clues. | -| Sedimentaryrock is recemented from particles of older rock that has been | -| broken down by physical and chemical weathering. | -| | -| Metamorphicrock is igneous or sedimentary that has been altered by | -| temperature and pressure. | -| Human cells act in a manner like sedimentary rock. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The label indent and the gutter width can be modified with the \labelformat -markup diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/label.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/label.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 362b463298..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/label.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|LABELã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\labelformat. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/laf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/laf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 748b10c7c7..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/laf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| labelformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\labelformat{\skipbefore{1\bl} - \labelwidth{72pt} - \gutter{1em} - \everylabel{\rm} - } - -Abbreviation: ã|\lafã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\skipbefore, \labelwidth, \gutter, -\everylabelã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \labelformat markup controls the appearance of labelled paragraphs. - -\skipbefore indicates how much space is to be skipped before printing a -block. This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips. - -\labelwidth sets the amount of space to contain the label to the left of -the paragraph. The shaded portion illustrated here is the "label width" -area: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| SCALE, | -| nmin, nmax fornhalfwordxdata.)nteSince pixeledifferences5can(rangeabetween | -| -255 and +255 (-511 and . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The default label width is 72 points (one inch). To change to a label width -of 1 2 inch you would enter, - -\labelformat{\labelwidth{.5in}} - -\gutter keeps a small amount of space between the label and the paragraph. -The shaded portion illustrated on the next page is the "label gutter" area. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| SCALE, | -| nmin, nmax fornhalfwordxdata.)nteSince pixeledifferences5can(rangeabetween | -| -255 and +255 (-511 and . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The default amount is 1 em space. To change to a label gutter of 5 points -you would enter, - -\labelformat{\gutter{5pt}} - -\everylabel determines the type face and size of the label itself. The -default is roman face and right ragged. - - ã|Example:ã% -The sample markup reduces the skipbefore amount, increases the labelwidth -(to suit a larger format), and changes the font for labels to 9 point bold. -Note the use of displayed math mode. - -\selectfontset{cm9}{ninepoint}{default} -\labelformat{\skipbefore{6pt} - \labelwidth{108pt} - \gutter{1em} - \everylabel{\ninepoint\bd}} -\label{HALF} -specifies that both input datasets are halfword -(maximum 511 DN) (default is byte data). -\la{ADD} specifies that the sum of the two input -datasets is to be computed (default is the -computation of the difference image). - -\la{SCALE, nmin, nmax} -nmin and nmax are integers between -255 and 510 -(-511 and 1022 for halfword data.) Since . . . -\la{} -If N(I,J) is less than nmin, the OUTPUT=0.\lbr -If N(I,J) is greater than nmax, the OUTPUT=K.\lbr -If N(I,J) is between or equal to nmin and nmax then -@@OUTPUT = K*{N(I,J)-nmin\over nmax-nmin}@@ -where N(I,J) = IN1(I,J) - IN2(I,J) or if "ADD" has -been specified, N(I,J) = IN1(I,J) + IN2(I,J) -and K = 255 (511 for halfword data). -\la{TRANS\lbr sl1, ss1, sl2, ss2}sl1 and ss1 are -line and sample -coordinates for a point in IN1, and sl2 and ss2 are the -corresponding coordinates for the point in IN2. If HALF -has been specified, ss1 and ss2 refer to {\it bytes} -(not sample) in IN1 and In2, respectively. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| HALF specifies that both input datasets are halfword (maximum | -| 511 DN) (default is byte data). | -| ADD specifies that the sum of the two input datasets is to | -| be computed (default is the computation of the difference | -| image). | -| | -| SCALE, nmin, | -| nmax 1022 for halfword data.)rsSincewe.n.-.55 and 510 (-511 and | -| If N(I,J) is less than nmin, the OUTPUT=0. | -| If N(I,J) is greater than nmax, the OUTPUT=K. | -| If N(I,J) is between or equal to nmin and nmax then | -| OUTPUT = K*N(I,J)-nmin nmax-nmin where N(I,J) = IN1(I,J) - | -| IN2(I,J) or if "ADD" has been specified, N(I,J) = IN1(I,J) | -| + IN2(I,J) and K = 255 (511 for halfword data). | -| | -| TRANS | -| sl1, ss1, sl2,IN1, and sl2 and ss2 are the corresponding coordinates for | -| ss2 the pointsinaIN2.inIfaHALFahasebeenrspecified,rss1pandtss2 | -| refer to bytes (not sample) in IN1 and In2, respectively. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lbr.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lbr.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 4982e67f9c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lbr.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| linebreak | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\lbrã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \linebreak markup causes a line to finish without interrupting a -paragraph. Occasionally it is necessary to break a line in a precise place -within a paragraph, as opposed to letting TEXT1 decide where to break the -line. This markup does not end a paragraph, it simply starts the following -text of the paragraph on a new line instead of concatenating it to the end -of the previous line. - - ã|Example:ã% -This article is an outline of the codification of -Sociogeology into a branch of evolutionary geology. -The subject has an aggregate of self-sufficient - -concepts that with such disciplines as cosmetology -and astrology. Figure 1 shows a -schema borrowed from my previous book,\linebreak -{\it The Intact Societies: Vestals and Volcanoes},\lbr -which suggests how the amalgam can be achieved. -Geologists have always been intrigued by comparisons -between societies of rocks and those of vertebrates, -between two kingdoms. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| This article is an outline of the codification of Sociogeology into | -| a branch of evolutionary geology. The subject has an aggregate of | -| self-sufficient concepts that with such disciplines as cosmetology and | -| astrology. Figure 1 shows a schema borrowed from my previous book, | -| The Intact Societies: Vestals and Volcanoes, | -| which suggests how the amalgam can be achieved. Geologists have always | -| been intrigued by comparisons between societies of rocks and those of | -| vertebrates, between two kingdoms. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -See \break for the difference between these two markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/leader.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/leader.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index e34179520b..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/leader.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| leader | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \leader markup is most often used in the \tableofcontentsformat in -conjunction with a page number. It produces dot leadering. You can also -use \leader in an \halign. - - ã|Example:ã% -This example using leaders also illustrates the use of \indent in \halign. - -The average annual costs of owning buildings in terms of -{\it taxes, insurance, maintenance,} and -{\it depreciation} are: -\halign{\indent\indent\hbox to 13pc {#\leader}& - \rt{#}\ \%\cr - -Taxes&1.00\cr -Insurance&.75\cr -Maintenance repairs&2.00\cr -Depreciation&4.00\cr -Miscellaneous&.25\cr -\indent\bd Total&8.00\cr} - -Will print: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| The average annual costs of owning buildings in terms of taxes, | -| insurance, maintenance, and depreciation are: | -| Taxes . .... .. .....1.00 % | -| Insurance ... . ... ..75 % | -| Maintenance repairs . 2.00 % | -| Depreciation. . . ... 4.00 % | -| Miscellaneous. . .... .25 % | -| Total ... . ... 8.00 % | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Notice in the last line the the ampersand (&) acted as a font delimiter for -the \bd which printed "Total". diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/letter.helpmode b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/letter.helpmode deleted file mode 100644 index 754e174b0c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/letter.helpmode +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Models | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|LETTERã%model is a general letter model. It is a template. You may modify -it, but it is recommended you check with the Information Center first. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lib.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lib.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 251f2203c3..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lib.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| listbegin | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\libã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \listbegin markup starts a series of items set off with numbers, -letters, or bullets (raised dots). The \listbegin markup ends the previous -paragraph. - - ã|Example:ã% - -Some nations have historically dominated others. -\par -\listbegin -\bul United States in Latin America (and the Pacific) -\bul Europe in Africa (especially England, France, - -Germany, the Netherlands---perhaps Portugal and Spain) -\bul Japan in Southeast Asia (earlier in China, now -in the Philippines, Borneo, and others) -\bul Russia in Eastern Europe (and attempts in South -America and the Caribbean) -\bul China in Tibet (and most lately in Southeast -Asia---Campuchea, and Vietnam) -\listend -\noindent -Countries have tried to dominate each other . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Some nations have historically dominated others. | -| * United States in Latin America (and the Pacific) | -| * Europe in Africa (especially England, France, Germany, the | -| Netherlands---perhaps Portugal and Spain) | -| * Japan in Southeast Asia (earlier in China, now in the Philippines, | -| Borneo, and others) | -| * Russia in Eastern Europe (and attempts in South America and the | -| Caribbean) | -| * China in Tibet (and most lately in Southeast Asia---Campuchea, and | -| Vietnam) | -| Countries have tried to dominate each other . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lie.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lie.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 3bc295573f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lie.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| listend | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\lieã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \listend markup finishes a series of items set off with numbers, -letters, or bullets (raised dots). The \listend returns text to paragraph -mode. - - ã|Example:ã% -Reasons for this continued behavior include: -\par -\listbegin -\lil1 armaments (in the form of tanks, bombers, weapons -and troop carriers, and personnel vehicles) -\lil1 military forces (the troops and support personnel - -necessary to impose policy by force) -\listend -\noindent -The cultures of industrial nations are based on . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Reasons for this continued behavior include: | -| 1. armaments (in the form of tanks, bombers, weapons and troop carriers, | -| and personnel vehicles) | -| 2. military forces (the troops and support personnel necessary to impose | -| policy by force) | -| The cultures of industrial nations are based on . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lif.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lif.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index ed5b99e21a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lif.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| listformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\listformat{\skipbefore{0\bl} - \liststyle{1.,a.,i.,1),a),i),(1)} - \everylistlevel1{\rm\lin{36pt}\gutter{1em}} - \everylistlevel2{\rm\lin{58pt}\gutter{1em}} - \everylistlevel3{\rm\lin{79pt}\gutter{1em}} - \everylistlevel4{\rm\lin{101pt}\gutter{1em}} - \everylistlevel5{\rm\lin{122pt}\gutter{1em}} - \everylistlevel6{\rm\lin{144pt}\gutter{1em}} - \everylistlevel7{\rm\lin{166pt}\gutter{1em}} - \everybullet{\rm\lin{+36pt}\gutter{1em}} - \skipafter{0\bl}} - -Abbreviation: ã|\lifã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\skipbefore, \everylistleveln, \everybullet, -\skipafter, \liststyleã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \listformat markup permits changes to the TEXT1 ordered list style, list -indentation, or other formatting of an outline list. - -ã|\skipbeforeã% indicates how much space is to be skipped before printing a -list. This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips. - -ã|\liststyleã% sets the order of identifiers for the seven levels of a list. -Up to seven list styles may be entered in the \liststyle markup, each -separated by commas. The complete collection of possible list level styles -is: - - "1.", "a.", "A.", "i.", "I.", "1)", "a)", "A)", "i)", "I)", - "(1)", "(a)", "(A)", "(i)", "(I)", "1]", "a]", "A]", "i]", "I]", - "[1]", "[a]", "[A]", "[i]", "[I]" - - ã|Example:ã% -Note that every listlevel does not have to be changed or entered. - -\listformat{\skipbefore{0pt} - \liststyle{1.,a),(1)}} - -If your terminal does not have square brackets, you can use the \leftsquare- -bracket and \rightsquarebracket markup within the \liststyle markup. For -example: - - \liststyle{\lsb1.\rsb, a.} - -ã|\everylistleveln{Nested Markup}ã% The "n" indicates the list level number, -from 1 to 7. Each of the seven list levels has its own \everylistlevel -markup. The default indentation increases for each level down. You may use -Nested Markup such as font changes, \leftindent, \rightindent, and \gutter. - - * \leftindent is the distance from the left margin to the start of the -text of the item. The left indent is the shaded portion illustrated below: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| a. The "computer on a chip" has made it possible to extend automation | -| to the office place. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - * \gutter is the distance between the list level indicator and the text of -the item. The gutter is the shaded portion illustrated below: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| a. The "computer on a chip" has made it possible to extend automation | -| to the office place. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|\everybullet{Nested Markup}ã% Bullets can be used by themselves in a list -or after any level. If you wanted to change this default to have a right -ragged bullet with 36-point left and right indents, you would specify: - -\listformat{\skipbefore{0pt} - \everybullet{\rightragged\lin{36pt}\rin{36pt}} - \skipafter{0pt}} - -ã|\skipafterã% indicates how much space is to be skipped after printing a list. -This amount is in addition to any paragraph skips. - - ã|Example:ã% -Assuming you wanted the text to be right justified and double spaced in a 10 -point Computer Modern font and the list levels to be right ragged and single -spaced in a 9 point Computer Modern font, the \listformat could be entered -as illustrated on the next page. - -\sfs{cm9}{ninept}{default} - -\listformat{\skipbefore{0pt} - \liststyle{1.,a.,i.,1),a),i),(1)} - \everylistlevel1{\rr\ninept\pin{.5in}\lin{24pt}} - \everylistlevel2{\rr\ninept\pin{.5in}\lin{.8in}} - \everylistlevel3{\rr\ninept\pin{.5in}\lin{1.1in}} - \everylistlevel4{\rr\ninept\pin{.5in}\lin{1.4in}} - \everylistlevel5{\rr\ninept\pin{.5in}\lin{1.7in}} - \everylistlevel6{\rr\ninept\pin{.5in}\lin{2.0in}} - \everylistlevel7{\rr\ninept\pin{.5in}\lin{2.3in}} - \skipafter{0pt}} - -. . . bridge specifications: | -\lib\lil1 Falsework under all spans shall be completely -released before forms are constructed and concrete is -placed in rail bases and traffic and pedestrian barriers. -\lil1 In order to determine the condition of column concrete, -forms shall always be removed from columns before releasing -supports from beneath beams and girders. -\lie - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| . . . bridge specifications: | -| 1. Falsework under all spans shall be completely released before forms | -| are constructed and concrete is placed in rail bases and traffic and | -| pedestrian barriers. | -| 2. In order to determine the condition of column concrete, forms shall | -| always be removed from columns before releasing supports from beneath | -| beams and girders. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lil.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lil.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 101297f484..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lil.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| listlevel | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\lilnã% - -Parameters: ã|n, 1 to 7ã% - - ã|Description:ã% -TEXT1 provides seven levels of list enumeration. The levels in a list are -each designated with a \listlevel markup; each level is differentiated with -a list level number n, 1 to 7. To specify an outline list, start with the -\listbegin markup followed by \listlevel, and ending with a \listend. Each -\listlevel will indent an absolute amount from the left margin. The default -indentation for level 1 is 36 points ( 1/2 inch); level 2 is 58 points; and -each level increases. - - ã|Example:ã% -\lib -\lil1 Humans vs. rocks. - -\lil2 Rocks are food source for humans. -\lil3 Igneous -\lil3 Metamorphic -\lil2 Humans are food source for rocks. -\lil1 Rocks vs. humans. -\lie -\nin Only more research can dig up facts for solving . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 1. Humans vs. rocks. | -| a. Rocks are food source for humans. | -| i. Igneous | -| ii. Metamorphic | -| b. Humans are food source for rocks. | -| 2. Rocks vs. humans. | -| Only more research can dig up facts for solving . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Each \listlevel must have a beginning \listbegin and an ending \listend. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lin.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lin.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index df27e80960..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lin.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| leftindent | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\linã% - -Parameters: ã|unit of measureã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \lin markup indents text from the left margin. The value may be -relative, e.g., {+.5in}, which adds (or subtracts) the amount from the -current left margin or current indent (if one is in effect). The default -for left indent is zero. The indentation remains until another \leftindent -overrides it. This markup causes a break in text. - - ã|Example:ã% -from Camus: The rock should be left at the bottom, -because of the inevitability of entropic direction. -\vs{9pt} -\leftindent{+1in} - -What I have read doesn't make any sense. How can -minerals influence human social behavior, any more -than gravity? This theory is 'on the rocks.' -\par -\leftindent{-1in} -\rightline{Clay Gneiss} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| | -| from Camus: The rock should be left at the bottom, because of the | -| inevitability of entropic direction. | -| What I have read doesn't make any sense. How can minerals | -| influence human social behavior, any more than gravity? This | -| theory is 'on the rocks.' | -| Clay Gneiss | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% - -You can also use grouping to limit the effects of the \leftindent. If you -do, be sure that the last paragraph to be indented is followed by a \par. -The above illustration could also have been accomplished with grouping as -illustrated on the next page. - -from Camus: The rock should be left at the bottom, -because of the inevitability of entropic direction. -\vs{9pt} -{\leftindent{+1in} -What I have read doesn't make any sense. How can -minerals influence human social behavior, any more -than gravity? This theory is 'on the rocks.' -\par -} -\rightline{Clay Gneiss} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| from Camus: The rock should be left at the bottom, because of the | -| inevitability of entropic direction. | -| | -| What I have read doesn't make any sense. How can minerals | -| influence human social behavior, any more than gravity? This | -| theory is 'on the rocks.' | -| Clay Gneiss | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/line.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/line.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index e10d568d60..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/line.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| line | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \line markup is used most often in the \runningheadformat and \running- -footformat running title markup. - - ã|Example:ã% -If you wanted to left justify "Chapter 1" and right justify "page 2" (where -"2" is actually the page number, \pagenumber), enter: - -\rhf{\bothpages{ - \line{\lft{Chapter 1}\rt{page \pagenumber}}}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Chapter 1 page 1 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -A construct such as, - -\rhf{\bothpages{ - \line{\lft{page \pn}\ctr{\today} - \rt{PNW Waterfalls}}}} - -will not print the date centered on the page: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| page 2 January 13, 1987 PNW Waterfalls | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -To accomplish this, you should print the left and right justified text with -\line, then space backwards one line (\verticalspace{-\bl}), then center the -date: - -\rhf{\bothpages{\line{\lft{page \pn} - \rt{PNW Waterfalls}}} - \vs{-\bl} - \line{\ctr{\today}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| page 3 January 13, 1987 PNW Waterfalls | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lint.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lint.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 1394439251..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lint.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| lineinterval | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\lintã% - -Parameters: ã|intervalã% - - ã|Description:ã% -When \printingnumbers{yes} and \countinglines{yes} have both been specified, -this markup is used to specify when a line number is to be printed for line -numbering in the margin of a document. It need only be specified once at -the top of a document. The default is every fifth line counted will be -numbered. - - ã|Example:ã% -If you wanted every tenth line counted to be numbered, you would specify: - -\lineinterval{10} - - ã|Notes:ã% -Line numbering is only available on the phototypesetter. This markup is -ignored for all other printers. - You may specify an interval from 0-255. Practically speaking, you -should specify an interval from 1-150. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lir.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lir.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index a872714bb7..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lir.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| listresume | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\lirã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -\listresume is used to end a lower listlevel and return to the next higher -listlevel without starting a new point. - - ã|Example:ã% -\lib -\lil1 All fixed time controllers shall be equipped with -indicating switches and wiring to provide local control -of the following functions: -\lil2 Transfer from automatic to manual operation, -\lil2 Transfer from normal operation to flashing, -\listresume - -Combined master and intersection controllers shall have -indicating switches for functions (b) and (c), above, -for interconnected system. -\par -Combined master and intersection controllers shall also -have provisions for time switch control. -\lil1 All fixed-time controllers shall be . . . -\listend - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 1. All fixed time controllers shall be equipped with indicating switches | -| and wiring to provide local control of the following functions: | -| a. Transfer from automatic to manual operation, | -| b. Transfer from normal operation to flashing, | -| Combined master and intersection controllers shall have indicating | -| switches for functions (b) and (c), above, for interconnected system. | -| Combined master and intersection controllers shall also have | -| provisions for time switch control. | -| 2. All fixed-time controllers shall be . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lists.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lists.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 9c6016c1d8..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lists.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|LISTSã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\listformat. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lnf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lnf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 26007a09dd..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lnf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| linenumberfont | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\lnfã% - -Parameters: ã|fontã% - - ã|Description:ã% -When \printingnumbers{yes} and \countinglines{yes} have both been specified, -this markup is used to specify what font the line number is to be printed in -the margin of a document. It need only be specified once at the top of a -document. The default is font "etsc 8", which is English Times Small Caps -at 8 point. - - ã|Example:ã% -If you wanted to use Plantin Roman, you would specify: - -\linenumberfont{plr 10} - - ã|Notes:ã% -Line numbering is only available on the phototypesetter. This markup is -ignored for all other printers. - See the Font Catalog to determine what fonts to use. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lr.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lr.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index bab03a2243..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/lr.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| leftragged | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\lrã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \leftragged markup leaves the left margin uneven after formatting. This -markup is used only with unusual text, for instance, introductory quotes for -chapters. - - ã|Example:ã% -\leftragged -The comparison may seem facile, but from deliberate -oversimplification comes complex obfuscation and general -theoretification. -Behavioral research will lead in this direction, as the - -general theory of Sociogeology predicts the features of -social organization from knowledge of population -parameters and behavioral constraints imposed by -the mineral constitution of the species. -\par -Humans exhibit metamorphic behavior over time or at high -temperatures, fever, for instance. -Metamorphic crystallization involves low temperatures; -\justify - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Thecomparison mayseemfacile, butfrom deliberateoversimplificationcomes | -| complex obfuscationandgeneral theoretification.Behavioral researchwilllead | -| inthis direction,asthe generaltheoryof Sociogeologypredicts thefeaturesof | -| social organizationfromknowledge ofpopulation parametersandbehavioral | -| constraints imposedbythe mineralconstitution ofthespecies. | -| Humansexhibit metamorphicbehaviorover timeor athightemperatures, | -| fever,forinstance. Metamorphiccrystallization involveslowtemperatures; | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Use \justify to turn the justification back on again. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/markup.helpmenu b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/markup.helpmenu deleted file mode 100644 index 29c37a2849..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/markup.helpmenu +++ /dev/null @@ -1,176 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| Summary of TEXT1 Markup | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - Help may be selected for the following markup by placing the cursor -under any of the first eight characters of the desired markup abbreviation -followed bypressing the PF1 key. - -Abbreviation Markup Name Function - -app \appendix{} designate appendix -apf \appendixformat{} modify appendix style -aib \asisbegin start 'as is' text -aie \asisend end 'as is' text -aif \asisformat{} modify 'as is' style -aen \autoendnote{} save endnote -afn \autofootnote{} add footnote -bie \bibentry start entry -bib \bibliography{} designate bibliography -bif \bibliographyformat{} modify bibliography style -bqb \blockquotebegin start block quote -bqe \blockquoteend end block quote -bqf \blockquoteformat{} modify block quote style -bd \bold call bold font -bi \bolditalic call bolditalic font -break \break force line and page breaks -bul \bullet start bullet -cc \caps call caps/small caps font -cl \centerline{} center one line -clb \centerlinesbegin begin centering, 'as is' -cle \centerlinesend end centering -cents \cents cent sign -chap \chapter{} designate chapter -chf \chapterformat{} modify chapter style -coul \countinglines{} start counting lines -dsp \doublespace start alternate blank lines -db \drawbox{} draw a box around text -dbrs \drawboxrulesize{} thickness of a box's rule -dbm \drawboxmat{} white space around a box -die \dumpinsertseject dump and print inserts -el \ellipsis{} 3 or 4 dot ellipsis -ep \emptypage print an empty page -enf \endnoteformat{} modify endnote style -epm \evenpagemargin used in line numbering -ex \extension call the extension font -fig \figure{}{} create a figure -fif \figureformat{} modify figures -fixf \fixedformat multiple column format style -font \font font definition -footnote \footnote{}{} add footnote -fnf \footnoteformat{} modify footnote style -frac \fraction print a fraction -frenchspacing \frenchspacing spacing for bibliographies -goodbreak \goodbreak indicate likely page break -halign \halign table building -hin \hangingindent set hanging paragraph indent -hp \hangingparagraph start hanging paragraph -hbox \hbox TEX horizontal box -hs \horizontalspace{} add horizontal space -hrule \hrule draw a horizontal rule -hsize \hsize set the galleywidth -hof \hyphenoff turn off hyphenation -hon \hyphenon turn on hyphenation -incl \include add an external graphic -indent \indent add horizontal space -ix \index add item to index -ixf \indexformat specify the index format -input \input input another file -isk \interlineskip{} set interline skip -it \italic specify italic font -item \item unordered lists -ju \justify align margins -la \label start a label -laf \labelformat modify label style -leader \leader dot leadering -lin \leftindent{} indent left margin -lr \leftragged unaligned left margin -line \line left justify a line -lbr \linebreak cause unfilled line break -lint \lineinterval line numbering -lnf \linenumberfont line numbering -lib \listbegin start list -lie \listend end list -lif \listformat{} modify list style -lil \listlevel{} start new list level (1-7) -lir \listresume resume at previous list level -mn \marginnote print a note in the margin -mnf \marginnoteformat modify margin note style -mathdefault \mathdefault establish math fonts -mi \mathitalic call math italic font -msp \monospace typewriter printer setup -mcf \multicolumnformat modify multiple column defaults -nc \newcolumn start a new column -np \newpage start a new page -nobreak \nobreak discourage page break -nin \noindent suppress paragraph indent -nonfrenchspacing \nonfrenchspacing turn off french spacing -ntp \notitlepage suppress title page -numl \numberinglines line numbering -opm \oddpagemargin line numbering -oc \onecolumn one column formatting -pf \pageformat page size and margins -pn \pagenumber print page number -par \paragraph end paragraph -pb \paragraphbox box a paragraph -pin \paragraphindent{} set paragraph indentation -printind \printindex print the document index -psk \paragraphskip{} set space between paragraphs -part \part{} designate major heading -paf \partformat{} modify part style -plaintexmathon \plaintexmathon use PLAIN.TEX's $ -ppl \poplevel line numbering -pre \preface{} designate preliminary pages -prf \prefaceformat{} modify preface style -pen \printendnotes print accumulated endnotes -prin \printingnumbers{} line numbering -pic \putincontents1{} add to the table of contents -quad \quad add an 'em' of space -qquad \qquad add two 'em's of space -raggedbottom \raggedbottom don't align page bottoms -rin \rightindent{} indent right margin -rl \rightline{} right justify line -rlb \rightlinesbegin begin right alignment, 'as is' -rle \rightlinesend end right alignment, 'as is' -rr \rightragged unaligned right margin -rm \roman specify roman font -rule \rule create horizontal line -rff \runningfootformat{} specify running foot format -rhf \runningheadformat{} specify running head format -sau \sameauthor previous author, bibliography -sfs \selectfontset{}{}{} specify font set -sms \selectmathset{}{} specify math set -ssf \selectspecificfont{}{}{} specify specific font -san \setappendixnumber{} reset appendix number -scn \setchapternumber{} reset chapter number -senn \setendnotenumber{} reset endnote number -sfn \setfigurenumber{} reset figure number -sffn \setfootnotenumber{} reset footnote number -spn \setpagenumber{} reset page number -sptn \setpartnumber{} reset part number -ssan \setsubheadanumber{} reset subheada number -ssbn \setsubheadbnumber{} reset subheadb number -sscn \setsubheadcnumber{} reset subheadc number -ssdn \setsubheaddnumber{} reset subheadd number -stn \settablenumber{} reset table number -settabs \settabs tables -ssp \singlespace start single spacing -strut \strut tables -sha \subheada{} designate first subheading -shaf \subheadaformat{} modify first subheading style -shb \subheadb{} designate second subheading -shbf \subheadbformat{} modify second subheading style -shc \subheadc{} designate third subheading -shcf \subheadcformat{} modify third subheading style -shd \subheadd{} designate fourth subheading -shdf \subheaddformat{} modify fourth subheading style -sy \symbol call the symbol font -taf \tableformat{} modify table title style -toc \tableofcontents{} print table of contents -tocf \tableofcontentsformat{} modify table of contents style -tat \tabletitle{} print a table title -tenpt \tenpt call 10pt font set -text1 \text1 print "TEXT1" -thc \threecolumns print text in 3 columns -tp \titlepage designate title page -tpf \titlepageformat{} modify title page style -toclbr \toclinebreak cause a line break in the contents -today \today print current date -twelvept \twelvept call 12pt font set -twc \twocolumns print text in 2 columns -tt \typewriter call typewriter font -us \underscore{} underline word(s) -vbox \vbox TEX vertical box -vs \verticalspace{} leave vertical space -vsk \verticalspacekeep{} leave vertical space -vrule \vrule draw a vertical rule diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/marnote.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/marnote.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 13e28e3ece..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/marnote.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|MARNOTEã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\marginnoteformat. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mathdefa.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mathdefa.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 9fe869f6a3..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mathdefa.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| mathdefault | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -By default, TEXT1 establishes a 9 point font for math mode superscripts, -and a 7 point font for math mode supersuperscripts. This is the value of -\mathdefault. You can establish other math mode font combinations than 9/7 -by using the \selectmathset markup. - - ã|Example:ã% -You can establish a larger math set called \bigmath which can be used for -display math and you can switch back to \mathdefault for the text math. - -\selectmathset{cm1412m}{bigmath} -\twelvept -\mathdefault - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mcf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mcf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index f24f22ac48..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mcf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,260 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| multicolumnformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\multicolumnformat{ - \twocolumnwidth{.48\galleywidth} - \threecolumnwidth{.31\galleywidth} - \twocolumngutter{.04\galleywidth} - \threecolumngutter{.035\galleywidth} - \columnrulewidth{0.0pt} - \skipbefore{6pt plus3pt minus2pt} - \skipafter{6pt plus3pt minus2pt} - } - -Abbreviation: ã|\mcfã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\twocolumnwidth, \threecolumnwidth, -\twocolumngutter, \threecolumngutter, \columnrulewidth, -\skipbefore, \skipafterã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The column and gutter widths can be changed by modifying the -\multicolumnformat markup. Column widths are specified in a percentage -of the \galleywidth, the width of the text area on the page as specified -in the \pageformat markup. If the default "flexibleformat" is being used -a skip before and a skip after the multiple column format may also be -specified. These skips are ignored if you are using \fixedformat. - -ã|\twocolumnwidthã% is the width of each column when you specify \twocolumns. -Each column will be exactly the same width. This width is the shaded area -illustrated below: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Greek man- from the fourth | -| uscripts of the to the ninth | -| Bible fall into centuries, be- | -| 3 groups (1) Pa- ginning with the | -| pyri, covering Codex Vaticanus | -| the period from and the Codex | -| the third cen- Sinaiticus; (3) | -| tury b.c. to Vellum minis- | -| the fourth cen- cules, from the | -| tury a.d. (2) ninth century | -| Vellum uncials-- to the inven- | -| -a form of ma- tion of print- | -| juscule (large ing, there are | -| letter)--- well over 4,000 | -| of various dates manuscripts. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|\threecolumnwidthã% is the width of each column when you specify -\threecolumns. Each column will be exactly the same width. This -width is the shaded area illustrated below: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Greek manu- (2) Vellum icanus and | -| scripts of uncials- the Codex | -| the Bible --a form Sinaiticus; | -| fall into of majus- (3) Vel- | -| 3 groups: cule (large lum minis- | -| (1) Papyri, letter)-- cules, from | -| covering -of various the ninth | -| the period dates from century to | -| from the the fourth the inven- | -| third cen- to the tion | -| tury b.c. ninth cen- of print- | -| to the turies, be- ing, there | -| fourth cen- ginning are over | -| tury a.d. with the 4,000 manu- | -| Codex Vat- scripts. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|\twocolumngutterã% is the distance between each column when you specify -\twocolumns. The gutter is the shaded area illustrated below: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Greek man- from the fourth | -| uscripts of the to the ninth | -| Bible fall into centuries, be- | -| 3 groups (1) Pa- ginning with the | -| pyri, covering Codex Vaticanus | -| the period from and the Codex | -| the third cen- Sinaiticus; (3) | -| tury b.c. to Vellum minis- | -| the fourth cen- cules, from the | -| tury a.d. (2) ninth century | -| Vellum uncials-- to the inven- | -| -a form of ma- tion of print- | -| juscule (large ing, there are | -| letter)--- well over 4,000 | -| of various dates manuscripts. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|\threecolumngutterã% is the distance between each column when you specify -\threecolumns. Each gutter will be exactly the same width. The gutter is -the shaded area illustrated on the next page: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Greek manu- (2) Vellum icanus and | -| scripts of uncials- the Codex | -| the Bible --a form Sinaiticus; | -| fall into of majus- (3) Vel- | -| 3 groups: cule (large lum minis- | -| (1) Papyri, letter)-- cules, from | -| covering -of various the ninth | -| the period dates from century to | -| from the the fourth the inven- | -| third cen- to the tion | -| tury b.c. ninth cen- of print- | -| to the turies, be- ing, there | -| fourth cen- ginning are over | -| tury a.d. with the 4,000 manu- | -| Codex Vat- scripts. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|\columnrulewidthã% when set to a non zero value will print a rule between -each column. - -ã|\skipbeforeã% is the distance between the one column text and the multiple -column text when you are using the flexible method of setting multiple -columns. The skip is ignored if you are using \fixedformat. - -ã|\skipafterã% is the distance between the multiple column text and the one -column text when you are using the flexible method of setting multiple -columns. The skip is ignored if you are using \fixedformat. - - ã|Example:ã% -You can also specify the column widths in units of measure, instead of a -percentage of the \galleywidth. - - \multicolumnformat{ - \twocolumnwidth{10pc} - \twocolumngutter{3pc} - \columnrulewidth{.25pt} - - \skipbefore{6pt plus3pt minus2pt} - \skipafter{6pt plus3pt minus2pt}} - - \twocolumns - Greek manuscripts of the Bible fall into 3 groups - (1) {\it Papyri}, covering the period from the third century - {\caps b.c} to the fourth century {\caps a.d}. - (2) {\it Vellum uncials}---a form of majuscule (large - letter)---of various dates from the fourth to the ninth - centuries, beginning with the {\it Codex Vaticanus} and - the {\it Codex Sinaiticus}; - (3) {\it Vellum miniscules}, from the ninth century to - the invention of printing, there are well over - 4,000 manuscripts. - \onecolumn - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Greek manu- . from the fourth | -| scripts of the . to the ninth | -| Bible fall into . centuries, be- | -| 3 groups (1) Pa- . ginning with the | -| pyri, covering . Codex Vaticanus | -| the period from . and the Codex | -| the third cen- . Sinaiticus; (3) | -| tury b.c. to . Vellum minis- | -| the fourth cen- . cules, from the | -| tury a.d. (2) . ninth century | -| Vellum uncials-- . to the inven- | -| -a form of ma- . tion of print- | -| juscule (large . ing, there are | -| letter)--- . well over 4,000 | -| of various dates . manuscripts. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% - -The rule between the columns will not print as long as the column rule width -is zero. - The skip before and skip after are ignored in the optional fixed column -method. The fixed column format (\fixedformat) always fills the remainder -of the current page with white space and changes to the new format on the -following page. Columns may not be balanced in \fixedformat. - The \newcolumn markup while in the flexible format estimates the -remaining space on the page at the time it is entered. If a footnote -or other insert is placed on the same page after the newcolumn markup the -length of the blank column cannot be estimated properly. In this case, -TEXT1 will issue a warning, - -overfull \vbox 12pt while \output active - -You can compensate for the footnote or insert by subtracting twice the -amount of the overfull box in two columns or three times this amount in -triple columns immediately before the newcolumn markup. For example, if the -box is overfull by 12 points and you are in two columns, enter, - -\advance\vsize by-24pt -\newcolumn -text - -or in three columns before a \newcolumn enter, - -\advance\vsize by-36pt -\newcolumn -text - -This reduces the height of the current page enough to allow space for the -insert. The height of each column must be reduced by the amount of the -overfull box warning, or twice the amount for two columns and three times -the amount for three columns. See The TEXbook for more on \advance. - If the newcolumn markup appears on the final page of the document it -may cause the balance columns routine to fail because one column is the -full height of the page. Do not change to \fixedformat after entering -\newcolumn. - - Certain line breaking penalties have been altered in the multiple column -formats. These penalties, in combination or separately, may cause a short -column if there are not a sufficient number of places specified to add extra -space, "glue." - - Single Column Penalties -\brokenpenalty=100 \clubpenalty=150 -\exhyphenpenalty=50 \hyphenpenalty=50 -\widowpenalty=150 \hbadness=1000 -\tolerance=200 - Two Columns Penalties -\brokenpenalty=0 \clubpenalty=0 -\exhyphenpenalty=0 \hyphenpenalty=0 -\widowpenalty=0 \hbadness=6400 -\tolerance=6400 - Three Columns Penalties -\brokenpenalty=0 \clubpenalty=0 -\exhyphenpenalty=0 \hyphenpenalty=0 -\widowpenalty=0 \hbadness=9600 -\tolerance=9600 - -The penalties may be reinstated in the multiple column formats by entering -each markup with a new value in the text stream immediately after the first -call for the double or triple column markup. Refer to The TEXbook for a -discussion of the above penalties. - When formatting multiple column text and other large formatting tasks, -the user may run into trouble by calling for so many format changes that -the available memory space is overrun. If this happens reduce the number -of markup used on the page that fails to format. The numbers enclosed in -angle brackets < 1 > < 2 > < 3 > show how many pages have been completed and -are printed on the terminal screen as each page is completed. If the macro -memory was exceeded when < 3 > was the last number in the sequence you would -know that the memory was exceeded while formatting page four. Your file -will not print with this error condition. - To find the point in your document that exceeded the memory use the -markup \bye at different places in your file. This markup stops text -processing. At the point \bye doesn't prevent the error condition you know -that you have passed page 4 where the error occurred. You may then examine -the markup before the \bye for possible elimination or find other markup -that will format properly without overrunning the memory. See The TEXbook -for more on \bye. - diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/memo.helpmode b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/memo.helpmode deleted file mode 100644 index e6362b8139..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/memo.helpmode +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Models | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|MEMOã%model is a general memo model. It is a template. You may modify it, -but it is recommended you check with the Information Center first. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mi.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mi.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 4e38e59993..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mi.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| mathitalic | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\miã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \mathitalic markup is a font change much the same as \roman or -\italic. The behavior of the math italic font is quite different from the -italic. For example, the sequence "This lengthy succession" will print -as "This lengthy succession" with \italic and "This lengthy succession with -\mathitalic. This markup is usually used in math mode. - - ã|Example:ã% - -Control sequences with {\it several -arguments} require even more {\mi precautions -than control sequences with one argument.} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Control sequences with several arguments require even more precautions | -| than control sequences with one argument. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -\mathitalic does not honor interword spacing (the space between words) in a -sentence. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mn.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 238c713a5d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mn.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| marginnote | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\mnã% - -Parameters: ã|note textã% - - ã|Description:ã% -Margin notes can be added to either the left or right side of a page with -the \marginnote markup. As the name indicates, margin notes are outside the -defined margin. They are produced, by default, right ragged in a 10 point -Computer Modern font in the left margin with a width of 60 points and a -gutter of 12 points. - - ã|Example:ã% -. . . a General Systems Theory of geological change. | -\marginnote{IV.7.4} -No theory, however, has unified diverse sciences of . . . -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| . . . a General Systems Theory of geological change. No theory, | -| however, has unified diverse sciences of . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Avoid using \marginnote with \monospace. - Refer to the description of the \marginnoteformat markup to find out how -to change the \marginnote defaults. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mnf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mnf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index c6bc4061c5..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/mnf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| marginnoteformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\marginnoteformat{\position{left} - \notewidth{54pt}} - \notegutter{6pt} - \everymarginnote{\tenpt\rr}} - -Abbreviation: ã|\mnfã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\position, \notewidth, \notegutter, -\everymarginnoteã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The defaults for the \marginnote markup can be modified with -\marginnoteformat. - -ã|\positionã% by default places the margin note in the margin. You can have it -placed in the right margin by specifying: - -\marginnoteformat{right} - -ã|\notewidthã% is the width of the area in the margin used for printing the -margin note. - -ã|\notegutterã% is the width of the area between the margin note and the left -margin of the text. - -ã|\everymarginnote{Nested Markup}ã% can be vertical mode markup such as \right- -ragged, \leftragged, \justify, and font changes. - - ã|Example:ã% -Change the margin notes so they print in the right margin in a 7 point font -with a margin note width of 46 points. - -\sfs{cm7}{sevenpt}{default} -\marginnoteformat{\position{right} - \notewidth{46pt}} - \notegutter{1em} - \everymarginnote{\sevenpt\rm} } - -This chapter explains the fundamental steps in preparing -a file containing ordinary English text. Numerous -exercises have been interspersed throughout the -\marginnote{Well, there {\it will} be lots of exercises -eventually.} text, to clarify certain points, -or just to provide practice. - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/msp.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/msp.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 854d444579..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/msp.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| monospace | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\mspã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -Typestyles may be monospaced, where all letters are the same width, or -proportionally spaced, where letters are different widths. Typewriter -printers have only monospaced typestyles; Composing printers have both -styles available. The default typestyle for TEXT1 is Computer Modern, a -proportionally spaced typestyle for composing printers. It is not available -on typewriter printers. - The \monospace markup calls the monospaced font and adjusts many TEXT1 -block defaults to fit within the limitations of monospace. For example, -the amount of space before and after a block quote is increased to whole -baseline skips, instead of half (monospace only deals with whole lines). -References for footnotes are placed on the baseline instead of superscripted -(which is not available in monospace). - - If you specify \italic and you are using \monospace, you will get -underscores instead of italics, since most typewriter printers do not have -italics. - - ã|Example:ã% - -\monospace -As long as human institutions were large and brittle, -war was an effective way of disassembling them. -The intellectual rationalization for the continual -preparation for war is the old Roman adage: -{\it If you want peace, prepare for war.} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| As long as human institutions were large and brittle, war was an | -| effective way of disassembling them. The intellectual rationalization for | -| the continual preparation for war is the old Roman adage: If you want | -| peace, prepare for war. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Specify the \monospace markup only once. It should be the first markup in -your file. - The markup the \monospace modifies, and their new defaults are as -follows: - - * The font for the table of contents will print with \roman. - - * \raggedbottom is "on" instead of \normalbottom. - - * \paragraphskip is set to "0pt". - - * \paragraphindent is set to "36pt". - - * The \skipbefore and \skipafter for \asisformat is set to "1\bl" instead - of 6 points. - - * The \skipbefore and \skipafter for \blockquoteformat is set to "1\bl" - instead of 6 points; the text is indented 36 points instead of 24 - points; the text is printed in monospace roman instead of 10 point - Computer Modern roman. - - * Figure titles are printed monospace bold instead of 10 point Computer - Modern bold. - - * Table titles are printed in monospace bold instead of Computer Modern - 12 point bold. - - * Endnotes are printed with no extra space, except paragraph skip, - between notes instead of 4 points as is the non \monospace default; The - note is printed in monospace roman instead of Computer Modern 10 point; - The text of the note is not indented, instead of the default 1.2em - indentation. - - * Autofootnotes are printed down instead of superscripted; Their style is - "(1)" instead of "1" in monospace roman instead of Computer Modern 10 - point; At the bottom of the page the note carries a paragraph indent of - 20 points instead of .5in. - - * Heading markup, such as \part, \chapter, \subheada, etc. are printed - in monospace instead of Computer Modern 12 point. - - * The running head is defined to use monospace instead of Computer Modern - 12 point. - -If you want to change any of the defaults for the above mentioned markup, -they must come after the \monospace markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/multicol.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/multicol.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 88473bcd09..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/multicol.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|MULTICOLã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\multicolumnformat for 2 or 3 columns. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nc.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nc.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index c8463b8ade..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nc.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| newcolumn | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\ncã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -When using \twocolumns or \threecolumns, there may be times when an author -wants to force TEXT1 to break a column at a point other than at the bottom -of a page. This can be done by entering the \newcolumn markup. Any -column in the double or triple column formats can be broken by inserting the -\newcolumn (\nc) markup. - - ã|Example:ã% -This was accomplished by entering the \newcolumn markup between the desired -list entries while in \twocolumns - -\twocolumns -\hangingparagraph - -Ehrlich, P. et al. 1984. {\it Cold and the Dark}. -New York: W.~Norton. -\hangingparagraph -Osborn, E. 1962. (personal message). -\newcolumn -\hangingparagraph -Roszak, T. 1972. {\it Where the Wasteland Ends}. -New York: Harper & Row. -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Ehrlich, P. et Roszak, T. 1972. | -| al. 1984. Where | -| Cold and the the Wasteland | -| Dark. New Ends. New | -| York: York: Harper | -| W. Norton. & Row. | -| Osborn, E. 1962. | -| (personal | -| message). | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -This markup has the same effect as \newpage if you are in a printing in one -column instead of multiple columns. - If you are in multiple columns and you want to go to the next page, use -\newpage instead of \newcolumn. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nin.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nin.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 52e0ac3f16..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nin.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| noindent | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\ninã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -Paragraph indentation can be suspended for the following paragraph by -placing a \noindent markup at the beginning of the first line. A paragraph -following a block quote or following a title is often not indented. - - ã|Example:ã% - -\lib -\lil1 the economic advantages of large-scale operations -(as shown in industrial applications) -\listlevel2 armaments (in the form of tanks, bombers, -weapons and troop carriers, and personnel vehicles) -\listlevel2 military forces (the troops and support - -personnel necessary to impose policy by force) -\listend -\noindent -The cultures of industrial nations are based on -accumulations of materials. -\par -Questions about defining . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 1. the economic advantages of large-scale operations (as shown in | -| industrial applications) | -| a. armaments (in the form of tanks, bombers, weapons and troop | -| carriers, and personnel vehicles) | -| b. military forces (the troops and support personnel necessary to | -| impose policy by force) | -| The cultures of industrial nations are based on accumulations of | -| materials. | -| Questions about defining . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nobreak.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nobreak.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 078a6418fc..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nobreak.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| nobreak | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -You can discourage TEXT1 from breaking a page at a certain point by using -\nobreak. It should be preceded either by a \verticalspace or a \paragraph. - - ã|Example:ã% -This example tells TEXT1 to keep the title "Leached Samples" on the same -page as "Table 6 gives . . . ". - -\cl{\bd Leached Samples} -\vs{\bl} -\nobreak -Table 6 gives the compositions of the leached -samples as reported by x-ray fluorescence analysis - -(XRF). Using silica content as an internal standard, -the relative amounts of each element removed can be -calculated. These too are shown in Table 6. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Leached Sample | -| | -| Table 6 gives the compositions of the leached samples as reported by | -| x-ray fluorescence analysis (XRF). Using silica content as an internal | -| standard, the relative amounts of each element removed can be calculated. | -| These too are shown in Table 6. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nonfrenc.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nonfrenc.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 73157c7f9f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/nonfrenc.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| nonfrenchspacing | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -By default, TEXT1 will double space after punctuation, unless the letter -prior to the punctuation is a capital letter. To make all interword spacing -the same, regardless of punctuation, you can enter the \frenchspacing -markup. This will turn off the extra spacing following punctuation for the -rest of a document or until TEXT1 sees a \nonfrenchspacing markup. - - ã|Example:ã% -If you had specified \nonfrenchspacing to turn off french spacing, - -\nonfrenchspacing -\bibentry - -Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. {\it Mechanical Processes -in the Human Geomechanism}. Winston: Geomedical -Publications, International. - -it might print as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human Geomechanism. | -| Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Compare this to the same bibliography entry printed with \frenchspacing: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Grabens, Gruss M. 1970. Mechanical Processes in the Human Geomechanism. | -| Winston: Geomedical Publications, International. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/np.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/np.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index ee4040fd74..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/np.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| newpage | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\npã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \newpage markup stops formatting the current page, leaving the remainder -blank (footnotes or bottom titles will print as expected), and starts a new -page with the text following the markup. - - ã|Example:ã% -The following example would print "Bibliography" at the top of the next -page. - -The rock should be left at the bottom, because of -the inevitability of entropic direction. -\par - -\newpage -\centerline{\bd Bibliography} -\hp -Grabens, G. 1970. {\it Mechanical Processes in -the Human Geomechanism}. Winston: Geomedical -Publications International. -\hp -Illite, I. 1911. "Picking the Philosopher's -Stone." {\it Mining Truth}. 11:455--601. - - ã|Notes:ã% -If you are in \twocolumns and you specify \newpage while in the first -column, the second column will be left blank. If you are in \threecolumns -and you specify \newpage while in the first column, the second and third -columns will be left blank. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ntp.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ntp.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 7a6c62959f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ntp.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| notitlepage | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\ntpã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -By default, you always get a title page as the first page of your document. -If you want running titles on the first page, put the \notitlepage markup at -the top of the source. Then the first line of the \runningheadformat will -be the first line to appear at the top of the first and subsequent pages. - - ã|Example:ã% - -\rhf{\bothpages{\line{\ctr{\today}}}} -\notitlepage -\rightlinesbegin -J.R. Bays - -P.O. Box 2021 CS -Pullman, WA 99163 -\rightlinesend -\vs{2\bl} -\centerline{\bd Nuclear Utopia} -\vs{2\bl} -Nuclear war is unthinkable. -Limited disarmament is unworkable. -Environmental degradation is unconscionable. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| January 13, 1987 | -| | -| J.R. Bays | -| P.O. Box 2021 CS | -| Pullman, WA 99163 | -| | -| | -| Nuclear Utopia | -| | -| | -| Nuclear war is unthinkable. Limited disarmament is unworkable. | -| Environmental degradation is unconscionable. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/numl.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/numl.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index a71e31704a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/numl.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| numberinglines | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\numlã% - -Parameters: ã|statusã% - - ã|Description:ã% -This markup is used to start numbering lines for line numbering in the -margin of a document. Status is true or false. - - ã|Example:ã% -To start line numbering you enter - -\numberinglines{true} - - ã|Notes:ã% -Line numbering is only available on the phototypesetter. This markup is -ignored for all other printers. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/oc.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/oc.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 0b3e8cdf0b..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/oc.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| onecolumn | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\ocã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -If you have specified \twocolumns or \threecolumns, single column text can -be formatted again by entering the \onecolumn markup. For example, if an -author wants to change from a single column to two columns he enters the -\twocolumns markup where the two column text begins and \onecolumn or \oc -markup where the single column text begins again. - - ã|Example:ã% -The \twocolumns markup places the bullets in two columns. And \onecolumn -returns text to a single column. - -\twocolumns\listbegin -\bul {\it Russia} in Eastern Europe (and in - -South America and the Caribbean) -\nc -\bul {\it China} in Tibet (and most lately in Southeast -Asia---Campuchea, and Vietnam) -\listend -\onecolumn -\noindent -Countries have tried to dominate each other -economically and militarily for thousands of years. -Reasons for this continued behavior include . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| * Russia in * China in Ti- | -| Eastern Eu- bet (and | -| rope (and in most lately | -| South Amer- in South- | -| ica and the east Asia--- | -| Caribbean) Campuchea, | -| and Vietnam) | -| | -| Countries have tried to dominate each other economically and militarily | -| for thousands of years. Reasons for this continued behavior include | -| . . . | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -\onecolumn has no effect if you are already in one column. - If you are in \fixedformat, \onecolumn will do a \newpage before -starting one column formatting. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/opm.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/opm.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 657fa0e915..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/opm.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| oddpagemargin | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\opmã% - -Parameters: ã|measurementã% - - ã|Description:ã% -This markup is used to indicate where a document's line numbering is to be -printed on odd numbered pages. The default is 407.7 points from the left -edge of the paper on odd pages. - - ã|Example:ã% -To indicate that you want line numbering to start at 1 inch from the left -edge, you would enter at the beginning of your document: - -\oddpagemargin{1in} - - ã|Notes:ã% -Line numbering is only available on the phototypesetter. This markup is -ignored for all other printers. - Valid values for \oddpagemargin are 0 to 2 to the power of 32 points, -practical values are 5 to 860 points. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/paf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/paf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 851a5e290e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/paf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| partformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\partformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject\titlepage - \hrule height 0pt depth 0pt - \vfil - \centerline{\twelvept\bd - Part \partnumber} - \centerline{\twelvept\bd \parttitle} - \setchapternumber{0} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - \setfootnotenumber{0} - \setendnotenumber{0} - \setfigurenumber{0} - \settablenumber{0} - } - - \incontents{yes} - } - -Abbreviation: ã|\pafã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\numberingstyle, \titleformat, \incontentsã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \partformat markup allows you to modify the defaults that control the -appearance of the part title. Following are the submarkup descriptions. - -ã|numberingstyleã% allows you to change the style from Arabic numerals, the -default (1), to capital letters (A) or roman numerals (I). If you wanted -your parts in roman numerals, you would specify: - -\partformat{\numberingstyle{I}} - -ã|titleformatã% controls the appearance of the part title banner. You may -use markup such as \newpage, \dumpinsertseject \verticalspace, and \center- -line within \titleformat as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within -or outside of \partformat: - ã|partnumber.ã% prints the most recent part number. - ã|parttitle.ã% prints the most recent part title. - ã|hrule height 0pt depth 0pt.ã% is used to create a half title page -along with \vfil. - -ã|incontentsã% places the part title in contents (if one is printed). -Printing can be suppressed by changing to "no." - - ã|Example:ã% -This example does not create a half title page. Instead the part starts a -new page, centers the title bold, and one line is skipped afterwards before -printing the text of the part. - -\partformat{\titleformat{\newpage - \cl{\bd \parttitle} - - \vs{1\bl} - }} - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \partformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both are -used. See The TEXbook for more on \vfil. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pagem.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pagem.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 9e08994304..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pagem.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|PAGE-Mã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\pageformat, page dimensions and margins for this \monospace job. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pagep.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pagep.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 7b17e6276d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pagep.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|PAGE-Pã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\pageformat, page dimensions and margins for thisã|nonã%\monospace job. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/paper.helpmode b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/paper.helpmode deleted file mode 100644 index 51c7b221ef..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/paper.helpmode +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Models | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|PAPERã%model is a general paper model. It is a template. You may modify -it, but it is recommended you check with the Information Center first. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/par.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/par.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 1a4a9c500f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/par.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| paragraph | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\parã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -A paragraph is a composition consisting of a group of sentences dealing with -a single topic. A paragraph is commonly indicated by beginning on a new -line and indenting the first line. - The TEXT1 program is paragraph-oriented, that is, it reads an entire -paragraph before breaking it into lines. Because TEXT1 reads by paragraphs, -the \paragraph markup comes at the end of a paragraph, instead of the -beginning. Thus, to end a paragraph, enter the \paragraph markup (or a -blank line) on the last line of text or on a line by itself, which makes it -easier to spot paragraphs in the source. - - ã|Example:ã% -This sample shows the relation of text to markup. - -\psk{5pt}\pin{10pt} -I raised it in order to characterize the -essence of Sociogeology. Will Durant recognized that -civilization existed by consent of geology---subject -to change without notice. -\paragraph -The definition of Sociogeology is the study of the -geological basis of all social behavior. -It explains human behavior by empirical description -of the attributes of mineral composition. -It is most successful when it provides detailed -description of particulate phenomena and first-order -correlations with features of the physical -environment. - -One of its primary functions is to reformulate the -shaky foundations of social sciences in a way that -draws them into a modern synthesis with the hard -sciences. - -\par -This article is an outline of the codification of -Sociogeology into a branch of evolutionary geology. -The subject has an aggregate of self-sufficient . . . -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -| | -| I raised it in order to characterize the essence of Sociogeology. Will | -| Durant recognized that civilization existed by consent of geology--- | -| subject to change without notice. | -| The definition of Sociogeology is the study of the geological basis of | -| all social behavior. It explains human behavior by empirical description | -| of the attributes of mineral composition. It is most successful when | -| it provides detailed description of particulate phenomena and first-order | -| correlations with features of the physical environment. | -| | -| One of its primary functions is to reformulate the shaky foundations of | -| social sciences in a way that draws them into a modern synthesis with the | -| hard sciences. | -| This article is an outline of the codification of Sociogeology into | -| a branch of evolutionary geology. The subject has an aggregate of | -| self-sufficient . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -A blank line also ends a paragraph. For this reason, blank lines may be -used in place of \paragraph markup. - Paragraphs are not permitted in math mode; they cause errors. Blank -lines will also cause errors in math mode. - The distance between paragraphs is determined by the \par- -agraphskip markup. The default value for \paragraphskip is -"0 points plus 3 points minus 0 points". The "plus/minus" specification -allows up to 3 additional points to be added between paragraphs to get the -bottom of each page to line up properly is you are using \normalbottom. - The indent at the beginning of each paragraph is determined by the -\paragraphindent markup. The default value for indentation is 24 points. - For a complete discussion of how paragraphs are read in and formatted, -refer to The TEXbook. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/parm.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/parm.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 4164a4a16a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/parm.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|PAR-Mã%block is to be selected if you want to modify -\paragraphindent, \paragraphskip, \justify, or \hypenon. -The defaults given are for \monospace jobs. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/parp.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/parp.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index d3d2f1de79..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/parp.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|PAR-Pã%block is to be selected if you want to modify -\paragraphindent, \paragraphskip, \justify, or \hypenon. -The defaults given areã|notã%for \monospace jobs. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/part.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/part.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 771ae0c672..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/part.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|PARTã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\partformat. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/part.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/part.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index eee751234e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/part.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| part | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|titleã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \part markup starts a new page, centers the title in 12 point Computer -Modern bold, and enters the title in the table of contents. Furthermore, -the \part markup places the part title in the center of a blank page (called -a half-title page). Parts are numbered. Each heading markup can be used as -often as necessary. - - ã|Example:ã% -This example would print the title "Human Sciences" on a half title page, -then skip to a new page where it begins the paragraph "Humanity is still - . . ." - -in order. - -\part{Human Sciences} -\newpage -Humanity is still the measure of . . . - - ã|Notes:ã% -To change how a part looks, use the \partformat markup. - If you are using \monospace, the part title is printed in monospace bold -instead of Computer Modern 12 point bold. - Each time you enter \part, the chapter number and subhead numbers are -reset to zero. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pb.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pb.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 629dae4e29..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pb.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| paragraphbox | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\pbã% - -Parameters: ã|textã% - - ã|Description:ã% -Whole paragraphs can be put into a \drawbox if you use \vbox with the -\drawbox. The resulting box will extend into the left and right margins by -the sum of the \drawboxmat and \drawboxrulesize. If you use \paragraphbox{ -| . . } instead of \drawbox{\vbox{ . . . }}, the paragraph size is reduced | -such that the box will fit within the current margins. - - ã|Example:ã% -This illustrates the difference between a paragraph boxed with \paragraphbox -and \drawbox. - - \paragraphbox{{\it The Journal of Nonrepeating - Results} is published by the Center for Unpleasant - - Phenomena, at Palouse, Washington. The copyrights for - articles are assigned to and held by the authors.} - \drawbox{\vbox{The Center for Unpleasant Phenomena - is the research arm of Giga Geologicals, Inc. No apologies - are tendered for the nonverifiability of experiments. - The opinions of the authors do not reflect company policy.}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| |. -| ........................................................................... |. -| . The Journal of Nonrepeating Results is published by the Center |. -| . for Unpleasant Phenomena, at Palouse, Washington. The copyrights for |. -| . articles are assigned to and held by the authors. |. -| ........................................................................... |. -| . The Center for Unpleasant Phenomena is the research arm of Gig |. -| . Geologicals, Inc. No apologies are tendered for the nonverifiability o |. -| . experiments. The opinions of the authors do not reflect company policy. |. -| ........................................................................... |. -| |. -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Do not use this markup if you are using \monospace. - Do not use \paragraphbox around more than one page of formatted -material. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pen.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pen.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 7c2523f3cd..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pen.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| printendnotes | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\penã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -To print the endnotes accumulated with the \autoendnote markup, use the -\printendnotes markup. - - ã|Example:ã% -To start a new page, center a title (such as "Notes"), and dump the -endnotes, enter: - -There is a well-marked division of -labor.\autoendnote{Such as it is. Things could be -different in the geological world, but they are not.} -Details of organization have evolved by an -optimization process. . . . -\newpage -\titlepage -\cl{\bd Notes} -\vs{\bl} -\printendnotes - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Notes | -| | -| 1. Such as it is. Things could be different in the geological world, but | -| they are not. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \printendnotes markup does not print the title "Note". It may be used -more than once in a paper; for example, you may want to print all endnotes -within a chapter at the end of the chapter rather than at the end of the -entire paper. The \printendnotes markup prints all endnotes accumulated up -to that point. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index a49a225f25..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| pageformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\pageformat{\pagelength{11in} - \pagewidth{8.5in} - \topmargin{1in} - \bottommargin{1in} - \leftmargin{1.2in} - \rightmargin{1in} - \bindingadjust{0pt} - } - -Abbreviation: ã|\pfã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\pagelength, \pagewidth, \topmargin, -\bottommargin, \leftmargin, \rightmargin, \bindingadjust, -\galleywidthã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \pageformat markup specifies the page size and margins. The dimensions -and margins for the pages of a document are set with page formatting markup. -These submarkup are valid only within the \pageformat markup. Its seven -submarkup are described below. - -ã|pagelengthã% specifies the length of the page to be used. The default -page length, 11 inches is maximum for most printers. - -ã|pagewidthã% specifies the width of the page to be used. The default -page width, 8.5 inches, is maximum for most printers. The \pagewidth -and \rightmargin submarkup may optionally be replaced with the \galleywidth -submarkup. - -ã|topmarginã% sets the distance from the top of the paper to the first line -of text, excluding the top title(s). The default value is 1 inch. - -ã|bottommarginã% sets the distance from the bottom of the paper to the last -line of the text, excluding the bottom title(s). The default value is 1 -inch. - -ã|leftmarginã% sets the distance from the left edge of the page to the left -edge of the text. The default value is 1.2 inches. - -ã|rightmarginã% sets the distance from the right edge of the page to the -right edge of the text. The default value is 1 inch. The \pagewidth -and \rightmargin submarkup may optionally be replaced with the \galleywidth -submarkup. - -ã|bindingadjustã% is used to offset left and right margins, which is useful -for duplex printing (on both sides). The value given the \bindingadjust -submarkup will increase the left margin on odd pages and decrease the left -margin on even pages. The page text width is not shortened, only the -margin. The default value is {0pt}. - -ã|galleywidthã% may be substituted for \pagewidth and \rightmargin to -determine the width of the text. The \galleywidth has the same dimension -as \hsize. You cannot use \galleywidth in the same fashion, however, as -\hsize. - - ã|Example:ã% -This custom source has 90 point (1 1/4inch) left and right margins. - -\pageformat{\leftmargin{90pt} - \rightmargin{90pt}} - - ã|Example:ã% -This custom source sets up a 9 inch by 6 inch page size. The margins have -been decreased accordingly. A binding adjust value has been added. - -\pageformat{\pagelength{9in} - \topmargin{.5in} - \bottommargin{.5in} - - \leftmargin{.6in} - \galleywidth{4.9in} - \bindingadjust{.2in} - } - - ã|Notes:ã% -Do note include \pagewidth and \rightmargin in the \pageformat markup if you -use the \galleywidth submarkup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pic.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pic.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index c387a6fc35..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pic.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| putincontents | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\picnã% - -Parameters: ã|text and markupã% - - ã|Description:ã% -Major headings and the first two levels of subheadings are automatically -placed in a table of contents (if one is called). Any heading, text, or -markup can be put in the table of contents using the \putincontents markup -(abbreviated \pic). - This markup has one parameter, but that parameter can be either markup -to manipulate the table of contents itself or the text, usually a heading, -to be put in the contents. Note that in the example the page number and dot -leadering to separate it from the text were both included. - There are three levels of contents: the first (\pic1) puts text and/or -markup into the primary table of contents; \pic2 puts text and/or markup -into the list of figures; \pic3 puts text and/or markup into the list of -tables. - - Refer to the example on the next page. - - ã|Example:ã% -To create an Abstract that conforms to the Washington State University -graduate school's thesis requirements and print the abstract title in the -table of contents, enter: - -\newpage -\putincontents1{ABSTRACT\leader\pagenumber\par} -\doublespace -\vsk{6\bl} -\centerlinesbegin -\bd EFFECTIVENESS OF PRISM TRAINING -ON THE IMPROVEMENT OF READING -AT THE FIFTH GRADE LEVEL -ABSTRACT -\singlespace -\vs{2\bl} -\rm by Ray Elmer Brown, Ph.D. -Washington State University, 1979 -\vs{1\bl} - -\centerlinesend -\nin Chairman: Lloyd B. Johnson -\vs{1\bl} -The text of the abstract follows at this point . . . - -\pic2{LIST OF FIGURES\leader vi} -\pic3{LIST OF TABLES\leader viii} -\setpagenumber{0} -\chapter{Introduction} - -(Note, single spacing will return to double spacing after the -\centerlinesend markup, since it acts as a delimiter with -\centerlinesbegin.) - -The abstract would print as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| iv | -| | -| | -| EFFECTIVENESS OF PRISM TRAINING | -| ON THE IMPROVEMENT OF READING | -| AT THE FIFTH GRADE LEVEL | -| ABSTRACT | -| | -| | -| by Ray Elmer Brown, Ph.D. | -| Washington State University, 1979 | -| | -| Chairman: Lloyd B. Johnson | -| | -| The text of the abstract follows at this point . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The table of contents generated would contain: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS... . ... ... . ...... . ... ... . ...... . ... iii | -| ABSTRACT. . . .... . . ...... . . .... . . ...... . . .... . . .....iv | -| List of Figures ... . ... ... . ...... . ... ... . ...... . ... .vi | -| List of Tables .... . .. .. .. . ...... . .. .. .. . ...... . .. . viii | -| Introduction .. ... . ...... . ... ... . ...... . ... ... . ..... 1 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Notice in the sample source file illustrated on the previous page that the -List of Figure's and List of Table's page numbers were manually put into the -\putincontents markup. This is the only way to have these placed into the -table of contents. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pin.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pin.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index cb2aca4f66..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pin.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| paragraphindent | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\pinã% - -Parameters: ã|indentã% - - ã|Description:ã% -Throughout an entire document, paragraphs have 24 points indentation on the -first line of each paragraph. This value may be changed by modifying the -default with \paragraphindent. All following paragraphs will then exhibit -the new indent. - - ã|Example:ã% -The first paragraph indent has been set to 14 points for comparison with the -second paragraph which has a \paragraphindent of 24 points. - -\paragraphindent{14pt} -{\it The Journal of Nonrepeating - -Results} is published by the Center for Unpleasant -Phenomena, at Palouse, Washington. The copyrights for -articles are assigned to and held by the authors. -\par -\pin{24pt} -The Center for Unpleasant Phenomena is the research arm -of Giga Geologicals, Inc. -No apologies are tendered for the nonverifiability of -experiments. The opinions of the authors do not reflect -company policy. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| The Journal of Nonrepeating Results is published by the Center for | -| Unpleasant Phenomena, at Palouse, Washington. The copyrights for articles | -| are assigned to and held by the authors. | -| The Center for Unpleasant Phenomena is the research arm of Giga | -| Geologicals, Inc. No apologies are tendered for the nonverifiability of | -| experiments. The opinions of the authors do not reflect company policy. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -If you are using \monospace, it is best to define the indent in tenths of an -inch or in em's. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/plaintex.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/plaintex.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 9115410ad1..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/plaintex.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| plaintexmathon | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -This markup can be used to make the dollar sign ($) the valid math mode -indicator as is used in PLAIN TEX instead of the TEXT1 math mode indicator, -the at sign (@). - - ã|Example:ã% - -\plaintexmathon -$x+y=100$ - - ã|Notes:ã% - -Do not use this markup with \monospace. - If used, it should be specified at the top of your document. You will -need to use the TEX \catcode markup to change back to using the at sign as -the math mode indicator: - -\catcode'44=12 - -For more on the \catcode markup, refer to The TEXbook. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pn.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 9cba3d9d1e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pn.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| pagenumber | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\pnã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \pagenumber markup merely places the current page number wherever the -markup appears. - - ã|Example:ã% -In running heads, \pagenumber numbers the pages. - -\runningheadformat{\bothpages{\line{\rm - \lft{Southern Bays}\rt{page \pagenumber}} - \vs{2pt} - \hrule - \vs{1\bl} - } - } - -The running head would look like: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Southern Bays 1 | -| ........................................................................... | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -If you want no page numbers, then enter the following: - -\runningheadformat{\bothpage{}} - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. - diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ppl.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ppl.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 8260c9d69e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ppl.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| poplevel | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\pplã% - -Parameters: ã|levelã% - - ã|Description:ã% -This markup is used in counting lines for line numbering in the margin of a -document. The level number is TEX's stacking level number. The default is -pop level 7. - - ã|Example:ã% -If you must change to a different pop level, 9 for example, enter: - -\poplevel{9} - - ã|Notes:ã% -Line numbering is only available on the phototypesetter. This markup is -ignored for all other printers. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pre.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pre.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 7e44bb2dbd..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/pre.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| preface | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\preã% - -Parameters: ã|titleã% - - ã|Description:ã% -Each preface starts a new page, centers the title in bold, and enters it in -the table of contents (if one is printed). The preface is not numbered. -Each heading markup can be used as often as necessary. - - ã|Example:ã% -\today -\preface{Acknowledgments} -I am grateful for the assistance and financial support -of the Grand Foundation for . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Acknowledgments | -| | -| I am grateful for the assistance and financial support of the Grand | -| Foundation for . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -You can modify the default style for a preface with the \prefaceformat -markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/preface.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/preface.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 8fd4f9faf6..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/preface.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|PREFACEã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\prefaceformat. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/prf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/prf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index c0f4cde759..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/prf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| prefaceformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\prefaceformat{\titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \cl{\twelvept\bd \prefacetitle} - \vs{1\bl}} - \incontents{yes} - } - -Abbreviation: ã|\prfã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\titleformat, \incontentsã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \prefaceformat markup allows you to modify the defaults that control the -appearance of the preface title. There are two submarkup: - -ã|titleformatã% controls the appearance of the part title banner. You -may use markup such as \newpage, \verticalspace, and \centerline within -\titleformat as Nested Markup. You may also use: - ã|prefacetitle.ã% prints the most recent preface title. - -ã|incontentsã% places the preface title in contents (if one is printed). -Printing can be suppressed by changing to "no." - - ã|Example:ã% -In this example, the preface starts a new page, the title is centered in -bold, and one line is skipped afterwards. No preface is put in contents. - -\prefaceformat{\titleformat{\newpage - \cl{\bd \prefacetitle} - \vs{1\bl} - } - \incontents{no} - } - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \prefaceformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both are -used. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/prin.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/prin.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 50b159f13f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/prin.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| printingnumbers | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\prinã% - -Parameters: ã|statusã% - - ã|Description:ã% -This markup is used to start the printing of line numbering in the margin of -a document. Status is true or false. - - ã|Example:ã% -To enable line numbers to be printed, enter: - -\printingnumbers{true} - - ã|Notes:ã% -Line numbering is only available on the phototypesetter. This markup is -ignored for all other printers. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/printend.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/printend.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index f149a6007e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/printend.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \printendnotes (\pen) COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \printendnotes (\pen) command will space down the amount specified in the -\endnoteformat{\skipbefore}} and print all accumulated endnotes. The -\printendnotes (\pen) format is: - - \printendnotes - diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/printind.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/printind.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 3f796827af..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/printind.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| printindex | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|index numberã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \printindex markup sorts and prints the index entries generated with the -\index markup. The \printindex markup would usually come at the end of a -document before the table of contents. This markup has the format - -\printindexN - -where N is the index number: 1, 2 or 3. By default, the index is -printed using the indent style of index in ten point Computer Modern. It -is recommended that you print the index in two columns (\twocolumns). For -a complete list of the defaults and how to modify them, refer to the -\indexformat markup. - - ã|Example:ã% -The following illustrates how to place an index at the end of a document, -after the last appendix, and before the table of contents. Assume the table -of contents is to begin on page "iv". - -\appendix{Sample Data} - -\preface{Index} -\twocolumns -\printindex1 -\onecolumns -\tableofcontents{-4} - -Using the \preface markup will start a new page with the title -"Index" at the top of the page. Then \twocolumns will begin two column -formatting (typical for indexes). Next \printindex1 will sort index "1" and -print the sorted index according to the defaults set by the \indexformat -markup. After printing the last of the index, \onecolumn will switch back -to single column mode before printing the table of contents. - - ã|Example:ã% -Sometimes multiple indexes are required. If you had used \index1 and -\index2, then you would use \printindex1 and \printindex2 to print them out: - -\index1item in first index -\index2item in second index -\preface{Index One} -\twocolumns -\printindex1 -\onecolumns -\preface{Index Two} -\twocolumns -\printindex2 -\onecolumns - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/psk.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/psk.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 5a665edd5e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/psk.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| paragraphskip | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\pskã% - -Parameters: ã|units of measureã% - - ã|Description:ã% -This markup causes all following paragraphs to be separated by the new -distance. The \paragraphskip is expressed using valid units of measurement -in TEXT1. The default value is 0 points. - - ã|Example:ã% -The first two paragraphs used a paragraph skip of 10 points. The third one -used a skip of 20 points. - -\paragraphskip{10pt} -{\it The Journal of Nonrepeating -Results} is published by the Center for Unpleasant - -Phenomena, at Palouse, Washington. The copyrights for -articles are assigned to and held by the authors. -\par -The Center for Unpleasant Phenomena is the research arm -of Giga Geologicals, Inc. - -\psk{20pt} -No apologies are tendered for the nonverifiability of -experiments. The opinions of the authors do not reflect -company policy. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| The Journal of Nonrepeating Results is published by the Center for | -| Unpleasant Phenomena, at Palouse, Washington. The copyrights for articles | -| are assigned to and held by the authors. | -| | -| The Center for Unpleasant Phenomena is the research arm of Giga | -| Geologicals, Inc. | -| | -| | -| No apologies are tendered for the nonverifiability of experiments. | -| The opinions of the authors do not reflect company policy. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The "plus3pt" after the setting of "0pt" means that up to 3 points -additional space may be added before each paragraph, if this space is needed -to fill out a page when using \normalbottom. If the \paragraphskip is set -to "minus1pt", it implies that up to 1 point may be subtracted before each - -paragraphs if needed to fill out a page when using \normalbottom. Since the -leading is usually only 2 points more than the size of the type, the "minus" -value should not be more than 1 point. - If you are using \monospace, it is best to specify the units in blank -lines. For example, - -\paragraphskip{1\bl} - -There are 6 \bl in an inch with \monospace. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/qquad.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/qquad.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 31d6772c21..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/qquad.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| qquad | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \qquad markup leaves two quads of space. It is two em spaces in the -current type size. It can be used in text, "as is," or math mode. - - ã|Example:ã% -\tat{Surface Land Temperature (degrees C)\lbr -Changes after Nuclear Exchanges} -\vs{6pt} -\settabs\+\qquad&number\qquad&number\qquad -\+&number\qquad&number\qquad&10,000&\cr -\+&1000&-22&8&7&13\cr - -\+&3000&9&6&8&10\cr - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Table 1 | -| Surface Land Temperature (degrees C) | -| Changes after Nuclear Exchanges | -| | -| | -| 1000 -22 8 7 13 | -| 3000 9 6 8 10 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - - ã|Notes:ã% - -\qquad=\horizontalspace{2em}=\quad\quad. In \twelvept, \qquad approximately -24 points; in \tenpt, \qquad approximately 20 points. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/quad.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/quad.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index ffd0b320b0..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/quad.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| quad | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -A printer's quad of space used to be a blank square of type, 1 em high and -1 em wide, equivalent in size to a capital "M." A TEXT1 quad is a unit of -horizontal space. It is one em space in the current type size. The \quad -markup can be used in text, "as is," and math mode. - - ã|Example:ã% -Consider the input for this table: - -\tat{Surface Land Temperature (degrees C)\lbr -Changes after Nuclear Exchanges} -\vs{6pt} - -\settabs\+\quad&number\quad&number\quad -\+&number\quad&number\quad&number&\cr -\+&1000&-22&8&7&13\cr -\+&3000&9&6&8&10\cr - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Table 1 | -| Surface Land Temperature (degrees C) | -| Changes after Nuclear Exchanges | -| | -| 1000 -22 8 7 13 | -| 3000 9 6 8 10 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -\quad=\horizontalspace{1em}. In \twelvept, \quad approximately 12 points; -in \tenpt, \quad approximately 10 points. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/raggedbo.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/raggedbo.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index ab947ecb1e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/raggedbo.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| raggedbottom | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -By default, TEXT1 tries to make the top and bottom of each page of text line -up. If you are not concerned with having the bottom of each page line up, -you can enter \raggedbottom. If you have specified \raggedbottom and you -want to go back to the default, enter \normalbottom. - - ã|Notes:ã% -Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/resume.helpmode b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/resume.helpmode deleted file mode 100644 index 4ffcb945d8..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/resume.helpmode +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Models | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|RESUMEã%model is a general resume model. It is a template. You may modify -it, but it is recommended you check with the Information Center first. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rff.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rff.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 22999b573a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rff.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| runningheadformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\runningfootformat{ - \bothpages{\vs{1\bl} - \line{\twelvept\rm\lft{} - \ctr{}\rt{}}} - } - -Abbreviation: ã|\rffã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\bothpages, \evenpages, \oddpagesã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \runningfootformat markup provides running titles at the bottom of all -pages except the title page. The default running bottom title for TEXT1 is -blank. - -\bothpages is used to place the same running foot at the bottom of both the -even and odd pages. The \line markup defines a single title line. Within -it, you may center, left align, or right align text, using the submarkup -\ctr, \lft, or \rt. Besides \line, you may also use markup such as \hrule -and \verticalspace. - -\evenpages is used to place the same running foot at the bottom of each -even page. The \line markup defines a single title line. Within it, -you may center, left align, or right align text, using the submarkup \ctr, -\lft, or \rt. Besides \line, you may also use markup such as \hrule and -\verticalspace. - -\oddpages is used to place the same running foot at the bottom of each -odd page. The \line markup defines a single title line. Within it, you -may center, left align, or right align text, using the submarkup \ctr, -\lft, or \rt. Besides \line, you may also use markup such as \hrule and -\verticalspace. - - ã|Example:ã% -This example prints the date and author's initials at the bottom of each -page. - -\runningfootformat{ - \bothpages{\vs{18pt} - \line{\rm\lft{\today}\ctr{}\rt{JNP}} - } - } - -which produces a running foot as illustrated on the next page. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| January 13, 1987 JNP | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -This example illustrates the use of odd and even page layout with two lines. -The page number alternates sides so that it appears on the outside of the -page. The title appears above the subtitle on even pages. The author's -name appears above the journal name on odd pages. - -\runningfootformat{ - \evenpages{\line{\lft{\pagenumber} - \rt{Sociogeology}} - \vs{2pt}} - \line{\rt{A New Science}} - \vs{\bl}} - \oddpages{\line{\lft{A. Chert} - \rt{\pagenumber}} - - \vs{2pt}} - \line{\lft{SPP---UP}} - \vs{\bl}} - } - -which produces on even page numbers a running foot that looks like: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 22 Sociogeology | -| A New Science | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -and produces on odd page numbers a running foot that looks like: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| A. Chert 11 | -| SPP---UP | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -An empty \lft, \ctr, or \rt may be omitted as was done in the above example. - A construct such as, - -\rff{\bothpages{ - \line{\lft{page \pn}\ctr{\today} - \rt{PNW Waterfalls}}}} - -will not print the date centered on the page: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| page 7 January 13, 1987 PNW Waterfalls | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -To accomplish this, you should print the left and right justified text with -\line, then space backwards one line (\verticalspace{-\bl}), then center the -date: - -\rff{\bothpages{\line{\lft{page \pn} - - \rt{PNW Waterfalls}}} - \vs{-\bl} - \line{\ctr{\today}}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| page 8 January 13, 1987 PNW Waterfalls | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - The \runningfootformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if -both are used. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rhf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rhf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 28f4ce697f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rhf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| runningheadformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\rhfã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\bothpages, \evenpages, \oddpagesã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \runningheadformat markup provides running titles at the top of all -pages except the title page. The default running top title for TEXT1 is a -right justified page number. - -ã|bothpagesã% is used to place the same running head at the top of both the -even and odd pages. The \line markup defines a single title line. Within -it, you may center, left align, or right align text, using the submarkup -\ctr, \lft, or \rt. Besides \line, you may also use markup such as \hrule -and \verticalspace. - -ã|evenpagesã% is used to place the same running head at the top of each -even page. The \line markup defines a single title line. Within it, -you may center, left align, or right align text, using the submarkup \ctr, -\lft, or \rt. Besides \line, you may also use markup such as \hrule and -\verticalspace. - -ã|oddpagesã% is used to place the same running head at the top of each -odd page. The \line markup defines a single title line. Within it, you -may center, left align, or right align text, using the submarkup \ctr, -\lft, or \rt. Besides \line, you may also use markup such as \hrule and -\verticalspace. - - ã|Example:ã% -To customize running titles, you modify the \runningheadformat for the top -titles and the \runningfootformat for bottom titles. In this example, -"Sociogeology" and a page number are placed at the top of every page. - -\runningheadformat{\bothpages{\it - \line{\lft{Sociogeology}\ctr{}\rt{\pn}} - \vs{2pt} - \hrule - \verticalspace{18pt} - } -} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Sociogeology 1 | -| ........................................................................... | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -This example alternates the author's name and page number at the top of even -and odd pages. It complements the last example on the previous page. - -\rhf{\evenpages{\vs{\bl} - \line{\lft{Chert}}} - \oddpages{\vs{\bl} - \line{\rt{\pagenumber}}} - } - -Even pages will look like: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Chert | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Odd pages will look like: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 4 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -An empty \lft, \ctr, or \rt may be omitted as was done in the above example. - A construct such as, - -\rhf{\bothpages{ - \line{\lft{page \pn}\ctr{\today} - \rt{PNW Waterfalls}}}} - -will not print the date centered on the page: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| page 6 February 5, 1987 PNW Waterfalls | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -To accomplish this, you should print the left and right justified text with -\line, then space backwards one line (\verticalspace{-\bl}), then center the -date: - -\rhf{\bothpages{\line{\lft{page \pn} - - \rt{PNW Waterfalls}}} - \vs{-\bl} - \line{\ctr{\today}}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| page 7 February 5, 1987 PNW Waterfalls | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - The \runningheadformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if -both are used. - If you want no page numbers, then enter the following: - -\runningheadformat{\bothpages{}} diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rin.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rin.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index bed41f21f2..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rin.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| rightindent | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\rinã% - -Parameters: ã|units of measurementã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \rightindent markup adds (or subtracts) the amount from the current -right margin (default is zero). The indentation remains until another -\rightindent overrides it. This markup causes a break in text. - - ã|Example:ã% - -Humans also require trace amounts of manganese, -zinc, selenium, and copper, appearing in suitable -proportions. -\vs{50pt} -\lin{1in} - -\rightindent{1.5in} -{\bd Figure 2}. -Physiognomic similarities between the earth and -human beings. -\rightindent{-1.5in} -\lin{0in} -\vs{10pt} -Most elemental abundances are the same in the -lithosphere and the anthrosphere. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Humans also require trace amounts of manganese, zinc, selenium, and | -| copper, appearing in suitable proportions. | -| | -| Figure 2. Physiognomic similarities between | -| the earth and human beings. | -| | -| Most elemental abundances are the same in the lithosphere and the | -| anthrosphere. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -The previous example could have used grouping as illustrated below and the -same output would have been generated. If you do grouping, be sure there is -a \paragraph markup before the closing right curly brace of the group. - -Humans also require trace amounts of manganese, -zinc, selenium, and copper, appearing in suitable -proportions. -\vs{50pt} -{\lin{1in} -\rightindent{1.5in} -{\bd Figure 2}. -Physiognomic similarities between the earth and -human beings. -\par -} -\vs{10pt} -Most elemental abundances are the same in the -lithosphere and the anthrosphere. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Humans also require trace amounts of manganese, zinc, selenium, and | -| copper, appearing in suitable proportions. | -| | -| Figure 2. Physiognomic similarities between | -| the earth and human beings. | -| | -| Most elemental abundances are the same in the lithosphere and the | -| anthrosphere. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rl.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rl.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 92e51079b0..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rl.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| rightline | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\rlã% - -Parameters: ã|text to be right justifiedã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \rightline markup right justifies individual lines. This markup ends -the previous paragraph. The only parameter for this markup is text. - - ã|Example:ã% -yet some of the reviews of "Sociogeology" have -been mixed, especially from academics. -\rightline{This theory is 'on the rocks.'} -\rl{\it Clay Gneiss} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| yet some of the reviews of "Sociogeology" have been mixed, especially from | -| academics. | -| This theory is 'on the rocks.' | -| Clay Gneiss | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rlb.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rlb.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 4d714ff65a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rlb.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| rightlinesbegin | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\rlbã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \rightlinesbegin markup begins right justifying all following lines. -Vertical spacing and font changes are the only markup permitted after it. -There are no parameters or markup options. End a \rightlinesbegin with a -matching \rightlinesend. - - ã|Example:ã% - -\rightlinesbegin -This theory is 'on the rocks.' -{\it Clay Gneiss} -\rightlinesend - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| This theory is 'on the rocks.' | -| Clay Gneiss | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Each \rightlinesbegin must be followed by a matching \rightlinesend. - You cannot use \rightlinesbegin within any of the following markup: -\appendim, \autofootnote, \bibliography, \centerline, \chapter, \drawbox, -\figure, \footnote, \item, \label, \marginnote, \paragraphbox, \part, -\preface, \rightline, \runningheadformat, \runningfootformat, \subheada, -\subheadb, \subheadc, \subheadd, or \tabletitle. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rle.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rle.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 4c4ec76858..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rle.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| rightlinesend | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\rleã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \rightlinesend markup ends lines that are being right justified with -\rightlinesbegin. This markup causes a paragraph break. - - ã|Example:ã% - -\rightlinesbegin -This theory is 'on the rocks.' -{\it Clay Gneiss} -\rightlinesend - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| This theory is 'on the rocks.' | -| Clay Gneiss | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Each \rightlinesbegin must be followed by a matching \rightlinesend. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rm.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rm.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index de8ed390f8..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rm.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| roman | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\rmã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -Roman is a medium-weight type good for reading. It is the default face for -TEXT1. It is usually specified as the default font at the beginning of a -paper, so that it will be in effect for most of the paper. Roman can also -be used to terminate the use of a special typeface, such as italic or bold. - - ã|Example:ã% - -\twelvept -\italic now! \roman It is important to realize -\it the facts! -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| now! It is important to realize the facts! | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -This example is the same as the one above, except that grouping was used to -change from the roman font back to italics. - -\tenpt -\italic now! {\roman It is important to realize} -the facts! - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| now! It is important to realize the facts! | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rr.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rr.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index af80dc37cf..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rr.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| rightragged | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\rrã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \rightragged markup turns off right justification. If you only want -to right justify a certain section of the document, then you would use a -combination of the \justify and \rightragged markup. - - ã|Example:ã% - -\rightragged -The comparison may seem facile, but from deliberate -oversimplification comes complex obfuscation and -general theoretification. -Behavioral research will lead in this direction, as - -the general theory of Sociogeology predicts the . . . -\justify -Humans exhibit metamorphic behavior over time or at high -temperatures, fever, for instance. -Metamorphic crystallization involves low . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| The comparison may seem facile, but from deliberate oversimplification | -| comes complex obfuscation and general theoretification. Behavioral | -| research will lead in this direction, as the general theory of | -| Sociogeology predicts the . . . | -| Humans exhibit metamorphic behavior over time or at high temperatures, | -| fever, for instance. Metamorphic crystallization involves low . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% - -The default values for space skips is listed below. When you are using -\monospace you get the values in the right column. - - Composing Printers Typewriter Printers - \rightskip plus 1fil plus 10em - \spaceskip .35em 1em - \xspaceskip .55em 1em diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rule.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rule.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 71a72ad0a7..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/rule.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| rule | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \rule markup skips a blank line and draws a horizontal line (rule). -Rules are used to separate material, such as tables or sections. No extra -vertical space is skipped after the rule, so you may need to add some with -\vs. - - ã|Example:ã% - -\tabletitle{Elements of the Spheres} -\rule -\vs{6pt} -\tabskip 3em plus 3em minus 1em -\halign{\lft{#}&&\rt{#}\hs{20pt}\cr - -Element&\omit\ctr{Anthrosphere}&\omit\ctr{Lithosphere}\cr -Oxygen&62.1\phantom{0}&60.6\phantom{0}\cr -Hydrogen&1.1\phantom{0}&0.1\phantom{0}\cr -Aluminum&0.22&11.54\cr} -\rule -\vs{6pt} -\nin Most elemental abundances are the same in the . . . -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| | -| Table 1 | -| Elements of the Spheres | -| | -| ........................................................................... | -| | -| Element Anthrosphere Lithosphere | -| Oxygen 62.1 60.6 | -| Hydrogen 1.1 0.1 | -| Aluminum 0.22 11.54 | -| ........................................................................... | -| Most elemental abundances are the same in the . . . | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -If you want a rule of a different height, depth, or width than illustrated -with \rule and if you are not using \monospace, then use \hrule. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/runfoot.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/runfoot.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 259d368dcb..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/runfoot.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|RUNFOOTã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\runningfootformat which is carried at the bottom of every page -except the title page. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/runhead.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/runhead.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 0dd2248ba3..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/runhead.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|RUNHEADã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\runningheadformat which is carried at the top of every page -except the title page. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/san.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/san.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 05b9299a2c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/san.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| setappendixnumber | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\sanã% - -Parameters: ã|previous appendix numberã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The appendix number will be automatically incremented by one for each -use of \appendix. The appendix number can be reset by inserting the -\setappendixnumber markup before the next occurrence of \appendix. - - ã|Example:ã% -By default, the first appendix is number 1. If you want to start with -appendix 5, you would enter: - -\setappendixnumber{4} -\appendix{Title of the fifth appendix} - - - - ã|Notes:ã% -The number specified in the \setappendixnumber parameter is the previous -appendix number, not the next appendix number. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sau.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sau.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 24ce71ea8b..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sau.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| sameauthor | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\sauã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \sameauthor markup allows you to substitute a standard rule for an -author's name for multiple references in a bibliography. The default rule -is 3 em spaces wide; the default width may be changed in \bibliographyformat -markup. - - ã|Example:ã% -\bibliography{References Cited} -\frenchspacing -\bibentry -Roszak, T. 1972. {\it Where the Wasteland Ends}. -New York: Harper \& Row. - -\bie -Weldon, S. 1971. {\it Waging Peace}. -Wilmington: M. \&\ R. Wolfe, Limited. -\bie -\sameauthor 1983. {\it The Metaindustry: War and -Economic Development}. -Los Angeles: Thompson Books. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| References Cited | -| | -| Roszak, T. 1972. Where the Wasteland Ends. New York: Harper & Row. | -| | -| Weldon, S. 1971. Waging Peace. Wilmington: M. & R. Wolfe, Limited. | -| | -| ....1983. The Metaindustry: War and Economic Development. Los Angeles: | -| Thompson Books. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/scn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/scn.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 08b572cb2d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/scn.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| setchapternumber | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\scnã% - -Parameters: ã|previous chapter numberã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The chapter number will be automatically incremented by one for each use of -\chapter. The chapter number can be reset by inserting the \setchapternum- -ber markup before the next occurrence of \chapter. - - ã|Example:ã% -By default, the first chapter is number 1. If you want to start with -chapter 5, you would enter: - -\setchapternumber{4} -\chapter{Title of the fifth chapter} - - - - ã|Notes:ã% -The number specified in the \setchapternumber parameter is the previous -chapter number, not the next chapter number. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/senn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/senn.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index b032b8a8d9..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/senn.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| setendnotenumber | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\sennã% - -Parameters: ã|previous endnote numberã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The endnote number will be automatically incremented by one for each -use of \autoendnote. The endnote number can be reset by adding the -\setendnotenumber markup before the next occurrence of an \autoendnote. - - ã|Example:ã% -By default, endnote numbers are reset in parts. If you also want them reset -in chapters, you could modify the \chapterformat by adding \setendnotenumber -to the \titleformat: - -\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \cl{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber} - - \cl{\twelvept\bd \chaptertitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \setendnotenumber{0} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0}} - \incontents{yes}} - - ã|Notes:ã% -The number specified in the \setendnotenumber parameter is the previous -endnote number, not the next endnote number. If you want the next -\autoendnote to be endnote 90, then specify - -\setendnotenumber{89} diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/settabs.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/settabs.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 53b535a5e6..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/settabs.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| settabs | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|number of columnsã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The body of the table is created with the \settabs n \columns markup, which -establishes a number (n) of equal-size tabular columns (\columns). - Each new column after the first is indicated with the TEXT1 tab -character (&). Each row is started with the \+ markup and ended with the -\cr markup (which is an abbreviation for carriage return on typewriters). - The ampersand (&) is like the TAB key on many typewriters; it tells -TEXT1 to advance to the next tab position, where there is a tab at the right -edge of each column. But & is not exactly like a mechanical typewriter -TAB, because it first backs up to the beginning of the current column -before advancing to the next. In this way you can always tell what column -you are tabbing to, by counting the number of &s; that is handy, because - -variable-width type otherwise makes it difficult to know whether you have -passed a tab position. - The ampersands are different from tabs in another way, too: TEXT1 -ignores spaces after &, hence you can conveniently finish a column by typing -& at the end of a line in your input file, without worrying that an extra -blank space will be introduced there. Incidentally, TEXT1 also ignores -spaces after \+, so that the first column is treated like the others. - You can say \cr before you have specified a complete set of columns, if -the remaining columns are blank. The last \cr ends the settabs. No other -ending is necessary; normal text may follow. - - ã|Example:ã% - -can be seen, the pool of common words is prodigious. -\par -\tabletitle{Etymological Clues} -\settabs 3 \columns -\+\it Term&\it Geological&\it Social Reference\cr -\+boss&small rock&supervisor\cr -\+domehead&pushing through&intellectual\cr -\+fossil&turned to stone&age\cr -\+creep&move slowly&person\cr -\+streak&move quickly&naked\cr -\+ejecta&very quickly&mating\cr -\+sublimate&change to gas&dream\cr -\+trench&sediments&mouth\cr - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| can be seen, the pool of common words is prodigious. | -| | -| Table 1 | -| Etymological Clues | -| | -| Term Geological Social Reference | -| boss small rock supervisor | -| domehead pushing through intellectual | -| fossil turned to stone age | -| creep move slowly person | -| streak move quickly naked | -| ejecta very quickly mating | -| sublimate change to gas dream | -| trench sediments mouth | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -You may not want all of the columns to be the same size, so there is another -way to set them, by typing "\+sample line\cr" immediately after \settabs. -In this case tabs are placed at the positions of the &s in the sample line, -but the sample line itself does not appear in the output. Look through -the table and determine the biggest entry in each column; the sample line -is then constructed by typing the widest entry in the first column, then -the widest in each subsequent column, omitting the last column. Be sure to -include some extra space (\horizontalspace{}) between columns in the sample -line, so that the columns won't touch each other. - -can be seen, the pool of common words is prodigious. -\par -\tabletitle{Etymological Clues} -\settabs\+\hs{4pt}&domeheads\hs{4pt} - &material pushing through - \hs{10pt}&Intellectual\cr -\+&\it Term&\it Geological&\it Social Reference\cr -\+&trench&subducted sediments&mouth\cr - -\+&dike&material holding back&female\cr -\+&domehead&material pushing through&intellectual\cr -\+&fossil&life turned to stone&age\cr -\+&cleavage&the tendency to split&bosom\cr - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| can be seen, the pool of common words is prodigious. | -| | -| Table 2 | -| Etymological Clues | -| | -| Term Geological Social Reference | -| trench subducted sediments mouth | -| dike material holding back female | -| domehead material pushing through intellectual | -| fossil life turned to stone age | -| cleavage the tendency to split bosom | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -If you want to put something right justified (flush right) in its column, -just type \rt{text} where text is the text to be right justified; Be sure -to type & after it, so that TEX will be sure to move the information all -the way until it touches the next tab. Similarly, if you want to center -something in its column, type \ctr{text} where text is the text to be -centered. Notice also the use of \phantom in decimal alignment. - - \centerline{\bd Table 1} - \centerline{Etymological Clues} - \settabs \+\hs{20pts}&Aluminum\quad&Anthrosphere& - \hs{20pt}&Lithosphere\quad\cr - \+&\lft{Element}&\rt{Anthrosphere}& - &\rt{Lithosphere}&\cr - \+&Sodium&\rt{0.001\phantom{0}}&&\rt{0.4\phantom{000}}\cr - \+&Silicon&\rt{.0001}&&\rt{20.2\phantom{000}}\cr - \+&Aluminum&\rt{0.22\phantom{00}}&& - \rt{11.54\phantom{00}}\cr - \+&Carbon&\rt{19.1001}&&\rt{0.0202}\cr - - \+&Nitrogen&\rt{3.2205}&&\rt{.0208}\cr - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Table 1 | -| Etymological Clues | -| Element Anthrosphere Lithosphere | -| Sodium 0.001 0.4 | -| Silicon .0001 20.2 | -| Aluminum 0.22 11.54 | -| Carbon 19.1001 0.0202 | -| Nitrogen 3.2205 .0208 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% - -Tab positions are remembered, until they are reset with another \settabs, -regardless of text and other markup following. - The operation of tabs addresses one line at a time; this allows multiple -page tables. - You cannot use \figure, \drawbox or \paragraphbox around a \settabs. - Refer to The TEXbook for more on \phantom. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfn.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 0c3ef81afc..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfn.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| setfigurenumber | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\sfnã% - -Parameters: ã|previous figure numberã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The figure number will be automatically incremented by one for each use of -\figure. The figure number can be reset by adding the \setfigurenumber -markup before the next occurrence of \figure. - - ã|Example:ã% -By default, figure numbers are reset in parts. If you also want them reset -in chapters, you could modify the \chapterformat by adding \setfigurenumber -to the \titleformat: - -\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \cl{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber} - - \cl{\twelvept\bd \chaptertitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \setfigurenumber{0} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0}} - \incontents{yes}} - - ã|Notes:ã% -The number specified in the \setfigurenumber parameter is the previous -figure number, not the next figure number. If you want the next \figure to -be Figure 90, then specify - -\setfigurenumber{89} diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfnn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfnn.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 369f764e65..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfnn.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| setfootnotenumber | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\sfnnã% - -Parameters: ã|previous footnote numberã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The footnote number will be automatically incremented by one for each -use of \autofootnote. The footnote number can be reset by adding the -\setfootnotenumber markup before the next occurrence of an autofootnote. - - ã|Example:ã% -By default, footnote numbers are reset in parts. If you also want -them reset in chapters, you could modify the \chapterformat by adding -\setfootnotenumber to the \titleformat: - -\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \cl{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber} - - \cl{\twelvept\bd \chaptertitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \setfootnotenumber{0} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0}} - \incontents{yes}} - - ã|Notes:ã% -The number specified in the \setfootnotenumber parameter is the previous -footnote number, not the next footnote number. If you want the next -\autofootnote to be footnote 90, then specify - -\setfootnotenumber{89} - - The \setfootnotenumber markup has no effect on the \footnote markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfs.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfs.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 241c41268b..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sfs.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| selectfontset | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\selectfontset{cm12}{twelvept}{14pt} -\selectfontset{cm10}{tenpt}{12pt} -\twelvept - -Abbreviation: ã|\sfsã% - -Parameters: ã|catalog name, user's reference, leadingã% - - ã|Description:ã% -For a typical document, you will need both a font set and a math set. -The default font set selections consist of two sets for composing printers: -\twelvept for the 12 point size Computer Modern serif typestyle; and \tenpt -for the 10 point Computer Modern serif typestyle. Typically, the \select- -fontset markup is placed in the front of your document. The format of this -markup is - -\selectfontset{catalog name}{user's reference name}{leading between lines} - -where catalog name is the system name for that font set. (Complete lists -of the catalog names can be found by going to the TEXT1 help menu, or by -looking in the Font Catalogs.) The user's reference is a name of your own -devising. This name, when prefaced with a backslash will give you access to -that font set. The leading is the interlineskip specification. - Users of typewriter printers use different \selectfontset markup, which -offers "standard", "underscore" (for italic), and "bold" monospaced faces. -These are the only fonts available to such printers. - Each font set includes the following nine faces, each of which is called -by adding a backslash in front of the name, or using the abbreviation: -\roman (\rm), \bold (\bd), \italic (\it), \typewriter (\tt), \caps (\cc), -\mathitalic (\mi), \symbol (\sy), \extension (\ex), and \bolditalic (\bi). -Not all font sets have all nine faces available. If a particular face is -not available, a warning message will be printed. - - ã|Example:ã% -After entering the \selectfontset, - -\selectfontset{cm11}{eleven}{default} -\eleven - -each time \eleven is specified, you would be using the Computer Modern font -set at a 11 point size (cm11). The third parameter ("default") indicates -that TEXT1 will use the default value for \interlineskip, in this case 13 -points. Then, whenever you switch to bold (\bd) you would get Computer -Modern bold at a 11 point size. If you were to specify \it you would get -Computer Modern italic at 11 points. - - ã|Example:ã% -Consider this example for switching from 9 point to a 8 point size. -The \eightpoint is set with \interlineskip{9pt} instead of the default -\interlineskip{10pt}, leaving less space between lines. - -\selectfontset{cm9}{ninepoint}{default} -\selectfontset{cm8}{eightpoint}{9pt} -\eightpoint - -\centerline{\ninepoint\bd Sociogeology} -\vs{12pt} -\centerline{\it by Achilles Chert} -\vs{12pt} -"Does the absurd dictate death?" asks Albert Camus, - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Sociogeology | -| | -| by Achilles Chert | -| | -| "Does the absurd dictate death?" asks Albert Camus, | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Again, not all font sets have all nine faces available. If a particular -face is not available, a warning message will be printed. - diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sha.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sha.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 4c5bb98f47..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sha.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| subheada | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\shaã% - -Parameters: ã|titleã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \subheada markup creates a first level subheading, which skips two -baselines, prints the title in bold type, then skips one more baseline. It -does not begin a new page. Its title is placed in the table of contents -automatically. - - ã|Example:ã% -more realistic. -\subheada{Nationalism and War} -Nationalism is directly related to war. -Lord Acton observed that . . . - -which prints: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| | -| more realistic. | -| | -| | -| Nationalism and War | -| | -| Nationalism is directly related to war. Lord Acton observed that | -| . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Use \subheadaformat to change any of the above mentioned defaults. - TEXT1 will encourage page breaking before a \subheada. It discourages -page breaking between the \subheada and the first line of the following -paragraph. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shaf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shaf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 3cf2d51cd9..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shaf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| subheadaformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\subheadaformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip - \goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \twelvept - \bd\nin\subheadatitle - \par\nobreak - \vs{1\bl}\nobreak - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0}} - \incontents{yes} - } - -Abbreviation: ã|\shafã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\numberingstyle, \titleformat, \incontentsã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \subheadaformat markup lets you change the appearance of the subheading -title. There are three submarkup that control how the \subheada is to -appear. - -ã|\numberingstyleã% by default is 1 which will print the subhead number in -Arabic numbers. Other possibilities are "A" and "I". By default, subhead -numbers are not printed, even though the \subheadanumber is incremented. - -ã|\titleformat{Nested Markup}ã% is used to describe how the subhead title is -to be printed. You may use markup such as \newpage, \removelastskip, -\goodbreak, \nobreak, \verticalspace, and \centerline within \titleformat -as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within or outside of -\subheadaformat: - - * \subheadanumberprints the most recent subheada number. - - * \subheadatitleprints the most recent subheada title. - -ã|\incontentsã% places the subheada title by default in the contents (if one is -printed). Printing in the table of contents can be suppressed by changing -to "no": - -\shaf{\incontents{no}} - - ã|Example:ã% -Some applications require the subheads to be numbered. For \subheada to -include a number like "pp.cc-aa" where "pp" is the part number, "cc" is -the chapter number, and "aa" is the subheada number, you would modify the -\subheadaformat: - -\subheadaformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \bd\partnumber.\chapternumber-\subheadanumber - \quad\subheadatitle\par - \nobreak\vs{1\bl}\nobreak} - \incontents{yes} -} - -more realistic. -\par -\subheada{Nationalism and War} -Nationalism is directly related to war. -Lord Acton observed that . . . - -The second subheada in the third chapter of the first part would print as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| more realistic. | -| | -| | -| 1.3-2 Nationalism and War | -| | -| Nationalism is directly related to war. Lord Acton observed that | -| . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \subheadaformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both -are used. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shb.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shb.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 6c4e302561..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shb.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| subheadb | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\shbã% - -Parameters: ã|titleã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \subheadb markup creates a second level subheading, which skips two -baselines, prints the title in italics, then skips one more baseline. It -does not begin a new page. Its title is placed in the table of contents -automatically. - - ã|Example:ã% -more realistic. -\par -\subheadb{Nationalism and War} -Nationalism is directly related to war. -Lord Acton observed that . . . - -which prints: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| more realistic. | -| | -| | -| Nationalism and War | -| | -| Nationalism is directly related to war. Lord Acton observed that | -| . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Use \subheadbformat to change any of the above mentioned defaults. - TEXT1 will encourage page breaking before a \subheadb. It discourages -page breaking between the \subheadb and the first line of the following -paragraph. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shbf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shbf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 7c0e27505b..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shbf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| subheadbformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\subheadbformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip - \goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \twelvept - \it\nin\subheadbtitle - \par\nobreak - \vs{1\bl}\nobreak - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0}} - \incontents{yes} - } - -Abbreviation: ã|\shbfã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\numberingstyle, \titleformat, \incontentsã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \subheadbformat markup lets you change the appearance of the subheading -title. There are three submarkup that control how the \subheadb is to -appear. - -ã|\numberingstyleã% by default is 1 which will print the subhead number in -Arabic numbers. Other possibilities are "A" and "I". By default, subhead -numbers are not printed, even though the \subheadbnumber is incremented. - -ã|\titleformat{Nested Markup}ã is used to describe how the subhead title is -to be printed. You may use markup such as \newpage, \removelastskip, -\goodbreak, \nobreak, \verticalspace, and \centerline within \titleformat -as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within or outside of -\subheadbformat: - - * \subheadbnumberprints the most recent subheadb number. - - * \subheadbtitleprints the most recent subheadb title. - -ã|\incontentsã% places the subheadb title by default in the contents (if one is -printed). Printing in the table of contents can be suppressed by changing -to "no": - -\shbf{\incontents{no}} - - ã|Example:ã% -Some applications require the subheads to be numbered. If you wanted -\subheadb to include a number like "pp.cc.aa.bb" where "pp" is the part -number, "cc" is the chapter number, "aa" is the subheada number, and "bb" is -the subheadb number, you would modify the \subheadbformat: - - \subheadbformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \italic - \partnumber.\chapternumber.\subheadanumber.\subheadbnumber - \quad\subheadbtitle\par - \nobreak\vs{1\bl}\nobreak} - \incontents{yes} - } - - more realistic. - \subheadb{Nationalism and War} - Nationalism is directly related to war. - - Lord Acton observed that . . . - -The first subheadb in the second subheada of the third chapter of the first -part would print as: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| more realistic. | -| | -| | -| 1.3.2.1 Nationalism and War | -| | -| Nationalism is directly related to war. Lord Acton observed that | -| . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \subheadbformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both -are used. - diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shc.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shc.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 19133b8456..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shc.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| subheadc | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\shcã% - -Parameters: ã|titleã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \subheadc markup creates a third level subheading, which skips two -baselines, prints the title in roman type, then skips one more baseline. It -does not begin a new page. Its title is not placed in the table of contents -automatically. - - ã|Example:ã% -more realistic. -\subheadc{Nationalism and War} -Nationalism is directly related to war. -Lord Acton observed that . . . - -which prints: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| more realistic. | -| | -| | -| Nationalism and War | -| | -| Nationalism is directly related to war. Lord Acton observed that | -| . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Use \subheadcformat to change any of the above mentioned defaults. - TEXT1 will encourage page breaking before a \subheadc. It discourages -page breaking between the \subheadc and the first line of the following -paragraph. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shcf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shcf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index bb7cbe0822..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shcf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| subheadcformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\subheadcformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip - \goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \twelvept - \rm\nin\subheadctitle - \par\nobreak - \vs{1\bl}\nobreak - \setsubheaddnumber{0}} - \incontents{no} - } - -Abbreviation: ã|\shcfã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\numberingstyle, \titleformat, \incontentsã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \subheadcformat markup lets you change the appearance of the subheading -title. There are three submarkup that control how the \subheadc is to -appear. - -ã|\numberingstyleã% by default is 1 which will print the subhead number in -Arabic numbers. Other possibilities are "A" and "I". By default, subhead -numbers are not printed, even though the \subheadcnumber is incremented. - -ã|\titleformat{Nested Markup}ã% is used to describe how the \subheadc title -is to be printed. You may use markup such as \newpage, \removelastskip, -\goodbreak, \nobreak, \verticalspace, and \centerline within \titleformat -as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within or outside of -\subheadcformat: - - * \subheadcnumberprints the most recent subheadc number. - - * \subheadctitleprints the most recent subheadc title. - -ã|\incontentsã% places the subheadc title in the contents (if one is printed). -By default, the title is not placed in the contents. Printing in the table -of contents can be included by changing to "yes": - -\shcf{\incontents{yes}} - - ã|Example:ã% -Some applications require the subheads to be numbered. If you wanted -\subheadc to include a number like "Section cc:" where "cc" is a bold -subheadc number, you could modify the \subheadcformat: - -\subheadcformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \nin\bd Section \subheadcnumber: - \quad\subheadctitle\par - \nobreak\vs{1\bl}\nobreak} - \incontents{no} -} - -more realistic. -\subheadc{Nationalism and War} -Nationalism is directly related to war. -Lord Acton observed that . . . - -The third subheadc would print as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| more realistic. | -| | -| | -| Section 3: Nationalism and War | -| | -| Nationalism is directly related to war. Lord Acton observed that | -| . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \subheadcformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both -are used. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shd.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shd.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index fa6cb2feaa..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shd.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| subheadd | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\shdã% - -Parameters: ã|titleã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \subheadd markup creates a fourth level subheading, which skips to a new -paragraph, prints the title in italics followed by a period, then continues -the paragraph. It does not begin a new page. Its title is not placed in -the table of contents automatically. - - ã|Example:ã% -more realistic. -\subheadd{Nationalism and War} -Nationalism is directly related to war. -Lord Acton observed that . . . - -which prints: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| more realistic. | -| Nationalism and War. Nationalism is directly related to war. Lord | -| Acton observed that . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Use \subheaddformat to change any of the above mentioned defaults. - TEXT1 will encourage page breaking before a \subheadd. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shdf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shdf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 39b552a430..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/shdf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| subheaddformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\subheaddformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\goodbreak - {\twelvept - \it\subheaddtitle.} - \incontents{no} - } - -Abbreviation: ã|\shdfã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\numberingstyle, \titleformat, \incontentsã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \subheaddformat markup lets you change the appearance of the subheading -title. There are three submarkup that control how the \subheadd is to -appear. - -ã|\numberingstyleã% by default is 1 which will print the subhead number in -Arabic numbers. Other possibilities are "A" and "I". By default, subhead -numbers are not printed, even though the \subheaddnumber is incremented. - -ã|\titleformat{Nested Markup}ã% is used to describe how the subhead title is -to be printed. You may use markup such as \newpage, \removelastskip, -\goodbreak, \nobreak, \verticalspace, and \centerline within \titleformat -as Nested Markup. Other markup you may use within or outside of -\subheaddformat: - - * \subheaddnumberprints the most recent subheadd number. - - * \subheaddtitleprints the most recent subheadd title. - -ã|\incontentsã% places the subheadd title in the contents (if one is printed). -By default, the title is not placed in the contents. Printing in the table -of contents can be included by changing to "yes": - -\shdf{\incontents{yes}} - - ã|Example:ã% -If you wanted a subhead to place the title in a lable, you would modify the -\subheaddformat: - -\subheaddformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \label{\subheaddtitle} - } - \incontents{no} -} - -more realistic. -\subheadd{Nationalism and War} -Nationalism is directly related to war. -Lord Acton observed that the increase in nationalism -significantly increases a country's ability to -protect itself . . . - -The fourth subheadd would print as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| more realistic. | -| | -| | -| | -| Nationalism | -| and War thatonthesmincreaseeinlynationalism significantlyctincreasesea | -| country's ability to protect itself . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \subheaddformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both -are used. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sms.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sms.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 63213a1656..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sms.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| selectmathset | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\selectmathset{cm97m}{mathdefault} -\mathdefault - -Abbreviation: ã|\smsã% - -Parameters: ã|catalog name, user's referenceã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \selectmathset markup loads type for use by math mode. Superscripted -footnotes, and mathematical equations, require the TEXT1 math mode. For -composing printers, the default for the primary (script) math set that is -used to set super or subscripts is a 9 point Computer Modern, the secondary -(script-script) math set which is used to set super-super or sub-subscripts -is 7 point Computer Modern. TEXT1 typewriter printers do not support math -mode. The format of this markup is - -\selectmathset{catalog name}{user's reference name} - -where catalog name is the system name for that math set. (Complete lists -of the catalog names can be found by going to the TEXT1 help menu, or by -looking in the Font Catalogs.) The design of this name is such that the -first digit(s) is the primary (script) size, the second digit(s) is the -secondary (script-script) size. The user's reference is a name of your own -devising. This name, when prefaced with a backslash will give you access to -that math set. - Typically, the \selectmathset markup is placed in the front of your -document with your \selectfontset markup. - - ã|Example:ã% -This math mode example uses a primary 14 point math font, instead of the -default, and a secondary math font of 12 point. - -\selectmathset{cm1412m}{bigmath} -\selectfontset{cm18}{bigfont}{default} -\bigfont -\bigmath -Human intelligence became possible when -@@C_{14}\to C_{1.4 \bullet 10^6}@@ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Typically, the \selectmathset markup is placed in the front of your document -with your \selectfontset markup. - TEXT1 typewriter printers do not support math mode. - Only the super and subscripts are affected by the math mode fonts -selected with the \selectmathset markup. - See The TEXbook for more on math mode. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/special.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/special.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 48597c9326..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/special.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Special Characters | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -In TeX there are 10 keyboard characters which have special meaning. They are: - - \ (backslash) } (right curly brace) { (left curly brace) - @ (at sign) # (pound sign) _ (underscore) - & (ampersand) % (percent sign) ~ (tilde) | (vertical bar) - -If you need any of these characters as part of your text you must precede all -but the tilde and vertical bar with a \ (backslash) or TeX will interpret them -as a TeX command. To print a tilde you must enter \tilde and for a vertical bar -enter \vbar. - -For example, the following input: - - Mom sent Tommy to the store and told him to buy 5\# potatoes, a - half gallon of 2\% milk and two packages of M\&Ms. - -would result in: - -Mom sent Tommy to the store and told him to buy 5# potatoes, a half gallon of -2% milk and two packages of M&Ms. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/spn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/spn.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 8377cd9a4a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/spn.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| setpagenumber | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\spnã% - -Parameters: ã|previous page numberã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \setpagenumber markup resets the page number of a paper. The first page -of a document, commonly referred to as the title page, is treated as page -number "1". You can begin the document with a page number other than 1, or -renumber sections of the document. - The \setpagenumber markup can be specified anywhere in your document. -It changes the number of the current page. This can be particularly useful -if you are printing your document one part or chapter at a time. - To get pages in lower case roman numerals, for lead pages, enter a -negative number, for instance \setpagenumber{-1}. - - ã|Example:ã% -To set the page number so that the sentence beginning "Furthermore . . . " -is on page 11, enter - -as shown in this series of figures. -% insert four full-page figures -\setpagenumber{10} -\newpage -Furthermore, there are too many physical -similarities between human forms and earth forms -to dismiss. Indeed, they are made of the same . . . - - You could also have placed the \setpagenumber markup after the \newpage -and changed the number from 10 to 11: - -as shown in this series of figures. -% insert four full-page figures -\newpage -\setpagenumber{11} -Furthermore, there are too many physical - -similarities between human forms and earth forms -to dismiss. Indeed, they are made of the same . . . - - ã|Notes:ã% -To get pages in lower case roman numerals, for lead pages, enter a negative -number, for instance \setpagenumber{-1}. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sptn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sptn.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index fb40c3ae20..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sptn.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| setpartnumber | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\sptnã% - -Parameters: ã|previous part numberã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The part number will be automatically incremented by one for each use of -\part. The part number can be reset by inserting the \setpartnumber markup -before the next occurrence of \part. - - ã|Example:ã% -By default, the first part is number 1. If you want to start with part 5, -you would enter: - -\setpartnumber{4} -\part{Title of the fifth part} - - ã|Notes:ã% -The number specified in the \setpartnumber parameter is the previous part -number, not the next part number. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssan.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssan.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 6b4085cc82..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssan.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| setsubheadanumber | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\ssanã% - -Parameters: ã|previous subheada numberã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The subheada number will be automatically incremented by one for each -use of \subheada. The subheada number can be reset by inserting the -\setsubheadanumber markup before the next occurrence of \subheada. - - ã|Example:ã% -By default, the first subheada is number 1. If you want to start with -number 5, you would enter: - -\setsubheadanumber{4} -\subheada{Title of the fifth subheada} - - ã|Notes:ã% -The number specified in the \setsubheadanumber parameter is the previous -subheada number, not the next subheada number. - The subheada number is reset to zero when you enter \part, \chapter or -\appendix. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssbn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssbn.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index df728a0689..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssbn.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| setsubheadbnumber | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\ssbnã% - -Parameters: ã|previous subheadb numberã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The subheadb number will be automatically incremented by one for each -use of \subheadb. The subheadb number can be reset by inserting the -\setsubheadbnumber markup before the next occurrence of \subheadb. - - ã|Example:ã% -By default, the first subheadb is number 1. If you want to start with -number 5, you would enter: - -\setsubheadbnumber{4} -\subheadb{Title of the fifth subheadb} - - ã|Notes:ã% -The number specified in the \setsubheadbnumber parameter is the previous -subheadb number, not the next subheadb number. - The subheadb number is reset to zero when you enter \part, \chapter, -\subheada, or \appendix. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sscn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sscn.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index c6db33d4e0..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sscn.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| setsubheadcnumber | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\sscnã% - -Parameters: ã|previous subheadc numberã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The subheadc number will be automatically incremented by one for each -use of \subheadc. The subheadc number can be reset by inserting the -\setsubheadcnumber markup before the next occurrence of \subheadc. - - ã|Example:ã% -By default, the first subheadc is number 1. If you want to start with -number 5, you would enter: - -\setsubheadcnumber{4} -\subheadc{Title of the fifth subheadc} - - ã|Notes:ã% -The number specified in the \setsubheadcnumber parameter is the previous -subheadc number, not the next subheadc number. - The subheadc number is reset to zero when you enter \part, \chapter, -\subheada, \subheadb, or \appendix. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssdn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssdn.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index b93175860c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssdn.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| setsubheaddnumber | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\ssdnã% - -Parameters: ã|previous subheadd numberã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The subheadd number will be automatically incremented by one for each -use of \subheadd. The subheadd number can be reset by inserting the -\setsubheaddnumber markup before the next occurrence of \subheadd. - - ã|Example:ã% -By default, the first subheadd is number 1. If you want to start with -number 5, you would enter: - -\setsubheaddnumber{4} -\subheadd{Title of the fifth subheadd} - - ã|Notes:ã% -The number specified in the \setsubheaddnumber parameter is the previous -subheadd number, not the next subheadd number. - The subheadd number is reset to zero when you enter \part, \chapter, -\subheada, \subheadb, \subheadc, or \appendix. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 1d7173e845..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| selectspecificfont | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\ssfã% - -Parameters: ã|catalog name, font size, leadingã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \selectspecificfont markup permits you to include fonts that are not -members of sets or families, and have an \interlineskip associated with it. -The format of this markup is, - -\selectspecificfont{catalog name}{font size}{leading} - -where catalog name is the system name for that font without the font size -specification. (Complete lists of the catalog names can be found by going -to the TEXT1 help menu, or by looking in the Font Catalogs.) The font -size is the size in points of that face. The leading is the interlineskip - -specification. You cannot use "default" for the leading as you can with -\selectfontset. - To access a specific font made available with \selectspecificfont, you -enter a backslash, followed by the catalog name, followed by the font size, -and ending with a semicolon. - - ã|Example:ã% -This example makes the Computer Modern Slanted font at 12 points available -for use. After specifying, - -\selectspecificfont{cmsl}{12}{14pt} - -you would then enter "\cmsl12;" to use this font. For example, - -\selectspecificfont{cmsl}{12}{14pt} -\twelvept -\cl{\cmsl12; Nuclear Utopia} -Nuclear war is unthinkable. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Nuclear Utopia | -| Nuclear war is unthinkable. | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -Each font specified with \selectspecificfont must be followed by a -semicolon. - You cannot use "default" for the leading as you can with \selectfontset. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssp.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssp.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index bb69c58d75..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/ssp.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| singlespace | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\sspã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -Single spacing is the default for TEXT1. The \singlespace markup can -be used to return to single spacing if the spacing has been changed -double spacing with \doublespace. The markup \singlespace markup has no -parameters, and causes an end-of-paragraph, forcing the following text into -a new paragraph. - - ã|Example:ã% -\doublespace -The cultures of industrial nations are based on -unethical accumulations of materials. -This inequality is maintained by power, not -persuasion. -\singlespace -Power politics makes problems that cannot be solved -except by war. -Questions about defining the best nation or the best -religion lead to organized . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| The cultures of industrial nations are based on unethical | -| | -| accumulations of materials. This inequality is maintained by power, | -| | -| not persuasion. | -| Power politics makes problems that cannot be solved except by war. | -| Questions about defining the best nation or the best religion lead to | -| organized . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The interline skip value used with \singlespace and \doublespace is set with -the \interlineskip markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/stn.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/stn.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 94fe79e895..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/stn.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| settablenumber | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\stnã% - -Parameters: ã|previous table numberã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The table number will be automatically incremented by one for each use of -\tabletitle. The table number can be reset by adding the \settablenumber -markup before the next occurrence of \tabletitle. - - ã|Example:ã% -By default, table numbers are reset in parts. If you also want them reset -in chapters, you could modify the \chapterformat by adding \settablenumber -to the \titleformat: - -\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \cl{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber} - - \cl{\twelvept\bd \chaptertitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \settablenumber{0} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0}} - \incontents{yes} } - - ã|Notes:ã% -The number specified in the \settablenumber parameter is the previous table -number, not the next table number. If you want the next \tabletitle to be -Table 90, then specify - -\settablenumber{89} diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/strut.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/strut.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 582344ae8a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/strut.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| strut | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -There are times when it is necessary to have the baselineskip between two -lines be the same, especially if you are building a table that uses rules -between columns. The \strut markup can be used in an \halign to maintain -consistent distance between lines of a table. The \strut markup has no -parameters. Its height is 1.8 times the height of an "x" in the current -point size. Its depth is .6 times the height of an "x" in the current point -size. - - ã|Example:ã% -Consider this table created without the use of \strut, - -\sfs{cm8}{eightpt}{default} - -\twelvept - - -\tabletitle{Comparison of the composition of goat's -milk and that of two common breeds of dairy cows} -{\offinterlineskip\eightpt -\halign{\vrule\hs{3pt}\lft{#}\hs{3pt}\vrule&& - \hs{3pt}\ctr{#}\hs{3pt}\vrule\cr -\noalign{\hrule} -&&\bd Total&&&\cr -\bd Source of milk&\bd Water&\bd Solids& - \bd Fat&\bd Protein&\bd Lactose\cr -\noalign{\hrule height 1pt} -Goats&82.02\%&11.98\%&3.50\%&3.13\%&4.55\%\cr -\noalign{\hrule} -Holstein-Friesian&87.50\%&12.50\%&3.55\%&3.42\%&4.86\%\cr -\noalign{\hrule} -Jersey&85.31\%&14.69\%&5.18\%&3.86\%&4.94\%\cr -\noalign{\hrule} - -}} -\twelvept - -which prints as: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Table 1 | -| Comparison of the composition of goat's milk and that of two common breeds | -| of dairy cows | -| ...................................................... | -| ....................................................... | -| ....................................................... | -| .Jersey...........85.31%..14.69%5.18%..3.86%...4.94%... | -| ...................................................... | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Now add \strut to the \halign preamble, - -\halign{\strut\vrule\hs{3pt}\lft{#}\hs{3pt}\vrule&& - \hs{3pt}\ctr{#}\hs{3pt}\vrule\cr - -and notice the uniform distance between lines: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Table 2 | -| Comparison of the composition of goat's milk and that of two common breeds | -| of dairy cows | -| ...................................................... | -| . . Total . . . . | -| ....................................................... | -| Goats 82.02%11.98% 3.50% 3.13% 4.55% | -| ..Holstein-Friesia87.50%..12.50%3.55%..3.42%...4.86%.. | -| ....................................................... | -| ....................................................... | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The size of the strut changes as the interline skip changes. \twelvept will -have a longer \strut than will \tenpt. - See The TEXbook for more on \offinterlineskip. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheada.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheada.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index e7e95f9a4d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheada.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|SUBHEADAã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\subheadaformat. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadb.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadb.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 9504d6e77b..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadb.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|SUBHEADBã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\subheadbformat. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadc.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadc.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 9d092ec196..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadc.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|SUBHEADCã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\subheadcformat. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadd.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadd.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 92786990ed..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/subheadd.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|SUBHEADDã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\subheadDformat. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sy.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sy.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 1cd81220f6..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/sy.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| symbol | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\syã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \symbol markup sets the face to the Computer Modern Math Symbol face. -Refer to The TEXbook, Appendix F, for a complete list of the characters -available in the Symbol face. - - ã|Example:ã% -This example uses \symbol to print a diagonal arrow: - -Put a {\symbol\char'45} next to . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Put a \ next to . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -For more on the use of the \char markup, refer to The TEXbook. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tablem.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tablem.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 81d335148d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tablem.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|TABLE-Mã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\tableformat. This is to be used when you are using \monospace. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tablep.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tablep.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index 292d726559..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tablep.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|TABLE-Pã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\tableformat. This is to be used when you areã|notã%using \monospace. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/taf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/taf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index afa15b556b..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/taf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| tableformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\tafã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\titleformat, \incontentsã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \tableformat markup allows you to modify the defaults that control the -appearance of the table title. - -ã|titleformat{Nested Markup}ã% controls the appearance of the table title. -You may use markup such as \blockquotebegin, \hangingparagraph, \vertical- -space, and \centerline within \titleformat as Nested Markup. Other markup -you may use within or outside of \tableformat: - ã|tablenumber.ã% prints the most recent table number. - ã|tabletitle.ã% prints the most recent table title. - -ã|incontentsã% places the table title in contents (if one is printed). -Printing can be suppressed by changing to "no." - - ã|Example:ã% -If you wanted a table title to print in a hanging paragraph style, and you -didn't want the table title put in the table of contents, enter: - -\tableformat{% - \titleformat{\bqb\hp\bd Table \tablenumber. - \rm\tabletitle\bqe} - \incontents{yes} - } - -\tabletitle{Size data of a Yellow -Transparent fruit during the period of July 23 to August 9, -1977. (fruit No. IV@_b@)} -\halign{\qquad\ctr{#}&&\hs{1em}\ctr{#}\cr -July 23&July 27&July 31&August 5&August 9\cr -32&67&44&47&18\cr} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| | -| Table 1. Size data of a Yellow Transparent fruit during the | -| period of July 23 to August 9, 1977. (fruit No. IV[b]) | -| | -| July 23 July 27 July 31 August 5 August 9 | -| 32 67 44 47 18 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \tableformat markup must come after the \monospace markup, if both are -used. If you are using \monospace, the only difference in defaults is that -the table title is printed in the \monospace font instead of \twelvept. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/talaris.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/talaris.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index b6d310e084..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/talaris.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|TALARISã%block is to be selected if you want to change the default -proportional space fonts and you are using a Talaris. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tat.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tat.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index d5f13ab97a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tat.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| tabletitle | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\tatã% - -Parameters: ã|title textã% - - ã|Description:ã% -A table is a presentation of information in columns. The \tabletitle markup -centers the title and puts that title in the table of contents. The -\tabletitle markup does not print the actual table, you must use \halign or -\settabs to accomplish that. - - ã|Example:ã% -\tabletitle{Monthly Salaries in Public Libraries\lbr -for 1981} -\tenpt -\halign{\quad\lft{#}&&\quad\ctr{#}\cr -\noalign{\hrule\vs{3pt}} - -&&\ctr{\bd Library Aide}&\ctr{\bd Page}\cr -\omit\ctr{\bd City/Town}&\ctr{\bd Librarian}& - \ctr{\bd and Clerical}&\ctr{\bd and}\cr -\omit\ctr{\bd Libraries}&\ctr{\bd (a)(b)}& - \ctr{\bd Assistant}&\ctr{\bd Bookbinder}\cr -Brewster&190&---&---\cr -Burlington&1158&5.89 hr&3.35/3.50 hr\cr -Castle Rock&300&3.35 hr&---\cr -Cathlamet&225&---&---\cr -Chewelah&290&---&---\cr -Cle Elum&3.50 hr&---&---\cr -Colville&5.68 hr&5.00 hr&---\cr -} - -which prints the table illustrated on the following page. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Table 1 | -| Monthly Salaries in Public Libraries | -| for 1981 | -|.............................................................................| -| Library Aide Page | -| City/Town Librarian and Clerical and | -| Libraries (a)(b) Assistant Bookbinder | -| Brewster 190 --- --- | -| Burlington 1158 5.89 hr 3.35/3.50 hr | -| Castle Rock 300 3.35 hr --- | -| Cathlamet 225 --- --- | -| Chewelah 290 --- --- | -| Cle Elum 3.50 hr --- --- | -| Colville 5.68 hr 5.00 hr --- | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -\tabletitle only prints the table title in the text and places the title -in the table of contents. Use \halign or \settabs to construct the table -itself. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tenpt.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tenpt.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 0ee2d7e6b9..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tenpt.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| tenpt | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -There are two default \selectfontsets established when you format a TEXT1 -file: \twelvept for the 12 point size Computer Modern serif typestyle; and -\tenpt for the 10 point Computer Modern serif typestyle. - The font set includes the following nine faces, each of which is called -by adding a backslash in front of the name, or using the abbreviation: -\roman (\rm), \bold (\bd), \italic (\it), \typewriter (\tt), \caps (\cc), -\mathitalic (\mi), \symbol (\sy), \extension (\ex), and \bolditalic (\bi). - - ã|Example:ã% -Consider this example for switching from 12 point to a 10 point size. - -\tenpt -\centerline{\twelvept\bd Sociogeology} -\centerline{\it by Achilles Chert} -"Does the absurd dictate death?" asks Albert Camus, - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Sociogeology | -| by Achilles Chert | -| "Does the absurd dictate death?" asks Albert Camus, | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -There are some markup, such as \figure, \blockquotebegin, \autoendnote, and -\autofootnote which use \tenpt in formatting. If you decide you want to use -another 10 point font set (like Plantin) instead of Computer Modern as the -default, you must give that set the same name, "tenpt": - -\selectfontset{pl10}{tenpt}{default} -\selectfontset{pl12}{twelvept}{default} -\selectmathset{cg97m}{mathdefault} -\tenpt diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/text1.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/text1.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index cfb0983202..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/text1.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| text1 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -You can print the name of the TEXT1 system by entering the markup \text1. - - ã|Example:ã% -\appendix{\text1\ Markup} -Following is the list of markup for \text1. -\twc -\aib -appendix -asisbegin -asisend -\aie -\oc - -will print an appendix that looks like: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 2 | -| | -| Appendix A | -| TEXT1 Markup | -| Following is the list of markup for TEXT1. | -| | -| appendix | -| asisbegin | -| asisend | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -You must follow \text1 with a required space (either a tilde ~ or with -a backslash-space, if you want a space following \text1 as indicated in -the example above in the \appendix markup. If you do not need a space -following, such as at the end of the sentence illustrated in the second line -of the example above beginning "Following is . . . ", then omit the space. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/thc.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/thc.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index dc34bb186e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/thc.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| threecolumns | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\thcã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \threecolumns markup formats text in three identical width columns. -Column widths, gutters and margins are calculated automatically. The -default column width is 31% of the galleywidth (hsize). The default gutter -between each column is 3.5% of the galleywidth. - The Flexible format (the default) allows the user to use single column, -two column, and three column text interchangeably on the current page by -entering one of the markup choices at the desired point in the text. The -flexible format will balance the text columns whenever the number of columns -changes. - For example, if the author changes the multiple column format by -typing a different markup TEXT1 will automatically balance the columns it -is currently processing and change to a new number of columns. These -instructions can be inserted at any point on the page. - The author may want to handle tables and other large blocks of text by -returning to a single column for the table by typing \onecolumn immediately -before the table and returning to two or three column formatting immediately -after the table. - All running head, running foot, and inserts are printed across the -full single column width that prints across the top of the current page. -Footnotes will be printed across the full width at the bottom of the page. - - ã|Example:ã% -\threecolumns -\nin Hebrew is called a Semitic language because it has -its roots in Shem, one of the sons of Noah. -Viewing Jerusalem as its center, it is related to the -northern, rougher Aramaic, and to the southern, more -polished Arabic. It has a freshness, simplicity and -power that few modern languages possess. Bounds of the -ancient Semitic tongue were approximately the -Mediterranean Sea on the west, the Euphrates and Tigris -Rivers on the easy, the mountains -of Armenia on the north, -and the coast of Arabia on the south. Consider the first -character, N . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Hebrew is rougher approximately. | -| called Aramaic, the Mediter- | -| a Semitic and to the ranean Sea | -| language southern, on the west, | -| because more pol- the Euphrates. | -| it has its ished Ara- and Tigris | -| roots in bic. It Rivers on | -| Shem, one has a the easy, | -| of the sons freshness, sim- the mountains. | -| of Noah. plicity and of Armenia | -| Viewing power that on the north,. | -| Jerusalem few modern and the coast. | -| as its cen- languages pos Arabia on | -| ter, it is sess. Bounds the south. | -| related to of the an- Consider the | -| the north- cient Semitic first char- | -| ern, tongue were acter, N | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -To change the column width or the gutter width, use the \multicolumnformat -markup. - You cannot specify \threecolumns inside of \vbox, \drawbox, -\paragraphbox, or a floating \figure (non floating figures, \nofloat, -are ok). - If you want footnotes and figures to print in one column instead of -across both columns, use the \fixedformat markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/thesis.helpmode b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/thesis.helpmode deleted file mode 100644 index 5d43b13234..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/thesis.helpmode +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Models | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|THESISã%model is a thesis model set up to abide by all of the WSU -graduate school's rules. It is a template. You may modify it, but -it is recommended you check with the Information Center first. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/titlepg.helpbloc b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/titlepg.helpbloc deleted file mode 100644 index dd15e332b0..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/titlepg.helpbloc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 Select Formatting Blocks | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Theã|TITLEPGã%block is to be selected if you want to modify the -\titlepageformat for changing the way a title page is printed. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/toc.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/toc.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index dd9d895ec7..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/toc.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| tableofcontents | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\tocã% - -Parameters: ã|page numberã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \tableofcontents markup prints the table of contents, beginning with -the designated page. A roman numeral page number is specified by entering -a negative page number. This markup must always appear at the end of a -document. - By default, parts, chapters, appendices and subheading levels "A" and -"B" are included in the table of contents. The order of printing in the -table of contents is always - 1. table of contents - 2. list of figures - 3. list of tables - The list of figures will print only if a \figure markup was used. The -list of tables will print only if a \tabletitle markup was used. - - ã|Example:ã% -To print the table of contents beginning on page 32 enter: -of utmost importance. -\tableofcontents{32} - - ã|Example:ã% -If you wanted the table of contents to begin on roman numeral page three -("iii"), you would enter a minus three. - -New York: Halstead Press. -\tableofcontents{-3} - - ã|Notes:ã% -This markup must always appear at the end of a document. - Multiple line titles may be broken in the table of contents by using -\toclinebreak. - diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tocf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tocf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index f178e50e3c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tocf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,478 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| tableofcontentsformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\tocfã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã| \toctitle, \prefacetocformat, \parttocformat, -\continuechapter, \chaptertocformat, -\hangingchapterindent, \appendixtocformat, -\hangingappendixindent, \subheadatocformat, -\subheadbtocformat, \subheadctocformat, -\subheaddtocformat, \bibliographytocformat, -\figuretoctitle, \figuretocformat, -\hangingfigureindent, \tabletoctitle, -\tabletocformat, \hangingtableindentã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The table of contents prints with the titles "Table of Contents", "List of -Figures", and "List of Tables" centered in bold letters and each beginning - -on a new page. If you want to change these defaults you use the \table- -ofcontentsformat markup. This markup also changes the way part, chapter, -subhead, appendix, bibliography, preface, figure and table titles print in -table of contents. - -ã|toctitleã% regulates how the table of contents title is to be printed. By -default it is a centered bold title "Table of Contents". Use \toctitle to -change this default. - - ã|Example:ã% -If you wanted the title of the table of contents to print "Contents" you -would enter: - -\tableofcontentsformat{ - \toctitle{\cl{\it Contents}}} - -ã|prefacetocformatã% determines how titles entered on the \preface markup -are to print in the table of contents. By default, they are simply printed -with a \noindent. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -If you wanted the preface title to print in italics as illustrated on the -next page, you would enter: - -\tocf{\prefacetocformat{\nin\it - \prefacetitle\leader\pn}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|parttocformatã% determines how titles entered on the \part markup are to -print in the table of contents. By default, part titles skip one line, -center the part number, center the part title, skip another line, then print -"Part" followed by the part number again, followed by leader and the page -number: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Part 1 | -| Mechanics | -| | -| Part 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% - -If you wanted parts to print in a hanging paragraph style, enter: - -\tocf{\parttocformat{\hp\parttitle\leader\pn}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Videodiscs in today's modern office --- Timely | -| TV Tutors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|continuechapterã% if specified as "yes" will print "Chapter" at the top of -each page under the header. The default is "no". - -ã|chaptertocformat{Nested Markup}ã% determines how a chapter title is to be -printed in the table of contents. By default, the chapter number and title -are printed in a hanging number style. For example, if you entered, - -\chapter{The Nineteenth Century and after\lbr -best-sellers\toclbr and steady-sellers} - -you would get in the table of contents: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 1. The Nineteenth Century and after best-sellers | -| and steady-sellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Note that the line break from \lbr only occurs in the text, not in the -table of contents. Use \toclbr to create a line break which is to occur -in the table of contents. To change the amount of indent, use the -\hangingchapterindent. You may use markup such as \newpage, \chaptertitle, -\chapternumber, \verticalspace, and \centerline within \chaptertocformat as -Nested Markup. You may also use \hangingchapternumber, which prints the -chapter number in a similar fashion as \item. - - ã|Example:ã% -If you wanted chapter titles to print in a hanging paragraph style, without -an associated chapter number, you would enter: - -\tocf{\chaptertocformat{\hp\chaptertitle\leader\pn}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| The Nineteenth Century and after best-sellers | -| and steady-sellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -If you want the title "Chapter" to appear left justified in the table of -contents above the first chapter number, prior to the first chapter you -would enter the following \putincontents markup: - -\putincontents1{\nin Chapter} -\chapter{First Chapter} -Text of the first chapter . . . - -which prints in the table of contents as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Chapter | -| 1. First Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|hangingchapterindentã% controls the amount of indent before printing the -chapter title when you print using \hangingchapternumber. - -ã|appendixtocformat{Nested Markup}ã% determines how an appendix title is to -be printed in the table of contents. By default, the appendix number and -title are printed in a hanging number style. For example, if you entered, - -\appendix{The Nineteenth Century and after\lbr -best-sellers\toclbr and steady-sellers} - -you would get in the table of contents: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| A. The Nineteenth Century and after best-sellers | -| and steady-sellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Note that the line break from \lbr only occurs in the text, not in -the table of contents. Use \toclbr to create a line break which -is to occur in the table of contents. To change the amount of -indent, use the \hangingappendixindent. You may use markup such as -\newpage, \appendixtitle, \appendixnumber, \verticalspace, and \center- -line within \appendixtocformat as Nested Markup. You may also use -\hangingappendixnumber, which prints the chapter number in a similar fashion -as \item. - - ã|Example:ã% -If you wanted appendix titles to print in a hanging paragraph style, without -an associated appendix number, you would enter: - -\tocf{\appendixtocformat{\hp\appendixtitle\leader\pn}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| The Nineteenth Century and after best-sellers | -| and steady-sellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -If you want the title "Appendix" to appear left justified in the table of -contents above the first appendix number, prior to the first appendix you -would enter the following \putincontents markup: - -\putincontents1{\nin Appendix} -\appendix{First Appendix} -Text of the first appendix . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Appendix | -| A. First Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|hangingappendixindentã% controls the amount of indent before printing the -appendix title when you print using \hangingappendixnumber. - -ã|subheadatocformatã% by default prints all titles entered with \subheada to -be block indented 1/2 inch from the left margin. Use \subheadatocformat to -change this default. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Chapter | -| 1. Document Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 | -| Micro-to-Mainframe Links: They don't quite | -| make it yet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -To have subheada titles indented 1/4inch and printed with a hangingindent, -enter: - -\tocf{\subheadatocformat{\leftindent{.25in} - \hp\subheadatitle \leader \pagenumber}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Chapter | -| 1. Document Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 | -| Micro-to-Mainframe Links: They don't quite make | -| it yet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|subheadbtocformatã% by default prints all titles entered with \subheadb to -be block indented 1 inch from the left margin. Use \subheadbtocformat to -change the default illustrated here: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Chapter | -| 1. Document Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 | -| Micro-to-Mainframe Links: They don't | -| quite make it yet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -To have subheadb titles indented /4 inch and printed with a hangingindent -prefaced with "cc.aa.bb" where cc is the chapter number, aa is the subheada -number and bb is the subheadb number, enter: - - \tocf{\subheadbtocformat{\leftindent{.25in} - \hp\chapternumber.\subheadanumber.\subheadbnumber - \quad\subheadbtitle \leader \pagenumber}} - - The first \subheadb in the second \subheada of the first chapter would -print in the table of contents as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Chapter | -| 1. Document Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 | -| 1.2.1 Micro-to-Mainframe Links: They | -| don't quite make it yet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|subheadctocformatã% by default prints all titles entered with \subheadc to -be block indented 11/2inch from the left margin. Use \subheadctocformat to -change this default. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| | -| Chapter | -| 1. Document Exchange .. . ...... . .. .. .. . ...... . .. .. .. . .....15 | -| Micro-to-Mainframe Links: They | -| don't quite make it yet .... . . ..... . . ..... . . ....15 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -To have subheadc titles indented 3/4inch and printed in italics, enter: - -\tocf{\subheadctocformat{\leftindent{.75in} - \nin\italic - \subheadctitle \leader \pagenumber}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Chapter | -| 1. Document Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 | -| Micro-to-Mainframe Links: They don't | -| quite make it yet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|subheaddtocformatã% by default prints all titles entered with \subheadd to -be block indented 2 inches from the left margin. Use \subheaddtocformat to -change this default. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Chapter | -| 1. Document Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 | -| Micro-to-Mainframe Links: | -| They don't quite make | -| it yet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -To have subheadd titles indented 2 inches, printed with a hangingindent in a -10 point Computer Modern italic font, and no page number, enter: - -\tocf{\subheadatocformat{\leftindent{2in} - \hp\tenpt\italic - \subheaddtitle}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Chapter | -| 1. Document Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 | -| Micro-to-Mainframe Links: | -| They don't quite make it yet | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|bibliographytocformatã% determines how titles entered on the \bibliography -markup are to print in the table of contents. By default, they are simply -printed with a \noindent like prefaces. Use \bibliographytocformat to -change this default. - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -If you wanted the preface title to print in bold, you would enter: - -\tocf{\bibliographytocformat{\nin\bold - \bibtitle\leader\pn}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| ã|Bibliographyã%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|figuretoctitleã% determines how the list of figures is to print. By -default, it will start a new page, center the title "List of Figures", and -then print a header above the first figure, which in the example below had -the title "Hot times . . . " and printed on page 43: -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 21 | -| List of Figures | -| Figure Page | -| 1. Hot times in the land of the midnight sun . . . . . . . . . . . 43 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -If you wanted the list of figures to print the title "Illustrations" instead -of "List of Figures" after skipping to a new page, enter - -\tocf{\figuretoctitle{\newpage - \cl{\bd Illustrations} - \line{Figure\rt{Page}}}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Illustrations | -| Figure Page | -| 1. Hot times in the land of the midnight sun ... . ... ... . .....43 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|figuretocformat{Nested Markup}ã% determines how a figure title is to be -printed in the table of contents. By default, the figure number and title -are printed in a hanging number style. For example, if you entered: - -\figure{\halfpage}{The Nineteenth Century -and after best-sellers\toclbr and steady-sellers} -the figure title would print in the contents as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 1. The Nineteenth Century and after best-sellers | -| and steady-sellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - To change the amount of indent, use the \hangingfigureindent. You may -use markup such as \figuretitle and \figurenumber, within \figuretocformat -as Nested Markup. You may also use \hangingnumber{\figurenumber} which -prints the figure number in a similar fashion as \item. - - ã|Example:ã% -If you wanted figure titles to print in a hanging paragraph style prefaced -with the figure number, you would enter: - -\tocf{\figuretocformat{\hp - \figurenumber\quad\figuretitle\leader\pn}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 1 The Nineteenth Century and after best-sellers | -| and steady-sellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|hangingfigureindentã% controls the amount of indent before printing the -figure title when you print using: - -\hangingnumber{\figurenumber} - -ã|tabletoctitleã% determines how the list of tables is to print. By -default, it will start a new page, center the title "List of Tables ", and -then print a header above the first table, which in the example below had -the title "Hot times . . . " and printed on page 55: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| List of Tables | -| Table Page | -| 1. Hot times in the land of the midnight sun . . . . . . . . . . . 55 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Example:ã% -If you wanted the list of tables to print the title "Tables" after skipping -to a new page, enter - -\tocf{\tabletoctitle{\newpage - \cl{\bd Tables} - \line{Table\rt{Page}}}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Tables | -| Table Page | -| 1. Hot times in the land of the midnight sun . . . . . . . . . . . 55 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|tabletocformat{Nested Markup}ã% determines how a table title is to be -printed in the table of contents. By default, the table number and title -are printed in a hanging number style. For example, if you entered: - -\tabletitle{The Nineteenth Century -and after best-sellers\toclbr and steady-sellers} -the table title would print as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 1. The Nineteenth Century and after best-sellers | -| and steady-sellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - To change the amount of indent, use the \hangingtableindent. You may -use markup such as \tabletitle and \tablenumber, within \tabletocformat as -Nested Markup. You may also use \hangingnumber{\tablenumber}, which prints -the table number in a similar fashion as \item. - - ã|Example:ã% -If you wanted table titles to print in a hanging paragraph style prefaced -with "cc.tt" where cc is the chapter number and tt is the table number, you -would enter, - -\tocf{\tabletocformat{\hp\chapternumber.\tablenumber - \quad\tabletitle\leader\pn}} - -and the first table of the second chapter would print in the contents as: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 2.1 The Nineteenth Century and after best-sellers | -| and steady-sellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -ã|hangingtableindentã% controls the amount of indent before printing the -table title when you print using: - -\hangingnumber{\tablenumber} - - ã|Notes:ã% -The \tableofcontentsformat markup should always appear at the top of a -document, but after \monospace, if both are used. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/toclbr.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/toclbr.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index b7503bd102..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/toclbr.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| toclinebreak | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\toclbrã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \toclinebreak markup causes a line to finish without interrupting a -paragraph in the table of contents. Occasionally it is necessary to break -a line in a precise place within a paragraph, as opposed to letting TEXT1 -decide where to break the line. This markup does not end a paragraph, it -simply starts the following text of the paragraph on a new line in the table -of contents instead of concatenating it to the end of the previous line. - - ã|Example:ã% -\chapter{More facts about Datapoint -information\toclbr processing\linebreak - and office -automation products,\lbr\toclbr -systems, and software} - -will print the chapter title on three lines in the text of the document: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| More facts about Datapoint information processing | -| and office automation products, | -| systems, and software | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -and on three lines in the table of contents: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| 1. More facts about Datapoint information | -| processing and office automation products, | -| systems, and software . . . .... . . ...... . . .... . . ...... . . 32 | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/today.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/today.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 3d9a1bd87c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/today.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| today | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \today markup prints the current date in a standard format, "month day, -year". - - ã|Example:ã% -\rightlinesbegin -John R. Bays -Philosophy 484 -\today -\rightlinesend - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| John R. Bays | -| Philosophy 484 | -| January 15, 1987 | -| | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/topline1.helpeven b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/topline1.helpeven deleted file mode 100644 index a839ce01d1..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/topline1.helpeven +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \topline1-5 COMMANDS | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \topline1-5 commands set what will appear at the top of each page after the -title page. The \topline1-5 command is always used in conjunction with the -\bothpages (\bp), \evenpages (\ep), or \oddpages (\op) command. This command -has the format: - - \evenpages{ - \toplineX{llll}{cccc}{rrrr} - } - -where "X" may be 1-5 and refers to the toptitle line number; "llll" is the -information to be printed left justified; "cccc" is the information to be -printed centered; and "rrrr" is the information to be printed right justified. -For example: - - \evenpages{ - \topline1{Joe Smith}{June 3, 1984}{\pagenumber} - \topline2{\rule}{}{} - } - -will space down the amount specified on the \topmargin command and put "Joe -Smith" at the top far left, with "June 3, 1984" centered and the current page -number on the top far right of the first line of each even page. On the second -line of each even page will be a horizontal line across the width of the text. -The running toptitle of page 4 would look like this: - -Joe Smith June 3, 1984 4 -_______________________________________________________________________________ diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/topline1.helpoddp b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/topline1.helpoddp deleted file mode 100644 index 592dd44217..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/topline1.helpoddp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \topline1-5 COMMANDS | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \topline1-5 commands set what will appear at the top of each page after the -title page. The \topline1-5 command is always used in conjunction with the -\bothpages (\bp), \evenpages (\ep), or \oddpages (\op) command. This command -has the format: - - \oddpages{ - \toplineX{llll}{cccc}{rrrr} - } - -where "X" may be 1-5 and refers to the toptitle line number; "llll" is the -information to be printed left justified; "cccc" is the information to be -printed centered; and "rrrr" is the information to be printed right justified. -For example: - - \oddpages{ - \topline1{Joe Smith}{June 3, 1984}{\pagenumber} - \topline2{\rule}{}{} - } - -will space down the amount specified on the \topmargin command and put "Joe -Smith" at the top far left, with "June 3, 1984" centered and the current page -number on the top far right of the first line of each odd page. On the second -line of each odd page will be a horizontal line across the width of the text. -The running toptitle of page 5 would look like this: - -Joe Smith June 3, 1984 5 -_______________________________________________________________________________ diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/topmargi.helppage b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/topmargi.helppage deleted file mode 100644 index 407c650c62..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/topmargi.helppage +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \topmargin (\tma) COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \topmargin (\tma) command will set the distance from the top of the page to -the top of the running top title text. This command has the format: - - \topmargin{uu} - -where "uu" is the unit of measurement in number of lines or in any valid TeX -measurement (pt, pc, in, etc.). The default top margin is one inch, or -\topmargin{1IN}. This command may only appear at the beginning of the TeX input -file before any actual text is entered. - -In order to change the top margin from the default of one inch to one-half -inch, you would enter: - - \tma{.5in} - -Which would give you one-half inch between the top of the page to the top of -the running top title. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tp.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tp.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index b0e3f5dc3d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tp.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| titlepage | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\tpã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -By convention, a title page is a display page, differing from body pages. -It usually has sinkage (extra vertical space before the title), a centered -title (in bold or larger type), and a blind folio (where the page is -numbered but the number is not printed). It may also have special text in -the footing. - By default, the first page of any paper is a title page in TEXT1, -although it can be suppressed by \notitlepage. Furthermore, title pages can -be added anywhere in a paper using \titlepage. Since the title page usually -receives different treatment from body pages, there is separate markup for -it. By default, the title page adds 1 inch to the top margin and does not -print a running foot line at the bottom of the page. - The next page after a title page in TEXT1 is always assumed to be a -\notitlepage. - - ã|Example:ã% -Some applications have more than one page in the document which are not -to carry a running top title. For example, if you want a chapter to -always print without a running top title, you could add \titlepage to the -\chapterformat markup: - -\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \titlepage - \cl{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber} - \cl{\twelvept\bd \chaptertitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0}} - - \incontents{yes}} - - ã|Notes:ã% -Use the \titlepageformat to change the defaults on the title page. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tpf.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tpf.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 61299a89b1..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tpf.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| titlepageformat | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{1in} - \titlefootline{} - } - -Abbreviation: ã|\tpfã% - -Parameters: ã|submarkupã% - -Submarkup: ã|\titleleadskip, \titlefootlineã% - - ã|Description:ã% -By convention, a title page is a display page, differing from body pages. -It usually has sinkage (extra vertical space before the title), a centered -title (in bold or larger type), and a blind folio (where the page is -numbered but the number is not printed). It may also have special text in -the footing. The \titlepageformat markup changes the heading and footing of -a titlepage. - -ã|titleleadskipã% is the amount of space to be left at the top of title -pages, in addition to the top margin. By default, there is a 1 inch lead -skip and a 1 inch top margin, making for a 2 inch white space at the top of -each title page. - -ã|titlefootlineã% is the footing at the bottom of a title page. Similar -in function to the running foot, its difference is that you do not specify -\bothpage, \evenpage, or \oddpage with \titlefootline. - - ã|Example:ã% -If you want to add 3 inches to the top margin, and print "Bays" at the -bottom of the page with the page number, enter: - -\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{3in} - \titlefootline{\line{\lft{Bays}\rt{\pn}}} - } - -which prints a footing at the bottom of the page like: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -| | -| Bays 3 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tt.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tt.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 25af085df6..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/tt.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| typewriter | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\ttã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -Typewriter is a medium-weight uniformly spaced type face. You get this face -when you enter \typewriter. Each character has the same width. It is handy -in \asisbegin blocks. - - ã|Example:ã% -Using the typewriter font, - -\asisbegin -And yet not cloy thy lips 1 - with loath'd satiety, 2 -But rather famish them 3 - - amid their plenty, 4 -\asisend - -you get the line number on the right to line up: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -| | -| And yet not cloy thy lips 1 | -| with loath'd satiety, 2 | -| But rather famish them 3 | -| amid their plenty, 4 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Without \typewriter you get: - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| And yet not cloy thy lips 1 | -| with loath'd satiety, 2 | -| But rather famish them 3 | -| amid their plenty, 4 | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - - ã|Notes:ã% -none. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/twc.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/twc.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index eac46c836c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/twc.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| twocolumns | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\twcã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \twocolumns markup formats text in two columns with identical width. -The column widths and gutter are calculated automatically within the -specified margins. The default width of both columns is 48% of the -galleywidth. The default gutter width is 4% of the galleywidth. - The Flexible format allows the user to use single column, two column, -and three column text interchangeably on the current page by entering one of -the markup choices at the desired point in the text. The flexible format -will balance the text columns whenever the number of columns changes. - For example, if the author changes the multiple column format by -typing a different markup TEXT1 will automatically balance the columns it -is currently processing and change to a new number of columns. These -instructions can be inserted at any point on the page. - The author may want to handle tables and other large blocks of text by -returning to a single column for the table by typing \onecolumn immediately -before the table and returning to two or three column formatting immediately -after the table. - All running head, running foot, and inserts are printed across the -full single column width that prints across the top of the current page. -Footnotes will be printed across the full width at the bottom of the page. - - ã|Example:ã% -\twocolumns -\nin Hebrew is called a Semitic language because it has -its roots in Shem, one of the sons of Noah. -Viewing Jerusalem as its center, it is related to the -northern, rougher Aramaic, and to the southern, more -polished Arabic. It has a freshness, simplicity and -power that few modern languages possess. Bounds of the -ancient Semitic tongue were approximately the -Mediterranean Sea on the west, the Euphrates and Tigris -Rivers on the easy, -the mountains of Armenia on the north, -and the coast of Arabia on the south. Consider the first -character, N . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Hebrew is called languages pos- | -| a Semitic lan- sess. Bounds | -| guage because it of the ancient | -| has its roots Semitic tongue | -| in Shem, one were approxi- | -| of the sons of mately the Medi- | -| Noah. View- terranean Sea on | -| ing Jerusalem as the west, the | -| its center, it Euphrates and | -| is related to Tigris Rivers on | -| the northern, the easy, the | -| rougher Aramaic, mountains of Ar- | -| and to the menia on the | -| southern, more north, and the | -| polished Arabic. coast of Ara- | -| It has a fresh- bia on the | -| ness, simplic- south. Consider | -| ity and power the first char- | -| that few modern acter, N . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -To change the column width or the gutter width, use the \multicolumnformat -markup. - You cannot specify \twocolumns inside of \vbox, \drawbox, \paragraphbox, -or a floating \figure (non floating figures, \nofloat, are ok). - If you want footnotes and figures to print in one column instead of -across both columns, use the \fixedformat markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/twelvept.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/twelvept.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 3a4cfcfd53..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/twelvept.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| twelvept | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|noneã% - - ã|Description:ã% -There are two default \selectfontsets established when you format a TEXT1 -file: \twelvept for the 12 point size Computer Modern serif typestyle; and -\tenpt for the 10 point Computer Modern serif typestyle. - The font set includes the following nine faces, each of which is called -by adding a backslash in front of the name, or using the abbreviation: -\roman (\rm), \bold (\bd), \italic (\it), \typewriter (\tt), \caps (\cc), -\mathitalic (\mi), \symbol (\sy), \extension (\ex), and \bolditalic (\bi). - - ã|Example:ã% -Consider this example for switching from 12 point to a 10 point size. - -\tenpt -\centerline{\twelvept\bd Sociogeology} -\centerline{\it by Achilles Chert} -"Does the absurd dictate death?" asks Albert Camus, - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Sociogeology | -| by Achilles Chert | -| "Does the absurd dictate death?" asks Albert Camus, | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -There are some markup, such as \tableformat, \runningheadformat, \run- -ningfootformat, \chapterformat, \partformat and the other heading markup. -If you want to use another 12 point font set (like Plantin) as the -default instead of Computer Modern, you must give that set the same name, -"twelvept": - -\selectfontset{pl10}{tenpt}{default} -\selectfontset{pl12}{twelvept}{default} -\selectmathset{cg97m}{mathdefault} -\twelvept diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/us.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/us.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 29e63f08f1..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/us.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| underscore | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\usã% - -Parameters: ã|textã% - - ã|Description:ã% -Underscoring, drawing a line under words or sentences, is also used for -emphasis and to indicate book titles. - - ã|Example:ã% - -Figure 1 shows a schema borrowed from my previous -book, \us{The} \us{Intact} \us{Societies:} -\us{Vestals} \us{and} \us{Volcanos} -\us{in} \us{the} \us{South Pacific}, which suggests . . . -ff -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| Figure 1 shows a schema borrowed from my previous book, The Intact | -| Societies: Vestals and Volcanos in the South Pacific, which suggests | -| . . . | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -In proportional spacing, the \underscore markup has the occasional -disadvantage of preventing hyphenation and line breaking, which can result -in awkward or impossible interword spacing and line breaks. To remedy this, -put each word to be underscored inside of its own \underscore markup as -illustrated above. - Do not use \underscore in math mode; use \underline instead. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vbox.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vbox.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 981ddf97ae..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vbox.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| vbox | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|box materialã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \vbox markup has many uses. One use is to be able to put multiple lines -into a \drawbox markup. - - ã|Example:ã% -\drawbox{\vbox{The Center for Unpleasant Phenomena -is the research arm of Giga Geologicals, -Inc. No apologies -are tendered for the nonverifiability of experiments. -The opinions of the authors do not reflect -company policy.}} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| ........................................................................... | -| . The Center for Unpleasant Phenomena is the research arm of Gig . | -| . Geologicals, Inc. No apologies are tendered for the nonverifiability of . | -| . experiments. The opinions of the authors do not reflect company policy. . | -| ........................................................................... | -| | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+. - - ã|Notes:ã% -Refer to The TEXbook for more on this markup. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vertical.helpvert b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vertical.helpvert deleted file mode 100644 index 872fadaa4f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vertical.helpvert +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \verticalspace (\vs) COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \verticalspace (\vs) command will leave the specified amount of space or -the specified number of blank lines in the text. This command will also force -the following text into a new paragraph. The format for the \verticalspace -(\vs) command is: - - \verticalspace{x} - -Where "x" is the number of blank lines or space you wish to leave. For -example, - - \verticalspace{4\bl} - -will leave four blank lines, and - - \verticalspace{2in} - -will leave two inches of blank space. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vrule.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vrule.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 60e469f102..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vrule.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| vrule | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|noneã% - -Parameters: ã|dimensionã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \vrule markup draws a vertical rule. It is a native TEX markup, and -the usage is different in that the parameter is not surrounded with curly -braces. If you do not supply a dimension, TEXT1 will print the rule with -a height of the highest character in that line and the depth of the deepest -character in that line. By default, the rule drawn has a thickness (width) -of .4pt. - - ã|Notes:ã% -Refer to The TEXbook for more on \vrule and how to use the "depth" parameter -with the "height" and "width" parameters. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vs.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vs.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index fb1a1cc8f6..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vs.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| verticalspace | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\vsã% - -Parameters: ã|units of measureã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \verticalspace markup creates blank lines (or space) on a page. This -markup causes a break in text and leaves a specified amount of space within -a page. Any following text starts a new paragraph. The total amount of -white space left is the units of measure (dimension) in the \verticalspace, -plus the current paragraph skip value. This markup is followed by a -parameter, which can be entered in whole blank lines, inches, points, or -other valid units of measure. - - ã|Example:ã% -\verticalspace{24pt} - -{\bd Minerals and Human Behavior} -\verticalspace{1\bl} -"Does the Absurd dictate death?" asks Albert -Camus, a novelist who lionized the labors of . . . - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| | -| | -| | -| Minerals and Human Behavior | -| | -| "Does the Absurd dictate death?" asks Albert Camus, a novelist who | -| lionized the labors of . . . | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% -You can tell TEXT1 you want a variable amount of white space between lines -by entering something line: - -\verticalspace{10pt plus 2pt minus 1pt} - -which tells TEXT1 you want 10 points of white space in addition to the -paragraph skip. If TEXT1 cannot balance text to the bottom of the page -when \normalbottom is in effect (which is the default), then the above -specification allows TEXT1 to add up to 2 points of white space or subtract -up to 1 point of white space from the 10 points of white space. - If you enter a \verticalspace markup at the top of a page it will be -ignored. Putting a \verticalspace at the bottom of a page is risky, also, -if the amount of space left on the page is less than the amount asked for. -The difference will not be carried over to the following page; it will be -lost. Both difficulties can be resolved by using a required space markup, -\verticalspacekeep. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vsk.helpmark b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vsk.helpmark deleted file mode 100644 index 12befa9880..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/vsk.helpmark +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| verticalspacekeep | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -Abbreviation: ã|\vskã% - -Parameters: ã|units of measureã% - - ã|Description:ã% -The \verticalspacekeep markup leaves a required amount of space, for a -figure, plate, or table. The space will always be kept together on -the current page or printed at the top of the next page if not enough -space remains on the current page. Text that follows a \verticalspacekeep -will not be used to fill in the current page if the required space is -moved to the following page. The amount of white space left is the -\verticalspacekeep dimension plus the current paragraph skip value. - - ã|Example:ã% -\verticalspacekeep{2in} - -{\bd Sociogeology} -{\it Minerals and Human Behavior} - -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| | -| | -| | -| | -| | -| | -| | -| | -| | -| | -| | -| | -| | -| | -| Sociogeology Minerals and Human Behavior | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - - ã|Notes:ã% - -\verticalspacekeep is the best way to have white space left at the top of a -page. \verticalspace will not leave white space at the top of a page. diff --git a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/width.helppage b/macros/text1/cms_help_files/width.helppage deleted file mode 100644 index ec89a93efc..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/cms_help_files/width.helppage +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| TEXT1 \width COMMAND | -+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+ - -The \width command specifies the width of the page that will be used for -printing the file. The format is: - - \width{uu} - -where "uu" is the unit of measurement in any valid TeX measurement (pt, pc, in, -etc.) or number of 10-pitch characters. The default page width is 8.5 inches, -or \width{8.5IN}. This command may only appear at the beginning of the TeX -input file before any actual text is entered. diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et10.textext b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et10.textext deleted file mode 100644 index 5b2e237237..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et10.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -\font\cgetXrm=etr at 10pt\font\cgetXit=eti at 10pt -\font\cgetXbd=etb at 10pt \font\cgetXmi=mthit at 10pt -\font\cgetXsy=symbola at 10pt \font\cgetXex=ext at 10pt -\font\cgetXbi=etbi at 10pt \font\cgetXtt=elite at 10pt -\font\cgetXcc=etsc at 10pt\font\cgetXmrm=mthrm at 10pt -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxet\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxet\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxet\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxet\endcsname=12pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% - \def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cgetXrm}% - \def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cgetXmi}% - \def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cgetXsy}% - \def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cgetXex}% - \textfont0=\cgetXmrm \textfont1=\cgetXmi - \textfont2=\cgetXsy \textfont3=\cgetXex - \textfont\itfam=\cgetXit\textfont\bifam=\cgetXbi - \textfont\ttfam=\cgetXtt \textfont\bffam=\cgetXbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cgetXcc - \def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cgetXbd}% - \def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cgetXit}% - \def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cgetXbi}% - \def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cgetXtt}% - \def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cgetXcc}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxet\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et11.textext b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et11.textext deleted file mode 100644 index 2cc84b4c7b..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et11.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -\font\cgetXIrm=etr at 11pt\font\cgetXIit=eti at 11pt -\font\cgetXIbd=etb at 11pt \font\cgetXImi=mthit at 11pt -\font\cgetXIsy=symbola at 11pt \font\cgetXIex=ext at 11pt -\font\cgetXIbi=etbi at 11pt \font\cgetXItt=elite at 11pt -\font\cgetXIcc=etsc at 11pt\font\cgetXImrm=mthrm at 11pt -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiet\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiet\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiet\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiet\endcsname=13pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% - \def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cgetXIrm}% - \def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cgetXImi}% - \def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cgetXIsy}% - \def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cgetXIex}% - \textfont0=\cgetXImrm \textfont1=\cgetXImi - \textfont2=\cgetXIsy \textfont3=\cgetXIex - \textfont\itfam=\cgetXIit\textfont\bifam=\cgetXIbi - \textfont\ttfam=\cgetXItt \textfont\bffam=\cgetXIbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cgetXIcc - \def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cgetXIbd}% - \def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cgetXIit}% - \def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cgetXIbi}% - \def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cgetXItt}% - \def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cgetXIcc}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiet\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et12.textext b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et12.textext deleted file mode 100644 index 85c9acc6f7..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et12.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -\font\cgetXIIrm=etr at 12pt\font\cgetXIIit=eti at 12pt -\font\cgetXIIbd=etb at 12pt \font\cgetXIImi=mthit at 12pt -\font\cgetXIIsy=symbola at 12pt \font\cgetXIIex=ext at 12pt -\font\cgetXIIbi=etbi at 12pt \font\cgetXIItt=elite at 12pt -\font\cgetXIIcc=etsc at 12pt\font\cgetXIImrm=mthrm at 12pt -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiet\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiet\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiet\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiet\endcsname=14pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% - \def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cgetXIIrm}% - \def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cgetXIImi}% - \def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cgetXIIsy}% - \def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cgetXIIex}% - \textfont0=\cgetXIImrm \textfont1=\cgetXIImi - \textfont2=\cgetXIIsy \textfont3=\cgetXIIex - \textfont\itfam=\cgetXIIit\textfont\bifam=\cgetXIIbi - \textfont\ttfam=\cgetXIItt \textfont\bffam=\cgetXIIbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cgetXIIcc - \def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cgetXIIbd}% - \def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cgetXIIit}% - \def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cgetXIIbi}% - \def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cgetXIItt}% - \def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cgetXIIcc}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiet\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et14.textext b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et14.textext deleted file mode 100644 index 01a5295803..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et14.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -\font\cgetXIVrm=etr at 14pt\font\cgetXIVit=eti at 14pt -\font\cgetXIVbd=etb at 14pt \font\cgetXIVmi=mthit at 14pt -\font\cgetXIVsy=symbola at 14pt \font\cgetXIVex=ext at 14pt -\font\cgetXIVbi=etbi at 14pt \font\cgetXIVtt=elite at 14pt -\font\cgetXIVcc=etsc at 14pt\font\cgetXIVmrm=mthrm at 14pt -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivet\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivet\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivet\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivet\endcsname=16pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% - \def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cgetXIVrm}% - \def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cgetXIVmi}% - \def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cgetXIVsy}% - \def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cgetXIVex}% - \textfont0=\cgetXIVmrm \textfont1=\cgetXIVmi - \textfont2=\cgetXIVsy \textfont3=\cgetXIVex - \textfont\itfam=\cgetXIVit\textfont\bifam=\cgetXIVbi - \textfont\ttfam=\cgetXIVtt \textfont\bffam=\cgetXIVbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cgetXIVcc - \def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cgetXIVbd}% - \def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cgetXIVit}% - \def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cgetXIVbi}% - \def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cgetXIVtt}% - \def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cgetXIVcc}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivet\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et18.textext b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et18.textext deleted file mode 100644 index e59a1bc47e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et18.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -\font\cgetXVIIIrm=etr at 18pt\font\cgetXVIIIit=eti at 18pt -\font\cgetXVIIIbd=etb at 18pt \font\cgetXVIIImi=mthit at 18pt -\font\cgetXVIIIsy=symbola at 18pt \font\cgetXVIIIex=ext at 18pt -\font\cgetXVIIIbi=etbi at 18pt \font\cgetXVIIItt=elite at 18pt -\font\cgetXVIIIcc=etsc at 18pt\font\cgetXVIIImrm=mthrm at 18pt -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiet\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiet\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiet\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiet\endcsname=20pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% - \def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cgetXVIIIrm}% - \def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cgetXVIIImi}% - \def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cgetXVIIIsy}% - \def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cgetXVIIIex}% - \textfont0=\cgetXVIIImrm \textfont1=\cgetXVIIImi - \textfont2=\cgetXVIIIsy \textfont3=\cgetXVIIIex - \textfont\itfam=\cgetXVIIIit\textfont\bifam=\cgetXVIIIbi - \textfont\ttfam=\cgetXVIIItt \textfont\bffam=\cgetXVIIIbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cgetXVIIIcc - \def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cgetXVIIIbd}% - \def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cgetXVIIIit}% - \def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cgetXVIIIbi}% - \def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cgetXVIIItt}% - \def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cgetXVIIIcc}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiet\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et8.textext b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et8.textext deleted file mode 100644 index ad30284fa6..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et8.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -\font\cgetVIIIrm=etr at 8pt\font\cgetVIIIit=eti at 8pt -\font\cgetVIIIbd=etb at 8pt \font\cgetVIIImi=mthit at 8pt -\font\cgetVIIIsy=symbola at 8pt \font\cgetVIIIex=ext at 8pt -\font\cgetVIIIbi=etbi at 8pt \font\cgetVIIItt=elite at 8pt -\font\cgetVIIIcc=etsc at 8pt\font\cgetVIIImrm=mthrm at 8pt -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiet\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiet\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiet\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiet\endcsname=10pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% - \def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cgetVIIIrm}% - \def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cgetVIIImi}% - \def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cgetVIIIsy}% - \def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cgetVIIIex}% - \textfont0=\cgetVIIImrm \textfont1=\cgetVIIImi - \textfont2=\cgetVIIIsy \textfont3=\cgetVIIIex - \textfont\itfam=\cgetVIIIit\textfont\bifam=\cgetVIIIbi - \textfont\ttfam=\cgetVIIItt \textfont\bffam=\cgetVIIIbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cgetVIIIcc - \def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cgetVIIIbd}% - \def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cgetVIIIit}% - \def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cgetVIIIbi}% - \def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cgetVIIItt}% - \def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cgetVIIIcc}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiet\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et9.textext b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et9.textext deleted file mode 100644 index ed560d4d5b..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/et9.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -\font\cgetIXrm=etr at 9pt\font\cgetIXit=eti at 9pt -\font\cgetIXbd=etb at 9pt \font\cgetIXmi=mthit at 9pt -\font\cgetIXsy=symbola at 9pt \font\cgetIXex=ext at 9pt -\font\cgetIXbi=etbi at 9pt \font\cgetIXtt=elite at 9pt -\font\cgetIXcc=etsc at 9pt\font\cgetIXmrm=mthrm at 9pt -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixet\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixet\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixet\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixet\endcsname=11pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% - \def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cgetIXrm}% - \def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cgetIXmi}% - \def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cgetIXsy}% - \def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cgetIXex}% - \textfont0=\cgetIXmrm \textfont1=\cgetIXmi - \textfont2=\cgetIXsy \textfont3=\cgetIXex - \textfont\itfam=\cgetIXit\textfont\bifam=\cgetIXbi - \textfont\ttfam=\cgetIXtt \textfont\bffam=\cgetIXbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cgetIXcc - \def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cgetIXbd}% - \def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cgetIXit}% - \def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cgetIXbi}% - \def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cgetIXtt}% - \def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cgetIXcc}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixet\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etb.fontinfo b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etb.fontinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 3a9571f163..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etb.fontinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,236 +0,0 @@ -* TEX font info -- commerical font format -- English Times Bold 4/25/85 -* CG 5039 Layout, and 1614 Complement, typeface 707 -* -HUNITS 1/54 -VUNITS 1/64 -DEFFONT 032 -DEFWIDTH 1 -SLANT 0 -SPACE 15/54 -SPSTRETCH 12/54 -SPSHRINK 5/54 -XHEIGHT 30/64 -QUAD 1 -EXTRASPACE 1/10 -FONTNAME ETB -* -* WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH 8600 Decimal -$ -1/2 54 45 0 au,97 -1/4 54 45 0 au,98 -3/4 54 45 0 au,99 -1/3 54 45 3 au,104 -2/3 54 45 0 au,105 -enbul 27 40 0 au,40 -cent 27 40 0 au,36 -openbox 54 45 0 au,37 -1/8 54 45 0 au,100 -3/8 54 45 0 au,101 -5/8 54 45 0 au,102 -ff LIGATURE f+f 33 45 0 au,120 -fi LIGATURE f+i 30 45 0 au,118 -fl LIGATURE f+l 30 45 0 au,119 -ffi LIGATURE ff+i 45 45 0 au,121 -ffl LIGATURE ff+l 45 45 0 au,122 -dotless-i 15 35 0 au,127 -undef 27 0 0 30 -grave 13 45 0 au,82 -acute 13 45 0 au,81 -invertcircum 14 45 0 f195,37 -breve 13 45 0 f195,26 -macron 14 45 0 f195,au,90 -circleaccent 14 45 0 f195,42 -cedila 13 5 10 au,93 -germanSS 30 45 0 au,30 -ae 42 35 0 f35,au,111 -oe 45 35 0 f35,11 -scano 30 35 5 f30,06 -AE 54 45 0 f35,64 -OE 54 45 0 f35,09 -ScanO 42 45 5 f30,au,07 -PolishSl 18 35 0 vmf3,45,vmr3 -! 21 45 0 40 -right" LIGATURE '+' 20 45 0 39,hml2,39 -# 27 45 0 au,114 -dollar 27 45 5 au,35 -% 54 45 0 au,49 -& 39 45 0 91 -' 12 45 0 39 -( 18 45 5 58 -) 18 45 5 59 -* 27 45 0 92 -+ 36 45 0 F186,Au,46 -, 18 10 10 44 -hyphen 18 20 0 45 -. 18 10 0 46 -/ 27 45 0 au,33 -0 27 45 0 48 -1 27 45 0 49 -2 27 45 0 50 -3 27 45 0 51 -4 27 45 0 52 -5 27 45 0 53 -6 27 45 0 54 -7 27 45 0 55 -8 27 45 0 56 -9 27 45 0 57 -: 18 35 0 35 -; 18 35 10 32 -invert! 21 45 5 41 -= 36 45 0 F186,Au,43 -invert? 24 45 5 37 -? 27 45 0 36 -@ 54 45 0 f38,93 -A 42 45 0 65 -B 36 45 0 66 -C 39 45 0 67 -D 42 45 0 68 -E 36 45 0 69 -F 33 45 0 70 -G 42 45 0 71 -H 45 45 0 72 -I 21 45 0 73 -J 27 45 0 74 -K 39 45 0 75 -L 36 45 0 76 -M 51 45 0 77 -N 42 45 0 78 -O 42 45 0 79 -P 36 45 0 80 -Q 42 45 15 81 -R 39 45 0 82 -S 30 45 0 83 -T 36 45 0 84 -U 42 45 0 85 -V 39 45 0 86 -W 54 45 0 87 -X 42 45 0 88 -Y 39 45 0 89 -Z 36 45 0 90 -[ 18 45 10 94 -left" LIGATURE l×+l× 20 45 0 38,hml2,38 -] 18 45 10 95 -circumflex 13 45 0 au,83 -raiseddot 14 45 0 f195,41 -l× 12 45 0 38 -a 27 35 0 97 -b 30 45 0 98 -c 24 35 0 99 -d 30 45 0 100 -e 24 35 0 101 -f 21 45 0 102 -g 27 35 10 103 -h 30 45 0 104 -i 15 45 0 105 -j 18 45 10 106 -k 30 45 0 107 -l 15 45 0 108 -m 45 35 0 109 -n 30 35 0 110 -o 30 35 0 111 -p 30 35 10 112 -q 30 35 10 113 -r 21 35 0 114 -s 21 35 0 115 -t 18 45 0 116 -u 30 35 0 117 -v 27 35 0 118 -w 39 35 0 119 -x 27 35 0 120 -y 27 35 10 121 -z 24 35 0 122 -endash LIGATURE hyphen+hyphen 31 25 0 45,hml5,45,hmr5 -emdash LIGATURE endash+hyphen 54 25 0 47 -Hungarian 15 50 0 f189,au,116 -tilde 13 45 0 au,86 -umlaut 13 45 0 au,84 -kern a+v -54/36 -kern a+w -54/36 -kern a+y -54/36 -kern h+t -54/36 -kern h+u -54/36 -kern h+y -54/36 -kern k+e -54/36 -kern m+b -54/36 -kern m+u -54/36 -kern m+y -54/36 -kern n+t -54/36 -kern n+u -54/36 -kern n+v -54/36 -kern n+w -54/36 -kern n+y -54/36 -kern o+o 54/51 -kern o+v -54/36 -kern o+w -54/36 -kern o+x -54/36 -kern o+y -54/36 -kern t+w -54/36 -kern t+y -54/36 -kern v+e -54/36 -kern v+o -54/36 -kern w+a -54/36 -kern w+e -54/36 -kern w+o -54/36 -kern y+a -54/36 -kern y+e -54/36 -kern y+o -54/36 -kern A+T -54/14 -kern A+Y -54/10 -kern A+V -54/6 -kern A+v -54/28 -kern D+A -54/14 -kern D+V -54/14 -kern D+W -54/14 -kern D+Y -54/12 -kern F+a -54/18 -kern F+e -54/32 -kern F+o -54/18 -kern F+r -54/22 -kern F+u -54/18 -kern F+A -54/14 -kern F+O -54/18 -kern K+O -54/14 -kern L+O -54/14 -kern L+U -54/17 -kern L+Y -54/12 -kern O+A -54/14 -kern O+V -54/12 -kern O+W -54/14 -kern O+X -54/12 -kern O+Y -54/12 -kern P+A -54/16 -kern P+r -54/34 -kern R+O -54/14 -kern R+T -54/16 -kern R+U -54/18 -kern R+V -54/16 -kern R+Y -54/14 -kern T+a -54/14 -kern T+e -54/16 -kern T+o -54/14 -kern T+r -54/14 -kern T+u -54/14 -kern T+w -54/16 -kern T+A -54/16 -kern T+O -54/22 -kern V+a -54/16 -kern V+e -54/16 -kern V+o -54/16 -kern V+r -54/16 -kern V+u -54/16 -kern V+A -54/6 -kern V+O -54/18 -kern W+a -54/14 -kern W+e -54/14 -kern W+o -54/14 -kern W+r -54/15 -kern W+u -54/15 -kern W+A -54/10 -kern W+O -54/14 -kern X+O -54/12 -kern Y+a -54/12 -kern Y+e -54/12 -kern Y+o -54/12 -kern Y+r -54/14 -kern Y+u -54/12 -kern Y+A -54/14 diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etbi.fontinfo b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etbi.fontinfo deleted file mode 100644 index f2b7ae9d4f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etbi.fontinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,233 +0,0 @@ -* TEX font info--commerical font format--English Times Bold Italic 4/25/85 -* -HUNITS 1/54 -VUNITS 1/64 -DEFFONT 033 -DEFWIDTH 1 -SLANT 0 -SPACE 22/54 -SPSTRETCH 15/54 -SPSHRINK 13/54 -XHEIGHT 30/64 -QUAD 1 -EXTRASPACE 2/10 -fontname ETBI -* WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH 8600 Decimal -$ -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -enbul 27 30 0 au,110 -dagger 27 45 5 au,31 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -section 27 45 5 60 -ff LIGATURE f+f 33 45 15 au,120 -fi LIGATURE f+i 30 45 15 au,118 -fl LIGATURE f+l 30 45 15 au,119 -ffi LIGATURE ff+i 45 45 15 au,121 -ffl LIGATURE ff+l 45 45 15 au,122 -iota 15 35 0 f193,105 -undef 0 0 0 30 -grave 15 45 0 au,82 -acute 15 45 0 au,81 -invertcircum 15 45 0 f195,37 -breve 15 45 0 f195,26 -macron 15 45 0 f195,au,90 -circleaccent 15 45 0 f195,42 -cedila 15 10 15 au,93 -Germanss 30 45 10 au,30 -ae 50 35 0 97,hml10,101,hmr10 -oe 52 35 0 111,hml11,101,hmr11 -pound 27 45 0 96 -AE 72 45 0 65,hml17,69,hmr17 -OE 75 45 0 79,hml16,69,hmr16 -SCANO 42 45 5 f30,au,07 -PolishSl 18 20 0 vmr2,hml1,45,hmr1,vmf1 -! 21 45 0 40 -right" LIGATURE '+' 24 45 0 39,hml2,39,hmr2 -litre 27 45 0 F188,au,111 -dollar 27 45 5 au,35 -% 54 45 0 au,49 -& 39 45 0 91 -' 12 45 0 39 -( 18 45 10 58 -) 18 45 10 59 -* 27 45 0 92 -plus 54 35 0 au,46 -, 18 10 10 44 -hyphen 18 15 15 45 -. 18 10 0 46 -/ 27 45 0 au,33 -0 27 45 0 48 -1 27 45 0 49 -2 27 45 0 50 -3 27 45 0 51 -4 27 45 0 52 -5 27 45 0 53 -6 27 45 0 54 -7 27 45 0 55 -8 27 45 0 56 -9 27 45 0 57 -: 18 30 0 35 -; 18 30 10 32 -invert! 21 35 15 41 -= 54 25 0 Au,43 -invert? 27 35 15 37 -? 27 45 0 36 -undef 27 0 0 30 -A 42 45 0 65 -B 36 45 0 66 -C 39 45 5 67 -D 42 45 0 68 -E 36 45 0 69 -F 33 45 0 70 -G 42 45 0 71 -H 45 45 0 72 -I 21 45 0 73 -J 27 45 0 74 -K 39 45 0 75 -L 36 45 0 76 -M 51 45 0 77 -N 42 45 0 78 -O 42 45 0 79 -P 36 45 0 80 -Q 42 45 15 81 -R 39 45 0 82 -S 30 45 0 83 -T 36 45 0 84 -U 42 45 0 85 -V 39 45 20 86 -W 54 45 0 87 -X 42 45 0 88 -Y 39 45 0 89 -Z 36 45 0 90 -[ 18 45 10 94 -left" LIGATURE l×+l× 21 45 0 38,hml2,38,hmr2 -] 18 45 10 95 -circumflex 15 45 0 au,83 -raiseddot 15 45 0 f195,41 -l× 12 45 0 38 -a 27 30 0 97 -b 30 45 0 98 -c 24 30 0 99 -d 30 45 0 100 -e 24 30 0 101 -f 21 45 15 102 -g 27 30 10 103 -h 30 45 0 104 -i 15 45 0 105 -j 18 45 15 106 -k 30 45 0 107 -l 15 45 0 108 -m 45 30 0 109 -n 30 30 0 110 -o 30 30 0 111 -p 30 30 15 112 -q 30 30 15 113 -r 21 30 0 114 -s 21 30 0 115 -t 18 40 0 116 -u 30 30 0 117 -v 27 30 0 118 -w 39 30 0 119 -x 27 30 0 120 -y 27 30 10 121 -z 24 30 5 122 -endash LIGATURE hyphen+hyphen 27 20 0 Au,106 -emdash LIGATURE endash+hyphen 54 20 0 47 -Hungarian 18 50 0 f189,au,116 -tilde 15 45 0 au,86 -umlaut 15 45 0 au,84 -kern a+v -54/36 -kern a+v -54/36 -kern a+w -54/36 -kern a+y -54/36 -kern h+t -54/36 -kern h+u -54/36 -kern h+y -54/36 -kern k+e -54/36 -kern m+b -54/36 -kern m+u -54/36 -kern m+y -54/36 -kern n+t -54/36 -kern n+u -54/36 -kern n+v -54/36 -kern n+w -54/36 -kern n+y -54/36 -kern o+o 54/60 -kern o+v -54/36 -kern o+w -54/36 -kern o+x -54/36 -kern o+y -54/36 -kern t+w -54/36 -kern t+y -54/36 -kern v+e -54/36 -kern v+o -54/36 -kern w+a -54/36 -kern w+e -54/36 -kern w+o -54/36 -kern y+a -54/36 -kern y+e -54/36 -kern y+o -54/36 -kern A+T -54/16 -kern A+U -54/18 -kern A+Y -54/16 -kern A+V -54/12 -kern D+A -54/16 -kern D+V -54/14 -kern D+W -54/16 -kern D+Y -54/16 -kern F+a -54/20 -kern F+e -54/24 -kern F+o -54/18 -kern F+r -54/22 -kern F+u -54/20 -kern F+A -54/18 -kern F+O -54/18 -kern K+O -54/14 -kern L+O -54/18 -kern L+U -54/18 -kern L+Y -54/16 -kern O+A -54/18 -kern O+V -54/16 -kern O+W -54/16 -kern O+X -54/16 -kern O+Y -54/14 -kern P+A -54/18 -kern R+O -54/16 -kern R+T -54/18 -kern R+U -54/18 -kern R+V -54/16 -kern R+Y -54/16 -kern T+a -54/22 -kern T+e -54/22 -kern T+o -54/20 -kern T+r -54/18 -kern T+u -54/22 -kern T+A -54/16 -kern T+O -54/28 -kern V+a -54/18 -kern V+e -54/18 -kern V+o -54/18 -kern V+r -54/22 -kern V+u -54/20 -kern V+A -54/12 -kern V+O -54/16 -kern W+a -54/16 -kern W+e -54/18 -kern W+o -54/18 -kern W+r -54/20 -kern W+u -54/20 -kern W+A -54/10 -kern W+O -54/14 -kern X+O -54/14 -kern Y+a -54/18 -kern Y+e -54/18 -kern Y+o -54/18 -kern Y+r -54/22 -kern Y+u -54/20 -kern Y+A -54/14 diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/eti.fontinfo b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/eti.fontinfo deleted file mode 100644 index a5085be50d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/eti.fontinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,233 +0,0 @@ -* TEX font info -- commerical font format -- English Times Italic 4/25/84 -* -HUNITS 1/54 -VUNITS 1/64 -DEFFONT 031 -DEFWIDTH 1 -SLANT 1/4 -SPACE 22/54 -SPSTRETCH 15/54 -SPSHRINK 13/54 -XHEIGHT 30/64 -QUAD 1 -EXTRASPACE 2/10 -fontname ETI -* WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH 8600 Decimal -$ -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -enbul 27 30 0 au,110 -dagger 27 45 5 au,31 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -section 27 45 5 60 -ff LIGATURE f+f 33 45 15 au,120 -fi LIGATURE f+i 30 45 15 au,118 -fl LIGATURE f+l 30 45 15 au,119 -ffi LIGATURE ff+i 45 45 15 au,121 -ffl LIGATURE ff+l 45 45 15 au,122 -iota 15 35 0 f193,105 -undef 27 0 0 30 -grave 16 45 0 au,82 -acute 17 45 0 au,81 -invertcircum 13 45 0 f195,37 -breve 13 45 0 f195,26 -macron 13 45 0 f195,au,90 -circleaccent 15 45 0 f195,42 -cedila 14 10 15 au,93 -Germanss 30 45 10 au,30 -ae 42 35 0 f35,au,113 -oe 45 35 0 f35,10 -pound 27 45 0 96 -AE 54 45 0 f35,au,79 -OE 54 45 0 f35,08 -SCANO 42 45 5 f30,au,07 -PolishSl 15 20 0 vmr2,hml1,45,hmr1,vmf1 -! 21 45 0 40 -right" LIGATURE '+' 24 45 0 39,hml2,39,hmr2 -litre 27 45 0 F188,au,111 -dollar 27 45 5 au,35 -% 54 45 0 au,49 -& 39 45 0 91 -' 12 45 0 39 -( 18 45 10 58 -) 18 45 10 59 -* 27 45 0 92 -plus 54 35 0 au,46 -, 18 10 10 44 -hyphen 18 15 15 45 -. 18 10 0 46 -/ 27 45 0 au,33 -0 27 45 0 48 -1 27 45 0 49 -2 27 45 0 50 -3 27 45 0 51 -4 27 45 0 52 -5 27 45 0 53 -6 27 45 0 54 -7 27 45 0 55 -8 27 45 0 56 -9 27 45 0 57 -: 18 30 0 35 -; 18 30 10 32 -invert! 21 35 15 41 -= 54 25 0 Au,43 -invert? 27 35 15 37 -? 27 45 0 36 -undef 27 0 0 30 -A 42 45 0 65 -B 36 45 0 66 -C 39 45 5 67 -D 42 45 0 68 -E 36 45 0 69 -F 33 45 0 70 -G 42 45 0 71 -H 45 45 0 72 -I 21 45 0 73 -J 27 45 0 74 -K 39 45 0 75 -L 36 45 0 76 -M 51 45 0 77 -N 42 45 0 78 -O 42 45 0 79 -P 36 45 0 80 -Q 42 45 15 81 -R 39 45 0 82 -S 30 45 0 83 -T 36 45 0 84 -U 42 45 0 85 -V 39 45 20 86 -W 54 45 0 87 -X 42 45 0 88 -Y 39 45 0 89 -Z 36 45 0 90 -[ 18 45 10 94 -left" LIGATURE l×+l× 21 45 0 38,hml2,38,hmr2 -] 18 45 10 95 -circumflex 17 45 0 au,83 -raiseddot 13 45 0 f195,41 -l× 12 45 0 38 -a 27 30 0 97 -b 30 45 0 98 -c 24 30 0 99 -d 30 45 0 100 -e 24 30 0 101 -f 21 45 15 102 -g 27 30 10 103 -h 30 45 0 104 -i 15 45 0 105 -j 18 45 15 106 -k 30 45 0 107 -l 15 45 0 108 -m 45 30 0 109 -n 30 30 0 110 -o 30 30 0 111 -p 30 30 15 112 -q 30 30 15 113 -r 21 30 0 114 -s 21 30 0 115 -t 18 40 0 116 -u 30 30 0 117 -v 27 30 0 118 -w 39 30 0 119 -x 27 30 0 120 -y 27 30 10 121 -z 24 30 5 122 -endash LIGATURE hyphen+hyphen 27 20 0 Au,106 -emdash LIGATURE endash+hyphen 54 20 0 47 -Hungarian 14 50 0 f189,au,116 -tilde 17 45 0 au,86 -umlaut 17 45 0 au,84 -kern a+v -54/36 -kern a+v -54/36 -kern a+w -54/36 -kern a+y -54/36 -kern h+t -54/36 -kern h+u -54/36 -kern h+y -54/36 -kern k+e -54/36 -kern m+b -54/36 -kern m+u -54/36 -kern m+y -54/36 -kern n+t -54/36 -kern n+u -54/36 -kern n+v -54/36 -kern n+w -54/36 -kern n+y -54/36 -kern o+o 54/60 -kern o+v -54/36 -kern o+w -54/36 -kern o+x -54/36 -kern o+y -54/36 -kern t+w -54/36 -kern t+y -54/36 -kern v+e -54/36 -kern v+o -54/36 -kern w+a -54/36 -kern w+e -54/36 -kern w+o -54/36 -kern y+a -54/36 -kern y+e -54/36 -kern y+o -54/36 -kern A+T -54/16 -kern A+U -54/18 -kern A+Y -54/16 -kern A+V -54/12 -kern D+A -54/16 -kern D+V -54/14 -kern D+W -54/16 -kern D+Y -54/16 -kern F+a -54/20 -kern F+e -54/24 -kern F+o -54/18 -kern F+r -54/22 -kern F+u -54/20 -kern F+A -54/18 -kern F+O -54/18 -kern K+O -54/14 -kern L+O -54/18 -kern L+U -54/18 -kern L+Y -54/16 -kern O+A -54/18 -kern O+V -54/16 -kern O+W -54/16 -kern O+X -54/16 -kern O+Y -54/14 -kern P+A -54/18 -kern R+O -54/16 -kern R+T -54/18 -kern R+U -54/18 -kern R+V -54/16 -kern R+Y -54/16 -kern T+a -54/22 -kern T+e -54/22 -kern T+o -54/20 -kern T+r -54/18 -kern T+u -54/22 -kern T+A -54/16 -kern T+O -54/28 -kern V+a -54/18 -kern V+e -54/18 -kern V+o -54/18 -kern V+r -54/22 -kern V+u -54/20 -kern V+A -54/12 -kern V+O -54/16 -kern W+a -54/16 -kern W+e -54/18 -kern W+o -54/18 -kern W+r -54/20 -kern W+u -54/20 -kern W+A -54/10 -kern W+O -54/14 -kern X+O -54/14 -kern Y+a -54/18 -kern Y+e -54/18 -kern Y+o -54/18 -kern Y+r -54/22 -kern Y+u -54/20 -kern Y+A -54/14 diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etr.fontinfo b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etr.fontinfo deleted file mode 100644 index e926b6626a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etr.fontinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,236 +0,0 @@ -* TEX font info -- commerical font format -- English Times Roman 4/25/85 -* CG 5039 Layout, and 1614 Compliment, typeface 705 -* -HUNITS 1/54 -VUNITS 1/64 -DEFFONT 030 -DEFWIDTH 1 -SLANT 0 -SPACE 15/54 -SPSTRETCH 12/54 -SPSHRINK 5/54 -XHEIGHT 30/64 -QUAD 1 -EXTRASPACE 1/10 -FONTNAME ETR -* -* WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH 8600 Decimal -$ -1/2 54 45 0 au,97 -1/4 54 45 0 au,98 -3/4 54 45 0 au,99 -1/3 54 45 3 au,104 -2/3 54 45 0 au,105 -enbul 27 40 0 au,40 -cent 27 40 0 au,36 -openbox 54 45 0 au,37 -1/8 54 45 0 au,100 -3/8 54 45 0 au,101 -5/8 54 45 0 au,102 -ff LIGATURE f+f 33 45 0 au,120 -fi LIGATURE f+i 30 45 0 au,118 -fl LIGATURE f+l 30 45 0 au,119 -ffi LIGATURE ff+i 45 45 0 au,121 -ffl LIGATURE ff+l 45 45 0 au,122 -dotless-i 15 35 0 au,127 -undef 27 0 0 30 -grave 13 45 0 au,82 -acute 13 45 0 au,81 -invertcircum 13 45 0 f195,37 -breve 13 45 0 f195,26 -macron 13 45 0 f195,au,90 -circleaccent 13 45 0 f195,42 -cedila 13 5 10 au,93 -germanSS 30 45 0 au,30 -ae 42 35 0 f35,au,107 -oe 45 35 0 f35,au,116 -scano 30 35 5 06 -AE 54 45 0 f35,63 -OE 54 45 0 f35,au,80 -ScanO 42 45 5 au,07 -PolishSl 15 35 0 vmf3,hml8,45,hmr8,vmr3 -! 21 45 0 40 -right" LIGATURE '+' 20 45 0 39,hml2,39 -# 27 45 0 au,114 -dollar 27 45 5 au,35 -% 54 45 0 au,49 -& 39 45 0 91 -' 12 45 0 39 -( 18 45 5 58 -) 18 45 5 59 -* 27 45 0 92 -+ 36 45 0 F186,Au,46 -, 18 10 10 44 -hyphen 18 20 0 45 -. 18 10 0 46 -/ 27 45 0 au,33 -0 27 45 0 48 -1 27 45 0 49 -2 27 45 0 50 -3 27 45 0 51 -4 27 45 0 52 -5 27 45 0 53 -6 27 45 0 54 -7 27 45 0 55 -8 27 45 0 56 -9 27 45 0 57 -: 18 35 0 35 -; 18 35 10 32 -invert! 24 45 5 41 -= 36 45 0 F186,Au,43 -invert? 24 45 5 37 -? 27 45 0 36 -@ 54 45 0 f38,93 -A 42 45 0 65 -B 36 45 0 66 -C 39 45 0 67 -D 42 45 0 68 -E 36 45 0 69 -F 33 45 0 70 -G 42 45 0 71 -H 45 45 0 72 -I 21 45 0 73 -J 27 45 0 74 -K 39 45 0 75 -L 36 45 0 76 -M 51 45 0 77 -N 42 45 0 78 -O 42 45 0 79 -P 36 45 0 80 -Q 42 45 15 81 -R 39 45 0 82 -S 30 45 0 83 -T 36 45 0 84 -U 42 45 0 85 -V 39 45 0 86 -W 54 45 0 87 -X 42 45 0 88 -Y 39 45 0 89 -Z 36 45 0 90 -[ 18 45 10 94 -left" LIGATURE l×+l× 20 45 0 38,hml2,38 -] 18 45 10 95 -circumflex 13 45 0 au,83 -raiseddot 15 45 0 f195,41 -l× 12 45 0 38 -a 27 35 0 97 -b 30 45 0 98 -c 24 35 0 99 -d 30 45 0 100 -e 24 35 0 101 -f 21 45 0 102 -g 27 35 10 103 -h 30 45 0 104 -i 15 45 0 105 -j 18 45 10 106 -k 30 45 0 107 -l 15 45 0 108 -m 45 35 0 109 -n 30 35 0 110 -o 30 35 0 111 -p 30 35 10 112 -q 30 35 10 113 -r 21 35 0 114 -s 21 35 0 115 -t 18 45 0 116 -u 30 35 0 117 -v 27 35 0 118 -w 39 35 0 119 -x 27 35 0 120 -y 27 35 10 121 -z 24 35 0 122 -endash LIGATURE hyphen+hyphen 31 25 0 45,hml5,45,hmr5 -emdash LIGATURE endash+hyphen 54 25 0 47 -Hungarian 15 50 0 f189,au,116 -tilde 13 45 0 au,86 -umlaut 13 45 0 au,84 -kern a+v -54/36 -kern a+w -54/36 -kern a+y -54/36 -kern h+t -54/36 -kern h+u -54/36 -kern h+y -54/36 -kern k+e -54/36 -kern m+b -54/36 -kern m+u -54/36 -kern m+y -54/36 -kern n+t -54/36 -kern n+u -54/36 -kern n+v -54/36 -kern n+w -54/36 -kern n+y -54/36 -kern o+o 54/51 -kern o+v -54/36 -kern o+w -54/36 -kern o+x -54/36 -kern o+y -54/36 -kern t+w -54/36 -kern t+y -54/36 -kern v+e -54/36 -kern v+o -54/36 -kern w+a -54/36 -kern w+e -54/36 -kern w+o -54/36 -kern y+a -54/36 -kern y+e -54/36 -kern y+o -54/36 -kern A+T -54/14 -kern A+Y -54/10 -kern A+V -54/6 -kern A+v -54/28 -kern D+A -54/14 -kern D+V -54/14 -kern D+W -54/14 -kern D+Y -54/12 -kern F+a -54/18 -kern F+e -54/32 -kern F+o -54/18 -kern F+r -54/22 -kern F+u -54/18 -kern F+A -54/14 -kern F+O -54/18 -kern K+O -54/14 -kern L+O -54/14 -kern L+U -54/17 -kern L+Y -54/12 -kern O+A -54/14 -kern O+V -54/12 -kern O+W -54/14 -kern O+X -54/12 -kern O+Y -54/12 -kern P+A -54/16 -kern P+r -54/34 -kern R+O -54/14 -kern R+T -54/16 -kern R+U -54/18 -kern R+V -54/16 -kern R+Y -54/14 -kern T+a -54/14 -kern T+e -54/16 -kern T+o -54/14 -kern T+r -54/14 -kern T+u -54/14 -kern T+w -54/16 -kern T+A -54/16 -kern T+O -54/22 -kern V+a -54/16 -kern V+e -54/16 -kern V+o -54/16 -kern V+r -54/16 -kern V+u -54/16 -kern V+A -54/6 -kern V+O -54/18 -kern W+a -54/14 -kern W+e -54/14 -kern W+o -54/14 -kern W+r -54/15 -kern W+u -54/15 -kern W+A -54/10 -kern W+O -54/14 -kern X+O -54/12 -kern Y+a -54/12 -kern Y+e -54/12 -kern Y+o -54/12 -kern Y+r -54/14 -kern Y+u -54/12 -kern Y+A -54/14 diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etsc.fontinfo b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etsc.fontinfo deleted file mode 100644 index a3c70a1297..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/etsc.fontinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,253 +0,0 @@ -* TEX font info--commerical font format--English Times Small Caps 4/25/85 -* CG 5003 Compliment, typeface 705 -* -HUNITS 1/54 -VUNITS 1/64 -DEFFONT 038 -DEFWIDTH 1 -SLANT 0 -SPACE 22/54 -SPSTRETCH 15/54 -SPSHRINK 13/54 -XHEIGHT 30/64 -QUAD 1 -EXTRASPACE 2/10 -FONTNAME ETSC -* WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH 8600 Decimal -$ -1/2 54 45 0 au,97 -1/4 54 45 0 au,98 -3/4 54 45 0 au,99 -1/3 54 45 3 au,104 -2/3 54 45 0 au,105 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -dbldagger 27 45 0 au,32 -1/8 54 45 0 au,100 -3/8 54 45 0 au,101 -5/8 54 45 0 au,102 -7/8 54 45 0 au,103 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -para 27 50 10 au,113 -trademark 33 50 0 au,54 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -! 21 45 0 40 -right" LIGATURE '+' 20 40 0 39,hml2,39,hmr2 -undef 27 0 0 30 -dollar 27 35 5 au,35 -undef 27 00 0 30 -& 30 30 0 91 -' 12 45 0 39 -( 18 45 15 58 -) 18 45 15 59 -* 27 45 0 92 -plus/minus 54 40 10 au,48 -, 18 10 10 44 -hyphen 18 20 0 45 -. 18 10 0 46 -fracbar/ 06 45 5 au,42 -0 27 30 0 48 -1 27 30 0 49 -2 27 30 0 50 -3 27 30 15 51 -4 27 30 15 52 -5 27 40 15 53 -6 27 45 0 54 -7 27 30 15 55 -8 27 45 0 56 -9 27 30 15 57 -: 18 30 0 35 -; 18 30 10 32 -undef 27 0 0 f195,30 -undef 27 0 0 f195,30 -undef 27 0 0 f195,30 -? 27 45 0 36 -atsign 54 45 5 93 -A 42 45 0 65 -B 36 45 0 66 -C 39 45 0 67 -D 42 45 0 68 -E 36 45 0 69 -F 33 45 0 70 -G 42 45 0 71 -H 45 45 0 72 -I 21 45 0 73 -J 27 45 0 74 -K 39 45 0 75 -L 36 45 0 76 -M 51 45 0 77 -N 42 45 0 78 -O 42 45 0 79 -P 36 45 0 80 -Q 42 45 15 81 -R 39 45 0 82 -S 30 45 0 83 -T 36 45 0 84 -U 42 45 0 85 -V 39 45 0 86 -W 54 45 0 87 -X 42 45 0 88 -Y 39 45 0 89 -Z 36 45 0 90 -undef 27 0 0 30 -left" LIGATURE ×+× 20 40 0 38,hml2,38,hmr2 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -× 12 45 0 38 -a 30 35 0 97 -b 27 35 0 98 -c 30 35 0 99 -d 33 35 0 100 -e 27 35 0 101 -f 24 35 0 102 -g 30 35 3 103 -h 33 35 0 104 -i 15 35 0 105 -j 18 35 0 106 -k 33 35 0 107 -l 24 35 0 108 -m 36 35 0 109 -n 33 35 0 110 -o 30 35 0 111 -p 27 35 0 112 -q 30 35 10 113 -r 30 45 0 114 -s 21 35 0 115 -t 27 35 0 116 -u 33 35 0 117 -v 30 35 0 118 -w 45 35 0 119 -x 30 35 0 120 -y 30 35 0 121 -z 27 35 0 122 -endash LIGATURE hyphen+hyphen 33 20 0 45,hml5,45,hmr5 -emdash LIGATURE endash+hyphen 54 20 0 47 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -undef 27 0 0 30 -kern a+v -54/16 -kern a+t -54/28 -kern a+w -54/12 -kern a+y -54/12 -kern c+a -54/28 -kern h+b -54/24 -kern k+a -54/44 -kern k+c -54/24 -kern k+o -54/34 -kern m+b -54/48 -kern m+t -54/44 -kern m+v -54/26 -kern m+w -54/26 -kern m+y -54/36 -kern n+b -54/38 -kern o+o 54/44 -kern o+v -54/26 -kern o+w -54/26 -kern o+x -54/26 -kern o+y -54/22 -kern t+a -54/28 -kern t+w -54/36 -kern t+y -54/32 -kern v+c -54/36 -kern v+o -54/26 -kern w+a -54/8 -kern w+c -54/36 -kern y+a -54/16 -kern y+c -54/26 -kern y+e -54/44 -kern y+o -54/26 -kern A+U -54/18 -kern A+T -54/22 -kern A+V -54/8 -kern A+Y -54/10 -kern D+A -54/28 -kern D+V -54/28 -kern D+W -54/28 -kern D+X -54/28 -kern D+Y -54/28 -kern F+a -54/28 -kern F+r -54/28 -kern F+A -54/28 -kern F+C -54/28 -kern F+G -54/28 -kern F+O -54/28 -kern F+Q -54/28 -kern K+C -54/28 -kern K+G -54/28 -kern K+O -54/28 -kern K+Q -54/28 -kern L+C -54/28 -kern L+G -54/28 -kern L+O -54/28 -kern L+Q -54/28 -kern L+T -54/28 -kern L+U -54/28 -kern L+V -54/28 -kern L+W -54/28 -kern L+Y -54/18 -kern O+A -54/28 -kern O+F -54/32 -kern O+U -54/32 -kern O+V -54/28 -kern O+W -54/28 -kern O+X -54/28 -kern O+Y -54/28 -kern P+A -54/28 -kern R+C -54/28 -kern R+G -54/28 -kern R+O -54/28 -kern R+Q -54/28 -kern R+T -54/28 -kern R+U -54/28 -kern R+V -54/28 -kern R+W -54/28 -kern R+Y -54/28 -kern T+a -54/28 -kern T+o -54/28 -kern T+r -54/28 -kern T+u -54/28 -kern T+A -54/14 -kern T+O -54/28 -kern V+a -54/16 -kern V+e -54/28 -kern V+o -54/20 -kern V+A -54/14 -kern V+C -54/28 -kern V+G -54/28 -kern V+O -54/28 -kern V+Q -54/28 -kern W+a -54/8 -kern W+e -54/28 -kern W+o -54/28 -kern W+u -54/28 -kern W+A -54/8 -kern W+C -54/28 -kern W+G -54/28 -kern W+O -54/28 -kern W+Q -54/28 -kern X+C -54/28 -kern X+G -54/28 -kern X+O -54/28 -kern X+Q -54/28 -kern Y+a -54/16 -kern Y+e -54/28 -kern Y+o -54/28 -kern Y+A -54/20 diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.cmschan b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.cmschan deleted file mode 100644 index d863ceb0fc..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.cmschan +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -@x -%test version -@y -%test version 1 -@z diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.exec b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.exec deleted file mode 100644 index 5bc405cefa..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.exec +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -/* FONTTEX EXEC - Note: This REXX exec is used to run the FontTeX driver program. - This exec will prompt the user for a filename if none was entered with - the call to the exec. -*/ - -Address 'COMMAND'; -Trace value 'n' -Parse Upper Arg inFn; -if inFn=' ' -then do - say 'Please enter filename of fontinfo file.' - pull inFn . -end -state inFn 'FONTINFO *' - if RC<>0 then do - say inFn 'FONTINFO file not found.' - exit - end -'FONTTEX' inFn -'REBLOCK' inFn 'TFM'; -'ERASE' inFn 'PRTFM'; -exit diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.outchan b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.outchan deleted file mode 100644 index 8098645143..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.outchan +++ /dev/null @@ -1,324 +0,0 @@ -@x -%test version -@y -%out version 1 -@z - -@x -\font\twelvept=cmbx12 -\font\tentex=cmr10 -@y -\font\twelvept=cmbx12 -@z - -@x - @<Global Variables@>@/ -static@/ - @^system dependencies@> - com_table :packed array[0..18] of string(7);@/ -value@/ - com_table[0] := 'HDR'; {Header Record}@/ - com_table[1] := 'CHWIDTH';{Character Width}@/ - com_table[2] := 'RT'; {Reverse Type}@/ - com_table[3] := 'PS'; {Point Size}@/ - com_table[4] := 'SS'; {Set Size}@/ - com_table[5] := 'VMF'; {Vertical Move Forward}@/ - com_table[6] := 'VMR'; {Vertical Move Reverse}@/ - com_table[7] := 'RW'; {Rule Width}@/ - com_table[8] := 'RD'; {Rule Depth}@/ - com_table[9] := 'IR'; {Insert Rule}@/ - com_table[10] := 'SL'; {Slant Mode}@/ - com_table[11] := 'RTWT'; {Reverse Type Window Top}@/ - com_table[12] := 'RTWB'; {Reverse Type Window Bottom}@/ - com_table[13] := 'AU'; {Auxiliary Character Set}@/ - com_table[14] := 'F'; {Change Fonts}@/ - com_table[15] := 'HMR'; {Horizontal Move Right}@/ - com_table[16] := 'HML'; {Horizontal Move Left}@/ - com_table[17] := 'TTS'; {8600 character, in decimal}@/ - com_table[18] := 'MAXCMD';@/ -%include pasclib(asciicvt)@/ -@y -@<Global Variables@>@/ -static@/ -@!com_table :packed array[0..18] of string(7);@/ -@!ordx : packed array['00'xc..'FF'xc] of '00'x..'7f'x;@/ -@!chrx : packed array['00'x..'7F'x] of '00'xc..'FF'xc;@/ -value@/ - com_table[0] := 'HDR'; {Header Record}@/ - com_table[1] := 'CHWIDTH';{Character Width}@/ - com_table[2] := 'RT'; {Reverse Type}@/ - com_table[3] := 'PS'; {Point Size}@/ - com_table[4] := 'SS'; {Set Size}@/ - com_table[5] := 'VMF'; {Vertical Move Forward}@/ - com_table[6] := 'VMR'; {Vertical Move Reverse}@/ - com_table[7] := 'RW'; {Rule Width}@/ - com_table[8] := 'RD'; {Rule Depth}@/ - com_table[9] := 'IR'; {Insert Rule}@/ - com_table[10] := 'SL'; {Slant Mode}@/ - com_table[11] := 'RTWT'; {Reverse Type Window Top}@/ - com_table[12] := 'RTWB'; {Reverse Type Window Bottom}@/ - com_table[13] := 'AU'; {Auxiliary Character Set}@/ - com_table[14] := 'F'; {Change Fonts}@/ - com_table[15] := 'HMR'; {Horizontal Move Right}@/ - com_table[16] := 'HML'; {Horizontal Move Left}@/ - com_table[17] := 'TTS'; {8600 character, in decimal}@/ - com_table[18] := 'MAXCMD';@/ -{ EBCDIC to ASCII INTEGER and ASCII INTEGER to EBCDIC conversion } -{ EBCDIC char to ASCII integer } { ASCII INTEGER to EBCDIC char } -ordx['00'xc]:='00'x; { NUL NUL } chrx['00'x]:='00'xc; { NUL NUL } -ordx['01'xc]:='01'x; { SOH SOH } chrx['01'x]:='01'xc; { SOH SOH } -ordx['02'xc]:='02'x; { STX STX } chrx['02'x]:='02'xc; { STX STX } -ordx['03'xc]:='03'x; { ETX ETX } chrx['03'x]:='03'xc; { ETX ETX } -ordx['04'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['04'x]:='37'xc; { EOT EOT } -ordx['05'xc]:='09'x; { HT HT } chrx['05'x]:='2D'xc; { ENQ ENQ } -ordx['06'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['06'x]:='2E'xc; { ACK ACK } -ordx['07'xc]:='7F'x; { DEL DEL } chrx['07'x]:='2F'xc; { BEL BEL } -ordx['08'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['08'x]:='16'xc; { BS BS } -ordx['09'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['09'x]:='05'xc; { HT HT } -ordx['0A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['0A'x]:='25'xc; { LF LF } -ordx['0B'xc]:='0B'x; { VT VT } chrx['0B'x]:='0B'xc; { VT VT } -ordx['0C'xc]:='0C'x; { FF FF } chrx['0C'x]:='0C'xc; { FF FF } -ordx['0D'xc]:='0D'x; { CR CR } chrx['0D'x]:='0D'xc; { CR CR } -ordx['0E'xc]:='0E'x; { SO SO } chrx['0E'x]:='0E'xc; { SO SO } -ordx['0F'xc]:='0F'x; { SI SI } chrx['0F'x]:='0F'xc; { SI SI } -ordx['10'xc]:='10'x; { DLE DLE } chrx['10'x]:='10'xc; { DLE DLE } -ordx['11'xc]:='11'x; { DC1 DC1 } chrx['11'x]:='11'xc; { DC1 DC1 } -ordx['12'xc]:='12'x; { DC2 DC2 } chrx['12'x]:='12'xc; { DC2 DC2 } -ordx['13'xc]:='13'x; { TM DC3 } chrx['13'x]:='13'xc; { DC3 TM } -ordx['14'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['14'x]:='3C'xc; { DC4 DC4 } -ordx['15'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['15'x]:='3D'xc; { NAK NAK } -ordx['16'xc]:='08'x; { BS BS } chrx['16'x]:='32'xc; { SYN SYN } -ordx['17'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['17'x]:='26'xc; { ETB ETB } -ordx['18'xc]:='18'x; { CAN CAN } chrx['18'x]:='18'xc; { CAN CAN } -ordx['19'xc]:='19'x; { EM EM } chrx['19'x]:='19'xc; { EM EM } -ordx['1A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['1A'x]:='3F'xc; { SUB SUB } -ordx['1B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['1B'x]:='27'xc; { ESC ESC } -ordx['1C'xc]:='1C'x; { IFS FS } chrx['1C'x]:='1C'xc; { FS IFS } -ordx['1D'xc]:='1D'x; { IGS GS } chrx['1D'x]:='1D'xc; { GS IGS } -ordx['1E'xc]:='1E'x; { IRS RS } chrx['1E'x]:='1E'xc; { RS IRS } -ordx['1F'xc]:='1F'x; { IUS US } chrx['1F'x]:='1F'xc; { US IUS } -ordx['20'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['20'x]:='40'xc; { SP SP } -ordx['21'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['21'x]:='5A'xc; { ! ! } -ordx['22'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['22'x]:='7F'xc; { " " } -ordx['23'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['23'x]:='7B'xc; { # # } -ordx['24'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['24'x]:='5B'xc; { $ $ } -ordx['25'xc]:='0A'x; { LF LF } chrx['25'x]:='6C'xc; { % % } -ordx['26'xc]:='17'x; { ETB ETB } chrx['26'x]:='50'xc; { & & } -ordx['27'xc]:='1B'x; { ESC ESC } chrx['27'x]:='7D'xc; { ' ' } -ordx['28'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['28'x]:='4D'xc; { ( ( } -ordx['29'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['29'x]:='5D'xc; { ) ) } -ordx['2A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['2A'x]:='5C'xc; { * * } -ordx['2B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['2B'x]:='4E'xc; { + + } -ordx['2C'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['2C'x]:='6B'xc; { , , } -ordx['2D'xc]:='05'x; { ENQ ENQ } chrx['2D'x]:='60'xc; { - - } -ordx['2E'xc]:='06'x; { ACK ACK } chrx['2E'x]:='4B'xc; { . . } -ordx['2F'xc]:='07'x; { BEL BEL } chrx['2F'x]:='61'xc; { / / } -ordx['30'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['30'x]:='F0'xc; { 0 0 } -ordx['31'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['31'x]:='F1'xc; { 1 1 } -ordx['32'xc]:='16'x; { SYN SYN } chrx['32'x]:='F2'xc; { 2 2 } -ordx['33'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['33'x]:='F3'xc; { 3 3 } -ordx['34'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['34'x]:='F4'xc; { 4 4 } -ordx['35'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['35'x]:='F5'xc; { 5 5 } -ordx['36'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['36'x]:='F6'xc; { 6 6 } -ordx['37'xc]:='04'x; { EOT EOT } chrx['37'x]:='F7'xc; { 7 7 } -ordx['38'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['38'x]:='F8'xc; { 8 8 } -ordx['39'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['39'x]:='F9'xc; { 9 9 } -ordx['3A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['3A'x]:='7A'xc; { : : } -ordx['3B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['3B'x]:='5E'xc; { ; ; } -ordx['3C'xc]:='14'x; { DC4 DC4 } chrx['3C'x]:='4C'xc; { < < } -ordx['3D'xc]:='15'x; { NAK NAK } chrx['3D'x]:='7E'xc; { = = } -ordx['3E'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['3E'x]:='6E'xc; { > > } -ordx['3F'xc]:='1A'x; { SUB SUB } chrx['3F'x]:='6F'xc; { ? ? } -ordx['40'xc]:='20'x; { SP SP } chrx['40'x]:='7C'xc; { @@ @@ } -ordx['41'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['41'x]:='C1'xc; { A A } -ordx['42'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['42'x]:='C2'xc; { B B } -ordx['43'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['43'x]:='C3'xc; { C C } -ordx['44'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['44'x]:='C4'xc; { D D } -ordx['45'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['45'x]:='C5'xc; { E E } -ordx['46'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['46'x]:='C6'xc; { F F } -ordx['47'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['47'x]:='C7'xc; { G G } -ordx['48'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['48'x]:='C8'xc; { H H } -ordx['49'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['49'x]:='C9'xc; { I I } -ordx['4A'xc]:='5E'x; { ã ã } chrx['4A'x]:='D1'xc; { J J } -ordx['4B'xc]:='2E'x; { . . } chrx['4B'x]:='D2'xc; { K K } -ordx['4C'xc]:='3C'x; { < < } chrx['4C'x]:='D3'xc; { L L } -ordx['4D'xc]:='28'x; { ( ( } chrx['4D'x]:='D4'xc; { M M } -ordx['4E'xc]:='2B'x; { + + } chrx['4E'x]:='D5'xc; { N N } -ordx['4F'xc]:='7C'x; { | | } chrx['4F'x]:='D6'xc; { O O } -ordx['50'xc]:='26'x; { & & } chrx['50'x]:='D7'xc; { P P } -ordx['51'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['51'x]:='D8'xc; { Q Q } -ordx['52'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['52'x]:='D9'xc; { R R } -ordx['53'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['53'x]:='E2'xc; { S S } -ordx['54'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['54'x]:='E3'xc; { T T } -ordx['55'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['55'x]:='E4'xc; { U U } -ordx['56'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['56'x]:='E5'xc; { V V } -ordx['57'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['57'x]:='E6'xc; { W W } -ordx['58'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['58'x]:='E7'xc; { X X } -ordx['59'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['59'x]:='E8'xc; { Y Y } -ordx['5A'xc]:='21'x; { ! ! } chrx['5A'x]:='E9'xc; { Z Z } -ordx['5B'xc]:='24'x; { $ $ } chrx['5B'x]:='AD'xc; { [ [ } -ordx['5C'xc]:='2A'x; { * * } chrx['5C'x]:='E0'xc; { \ \ } -ordx['5D'xc]:='29'x; { ) ) } chrx['5D'x]:='BD'xc; { ] ] } -ordx['5E'xc]:='3B'x; { ; ; } chrx['5E'x]:='4A'xc; { ã ã } -ordx['5F'xc]:='7E'x; { ^ ^ } chrx['5F'x]:='6D'xc; { _ _ } -ordx['60'xc]:='2D'x; { - - } chrx['60'x]:='79'xc; { ` ` } -ordx['61'xc]:='2F'x; { / / } chrx['61'x]:='81'xc; { a a } -ordx['62'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['62'x]:='82'xc; { b b } -ordx['63'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['63'x]:='83'xc; { c c } -ordx['64'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['64'x]:='84'xc; { d d } -ordx['65'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['65'x]:='85'xc; { e e } -ordx['66'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['66'x]:='86'xc; { f f } -ordx['67'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['67'x]:='87'xc; { g g } -ordx['68'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['68'x]:='88'xc; { h h } -ordx['69'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['69'x]:='89'xc; { i i } -ordx['6A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['6A'x]:='91'xc; { j j } -ordx['6B'xc]:='2C'x; { , , } chrx['6B'x]:='92'xc; { k k } -ordx['6C'xc]:='25'x; { % % } chrx['6C'x]:='93'xc; { l l } -ordx['6D'xc]:='5F'x; { _ _ } chrx['6D'x]:='94'xc; { m m } -ordx['6E'xc]:='3E'x; { > > } chrx['6E'x]:='95'xc; { n n } -ordx['6F'xc]:='3F'x; { ? ? } chrx['6F'x]:='96'xc; { o o } -ordx['70'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['70'x]:='97'xc; { p p } -ordx['71'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['71'x]:='98'xc; { q q } -ordx['72'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['72'x]:='99'xc; { r r } -ordx['73'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['73'x]:='A2'xc; { s s } -ordx['74'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['74'x]:='A3'xc; { t t } -ordx['75'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['75'x]:='A4'xc; { u u } -ordx['76'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['76'x]:='A5'xc; { v v } -ordx['77'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['77'x]:='A6'xc; { w w } -ordx['78'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['78'x]:='A7'xc; { x x } -ordx['79'xc]:='60'x; { ` ` } chrx['79'x]:='A8'xc; { y y } -ordx['7A'xc]:='3A'x; { : : } chrx['7A'x]:='A9'xc; { z z } -ordx['7B'xc]:='23'x; { # # } chrx['7B'x]:='C0'xc; { lcurly } -ordx['7C'xc]:='40'x; { @@ @@ } chrx['7C'x]:='4F'xc; { | | } -ordx['7D'xc]:='27'x; { ' ' } chrx['7D'x]:='D0'xc; { rcurly } -ordx['7E'xc]:='3D'x; { = = } chrx['7E'x]:='9C'xc; { tilde } -ordx['7F'xc]:='22'x; { " " } chrx['7F'x]:='07'xc; { DEL DEL } -ordx['80'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['81'xc]:='61'x; { a a } -ordx['82'xc]:='62'x; { b b } -ordx['83'xc]:='63'x; { c c } -ordx['84'xc]:='64'x; { d d } -ordx['85'xc]:='65'x; { e e } -ordx['86'xc]:='66'x; { f f } -ordx['87'xc]:='67'x; { g g } -ordx['88'xc]:='68'x; { h h } -ordx['89'xc]:='69'x; { i i } -ordx['8A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['8B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['8C'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['8D'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['8E'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['8F'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['90'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['91'xc]:='6A'x; { j j } -ordx['92'xc]:='6B'x; { k k } -ordx['93'xc]:='6C'x; { l l } -ordx['94'xc]:='6D'x; { m m } -ordx['95'xc]:='6E'x; { n n } -ordx['96'xc]:='6F'x; { o o } -ordx['97'xc]:='70'x; { p p } -ordx['98'xc]:='71'x; { q q } -ordx['99'xc]:='72'x; { r r } -ordx['9A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['9B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['9C'xc]:='7E'x; { tilde } -ordx['9D'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['9E'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['9F'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['A0'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['A1'xc]:='1A'x; { ... SUB } -ordx['A2'xc]:='73'x; { s s } -ordx['A3'xc]:='74'x; { t t } -ordx['A4'xc]:='75'x; { u u } -ordx['A5'xc]:='76'x; { v v } -ordx['A6'xc]:='77'x; { w w } -ordx['A7'xc]:='78'x; { x x } -ordx['A8'xc]:='79'x; { y y } -ordx['A9'xc]:='7A'x; { z z } -ordx['AA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['AB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['AC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['AD'xc]:='5B'x; { [ [ } -ordx['AE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['AF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B0'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B1'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B2'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B3'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B4'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B5'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B6'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B7'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B8'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B9'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['BA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['BB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['BC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['BD'xc]:='5D'x; { ] ] } -ordx['BE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['BF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['C0'xc]:='7B'x; { lcurly } -ordx['C1'xc]:='41'x; { A A } -ordx['C2'xc]:='42'x; { B B } -ordx['C3'xc]:='43'x; { C C } -ordx['C4'xc]:='44'x; { D D } -ordx['C5'xc]:='45'x; { E E } -ordx['C6'xc]:='46'x; { F F } -ordx['C7'xc]:='47'x; { G G } -ordx['C8'xc]:='48'x; { H H } -ordx['C9'xc]:='49'x; { I I } -ordx['CA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['CB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['CC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['CD'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['CE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['CF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['D0'xc]:='7D'x; { rcurly } -ordx['D1'xc]:='4A'x; { J J } -ordx['D2'xc]:='4B'x; { K K } -ordx['D3'xc]:='4C'x; { L L } -ordx['D4'xc]:='4D'x; { M M } -ordx['D5'xc]:='4E'x; { N N } -ordx['D6'xc]:='4F'x; { O O } -ordx['D7'xc]:='50'x; { P P } -ordx['D8'xc]:='51'x; { Q Q } -ordx['D9'xc]:='52'x; { R R } -ordx['DA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['DB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['DC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['DD'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['DE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['DF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['E0'xc]:='5C'x; { \ \ } -ordx['E1'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['E2'xc]:='53'x; { S S } -ordx['E3'xc]:='54'x; { T T } -ordx['E4'xc]:='55'x; { U U } -ordx['E5'xc]:='56'x; { V V } -ordx['E6'xc]:='57'x; { W W } -ordx['E7'xc]:='58'x; { X X } -ordx['E8'xc]:='59'x; { Y Y } -ordx['E9'xc]:='5A'x; { Z Z } -ordx['EA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['EB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['EC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['ED'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['EE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['EF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['F0'xc]:='30'x; { 0 0 } -ordx['F1'xc]:='31'x; { 1 1 } -ordx['F2'xc]:='32'x; { 2 2 } -ordx['F3'xc]:='33'x; { 3 3 } -ordx['F4'xc]:='34'x; { 4 4 } -ordx['F5'xc]:='35'x; { 5 5 } -ordx['F6'xc]:='36'x; { 6 6 } -ordx['F7'xc]:='37'x; { 7 7 } -ordx['F8'xc]:='38'x; { 8 8 } -ordx['F9'xc]:='39'x; { 9 9 } -ordx['FA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['FB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['FC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['FD'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['FE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['FF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -@z diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.web b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.web deleted file mode 100644 index 6f2ce2858e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/fonttex.web +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1936 +0,0 @@ -%test version -\font\twelvept=cmbx12 -\font\tentex=cmr10 -\def\topofcontents{\null - \def\titlepage{T} - \centerline{{\twelvept The FONTTEX Program}} - \vskip15pt - \centerline{Version 2, July 1986} - \hbox{\vbox{\hsize\the\hsize This work is - protected as an unpublished work under U.S. copyright laws. - Copyright $\copyright$ 1986 by WSUCSC. All rights Reserved.}} - \vskip18pt - \hbox{\vbox{\hsize\the\hsize This software is furnished under a - license for - use only on a single computer system and may be copied only - with the inclusion of the above copyright notice. - This software, or any other copies - thereof, may not be provided or otherwise made available to any - other person except for use on such system and to one who agrees to - these license terms. Title to and ownership of the software shall - at all times remain in WSUCSC.}} - \vfill} - -@* Introduction. - This version of fonttex writes font and driver information - into elements. Infile, a data file, must be assigned prior - the font data. - - Fonttex reads a font description source element, and creates - a \TeX\ font file (TFM) and an 8600 driver element. - - The font description source is divided into three sections. - The first section includes comments and parameters for the - entire font, the second describes the individual characters, - and the third provides information about ligatures, kerns, - linked math characters, and limit conventions on math - operators. Numeric information is given as integers, - or fractions depending on the context in which it - occurs. All sizes given will be scaled by the point size by - \TeX\ and so should reflect the sizes for 1-point - type. - - The first section can include comments, which begin with a - "*" in column one of the line. It also includes definitions - of numeric parameters for the \TeX\ and driver font files. - The parameter definitions consist of an alphabetic name - beginning in column 1 and ending with one or more blanks; - and a numeric value. Comments and parameters can be - interspersed. This section is ended by a line containing a - dollar sign in column 1. Although the order the parameters - are given in is not significant, we will discuss them in a - conventional order. The first two parameters are the - scaling factors for the heights, widths, and depths of the - characters given in section 2. These scaling factors are - called |HUNITS| and |VUNITS|. Both have real values. All - character widths are implicitly multiplied by |HUNITS|, and - all heights and depths by |VUNITS|. For the Compugraphic 8600 - we use |HUNITS|=1/54 and |VUNITS|=1/64, because of the internal - units used on the machine. The next several parameters give - information about the font needed by the 8600 driver. - |DEFFONT| specifies a font number on the typesetter. Unless - otherwise defined, all characters in this file come from - this font. |DEFWIDTH| gives the width multiplier. All - character widths are also multiplied by |DEFWIDTH|. Typically - |DEFWIDTH| is 1, but it could be less for condensed type and - more for expanded type. The remaining parameters are for - the \TeX\ font file. They all take real values. - - There should be 128 character entries in section two. - Information about character is given in free format columns, - which are separated by one or more blanks. Beginning in - column 1 is the character mnemonic. Most fonts use standard - ascii codes, so that character 65 is A, etc. For this - reason, any single character name will be checked to see - that it corresponds to the appropriate ascii value. If not a - warning is issued. - Following this may be the keyword - LIGATURE or BUILD describing ligatures and built-up math - delimiters. This is omitted for ordinary characters. The - ligature keyword indicates that this character should be - substituted for a combination of two other characters. - Following the keyword should be the names of the two - characters separated by a plus sign. For example, fi - LIGATURE f+i and: ff LIGATURE f+f ffl LIGATURE ff+l. - For the - BUILD keyword, the character will be made from pieces. - There can be a top, bottom, middle, and extension character. - All are optional except the extension character. This is - specified as BUILD keyword=charname,keyword=charname,... - For instance, bigparen BUILD - TOP=parentop,MID=parenmid,BOT=parenmid. - The third field of - information is the character width, the fourth the height, - and the fifth the depth. Widths are given relative to the - point size and are implicitly multiplied by the |HUNITS| - parameter. Likewise height and depth are relative and are - multiplied by |VUNITS|. For example, the typical value of - |HUNITS| is 1/54. Then a character width given as 27 means - that the character is 0.5 times the point size in width. The - point size will be determined when the file is referred to - in \TeX , and the character sizes will be multiplied by it as - the file is read into \TeX . The sixth column gives 8600 - commands and character codes. The commands have integer or - real parameters. Most characters will have a single character - code, and will be selected from the default font. An - alternate font can be specified by the F command. 8600 code - can also include point size commands, psuedo-italic - commands, etc. Refer to the module discussing ``Reading the - 8600 Codes.'' - - The final section specifies kerns, linked math characters, - and math operator conventions. A kern is an amount of - horizontal space to be subtracted between two characters. - It is specified as KERN A+W 5/100 for instance, to shave - 5/100 of the point size between occurences of A and W. - Linking occurs in math extension fonts where various sizes - of parentheses, brackets, and so forth occur. To link one - character to the next larger size of the same symbol, - specify LINK charname1 charname2 Finally, a character is - specified to be a mathop by the MATHOP keyword. (Common - mathops are sum and integral signs.) Following the keyword - is the character name and a real number. If the real number - is zero, limits for the operator will be centered above and - below it in display style. If non-zero, limits are set to - the right of the symbol, and the lower limit is moved left - by this amount. - - Some further detail on the methods and data structures used - by Fonttex. Widths, heights, depths, and italic corrections - are stored in arrays of reals (type realarray). Entry -1 - gives the highest numbered entry used so far. When a height, - depth, etc is read from the input file, procedure |AddToList| - is called to add the value to the array and return the index - of the entry in the array. If two or more characters have - the same dimension, the value is stored only once and the - characters have identical indices pointing to it. In the TFM - format font files, each character has an index into the - width, height, depth, italic correction arrays, and the - arrays of values are given separately. (See TUGboat volume - 2, no 1; or the comments in Sysdep at |ReadFontInfo| for more - details on the font file format.) - - Ligatures are specified by giving the name of the two - "component" characters of the ligature. These are saved in - an array of records, "lig" until the entire pre-file has - been read. Then a pass is made through these records to look - up all the names of the component characters, and a another - pass is made through the lig records to group them by the - first character of the ligature and add a pointer in the - outstuff array for that character pointing to the - ligature/kern program. The same is done with kern - specifications and the final pass over both is done - simultaneously. - - Extendible characters made from top, bottom, middle, and - extension pieces are marked at the character entry, and the - names of the pieces are saved in array ext until the file - has been read. The tag value and pointer into the ext array - are set in outstuff when the line is read in |ReadBuildStuff|, - but the character numbers for the ext array itself are not - found until after the entire file has been read. - - When records are written to the driver and font files they - can be displayed by compiling Fonttex with "drvdump" and - "dump" respectively set to true. - -@ Following are a few macros and definitions used throughout program: - -@d incr(#) == # := # + 1 -@d decr(#) == # := # - 1 -@d do_nothing == begin; end -@d ccat==@=||@> -@f static == var -@f value == var - -@ The beginning of the program. - -@p program fonttex(terminal,sysprint,fontpkt,drvpkt,infile); -const - @<Global Constants@>@/ -type - @<Global Types@>@/ -var - @<Global Variables@>@/ -static@/ - @^system dependencies@> - com_table :packed array[0..18] of string(7);@/ -value@/ - com_table[0] := 'HDR'; {Header Record}@/ - com_table[1] := 'CHWIDTH';{Character Width}@/ - com_table[2] := 'RT'; {Reverse Type}@/ - com_table[3] := 'PS'; {Point Size}@/ - com_table[4] := 'SS'; {Set Size}@/ - com_table[5] := 'VMF'; {Vertical Move Forward}@/ - com_table[6] := 'VMR'; {Vertical Move Reverse}@/ - com_table[7] := 'RW'; {Rule Width}@/ - com_table[8] := 'RD'; {Rule Depth}@/ - com_table[9] := 'IR'; {Insert Rule}@/ - com_table[10] := 'SL'; {Slant Mode}@/ - com_table[11] := 'RTWT'; {Reverse Type Window Top}@/ - com_table[12] := 'RTWB'; {Reverse Type Window Bottom}@/ - com_table[13] := 'AU'; {Auxiliary Character Set}@/ - com_table[14] := 'F'; {Change Fonts}@/ - com_table[15] := 'HMR'; {Horizontal Move Right}@/ - com_table[16] := 'HML'; {Horizontal Move Left}@/ - com_table[17] := 'TTS'; {8600 character, in decimal}@/ - com_table[18] := 'MAXCMD';@/ -%include pasclib(asciicvt)@/ - -@* Beginning section. -This section includes some basic functions for reading the DVI file -as well as a couple of procedures, like error and allcaps. Nothing -tricky or noteworthy in these. - -@<Global Constants@>= - maxkerns = 255; - num_entries = 128; {maximum number of characters entered} - -@ -@<Global Types@>= - oneoftwo = packed 1..2; - oneoffour = packed 1..4; - bytes4 = packed record - byte0 :packed 0..255; - byte1 :packed 0..255; - case oneoftwo of - 1 :(rhword :packed 0..65535); - 2 :(byte2 :packed 0..255; - byte3 :packed 0..255) - end; - charindex = 0..127;@\ - comm = (HDR,CHWIDTH,RT,PS,SS,VMF,VMR,RW,RD,IR,SL, - RTWT,RTWB,AU,F,HMR,HML,TTS,MAXCMD);@\ - driverrec = record - cmd :integer; - case oneoftwo of - 1 :(param :shortreal); - 2 :(code :integer); - end; - extrec = record - sourceline:integer; - topname,botname,extname,midname :string(40); - top,bot,mid,ext :charindex; - end; - fonttypes = (standard,mathex,mathsy); - halves2 = packed record - lhword :packed 0..65535; - case oneoftwo of - 1 :(rhword :packed 0..65535); - 2 :(byte2 :packed 0..255; - byte3 :packed 0..255) - end; - kernrec = record - frstchar :charindex; - scndchar :charindex; - kernslot :integer; - end; - ligrec = record - sourceline :integer; - firstname :string(40); - scndname :string(40); - frstchar :charindex; - scndchar :charindex; - ligcode :charindex; - end; - memoryword = packed record case oneoffour of - 1 :(pts :shortreal); - 2 :(int :integer); - 3 :(twohalves :halves2); - 4 :(fourbytes :bytes4) - end; - outarray = array[charindex] of memoryword; - parameter = (slant,spacee,spstretch,spshrink, - xheight,quad,extraspace, - raisen1,raisen2,raisen3, - denom1,denom2,sup1,sup2, - sup3,sub1,sub2,supdrop,subdrop, - dlims1,dlims2,axisheight, - defthickness,bgopsp1, - bgopsp2,bgopsp3, - bgopsp4,bgopsp5); - realarray = array[-1..num_entries] of real; - -@ This function will convert whatever is passed to it into -all capital letters. It translates lower case letters into upper case -letters. All other characters outside of the range -a$<$=character$<$=z are returned as their original value. - -@^system dependencies@> -@p function allcaps(instring :string(40)) :string(40); -var - i :integer; - character :char; - buildit :string(40); -static - chtable :packed array['81'xc..'e9'xc] of char; -value - chtable['81'xc] := 'A'; - chtable['82'xc] := 'B'; - chtable['83'xc] := 'C'; - chtable['84'xc] := 'D'; - chtable['85'xc] := 'E'; - chtable['86'xc] := 'F'; - chtable['87'xc] := 'G'; - chtable['88'xc] := 'H'; - chtable['89'xc] := 'I'; - chtable['91'xc] := 'J'; - chtable['92'xc] := 'K'; - chtable['93'xc] := 'L'; - chtable['94'xc] := 'M'; - chtable['95'xc] := 'N'; - chtable['96'xc] := 'O'; - chtable['97'xc] := 'P'; - chtable['98'xc] := 'Q'; - chtable['99'xc] := 'R'; - chtable['a2'xc] := 'S'; - chtable['a3'xc] := 'T'; - chtable['a4'xc] := 'U'; - chtable['a5'xc] := 'V'; - chtable['a6'xc] := 'W'; - chtable['a7'xc] := 'X'; - chtable['a8'xc] := 'Y'; - chtable['a9'xc] := 'Z'; -begin - buildit := ''; - for i := 1 to length(instring) do begin - readstr(substr(instring,i,1),character); - if character in ['a'..'z'] - then buildit := buildit || str(chtable[character]) - else buildit := buildit || str(character); - end; - allcaps := buildit; - end; - -@ This function receives an integer value and converts it to its -hex value and returns that value as a string. - -@^system dependencies@> -@p function hex(int :integer) :string(8); -var - i :integer; - j :integer; - k16 :integer; - stri :string(8); -static - hexarray :array[0..15] of string(1); -value - hexarray[0] := '0'; - hexarray[1] := '1'; - hexarray[2] := '2'; - hexarray[3] := '3'; - hexarray[4] := '4'; - hexarray[5] := '5'; - hexarray[6] := '6'; - hexarray[7] := '7'; - hexarray[8] := '8'; - hexarray[9] := '9'; - hexarray[10] := 'A'; - hexarray[11] := 'B'; - hexarray[12] := 'C'; - hexarray[13] := 'D'; - hexarray[14] := 'E'; - hexarray[15] := 'F'; -begin - stri := ''; - i := int; - if i < 0 then begin - stri := 'FF'; - i := 'FFFFFF'x + i + 1; - end; - k16 := 1048576; - repeat - if i >= k16 - then begin - j := i div k16; - stri := stri || hexarray[j]; - i := i - (j * k16); - end - else if length(stri) > 0 - then stri := stri || '0'; - k16 := k16 div 16; - until k16 = 1; - stri := stri || hexarray[i]; - i := length(stri); - if (i = 1) or (i = 3) or (i = 5) - then stri := '0' || stri; - hex := stri; - end; - -@ -@<Global Types@>= - oneofsix = 1..6; - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= - dump :boolean; - fontpkt :file of memoryword; - inx :integer; - name :array[0..127] of string(40); - outcount :integer; - outrec :memoryword; - -@ -@p procedure writeout(outrec :memoryword; - outtype :oneofsix); -var - length :integer; -begin - if dump then begin - write(outcount:6,': '); - case outtype of - 1 :writeln('Pts=',outrec.pts); - 2 :begin - writeln('Fix=',outrec.int); - end; - 3 :with outrec.twohalves do - writeln('lhword=',lhword,',rhword=',rhword); - 4 :with outrec.fourbytes do - writeln(' Byte0=',byte0:3,'=>"',hex(byte0),'"', - ',Byte1=',byte1:3,'=>"',hex(byte1),'"', - ',Byte2=',byte2:3,'=>"',hex(byte2),'"', - ',Byte3=',byte3:3,'=>"',hex(byte3),'"'); - 5 :with outrec.fourbytes do - writeln(' Width inx =',byte0:3, - ',Height inx= ',byte1 div 16:2, - ',Depth inx =',byte1 mod 16:2, - ',ItCor inx= ',byte2 div 4:2, - ',Tag =',byte2 mod 4:1, - ',Rem =',byte3:2, - ',chr="',name[inx],'"'); - 6 :writeln(outrec.int:1); - end;{case} - end;{if} - outcount := outcount + 1; {count it} - fontpkt@@ := outrec; - put(fontpkt); - end; {writeout} - -@ -@<Global Types@>= -@!error_severity = (fatal,notreallyfatal,overlookable); - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= -@!currchar :charindex; -@!errlin :integer; -@!errlstr :string(10); -@!errmax :integer; -@!errmin :integer; -@!errnum :integer; -@!errstr :string(133); -@!infile :text; -@!lenfile :integer; -@!lineno :integer; -@!sysprint :text; - -@ The error procedure. When a byte is read that does not jive with -what the program was expecting, it goes to this procedure with a -return code of some kind and an appropriate message is printed to user. - -@p procedure error(err :integer; - howbad :error_severity); -begin - if errlin = 0 then errlin := lineno; - {The caller can override the current line by setting errlin} - case err of - 0 :writeln('Empty input file'); - 1 :writeln('Unrecognized keyword :',errstr); - 2 :begin - write('Number of entries must be specified'); - writeln(' before the entries appear'); - end; - 4 :begin - write('Integer expected but not found: next char='); - if eoln(infile) - then writeln('end of line') - else writeln(infile@@); - end; - 5 :writeln('Too many unique widths, depths, or heights'); - 6 :begin - writeln('Entries in font file are out of sequence:'); - writeln('The entry labelled ',errstr[1], - ' has a sequence ', 'of ',currchar:3, - ', not its Ascii value ',ordx[errstr[1]]:3); - end; - 7 :writeln('Ran out of entries in font file prematurely'); - 8 :writeln('Real value given for parameter ',errstr, - ', but integer required'); - 9 :writeln('The character names in a ligature or kern ', - 'have to be separated by a "+"'); - 10 :writeln('Knave! No space should follow thine plus sign'); - 11 :writeln('We expected to see a keyword here, not ', - errstr,'. Perhaps you have too many ', - 'character entries, or (gasp!) a typo'); - 12 :writeln('You never specified "',errstr, - '" as a character name'); - 13 :writeln('Keyword should be TOP,BOT,MID,EXT, not "', - errstr:3,'"'); - 14 :writeln('You''ve specified parameters for both ', - 'mathex and mathsy fonts'); - 15 :writeln('Expected to write ',lenfile:3,' records, ', - 'but actually wrote ',outcount:3); - 16 :writeln('After character name should be BUILD, ', - 'LIGATURE, or integer, not ',errstr); - 17 :writeln('Invalid value for parameter ',errlstr,', ', - errnum,' is <',errmin,' or >',errmax); - 18 :writeln('TTS codes must be within 0 to 127'); - 19 :writeln(errlstr,' is not a valid 8600 command'); - 20 :writeln('There is no 8600 code given for character ', - errstr:1); - 21 :writeln('Bad character for 8600 code :',infile@@); - 24 :writeln('Major font number should be between 1 and ', - maxfont:3); - 27 :writeln('Fontname too long, truncated to 8 characters'); - 28 :writeln('Invalid input values for tracing, ', - 'record "',errlstr,'" skipped'); - otherwise writeln('Unspecified error number ',err:3); - end; {case} - if howbad = fatal - then begin - writeln('Fatal error ends program at input line', - errlin:4); - trace(sysprint); - halt; - end - else writeln('Error at input line',errlin:4); - if (not eof(infile)) and (howbad = overlookable) - then begin - readln(infile); - writeln('rest of this string has been overlooked'); - end; - errlin := 0; {reset default line to lineno} - end; {Error} - -@ -@p procedure skipblanks; -begin - while (infile@@=' ') and not eoln(infile) do - get(infile); {advance one character} - end; - -@ -@<Global Types@>= -@!chrset = set of char; - -@ This procedure reads a string from infile to be delimited by -a character in the set delimiters. - -@p procedure readmnemonic(var mn :string(40); - delimiters :chrset); -var - str :string(1); -begin - mn := ''; - while (length(mn) <= 40) and not (infile@@ in delimiters) do begin - read(infile,str); -{writeln('character="',str);} - mn := mn || str; - end; - errstr := mn; {save globally for error messages} - end; {readmnemonic} - -@ -@<Global Constants@>= - exspacekey = 'EXTRASPACE'; - quadkey = 'QUAD'; - slantkey = 'SLANT'; - spaceekey = 'SPACE'; - spshrkey = 'SPSHRINK'; - spstrkey = 'SPSTRETCH'; - xhtkey = 'XHEIGHT'; - -@ -@p procedure printparam(p :parameter); -begin - case p of - slant :write(slantkey:5); - spacee :write(spaceekey:6); - spstretch :write(spstrkey:9); - spshrink :write(spshrkey:8); - xheight :write(xhtkey:7); - quad :write(quadkey:4); - extraspace:write(exspacekey:10); - otherwise write(' next math parm'); - end; {case} - end; {printparam} - -@ This converts the byte to an integer, for further evaluation by -the program. - -@p procedure readinteger(var int :integer); -var - minusint :integer; -begin - skipblanks; - if not (infile@@ in ['0'..'9','-']) then error(4,fatal); - if infile@@ = '-' - then begin - get(infile); - readinteger(minusint); - int := 0 - minusint; - end - else read(infile,int); - end; {readinteger} - -@ Reads series of integers separated by * and /. Returns - value in fractional form: multiplier/divisor is the real value - -@p procedure readexpr(var multiplier :integer; - var divisor :integer); -var - op :char; - int :integer; -begin - skipblanks; - if infile@@ = ' ' then error(4,fatal); - op := '*'; - multiplier := 1; - divisor := 1; - while not (infile@@ in [' ',',']) do begin - readinteger(int); - if op = '*' - then multiplier := multiplier * int - else divisor := divisor * int; - if (infile@@ = '*') or (infile@@ = '/') - then read(infile,op); - end; {while} - end; {readexpr} - -@ -@p procedure readreal(var r :real); -var - mult :integer; - divs :integer; -begin - readexpr(mult,divs); - r := (1.0 * mult)/(1.0 * divs); - end; - -@ -@<Global Constants@>=@/ - axishtkey = 'AXISHEIGHT'; - bosp1key = 'BIGOPSPACE1'; - bosp2key = 'BIGOPSPACE2'; - bosp3key = 'BIGOPSPACE3'; - bosp4key = 'BIGOPSPACE4'; - bosp5key = 'BIGOPSPACE5'; - codingschemekey = 'CODINGSCHEME'; - deffontkey = 'DEFFONT'; - dethicknesskey = 'DEFTHICKNESS'; - dewidthkey = 'DEFWIDTH'; - dlims1key = 'DELIMSIZE1'; - dlims2key = 'DELIMSIZE2'; - denom1key = 'DENOMLOWER1'; - denom2key = 'DENOMLOWER2'; - fntnamekey = 'FONTNAME'; - hunitskey = 'HUNITS'; - raizen1key = 'NUMRAISE1'; - raizen2key = 'NUMRAISE2'; - raizen3key = 'NUMRAISE3'; - ptsizekey = 'POINTSIZE'; - subdrpkey = 'SUBDROP'; - sub1key = 'SUB1'; - sub2key = 'SUB2'; - supdrpkey = 'SUPDROP'; - sup1key = 'SUP1'; - sup2key = 'SUP2'; - sup3key = 'SUP3'; - vunitskey = 'VUNITS'; - maxfont = 255; - uninitialized = -5000.0; - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= - codescheme :string(40); - def_ft_stuff :driverrec; - def_width_stuff :driverrec; - fontname :string(40); - fontype :fonttypes; - hunits :real; - params :array[parameter] of real; - paramset :array[fonttypes] of set of parameter; - pointsize :integer; - uniquecode :integer; - vunits :real; - -@ -@p procedure read_the_parameters; -label 0; -var - mn :string(40); - int :integer; - realval :real; - mult :integer; - divs :integer; - isint :boolean; - pp :parameter; - parmerror :boolean; -begin - while infile@@ in ['A'..'Z','a'..'z','*'] do - if (infile@@ = '*') - then begin - readln(infile); - errlin := errlin + 1; - end - else begin - @<read vunits or hunits or parameter@> - {You can end the parameters with a '\$' line -- check it} - if infile@@ = '$' - then begin - readln(infile); {Skip end params marker} - errlin := errlin + 1; - end; - {now check that all parameters are given} -0: parmerror := false; - for pp := slant to bgopsp5 do - if (params[pp] = uninitialized) and - (pp in paramset[fontype]+paramset[standard]) - then begin - write('Parameter '); - printparam(pp); - writeln(' was not specified'); - parmerror := true; - end; - if parmerror then error(7,fatal); - end; {|read_the_parameters|} - -@ -@<read vunits or hunits or parameter@>= - readmnemonic(mn,[' ']); - if dump then write('Parameter ',mn); - mn := allcaps(mn); - if mn = 'ENDPARAMS' - @<endparams@> - if (mn <> fntnamekey) and (mn <> codingschemekey) - then readexpr(mult,divs); - if divs = 0 - then realval := 1.0 * mult - else realval := (1.0 * mult)/(1.0 * divs); - int := mult; - if divs = 1 - then isint := true - else isint := false; {only reals have divisor} - if mn = hunitskey - @<hunits@> - else if mn = vunitskey - @<vunits@> - else if mn = fntnamekey - @<fontname@> - else if mn = codingschemekey - @<codingscheme@> - else if mn = deffontkey - @<deffont@> - else if mn = dewidthkey - @<defwidth@> - else if mn = ptsizekey - @<pointsize@> - else begin - @<TEX standard parameter@> - readln(infile); - errlin := errlin + 1; - end; {else..begin} - -@ - @<endparams@>= - then begin - readln(infile); - errlin := errlin + 1; - goto 0; {marks end of parameters} - end; - -@ - @<hunits@>= - then begin - hunits := realval; - if dump then writeln(' = ',realval); - end - -@ - @<vunits@>= - then begin - vunits := realval; - if dump then writeln(' = ',realval); - end - -@ - @<fontname@>= - then begin - skipblanks; - readmnemonic(fontname,[' ','.']); - fontname := allcaps(fontname); - if dump then writeln(' = ',fontname); - end - -@ - @<codingscheme@>= - then begin - skipblanks; - readmnemonic(codescheme,[' ','.']); - codescheme := allcaps(codescheme); - if dump then writeln(' = ',codescheme); - end - -@ - @<deffont@>= - then {set up |def_ft_stuff| record} - with def_ft_stuff do begin - cmd := ord(F); {8600 font command} - if int > maxfont - then error(24,notreallyfatal); - code := int * 10; - uniquecode := int; - if dump then writeln(' = ',int); - end - -@ - @<defwidth@>= - then {set up |def_width_stuff| record} - with def_width_stuff do begin - {ratio of set width to point size} - cmd := ord(CHWIDTH); - param := realval; - if dump then writeln(' = ',realval); - end - -@ - @<pointsize@>= - then begin - pointsize := int; - if dump then writeln(' = ',int); - end - -@ - @<TEX standard parameter@>= - if mn = slantkey - then pp := slant - else if mn = spaceekey - then pp := spacee - else if mn = spstrkey - then pp := spstretch - else if mn = spshrkey - then pp := spshrink - else if mn = xhtkey - then pp := xheight - else if mn = quadkey - then pp := quad - else if mn = exspacekey - then pp := extraspace - @<TEX mathsy parameter@> - @<TEX mathex parameter@> - else error(1,fatal); - params[pp] := realval; {save value of it} - if dump then writeln(' = ',realval); - if pp in paramset[mathex] - then begin - if fontype = standard - then fontype := mathex - else if fontype <> mathex - then error(14,fatal); - end - else if pp in paramset[mathsy] - then begin - if fontype = standard - {change assumption} - then fontype := mathsy - else if fontype <> mathsy - then error(14,fatal); - end; {then..begin} - end; {else..begin TEX} - -@ - @<TEX mathsy parameter@>= - else if mn = raizen1key - then pp := raisen1 - else if mn = raizen2key - then pp := raisen2 - else if mn = raizen3key - then pp := raisen3 - else if mn = denom1key - then pp := denom1 - else if mn = denom2key - then pp := denom2 - else if mn = sup1key - then pp := sup1 - else if mn = sup2key - then pp := sup2 - else if mn = sup3key - then pp := sup3 - else if mn = sub1key - then pp := sub1 - else if mn = sub2key - then pp := sub2 - else if mn = supdrpkey - then pp := supdrop - else if mn = subdrpkey - then pp := subdrop - else if mn = dlims1key - then pp := dlims1 - else if mn = dlims2key - then pp := dlims2 - else if mn = axishtkey - then pp := axisheight - -@ - @<TEX mathex parameter@>= - else if mn = dethicknesskey - then pp := defthickness - else if mn = bosp1key - then pp := bgopsp1 - else if mn = bosp2key - then pp := bgopsp2 - else if mn = bosp3key - then pp := bgopsp3 - else if mn = bosp4key - then pp := bgopsp4 - else if mn = bosp5key - then pp := bgopsp5 - -@ finds entry in array list if present and returns its index - as slot. otherwise it adds it at the end of list (specified - by list[-1]) and returns that index as slot. - -@p procedure add_to_list(var list :realarray; - entry :real; - lmax :integer; - var slot :integer); -var - linx :integer; -begin - if entry = 0 then begin - slot := 0; - return; - end; - for linx := 1 to trunc(list[-1]) do - if entry = list[linx] - then begin - slot := linx; - return; - end; - {not found} - if trunc(list[-1]) = lmax then error(5,fatal); - list[-1] := list[-1] + 1.0; - list[trunc(list[-1])] := entry; - slot := trunc(list[-1]); - end; {|add_to_list|} - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= - max :array[comm] of integer; - min :array[comm] of integer; - -@ Sets up info needed to read driver file info from the input - file, and write it in proper format into the driver output file - -@p procedure init8600commands; -var - cmd :comm; -begin - for cmd := HDR to MAXCMD do begin {initialize 8600 commands} - if cmd in [PS,SS] then begin - min[cmd] := 0; - max[cmd] := 1275; - end - else if cmd in [VMF, VMR, RD] then begin - min[cmd] := 1; - max[cmd] := 1736; - end - else if cmd in [RW, HML, HMR] then begin - min[cmd] := 1; - max[cmd] := 14688; - end - else if cmd in [SL] then begin - min[cmd] := 0; - max[cmd] := 48; - end - else if cmd in [RTWT, RTWB] then begin - min[cmd] := 0; - max[cmd] := 1440; - end - else if cmd in [F] then begin - min[cmd] := 1; - max[cmd] := 255; - end - else begin {catch any others} - min[cmd] := 0; - max[cmd] := 65535; {largest 2 byte integer} - end; - end; {FOR..begin} - end; {init8600commands} - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= - depth :realarray; - drvdump :boolean; - drvpkt :file of driverrec; - drvoutcount :integer; - dumpval :boolean; - height :realarray; - inrec :string(30); - itcorr :realarray; - kernout :realarray; - numext :integer; - numkerns :integer; - numligs :integer; - numparams :array[fonttypes] of integer; - outstuff :outarray; - str1 :string(30); - str2 :string(30); - terminal :text; - width :realarray; - -@ -@p procedure initialize; -var - pp :parameter; - outinx :integer; -begin - fontname := trim(parms); - termout(terminal); - termout(output); - rewrite(fontpkt,'NAME='||fontname||'.PRTFM.A'); - rewrite(drvpkt,'NAME='||fontname||'.CGINFO.A'); - reset(infile,'NAME='||fontname||'.FONTINFO.*'); - dump := false; - drvdump := false; -{ - while not eof(terminal) do begin - readln(terminal,inrec); - inx := index(inrec,'='); - if inx < 1 - then begin - errstr := inrec; - error(28,notreallyfatal); - end - else begin - str1 := substr(inrec,1,inx-1); - str2 := substr(inrec,inx+1,length(inrec)-inx); - str1 := allcaps(ltrim(trim(str1))); - str2 := allcaps(ltrim(trim(str2))); - if str2 = 'false' - then dumpval := false - else if str2 = 'true' - then dumpval := true; - if ((str2 <> 'false') and (str2 <> 'true')) or - ((str1 <> 'DUMP') and (str1 <> 'DRVDUMP')) - then begin - errstr := inrec; - error(28,notreallyfatal); - end - else if str1 = 'DUMP' - then dump := dumpval - else drvdump := dumpval; - end; - end; -} - hunits := 1.0 / 54.0; - vunits := 1.0 / 8.0; - lineno := 1; - width[-1] := 0; - width[0] := 0.0; {for non-existent chars} - height[-1] := 0; - height[0] := 0.0; {for non-existent chars} - depth[-1] := 0; - depth[0] := 0.0; {for non-existent chars} - itcorr[-1] := 0; - itcorr[0] := 0.0; {for non-existent chars} - kernout[-1] := 0.0; - kernout[0] := 0.0; - {Set all tag values to 0 = vanilla} - for outinx := 0 to 127 do outstuff[outinx].fourbytes.byte2 := 0; - numkerns := -1; - numligs := -1; - numext := -1; - fontname := ' '; - codescheme := 'PARC TEXT'; - fontype := standard; - paramset[standard] := [slant..quad,extraspace]; - paramset[mathsy] := [raisen1..axisheight]; - paramset[mathex] := [defthickness..bgopsp5]; - pointsize := 1; - numparams[standard] := 7; - numparams[mathex] := 13; - numparams[mathsy] := 22; - for pp := slant to extraspace do params[pp] := uninitialized; - drvoutcount := 0; {no records to driver file yet} - init8600commands; - with def_ft_stuff do begin - cmd := ord(F); - code := 10; {font 1, fontlet 0 = def} - end; - with def_width_stuff do begin - cmd := ord(CHWIDTH); - param := 1.0; {normal width type is def} - end; - end;{initialize} - -@ -@p procedure readentry(var list :realarray; - lmax :integer; - var slot :integer; - units :real); -var - entry :real; - multiplier :integer; - divisor :integer; {save value in expression} -begin - readexpr(multiplier,divisor); - entry := (1.0 * multiplier) / (1.0 * divisor) * units; - if dump then writeln('entry read is ',multiplier:4,'/', - divisor:4,' * ',units:4:2, '=',entry); - add_to_list(list,entry,lmax,slot); - end; {readentry} - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= - lig :array[0..255] of ligrec; - -@ The keyword LIGATURE has just been scanned in the input for one of -characters 0 to 127. Now we expect to find blank separators followed -by the names of the two characters the ligature replaces. These will -be separated by a '+' sign. Since the characters in question may -not have been specified yet, the names will be saved for now, and -looked up after all 128 character entries have been read. - -@ -@p procedure read_ligature_stuff; -begin - skipblanks; - numligs := numligs+1; - with lig[numligs] do begin - sourceline := lineno; {save line for later error messages} - readmnemonic(firstname,[' ','+']); - if dump then writeln('first char of ligature is ',firstname); - if infile@@ <> '+' - then error(9,notreallyfatal) - else begin - get(infile); {skip plus sign} - if infile@@ = ' ' then error(10,overlookable); - skipblanks; {overlook} - readmnemonic(scndname,[' ']); {read second name} - if dump then writeln('second character of ligature', - ' is ',scndname); - end; {else..begin} - ligcode := currchar; - end; {with..begin} - end; {|read_ligature_stuff|} - -@ - @<Global Variables@>=@/ - charno :charindex; - -@ look up this name in the name array and tell where and if it was - -@p procedure lookup(lookee :string(40); - var charno :charindex; {where if found} - var found :boolean); {was it found} -var - inx :integer; -begin - found := false; - inx := 0; - while not found and (inx<128) do - if name[inx] = lookee - then found := true {found} - else inx := inx + 1; {check next} - if found - then charno := inx - else charno := 127; {not found, avoid out of range err} - if not found - then begin - errstr := lookee; {string for message} - error(12,notreallyfatal); - end; {then..begin} - end; {lookup} - -@ Set Tag value in lower 2 bits of byte 2 of outstuff record - -@p procedure set_tag_val(chinx :charindex; - tagval :integer); -begin - with outstuff[chinx].fourbytes do begin - if (byte2 mod 4) <> 0 - then writeln('Tag for char ',chinx:1, - ' already set to ',byte2 mod 4); - if tagval > 3 then error(25,fatal); - byte2 := (byte2 div 4 * 4) + tagval; - end; {with..begin} - end; {|set_tag_val|} - -@ Convert a real to a "FIX" which is a 32-bit number stored in the -leftmost 32 bits of a word. The first 12 bits are the integer part, and -the last 20 are the fraction. The left most bit is the sign - -@p function scaleout(r :real) :integer; -var - stri :string(8); - int :integer; -begin - int := round(r*'100000'x); - if dump then begin - stri := hex(int); - if length(stri) < 8 - then stri := substr('00000000',1,8-length(stri)) || stri; - writeln('FIX of ',r,' is ',int,', hex value="',stri,'"'); - end; - scaleout := int; - end; {scaleout} - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= - found :boolean; - kern :array[0..maxkerns] of kernrec; - mnem :string(40); - -@ The keyword KERN has been read: process the rest of the line - -@p procedure read_kern_stuff; -begin - numkerns := numkerns + 1; - skipblanks; - with kern[numkerns] do begin - readmnemonic(mnem,[' ','+']); - lookup(mnem,charno,found); - if found - then frstchar := charno - else begin - frstchar := 127; - error(12,notreallyfatal); - end; {else..begin} - if infile@@ = ' ' - then begin - error(9,notreallyfatal); - scndchar := 127; {put any old value there} - end - else begin - get(infile); {skip plus sign} - if infile@@ = ' ' - then error(10,overlookable); - skipblanks;{overlook it!} - readmnemonic(mnem,[' ','-']); - lookup(mnem,charno,found); - if found - then scndchar := charno - else scndchar := 127; - end; {else..begin} - readentry(kernout,maxkerns,kernslot,hunits); - end; {with} - readln(infile); - errlin := errlin + 1; - end; {|read_kern_stuff|} - -@ -@<Global Constants@>= - linktag = 2; - -@ -@p procedure read_link_stuff; -var - mn1 :string(40); - mn2 :string(40); - char1 :charindex; - char2 :charindex; - found :boolean; -begin - skipblanks; - readmnemonic(mn1,[' ']); - lookup(mn1,char1,found); - skipblanks; - readmnemonic(mn2,[' ']); - lookup(mn2,char2,found); - set_tag_val(char1,linktag); {set tag type for special info} - outstuff[char1].fourbytes.byte3 := char2; {next bigger char} - readln(infile); - errlin := errlin + 1; - end; - -@ -@<Global Constants@>= - maxitcorr = 63; - -@ -@p procedure read_mathop_stuff; -var - mn :string(40); - charno :charindex; - realval :real; - found :boolean; - slot :integer; {index into itcorr array for kerns} - tag :integer; {saves "tag" value from outstuff array} -begin - skipblanks; - readmnemonic(mn,[' ']); - lookup(mn,charno,found); - readreal(realval); - add_to_list(itcorr,realval,maxitcorr,slot); {add value to list} - with outstuff[charno].fourbytes do begin - tag := byte2 mod 4; {tag is lower 2 bits} - byte2 := slot * 4 + tag; {and ic index is upper 6 bits} - end;{with..begin} - readln(infile); - errlin := errlin + 1; - end; {|read_mathop_stuff|} - -@ -@<Global Constants@>= - botkey = 'BOT'; - extkey = 'EXT'; - midkey = 'MID'; - topkey = 'TOP'; - exttag = 3; - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= - ext :array[0..127] of extrec; - -@ Name and keyword BUILD already read. Now expect keyword=value, -keyword=value, ... Keywords are TOP, MID, BOT, EXT, and values are -char names. Add a miscellaneous entry and point to it from this -character record. initialize the four names in the ext record -and set the four character values to zero. Later we will look up the -names to determine the actual character numbers of the components. - -@p procedure read_build_stuff; -var - key :string(40); - charname :string(40); -begin - numext := numext + 1; - with ext[numext] do begin - sourceline := lineno; {save line for later error messages} - top := 0; - mid := 0; - bot := 0; - ext := 0; - topname := ''; - midname := ''; - botname := ''; - extname := ''; - end; - set_tag_val(currchar,exttag); - outstuff[currchar].fourbytes.byte3 := numext; {ptr into EXT array} - skipblanks; - repeat - if infile@@ = ',' then get(infile); {skip separator} - readmnemonic(key,['=']); - key := allcaps(key); - get(infile); {skip equal sign delimiter} - readmnemonic(charname,[',',' ']); - if key = topkey then ext[numext].topname := charname - else if key = midkey then ext[numext].midname := charname - else if key = botkey then ext[numext].botname := charname - else if key = extkey then ext[numext].extname := charname - else error(13,fatal); - until infile@@ <> ','; - end; {|read_build_stuff|} - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= - drvrec :driverrec; - -@ Print out the record about to be written to the driver file. This can - be turned on or off by setting constant 'drvdump' to true or false. - -@p procedure dump_driver_rec(cmdord :integer); -begin - with drvrec do begin - if drvoutcount = 0 - then writeln('*** Driver File Output ***'); - write(drvoutcount:3,': '); - drvoutcount := drvoutcount + 1; - write('Command=',com_table[cmdord],', Parameter='); - if (cmdord = ord(CHWIDTH)) or - ((cmdord >= ord(VMF)) and (cmdord <= ord(IR))) or - (cmdord = ord(RTWT)) or - (cmdord = ord(RTWB)) or - (cmdord = ord(HMR)) or - (cmdord = ord(HML)) - then writeln(param) - else writeln(code); - end; {with..begin} - end; {|dump_driver_rec|} - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= - stk :array [0..20] of driverrec; - -@ Push a record with an integer character code - -@p procedure pushcode(var stktop :integer); -var - icode :integer; -begin - readinteger(icode); - if icode > 127 then error(18,notreallyfatal); - stktop := stktop + 1; - with stk[stktop] do begin - cmd := ord(TTS); - code := icode; - end; {with..begin} - end; {pushcode} - -@ Reads a command or letter from the input file -- i.e., reads the - 1 to 4 char mnemonic and looks it up in array cmdname to find - the enumeration value of type "command" corresponding to it. - A letter is distinguished from a command because a letter has no - parameter whereas all one-character commands do. - -@p procedure readcmd(var cmd :comm); -label 99; -var - name :string(9); - ch :string(1); - cmdind :comm; -begin - name := ''; - while infile@@ in ['a'..'z','A'..'Z'] do begin - read(infile,ch); - name := name || ch; - end; - name := allcaps(name); - errlstr := name; {save name for error message (if needed)} - {cmd will be the command or MAXCMD if not found} - for cmdind := HDR to MAXCMD do - if name = com_table[ord(cmdind)] then goto 99; -99: cmd := cmdind; - if cmdind = MAXCMD then error(19,notreallyfatal); {bad command} - end; {readcmd} - -@ Read the command "cmnd" -- see if it has any parameters, and -if so read them. Push a record on the local stack for this command - -@p procedure readparams(var stktop :integer); -var - cmnd :comm; -begin - readcmd(cmnd); - stktop := stktop + 1; {push} - with stk[stktop] do begin - cmd := ord(cmnd); - if cmnd in [AU] {this one has no parameters} - then code := 0 - else begin {read integer parm, stuff it into record} - if cmnd in [IR,VMF,VMR,RW,RD,RTWT,RTWB,HMR,HML] - then begin - readreal(param); - if (round(param) < min[cmnd]) or - (round(param) > max[cmnd]) then begin - errlstr := com_table[ord(cmnd)]; - errnum := round(param); - errmax := max[cmnd]; - errmin := min[cmnd]; - error(17,notreallyfatal); - param := min[cmnd]; - end; {then..begin} - if cmnd in [VMF,VMR,RD] - then param := param * vunits - else param := param * hunits; - end {then..end} - else begin - readinteger(code); - if (code < min[cmnd]) or - (code > max[cmnd]) then begin - errlstr := com_table[ord(cmnd)]; - errnum := code; - errmax := max[cmnd]; - errmin := min[cmnd]; - error(17,notreallyfatal); - code := min[cmnd]; - end; {then..begin} - end; {else..begin} - end; {else..begin} - end; {with..begin} - end; {readparams} - -@* Read 8600 Codes. -The 8600 code info corresponding to this character will consist of 1 -or more entries separated by commas and containing no blanks. An entry -can be a decimal character code or an 8600 command in which case it -begins with a letter. The command name will be up to 4 letters long and -may be followed by a parameter. Some commands take integer parameters -and others take reals which will be given in the same format as widths, -etc: i.e., as products and quotients of integer values. -Following are listed the possible codes. -\settabs\+\indent&RTWB = &Reverse Type Window Bottom\quad&value=0--1440 -in 10ths of a point\cr -\+&PS\hfill =&Point Size\hfill&value=0--1275 in 10ths of a point.\cr -\+&SS\hfill =&Set Size\hfill&value=0--1275 in 10ths of a point.\cr -\+&VMF\hfill =&Vertical Move Forward\hfill&value=1--1736 in 8ths of a -point\cr -\+&VMR\hfill =&Vertical Move Reverse\hfill&value=1--1736 in 8ths of a -point\cr -\+&RD\hfill =&Rule Depth\hfill&value=1--1736 in 8ths of a point\cr -\+&RW\hfill =&Rule Width\hfill&value=1--1736 in 8ths of a point\cr -\+&HML\hfill =&Horizontal Move Left\hfill&value=1--14688 in 18ths of a -point\cr -\+&HMR\hfill =&Horizontal Move Right\hfill&value=1--14688 in 18ths of a -point\cr -\+&SL\hfill =&Slant\hfill&value=0 or 48\cr -\+&IR\hfill =&Insert Rule\cr -\+&AU\hfill =&Auxiliary Font\cr -\+&F\hfill =&Font\hfill&value=1--255\cr -\+&RTWT\hfill =&Reverse Type Window Top\hfill&value=0--1440 in 16ths of -a point\cr -\+&RTWB =&Reverse Type Window Bottom&value=0--1440 in 16ths of a point\cr - -@p procedure read8600codes; -var - more_to_come :boolean; - stktop :integer; {gives index of last used (initially 0)} - inx :integer; -begin - skipblanks; - stktop := -1; {no code yet} - if eoln(infile) - then error(20,notreallyfatal) {no code given} - else begin - {Repeat until next is no longer a comma, in which case it - had better be a blank!} - repeat - if infile@@ in ['0'..'9'] - then pushcode(stktop) {decimal character code} - else if infile@@ in ['A'..'Z','a'..'z'] - {read command and optional parms} - then readparams(stktop) - else error(21,notreallyfatal); - if infile@@ = ',' - then begin - more_to_come := true; - get(infile); - end {then..begin} - else more_to_come := false; - until not more_to_come; - end; {else..begin} - {put header record out} - drvrec.cmd := ord(HDR); - drvrec.code := stktop; {how many codes for this character} - if drvdump then dump_driver_rec(drvrec.cmd); - drvpkt@@ := drvrec; - put(drvpkt); - {write out character width record} - drvrec.cmd := ord(CHWIDTH); - drvrec.param := width[outstuff[currchar].fourbytes.byte0]; - {nw for the current character indexes its width in points} - if drvdump then dump_driver_rec(drvrec.cmd); - drvpkt@@ := drvrec; - put(drvpkt); - {Put out rec for each code or command} - for inx := 0 to stktop do begin - drvrec := stk[inx]; - if drvdump then dump_driver_rec(drvrec.cmd); - drvpkt@@ := drvrec; - put(drvpkt); - end; {FOR..begin} - end; {read8600codes} - -@* MAIN PROGRAM. - -@<Global Constants@>= - buildkey = 'BUILD'; - kernkey = 'KERN'; - ligaturekey = 'LIGATURE'; - linkkey = 'LINK'; - mathopkey = 'MATHOP'; - maxdp = 15; - maxht = 15; - maxwd = 255; - ligkerntag = 1; - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= - chnum :0..127; - chrt :char; - first :boolean; - heightslot :integer; - iny :integer; - itc :real; - ligcnt :integer; - ligout :array[0..255] of memoryword; - pp :parameter; - slot :integer; - tag :integer; - -@ -@p begin - {--------------- initialize -----------------------} - initialize; - {---------------- read input -------------------------} - read_the_parameters; - {Write first three entries to driver file} - drvrec.cmd := ord(HDR); - drvrec.code := ord(MAXCMD); - if drvdump then dump_driver_rec(drvrec.cmd); - drvpkt@@ := drvrec; - put(drvpkt); - drvrec := def_ft_stuff; - if drvdump then dump_driver_rec(drvrec.cmd); - drvpkt@@ := drvrec; - put(drvpkt); - drvrec := def_width_stuff; - if drvdump then dump_driver_rec(drvrec.cmd); - drvpkt@@ := drvrec; - put(drvpkt); - drvrec.cmd := ord(SL); - if params[slant] = uninitialized - then drvrec.code := 0 - else drvrec.code := trunc(params[slant]); - if drvdump then dump_driver_rec(drvrec.cmd); - drvpkt@@ := drvrec; - put(drvpkt); - {Now read entries...} - for currchar := 0 to num_entries-1 do begin - if eof(infile) then error(7,fatal); - with outstuff[currchar].fourbytes do - byte3 := 0; {set remainder to 0} - readmnemonic(mnem,[' ']); {if any} - if dump then writeln('** Processing font info for "',mnem,'"'); - name[currchar] := mnem; {save for later use!} - {one non-blank character -- check sequencing} - readstr(mnem,chrt); - if (length(mnem) = 1) and (ordx[chrt] <> currchar) - then error(6,notreallyfatal); - skipblanks; {look at next non-blank} - if infile@@ in ['A'..'Z','a'..'z'] - then begin - readmnemonic(mnem,[' ']); - mnem := allcaps(mnem); - if mnem = ligaturekey - then read_ligature_stuff - else if mnem = buildkey - then read_build_stuff - else error(16,fatal); - end; {then..begin} - readentry(width,maxwd,slot,hunits); {read width} - outstuff[currchar].fourbytes.byte0 := slot; {save wid index} - readentry(height,maxht,slot,vunits); {read height} - heightslot := slot; {remember ht slot until depth read} - itc := height[slot] * params[slant]; {it corr = ht * slant} - add_to_list(itcorr,itc,maxitcorr,slot); - with outstuff[currchar].fourbytes do begin - tag := byte2 mod 4; {save tag value} - byte2 := slot * 4 + tag; {put itcorr in 6 bits, tag in 2} - end; - readentry(depth,maxdp,slot,vunits); {read depth} - outstuff[currchar].fourbytes.byte1 := heightslot * 16 + slot; - {now read 8600 information...} - read8600codes; - if not eoln(infile) - then begin - readln(infile); - errlin := errlin + 1; - end; - end; {FOR..begin} - {character entries have all been read...remaining entries - must begin with a keyword: KERN, Link, MATHOP These supply - additional information about certain characters} - while not eof(infile) do begin - readmnemonic(mnem,[' ']); - mnem := allcaps(mnem); - if mnem = kernkey - then read_kern_stuff - else if mnem = linkkey - then read_link_stuff - else if mnem = mathopkey - then read_mathop_stuff - else error(11,fatal); - end; {while..begin} -@<look up lignames@>@/ -@<set up ligature info@>@/ -@<write font file@>@/ -end. - -@ -@<look up lignames@>= - for inx:= 0 to numligs do - with lig[inx] do begin - errlin := sourceline; - lookup(firstname,frstchar,found); - if not found - then begin - errlin := sourceline; - error(12,notreallyfatal); - frstchar := 127; - end; {then..begin} - lookup(scndname,scndchar,found); - if not found - then begin - errlin := sourceline; - error(12,notreallyfatal); - scndchar := 127; - end; {then..begin} - end; {with..begin} - for inx := 0 to numext do - with ext[inx] do begin - errlin := sourceline; - if topname <> '' then lookup(topname,top,found); - if midname <> '' then lookup(midname,mid,found); - if botname <> '' then lookup(botname,bot,found); - if extname <> '' then lookup(extname,ext,found); - end; {with..begin} - -@ -@<set up ligature info@>= - ligcnt := 0; - for chnum := 0 to 127 do begin - first := true; - for inx := 0 to numligs do - if lig[inx].frstchar = chnum - then begin - if first then begin - {ptr to first ligature} - outstuff[chnum].fourbytes.byte3 := ligcnt; - set_tag_val(chnum,ligkerntag); - first := false; - end; {then..begin} - with ligout[ligcnt].fourbytes, lig[inx] do - begin {transfer info into output records} - {byte0=1 if last ligature - byte1=next chararacter of ligature - byte2=0 for a ligature - byte3=code of ligature character} - byte0 := '00000000'B; - byte1 := scndchar; - byte2 := '00000000'B; - byte3 := ligcode; - end; {with..begin} - ligcnt := ligcnt+1; {ready for next one} - end; {then..begin} - {Now do same with kerns} - for inx := 0 to numkerns do - if kern[inx].frstchar = chnum - then begin - if first then begin - {link to ligature record} - outstuff[chnum].fourbytes.byte3 := ligcnt; - set_tag_val(chnum,ligkerntag); - first := false; {not anymore} - end; {then..begin} - with ligout[ligcnt].fourbytes, kern[inx] do - begin {transfer info into output records} - {byte0=1 if last kern - byte1=next chararacter of kern - byte2=1 for a kern - byte3=index of kern character} - byte0 := '00000000'B; - byte1 := scndchar; - byte2 := '10000000'B; - byte3 := kernslot; - end; {with..begin} - ligcnt := ligcnt + 1; - end; {FOR,then..begin} - if not first - then ligout[ligcnt-1].fourbytes.byte0 := '10000000'B; - {there was at least one record, so flag the last of 'em} - end; {FOR..begin} {that's all the characters} - -@ Now write out in TEX format. TUGboat vol 2, no 1 article - TEX FONT METRIC fileS says the first 12 half-words of the - file are lengths, and obey the following equation: - lenfile=6 + lh + (ec-be+1) + nw + nh + nd + ni + nk + nl + ne + np - lh=length of header=18 words ec=end character=127, - bc=beginning char=0, hence: - lenfile = 6 + 18 + 128 + nw + nh + nd + ni + nk + nl + ne + np - Calculate its value: - -@<write font file@>= - if not eof(infile) then error(7,fatal); - lenfile := 6 + 18 + 128 + trunc(width[-1]) + trunc(height[-1])@/ - + trunc(depth[-1]) + trunc(itcorr[-1])@/ - + numkerns + numligs + numext + trunc(kernout[-1])@/ - + numparams[fontype] {num parameters}@/ - + 8; {off by one on nw,nh,nd,ni,nk,nl,ne and kernout}@/ - if dump then writeln('Writing info to TEX-readable file'); - outcount := 0; {start counting} - writeln('Number of records is ',lenfile:4); - if dump then write('* lf, lh:'); - outrec.twohalves.lhword := lenfile; {len of file} - outrec.fourbytes.rhword := 18; {len of header} - writeout(outrec,3); - if dump then write('* bc, ec:'); - outrec.twohalves.lhword := 0; {first char code} - outrec.twohalves.rhword := 127; {last char code} - writeout(outrec,3); - if dump then write('* nw, nh:'); - outrec.twohalves.lhword := trunc(width[-1]+1); - outrec.twohalves.rhword := trunc(height[-1]+1); - writeout(outrec,3); - if dump then write('* nd, ni:'); - outrec.twohalves.lhword := trunc(depth[-1]+1); - outrec.twohalves.rhword := trunc(itcorr[-1]+1); - writeout(outrec,3); - if dump then write('* nl, nk:'); - outrec.twohalves.lhword := numligs + numkerns + 2; - outrec.twohalves.rhword := trunc(kernout[-1]+1); - writeout(outrec,3); - if dump then write('* ne, np:'); - outrec.twohalves.lhword := numext+1; - outrec.twohalves.rhword := numparams[fontype]; - writeout(outrec,3); - - if dump then writeln('*** Header info'); - outrec.int := uniquecode; - writeout(outrec,6); - outrec.int := scaleout(float(pointsize)); {def = 1 point} - writeout(outrec,2); - writeln('*** Coding Scheme = ',codescheme); - outrec.fourbytes.byte0 := length(codescheme); - for inx := 2 to 40 do begin - iny := inx mod 4; - if iny = 0 then iny := 4; - iny := iny - 1; - if inx-1 <= length(codescheme) - then readstr(substr(codescheme,inx-1,1),chrt) - else chrt := chrx['00'X]; - with outrec.fourbytes do case iny of - 0 :byte0 := ordx[chrt]; - 1 :byte1 := ordx[chrt]; - 2 :byte2 := ordx[chrt]; - 3 :begin - byte3 := ordx[chrt]; - writeout(outrec,4); - end; - otherwise error(99,fatal); - end; - end; - if length(fontname) > 8 - then begin - error(27,notreallyfatal); - fontname := substr(fontname,1,8); - end; - writeln('*** Font Name = ',fontname); - outrec.fourbytes.byte0 := length(fontname); - for inx := 2 to 20 do begin - iny := inx mod 4; - if iny = 0 then iny := 4; - iny := iny - 1; - if inx-1 <= length(fontname) - then readstr(substr(fontname,inx-1,1),chrt) - else chrt := chrx['00'X]; - with outrec.fourbytes do case iny of - 0 :byte0 := ordx[chrt]; - 1 :byte1 := ordx[chrt]; - 2 :byte2 := ordx[chrt]; - 3 :begin - byte3 := ordx[chrt]; - writeout(outrec,4); - end; - otherwise error(99,fatal); - end; - end; - outrec.int := 0; - writeout(outrec,6); {no Parc face byte now} - @<Write out FINFO part of font file@> - @<write out widths@> - @<write out heights@> - @<write out depths@> - @<write out itcorrs@> - @<write out ligature/kern programs@> - @<write out extension chars@> - @<write params@> - writeln('End of font file preprocessor'); - -@ - @<Write out FINFO part of font file@>= - for inx := 0 to num_entries-1 do writeout(outstuff[inx],5); - -@ - @<write out widths@>= - if dump then writeln('*** Widths'); - for inx := 0 to trunc(width[-1]) do begin - outrec.int := scaleout(width[inx]); - writeout(outrec,2); - end; - -@ - @<write out heights@>= - if dump then writeln('*** Heights'); - for inx := 0 to trunc(height[-1]) do begin - outrec.int := scaleout(height[inx]); - writeout(outrec,2); - end; - -@ - @<write out depths@>= - if dump then writeln('*** Depths'); - for inx := 0 to trunc(depth[-1]) do begin - outrec.int := scaleout(depth[inx]); - writeout(outrec,2); - end; - -@ - @<write out itcorrs@>= - if dump then writeln('*** itcorrs'); - for inx := 0 to trunc(itcorr[-1]) do begin - outrec.int := scaleout(itcorr[inx]); - writeout(outrec,2); - end; - -@ - @<write out ligature/kern programs@>= - if dump then writeln('*** Lig/Kern programs'); - for inx := 0 to numligs + numkerns + 1 do - writeout(ligout[inx],4); - {write out kern values as fixes} - if dump then writeln('*** Kern values'); - for inx := 0 to trunc(kernout[-1]) do begin - outrec.int := scaleout(kernout[inx]); - writeout(outrec,2); - end; - -@ - @<write out extension chars@>= - if dump then writeln('*** Extension chars'); - for inx := 0 to numext do - with ext[inx], outrec.fourbytes do begin - byte0 := top; - byte1 := mid; - byte2 := bot; - byte3 := ext; - writeout(outrec,4); - end; {with..begin} - -@ - @<write params@>= - if dump then writeln('*** Params'); - for pp := slant to bgopsp5 do - if pp in paramset[standard]+paramset[fontype] - then begin - if dump then begin - printparam(pp); - write(': '); - end; - outrec.int := scaleout(params[pp]); - writeout(outrec,2); - end; {then..begin} - -@* INDEX. diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/reblock.pascal b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/reblock.pascal deleted file mode 100644 index 28c7dd6e8f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/reblock.pascal +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ - PROGRAM reblock(input,output); - VAR - outstring :STRING(1024); - instring :STRING(8); - fontname :STRING(8); - filetype :STRING(8); - parmstring :STRING(20); - i, fill :integer; - BEGIN - parmstring := TRIM(parms); - i := index(parmstring,' '); - fontname := SUBSTR(parmstring,1,i-1); - filetype := SUBSTR(parmstring,i+1); - RESET(input,'NAME='||fontname||'.PR'||filetype||'.A'); - REWRITE(output,'NAME='||fontname||'.'||filetype|| - '.A,LRECL=1024,RECFM=F'); - outstring := ''; - READLN(input,instring); - WHILE NOT EOF(input) DO BEGIN; - outstring := outstring || instring; - IF LENGTH(outstring) >= 1024 THEN BEGIN - WRITELN(output,outstring); - outstring := ''; - END; - READLN(input,instring); - END; - IF LENGTH(outstring) > 0 THEN BEGIN - IF LENGTH(outstring) < 1024 THEN - REPEAT - outstring := outstring || '00'xc; - UNTIL LENGTH(outstring) >= 1024; - WRITELN(output,outstring); - END; - END. diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.cmschan b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.cmschan deleted file mode 100644 index cd3acaba08..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.cmschan +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -% No change file needed generally diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.outchan b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.outchan deleted file mode 100644 index b2182cc794..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.outchan +++ /dev/null @@ -1,580 +0,0 @@ -@x -%test version -@y -%out version 1 -@z - -@x -\font\twelvept=cmbx12 -\font\tentex=cmr10 -@y -\font\twelvept=cmbx12 -@z - -@x -@p program tex8600(sysprint,addrline,setfile,cgfonts,infofile); -@y -@p program tex8600(sysprint,addrline,setfile,cgfonts); -@z - -@x -@<Global Variables@>@/ -static@/ -@!com_table :packed array[0..18] of string(7);@/ -value@/ - com_table[0] := 'HDR'; {Header Record}@/ - com_table[1] := 'CHWIDTH';{Character Width}@/ - com_table[2] := 'RT'; {Reverse Type}@/ - com_table[3] := 'PS'; {Point Size}@/ - com_table[4] := 'SS'; {Set Size}@/ - com_table[5] := 'VMF'; {Vertical Move Forward}@/ - com_table[6] := 'VMR'; {Vertical Move Reverse}@/ - com_table[7] := 'RW'; {Rule Width}@/ - com_table[8] := 'RD'; {Rule Depth}@/ - com_table[9] := 'IR'; {Insert Rule}@/ - com_table[10] := 'SL'; {Slant Mode}@/ - com_table[11] := 'RTWT'; {Reverse Type Window Top}@/ - com_table[12] := 'RTWB'; {Reverse Type Window Bottom}@/ - com_table[13] := 'AU'; {Auxiliary Character Set}@/ - com_table[14] := 'F'; {Change Fonts}@/ - com_table[15] := 'HMR'; {Horizontal Move Right}@/ - com_table[16] := 'HML'; {Horizontal Move Left}@/ - com_table[17] := 'TTS'; {8600 character, in decimal}@/ - com_table[18] := 'MAXCMD';@/ -%include pasclib(asciicvt)@/ -@y -@<Global Variables@>@/ -static@/ -@!com_table :packed array[0..18] of string(7);@/ -@!ordx : packed array['00'xc..'FF'xc] of '00'x..'7f'x;@/ -@!chrx : packed array['00'x..'7F'x] of '00'xc..'FF'xc;@/ -value@/ - com_table[0] := 'HDR'; {Header Record}@/ - com_table[1] := 'CHWIDTH';{Character Width}@/ - com_table[2] := 'RT'; {Reverse Type}@/ - com_table[3] := 'PS'; {Point Size}@/ - com_table[4] := 'SS'; {Set Size}@/ - com_table[5] := 'VMF'; {Vertical Move Forward}@/ - com_table[6] := 'VMR'; {Vertical Move Reverse}@/ - com_table[7] := 'RW'; {Rule Width}@/ - com_table[8] := 'RD'; {Rule Depth}@/ - com_table[9] := 'IR'; {Insert Rule}@/ - com_table[10] := 'SL'; {Slant Mode}@/ - com_table[11] := 'RTWT'; {Reverse Type Window Top}@/ - com_table[12] := 'RTWB'; {Reverse Type Window Bottom}@/ - com_table[13] := 'AU'; {Auxiliary Character Set}@/ - com_table[14] := 'F'; {Change Fonts}@/ - com_table[15] := 'HMR'; {Horizontal Move Right}@/ - com_table[16] := 'HML'; {Horizontal Move Left}@/ - com_table[17] := 'TTS'; {8600 character, in decimal}@/ - com_table[18] := 'MAXCMD';@/ -{ EBCDIC to ASCII INTEGER and ASCII INTEGER to EBCDIC conversion } -{ EBCDIC char to ASCII integer } { ASCII INTEGER to EBCDIC char } -ordx['00'xc]:='00'x; { NUL NUL } chrx['00'x]:='00'xc; { NUL NUL } -ordx['01'xc]:='01'x; { SOH SOH } chrx['01'x]:='01'xc; { SOH SOH } -ordx['02'xc]:='02'x; { STX STX } chrx['02'x]:='02'xc; { STX STX } -ordx['03'xc]:='03'x; { ETX ETX } chrx['03'x]:='03'xc; { ETX ETX } -ordx['04'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['04'x]:='37'xc; { EOT EOT } -ordx['05'xc]:='09'x; { HT HT } chrx['05'x]:='2D'xc; { ENQ ENQ } -ordx['06'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['06'x]:='2E'xc; { ACK ACK } -ordx['07'xc]:='7F'x; { DEL DEL } chrx['07'x]:='2F'xc; { BEL BEL } -ordx['08'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['08'x]:='16'xc; { BS BS } -ordx['09'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['09'x]:='05'xc; { HT HT } -ordx['0A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['0A'x]:='25'xc; { LF LF } -ordx['0B'xc]:='0B'x; { VT VT } chrx['0B'x]:='0B'xc; { VT VT } -ordx['0C'xc]:='0C'x; { FF FF } chrx['0C'x]:='0C'xc; { FF FF } -ordx['0D'xc]:='0D'x; { CR CR } chrx['0D'x]:='0D'xc; { CR CR } -ordx['0E'xc]:='0E'x; { SO SO } chrx['0E'x]:='0E'xc; { SO SO } -ordx['0F'xc]:='0F'x; { SI SI } chrx['0F'x]:='0F'xc; { SI SI } -ordx['10'xc]:='10'x; { DLE DLE } chrx['10'x]:='10'xc; { DLE DLE } -ordx['11'xc]:='11'x; { DC1 DC1 } chrx['11'x]:='11'xc; { DC1 DC1 } -ordx['12'xc]:='12'x; { DC2 DC2 } chrx['12'x]:='12'xc; { DC2 DC2 } -ordx['13'xc]:='13'x; { TM DC3 } chrx['13'x]:='13'xc; { DC3 TM } -ordx['14'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['14'x]:='3C'xc; { DC4 DC4 } -ordx['15'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['15'x]:='3D'xc; { NAK NAK } -ordx['16'xc]:='08'x; { BS BS } chrx['16'x]:='32'xc; { SYN SYN } -ordx['17'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['17'x]:='26'xc; { ETB ETB } -ordx['18'xc]:='18'x; { CAN CAN } chrx['18'x]:='18'xc; { CAN CAN } -ordx['19'xc]:='19'x; { EM EM } chrx['19'x]:='19'xc; { EM EM } -ordx['1A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['1A'x]:='3F'xc; { SUB SUB } -ordx['1B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['1B'x]:='27'xc; { ESC ESC } -ordx['1C'xc]:='1C'x; { IFS FS } chrx['1C'x]:='1C'xc; { FS IFS } -ordx['1D'xc]:='1D'x; { IGS GS } chrx['1D'x]:='1D'xc; { GS IGS } -ordx['1E'xc]:='1E'x; { IRS RS } chrx['1E'x]:='1E'xc; { RS IRS } -ordx['1F'xc]:='1F'x; { IUS US } chrx['1F'x]:='1F'xc; { US IUS } -ordx['20'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['20'x]:='40'xc; { SP SP } -ordx['21'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['21'x]:='5A'xc; { ! ! } -ordx['22'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['22'x]:='7F'xc; { " " } -ordx['23'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['23'x]:='7B'xc; { # # } -ordx['24'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['24'x]:='5B'xc; { $ $ } -ordx['25'xc]:='0A'x; { LF LF } chrx['25'x]:='6C'xc; { % % } -ordx['26'xc]:='17'x; { ETB ETB } chrx['26'x]:='50'xc; { & & } -ordx['27'xc]:='1B'x; { ESC ESC } chrx['27'x]:='7D'xc; { ' ' } -ordx['28'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['28'x]:='4D'xc; { ( ( } -ordx['29'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['29'x]:='5D'xc; { ) ) } -ordx['2A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['2A'x]:='5C'xc; { * * } -ordx['2B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['2B'x]:='4E'xc; { + + } -ordx['2C'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['2C'x]:='6B'xc; { , , } -ordx['2D'xc]:='05'x; { ENQ ENQ } chrx['2D'x]:='60'xc; { - - } -ordx['2E'xc]:='06'x; { ACK ACK } chrx['2E'x]:='4B'xc; { . . } -ordx['2F'xc]:='07'x; { BEL BEL } chrx['2F'x]:='61'xc; { / / } -ordx['30'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['30'x]:='F0'xc; { 0 0 } -ordx['31'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['31'x]:='F1'xc; { 1 1 } -ordx['32'xc]:='16'x; { SYN SYN } chrx['32'x]:='F2'xc; { 2 2 } -ordx['33'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['33'x]:='F3'xc; { 3 3 } -ordx['34'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['34'x]:='F4'xc; { 4 4 } -ordx['35'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['35'x]:='F5'xc; { 5 5 } -ordx['36'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['36'x]:='F6'xc; { 6 6 } -ordx['37'xc]:='04'x; { EOT EOT } chrx['37'x]:='F7'xc; { 7 7 } -ordx['38'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['38'x]:='F8'xc; { 8 8 } -ordx['39'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['39'x]:='F9'xc; { 9 9 } -ordx['3A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['3A'x]:='7A'xc; { : : } -ordx['3B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['3B'x]:='5E'xc; { ; ; } -ordx['3C'xc]:='14'x; { DC4 DC4 } chrx['3C'x]:='4C'xc; { < < } -ordx['3D'xc]:='15'x; { NAK NAK } chrx['3D'x]:='7E'xc; { = = } -ordx['3E'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['3E'x]:='6E'xc; { > > } -ordx['3F'xc]:='1A'x; { SUB SUB } chrx['3F'x]:='6F'xc; { ? ? } -ordx['40'xc]:='20'x; { SP SP } chrx['40'x]:='7C'xc; { @@ @@ } -ordx['41'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['41'x]:='C1'xc; { A A } -ordx['42'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['42'x]:='C2'xc; { B B } -ordx['43'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['43'x]:='C3'xc; { C C } -ordx['44'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['44'x]:='C4'xc; { D D } -ordx['45'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['45'x]:='C5'xc; { E E } -ordx['46'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['46'x]:='C6'xc; { F F } -ordx['47'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['47'x]:='C7'xc; { G G } -ordx['48'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['48'x]:='C8'xc; { H H } -ordx['49'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['49'x]:='C9'xc; { I I } -ordx['4A'xc]:='5E'x; { ã ã } chrx['4A'x]:='D1'xc; { J J } -ordx['4B'xc]:='2E'x; { . . } chrx['4B'x]:='D2'xc; { K K } -ordx['4C'xc]:='3C'x; { < < } chrx['4C'x]:='D3'xc; { L L } -ordx['4D'xc]:='28'x; { ( ( } chrx['4D'x]:='D4'xc; { M M } -ordx['4E'xc]:='2B'x; { + + } chrx['4E'x]:='D5'xc; { N N } -ordx['4F'xc]:='7C'x; { | | } chrx['4F'x]:='D6'xc; { O O } -ordx['50'xc]:='26'x; { & & } chrx['50'x]:='D7'xc; { P P } -ordx['51'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['51'x]:='D8'xc; { Q Q } -ordx['52'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['52'x]:='D9'xc; { R R } -ordx['53'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['53'x]:='E2'xc; { S S } -ordx['54'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['54'x]:='E3'xc; { T T } -ordx['55'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['55'x]:='E4'xc; { U U } -ordx['56'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['56'x]:='E5'xc; { V V } -ordx['57'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['57'x]:='E6'xc; { W W } -ordx['58'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['58'x]:='E7'xc; { X X } -ordx['59'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['59'x]:='E8'xc; { Y Y } -ordx['5A'xc]:='21'x; { ! ! } chrx['5A'x]:='E9'xc; { Z Z } -ordx['5B'xc]:='24'x; { $ $ } chrx['5B'x]:='AD'xc; { [ [ } -ordx['5C'xc]:='2A'x; { * * } chrx['5C'x]:='E0'xc; { \ \ } -ordx['5D'xc]:='29'x; { ) ) } chrx['5D'x]:='BD'xc; { ] ] } -ordx['5E'xc]:='3B'x; { ; ; } chrx['5E'x]:='4A'xc; { ã ã } -ordx['5F'xc]:='7E'x; { ^ ^ } chrx['5F'x]:='6D'xc; { _ _ } -ordx['60'xc]:='2D'x; { - - } chrx['60'x]:='79'xc; { ` ` } -ordx['61'xc]:='2F'x; { / / } chrx['61'x]:='81'xc; { a a } -ordx['62'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['62'x]:='82'xc; { b b } -ordx['63'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['63'x]:='83'xc; { c c } -ordx['64'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['64'x]:='84'xc; { d d } -ordx['65'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['65'x]:='85'xc; { e e } -ordx['66'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['66'x]:='86'xc; { f f } -ordx['67'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['67'x]:='87'xc; { g g } -ordx['68'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['68'x]:='88'xc; { h h } -ordx['69'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['69'x]:='89'xc; { i i } -ordx['6A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['6A'x]:='91'xc; { j j } -ordx['6B'xc]:='2C'x; { , , } chrx['6B'x]:='92'xc; { k k } -ordx['6C'xc]:='25'x; { % % } chrx['6C'x]:='93'xc; { l l } -ordx['6D'xc]:='5F'x; { _ _ } chrx['6D'x]:='94'xc; { m m } -ordx['6E'xc]:='3E'x; { > > } chrx['6E'x]:='95'xc; { n n } -ordx['6F'xc]:='3F'x; { ? ? } chrx['6F'x]:='96'xc; { o o } -ordx['70'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['70'x]:='97'xc; { p p } -ordx['71'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['71'x]:='98'xc; { q q } -ordx['72'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['72'x]:='99'xc; { r r } -ordx['73'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['73'x]:='A2'xc; { s s } -ordx['74'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['74'x]:='A3'xc; { t t } -ordx['75'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['75'x]:='A4'xc; { u u } -ordx['76'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['76'x]:='A5'xc; { v v } -ordx['77'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['77'x]:='A6'xc; { w w } -ordx['78'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } chrx['78'x]:='A7'xc; { x x } -ordx['79'xc]:='60'x; { ` ` } chrx['79'x]:='A8'xc; { y y } -ordx['7A'xc]:='3A'x; { : : } chrx['7A'x]:='A9'xc; { z z } -ordx['7B'xc]:='23'x; { # # } chrx['7B'x]:='C0'xc; { lcurly } -ordx['7C'xc]:='40'x; { @@ @@ } chrx['7C'x]:='4F'xc; { | | } -ordx['7D'xc]:='27'x; { ' ' } chrx['7D'x]:='D0'xc; { rcurly } -ordx['7E'xc]:='3D'x; { = = } chrx['7E'x]:='9C'xc; { tilde } -ordx['7F'xc]:='22'x; { " " } chrx['7F'x]:='07'xc; { DEL DEL } -ordx['80'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['81'xc]:='61'x; { a a } -ordx['82'xc]:='62'x; { b b } -ordx['83'xc]:='63'x; { c c } -ordx['84'xc]:='64'x; { d d } -ordx['85'xc]:='65'x; { e e } -ordx['86'xc]:='66'x; { f f } -ordx['87'xc]:='67'x; { g g } -ordx['88'xc]:='68'x; { h h } -ordx['89'xc]:='69'x; { i i } -ordx['8A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['8B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['8C'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['8D'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['8E'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['8F'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['90'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['91'xc]:='6A'x; { j j } -ordx['92'xc]:='6B'x; { k k } -ordx['93'xc]:='6C'x; { l l } -ordx['94'xc]:='6D'x; { m m } -ordx['95'xc]:='6E'x; { n n } -ordx['96'xc]:='6F'x; { o o } -ordx['97'xc]:='70'x; { p p } -ordx['98'xc]:='71'x; { q q } -ordx['99'xc]:='72'x; { r r } -ordx['9A'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['9B'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['9C'xc]:='7E'x; { tilde } -ordx['9D'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['9E'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['9F'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['A0'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['A1'xc]:='1A'x; { ... SUB } -ordx['A2'xc]:='73'x; { s s } -ordx['A3'xc]:='74'x; { t t } -ordx['A4'xc]:='75'x; { u u } -ordx['A5'xc]:='76'x; { v v } -ordx['A6'xc]:='77'x; { w w } -ordx['A7'xc]:='78'x; { x x } -ordx['A8'xc]:='79'x; { y y } -ordx['A9'xc]:='7A'x; { z z } -ordx['AA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['AB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['AC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['AD'xc]:='5B'x; { [ [ } -ordx['AE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['AF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B0'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B1'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B2'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B3'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B4'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B5'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B6'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B7'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B8'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['B9'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['BA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['BB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['BC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['BD'xc]:='5D'x; { ] ] } -ordx['BE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['BF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['C0'xc]:='7B'x; { lcurly } -ordx['C1'xc]:='41'x; { A A } -ordx['C2'xc]:='42'x; { B B } -ordx['C3'xc]:='43'x; { C C } -ordx['C4'xc]:='44'x; { D D } -ordx['C5'xc]:='45'x; { E E } -ordx['C6'xc]:='46'x; { F F } -ordx['C7'xc]:='47'x; { G G } -ordx['C8'xc]:='48'x; { H H } -ordx['C9'xc]:='49'x; { I I } -ordx['CA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['CB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['CC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['CD'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['CE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['CF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['D0'xc]:='7D'x; { rcurly } -ordx['D1'xc]:='4A'x; { J J } -ordx['D2'xc]:='4B'x; { K K } -ordx['D3'xc]:='4C'x; { L L } -ordx['D4'xc]:='4D'x; { M M } -ordx['D5'xc]:='4E'x; { N N } -ordx['D6'xc]:='4F'x; { O O } -ordx['D7'xc]:='50'x; { P P } -ordx['D8'xc]:='51'x; { Q Q } -ordx['D9'xc]:='52'x; { R R } -ordx['DA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['DB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['DC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['DD'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['DE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['DF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['E0'xc]:='5C'x; { \ \ } -ordx['E1'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['E2'xc]:='53'x; { S S } -ordx['E3'xc]:='54'x; { T T } -ordx['E4'xc]:='55'x; { U U } -ordx['E5'xc]:='56'x; { V V } -ordx['E6'xc]:='57'x; { W W } -ordx['E7'xc]:='58'x; { X X } -ordx['E8'xc]:='59'x; { Y Y } -ordx['E9'xc]:='5A'x; { Z Z } -ordx['EA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['EB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['EC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['ED'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['EE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['EF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['F0'xc]:='30'x; { 0 0 } -ordx['F1'xc]:='31'x; { 1 1 } -ordx['F2'xc]:='32'x; { 2 2 } -ordx['F3'xc]:='33'x; { 3 3 } -ordx['F4'xc]:='34'x; { 4 4 } -ordx['F5'xc]:='35'x; { 5 5 } -ordx['F6'xc]:='36'x; { 6 6 } -ordx['F7'xc]:='37'x; { 7 7 } -ordx['F8'xc]:='38'x; { 8 8 } -ordx['F9'xc]:='39'x; { 9 9 } -ordx['FA'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['FB'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['FC'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['FD'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['FE'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -ordx['FF'xc]:='00'x; { ... NUL } -@z - -@x -@! maxbuffer = 1029;@/ -@y -@! maxbuffer = 1024;@/ -@z - -@x -@p procedure writeheader; {only needed when using Datum 5095} -var - hdrec :string(5); -begin - if doingpages = true - then begin - hdrec := strconv(headernum); - write(setfile,hdrec); - bufferlen := 5; - end; {then..begin} - end; {writeheader} -@y -@p procedure writeheader; {only needed when using Datum 5095} -begin - if doingpages = true - then - bufferlen := 0; - end; {writeheader} -@z - -@x -@<write number of...@>= - writecommand(11,155*SPsPerPt); {155pt indent} - writecommand(25,320); {Bold} - write8600rec('50616765731e'xc); {'Pages '} - write8600rec('536574231e1e'xc); {'Set: '} - writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic} - pages_conv := strconv(pages_set); - for inx := 1 to 5 - do write8600rec(str(chr(ordx - [pages_conv[inx]]))); - writecommand(11,265*SPsPerPt); {get ready for Tape \#} - -@ -@<write tape numb...@>= - writecommand(25,320); {Bold} - write8600rec('546170651e'xc); {'Tape '} - writecommand(20,2); {aux. char. set} - write8600rec('72'xc); {'\#'} - writecommand(20,1); {pri. char. set} - write8600rec('231e1e1e1e'xc); {': '} - postam_found := true; - writecommand(25,330); {bold italic} -@y -@<write number of...@>= - writecommand(11,155*SPsPerPt); {155pt indent} - writecommand(25,320); {Bold} - write8600rec('50616765731e'xc); {'Pages '} - write8600rec('536574231e1e'xc); {'Set: '} - writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic} - pages_conv := strconv(pages_set); - for inx := 1 to 5 - do write8600rec(str(chr(ordx - [pages_conv[inx]]))); - -@ -@<write tape numb...@>= - postam_found := true; -@z - -@x -|setaccountbox| procedure. It also writes the information to another file -called the |infofile|. - -@<Global Constants@>= -@! notfatal = false;@/ - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= -@!addrline : text; -@!infofile : text; -@^system dependencies@> -@y -|setaccountbox| procedure. - -@<Global Constants@>= -@! notfatal = false;@/ - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= -@!addrline : text; -@^system dependencies@> -@z - -@x -@<parse info...@>= - rewrite(infofile,'NAME=' ccat filename ccat '.INFOFILE.*'); - while length(resource_info) > 0 do begin - inx := index(resource_info,':'); - if inx < 1 - then begin - errstr := resource_info; - error(28,notfatal,0); - end - else begin - str1 := substr(resource_info,1,inx-1); - resource_info := ltrim(substr(resource_info,inx+1)); - inx := index(resource_info,':'); - if inx = 0 - then begin - str2 := resource_info; - resource_info := ''; - end - else begin - int := inx - 1; {no sense starting at a colon:} - tempbool := false; - repeat - if substr(resource_info,int,1) = ' ' - then tempbool := true - else int := int - 1; - until tempbool; {which means we found a blank} - str2 := trim(substr(resource_info,1,int-1)); - resource_info := substr(resource_info,int+1); - end; - str1 := allcaps(ltrim(trim(str1))); - str2 := allcaps(ltrim(trim(str2))); - if str1 = 'NAME' then - infoname := str2 - else if str1 = 'PHONE' then - infophone := str2 - else if str1 = 'PROCEDURE_NUMBER' - then infoprocedure := str2 - else if str1 = 'BUDGET_PROJECT' - then infobudget := str2 - else if str1 = 'PICKUP' then - infodelivery := str2 - else if str1 = 'CAMPUS_ZIP' then - infozip := str2 - else if str1 = 'BIN' then - infobin := str2 - else if str1 = 'ID' then - infoid := str2 - else begin - errstr := resource_info; - error(28,notfatal,0); - end - end; - end; - -@ -@<send info...@>= - setaccountbox(infoname,infophone,infodelivery,infozip, - infobin,infoid); - writeln(infofile,infoname); - writeln(infofile,infophone); - writeln(infofile,infoprocedure); - writeln(infofile,infobudget); - writeln(infofile,infodelivery); - writeln(infofile,infozip); - writeln(infofile,infoid); - writeln(infofile,infobin); - writeln(infofile,job_length); - writeln(infofile,pages_set); - writeln(infofile,minimum_width); - writeln(infofile,real_filename); -@y -@<parse info...@>= - while length(resource_info) > 0 do begin - inx := index(resource_info,':'); - if inx < 1 - then begin - errstr := resource_info; - error(28,notfatal,0); - end - else begin - str1 := substr(resource_info,1,inx-1); - resource_info := ltrim(substr(resource_info,inx+1)); - inx := index(resource_info,':'); - if inx = 0 - then begin - str2 := resource_info; - resource_info := ''; - end - else begin - int := inx - 1; {no sense starting at a colon:} - tempbool := false; - repeat - if substr(resource_info,int,1) = ' ' - then tempbool := true - else int := int - 1; - until tempbool; {which means we found a blank} - str2 := trim(substr(resource_info,1,int-1)); - resource_info := substr(resource_info,int+1); - end; - str1 := allcaps(ltrim(trim(str1))); - str2 := allcaps(ltrim(trim(str2))); - if str1 = 'NAME' then - infoname := str2 - else if str1 = 'PHONE' then - infophone := str2 - else if str1 = 'PROCEDURE_NUMBER' - then infoprocedure := str2 - else if str1 = 'BUDGET_PROJECT' - then infobudget := str2 - else if str1 = 'PICKUP' then - infodelivery := str2 - else if str1 = 'CAMPUS_ZIP' then - infozip := str2 - else if str1 = 'BIN' then - infobin := str2 - else if str1 = 'ID' then - infoid := str2 - else begin - errstr := resource_info; - error(28,notfatal,0); - end - end; - end; - -@ -@<send info...@>= - setaccountbox(infoname,infophone,infodelivery,infozip, - infobin,infoid); -@z - -@x -@<set final...@>= - job_length := round(galley_length/72.0); - pages_set := num_of_pages; - job_type := 'TeX'; -@y -@<set final...@>= - job_length := round(galley_length/72.0); - pages_set := num_of_pages; - job_type := 'TeX'; - writecommand(11,0); {quad left} - writecommand(9,100*SPsPerPt); {VMF past box} - writecommand(1,0.0); {End of take} -@z - -@x - reset(input,'NAME=' ccat filename ccat '.' ccat filetype ccat '.*'); - writeln('******* tex8600 Version ',version:2,' Level ', - level:3,' *******'); - rewrite(setfile,'LRECL=1029,RECFM=F,NAME=' ccat filename ccat -'.TAPEFILE.*'); -@y - reset(input,'NAME=' ccat filename ccat '.' ccat filetype ccat '.*'); - writeln('******* tex8600 Version ',version:2,' Level ', - level:3,' *******'); - rewrite(setfile,'LRECL=1024,RECFM=F,NAME=' ccat filename ccat -'.TAPEFILE.*'); -@z diff --git a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.web b/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.web deleted file mode 100644 index 8b99589a5a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/compugraphics_8600/tex8600.web +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3034 +0,0 @@ -\font\twelvept=cmbx12 -\font\tentex=cmr10 -\def\topofcontents{\null\vfill\eject - \def\titlepage{T} - \centerline{{\twelvept The \TeX 8600 Driver}} - \vskip15pt - \centerline{Version 2.2, June 1988} - \hbox{\vbox{\hsize\the\hsize This work is - protected as an unpublished work under U.S. copyright laws. - Copyright $\copyright$ 1986 by WSUCSC. All rights Reserved.}} - \vskip18pt - \hbox{\vbox{\hsize\the\hsize This software is furnished under a - license for - use only on a single computer system and may be copied only - with the inclusion of the above copyright notice. - This software, or any other copies - thereof, may not be provided or otherwise made available to any - other person except for use on such system and to one who agrees to - these license terms. Title to and ownership of the software shall - at all times remain in WSUCSC.}} - \vfill} - -@* Introduction. -This program takes a \TeX\ DVI file and converts it into CG 8600 -Universal Slave Mode commands. Five bytes have been added to each -record. These five bytes are stripped off by the Datum 5095 tape -drive as it passes the file onto the 8600. - -The \TeX 8600 program is written in WEB. You will need the TANGLE -and WEAVE programs to make changes. The WEB code was written -originally for IBM Pascal/VS on VM/CMS. - -If you have a CG font that is not one of the ones on the \TeX 8600 -distribution tape, you need to modify the SAMPLE.FONTINFO file for -that font and process it through FONTTEX. - -@ Following are a few macros and definitions used throughout program: - -@d incr(#) == # := # + 1 -@d decr(#) == # := # - 1 -@d do_nothing == begin; end -@d ccat==@=||@> -@f static == var -@f value == var - -@ The beginning of the program. - -@p program tex8600(dumpout,sysprint,addrline,setfile,cgfonts,infofile); -const -@<Global Constants@>@/ -type -@<Global Types@>@/ -var -@<Global Variables@>@/ -static@/ -@!com_table :packed array[0..18] of string(7);@/ -value@/ - com_table[0] := 'HDR'; {Header Record}@/ - com_table[1] := 'CHWIDTH';{Character Width}@/ - com_table[2] := 'RT'; {Reverse Type}@/ - com_table[3] := 'PS'; {Point Size}@/ - com_table[4] := 'SS'; {Set Size}@/ - com_table[5] := 'VMF'; {Vertical Move Forward}@/ - com_table[6] := 'VMR'; {Vertical Move Reverse}@/ - com_table[7] := 'RW'; {Rule Width}@/ - com_table[8] := 'RD'; {Rule Depth}@/ - com_table[9] := 'IR'; {Insert Rule}@/ - com_table[10] := 'SL'; {Slant Mode}@/ - com_table[11] := 'RTWT'; {Reverse Type Window Top}@/ - com_table[12] := 'RTWB'; {Reverse Type Window Bottom}@/ - com_table[13] := 'AU'; {Auxiliary Character Set}@/ - com_table[14] := 'F'; {Change Fonts}@/ - com_table[15] := 'HMR'; {Horizontal Move Right}@/ - com_table[16] := 'HML'; {Horizontal Move Left}@/ - com_table[17] := 'TTS'; {8600 character, in decimal}@/ - com_table[18] := 'MAXCMD';@/ -@<CMS Includes@> - -@ This is a collection of arrays for converting ASCII to EBCDIC. - -@<CMS Includes@>= -@{This is a very long comment. It is designed to force a break@} -%include pasclib(asciicvt); - -@ This is a collection of arrays for converting ASCII to EBCDIC. - -@<CMS Includes@>= -@{This is a very long comment. It is designed to force a break@} -%include cms; -@{This is a very long comment. It is designed to force a break@} - -@* Beginning section. -This section includes some basic functions for reading the DVI file -as well as a couple of procedures, like error and allcaps. Nothing -tricky or noteworthy in these. - -@<Global Variables@>= -@!count : integer; -@!fileend :boolean; - -@ The function for reading a byte of information from the DVI file. - -@p function getbyte:integer; -var c :integer; - byte :char; -begin - read(byte); - getbyte := ord(byte); - c := count mod pv_dvi_lrecl; - if (c=(pv_dvi_lrecl-1)) and not (eof(input)) - then get(input) - else if (c=(pv_dvi_lrecl-1)) and eof(input) - then fileend:=true; - end; - -@ This is necessary because tangle doesn't let us get away with -using RETCODE by itself in more than one spot. - -@p procedure setretcode(rc:integer); -begin retcode(rc); end; - -@ This converts the byte to an integer, for further evaluation by -the program. - -@p function readinteger(length :integer):integer; -var - inx :integer; - int :integer; -begin - if (length<1) or (length>4) - then begin; - trace(output); - halt; - end; - int:=0; - for inx := 1 to length do begin - int := int * 256 + getbyte; - {check for cvt to negative...} - if (inx = 1) and (length > 1) and (int >= 128) - then int := int - 256; - incr(count); - end; - readinteger := int; - end; {readinteger} - -@ This function receives an integer value and converts it to its -hex value and returns that value as a string. - -@^system dependencies@> -@p function hex(int :integer) :string(2); -var - i :integer; - j :integer; - stri :string(2); -static - hexarray :array[0..15] of string(1); -value - hexarray[0] := '0'; - hexarray[1] := '1'; - hexarray[2] := '2';@/ - hexarray[3] := '3'; - hexarray[4] := '4'; - hexarray[5] := '5';@/ - hexarray[6] := '6'; - hexarray[7] := '7'; - hexarray[8] := '8';@/ - hexarray[9] := '9'; - hexarray[10] := 'A'; - hexarray[11] := 'B';@/ - hexarray[12] := 'C'; - hexarray[13] := 'D'; - hexarray[14] := 'E'; - hexarray[15] := 'F'; -begin - stri := ''; - i := int; - if i >= 16 - then begin - j := i div 16; - stri := hexarray[j]; - i := i - (j * 16); - end - else stri := '0'; - stri := stri ccat hexarray[i];@/ - hex := stri; - end; - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= -@! savecount :integer; -@^system dependencies@> -@! filename :string(8); -@^system dependencies@> -@! errstr :string(256); - -@ The error procedure. When a byte is read that does not jive with -what the program was expecting, it goes to this procedure with a -return code of some kind and an appropriate message is printed to user. - -@p procedure error(number :integer; - critical:boolean; - intval :integer); -begin - case number of - 1 :writeln('Error in file ',filename,', no header record'); - 2 :writeln('Error in file ',filename,', the highest 8600 ', - 'command has a value of ',ord(MAXCMD):3,' but ', - intval,' was read instead'); - 3 :writeln('Expected a font command and got "', - com_table[intval],'" instead'); - 4 :writeln('Expected a character width definition and got "', - com_table[intval],'" instead in file ',filename); - 5 :writeln('File ',filename,' is out of order for character ', - intval:3,' (',chrx[intval],')'); - 6 :writeln('Error in file ',filename,', the value of byte ', - intval,' is >= 218 and <= 255 at byte ',savecount); - 7 :writeln('Expected a Slantmode command and got ', - com_table[intval],' instead'); - 10 :writeln('No address information given'); - 28 :writeln('Unidentified input option "',errstr,'"'); - otherwise writeln('Unidentified error ',number); - end; {case} - if critical then begin - writeln('TeX8600 run aborted; See your consultant'); - trace(output); - halt; - end; - writeln('Tape will not be sent to operator'); - setretcode(32); - end; {error} - -@ Finally, a function that will convert whatever is passed to it into -all capital letters. It translates lower case letters into upper case -letters. All other characters outside of the range -a$<$=character$<$=z are returned as their original value. - -@^system dependencies@> -@p function allcaps(instring :string(40)) :string(40); -var - i :integer; - character :char; - buildit :string(40); -static@/ - chtable :packed array['81'xc..'e9'xc] of char;@/ -value@/ - chtable['81'xc] := 'A'; - chtable['82'xc] := 'B'; - chtable['83'xc] := 'C'; - chtable['84'xc] := 'D';@/ - chtable['85'xc] := 'E'; - chtable['86'xc] := 'F'; - chtable['87'xc] := 'G'; - chtable['88'xc] := 'H';@/ - chtable['89'xc] := 'I'; - chtable['91'xc] := 'J'; - chtable['92'xc] := 'K'; - chtable['93'xc] := 'L';@/ - chtable['94'xc] := 'M'; - chtable['95'xc] := 'N'; - chtable['96'xc] := 'O'; - chtable['97'xc] := 'P';@/ - chtable['98'xc] := 'Q'; - chtable['99'xc] := 'R'; - chtable['a2'xc] := 'S'; - chtable['a3'xc] := 'T';@/ - chtable['a4'xc] := 'U'; - chtable['a5'xc] := 'V'; - chtable['a6'xc] := 'W';@/ - chtable['a7'xc] := 'X'; - chtable['a8'xc] := 'Y'; - chtable['a9'xc] := 'Z'; -begin - buildit := ''; - for i := 1 to length(instring) do begin - readstr(substr(instring,i,1),character); - if character in ['a'..'z'] - then buildit := buildit ccat str(chtable[character]) - else buildit := buildit ccat str(character); - end; - allcaps := buildit; - end; - -@* Font Related Procedures. -This first font procedure reads the font matrix information for the -current font from an outside file called cginfo defined as cgfonts. - -@<Global Constants@>= -@! maxfunctions = 15;@/ -@! maxChar=127;@/ -@! fatal = true;@/ -@! fontsperrun = 76;@/ -@! maxFont=256;@/ - -@ -@<Global Types@>= -@! oneoftwo = packed 1..2; - command = (HDR,CHWIDTH,RT,PS,SS,VMF,VMR,RW,RD,IR,SL, - RTWT,RTWB,AU,F,HMR,HML,TTS,MAXCMD);@/ -@! storerec = packed record - comcode :packed -128..127; - case oneoftwo of - 1 :(argument :integer); - 2 :(real_argument :shortreal); - end; -@! charrec = packed record - num :-1..maxfunctions; - charwidth :shortreal; - comarray :packed array[0..maxfunctions] of storerec; - end; -@! driverrec = record - cmd :integer; - case oneoftwo of - 1 :(param :shortreal); - 2 :(code :integer); - end; -@! font_def = packed record - pointsize : 0..255; - designsize : 0..255; - fontindex : 0..255; - end; -@^system dependencies@> -@! fontrec = record - fontno8600 : 0..2550; - name : string(8); - a8600chars : packed array[0..maxChar] of charrec; - end; - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= -@!currfont : -1..maxFont; -@!a8600fontrec : packed array[1..fontsperrun] of fontrec; -@!fontcode : driverrec; -@^system dependencies@> -@!fontname : string(8); -@!dumpin : boolean; -@!fontenviron : packed array[-1..maxFont] of font_def; - -@ A new font is being used so it must have its font metrics read; this -procedure does just that. - -@p procedure readfontinfo(fontnum,a8600index:integer); -var - auxiliary :boolean; - cgfonts :file of driverrec; - changefont :boolean; - charmult :shortreal; - i,j,rc, - numcommands :integer; -begin - @<open cginfo file@> - @<read beginning info@> - @<read character info@> - @<close cginfo file@> -end; - -@ First open the cginfo file - - @<open cginfo file@>= - fontenviron[fontnum].fontindex := a8600index; - a8600fontrec[a8600index].name:= fontname; - cms('ESTATE 'ccat fontname ccat ' CGINFO *',rc); - if rc = 0 - then reset(cgfonts,'NAME=' ccat fontname ccat '.CGINFO.*') - else begin - reset(cgfonts,'NAME=ETR.CGINFO.*'); - writeln('Error!! Font ',fontname,' is not on the 8600'); - writeln('You will not be able to continue'); - setretcode(8); - end; - -@ Now read the first few records that give overall font info. - - @<read beginning info@>= - fontcode := cgfonts@@;{Read the first record of the file} - get(cgfonts);@/ - with fontcode do begin - if cmd <> ord(HDR) then error(1,fatal,0); - if code <> ord(MAXCMD) then error(2,fatal,code); - end; {with..begin} - fontcode := cgfonts@@; {read the second record of the file} - get(cgfonts);@/ - with fontcode do begin - if cmd <> ord(F) then error(3,fatal,cmd); {Must be font cmnd} - a8600fontrec[a8600index].fontno8600 := code; - end; {with..begin} - fontcode := cgfonts@@; - get(cgfonts); - with fontcode do begin - if cmd <> ord(CHWIDTH) then error(4,fatal,cmd); {charac mult} - charmult := param; - end; {with..begin} - {Each character (maxChar) has one header record (HDR) - and one character width record. The number of records - for each character that follows the width record is - contained as "code" in the header record. Each - character will have at least one record.} - fontcode := cgfonts@@; {slantmode option no longer used} - get(cgfonts); - with fontcode do begin - if cmd <> ord(SL) then error(7,fatal,cmd); - end; - if dumpin - then with a8600fontrec[fontenviron[fontnum].fontindex] - do begin - writeln(dumpout, - ' The character width multiplier for ', - filename,' is ',charmult:5:2); - writeln(dumpout, - ' The 8600 font number is ',fontno8600:3); - end; - -@ The individual character heights, depths, widths and positions -come next. - - @<read character info@>= - for i := 0 to maxChar do begin - with a8600fontrec[a8600index].a8600chars[i] -do begin - fontcode := cgfonts@@; - get(cgfonts); - with fontcode do begin - if cmd <> ord(HDR) then error(5,fatal,i); - numcommands := code; {number for this character} - end; {with..begin} - num := -1; - @<read character width@> - auxiliary := false; - changefont := false; - for j := 0 to numcommands do begin - @<read next command@> - end; - if auxiliary then begin - @<Auxiliary change@> - end; - if changefont then begin - @<Font change@> - end; - end; - end; - -@ Font is all read and safely tucked into appropriate places to -be used later, so close the door and shut off the lights on the -way out. - - @<close cginfo file@>= - close(cgfonts); - -@ - @<read character width@>= - fontcode := cgfonts@@; {read the character width} - get(cgfonts); - with fontcode do begin - if cmd <> ord(CHWIDTH) then error(5,fatal,i); - charwidth := param * charmult; - end; {with..begin} - -@ - @<read next command@>= - fontcode := cgfonts@@; - get(cgfonts); - num := num + 1; {increment number of commands} - with fontcode, comarray[num] do begin - if ((cmd >= 5) and (cmd <= 8)) or - (cmd = 11) or (cmd = 12) or (cmd = 16) - then real_argument := param - else argument := code; - case cmd of - 2 :comcode := 3; {reverse type} - 3 :comcode := 7; {Point Size Change} - 4 :comcode := 8; {Set Size Change} - 5 :comcode := 9; {Vertical Move Forward} - 6 :comcode := 10; {Vertical Move Reverse} - 7 :comcode := 12; {Rule Width} - 8 :comcode := 13; {Rule Depth} - 9 :comcode := 14; {Insert Rule} - 10 :comcode := 15; {Slant Mode} - 11 :comcode := 16; {Reverse Window Top} - 12 :comcode := 17; {Reverse Window Bot} - 13 :begin - @<Change to Auxiliary Characters@> - end; - 14 :begin - @<Change Font@> - end; - 15 :comcode := 27; {Horiz. Move Right} - 16 :comcode := 28; {Horiz. Move Left} - 17 :comcode := -1; {Decimal Char Code} - otherwise begin - @<Invalid Command Number@> - end; - end; - end; - -@ - @<Auxiliary change@>= - num := num + 1; - with comarray[num] do begin - comcode := 20; - argument := 1; - end; - -@ - @<Font change@>= - num := num + 1; - with comarray[num] do begin - comcode := 25; - argument := -1; {for quick ID in font changes} - end; - -@ - @<Change to Auxiliary Characters@>= - comcode := 20; - if auxiliary - then begin - argument := 1; - auxiliary := false; - end - else begin - argument := 2; - auxiliary := true; - end; - -@ - @<Change Font@>= - comcode := 25; - if code <> fontnum - then changefont := true; - argument := code * 10; - -@ - @<Invalid Command Number@>= - writeln('Invalid 8600 Command Number ', cmd); - error(5,fatal,cmd); - -@ This procedure checks to see if the current font has been - previously defined. If it has, it returns to the main program, - if it hasn't, |readfontinfo| is called. - -@p procedure checkfont; -var - i :integer; -static - in_count :integer; -value - in_count := 0; -begin -@<check fonts@> -readfontinfo(currfont,in_count); - end; - -@ Each time a font is encountered in the DVI file, one is added to -the |in_count|. The following section checks to see if the |curr_font| -has ever been used before in this file. If it has, nothing is done and -it returns to main program. If it is a new file, it continues on in -procedure to read the new font metrics. - -@<check fonts@>= - incr(in_count); - for i := 1 to in_count do begin - if a8600fontrec[i].name = fontname - then begin - fontenviron[currfont].fontindex := i; - return; - end; - end; - -@ This procedure reads the DVI file to get all pertinent information -for the |MAIN| program. - -@<Global Constants@>= -@! SPsPerPt = 65536;@/ -@! pc_dvi_lrecl=1024; - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= -@!checksumtest : integer; -@!pv_dvi_lrecl :integer; - -@ -@p procedure fontinfo; -var - fnlength : integer; - temp : integer; - temp2 : integer; - inx : integer; -begin - with fontenviron[currfont] do begin - checksumtest := readinteger(4);{check sum} - temp := readinteger(4);{scale} - temp2:= readinteger(4);{design size} - pointsize := temp2 * (temp div temp2) div SPsPerPt; - designsize := temp2 div SPsPerPt; - end; {WITH..begin} - temp := readinteger(1);{font name area} - fnlength := readinteger(1);{file length} - fnlength := fnlength + temp; - fontname := ''; - for inx := 1 to fnlength do begin - temp := readinteger(1); - fontname := fontname ccat allcaps(str(chrx[temp])); - end; - checkfont; -end; - -@* Tape-writing functions and procedures. -These next few functions and procedures prepare or write information -to a tape file - -@ This function converts an integer to a string or something like that - -@^system dependencies@> -@p function strconv(intnum : integer): string(5); -var - hdrec :string(5); - j :integer; - k10 :integer; - temphdr :integer; -begin - hdrec := ''; - k10 := 10000; - temphdr := intnum; - repeat - if temphdr >= k10 then begin - j := temphdr div k10; - hdrec := hdrec ccat str(chr(j + ord('0'))); - temphdr := temphdr - (j * k10); - end; - k10 := k10 div 10; - until k10 = 1; - hdrec := hdrec ccat str(chr(temphdr + ord('0'))); - if length(hdrec) < 5 - then hdrec := substr('00000',1,5-length(hdrec)) ccat hdrec; - strconv := hdrec; - end; - -@ This procedure is to add the 5 bytes at the beginning - of each record that will be read by the 5095 tape - drive. It should be noted that these 5 bytes are - discarded by the 5095 before it sends the rest of the record to the 8600. - -@<Global Constants@>= -@! maxbuffer = 1029;@/ - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= -@!doingpages : boolean; -@!setfile : text; -@!dumpout : text; -@!bufferlen : 0..maxbuffer; -@!headernum : integer; - -@ -@p procedure writeheader; {only needed when using Datum 5095} -var - hdrec :string(5); -begin - if doingpages = true - then begin - hdrec := strconv(headernum); - write(setfile,hdrec); - bufferlen := 5; - end; {then..begin} - end; {writeheader} - -@ -@<Global Constants@>= -@! allzeros = '00'xc;@/ - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= -@!postam_found : boolean; - -@ This procedure is used to write the tape file for the 5095 -drive on the 8600 - -@p @^system dependencies@> -procedure write8600rec(codes :string(17)); -var - i :integer; - codesize :integer; -begin - codesize := length(codes); - if doingpages=true - then begin - if bufferlen + codesize < maxbuffer - then begin - @<record length less than maximum@> - end {then..begin} - else if bufferlen + codesize = maxbuffer - then begin - @<record length equal to maximum@> - end {then..begin} - else begin - @<record length greater than maximum@> - end; {else..begin} - end; {then..begin} - end; {write8600rec} - -@ - @<record length less than maximum@>= - write(setfile,codes); - bufferlen := bufferlen + codesize; - if postam_found then begin - while bufferlen < maxbuffer do begin - write(setfile,allzeros); - codesize := length(allzeros); - bufferlen := bufferlen + codesize; - end; {while..begin} - end; {then..begin} - -@ - @<record length equal to maximum@>= - writeln(setfile,codes); - if not postam_found then writeheader; - -@ - @<record length greater than maximum@>= - i := maxbuffer - bufferlen; - writeln(setfile,substr(codes,1,i)); - writeheader; - write(setfile,substr(codes,i+1,codesize-i)); - bufferlen := bufferlen + codesize - i; - if postam_found then begin - while bufferlen < maxbuffer do begin - write(setfile,allzeros); - codesize := length(allzeros); - bufferlen := bufferlen + codesize; - end; {while..begin} - end; {then..begin} - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= -@!print_hmove : boolean; - -@ This function, -given amount in scale points, converts it to floating-point -points and print it. - -@p function getpts(amt :integer) :real; -var - temp :real; -begin - temp := float(amt) / SPsPerPt; - if dumpin and print_hmove then write(dumpout,temp:4:1,' pts.'); - getpts := temp; - end; - -@* Main tape-writing procedures. -These next few procedures are the main ones for writing information -to the tape file. - -@ -@<Global Constants@>= -@! high1 = '8000'@&x;@/ -@! SPsPer8th = 8192;@/ -@! SPsPer18th = 3640.8888;@/ - -@ -@<Global Type...@>= -@! valrec = packed record case oneoftwo of - 1 :(hexcode :char; - argument :packed -32768..32767); - 2 :(byte1 :packed 0..255; - byte2 :packed 0..255; - byte3 :packed 0..255) - end; -@! stackrec = packed record - H :integer; - V :integer; - W :integer; - X :integer; - Y :integer; - Z :integer; - end; - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= -@!stack : packed array[1..50] of stackrec; -@!stacktop : integer; -@!outrec : valrec; -@!in_reverse_type : boolean; -@!in_slant_mode : boolean; - -@ This procedure is called to format the output record - in a 1 or 3 byte word to be added to the 8600 output - record buffer. Each command used by the slave mode - is represented here by their appropriate code number - assigned by Compugraphics. The code "-1" was not - assigned by them. It was assigned to denote the use - of a character in the current font. - -@p @^system dependencies@> -procedure writecommand(codenum :integer; - inargument :real); -var - temp :string(3); - realtemp :real; -begin - with outrec do begin - case codenum of - -2 :@<long character form@>@/ - -1 :@<individual character code@>@/ - 0 :@<start of take@>@/ - 1 :@<end of take@>@/ - 2 :@<change reverse type@>@/ - 7 :@<change point size@>@/ - 8 :@<change set size@>@/ - 9 :@<forward vertical move@>@/ - 10 :@<reverse vertical move@>@/ - 11 :@<absolute horizontal positioning@>@/ - 12 :@<rule width@>@/ - 13 :@<rule depth@>@/ - 14 :@<insert rule@>@/ - 15 :@<slant mode@>@/ - 16 :@<reverse type window top@>@/ - 17 :@<reverse type window bottom@>@/ - 20 :@<change auxiliary character set@>@/ - 25 :@<change fonts@>@/ - 27 :@<right horizontal move@>@/ - 28 :@<left horizontal move@>@/ - otherwise @<all other cases@> - end; {case} - byte2 := byte2 + '10000000'B; - temp := str(chr(byte1)) ccat - str(chr(byte2)) ccat str(chr(byte3)); - write8600rec(temp); - end; {with..begin} - end; {writecommand} - -@ -@<long character...@>= - begin - hexcode := chr(trunc(inargument)+high1); - argument := round(getpts(stack[stacktop].H) * 18); - temp := str(chr(byte1)) ccat str(chr(byte2)); - temp := temp ccat str(chr(byte3)); - write8600rec(temp); - return; - end; - -@ -@<individual character code@>= - begin - {change inargument into a one character - string (hex) value} - argument := trunc(inargument); - write8600rec(str(chr(byte3))); - return; - end; -@ -@<start of take@>= - begin - hexcode := '80'xc; - argument := trunc(inargument); - end; - -@ -@<end of take@>= - begin - hexcode := '81'xc; - argument := trunc(inargument); - end; - -@ -@<change reverse type@>= - begin - if not in_reverse_type and (inargument = 0) - then return; {8600 warning if you try to - turn it off when its already off} - if inargument = 0 - then in_reverse_type := false - else in_reverse_type := true; - if in_reverse_type then begin - realtemp := {76\% of the current leading} - (fontenviron[currfont].pointsize + 2)*0.76; - writecommand(16,realtemp); {window top} - realtemp := {30\% of the current leading} - (fontenviron[currfont].pointsize + 2)*0.30; - writecommand(17,realtemp); {window bottom} - end; {then..begin} - hexcode := '83'xc; - argument := trunc(inargument); - end; - -@ -@<change point size@>= - begin - hexcode := '87'xc; - argument := round(inargument*2) * 4; {in eighths} - end; - -@ -@<change set size@>= - begin - hexcode := '88'xc; - argument := round((fontenviron[currfont].pointsize* - (inargument/100.0)) * 2) * 4; {in eighths} - end; - -@ -@<forward vertical move@>= - begin - if inargument = 0 then return; {0 invalid on 8600} - hexcode := '89'xc; - {in sixteenths} - argument := round(inargument / SPsPer8th) * 2; - end; - -@ -@<reverse vertical move@>= - begin - if inargument = 0 then return; {0 invalid on 8600} - hexcode := '8a'xc; - {in sixteenths} - argument := round(inargument / SPsPer8th) * 2; - end; - -@ -@<absolute horizontal positioning@>= - begin - hexcode := '8b'xc; - {eighteenths} - if inargument < -72.27 then begin - if dumpin then writeln(dumpout, - ' HP less than zero'); - inargument := 0; - end; - argument := round(inargument / SPsPer18th); - end; - -@ -@<rule width@>= - begin - if inargument = 0 then return; {0 invalid on 8600} - hexcode := '8c'xc; - argument := round(inargument * 18); - end; - -@ -@<rule depth@>= - begin - if inargument = 0 then return; {0 invalid on 8600} - hexcode := '8d'xc; - argument := round(inargument * 8) * 2; - end; - -@ -@<insert rule@>= - begin - hexcode := '8e'xc; - if inargument < 0 then begin - if dumpin then writeln(dumpout, - ' IR less than zero'); - inargument := 0; - end; - argument := round(inargument / SPsPer18th); - end; - -@ -@<slant mode@>= - begin - hexcode := '8f'xc; - argument := trunc(inargument); - if argument = 0 - then in_slant_mode := false - else in_slant_mode := true; - end; - -@ -@<reverse type window top@>= - begin - hexcode := '90'xc; - argument := round(inargument*8) * 2; {in sixteenths} - end; - -@ -@<reverse type window bottom@>= - begin - hexcode := '91'xc; - argument := round(inargument*8) * 2; {in sixteenths} - end; - -@ -@<change auxiliary character set@>= - begin - hexcode := '94'xc; - argument := trunc(inargument); - end; - -@ -@<change fonts@>= - begin - hexcode := '99'xc; - argument := trunc(inargument); - end; - -@ -@<right horizontal move@>= - begin - if inargument = 0 then return; {if no move} - hexcode := '9b'xc; - {eighteenths} - argument := round(inargument / SPsPer18th); - end; - -@ -@<left horizontal move@>= - begin - if inargument = 0 then return; {if no move} - hexcode := '9c'xc; - {eighteenths} - argument := round(inargument / SPsPer18th); - end; - -@ -@<all other cases@>= - begin - writeln('Invalid 8600 command code = ',codenum); - error(5,fatal,codenum); - end; {otherwise} - -@* Billing and identification information procedures. - -@ The first procedure is the one that writes out all the resource-type -information. It first checks to see if the character it is about to -write out is one of several special characters, if it is the hex code -is changed. - -@^system dependencies@> -@p procedure writeinfo(info:string(30)); - var - inx : integer; - begin - for inx := 1 to length(info) - do begin - if info[inx] = ' ' - then write8600rec('1F'xc) - else if info[inx] = '(' - then write8600rec('3A'xc) - else if info[inx] = ')' - then write8600rec('3B'xc) - else if info[inx] = '*' - then write8600rec('5C'xc) - else if info[inx] = '_' - then begin - writecommand(20,2); {aux. char. set} - write8600rec('50'xc); - writecommand(20,1); {back to primary} - end {then..begin} - else write8600rec(str(chr(ordx[info[inx]]))); - end; {do..begin} - end; {writeinfo} - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= -@^system dependencies@> -@!job_len_conv : string(5); -@!job_length : integer; -@^system dependencies@> -@!parmvalue : string(80); -@^system dependencies@> -@!pages_conv : string(5); -@!pages_set : integer; -@!galley_length : real; -@^system dependencies@> -@!real_filename : string(8); - -@ The following procedure writes the information within the accounting -box at the end of each job. - -@p @^system dependencies@> - procedure setaccountbox (infoname :string(30); - infophone :string(14); - infodelivery :string(8); - infozip :string(10); - infobin :string(8); - infoid :string(22)); - var - inx :integer; - begin - @<set constant values@>@/ - @<draw accounting box@>@/ - @<write name in box@>@/ - @<write phone number in box@>@/ - @<write delivery method in box@>@/ - @<write zipcode in box@>@/ - @<write center bin in box@>@/ - @<write user id in box@>@/ - @<write job length in box@>@/ - @<write file name in box@>@/ - @<write number of pages set, in box@>@/ - @<write tape number in box@>@/ - galley_length := galley_length + 140; - end; {setaccountbox} - -@ -@<set constant...@>= - different_setsize := false; - in_slant_mode := false; - in_reverse_type := false; - -@ -@<draw account...@>= - writecommand(12,410); {rule width in points} - writecommand(13,8); {rule depth in points} - writecommand(14,0); {set top rule} - writecommand(12,8); {rule width in points} - writecommand(13,84); {rule depth in points} - writecommand(14,402*SPsPerPt); {set left rule} - writecommand(14,0); {set right rule} - writecommand(9,83.8*SPsPerPt); {VMF to bottom in pts} - writecommand(12,410); {rule width in points} - writecommand(13,8); {rule depth in points} - writecommand(14,0); {set bottom rule} - writecommand(11,32*SPsPerPt); {32pt indent} - writecommand(10,56*SPsPerPt); {Move back up} - writecommand(25,320); {define bold font} - writecommand(7,11); {11pt size} - -@ -@<write name...@>= - write8600rec('4e616d65231e'xc); {'Name: '} - writecommand(25,330); {change to Bold Ital} - writeinfo(infoname); - writecommand(11,265*SPsPerPt); {265pt Indent} - writecommand(25,320); {Bold} - -@ -@<write phone...@>= - write8600rec('50686f6e65231e'xc); {'Phone: '} - writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic} - writeinfo(infophone); - -@ -@<write delivery meth...@>= - writecommand(11,50*SPsPerPt); {50pt indent} - writecommand(9,16*SPsPerPt); {VMF 16pt} - writecommand(25,320); {Bold} - write8600rec('44656c6976657279231e'xc); {'Delivery: '} - writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic} - writeinfo(infodelivery); - -@ -@<write zipcode...@>= - if infozip <> 'NA' - then begin - writecommand(11,190*SPsPerPt); {190pt indent} - writecommand(25,320); {Bold} - write8600rec('5a6970636f6465231e'xc); {'Zipcode: '} - writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic} - writeinfo(infozip); - end; - -@ -@<write center...@>= - if infobin <> 'NA' - then begin - writecommand(11,284*SPsPerPt); {284pt indent} - writecommand(25,320); {Bold} - write8600rec('42696e231e'xc); {'Bin: '} - writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic} - writeinfo(infobin); - end; {then..begin} - -@ -@<write user id...@>= - writecommand(9,14*SPsPerPt); {VMF 14pt} - if infoid <> 'NA' - then begin - writecommand(11,30*SPsPerPt); {30pt indent} - writecommand(25,320); {Bold} - write8600rec('4944231e'xc); {'ID: '} - writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic} - writeinfo(infoid); - end; {then..begin} -@ -@<write job length...@>= - writecommand(11,250*SPsPerPt); {indent for job length} - writecommand(25,320); {BOLD} - write8600rec('4a6f621e'xc); {'Job '} - write8600rec('4c656e677468231e'xc); {'Length: '} - writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic} - job_len_conv := strconv(job_length); - for inx := 1 to 5 - do write8600rec(str(chr - (ordx[job_len_conv[inx]]))); - write8600rec('1e696e63686573'xc); {' inches'} - writecommand(11,20*SPsPerPt); {get ready for DSN} - -@ -@<write file name...@>= - writecommand(9,16*SPsPerPt); {VMF 16pt} - writecommand(25,320); {Bold} - write8600rec('46696c656e616d65231f'xc); {'Filename: '} - writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic} - parmvalue := real_filename; - writeinfo(parmvalue); - -@ -@<write number of...@>= - writecommand(11,155*SPsPerPt); {155pt indent} - writecommand(25,320); {Bold} - write8600rec('50616765731e'xc); {'Pages '} - write8600rec('536574231e1e'xc); {'Set: '} - writecommand(25,330); {Bold Italic} - pages_conv := strconv(pages_set); - for inx := 1 to 5 - do write8600rec(str(chr(ordx - [pages_conv[inx]]))); - writecommand(11,265*SPsPerPt); {get ready for Tape \#} - -@ -@<write tape numb...@>= - writecommand(25,320); {Bold} - write8600rec('546170651e'xc); {'Tape '} - writecommand(20,2); {aux. char. set} - write8600rec('72'xc); {'\#'} - writecommand(20,1); {pri. char. set} - write8600rec('231e1e1e1e'xc); {': '} - postam_found := true; - writecommand(25,330); {bold italic} - - -@ The information procedure reads the billing information from an outside -file called the |addrfile|, and sends that information to the -|setaccountbox| procedure. It also writes the information to another file -called the |infofile|. - -@<Global Constants@>= -@! notfatal = false;@/ - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= -@!addrline : text; -@!infofile : text; -@^system dependencies@> -@!resource_info : string(256); -@^system dependencies@> -@!str1 : string(256); -@^system dependencies@> -@!str2 : string(256); -@!minimum_width : integer;@/ - -@ -@p @^system dependencies@> -procedure information; - var - int :integer; - inx :integer; - infoname :string(30); - infophone :string(14); - infodelivery :string(10); - infozip :string(10); - infobin :string(8); - infoid :string(22); - infoprocedure :string(4); - infobudget :string(20); - tempbool :boolean; - begin - @<set initial values for strings@> - @<open address file and read and close@>@/ - @<parse info from address file@> - @<send info to accounting procedure and write infofile@> - end; {information} - -@ -@<set initial values...@>= - infozip := 'NA'; - infoid := 'NA'; - infobin := 'NA'; - infoprocedure := 'NA'; - infobudget := 'NA'; - -@ -@<open address...@>= - termin(addrline); - readln(addrline,resource_info); - close(addrline); - -@ -@<parse info...@>= - rewrite(infofile,'NAME=' ccat filename ccat '.INFOFILE.*'); - while length(resource_info) > 0 do begin - inx := index(resource_info,':'); - if inx < 1 - then begin - errstr := resource_info; - error(28,notfatal,0); - end - else begin - str1 := substr(resource_info,1,inx-1); - resource_info := ltrim(substr(resource_info,inx+1)); - inx := index(resource_info,':'); - if inx = 0 - then begin - str2 := resource_info; - resource_info := ''; - end - else begin - int := inx - 1; {no sense starting at a colon:} - tempbool := false; - repeat - if substr(resource_info,int,1) = ' ' - then tempbool := true - else int := int - 1; - until tempbool; {which means we found a blank} - str2 := trim(substr(resource_info,1,int-1)); - resource_info := substr(resource_info,int+1); - end; - str1 := allcaps(ltrim(trim(str1))); - str2 := allcaps(ltrim(trim(str2))); - if str1 = 'NAME' then - infoname := str2 - else if str1 = 'PHONE' then - infophone := str2 - else if str1 = 'PROCEDURE_NUMBER' - then infoprocedure := str2 - else if str1 = 'BUDGET_PROJECT' - then infobudget := str2 - else if str1 = 'PICKUP' then - infodelivery := str2 - else if str1 = 'CAMPUS_ZIP' then - infozip := str2 - else if str1 = 'BIN' then - infobin := str2 - else if str1 = 'ID' then - infoid := str2 - else begin - errstr := resource_info; - error(28,notfatal,0); - end - end; - end; - -@ -@<send info...@>= - setaccountbox(infoname,infophone,infodelivery,infozip, - infobin,infoid); - writeln(infofile,infoname); - writeln(infofile,infophone); - writeln(infofile,infoprocedure); - writeln(infofile,infobudget); - writeln(infofile,infodelivery); - writeln(infofile,infozip); - writeln(infofile,infoid); - writeln(infofile,infobin); - writeln(infofile,job_length); - writeln(infofile,pages_set); - writeln(infofile,minimum_width); - writeln(infofile,real_filename); - -@* End of File procedures. -At the end of the \TeX DVI file is a postamble command, when that -command is encountered |readpostamble| and |post_amble| are called. - -@ The second procedure called but first listed is the |post_amble| -procedure, it calls the |information| procedure and writes the job -length and number of pages to the terminal. - -@<Global Variables@>= -@!num_of_pages : integer; -@^system dependencies@> -@!job_type : string(6); - -@ -@p procedure post_amble; - begin - @<prepare and write information info@> - @<give job length to user on terminal@>@/ - @<set final values for galleylength, etc.@> - end; {Postamble} - -@ -@<prepare and write...@>= - if dumpin then writeln(dumpout, - 'PST -- post-amble: End of Run'); - doingpages := true; - writecommand(11,0); {Move to left col.} - writecommand(9,30.0*SPsPerPt); {VMF 30 pts} - information; - -@ -@<give job length...@>= - writeln; - writeln('Total length of run = ', - galley_length:9:1,' pts.'); - writeln(' = ', - galley_length/72.0:9:1,' inches.'); - writeln(' = ', - num_of_pages:9,' pages.'); - -@ -@<set final...@>= - job_length := round(galley_length/72.0); - pages_set := num_of_pages; - job_type := 'TeX'; - -@ This second procedure is called first and reads the final job -information for the file. Things like job length, widest page, -tallest page are set and the information sent to |post_amble|. - -@<Global Variables@>= -@!byte : integer;@/ -@!width : real;@/ -@!even_page_margin : real;@/ -@!odd_page_margin : real;@/ -@!totalpg : integer;@/ - -@ -@p procedure readpostamble; -var - int :integer;@/ - inx :integer;@/ -begin - job_length := round(galley_length / 72.0);@/ - pages_set := num_of_pages;@/ - for inx := 1 to 3 do byte := readinteger(4); - byte := readinteger(4); {Get magnification}@/ - if dumpin - then writeln(dumpout, - '** Font magnification = ',byte/1000.0:3:1); - writeln; - writeln('Tallest page is ',readinteger(4)/SPsPerPt/72.0:2:1, - ' inches.'); - width := readinteger(4) / SPsPerPt / 72.27; - width := max(width,put_width,even_page_margin/72.27, - odd_page_margin/72.27); - writeln('Widest page is ',width:2:1,' inches.');@/ - width := width + 0.31; {5/16" on the left that cannot be used.} - if width < 8.0 then int := 8 - else int := 12; - minimum_width := int; - writeln('The smallest paper you can use is ',int:2,'"'); - totalpg := 9999; - post_amble; - if galley_length = 0 then begin - writeln('Error!! No pages set. '); - setretcode(12); - end; - end; {readpostamble} - -@* Conversion Functions. -The following two functions will convert strings to integers -(|whole_value|) or to real numbers (|decimal_value|). - -@^system dependencies@> -@p function whole_value(str1 :string(10)) :integer; -var - inx, inz : integer;@/ - divisor : real;@/ - number : real;@/ -begin - number := 0; - inx := index(str1,'-'); - if inx > 0 - then begin - divisor := (-1 * 0.1); - str1 := substr(str1,2); - end {then..begin} - else divisor := 0.1; - for inz := 0 to (length(str1)-1) do begin - divisor := divisor * 10.0; - number := number + ((ordx[str1[length(str1) - inz]] - - ordx['0']) * divisor); - end; - whole_value := round(number); -end; {|whole_value|} - -@ -@^system dependencies@> -@p function decimal_value(str2 :string(40)): real; -var - inx, inz : integer; - divisor : real; - str3 : string(30); - number : real; -begin - number := 0.0; - inx := index(str2, '.');@/ - @<value with decimal, but nothing to right@> - @<value with decimal, and something to right@>@/ - @<value without decimal@> - decimal_value := number; - end; {|decimal_value|} - -@ -@<value with decimal, but...@>= - if inx = length(str2) then begin {read left side of decimal} - str2 := substr(str2,1,inx-1); - end -@ -@<value with decimal, and...@>= - else begin - if inx > 0 then begin - str3 := substr(str2,inx+1); - divisor := 1.0; - for inz := inx+1 to length(str3) do begin - divisor := divisor * 0.1; - number := number + - (ordx[str3[inz]] - ordx['0'] * divisor); - end; - if inx = 1 then return; - str2 := substr(str2,1,inx-1); - end; - end; - -@ -@<value without...@>= - divisor := 0.1; - for inz := 0 to (length(str2)-1) do begin - divisor := divisor * 10.0; - number := number + ((ordx[str2[length(str2) - inz]] - - ordx['0']) * divisor); - end; -@* Parm-reading procedure. -This procedure reads and parses the parameters entered with the -call to this program; it is expecting the following form of some -sort: - -\centerline{\tt tex8600 fn ft (1stpg \#ofpgs) realfn lrecl} - -@<Global Variables@>= -@^system dependencies@> -@!filetype : string(8); -@!firstpg : integer; - -@ -@p @^system dependencies@> -procedure readparms; -var - namepage : string(256); - temp : integer; - temp2 : integer; - temp3 : integer; - str1 : string(10); - lrecl : string(8); - -begin - namepage := ltrim(trim(parms)); - @<file name and real filename@> - @<file type not supplied@> - @<file type supplied@> - end; {readparms} - -@ - @<file name and real filename@>= - temp := index(namepage,' '); - temp2 := index(namepage,')'); - if temp2 > 0 - then @<parse real name and lrecl@> - else error(10,fatal,0); - filename := substr(namepage,1,temp-1); - -@ - @<parse real name and lrecl@>= - begin - temp3 := index(substr(namepage,temp2+2),' '); - if temp3 = 0 - then begin - real_filename := substr(namepage,temp2 + 2); - lrecl := ''; - end - else begin - real_filename := substr(namepage,temp2 + 2,temp3-1); - lrecl := substr(namepage,temp2+2+temp3); - end; - if lrecl = '' - then pv_dvi_lrecl := pc_dvi_lrecl - else readstr(lrecl,pv_dvi_lrecl); - end - -@ - @<file type not...@>= - namepage := substr(namepage,temp+1,(temp2-temp)); - temp := index(namepage,'('); - if temp = 1 - then begin - filetype := 'DVI'; - if length(namepage) > 1 - then begin - namepage := substr(namepage,temp+2); - temp := index(namepage,' '); - if temp > 0 - then begin - str1 := substr(namepage,1,temp-1); - firstpg := whole_value(str1); - str1 := substr(namepage,temp+1); - if length(str1) > 0 then - totalpg := whole_value(str1); - end {then..begin} - else begin - str1 := substr(namepage,1); - firstpg := whole_value(str1); - end {ELSE..begin} - end {then..begin} - end {then..begin} - -@ - @<file type supplied...@>= - else begin - filetype := substr(namepage,1,temp-2); - namepage := ltrim(substr(namepage,temp+1)); - temp := index(namepage,')'); - if temp > 1 - then begin - temp2 := index(namepage,' '); - str1 := substr(namepage,1,temp2-1); - if str1='*' - then firstpg := -99999 - else firstpg := whole_value(str1); - str1 := substr(namepage,temp2+1,(temp-temp2)-2); - if str1='*' - then totalpg := 99999 - else totalpg := whole_value(str1); - end; {then..begin} - end; {ELSE..begin} - -@* Print Position Procedures. -The next three procedures are called whenever there is to be a -vertical or horizontal move of any kind. - -@ -@<Global Type...@>= -@!movetype = (horiz,vert); - -@ This procedure will print the horizontal or vertical - distance that the 8600 is to move the paper. - -@p procedure figuredir(typ :movetype; - amt :integer); -var - temp :real; -begin - if dumpin and print_hmove then begin - writeln(dumpout); - write(dumpout,' *** move '); - end; - @<horizontal move@> - @<move right@> - @<move left@> - @<vertical move@> - @<move down@> - @<move up@> - if dumpin and print_hmove - then temp := getpts(abs(amt)); - end; {FigureDir} - -@ -@<horizontal move@>= - if typ = horiz - then if amt >= 0 - -@ -@<move right@>= - then begin - if dumpin and print_hmove then write(dumpout,'right '); - writecommand(11,stack[stacktop].H); - end - -@ -@<move left@>= - else begin - if dumpin and print_hmove then write(dumpout,'left '); - writecommand(11,stack[stacktop].H); - end - -@ - @<vertical move@>= - else if amt >= 0 - -@ - @<move down@>= - then begin - if dumpin then write(dumpout,'down '); - writecommand(9,amt); - end - -@ - @<move up@>= - else begin - if dumpin then write(dumpout,'up '); - writecommand(10,abs(amt)); - end; - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= -@!hmove_pending : boolean; -@!hmove_amt : integer; -@!vmove_pending : boolean; -@!vmove_amt : integer; -@!length_of_take : real; - -@ This procedure is invoked in the main program each - time something is actually to be set (such as a - character). If there is a vertical or horizontal - move pending, they will be set here, before continuing - on to the next set command (such as set character). - -@p procedure checkmoves; -var - tempbool :boolean; -begin - if hmove_pending then begin - figuredir(horiz,hmove_amt); - hmove_amt := 0; - hmove_pending := false; - print_hmove := true; - end; {then..begin} - if vmove_pending then begin - figuredir(vert,vmove_amt); - tempbool := dumpin; - dumpin := false; - if doingpages=true - then begin - galley_length := galley_length + getpts(vmove_amt); - length_of_take := length_of_take + getpts(vmove_amt); - end; - dumpin := tempbool; - vmove_amt := 0; - vmove_pending := false; - end; {then..begin} - end; {checkmoves} - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= -@!font8600 : 0..2550; -@!ptsize : 0..255; -@!different_setsize : boolean; -@!setsize : 0..255; - -@ This procedure sets the page environment to be that of ``font" - -@p procedure establish_font_parameters(font :integer); -begin - @<new font name@> - @<new font size@> - @<new set size@> -end; {|establish_font_parameters|} - -@ -@<new font name@>= - with a8600fontrec[fontenviron[font].fontindex] - do begin - if (fontno8600 <> font8600) and (fontno8600 <> 0) - then begin - writecommand(25,float(fontno8600)); - font8600 := fontno8600; - end; {then..begin} - end; {WITH..begin} - -@ -@<new font size@>= - if fontenviron[font].pointsize <> ptsize - then begin - ptsize := fontenviron[font].pointsize; - writecommand(7,float(ptsize)); - end; {then..begin} - -@ -@<new set size@>= - if different_setsize - then writecommand(8,float(setsize)); - - -@* ``Special'' Procedures. -The next few procedures enable the 8600 to do ``special'' things -like setting line footnotes, or slant type, or expanded type, etc. - -@ -@<Global Constants@>= -@! maxNote = 100;@/ - -@ This procedure establishes the line number reference in -|footnote_line_array| with the line number in which a line note was -called. - -@<Global Variables@>= -@!foot_area_ref : 0..255; -@!footnote_line_array : packed array[0..maxNote] of 0..255; -@!foot_line_ref : 0..255; -@!line_note_pending : boolean; -@!line_ref_pend_seq : 0..255; -@!counting_lines : boolean; -@!number_of_lines : integer; - -@ -@p procedure line_footnote_reference; -begin - if not counting_lines then begin - incr(foot_area_ref); - line_note_pending := true; - line_ref_pend_seq := 1; - end - else begin - incr(foot_line_ref); - footnote_line_array[foot_line_ref] := number_of_lines + 1; - end; - end; {|line_footnote_reference|} - -@ -@<Global Constants@>= -@! linefont = 256;@/ -@! linenumfont = 76;@/ - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= -@^system dependencies@> -@!special : string(40); -@!line_interval : 0..255; -@!margin_note : boolean; -@!numbering_lines : boolean; -@!printing_numbers : boolean; -@!pop_level : integer; - -@ This procedure reads and interprets all the \\special commands -entered in the \TeX\ file. Its primary purpose is for reading the -the instructions pertaining to linenotes. - -@p @^system dependencies@> -procedure readspecials; -var - int : integer; - inx : integer; - temp : string(40); - temp2 : string(40); - temp3 : string(40); - temp4 : string(40); - -begin - @<read special command@> - if temp = 'EVEN_PAGE_MARGIN' - then begin - temp := (substr(temp2, 1, length(temp2)-2)); - even_page_margin := decimal_value(temp); - end - else if temp = 'ODD_PAGE_MARGIN' - then begin - temp := (substr(temp2, 1, length(temp2)-2)); - odd_page_margin := decimal_value(temp); - end - else if temp = 'LINE_NUMBER_FONT' - @<linenumber font@> - else if temp = 'POP_LEVEL' - then pop_level := whole_value(temp2) - else if temp = 'LINE_INTERVAL' - then line_interval := whole_value(temp2) - else if temp = 'NUMBERING_LINES' - then begin - @<boolean value@> - then numbering_lines := true - else numbering_lines := false; - end {then..begin} - else if temp = 'COUNTING_LINES' - then begin - @<boolean value@> - then counting_lines := true - else counting_lines := false; - end {then..begin} - else if (temp = 'MARGINNOTE') - then margin_note := true - else if temp = 'PRINTING_NUMBERS' - then begin - @<boolean value@> - then printing_numbers := true - else printing_numbers := false; - end {then..begin} - else if temp = 'LINE_FOOTNOTE_REFERENCE' - then line_footnote_reference; - end; {then..begin} - end; {ReadSpecials} - -@ This gives default values for even and odd page margins that -will be reset if the user specified them in his file. It also reads -the special command. - -@<read special command@>= - int := index(special, '='); - if int > 0 - then begin - temp := trim(ltrim(substr(special, 1, int-1))); - temp2 := substr(special, int+1); - -@ If the special command is a Line Number Font, the command must -be further broken down to find the point size, as well as the name. - - @<linenumber font@>= - then begin - int := index(temp2, ' '); - if int > 0 - then begin - @<point size given@> - end - else begin - @<no point size given@> - end; - fontname := allcaps(temp3); - readfontinfo(linefont,linenumfont); - end - -@ A point size is given and that size must be sent along with the -name to the |readfontinfo| procedure. - -@<point size given...@>= - temp3 := trim(ltrim(substr(temp2, 1, int-1))); - temp4 := substr(temp2, int+1); - with fontenviron[linefont] do begin - inx := whole_value(temp4); - pointsize := inx; - designsize := inx; - end; - -@ No point size is given, so the default point size will be used -(ten-point). - -@<no point size...@>= - temp3 := trim(ltrim(substr(temp2, 1, int-1))); - inx := 10; - with fontenviron[linefont] do begin - pointsize := inx; - designsize := inx; - end; - -@ The boolean value module is used when the response to the -special command is true or false. - -@<boolean value@>= - temp2 := allcaps(ltrim(trim(temp2))); - if temp2 = 'TRUE' - -@ This procedure is used in conjunction with the 0 font and - handles the special functions codes like slant, - reverse type, set size, etc. - -@p procedure call_specials_routine(funcname :integer); -var - inx :integer; - num :integer; -begin - if dumpin then writeln(dumpout,'Function [',funcname:3,'] '); - if funcname = 10 - then counting_lines := true - else if funcname = 11 - then counting_lines := false - else if funcname = 12 - then printing_numbers := true - else if funcname = 13 - then printing_numbers := false - else if funcname = 14 - then line_footnote_reference; - if (funcname=14) or (funcname=13) or (funcname=12) or - (funcname=11) or (funcname=10) then return; - with stack[stacktop], - a8600fontrec[fontenviron[currfont].fontindex], - fontenviron[currfont] do begin - with a8600chars[funcname] do begin - for inx := 0 to num - do with comarray[inx] - do writecommand(comcode,float(argument)); - end; {DO..begin} - end; {DO..begin} - end; {|call_specials_routine|} - -@* Set the characters procedures. -The first procedure is called from the second one if a line -number is to be printed. -The second procedure actually sets an individual character. -First it checks -to make sure the character is a real one and not from the zero or -specials' font, then -it checks to see if a move needs to be made before the character is -printed. It makes the move and then -checks to see if a line number is to be printed; if it does, it prints -the line number, if it doesn't it sets the character. - -@<Global Variables@>= -@!points : real; -@!we_add_the_character_width : boolean; - -@ When \TeX\ formats the footnotes entered with a linenote reference -command, it simply inserts two zeros for the linenumber. This procedure -replaces those two zeros with the line number in which the linenote -reference was called. - -@p procedure setline_footnote_ref(font :integer); -var - temp :integer; - inx :integer; - tempreal :real; - return_ps :boolean; - return_ss :boolean; -begin -@<determine correct line number@> -@<print line number@> -@<reset line number values@> -end; {|setline_footnote_ref|} - -@ -@<determine correct line number@>= - if line_ref_pend_seq = 1 - then temp := footnote_line_array[foot_area_ref] div 10 - else temp := footnote_line_array[foot_area_ref] mod 10; - with fontenviron[font], stack[stacktop] do - H := H + round(pointsize * - a8600fontrec[fontindex].a8600chars[48].charwidth - * SPsPerPt); - if (line_ref_pend_seq = 1) and (temp = 0) then begin - hmove_pending := true; - line_ref_pend_seq := 2; - return; - end; - -@ -@<print line number@>= - with stack[stacktop], a8600fontrec[fontenviron[font].fontindex], - fontenviron[font] do begin - with a8600chars[48 + temp] do begin - @<set character commands@> - end; {WITH..begin} - end; {WITH..begin} - -@ -@<reset line number values@>= - if line_ref_pend_seq = 1 then begin - line_ref_pend_seq := 2; - return; end - else begin - line_ref_pend_seq := 0; - line_note_pending := false; - return; end; - if line_note_pending - then begin - line_note_pending := false; - return; - end; - -@ The |setcharacter| procedure is the main procedure for setting -any and all characters, except the |line_footnote| references. - -@p procedure setcharacter(character :integer; - font :integer); -var - inx :integer; - tempreal :real; - temppt :integer; - tempbool :boolean; - return_ps :boolean; - return_ss :boolean; -begin - @<specials font or dumpin@> - checkmoves; - @<linenote-footnote@> - @<debug info@> - @<begin character@> - end; {setcharacter} - -@ -@<specials font or dumpin@>= -if font8600 = 0 then begin - call_specials_routine(character); - return; - end; {then..begin} -if dumpin and (hmove_pending or vmove_pending) - then tempbool := true - else tempbool := false; - -@ -@<linenote-footnote@>= - if line_note_pending and (character = 48) - then begin - setline_footnote_ref(font); - return; - end; - -@ -@<debug info@>= - if dumpin and tempbool then writeln(dumpout); - if dumpin - then if (character >= 32) and (character < 127) - then write(dumpout,chrx[character]) - else write(dumpout,'?<',character:3,'>'); - -@ -@<begin character@>= - return_ps := false; - return_ss := false; - with stack[stacktop], a8600fontrec[fontenviron[font].fontindex], - fontenviron[font] do begin - with a8600chars[character] do begin - if different_setsize - then temppt := trunc(float(setsize) / - 100.0 * pointsize) - else temppt := pointsize; - if we_add_the_character_width - then H := H + round(temppt * charwidth * SPsPerPt); - @<set character commands@> - end; {WITH..begin} - end; {WITH..begin} - -@ -@<set character commands@>= -for inx := 0 to num do - with comarray[inx] do - if (comcode = 25) and (argument = -1) - then writecommand(25,fontno8600) - {Some commands need to be scaled by - the set size factor} - else if (comcode=9) or (comcode=10) or - (comcode = 27) or (comcode = 28) - then begin - points := float(pointsize) * - SPsPerPt * real_argument; - writecommand(comcode,points); - end {then..begin} - else if (comcode = 12) or (comcode = 13) - then begin - points :=float(pointsize) * real_argument; - writecommand(comcode,points); - end {then..begin} - else if comcode = 14 - then begin - tempreal := SPsPerPt * (getpts(H) + - (real_argument * pointsize)); - if we_add_the_character_width - then tempreal := tempreal - - round(pointsize*charwidth*SPsPerPt); - writecommand(14,tempreal); - end - else if comcode = 7 - then begin - writecommand(7,pointsize+float(argument)); - return_ps := true; - end - else if comcode = 8 - then begin - writecommand(8,designsize+float(argument)); - return_ss := true; - end - else writecommand(comcode,float(argument)); - if return_ss then writecommand(8,designsize); - if return_ps then writecommand(7,pointsize); - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= -@!size : integer; - -@ This next procedure sets the line number if that option is used. -It will print the line number according to -|odd_page_margin| or |even_page_margin|. The number will - be set in the |line_number_font|. The line numbers - will print every five lines by default or according to -|line_interval|, and begin at 1 on each page. - -@p procedure print_line_number; -var - j :integer; -begin - incr(number_of_lines); - if not printing_numbers then return; - if (number_of_lines <> ((number_of_lines div - line_interval) * line_interval)) - then return; {If this is not a line number divisible by - |line_interval|} - size := headernum div 2; - size := size * 2; - if even_page_margin = 0 then - even_page_margin := 50.8; - if odd_page_margin = 0 then - odd_page_margin := 407.7; - if size = headernum - then writecommand(11,even_page_margin*SPsPerPt) {H position} - else writecommand(11,odd_page_margin*SPsPerPt); {H position} - establish_font_parameters(linefont); - size := number_of_lines; - if dumpin then begin - writeln; - write(dumpout,'*** set line number '); - end; - we_add_the_character_width := false; - if size >= 10 - then begin - j := size div 10; - setcharacter(j+48,linefont); {set 1st digit} - size := size -(j * 10); - end - else with -a8600fontrec[fontenviron[linefont].fontindex].a8600chars[48] - do {set nothing, but move the width of a "0"} - writecommand(27, fontenviron[linefont].pointsize * - charwidth * SPsPerPt); - setcharacter(size+48,linefont); {+48 for ASCII code} - we_add_the_character_width := true; - if dumpin then writeln(dumpout); - establish_font_parameters(currfont); {return to active font} - end; {|print_line_number|} - -@* Initialization procedures. -These next few procedures, get the whole thing started by assigning -values to all necessary items. - -@<Global Constants@>= -@! version = 2;@/ -@! level = 7;@/ - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= -@!takenum : integer; -@!currpage : integer; -@!prevpage : integer; - -@ -@p @^system dependencies@> -procedure initialize8600; -begin - @<page-setting values@> - @<setting output/input values@> - @<line-numbering font values@>@/ - @<page and font values@> - @<line numbering values@> - @<miscellaneous values@> - end; {initialize8600} - -@ - @<page-setting values@>= - firstpg := -99999; - totalpg := 99999; - doingpages := false; - -@ - @<setting output/input values@>= - termout(output); - readparms; - reset(input,'NAME=' ccat filename ccat '.' ccat filetype ccat '.*'); - writeln('******* tex8600 Version ',version:2,' Level ', - level:3,' *******'); - rewrite(setfile,'LRECL=1029,RECFM=F,NAME=' ccat filename ccat -'.TAPEFILE.*'); - -@ - @<line-numbering font values@>= - with fontenviron[-1] do begin - pointsize := 10; - designsize := 1; - fontindex := 0; - end; {WITH..begin} - -@ -@<page and font values@>= - currfont := -1; - currpage := 0; - prevpage := -99999; - ptsize := 0; - setsize := 100; - -@ -@<line numbering values@>= - counting_lines := false; - margin_note := false; - numbering_lines := false; - printing_numbers := false; - line_note_pending := false; - line_ref_pend_seq := 0; - even_page_margin := 0.0; - odd_page_margin := 0.0; - line_interval := 5; - pop_level := 3; - bufferlen := 0; - -@ -@<miscellaneous values@>= - takenum := -1; - num_of_pages := 0; - length_of_take := 0; - dumpin := false; - -@ This procedure initializes values that pertain to the overall run. - -@<Global Variables@>= -@!last_command : 0..255; -@!outputpending : boolean; -@!page_counter : integer; -@!second_to_last_cmnd : 0..255; - -@ -@p procedure init_run; -begin - initialize8600; - @<debugging statements@> - count := 0; - fileend := false; - galley_length := 0; - hmove_amt := 0; - hmove_pending := false; - last_command := 0; - outputpending := false; - page_counter := 0; - postam_found := false; - put_width := 0.0; - print_hmove := true; - second_to_last_cmnd := 0; - stacktop := 1; {initialize stack} - vmove_amt := 0; - vmove_pending := false; - we_add_the_character_width := true; - @<initialize job's main record--stack@> - end; {|init_run|} - -@ - @<debugging statements@>= - if dumpin then begin - writeln(dumpout); - writeln(dumpout); - writeln(dumpout,'********************************************'); - writeln(dumpout,'byte:code meaning'); - writeln(dumpout); - end; - -@ -@<initialize job's main record--stack@>= - with stack[stacktop] do begin - H := 0; - V := 0; - W := 0; - X := 0; - Y := 0; - Z := 0; - end; {WITH loop} - -@* Rule-setting Procedures. -The |setrule| procedure is called when the horizontal position -is to be advanced. |putrule| is called when the horizontal position -is not to be advanced. - -@ This procedure sets a rule. - -@<Global Variables@>= -@!ruleht : integer; -@!rulewidth : integer; -@!height : real; -@!fudge : real; - -@ -@p procedure drawrule; -begin - checkmoves; - points := getpts(ruleht); - height := points * SPsPerPt; - if points <> 0 then begin - writecommand(13,points); - points := getpts(rulewidth); - writecommand(12,points); - if points <> 0 then begin - writecommand(10,height); {Move back the rule height} - writecommand(14,stack[stacktop].H); {set it} - writecommand(9,height); {move down after setting} - writecommand(11,stack[stacktop].H); {set it} - end; {then...begin} - end;{then..begin} -end; - -@ Rule and increase the value of H (horizontal position). - -@p procedure setrule; -begin - drawrule; - hmove_amt := rulewidth; - hmove_pending := true; - stack[stacktop].H := stack[stacktop].H + rulewidth; -end; {setrule} - -@ Rule and do not increase the value of H (horizontal position). - -@p procedure putrule; -begin - drawrule; -end; {putrule} - -@* Page procedures. -The |doendofpage| procedure is called at the end of each page and the -|dobeginningofpage| procedure at the beginning of each page. - -@ This procedure is entirely for the user's information. It prints -out to the terminal the number of pages set in the job. If there are -are more than 8 page numbers a carriage return is thrown. - -@p procedure doendofpage; -begin - incr(page_counter); - if page_counter >= 8 then begin - writeln; - page_counter := 0; - end; - if doingpages=true - then begin - decr(totalpg); - if totalpg = 0 - then begin - writeln('<',currpage:1,'> '); - return; - end {then..begin} - else write('<',currpage:1,'> '); - end; - end; - -@ This procedure does all of the 8600 initialization - for the start of each new page. - -@<Global Constants@>= -@! indent=' ';@/ -@! nullstring = '00000000000000000000'xc;@/ - -@ -@<Global Variables@>= -@!int : integer; -@!newtake : boolean; - -@ -@p procedure dobeginningofpage; -var -inx :integer; -begin - @<general initializations@> - @<read first page number@> - @<determine if current page is to be set@> - @<read counters@> - if doingpages=true - then begin - if (currpage = firstpg) or (int = -1) - or (length_of_take >= 5184) - then begin - @<first page or 6 feet in film canister@> - end {then..begin} - else begin - @<any other page@> - end; {ELSE..begin} - with fontenviron[currfont] do begin - if int = -1 then begin - @<first page font environment@> - end - else begin - @<all other pages font environment@> - @<print end of page rule@> - end; {ELSE..begin} - end;{WITH..begin} - incr(num_of_pages); - end; {then..begin} -end; {DoBeginningOfPage} - -@ -@<general initializations@>= - foot_line_ref := 0; - foot_area_ref := 0; - number_of_lines := 0; - newtake := false; - with stack[stacktop] do begin - H := 4718592; - V := 0; {start 1" over and 1" down} -vmove_amt := 4718592; -vmove_pending := true; -hmove_pending := true; - end; {WITH ... do begin} - -@ -@<read first page number@>= - int := readinteger(4); - if dumpin then writeln(dumpout,'BOP -- Beginning Of Page ',int); - headernum := int; - prevpage := currpage; - currpage := int; - -@ -@<determine if current...@>= -if (firstpg = -99999) - then - doingpages := true; -if not doingpages -then - if ((firstpg >= 0) and (firstpg <= currpage)) - or ((firstpg < 0) and (firstpg >= currpage)) - then - doingpages := true; -if (totalpg < 1) - then - doingpages := false; - -@ -@<read counters@>= - for inx := 1 to 9 do begin - int := readinteger(4); - if dumpin then writeln(dumpout,'Counter ',inx:1,' = ',int); - end; {FOR ... do begin} - int := readinteger(4); - if dumpin - then writeln(dumpout,indent,'previous page pointer = ',int); - -@ -@<first page or 6 feet in film canister@>= - incr(takenum); - length_of_take := 0; - if (int = -1) or (currpage = firstpg) {On first page} - then writeheader - else begin - inx := headernum; - headernum := 88888; - repeat {pad end of record with hex FF} - write8600rec(allzeros); - until bufferlen <= 5; - headernum := inx; - writecommand(1,0.0); {End of Take} - repeat {pad record with '00'xc} - write8600rec(allzeros); - until bufferlen <= 5; - end; - write8600rec(nullstring); {10 hex zeros} - writecommand(0,takenum); {Start of Take} - newtake := true; - -@ -@<any other page@>= - repeat {pad end of record with hex FF} - write8600rec(allzeros); - until bufferlen <= 5; - -@ -@<first page font environment@>= - different_setsize := false; - in_slant_mode := false; - in_reverse_type := false; - -@ -@<all other pages font environment@>= - writecommand(25,font8600); - writecommand(7,pointsize); - if different_setsize - then writecommand(8,float(setsize)); - if in_slant_mode - then writecommand(15,48); - if in_reverse_type - then writecommand(3,1); - -@ -@<print end of page rule@>= - writecommand(11,0); {Move to left col.} - writecommand(9,12.0*SPsPerPt); {VMF 12 pts} - writecommand(12,30.0); {set width of rule} - writecommand(13,1.5); {set depth of rule} - writecommand(14,0); {page separator} - writecommand(11,0); {quad left} - writecommand(9,12.0*SPsPerPt); {VMF 12 pts} - galley_length := galley_length + 24; - -@* MAIN PROGRAM. - -@<Global Variables@>= -@!tempstack : stackrec; -@!inx : integer; -@!temp : integer; -@!temp2 : integer; -@!put_width : real; -@!realtemp : real; - -@ -@p begin {MAIN} - {=== Initialize ===} - init_run; - while not postam_found do begin - savecount := count; {don't change it in readinteger} - byte := readinteger(1); {1-byte code} - if printing_numbers - then if ((byte > 128) and (byte < 218)) then begin - second_to_last_cmnd := last_command; - last_command := byte; - end; {then..begin} - if byte < 128 then begin {This is a character} - outputpending := true; - setcharacter(byte,currfont); - end {then..begin} - else if (byte>=250) and (byte<=255) - then error(6,fatal,byte) - else case byte of - 128: @<set horizontal character1@>@/ - 129: @<set horizontal character2@>@/ - 130: @<set horizontal character3@>@/ - 131: @<set horizontal character4@>@/ - 132: @<set a rule@>@/ - 133: @<put horizontal character1@>@/ - 134: @<put horizontal character2@>@/ - 135: @<put horizontal character3@>@/ - 136: @<put horizontal character4@>@/ - 137: @<put a rule@>@/ - 138: do_nothing; {NOP} - 139: dobeginningofpage;{BOP} - 140: doendofpage; {EOP} - 141: @<push@>@/ - 142: @<pop@>@/ - 143: @<right1 move@>@/ - 144: @<right2 move@>@/ - 145: @<right3 move@>@/ - 146: @<right4 move@>@/ - 147: @<``W'' horizontal move@>@/ - 148..151: @<``W''1-4 horizontal move@>@/ - 152: @<``X'' horizontal move@>@/ - 153..156: @<``X''1-4 horizontal move@>@/ - 157..160: @<down1@>@/ - 161: @<``Y'' vertical move@>@/ - 162..165:@<``Y''1-4 vertical move@>@/ - 166: @<``Z'' vertical move@>@/ - 167..170: @<``Z''1-4 vertical move@>@/ - 171..234: @<set font@>@/ - 235: @<font1 set@>@/ - 236: @<font2 set@>@/ - 237: @<font3 set@>@/ - 238: @<font4 set@>@/ - 239: @<nop1@>@/ - 240: @<nop2@>@/ - 241: @<nop3@>@/ - 242: @<nop4@>@/ - 243: @<font1 def $0<k<64$@>@/ - 244: @<font2 def $0<k<65536$@>@/ - 245: @<font3 def $0<k<2^{24}$@>@/ - 246: @<font4 def $-2^{31}<k<2{30}$@>@/ - 247: @<preamble@>@/ - 248: readpostamble; {Post-amble}@/ - 249: do_nothing; {Post-post-amble} - otherwise writeln('oops...forgot about ',byte:12); - end;{CASE} - end;{while} -end. - -@ -@<set horizontal character1@>= - begin - int := readinteger(1); - we_add_the_character_width := true; - hmove_pending := true; - setcharacter(int,currfont); - end; - -@ -@<set horizontal character2@>= -begin - int := readinteger(2); - we_add_the_character_width := true; - hmove_pending := true; - setcharacter(int,currfont); - end; - -@ - @<set horizontal character3@>= - begin - int := readinteger(3); - we_add_the_character_width := true; - hmove_pending := true; - setcharacter(int,currfont); - end; - -@ -@<set horizontal character4@>= -begin - int := readinteger(4); - we_add_the_character_width := true; - hmove_pending := true; - setcharacter(int,currfont); - end; - -@ -@<set a rule@>= -begin - ruleht := readinteger(4); - rulewidth := readinteger(4); - setrule; - end; - -@ -@<put horizontal character1@>= -begin - int := readinteger(1); - we_add_the_character_width := false; - hmove_pending := true; - setcharacter(int,currfont); - we_add_the_character_width := true; - end; - -@ -@<put horizontal character2@>= -begin - int := readinteger(2); - we_add_the_character_width := false; - hmove_pending := true; - setcharacter(int,currfont); - we_add_the_character_width := true; - end; - -@ -@<put horizontal character3@>= -begin - int := readinteger(3); - we_add_the_character_width := false; - hmove_pending := true; - setcharacter(int,currfont); - we_add_the_character_width := true; - end; - -@ -@<put horizontal character4@>= -begin {Put Horizontal Character} - int := readinteger(4); - we_add_the_character_width := false; - hmove_pending := true; - setcharacter(int,currfont); - we_add_the_character_width := true; - end; - -@ -@<put a rule@>= -begin - ruleht := readinteger(4); - rulewidth := readinteger(4); - realtemp := rulewidth / SPsPerPt / 72.27; - putrule; - end; - -@ -@<push@>= -begin - tempstack := stack[stacktop]; - stacktop := stacktop + 1; - stack[stacktop] := tempstack; - with stack[stacktop] do begin - end; {WITH..begin} - end; - -@ -@<pop@>= -begin - tempstack := stack[stacktop]; - inx := stacktop; - stacktop := stacktop - 1; - with stack[stacktop] do begin - hmove_pending := false; - hmove_amt := 0; - print_hmove := true; - vmove_amt := vmove_amt + V - tempstack.V; - vmove_pending := true; - if margin_note and counting_lines - then margin_note := false - else if numbering_lines and counting_lines - and (inx = pop_level) - then print_line_number; - writecommand(11,H); {HPOS to left margin} - end; {WITH .. do begin} -with tempstack do begin -if put_width = 12.0 then - else if H / SPsPerPt > 554 then - put_width := 12.0; - end; - end; {POP} - -@ -@<right1 move@>= -begin - int := readinteger(1); - with stack[stacktop] do begin - hmove_amt := hmove_amt + int; - hmove_pending := true; - h := h + int; - end; {DO..begin} - end; - -@ -@<right2 move@>= -begin - int := readinteger(2); - with stack[stacktop] do begin - hmove_amt := hmove_amt + int; - hmove_pending := true; - h := h + int; - end; {DO..begin} - end; - -@ -@<right3 move@>= -begin - int := readinteger(3); - with stack[stacktop] do begin - hmove_amt := hmove_amt + int; - hmove_pending := true; - h := h + int; - end; {DO..begin} - end; - -@ -@<right4 move@>= -begin - int := readinteger(4); - with stack[stacktop] do begin - hmove_amt := hmove_amt + int; - hmove_pending := true; - h := h + int; - end; {DO..begin} - end; - -@ -@<``W'' horizontal move@>= -begin - with stack[stacktop] do begin - hmove_amt := hmove_amt + W; - hmove_pending := true; - H := H + W; - end; {WITH..begin} - end; {"W" amount change} - -@ -@<``W''1-4 horizontal move@>= - begin - size := 4 + (byte - 151); - int := readinteger(size); - points := getpts(int); - hmove_amt := hmove_amt + int; - hmove_pending := true; - with stack[stacktop] do begin - W := int; {int is in scalepts} - H := H + W; - end; {WITH..begin} - end; {"W" change} - -@ -@<``X'' horizontal move@>= -begin - with stack[stacktop] do begin - hmove_amt := hmove_amt + X; - hmove_pending := true; - H := H + X; - end; {WITH..begin} - end; {"X" amount move} - -@ -@<``X''1-4 horizontal move@>= - begin - size := 4 + (byte - 156); - int := readinteger(size); - points := getpts(int); - hmove_amt := hmove_amt + int; - hmove_pending := true; - with stack[stacktop] do begin - X := int; ; {saveamt.} - H := H + X; {record the move} - end; {WITH..begin} - end; {"X" amount change} - -@ -@<down1@>= -begin - size := 4 + (byte - 160); - int := readinteger(size); - points := getpts(int); - with stack[stacktop] do begin - vmove_amt := vmove_amt + int; - vmove_pending := true; - V := V + int; - end; {WITH..begin} - end; {"Down" amount move} - -@ -@<``Y'' vertical move@>= -begin - with stack[stacktop] do begin - vmove_amt := vmove_amt + Y; - vmove_pending := true; - V := V + Y; - end; {WITH..begin} - end; {"Y" amount move} - -@ -@<``Y''1-4 vertical move@>= - begin - size := 4 + (byte - 165); - int := readinteger(size); - points := getpts(int); - vmove_amt := vmove_amt + int; - vmove_pending := true; - with stack[stacktop] do begin - Y := int; {save amt.} - V := V + Y; - end; {WITH..DO begin} - end; {"Y" amount move} - -@ -@<``Z'' vertical move@>= -begin - with stack[stacktop] do begin - vmove_amt := vmove_amt + Z; - vmove_pending := true; - V := V + Z; - end; {WITH..begin} - end; {"Z" amount move} - -@ -@<``Z''1-4 vertical move@>= - begin - size := 4 + (byte - 170); - int := readinteger(size); - points := getpts(int); - vmove_amt := vmove_amt + int; - vmove_pending := true; - with stack[stacktop] do begin - Z := int; {save amt.} - V := V + Z; - end; {WITH..begin} - end; {"Z" amount move} - -@ -@<set font@>= - begin - currfont := byte - 171; - establish_font_parameters(currfont); - end; - -@ -@<font1 set@>= -begin - currfont := readinteger(1); - establish_font_parameters(currfont); - end; - -@ -@<font2 set@>= -begin - currfont := readinteger(2); - establish_font_parameters(currfont); - end; - -@ -@<font3 set@>= -begin - currfont := readinteger(3); -{ |establish_font_parameters(currfont);|} - end; - -@ -@<font4 set@>= -begin - currfont := readinteger(4); - { |establish_font_parameters(currfont);|} - end; - -@ -@<nop1@>= -begin - int := readinteger(1); - special := ''; - for inx := 1 to int do begin - temp := readinteger(1); - special := special ccat allcaps(str(chrx[temp])); - end; {DO..begin} - readspecials; - end; - -@ -@<nop2@>= -begin - int := readinteger(2); - special := ''; - for inx := 1 to int do begin - temp := readinteger(1); - special := special ccat allcaps(str(chrx[temp])); - end; {DO..begin} - readspecials; - end; - -@ -@<nop3@>= -begin - int := readinteger(3); - special := ''; - for inx := 1 to int do begin - temp := readinteger(1); - special := special ccat allcaps(str(chrx[temp])); - end; {DO..begin} - readspecials; - end; - -@ -@<nop4@>= -begin - int := readinteger(4); - special := ''; - for inx := 1 to int do begin - temp := readinteger(1); - special := special ccat allcaps(str(chrx[temp])); - end; {DO..begin} - readspecials; - end; - -@ -@<font1 def...@>= -begin - currfont := readinteger(1); - fontinfo; - end; - -@ -@<font2 def...@>= -begin - currfont := readinteger(2); - fontinfo; - end; - -@ -@<font3 def...@>= -begin - currfont := readinteger(3); - fontinfo; -end; - -@ -@<font4 def...@>= -begin - currfont := readinteger(4); - fontinfo; - end; - -@ -@<preamble@>= -begin - int := readinteger(1); - int := readinteger(4); - temp := readinteger(4); - temp2 := readinteger(4); - temp := readinteger(1); - for int := 1 to temp do - inx := readinteger(1); - end; - -@* INDEX. diff --git a/macros/text1/docs/readme.tex b/macros/text1/docs/readme.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 90677f14b9..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/docs/readme.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,209 +0,0 @@ -% tb27textone.tex -\input tugboat.sty - -\font\bi=cmbxti10 - -\begingroup -\def\text#1{{\it\TeX T1}} - - -\title * {\bi\TeX T1} Goes Public Domain * -\author * Dean Guenther * -\address * Computer Service Center \\ - Washington State University \\ - Computer Science Building \\ - Pullman, WA 99164 * -\netaddress[\network{Bitnet}] *GUENTHER@WSUVM1* - -\article - -\text1 is a macro package for use with \plain{} and has been -available for purchase for several years. Beginning in January 1990, -\text1\ went into the \TeX\ public domain collection of macros. - -In 1983, a decision was made at Washington State University -to put time into creating a set of macros to be used with \TeX. -This macro set was to provide many of the functions found in \LaTeX: -multiple columns, table of contents, indexing\footnote{$^*$}{The -three different index styles illustrated in Appendix A in -\TUB~{\bf1}(1) can all be achieved with \text1's index.}, chapters, lists, -boxes, margin notes, etc. Yet there were to be two important differences: -\list[\numbered] -\item The {\tt PLAIN.TEX} commands would be able to be used in -\text1. -\item Modifying the \text1\ formats would be considerably easier than -modifying \LaTeX\ styles. -\endlist - -The resulting set of macros met the above criteria. One important -exception was that no attempt was made to give \text1\ a picture -environment such as was in \LaTeX. The documentation you may -purchase for \text1\ -consists of a 300 page Reference Manual and a 100 page Users Guide. - -\head * Changing the Formats * - -As an example of how easy it is to modify the \text1\ formats, if the -user wants to increase the bottom margin from 6 to 7 picas, they -can simply specify: -||\pageformat{\bottommargin{7pc}}|| -Or if you wanted your running head to contain the chapter title -left-justified and the page number right-justified on odd pages, and -the chapter title right-justified and the page number left-justified -on even pages, you could say: -\verbatim -\runningheadformat{ - \oddpages{\line{\lft{\chaptertitle} - \rt{\pagenumber}}} - \evenpages{\line{\lft{\pagenumber} - \rt{\chaptertitle}}} - } -\endverbatim - -For one last example, it is often desirable to change the text embedded -within macros. For example, by default if you say: -||\chapter{Introduction}|| -you would get ``Chapter 1'' at the top of the next page in bold, with -``Introduction'' centered below that. If you were using \text1\ in -Germany, you would probably prefer ``Kapitel'' instead of -``Chapter'', so you could change the chapter's format to say: -\verbatim -\chapterformat{ - \titleformat{\newpage - \centerline{% - \bf Kapitel \chapternumber} - \centerline{\bf\chaptertitle} - \vs{1\bl} - } - \incontents{yes}} -\endverbatim -Then in your text you would specify the introduction (first -chapter) as: -||\chapter{Einleitung}|| - -\head * Additional Products * - -Other products that came out of this pro\-ject and are now going into -the public domain are a typesetter driver for the Compugraphics 8600 -and additional fonts. - -\subhead * Typesetter Driver * - -The Compugraphics driver is written in \WEB. It has the ability to -add line numbering to the DVI output as it is printed on the 8600. -The program does include some Pascal statements unique to IBM's -Pascal/VS, so a change file would be necessary for any operating -system other than IBM's VM/CMS. - -\subhead * Additional Fonts * - -Extra fonts were created from the base Computer Modern. These were -Computer Modern at 11, 12, 14, 18, 24 and 36 point sizes. I do not -know yet if I can call these Computer Modern, but I have asked -Professor Knuth for permission to do so. - -In addition to the larger Computer Modern fonts, we also created an -International Phonetic Alphabet in 9, 10, 11 and 12 point sizes. The -IPA font is illustrated at the end of this article. - -\head * How to get {\bi\text1} * - -You can get any of the above \text1\ products on diskette or by -anonymous FTP. Also, I will be distributing \text1\ to the various -site coordinators who can determine whether to place it on their -distribution. - -To obtain \text1\ on diskette from Jon Radel, send a note to -\address[\display] -Jon Radel \\ -P.O. Box 2276 \\ -Reston, VA \\ -22090-0276 -\endaddress -and ask for \text1 (4 disks). To cover postage and other expenses, -if you are in North America, please enclose \$1.50/disk if you send -blank disks or \$5.00/disk if you don't; if you are anywhere else in -the world, enclose \$2.00/disk if you send blank disks or \$6.00/disk -if you don't. $\mu$\TeX\ and \PCTeX\ use different directories, so -specify which of these two you are using. If you are using neither of -these, then just specify \PCTeX. You should also specify whether you -want |pk| (3 disks) or |gf| (5 disks) font files for the additional fonts -(these do not include the IPA fonts). - -You may also request \text1\ for a Macintosh from Jon (1 disk). -It is set up to run with \TeXtures. - -To order the IPA fonts from Jon, request the WSU IPA font. This -consists of two diskettes: 1)~the IPA source files and Users Guide, -and 2)~|pk| or |gf| files. - -To get \text1\ by anonymous FTP, you can connect to -ftp.wsu.edu. -Log on as -|anonymous|, and change to the -|/pub/tex/text1| directory. You will see ten subdirectories which you can GET -files from: -\list[\numbered] -\item |BLOCKS|: this directory contains all of the default formats (or -building ``blocks'' such as the |chapterformat|, |runningheadformat|, etc.) - -\item |CMS_HELP_FILES|: these are some of the help files used on the -CMS system at WSU. Some sites have taken these files and used them in creating -help files on a PC or on a \VAX. - -\item |COMPUGRAPHICS_8600|: this is the Compugraphics 8600 phototypesetter -driver program, and its various utilities. Not very much documentation here, -so venture further on your own. - -\item |FONTS|: This is the source for the additional Computer Modern -fonts generated, such as 11, 14, 18, 24 and 36pt sizes. - -\item |MACINTOSH|: this contains the index sorting facility used with -\text1. It is written for Turbo Pascal. (The executable binary can -be obtained from Jon Radel if you do not have Turbo Pascal yourself.) - -\item |MACROS|: this contains the \text1 macros. The file |TEXT1.TEX| is used -with Ini\TeX{} to create a new |fmt|. - -\item |MODELS|: contains various simple models such as letter, resume, -etc. It also contains a model (|MERGETXT|) which can be used as a -model for merge letters. For example, you could tell Dbase III to -create an address list, merge it with a standard letter, and using -the model print a -copy for each person. - -\item |TEXIX|: the sorted index program used with \text1. Presently -the only systems this is running on is CMS and Macintosh. |TEXIX| for -\VAX{} and PC systems is in the works. - -\item |VAX_VMS|: when ready, this will have the sorted index for VMS -users. - -\item |WSUIPA|: This contains the source for the International -Phonetic Alphabet, as well as the |tfm| and |300pk| files. - -\endlist - -\head * {\bi\text1} Documentation * - -The documentation for \text1\ is not free. Pre\-sent\-ly, the -documentation must be ordered through: -\address[\display] -\text1\ Distribution\\ -Computing Service Center \\ -Washington State University \\ -Pullman, WA. 99164-1220 -\endaddress -The cost is \$35 for the Reference Manual and \$25 for the Users -Guide. (Add \$5 postage if outside of the U.S.) The manuals are not -yet available through the \TeX\ Users Group, but I hope to have them -there as soon as I find a publisher. - -If you have any questions, feel free to send me an email note on Bitnet -at {\tt GUENTHER@WSUVM1} or to {\tt GUENTHER@WSUVM1.WSU.EDU} on -Internet. - -\makesignature - -\endgroup -\endarticle diff --git a/macros/text1/docs/refman.ps.gz b/macros/text1/docs/refman.ps.gz Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 2631c303b9..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/docs/refman.ps.gz +++ /dev/null diff --git a/macros/text1/fonts/cmr36.dump b/macros/text1/fonts/cmr36.dump deleted file mode 100644 index 502e15375f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/fonts/cmr36.dump +++ /dev/null @@ -1,902 +0,0 @@ - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 1 (00000001), 512 (0200) bytes - - 04008BDE E5990000 40027475 7074756F 20322E31 204B506F 74464711 59F70200 ..÷Y.GFtoPK 1.2 output.@...åÞ... 000000 - D494E2D6 92E2D890 E2DA27CE 5DE2B267 FC685B64 86AD0A41 F680AE26 0400AE26 &®..&®.öA..d[hüg²â]Î'Úâ.Øâ.Öâ.Ô 000020 - 48CA9347 BF4C69C4 3C59F4CD 9444CE93 43FF4C29 F44C1905 3D19148D F9D296E2 â.Òù...=..Lô)L.C.ÎD.ÍôY<ÄiL¿G.ÊH 000040 - 49C39495 344C4959 C4939454 4C3949C5 9492653C 29497F4C 0959C893 90F4C994 .Éô..ÈY.L.I)<e..ÅI9LT..ÄYIL4..ÃI 000060 - C43BC949 DF4BB949 BE939AF4 BF9499F4 4B8959C0 9398144C 7949C194 96253C69 i<%..ÁIyL...ÀY.Kô..¿ô..¾I¹KßIÉ;Ä 000080 - 94A4453B 494A5F4B 295AB693 A2F4B794 A1843B09 4A9F4BF9 49BA939E F4BB949D ..»ô..ºIùK.J.;.¡.·ô¢.¶Z)K_JI;E¤. 0000A0 - BF4AD94A AC93ACF4 AD94ABD4 4AA95AAE 93AAF44A 994AAF94 A8058B2B 2E6BFBB3 ³ûk.+..¨.¯J.Jôª.®Z©JÔ«.ô¬.¬JÙJ¿ 0000C0 - 94B5344A 495BA493 B4F4A594 B2653A29 4B7F4A19 4BA893B0 F4A994AF A43AE94A Jé:¤¯.©ô°.¨K.J.K):e².¥ô´.¤[IJ4µ. 0000E0 - C9ABA3A2 E4909BAE 999796B3 949B94B5 919E93B6 F849696B A094B625 3A694BA3 £Ki:%¶..kiIø¶...µ...³...®..䢣«É 000100 - C0DED010 00ED1DDD 3DED3D03 D532700D 03DA2DE0 9D0265FB 66515E4B 160A420D .B..K^Qfûe..à-Ú..p2Õ.=í=Ý.í..ÐÞÀ 000120 - D018C0D7 8C017C0D 7D018CCD 17C0D96C 01ACCD15 C0DAD014 C0DBD013 C0DCD012 .ÐÜÀ.ÐÛÀ.ÐÚÀ.ͬ.lÙÀ.Í..}.|..×À.Ð 000140 - 8D016CCD 19C0D5D0 19C05FCD 1AC0D4D0 1AC0E8D5 AC01FCD5 D019C06F CD19C0D6 ÖÀ.ÍoÀ.ÐÕü.¬ÕèÀ.ÐÔÀ.Í_À.ÐÕÀ.Íl.. 000160 - DFFCCD10 C0DE2B01 CCCD13C0 DB4C01AC CD15C0D9 6C01FCD8 7C017CCD 18C06F0D .oÀ.Í|.|Øü.lÙÀ.ͬ.LÛÀ.ÍÌ.+ÞÀ.Íüß 000180 - 6B01CCAD 15C0DD3B 01FCBD11 C01100DD CD143002 18F00115 20021200 CDCD11B0 °.ÍÍ... ..ð..0.ÍÝ..À.½ü.;ÝÀ.Ì.k 0001A0 - C02FCD1D C03FCD1C C04FCD1B C05FCD1A C0D69C01 7CBD19C0 D88B019C BD17C0DA ÚÀ.½...ØÀ.½|..ÖÀ.Í_À.ÍOÀ.Í?À.Í/À 0001C0 - 1AC03F0D BD012C0D CD012C1E 0DDD012C 1ECD1EC0 D0D01EC0 E8D1EC01 FCD1D01D .ÐÑü.ìÑèÀ.ÐÐÀ.Í.,.Ý..,.Í.,.½.?À. 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 2 (00000002), 512 (0200) bytes - - 3D1D01D0 D8D213C0 D8D115C0 D7D116C0 D6D117C0 D6D018C0 D5D019C0 0200D4D0 ÐÔ..À.ÐÕÀ.ÐÖÀ.ÑÖÀ.Ñ×À.ÑØÀ.ÒØÐ..= 000000 - 2BB1A2BE 66F96851 60A7490A 43FE90B0 CD02D730 403D03D2 35007D03 4CDD3D7D }=ÝL.}.5Ò.=@0×.Í°.þC.I§`Qhùf¾¢±+ 000020 - 57B2A3AB 96E63ADA 6AA0975A EA5AA309 8A0A4BA5 B8B2744A 4B3BAAB0 B6C3BA9A .ºÃ¶°ª;KJt²¸¥K...£ZêZ..jÚ:æ.«£²W 000040 - 3A2A3A0C 4A3A1A1C 4A4AFA1B 5A9A51BC A2A629A5 2B7A8A54 B7A2A967 552BAA7A zª+Ug©¢·T.z+¥)¦¢¼Q.Z.úJJ..:J.:*: 000060 - F5F71C6A E71C7A8F CCA1F8A9 1C9AA90C 0A0A8A1C 0A0A7A1C 1A1A5A1C 2A2A4A0C .J**.Z...z.......©..©ø¡Ì.z.çj.÷õ 000080 - EADAA2AF 3D1A4FD5 A341D5A2 224ED4A3 52D3A223 5ED2A264 D1A264D1 A165D0A2 ¢Ðe¡Ñd¢Ñd¢Ò^#¢ÓR£ÔN"¢ÕA£ÕO.=¯¢Úê 0000A0 - D1A26F24 1D6A242D 4A342D4A 442D3AE2 443D2A54 2DFADBA2 DBA3E2DB A2BF3D5A Z=¿¢Ûâ£Û¢Ûú-T*=Dâ:-DJ-4J-$j.$o¢Ñ 0000C0 - 541C8A5A C6A1A784 1C5A4ACA A1A4B40C 3A4ACCA1 A2D41CFA A0F41CFA 49D0A147 G¡ÐIú.ô.ú.Ô¢¡ÌJ:.´¤¡ÊJZ..§¡ÆZ..T 0000E0 - 6BAEA4BA 263B7A5B B6A2B585 2B3A5BBB A2B0E42B EA5ABFA2 AC251CBA 4AC4A0AA ª.ÄJº.%¬¢¿Zê+ä°¢»[:+.µ¢¶[z;&º¤®k 000100 - 16900265 FB665966 E2E00A44 FAC8302B 7ABDFA1C AB5C6B9C 3B9CA1A8 BF985ACA ÊZ.¿¨¡.;.k\«.ú½z+0ÈúD.àâfYfûe... 000120 - 6C012C01 D014C014 002D015C 01D11000 6D01D3DB D3154003 DD32F00D 0312D002 .Ð...ð2Ý.@.ÓÛÓ.m..Ñ.\.-..À.Ð.,.l 000140 - 1FC0DAEB 01BCAD1E C0DCDA01 CCBD1CC0 DDBB01EC BD1AC0DF 9B010C01 7C011C01 ...|....ßÀ.½ì.»ÝÀ.½Ì.ÚÜÀ.¼.ëÚÀ. 000160 - C04FCD23 C0D53B02 FCD62B02 FCD72A02 7CBD21C0 D81A028C BD20C0D9 0A02ACAD ¬..ÙÀ ½...ØÀ!½|.*×ü.+Öü.;ÕÀ#ÍOÀ 000180 - 6C020C4D 0E6D022C EDD16C02 4C1E0D5D 022CCD25 C0E3D35B 023CCD24 C04FBD24 $½OÀ$Í<.[ÓãÀ%Í,.]..L.lÑí,.m.M..l 0001A0 - BD22C05F BD23C04F CD23C0D4 4B02FCD3 4C023CBD 25C02FCD 25C0E2D1 D025C0D1 ÑÀ%ÐÑâÀ%Í/À%½<.LÓü.KÔÀ#ÍOÀ#½_À"½ 0001C0 - BD1BC0DC CB01BCBD 1DC0DAEB 01ACAD1F C0D9FB01 8CBD20C0 7FBD21C0 D72A026C l.*×À!½.À ½..ûÙÀ.¬.ëÚÀ.½¼.ËÜÀ.½ 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 3 (00000003), 512 (0200) bytes - - D312100D 01D01200 3D012C01 5C011C01 6C010C01 8B01FCBD 19C00200 DEAB01DC Ü.«Þ..À.½ü.....l...\.,.=..Ð....Ó 000000 - 03D703E3 65FB6651 5B00B109 45CAC860 01292001 2DF00D03 DD32B04D 03D9D4DB ÛÔÙ.M°2Ý..ð-. ).`ÈÊE.±.[Qfûeã.×. 000020 - 7D1FC0D6 E701FCD6 D8016C9D 1CC0D6AB 016C0D8D 016C2D6D 01D0D5D7 10303DED í=0.×ÕÐ.m-l...l.«ÖÀ..l.ØÖü.çÖÀ.} 000040 - D3744DDC 3C4E4DD6 C4CDD434 024C4E5D 22C0E2D5 2402FCD5 1502FCD5 06022C5E ^,..Õü..Õü.$ÕâÀ"]NL.4ÔÍÄÖMN<ÜMtÓ 000060 - CD1BC0D4 BC011C40 BE014CCD 1B90D7BC 0188CD1B 60DAFC1B 50DB2CBE 01C4CDE3 ãÍÄ.¾,ÛP.üÚ`.Í..¼×..ÍL.¾@..¼ÔÀ.Í 000080 - 26C0E4D1 944DDC0C 4DDAC4CD E31B40DC 3CBE01B5 CDE21B60 DAFC1B80 D8BC0179 y.¼Ø..üÚ`.â͵.¾<Ü@.ãÍÄÚM.ÜM.ÑäÀ& 0000A0 - 013C8D20 C03F7D21 C0D32602 FCD33502 2C2E5D24 C0E3D254 022C1E5D 25C01F4D M.À%].,.TÒãÀ$].,.5Óü.&ÓÀ!}?À .<. 0000C0 - 8B98F503 E3040494 0D01D3D1 D416003D 1D9D014C CD1BC0D4 CB014C9D 1EC0D4F8 øÔÀ..L.ËÔÀ.ÍL...=..ÔÑÓ.....ã.õ.. 0000E0 - C92B6A1A AA2B6A2A 9A2B6A5A 6A3B5A9A 1A6B3AEA 4DDDE365 FB664B57 B44B0946 F.K´WKfûeãÝMê:k..Z;jZj+.*j+ª.j+É 000100 - A4252C2A 5E4AC2A2 5F5AC1A2 E2A5062C FAA5F72B 6A6ABFA2 A6E72B6A 8ABDA2A6 ¦¢½.j+禢¿jj+÷¥ú,.¥â¢ÁZ_¢ÂJ^*,%¤ 000120 - 2A9A7BAB A2B9C62A FAB9D52A 2A9E4BAE A2A3E584 4AAEA2A3 E2442C4A 4AC3A2E5 å¢ÃJJ,D⣢®J.壢®K.**Õ¹ú*ƹ¢«{.* 000140 - E42A8A9E 5BADA2E2 B9C62AFA B9B72A9A 9BA9A2B9 A2A6A2B9 BEE4B9A2 A6A2B999 .¹¢¦¢¹ä¾¹¢¦¢¹¢©..*·¹ú*ƹâ¢[..*ä 000160 - CDDDA38C 0C01F2BC DC66F968 5968352D 0B471DB1 80FB4B5E 8C1A4D4A 2DEAEAB9 ¹êê-JM..^Kû.±.G.-5hYhùfܼò...£ÝÍ 000180 - CF67250D 1C7D57CF C1D296B6 2C3C6D7A C6C3D505 9C6B6C4D C3D6D854 2CAD3DC8 È=,TØÖÃMlk..ÕÃÆzm<,¶.ÒÁÏW}..%gÏ 0001A0 - B0C83B01 9ABC12B0 C9C010B0 CAC1DEBB 2CCCBDCC 19B4BDCD 29840DEC 8C44D6C0 ÀÖD.ì..)ͽ´.̽Ì,»ÞÁÊ°.ÀÉ°.¼..;È° 0001C0 - E601FBC2 D601C0C2 C7013B7C 1B003C7C 1BB0C498 01FBC579 01FBC65A 017BAC14 .¬{.ZÆû.yÅû..Ä°.|<..|;.ÇÂÀ.ÖÂû.æ 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 4 (00000004), 512 (0200) bytes - - 103CEC30 00FC3010 FC4A2210 AC2402C0 E35B2000 2C0E5C20 0200B0C1 F501C0C1 ÁÀ.õÁ°.. \.,. [ãÀ.$¬."Jü.0ü.0ì<. 000000 - C1C019B0 C1C01900 FC2B8C01 C05A6C01 C1A29D0D 2CE2DAD9 C10F03C1 3100FC31 1ü.1Á..ÁÙÚâ,..¢Á.lZÀ..+ü..ÀÁ°.ÀÁ 000020 - B06F0C5C 01FBC5C0 16B0C4C0 16003C0C 7C013B0C 7C01C0C2 C018B02F 0C8C01C0 À.../°.ÀÂÀ.|.;.|.<..ÀÄ°.ÀÅû.\.o° 000040 - D8C0CEC2 DAC0CDC1 DDCB1CEC BDCBC1DF AB0C1C01 FBC9C012 B0C8C013 B0C7C014 .ÀÇ°.ÀÈ°.ÀÉû...«ßÁ˽ì.ËÝÁÍÀÚÂÎÀØ 000060 - DA148C8D 5D9B7B6C 6D88C7C3 D567C72C 3C8D64D0 C1D22936 0D1C9D42 D7C0CFC3 ÃÏÀ×B...6)ÒÁÐd.<,ÇgÕÃÇ.ml{.]...Ú 000080 - 5C6DACDA C1DAE465 FB665964 86AD0A48 2FB8900D 5C01B19C 0C0172FC DC3DC4D4 ÔÄ=Üür...±.\..¸/H..dYfûeäÚÁÚ¬m\ 0000A0 - A01DAC4D AEC6D5C6 CAC2D9C2 CDC0DBC0 DFEE3C02 E4CEC0DB C0DADE2C 9C2DAC6C l¬-.,ÞÚÀÛÀÎä.<îßÀÛÀÍÂÙÂÊÆÕÆ®M¬.. 0000C0 - 3C51074A 56C0B00B 5BBD1DED CD4AE0DE D1DBD5BB 0B65FC66 28306723 054917C8 È.I.#g0(füe.»ÕÛÑÞàJÍí.½[.°ÀVJ.Q< 0000E0 - D5D1E2CA D6BC7CAD CCD808CD D916CD39 E01C10AD 01D410A0 01E4D265 FA673644 D6gúeÒä...Ô...à9Í.ÙÍ.ØÌ|¼ÖÊâÑÕ 000100 - D87A4DD6 8B4DD59A 5DD3BA4D D27B9DD1 6BADD06B BDD05B0D BD4C1DFD BBD5D1CA ÊÑÕ»ý.L½.[нkÐkÑ.{ÒMºÓ].ÕM.ÖMzØ 000120 - CBE465FB 665C67D1 120B4B62 A90001BA 01D41680 2D017AF8 9D6CDC2A 5DDA4A5D ]JÚ]*Ül.øz.-..Ô.º..©bK..Ñg\fûeäË 000140 - 5CCEB1C6 F51C5B6C CFB1C3F8 1C2B9CCF B1C0B0CF B1BEB3CD B3B9B9C9 B7B1C1BD ½Á±·É¹¹³Í³¾±Ï°À±Ï.+.øñÏl[.õƱÎ\ 000160 - 5DC5B1CF 651CEB5C C7B1CD85 1CCB5CC9 B1CBA51C AB5CCBB1 C9C51CFB C8D51C7B {.ÕÈû.ÅɱË\«.¥Ë±É\Ë..ͱÇ\ë.eϱÅ] 000180 - 5DBCB1D8 D51B7B5D BEB1D6F5 1B5B5DC0 B1D4151C 3B5DC2B1 D2351CFB D1451C0B ..EÑû.5Ò±Â];..Ô±À][.õÖ±¾]{.Õر¼] 0001A0 - B0B3B1DD 491BDB8D B5B1DE66 1BEB5DB7 B1DD851B CB5DB9B1 DBA51BAB 5DBBB19F .±»]«.¥Û±¹]Ë..ݱ·]ë.fÞ±µ.Û.Iݱ³° 0001C0 - 54178B2D 3B85B1D9 B251199B 7DABB1DA B5B0B1DA B4B1B1DB B2B2B1DC B1B2B1DC ܱ²±Ü±²²Û±±´Ú±°µÚ±«}..Q²Ù±.;-..T 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 5 (00000005), 512 (0200) bytes - - D4B2B225 B1D5B2B0 35B1D5B2 5A146B2D 8B46B1D6 B3570200 157B2D6B 65B1D7B3 ³×±ek-{...W³Ö±F.-k.Z²Õ±5°²Õ±%²²Ô 000000 - B3BDB1D0 B2BCB2D1 B2BBB2D1 B2BAB3D2 B2B8B4D2 B3B6B5D3 B2B5B6D3 B3B315B1 ±.³³Ó¶µ²Óµ¶³Ò´¸²Ò³º²Ñ²»²Ñ²¼²Ð±½³ 000020 - B2C2B1CB B3C1B1CC B2C1B1CC B3C0B1CD B2C0B1CE B2BFB1CE B3BEB1CF B2BEB1CF ϱ¾²Ï±¾³Î±¿²Î±À²Í±À³Ì±Á²Ì±Á³Ë±Â² 000040 - C8B1C6B2 C7B17F2C 6B1C7B3C 5B1C8B2C 5B1C8B3C 4B1C9B2C 4B1CAB2C 3B1CFBCB Ëû.;,«.K,..K<..[,..[<{.k,.±Ç²Æ±È 000060 - 1C0B3CCB 1C1B2CCB 1C2B2CBB 1CFBC3B2 CAB1C3B3 C9B1C4B2 C9B1C4B3 C8B1C5B2 ²Å±È³Ä±É²Ä±É³Ã±Ê²Ãû.»,+.Ë,..Ë<.. 000080 - 69E6084C 5998C7B9 CBE4C77B 7C9B7BBB 3CCB5BDB 1CEB4BDB 1CFB3BDB 1C0B2CDB Û,..Û;û.ÛKë.Û[Ë<»{.|{Çä˹Ç.YL.æi 0000A0 - 4ABEA2A4 E52B2A4E 4ABFA2A3 E6042C4A 1E2DDAEC D0A4CDA8 BEBFE465 FB664753 SGfûe俾¨Í¤ÐìÚ-.J,.棢¿JN*+夢¾J 0000C0 - A6A1B6A2 A6A0B7A2 A6892B6A 8AB9A2A6 A72B5A7A BBA25F6A BCA2E2A5 D52B2A5E ^*+ե⢼j_¢»zZ+§¦¢¹.j+.¦¢·.¦¢¶¡¦ 0000E0 - FB666F7A 4A0D0D4D 00C9944D 3EABABA6 A3A8AFA3 A5A5B2A2 A6A3B4A2 A6A2B5A2 ¢µ¢¦¢´£¦¢²¥¥£¯¨£¦««>M.É.M..Jzofû 000100 - 24C042E2 DD1C6402 1C24CE4D 8D02D4D9 D62860AD 1080022C A002E22A C002DE65 eÞ.À*â..,...`(ÖÙÔ..MÎ$..d.ÝâBÀ$ 000120 - 017C24DE CD461CC0 46E2DD5C E4015C24 DECD4420 C044E2DD 3C24023C 24DECD42 BÍÞ$<.$<ÝâDÀ DÍÞ$\.ä\ÝâFÀ.FÍÞ$|. 000140 - C04CE2DD BC2401BC 24DECD4A 14C04AE2 DD9C6401 9C24DECD 4818C048 E2DD7CA4 ¤|ÝâHÀ.HÍÞ$..d.ÝâJÀ.JÍÞ$¼.$¼ÝâLÀ 000160 - DECDD384 CDD324DE CDD2A4CD D224DECD D1C4CDD1 24DECDD0 E4CDD024 DECD4C10 .LÍÞ$ÐÍäÐÍÞ$ÑÍÄÑÍÞ$ÒͤÒÍÞ$ÓÍ.ÓÍÞ 000180 - D8B48C4D DFCDD704 CDD724DE CDD624CD D624DECD D544CDD5 24DECDD4 64CDD424 $ÔÍdÔÍÞ$ÕÍDÕÍÞ$ÖÍ$ÖÍÞ$×Í.×ÍßM.´Ø 0001A0 - 4DC1DD24 DECDDC34 CC4DE2DD BC4DC5DB 24DECDDA 74AC4DE2 DD9C4DC9 D924DECD ÍÞ$ÙÉM.ÝâM¬tÚÍÞ$ÛÅM¼ÝâMÌ4ÜÍÞ$ÝÁM 0001C0 - E9ADDA1C 01F98DDB 0C01FB6D DC0C010B 01F4DDFC 0DFD4DE2 DDEC2DED 4DE2DDDC ÜÝâMí-ìÝâMý.üÝô....Ümû..Û.ù..Úé 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 6 (00000006), 512 (0200) bytes - - AD0A4E90 A99001D6 652D7E03 D5571D01 AFD5DFB7 02005D5D 1D0D01D9 CDD91C01 ..ÙÍÙ...]]..·ßÕ¯..WÕ.~-eÖ..©.N. 000000 - C82C1BC4 ABCCB6BB B1CBB6B8 B7C9B5B2 C3C31040 FCDFC5DE C6BF65FB 66596486 .dYfûe¿ÆÞÅßü@.ÃòµÉ·¸¶Ë±»¶Ì«Ä.,È 000020 - 4BCAB245 BFA43C4B F44BCBB2 44BFC42C 3BF44BCC B342BFD4 2C2BE46B CCB341BD ½A³Ìkä+,Ô¿B³ÌKô;,Ä¿D²ËKôK<¤¿E²ÊK 000040 - 4BC5B349 BF642C9B F44BC6B3 48BF742C 8BF44BC8 B247FF4B C9B246BF 943C5BF4 ô[<.¿F²ÉK.G²ÈKô.,t¿H³ÆKô.,d¿I³ÅK 000060 - B3F4BF24 2C2B4BBF 243C1B4B BF342C1B 4BBF343C 0B4BBF44 2C0B4BBF 542CABF4 ô«,T¿K.,D¿K.<4¿K.,4¿K.<$¿K+,$¿ô³ 000080 - BDB2B7F4 4BBEB2B6 F44BBEB3 B5F44BBF B2B5F44B BFB3B4F4 4BC0B2B4 F44BC1B2 ²ÁKô´²ÀKô´³¿Kôµ²¿Kôµ³¾Kô¶²¾Kô·²½ 0000A0 - BF942BBB 4BBFA42B AB4BFF4B BBB2B9F4 4BBBB3B8 F44BBCB2 B8F44BBC B3B7F44B Kô·³¼Kô¸²¼Kô¸³»Kô¹²»K.K«+¤¿K»+.¿ 0000C0 - FB4BBF54 3BEB4BBF 642BEB4B BF742BDB 4BBF743B CB4BBF84 2BCB4BBF 843BBB4B K»;.¿KË+.¿KË;t¿KÛ+t¿Kë+d¿Kë;T¿Kû 0000E0 - B1B2C3F4 4BB1B3C2 F44BB2B2 C2F44BB3 B2C1F4BF 442B0B4C BF443BFB 4BBF542B +T¿Kû;D¿L.+D¿ôÁ²³Kô²²Kô³±Kôò± 000100 - B2C7F44B 386B4CBF 94B2C6F4 4B395B4C BFA4B2C5 F44BB0B2 C4F44BB0 B3C3F44B Kôó°KôIJ°KôŲ¤¿L[9KôƲ.¿Lk8KôDz 000120 - B2CCF44B 24BB4CBF 44B3CAF4 4B25AB4C BF54B3C9 F44B269B 4CBF74B2 C8F4BF84 .¿ôȲt¿L.&KôɳT¿L«%KôʳD¿L»$Kô̲ 000140 - BFB4D1F4 BFB5D0F4 BFB6CFF4 BF14B2CE F44B31DB 4CBF24B2 CDF44B32 CB4CBF34 4¿LË2KôͲ$¿LÛ1Kôβ.¿ô϶¿ôе¿ôÑ´¿ 000160 - B7B8481D BB8BD5CA 9BD5D89B D6E6ABD6 F4BFB0D5 F41B4B4D FF2B3B4D FF3B2B4D M+;.M;+.MK.ôÕ°¿ôÖ«æÖ.ØÕ.ÊÕ.».H¸· 000180 - BF1690DB 01B1CB66 F9685867 3D140B4F EDA0B2F4 3C2C5BCE C32F6BCD C32F7BD2 Ò{/ÃÍk/ÃÎ[,<ô².íO..=gXhùf˱.Û..¿ 0001A0 - C2D99CC4 B99CC798 8CCA599C CC399CCE 199CD1D9 9BD49AAB D75AABDB B00A0B01 ...°Û«Z׫.Ô.ÙÑ..Î.9Ì.YÊ..Ç.¹Ä.Ù 0001C0 - 0B9B0D4B ABD95A0B 7B0D6BAB D78AABD5 FABA3AAD BC399DBE 199DC0F9 9CC1DAAC ¬ÚÁ.ùÀ..¾.9¼:ºúÕ«.׫k.{.ZÙ«K... 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 7 (00000007), 512 (0200) bytes - - 051B01B0 16FB1DFB 07FB0DFB 18DB1D9B B0DD0200 B00FABDD 1A0BBB0D 2BABDB3A :Û«+.»..Ý«.°..Ý°..Û.û.û.û.û.°... 000000 - 1B01B13F B211204B 2EB11310 1BB21320 4BEB113B 01B1E322 1B01B213 1B01B1E3 ã±...².."ã±.;.ëK .²...±.K .²?±.. 000020 - 0DFBB4B0 D9B02F0B BB0DFBB0 B1DBB10A DB0D9BB1 DDB1E217 FB1D2B5E B2DFB214 .²ß²^+.û.â±Ý±..Û.±Û±°û.»./°Ù°´û. 000040 - C69AACC4 BAACC2DA ACC0FAAC EFABD1CA ABD3AA0B 3B0D9BAB D58A0B5B 0D6B0B7B {.k.[..Õ«..;.ªÓ«ÊÑ«ï¬úÀ¬Ú¬ºÄ¬.Æ 000060 - CBB11D90 6B01BF10 00ABB0DB 5AABD79A ABD4D99B D1FAABCE 399CCC59 9CC97AAC ¬zÉ.YÌ.9ΫúÑ.ÙÔ«.׫ZÛ°«..¿.k..±Ë 000080 - BC1DFD0D CD3DAD3D BD3D03D3 3150FD02 D82CC08D 0265FB66 4E5B00B1 09509BC8 È.P.±.[Nfûe..À,Ø.ýP1Ó.=½==Í.ý.¼ 0000A0 - 3CCD19C0 D49B015C BD18C0D5 7C016CBD 17C0D76B 018CBD15 C0D93C01 AC0D1D01 ...¬.<ÙÀ.½..k×À.½l.|ÕÀ.½\..ÔÀ.Í< 0000C0 - 9C012CCD 1AC0E2D1 BC010C2D 0EBD019C 1ECD1BC0 E2D1D01A C0D2AC01 FCD3AB01 .«Óü.¬ÒÀ.ÐÑâÀ.Í...½.-..¼ÑâÀ.Í,.. 0000E0 - D0DFBCCD 11C0DA3B 019CBD14 C0D86A01 7CAD17C0 D67B015C BD18C0D4 9B01FCD3 Óü..ÔÀ.½\.{ÖÀ.|.jØÀ.½..;ÚÀ.ͼßÐ 000100 - 57C1B001 19405E02 D531104D 03AC019E 011B5001 1F200122 000124E0 2DBDCDDC Üͽ-à$..". ..P....¬.M.1Õ.^@..°ÁW 000120 - 9D2090DB 39027AAD 26A0D3AA 02ABFB02 DD3570CD 039C0166 F9845967 3D140B51 Q..=gY.ùf...Íp5Ý.û«.ªÓ.&z.9Û. . 000140 - 1F90DFD9 010901BA 011A019A 013A017A 016A0159 01990139 01B90119 01D901F9 ù.Ù...¹.9...Y.j.z.:.....º...Ùß.. 000160 - 02FBD17B 02FBD37A 024ABD25 B0D55A02 7AAD23A0 D81B029B AD21A0DB FA01DA9D .Ú.úÛ.!...Ø.#z.ZÕ°%½J.zÓû.{Ñû. 000180 - 31002DED C231C03F D02F002D 4EFC023C 6EDC022C 8EDB029B BC02FCBA 2BB0CF9B .Ï°+ºü.¼..Û.,.Ün<.üN-./Ð?À1Âí-.1 0001A0 - D19B02FB BC2BB0AF BC02FCB9 2DB0C82D C0E2C62F C0E204FD 02D0E3C3 31C02FD0 Ð/À1ÃãÐ.ý.âÀ/ÆâÀ-È°-¹ü.¼¯°+¼û..Ñ 0001C0 - D113ADD9 2A3D4BD2 8AADD275 35ADD75A 1D5DADD5 6BBDD74B ADD9A7AD D37B02FB û.{Ó§ÙK×½kÕ].Z×5uÒ.ÒK=*Ù.Ñ 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 8 (00000008), 512 (0200) bytes - - A713A026 D6831A01 7A623DA9 DF9A523D 0200AADE A9423D9C DDBA323D ACDB0A2D -.Û¬=2ºÝ.=B©Þª..=R.ß©=bz...Ö&..§ 000000 - 3DA12390 D6230902 7A3D941D 9011D843 B9012972 3D9518A0 23D7635A 015A713D =qZ.Zc×#...=r).¹CØ....=z..#Ö.#¡= 000020 - 4D2DF0D1 4D2D10DE D3021FDE 839C01F1 2D742D03 12DD2FB0 08AD020A 0D6D023A :.m....°/Ý..-t-ñ...Þ..ÓÞ.-MÑð-M 000040 - 790B03C7 0903268D 2F50D4F7 02646D2F 30D7F602 925D2E30 D9E502B2 4D2EF0C2 Âð.M².åÙ0.]..ö×0/md.÷ÔP/.&..Ç..y 000060 - 967B0A52 0DB97C43 C03E20CD 03D43A60 8D03D837 905D03DA 34C02D2E 03DE1F03 ..Þ..-À4Ú.].7Ø..`:Ô.Í >ÀC|¹.R.{. 000080 - D1C0DDC0 CFC0DEC1 CDC1DEC4 C8C4DE20 60ED01D9 1BC08D01 11300165 FB675C62 b\gûe.0...À.Ù.í` ÞÄÈÄÞÁÍÁÞÀÏÀÝÀÑ 0000A0 - 5FBDD8C0 D5C0D7C0 D67B0D7C BDD6C0D7 C0D5C0D8 5B0D9CBD D4C0DAC0 D2C0DBC0 ÀÛÀÒÀÚÀÔ½..[ØÀÕÀ×ÀÖ½|.{ÖÀ×ÀÕÀؽ_ 0000C0 - 0D5CBDD8 C0D4C0D8 C03F0D9C 0D2C2E1D 9C0D8C3E 0D9C0DFC D3C1D8C0 D4C0D8C0 ÀØÀÔÀØÁÓü...>.....,...?ÀØÀÔÀؽ\. 0000E0 - 0CDCADD1 C0DC2A0D BCADD3C0 D94B0D8C BDD5C0D7 6B0D7CAD D7C0D67B 0D5C0D7C |.\.{ÖÀ×|.k×ÀÕ½..KÙÀÓ¼.*ÜÀÑÜ. 000100 - CDC012A0 CCC013B0 CAC015B0 C8C017D0 8D01DC15 F03D01C1 C8C011B0 CCC0DFFA úßÀÌ°.ÀÈÁ.=ð.Ü..Ð.ÀÈ°.ÀÊ°.ÀÌ..ÀÍ 000120 - 9F0D3C0D ACBDD3C0 BFBDD2C0 CFBDD1C0 DD1A0DDC BDD0C0DE FB0CFCAD CFC011A0 ..ÀÏü.ûÞÀнÜ..ÝÀѽÏÀÒ½¿ÀÓ½¬.<.. 000140 - C0C1540C 6C0D1C4C C5C1D5C0 C1E2641C 4C0D7C1D 4C0D9C8E 0D4C0D9C 9EBDD4C0 ÀÔ½...L....L.|.L.dâÁÀÕÁÅL..l.TÁÀ 000160 - 65C0CFDA 43BACEDA 42C0DBAC 2D14BCD6 C64BC2C0 D7C2C134 0C7C0D2C 4CC3C1D6 ÖÁÃL,.|.4ÁÂ×ÀÂKÆÖ¼.-¬ÛÀBÚκCÚÏÀe 000180 - 3BB3BCB8 727BAB2B BAB0BA66 F9683B4A E3E90753 EBA0804A 03C4D4DA 851CAD4D M..ÚÔÄ.J..ëS.éãJ;hùfº°º+«{r¸¼³; 0001A0 - B1C398B2 C1A817E7 9B6A73BC 096B84B9 195B96B5 2A5B179B B1B3A4C2 B5040B6C l..µÂ¤³±..[*µ.[.¹.k.¼sj.ç.¨Á².ñ 0001C0 - 4FD5AC54 CE294ED6 9CE264CD 58C78C5F A89C85CA 68998C96 C8787A8C 075B8C8F ..[..zxÈ...hÊ..¨_.ÇXÍdâ.ÖN)ÎT¬ÕO 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 9 (00000009), 512 (0200) bytes - - C1C7BFCA BCCDB8D0 B6D1B4D3 B3D30200 B2D4B2D4 B1D5B045 CCB045CD B04FE4AC ¬äO°ÍE°ÌE°Õ±Ô²Ô²..ӳӴѶиͼʿÇÁ 000000 - B4D2B5D0 B8CEBBCA BEC8C1C5 C3C3C6C0 C7BFC8BE C9BDC9BE C8BFC8BF C7C1C4C5 ÅÄÁǿȿȾɽɾȿÇÀÆÃÃÅÁȾʻθеҴ 000020 - 7C1F186D E281D2B3 D2E2B3D3 E2B3D2E3 B4D66A0D FBD5B1D5 B0D5B1D4 B2D4B2D3 Ó²Ô²Ô±Õ°Õ±Õû.jÖ´ãÒ³âÓ³âÒ³Ò.âm..| 000040 - 99BA5986 E88B6487 C1276748 3C5B682C 5B781C4B 980C4BA8 AC83CCF9 82CE28F8 ø(Î.ùÌ.¬¨K..K.x[,h[<Hg'Á.d.è.Yº. 000060 - A7490A54 6090A00B EB2BB7B8 B952DB5B 3BB3C1B2 145B0C4B B0B03A8B A579AB57 W«y¥.:°°K.[.²Á³;[ÛR¹¸·+ë...`T.I§ 000080 - 1A8B94AF A2AFA014 DA2AEA1A 4AA3ABA2 ACA3656A 4A7A6A6A 15403E65 FB665560 `Ufûe>@.jjzJje£¬¢«£J.ê*Ú..¯¢¯... 0000A0 - 5BE343B4 A2B44535 2B4A5B4F 352B3A6B 64B2A2B3 46262B2A 7B74B1A2 B247082B +.G²¢±t{*+&F³¢²dk:+5O[J+5E´¢´Cã[ 0000C0 - 5577A8A8 C6E4C9AA DAA4DEA2 BBD24EB6 A2B7E459 2B6A5B41 B5A2B664 2E452B5A Z+E.d¶¢µA[j+Yä·¢¶NÒ»¢Þ¤ÚªÉäƨ¨wU 0000E0 - E0BE361D DB8BD2B1 BC1A1DBB 1BFB3C7B 7BAB7CAB C3BACBE4 65FB6759 6486AD0A ..dYgûeä˺ë|«{{<û.»..¼±Ò.Û.6¾à 000100 - 4CCF6A4C CFB0C414 ADC4140D FBC2240D 2B4CD2B1 C1340DFB C1430D0B 4CD4B114 .±ÔL..CÁû.4Á±ÒL+.$Âû..Ä.Ä°ÏLjÏL 000120 - BD4A6DC1 395DC319 5DC5F95C C7D95CC8 CA4CCAAA 4CCBAA4C CC8A4CCD 8A4CCE6A jÎL.ÍL.ÌLªËLªÊLÊÈ\ÙÇ\ùÅ].Ã]9ÁmJ½ 000140 - 675F6486 AD0A5623 89B0AC20 70AB01BC 15001C01 C4DEAAB2 DC581B8B 7DBB6A7D }j»}..XܲªÞÄ....¼.«p ¬°.#V..d_g 000160 - A53B295A BA94A0B6 3BF989BA 949D91B9 949B94B7 969799B3 9A90A2A8 AAE465FE þe䪨¢..³...·...¹...º.ù;¶..ºZ);¥ 000180 - 344B994A B493A845 4B794AB5 94A7643B 694AB794 A5843BF9 A4944B39 4ABA93A2 ¢.ºJ9K.¤ù;.¥.·Ji;d§.µJyKE¨.´J.K4 0001A0 - 4AAD94AF E43AE95A AE94ADF4 4AD94AB0 93AC054B B94AB194 AB243BA9 5AB294A9 ©.²Z©;$«.±J¹K.¬.°JÙJô.®Zé:ä¯.J 0001C0 - 4BA693B6 654A594B A794B584 3A494BA9 94B3A43A F9B2B44A 194BAC93 B0C54AF9 ùJÅ°.¬K.J´²ù:¤³.©KI:.µ.§KYJe¶.¦K 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 10 (0000000A), 512 (0200) bytes - - 3AC95BA0 94BB144A B94BA293 0200BA25 4A994BA3 94B9443A 895BA494 B7544A79 yJT·.¤[.:D¹.£K.J%º...¢K¹J.»..[É: 000000 - 49394C9A 932F4C9B 94C1C439 095C9C94 BFD449F9 4B9E93BE E549D94B 9F94BD04 .½..KÙIå¾..KùIÔ¿..\.9ÄÁ..L/..L9I 000020 - 9294C934 49994C94 93C84549 794C9594 C7643969 5C9694C5 7449594C 9893C494 .Ä..LYItÅ..\i9dÇ..LyIEÈ..L.I4É.. 000040 - 94D15493 0F4D46F9 4C37E95C 47D94C48 D94C9093 CC0549B9 4C9194CB 2439A95C \©9$Ë..L¹I.Ì..LÙHLÙG\é7LùFM..TÑ. 000060 - 89B4250E 01F7DE90 E2DC92E2 DA94E2D8 96E2D698 5F4D3149 4D42394D 33F9D244 DÒù3M9BMI1M_.Öâ.Øâ.Úâ.Üâ.Þ÷..%´. 000080 - 4AC94A99 49C96AA9 6A699969 BA69AA89 A29CA997 A9E465FE 67848977 A20E57B7 ·W.¢w..gþeä©.©.¢.ªiºi.ij©jÉI.JÉJ 0000A0 - 3A194AAF 93AD930F 5AAF94AC 949F053B D93AE969 B093AD93 9DF84AC9 4AB919E9 é.¹JÉJø...°ié:Ù;...¬.¯Z...¯J.: 0000C0 - 4AAA96AA 94A5B45A B93AF9A4 C45AB94A 394AAD93 AD932F5A AD94AC94 A1E44AD9 ÙJä¡.¬.Z/..J9J¹ZĤù:¹Z´¥.ª.ªJ 0000E0 - 94A9644A 29644A99 4AA79342 A7938F4A A899A794 A7947A99 3AF9A695 7A994A59 YJ.z.¦ù:.z.§.§.¨J..§B.§J.Jd)Jd©. 000100 - AD343A69 343AF9AC 354A4935 4AB94AA4 9444A593 AB543A49 543AA95A A59344A5 ¥D.¥Z©:TI:T«.¥D.¤J¹J5IJ5¬ù:4i:4 000120 - 3919499F 930F5B9F 94589F94 AF044A89 143AF94A A19348A1 93EF4AA2 9446A294 .¢F.¢Jï.¡H.¡Jù:..J.¯..X..[...I.9 000140 - 934F5B9B 9395B449 394B9C94 93C44939 4B9D9393 D439F9B2 E4491959 9D94B1F4 ô±..Y.Iä²ù9Ô...K9IÄ...K9I´...[O. 000160 - 93997449 794B9894 97844979 4B999397 9439F9B6 A4495959 9994B5B4 3959499B .IY9´µ..YYI¤¶ù9....KyI....KyIt.. 000180 - 94BB5439 B9499593 AF4B9694 99554999 4B969499 7439994B 97939974 39895B97 .[.9t...K.9t...K.IU...K¯..I¹9T». 0001A0 - 49D95991 94BD2449 D9499393 BD3439D9 499393BC 3539D949 9394BB44 49B94994 .I¹ID»..IÙ95¼..IÙ94½..IÙI$½..YÙI 0001C0 - A16594C1 7494A174 94C18493 A184930F 4C90949F 0449F94B 91939F14 39F9BE15 .¾ù9....KùI....L...¡..Á.t¡.tÁ.e¡ 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 11 (0000000B), 512 (0200) bytes - - 2494C534 94A53494 C5440200 93A54493 4F4C4539 5A44394C 36394A36 F9C26594 .eÂù6J96L9DZ9ELO.D¥...DÅ.4¥.4Å.$ 000000 - 95E2CA96 AB96C997 A997E2C8 1494A799 C71494A7 2493C724 93A72493 C62593A7 §.%Æ.$§.$Ç.$§..Ç.§..Èâ.©.É.«.Êâ. 000020 - AD0A5831 81AE544B D4555BD3 366BE2D2 188BE2D0 91AF91E3 CE93AD93 E2CC95AB «.Ìâ..Îã.¯.Ðâ..Òâk6Ó[UÔKT®.1X. 000040 - 94AFA75A D90AA95A A92AA95A 797A698A 29DA29DA 9969BAB9 4A2E65FE 665F6486 .d_fþe.J¹ºi.Ú)Ú).izyZ©*©Z©.ÙZ§¯. 000060 - 59A95BA1 95B9344A 895BA395 B6554A69 4BA695B4 755A394B A994B295 5A096BAA ªk.Z.².©K9Zu´.¦KiJU¶.£[.J4¹.¡[©Y 000080 - 956F5C95 95C57449 495C9795 C29559F9 C0B559F9 4B9D94BE D559C95B 9F94BCF5 õ¼..[ÉYÕ¾..KùYµÀùY.Â..\IItÅ..\o. 0000A0 - 9D395D41 295D5219 4D44095D 54F94C56 D95C47C9 5C58B94C 9194CA15 59895C93 .\.Y.Ê..L¹X\ÉG\ÙVLùT].DM.R])A]9. 0000C0 - D19551D3 99D598D5 97D796D7 95D995D9 94D995D9 94D995D9 95D994D8 966F8D59 Y.o.Ø.Ù.Ù.Ù.Ù.Ù.Ù.Ù.×.×.Õ.Õ.ÓQ.Ñ 0000E0 - C6949475 5C3949C9 9492955C 1949CB95 58CC9457 CD9546CF 9455CF95 53D19552 R.ÑS.ÏU.ÏF.ÍW.ÌX.ËI.\...ÉI9\u..Æ 000100 - B55BF949 BD949ED5 5BD949BF 959B054C A959C195 99344C89 59C39597 545C5959 YY\T..ÃY.L4..ÁY©L...¿IÙ[Õ..½Iù[µ 000120 - 5AB095A9 155B994A B395A745 4B695AB5 95A5655B 395AB795 A3945B19 5ABA94A0 ..ºZ.[.£.·Z9[e¥.µZiKE§.³J.[.©.°Z 000140 - 93A394B2 90A595B1 784A296B A895B1A5 5AF95AAC 94AFD45A D95AAE94 ACF55AB9 ¹Zõ¬.®ZÙZÔ¯.¬ZùZ¥±.¨k)Jx±.¥.².£. 000160 - 9B91A2A9 ABE465FF 66616486 AD0A59CD 88ABA3A6 E4919DAA 9C9B98AE 96A095B1 ±...®...ª..䦣«.ÍY..daf.eä«©¢.. 000180 - A8554B89 4AB695A6 755B496A B894A387 5B198AB9 94A091B8 959D94B6 979899B3 ³...¶...¸...¹..[.£.¸jI[u¦.¶J.KU¨ 0001A0 - 295BAB94 B2C45A09 5BAD95AF F44AE95A AF95AC15 4BC95AB1 95AA354B A94AB495 .´J©K5ª.±ZÉK.¬.¯ZéJô¯.[.ZIJ.«[) 0001C0 - 95BC154A C94BA295 BA355A89 5BA594B8 645A695B A794B684 5A495BA9 94B4A45A Z¤´.©[IZ.¶.§[iZd¸.¥[.Z5º.¢KÉJ.¼. 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 12 (0000000C), 512 (0200) bytes - - 5C9794C5 8559494C 02009A95 C2B54929 4C9C95C0 D549094C 9E95BEF5 49E94BA0 .KéIõ¾..L.IÕÀ..L)IµÂ....LIY.Å..\ 000000 - 95D07494 CF7595CE 0459C95C 9194CC24 59A95C93 94CA4459 895C9594 C7655969 iYeÇ..\.YDÊ..\©Y$Ì..\ÉY.Î.uÏ.tÐ. 000020 - ADE4CC99 D895DB93 A9BE5DF9 D997D898 D699D515 95D42594 D33595D2 5494D155 UÑ.TÒ.5Ó.%Ô..Õ.Ö.Ø.Ùù]¾©.Û.Ø.Ìä 000040 - 6BB1C8B2 256B4C5B B1C4B724 FBCB4B13 3014303E 65F96642 5179B408 5A1FA1A4 ¤¡.Z.´yQBfùe>0.0.KËû$·Ä±[Lk%²È±k 000060 - C9A6B2CA A6B2C997 B2CAA6B1 CA97B2CA 97B1CA88 B2C989B1 C97AB2C8 B0268B1C ..&°È²zɱ.ɲ.ʱ.ʲ.ʱ¦Ê².ɲ¦Ê²¦É 000080 - 6B4CB5B1 C7442B7B 4CB3B2C7 351B8B5C B2B2C825 1B9B5CB1 B2C9151B 9B6CB0B2 ²°l...ɲ±\..%Ȳ²\..5Dz³L{+DDZµLk 0000A0 - B1DAB2DA B1DAB2DA B1DAB2D9 B2DAB1C4 742B4B4C B7B1C564 2B5B4CB6 B1C6542B +TƱ¶L[+dű·LK+tıڲٲڱڲڱڲڱ 0000C0 - B1DAB2DA B1DAB2DA B1DAB2D9 B2DAB1DA B2DAB1DA B2DAB1DA B2DAB1DA B2D9B2DA Ú²Ù²Ú±Ú²Ú±Ú²Ú±Ú²Ú±Ú²Ù²Ú±Ú²Ú±Ú²Ú± 0000E0 - B6542C6B 4BC4B2B7 441C8B4B C3B2B834 1C9B4BC2 B2DAB1DA B2D9B2DA B1DAB2DA Ú²Ú±Ú²Ù²Ú±Ú²ÂK..4¸²ÃK..D·²ÄKk,T¶ 000100 - 2B4BC9B2 B2842C3B 4BC8B1B4 742C4B4B C7B1B465 2C4B5BC6 B1B5642C 5B4BC6B1 ±ÆK[,dµ±Æ[K,e´±ÇKK,t´±ÈK;,.²²ÉK+ 000120 - 87CBB277 CCB178CB B268CBB2 9FA62CAB B51C0B5B CAB2B0A5 1C1B5BC9 B2B1A41C .¤±²É[..¥°²Ê[..µ«,¦.²Ëh²Ëx±Ìw²Ë. 000140 - 4201C30B 2C3BB7C5 B1546B2C 4BB3C8B1 159B2C4B B1C9B2A5 CBB196CB B296CBB1 ±Ë.²Ë.±Ë¥²É±K,..±È³K,kT±Å·;,.Ã.B 000160 - F59DD315 01096D14 90881690 BD01D421 90D641FA 433B434C 1F0761B3 C05201E3 ã.RÀ³a..LC;CúAÖ.!Ô.½.....m...Ó.õ 000180 - AD4FADD8 FCD47ACD 5F9DD75C 9DD86B9D D8799DD9 889DDBA4 9DD9B58D D9D48DD6 Ö.ÔÙ.µÙ.¤Û..Ù.yØ.kØ.\×._ÍzÔüØO 0001A0 - BDD82ABD DACAD0DB 9AD1DD4A D310E03D 01DA1740 DD015A4E 02CA4DD7 AA8DD59A .Õ.ª×MÊ.NZ.Ý@.Ú.=à.ÓJÝÑ.ÛÐÊÚ½*ؽ 0001C0 - DC1BE284 CAADD1BA BDD1BAAD D2AABDD2 9ABDD39A ADD48AAD D57AADD6 5ABDD74A J×½ZÖzÕ.Ô.Ó½.Ò½ªÒºÑ½ºÑÊ.â.Ü 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 13 (0000000D), 512 (0200) bytes - - 44A633D6 4A830200 2973BD42 089DBDF1 84BCAD41 C8DBD2B8 DCE2D2A8 DDE2D2A8 ¨ÒâݨÒâܸÒÛÈA¼.ñ½..B½s)...JÖ3¦D 000000 - E90762A8 B070969D D73B3D2D 0D0D7DCD D26AB759 A248AC48 A436D25B 645943BD ½CYd[Ò6¤H¬H¢Y·jÒÍ}..-=;×..p°¨b.é 000020 - 1A5DAC4A ADC2CA01 0AED1CB0 1B00AC01 C218804C 2E01C317 50C367FD 69424AE3 ãJBiýgÃP.Ã..L..Â.¬..°.í..ÊÂJ¬]. 000040 - 9CD0C0C6 F81C7C8C CDC2C8B8 4CA1C998 4CA2CA59 5CA3CC28 6CA4CD8A 67FA9C8C ..úg.ͤl(Ì£\YÊ¢L.É¡L¸ÈÂÍ.|.øÆÀÐ. 000060 - AAE37BAD EBABD74A 0EACD62A 1E9CD6FA C259AD3F 8CD53A9C D44A8CD3 5B8CD25B [Ò.[Ó.JÔ.:Õ.?YÂúÖ..*Ö¬.J׫ë{㪠000080 - D0C0C528 BDC429BD C448ADC3 49ADC259 AD1FACD5 1A9CD6FA C06AADBF 6BADABD7 ׫k¿jÀúÖ..Õ¬.YÂIÃHĽ)Ľ(ÅÀÐ 0000A0 - 9D0C5CCE 8AA7C59C C285B68C C674A68C C854978C CB43878C CD23788C CE14688C .h.Î.x#Í..CË..TÈ.¦tÆ.¶.Â.ŧ.Î\.. 0000C0 - C6658CC8 268CCC88 E9AC3C5D 8CADCC41 FC43323B B5540663 7BB0CC99 01C5C304 .ÃÅ..Ì°{c.Tµ;2CüAÌ.]<¬é.Ì.&È.eÆ 0000E0 - 59DAAC04 CC9C5FC0 CBF906BC 8CB7CB98 B99C89CC B8E48CC0 C58CC2A5 8CC4858C ..Ä.¥Â.ÅÀ.ä¸Ì..¹.Ë·.¼.ùËÀ_.Ì.¬ÚY 000100 - 79349D46 D34A4FD5 FADCDAAD CFBDE2DC FADCBBBE ADE3DBBB AD47D15A F8ACA4CE Τ¬øZÑG»Ûã¾»ÜúÜâ½ÏÚÜúÕOJÓF.4y 000120 - 9D0C5DB8 CC15ACC9 549CC774 9CC5A48C C3C48CC2 C49CC0E4 9C3BD099 04AD48D1 ÑH..Ð;.äÀ.ÄÂ.ÄÃ.¤Å.tÇ.Tɬ.̸].. 000140 - CE01BB01 C01A208C 01C8E412 307C0175 0167FC69 424AE3E9 0764AAB0 C5995D3C <].Å°ªd.éãJBiüg.u.|0.äÈ.. .À.».Î 000160 - CD882CBC 8CC91A94 8CCA2A65 8CCB4A25 9CCC5A87 EAAC970C AD592CAD C169ADD0 ÐiÁ,Y..¬ê.ZÌ.%JË.e*Ê...É.¼,.Í 000180 - FAC06A9D 1FACD51A ACD5F9C2 4A9DC34A 8DC43A9D C42B8DC5 C0D0680C FC8CC7C1 ÁÇ.ü.hÐÀÅ.+Ä.:Ä.JÃ.JÂùÕ¬.Õ¬..jÀú 0001A0 - ACD439AC D538ACD5 F9C26A9D 1FACD62A 0EACD74A BE7ABDEB AAD73ABE 6ABDABD6 Ö«½j¾:תë½z¾J׬.*Ö¬..jÂùÕ¬8Õ¬9Ô¬ 0001C0 - 8CC2C853 C5692C2C 948CC7C0 41CB783C DC8CC7C1 CF680C0C 9DC5C0D1 58BCD348 HÓ¼XÑÀÅ...hÏÁÇ.Ü<xËAÀÇ..,,iÅSÈÂ. 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 14 (0000000E), 512 (0200) bytes - - ADCA41FC 02004332 3BB55406 6578B0AA C2B98CAC C5C7C898 5C8C6C87 3A8C5C25 %\.:.l.\.ÈÇŬ.¹Âª°xe.Tµ;2C..üAÊ 000000 - C99CA8CB A8A98C0F 9CC8288C C8379CC6 579CC477 9CC2A78C 7BCD7908 8D4C4D9C .ML..yÍ{.§Â.wÄ.WÆ.7È.(È...©¨Ë¨.É 000020 - ADDDD9AD E2DCCBAD E2DCE98F 10AD31BE D02AFAAC E2A3CFF9 95CE69DA 9CA6CD88 .ͦ.ÚiÎ.ùÏ£â¬ú*о1..éÜâËÜâÙÝ 000040 - C8838CC6 A38CC4B4 8CC2D48C C0F48C4B CF99149D 48D27834 9D6F449D 44D54954 TIÕD.Do.4xÒH...ÏK.ôÀ.ÔÂ.´Ä.£Æ..È 000060 - D85C0C2D 4C8DD168 FD692C29 3D5A0466 41B0C5A9 4D4C8D0C 6DB7CD14 9CCB449C .DË..Í·m..LM©Å°Af.Z=),iýhÑ.L-.\Ø 000080 - ADC226AC C1189CC1 0A9CC0C0 9AC10F9C 29FCC098 C39B58AC 88C68988 6C79CB66 fËyl..Æ.¬X.Ã.Àü)..Á.ÀÀ..Á..Á¬& 0000A0 - 87ABB940 FC603C43 4C1F0767 C9A05B4D 9E3C3C0D 5CAD17E0 C7D7E4CC AAECD669 iÖìªÌä×Çà.\.<<.M[.Ég..LC<`ü@¹«. 0000C0 - 148BB798 068BB788 985A8B89 183B8B8A 56838AB1 38576939 4B9BB9B6 B1B2B5BA ºµ²±¶¹.K9iW8±..V..;...Z..·...·.. 0000E0 - BA9AABB9 B99BB8BA ABE2B6B0 BBB0E8B6 BAABE2B8 B99BB99A ABBA999B CF8BB998 .¹.Ï..º«.¹.¹¸â«º¶è°»°¶â«º¸.¹¹«.º 000100 - 3DC9AA64 5C7B449C 5B339C96 32C3A8B1 C1389BC1 588BC078 8BEF8BB9 C89BB9F9 ù¹.ȹ.ï.xÀ.XÁ.8Á±¨Ã2..3[.D{\dªÉ= 000120 - 7CB1B5BC 382B5DFB 8CEB9CEB ACDBBCBB EC9B2C5C 8C9DDAB7 7DDBC65D E2DD44DE ÞDÝâ]ÆÛ}·Ú..\,.컼۬ë.ë.û]+8¼µ±| 000140 - 77D77C5F F77C3F17 7DE682D0 27F87C74 CF47E86C 95CC67B8 7CA7C996 7A6C2A2B +*lz.ɧ|¸gÌ.lèGÏt|ø'Ð.æ}.?|÷_|×w 000160 - 62A0BDB3 CFBBC8C1 C2B0B1B0 BD999BBA D88BB718 8CB4577C B2777CB0 977C79CB Ëy|.°|w²|W´..·.غ..½°±°ÂÁȻϳ½.b 000180 - C3B5B06A ACB3EAAD C1EE0DDB 1DCB3DAB 9D4B4E4D 9B5DB467 FD68434A E3E90768 h.éãJChýg´].MNK.«=Ë.Û.îÁ곬j°µÃ 0001A0 - A1BBA93B A2BB9A3B A2BC893B A3BC6A3B A4BD494B A5BE1A4B A6BFB057 A8C1B9A9 ©¹Á¨W°¿¦K.¾¥KI½¤;j¼£;.¼¢;.»¢;©»¡ 0001C0 - 8EB3BCB3 B6B1BEB1 B80AACCA 9EABBFB0 E3B9EA1B 2BAE9BBD B2BACA2B A1BABA3B ;ºº¡+ʺ²½.®+.ê¹ã°¿«.ʬ.¸±¾±¶³¼³. 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 15 (0000000F), 512 (0200) bytes - - 02600200 D978ADD5 3C1D5D3E CDD57A8D D9A663FD 641D25F1 F403692C C0C3374C L7ÃÀ,i.ôñ%.dýc¦Ù.zÕÍ>].<ÕxÙ..`. 000000 - DB630782 22293D5A 046A48C0 8470D1D3 5CAD22E0 D65BCDD4 D1D2D7E4 291D5D70 p].)ä×ÒÑÔÍ[Öà"\ÓÑp.ÀHj.Z=)"..cÛ 000020 - 6DA3DB37 E0ABCDD9 D1D7D8D0 E4D3D5E5 2D00E68D DCAACDD8 D1E5D8AC ADDCE86D mèܬØåÑØͪÜ.æ.-åÕÓäÐØ×ÑÙÍ«à7Û£m 000040 - B0309DD9 D1D5D5D1 77C7B796 B787B769 B75AA83C A93CB82C B9FCA1AC 92D13829 )8Ñ.¬¡ü¹,¸<©<¨Z·i·.·.·ÇwÑÕÕÑÙ.0° 000060 - C34AAE01 1AED1AB0 19008C01 C216804C 0E01C315 50C367FD 68404698 84076BC8 Èk...F@hýgÃP.Ã..L..Â....°.í..®Jà 000080 - 45ACD455 ACD365AC D275ACD0 77ACCF87 ACCE88AC CC7BACC9 C2C76A6C 6CACC1CE ÎÁ¬lljÇÂɬ{̬.ά.ϬwЬuÒ¬eÓ¬UÔ¬E 0000A0 - 4CAABDA5 DB69CA7D A7DC86CA 5DA9DBA5 AA5DABD9 05ACD815 ACD725AC D635ACD5 Õ¬5Ö¬%׬.ج.Ù«]ª¥Û©]Ê.ܧ}ÊiÛ¥½ªL 0000C0 - 4ABDABD5 9B5B0D7C C0D66BC1 D6C0247C BD338CBD 418C5D1C 9A3D2C9A 2D3CAA0D .ª<-.,=..].A½.3½|$ÀÖÁkÖÀ|.[.Õ«½J 0000E0 - EA0C4CAC CF4BACCF C0C30ABD C30A0D2C ACD12BAC D21BACD2 C0C03ABD C03A0DBC ¼.:À½:ÀÀÒ¬.Ò¬+Ѭ,..ý.ÃÀϬKϬL.ê 000100 - 0C6C2C9C ACC8C1C9 9A0C9CAC CAC0C8FA CBC0C7CA BCC7CA0C 6CACCD6B ACCDC0C5 ÅÀͬkͬl.ÊǼÊÇÀËúÈÀʬ...ÉÁȬ.,l. 000120 - 6BCDD5D1 D3D7E42A 2D5DD267 FD681E25 F1F4036C 1CC0006D D2E4765C 2C4C3C8C .<L,\väÒm.À.l.ôñ%.hýgÒ]-*ä×ÓÑÕÍk 000140 - D7D7D3D8 D32BFDAD DE1A5DD2 40FD4168 6FD4DE0B 6D7CC089 80D1D46C AD49E0D7 ×àIlÔÑ..À|m.ÞÔohAý@Ò].Þý+ÓØÓ×× 000160 - D1D64A3D A7D443D7 D1294D99 D254D7D2 CAB4CA64 D7D37B15 BD57785D 7D4D7D9D .}M}]xW½.{Ó×dÊ´ÊÒ×TÒ.M)Ñ×CÔ§=JÖÑ 000180 - D8AA2DA2 DA128AAD D9239A3D A1D9893D 94D8238B ADD7437A 3DC2D869 3D96D633 3Ö.=iØÂ=zC×.#Ø.=.Ù¡=.#Ù..Ú¢-ªØ 0001A0 - DAD1DAD1 D4CCCDDC 6CADDEEA AD18E0D7 DABDDD3B 7EADDCCC CDE2D8B9 3D91DBD0 ÐÛ.=¹ØâÍÌÜ~;ݽÚ×à.êÞlÜÍÌÔÑÚÑÚ 0001C0 - 85D7D5D7 797D3DBD D2DF1A5D D240FD41 434AE3E9 076E54C0 11701170 11408ED1 Ñ.@.p.p.ÀTn.éãJCAý@Ò].ßÒ½=}y×Õ×. 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 16 (00000010), 512 (0200) bytes - - 0200D913 9A9DD823 8BADD723 8C9DD633 D1D64A3D 741D9DD2 54D7D2CA 64D7D37B {Ó×dÊÒ×TÒ..t=JÖÑ3Ö..#×.#Ø...Ù.. 000000 - 7011408E D1DAD1D4 CCCDD6EA AD18E0D7 DABDE3D7 CACDE2D8 B90D8DAD DA128AAD ..Ú..¹ØâÍÊ×ã½Ú×à.êÖÍÌÔÑÚÑ.@.p 000020 - CAB77CC8 D78CC408 7DC2379D 98D6CADB C411A0CC 41FC433A 434C1F07 6F81B011 .°.o..LC:CüAÌ..ÄÛÊÖ..7Â}.Ä.×È|·Ê 000040 - D6FA95D6 F987D688 499D89D4 F88BD218 7CD2278C D0388CCE 587CCE77 7CCC977C |.Ì|wÎ|XÎ.8Ð.'Ò|.Ò.øÔ..I.Ö.ùÖ.úÖ 000060 - D2B8299D 99D4F9A7 D46A699D A5D62A3E 6BBDA2D8 1AE38BBD EBA1D84A 3E899DA4 ¤..>JØ¡ë½.ã.Ø¢½k>*Ö¥.ijÔ§ùÔ..)¸Ò 000080 - CAD68929 9DC0F98C C4D87CC8 B77CCA97 7CCC777C CE578CCE 388CD018 9CD0098C ..Ð..Ð.8Î.WÎ|wÌ|.Ê|·È|ØÄ.ùÀ.).ÖÊ 0000A0 - C8C38A67 C8C5C988 7C5CACC3 CF2A5CC3 40FD5E42 4AE3E907 70ABB0CC 0A01C6DA ÚÆ..Ì°«p.éãJB^ý@Ã\*Ïì\|.ÉÅÈg.ÃÈ 0000C0 - D15B9CD1 5BACCFC0 C6DA1C7C 9CCCC3C7 A94C116C 9CC824C8 C04A5C83 2C9CC146 FÁ.,.\JÀÈ$È.l.L©ÇÃÌ.|.ÚÆÀϬ[Ñ.[Ñ 0000E0 - 3ABE7AAD BAD7BABE 7AADBBD6 3A0EACD6 0ABCD5FA C15AAD2F ACD4FAC3 3AAD4FAC ¬O:ÃúÔ¬/ZÁúÕ¼.Ö¬.:Ö»z¾º×ºz¾: 000100 - ACD04BAC D14BACD2 3AACD32A BCD32AAC D41ABCD4 1AACD5FA C05BADC0 6AADBBD6 Ö»jÀ[ÀúÕ¬.Ô¼.Ô¬*Ó¼*Ó¬:Ò¬KѬKЬ 000120 - 7CEABC77 A5CC1A5C A4CB594C A3CA794C A2C9A93C A1C8C91C 7C9CCDC1 C6F90C5C \.ùÆÁÍ.|.ÉÈ¡<©É¢LyÊ£LYˤ\.Ì¥w¼ê| 000140 - 9CCC40FC 5E424697 840771AB B0D8D2E4 10209C01 C01BA0C8 6E9DC12A 5D9C0A9D ...]*Á.nÈ..À.. .äÒØ°«q...FB^ü@Ì. 000160 - 7C34CB89 7C35C999 6C37C7A9 6C48C4B9 6C49C1D9 5C6BB7CE 158C0C5D C3C4D274 tÒÄÃ]...ηk\ÙÁIl¹ÄHl©Ç7l.É5|.Ë4| 000180 - C05AAD1F ACD41BAC D42ABCD2 2BBCD23A 0C0CAD4F 8C41CE5A 8C32CE69 8C42CC79 yÌB.iÎ2.ZÎA.O..:Ò¼+Ò¼*Ô¬.Ô¬.ZÀ 0001A0 - C25AAD1F ACD5FBC0 6AADC06A BDE3ABD7 BA7ABDEB AAD7BA6A BDE2ABD6 FAC05ABD ½ZÀúÖ«â½jº×ªë½zº×«ã½jÀjÀûÕ¬.Z 0001C0 - 3A749CC9 2A949CC8 1AB49CC7 C2CC6A1C ECACC5C0 D0590C0C ADC42BAD 3FACD4FA úÔ¬?+Ä..YÐÀŬì.jÌÂÇ.´.È..*É.t: 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 17 (00000011), 512 (0200) bytes - - 4D0E01C2 1900BC01 8AEC1CA0 C259AD4B 1CAD98FC AC67A8CD 5A159CCC 4A44ACCA ʬDJÌ..Zͨg¬ü..KYÂ..ì..¼..Â..M 000000 - 47741D78 54D76256 763DD277 4D9CD27C 5BD240FD 412D341F 8A057245 C0200200 .. ÀEr...4-Aý@Ò[|Ò.MwÒ=vVb×Tx.tG 000020 - 5E014B4E 012C1E3D D3CC070D BDC9D0BA 3AA1BA3A B1B939C2 B848126D 7B34D791 .×4{m.H¸Â9¹±:º¡:ºÐɽ..ÌÓ=.,.NK.^ 000040 - 084CA41C 3C574C2C BBC341FC 432B3461 9E057397 B0C01440 9E2D3D01 5C016A01 .j.\.=-.@.À°.s..a4+CüAû,LW<.¤L. 000060 - F844D047 F57C4FF5 6C5FE66C 65CD66C7 6C76CC75 A86C97C8 866A6CB9 C3A72597 .%§Ã¹lj.È.l¨uÌvlÇfÍelæ_lõO|õGÐDø 000080 - CEC5D0C4 D1C4D0C4 D0C4D0C5 CFC7CDCA CACEC5D2 C2D3C0D5 5AD4AC44 CEF944CF ÏDùÎD¬ÔZÕÀÓÂÒÅÎÊÊÍÇÏÅÐÄÐÄÐÄÑÄÐÅÎ 0000A0 - 1816FDC2 D2E2C1D3 1F2CFDC2 D1C2D2C2 D1140A4D B1D4C0D4 C1D2C5CF C8CCCCC8 ÈÌÌÈÏÅÒÁÔÀÔ±M..ÑÂÒÂÑÂý,.ÓÁâÒÂý.. 0000C0 - BCA3C939 98794677 C2466566 5C6265C8 1546A6BC 63CC3AE5 9C62CE29 F68C61D0 Ða.ö)Îb.å:Ìc¼¦F.Èeb\feFÂwFy.9É£¼ 0000E0 - ADD4F9D5 F8D6277E 6DE2D855 9E4DE7C5 5BFE5D2A 341F8A05 744DB040 ACC3025C \.ì@°Mt...4*]þ[ÅçM.UØâm~'ÖøÕùÔ 000100 - C3339CC2 34AC1F4C C4193CC5 094CC51A ECD43AED C2DBE273 7DD5CFC1 D1C0D23B ;ÒÀÑÁÏÕ}sâÛÂí:Ôì.ÅL.Å<.ÄL.¬4Â.3à 000120 - 40FD4243 4AE3E907 755DC08A D4C1D0C4 CD54AA3C 99C8B369 4CABC513 9CC414AC ¬.Ä..Å«Li³È.<ªTÍÄÐÁÔ.À]u.éãJCBý@ 000140 - D7DBADE3 D7EAAD17 E0D7DBBD D6CCCDD5 D1DAD1D3 D7D4D7E4 2A9D2D2D 5D1350D2 ÒP.]--.*ä×Ô×ÓÑÚÑÕÍÌÖ½Û×à.ê×ãÛ× 000160 - D4781D3D 639DD83C 738DD92B 839DD91A 939DD91A B29DD8D0 DB89CDDC 89CDDCFA úÜÍ.ÜÍ.ÛÐØ.².Ù...Ù..+Ù.s<Ø.c=.xÔ 000180 - 3FFE4141 46988407 768CB8AA D0BA7DAD D4D7D788 5D7D7D85 3B7D5D14 9DD2D744 D×Ò..]};.}}].××Ô}ºÐª¸.v...FAAþ? 0001A0 - BCCED4AC CDD5BCCC F4ACBF5C CF9B6CD0 FAC7F9BC C5DB1C1C 4CAC3C8C CAC2D1E4 äÑÂÊ.<¬L..ÛżùÇúÐl.Ï\¿¬ô̼ÕͬÔμ 0001C0 - 44BCD654 AC5F4DC6 4B4DC7FA D384BCD2 94ACD195 BCD0A4BC D0B4ACCF B5BCCEC4 ÄμµÏ¬´Ð¼¤Ð¼.Ѭ.Ò¼.ÓúÇMKÆM_¬TÖ¼D 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 18 (00000012), 512 (0200) bytes - - 0B0174FA 5DB7DE84 EB4DA9DD 95CB4DBA DCB4BA5D BBDA14AC 9F5DC18B 4DC3FAD7 ×úÃM.Á].¬.Ú»]º´ÜºMË.Ý©Më.Þ·]út.. 000000 - 90E21BB0 E219102C 7E01C316 40A15F01 244B0134 FA1340B4 1240A51F 02000164 d....¥@.´@.ú4.K$._¡@.Ã.~,..â°.â. 000020 - 0C7C0C1C 4C5C3C5C 3C7CCBF9 5CCFE43F FE415B60 A7490A77 0EB9D225 FE01F71D .÷.þ%Ò¹.w.I§`[Aþ?äÏ\ùË|<\<\L..|. 000040 - ACC9AB4C CBAAACCA C4ACC99A 5CCC9ABC C8C5ACCA 7A7CCC9A ACC6B9AC C93B0C9C ..;ɬ¹Æ¬.Ì|zʬÅȼ.Ì\.ɬÄʬªËL«É¬ 000060 - 6CACCF74 1C6CBCCE 741C7CAC CE84BCC8 DA5CC88B BCCC94BC C9CA4CCA 9AACCBA5 ¥Ë¬.ÊLÊɼ.̼.È\Úȼ.ά|.tμl.tϬl 000080 - 24BCD234 AC43C22B 4DC41A35 ACD244AC 41C41A4D C51A44BC D0642C5C ACD0641C .dЬ\,dмD.ÅM.ÄA¬DÒ¬5.ÄM+ÂC¬4Ò¼$ 0000A0 - 7AA46B4D AB47ABD6 04AC55AB D505AC45 C04B4DC1 5A14ACD4 24AC53C1 3A5DC23A :Â]:ÁS¬$Ô¬.ZÁMKÀE¬.Õ«U¬.Ö«G«Mk¤z 0000C0 - A64BA6DB 74BA64AB 4DA74BA7 DA849A84 9A5DA849 B8D8949A 948A4DAA 47AAD7A5 ¥×ªGªM....ظI¨]....Ú§K§M«dºtÛ¦K¦ 0000E0 - A1DF253A 4CB2DE34 3A4CB2DE 441A5CA3 DE441A4C A4DD541A 4CB4DC64 BA55CA4D MÊUºdÜ´L.TݤL.DÞ£\.DÞ²L:4Þ²L:%ß¡ 000100 - 019BBC4F 01C0C7C0 13107C1C FC12205C 2C1C01C3 C5C31040 A1C5140A 01243A5C \:$...Å¡@.ÃÅÃ..,\ .ü.|..ÀÇÀ.O¼.. 000120 - 40454698 840778B3 B0CFF55C AF01D66C 9F01D77C 1880CBF8 1790CBF9 16A0C95A ZÉ..ùË..øË..|×..lÖ.¯\õÏ°³x...FE@ 000140 - BCD865BC D6660C4C 7DC73B8D C80BADC8 C0CDC1C6 C2C8C6C3 C6C1CD1B 4D1E3F00 .?.M.ÍÁÆÃÆÈÂÆÁÍÀÈ.È.;Ç}L.fÖ¼eؼ 000160 - 50B31550 043C0165 3B01751B 0185C0DF A5FB4D0B DC5DC0CB 5DC2BB4D C3C0D945 EÙÀÃM»Â]ËÀ]Ü.Mû¥ßÀ...u.;e.<.P.³P 000180 - 1A20CC01 C11C00EC 01FB01EB 01C01EB0 1FB01D10 BC01C21B 309C01C5 1750B217 .²P.Å..0.Â.¼..°.°.À.ë.û.ì..Á.Ì . 0001A0 - BDC1D5BD 5BDEC05A DF9B1501 7B2501C0 5613B055 15B05316 002C8401 1B9501C3 Ã.....,..S°.U°.VÀ.%{...ßZÀÞ[½ÕÁ½ 0001C0 - C0CADA0C AC8CD0AB 7CD29B6C D3C0C855 BDC775BD C6750D4C 5CD93B5C DAC0C2B5 µÂÀÚ\;Ù\L.uƽuǽUÈÀÓl.Ò|«Ð.¬.ÚÊÀ 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 19 (00000013), 512 (0200) bytes - - 4C9C4C8C CAC2D1E4 3FFE5E41 46988407 79D2B820 1DEC4C9E C6C6C6C5 C2C9C1CB ËÁÉÂÅÆÆÆ.Lì. ¸Òy...FA^þ?äÑÂÊ.L.L 000000 - CBEB4CCC EB4CCDDA 5CCDCB4C CECB4CCF BA5CCF9B 6CD0FAC8 F8BC0200 C5DB1C1C ..ÛÅ..¼øÈúÐl.Ï\ºÏLËÎLËÍ\ÚÍLëÌLëË 000020 - 4DC37A5D C36B4DC4 6B4DC55A 5DC54B4D C7FAD375 BCD294AC 1F4DCA0B 4DCBFA5C \úËM.ÊM.¬.Ò¼uÓúÇMKÅ]ZÅMkÄMkÃ]zÃM 000040 - 01550B01 640B0174 FA5DB7DE 94FADDA4 CB4DABBF 4DC0AB4D C19A5DC1 8B4DC28B .ÂM.Á].ÁM«ÀM¿«MˤÝú.Þ·]út..d..U. 000060 - E21D90E2 1BB0E219 102C7E01 C31640A1 5F01244B 01343A01 352B0144 2B01541A .T.+D.+5.:4.K$._¡@.Ã.~,..â°.â..â 000080 - C1A94DC2 A94DC3A7 4D0F0205 02F42050 20400F02 0502F420 5020400F 02F51F70 p.õ..@ P ô....@ P ô....M§ÃM©ÂM©Á 0000A0 - C018304C 01662601 A50501B5 F55D8ADE A4D94DBA DBA5BB4D BBDAB5AB 4DC09B5D ].ÀM«µÚ»M»¥ÛºMÙ¤Þ.]õµ..¥.&f.L0.À 0000C0 - 66DB6CB6 CC57BB9C A5CA4B7B 2C3C1120 3E3FFC40 303BB554 067A93B0 5001B701 .·.P°.z.Tµ;0@ü?> .<,{KÊ¥.»W̶lÛf 0000E0 - BCC714BC C8F4C09B 4CC0AA4C BBC9A5AB 5C9FBB5C A9CC85CB 4CB8CC85 DA5CB7CC Ì·\Ú.̸LË.Ì©\».\«¥É»LªÀL.Àôȼ.Ǽ 000100 - 74BCC274 ACC364BC D8FBD89B ADD98BBD D99ABDD8 FBD89BAD D98BBDC6 34ACC724 $Ǭ4ƽ.Ù.Øûؽ.Ù½.Ù.Øûؼdìt¼t 000120 - 57CD8AC5 BC58CB9B C4BC49CB ABB4AC4B CABB94BC 5BC9BB94 BCC094AC C184BCC1 Á¼.Á¬.À¼.»É[¼.»ÊK¬´«ËI¼Ä.ËX¼Å.ÍW 000140 - 69E60800 52982201 E2327CBC B3CB4AC9 BC84CC4B D8BC74CD 5BE6AC66 CD6BD5BC ¼ÕkÍf¬æ[Ít¼ØKÌ.¼ÉJ˳¼|2â.".R..æi 000160 - 8AB9A2A6 892B6A0A 7A2B6A2A 5A2B6A4A 3A3B5A9A DA6A3AAA 4DD9E365 FB664753 SGfûeãÙMª:jÚ.Z;:Jj+Z*j+z.j+.¦¢¹. 000180 - A4F42B6A 4E5ABEA2 5F4ABEA2 5F5ABDA2 E2A5C62B FAA5B72B 6A6ABBA2 A6A72B6A j+§¦¢»jj+·¥ú+ƥ⢽Z_¢¾J_¢¾ZNj+ô¤ 0001A0 - 803F6D5F 4DA767FA 68626FD4 DE0B0121 71B4BFE4 C1A8CDA4 D0A2A3D2 4EC0A2E3 ã¢ÀNÒ£¢Ð¤Í¨Áä¿´q!..ÞÔobhúg§M_m?. 0001C0 - 2F6C5835 5C58446C 38555C38 645C2875 5C1884AC 988CF8CB 86E2CD84 FF2CF8D1 Ñø,..Íâ.Ëø..¬..\u(\d8\U8lDX\5Xl/ 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 20 (00000014), 512 (0200) bytes - - 58B98587 A46B5858 BB8585C4 5B4858BD 8583E45B 2858BF85 81045C08 58C18547 G.ÁX.\...¿X([ä..½XH[Ä..»XXk¤..¹X 000000 - 868F155B F848B285 8E355BD8 48B4858C 555BB848 B6858A75 02005B98 488F6B78 xk.H.[..u..¶H¸[U..´HØ[5..²Hø[... 000020 - 8599845A 8859A985 97A45A68 59AB8595 C45A4859 AD8593F4 AE8691F5 5A1849B0 °I.Zõ..®ô..YHZÄ..«YhZ¤..©Y.Z... 000040 - 85A2F559 184AA085 A0155AF8 49A2859E 355AD849 4F6AB859 A5859B64 6A9859A7 §Y.jd..¥Y¸jOIØZ5..¢IøZ....J.Yõ¢. 000060 - 85AB6459 A85A9785 A9845988 5A9985A7 F49A86A5 B559584A 9C86A3D5 59384A9E .J8YÕ£..JXYµ¥..ô§..Z.Y.©..Z¨Yd«. 000080 - 85B4D558 384B8E85 B2F55818 4B0F69F8 5A9185AF 2469D85A 9385AD44 59C85A95 .ZÈYD..ZØi$¯..Zøi.K.Xõ²..K8XÕ´. 0000A0 - 85BD4458 C85B8585 BBF48686 B9755898 4B8886B7 9558784B 8A85B6B5 58584B8C .KXXµ¶..KxX.·..K.Xu¹..ô»..[ÈXD½. 0000C0 - 66F96858 673D140B 02F4A06C 10D83FD6 E245FD27 0D58085C 8185BF24 58E85B83 .[èX$¿..\.X.'ýEâÖ?Ø.l.ô...=gXhùf 0000E0 - 799CCA59 9CCC399C CE199CD1 D99BD49A ABD75AAB DBB00A0B 01BF1690 DB01B1CB ˱.Û..¿...°Û«Z׫.Ô.ÙÑ..Î.9Ì.YÊ.y 000100 - B67AADB8 5AADB9B0 D3B0BA3A ADBC1AAD BE199DC0 F99CC1DA ACC2BAAC C49AACC7 Ǭ.ĬºÂ¬ÚÁ.ùÀ..¾.¼:º°Ó°¹Z¸z¶ 000120 - 15FB1D2B 7EB0DFB0 18DB1DFB 09DB0DFB B0B0DBB0 2F0B9B0D FBB49AAD B5B0D7B0 °×°µ.´û.../°Û°°û.Û.û.Û.°ß°~+.û. 000140 - F1B248CB 84E2BF38 8DE9BF48 CB84B2E2 118BB44C 18FB221B 01B2E213 1B01B1E3 ã±...â².."û.L´..â².ËH¿é.8¿â.ËH²ñ 000160 - B0B0DDB0 9FB1DDB1 8FB0DFB0 17FB1D2B 5EB11110 2B3EB211 203B2EB1 48CB84B1 ±.ËH±.; .²>+..±^+.û.°ß°.±Ý±.°Ý°° 000180 - FA9BD1E9 ABD1CAAB D3AAABD5 FAB87AAD B6B0D7B0 B59AADB4 B0D9B02F 0BBB0DFB û.»./°Ù°´.µ°×°¶z¸úÕ«ªÓ«ÊÑ«éÑ.ú 0001A0 - ADB57AAD B94A9DBD 199DC1E9 9CC3C99C C599ACC7 6AACC94A ACCB2AAC CD0AACCF Ϭ.ͬ*ˬJɬjǬ.Å.ÉÃ.éÁ..½.J¹zµ 0001C0 - 9DE31170 E21350E2 BD67FC68 535CEFE2 0903F690 B01CDB01 B916F00B 01B00ABB ».°..ð.¹.Û.°.ö..âï\Shüg½âP.âp.ã. 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 21 (00000015), 512 (0200) bytes - - 55D3A245 D4A3445F 2D3AF4D6 A342D6A3 51D7A241 D8A79F5D 2ABE3D3A DE1D2AFE þ*.Þ:=¾*].§ØA¢×Q£ÖB£Öô:-_D£ÔE¢ÓU 000000 - A2C43C1A 5ACDA2A1 E43C0A4A CEA359CF A2490F3D 8A140200 2D7AF4D2 A346D2A3 £ÒF£Òôz-....=.I¢ÏY£ÎJ.<ä¡¢ÍZ.<Ä¢ 000020 - C5A2A9F4 C6A3A874 2C7A4A8F 3C6A4AC8 A3A5952C 5A4AAF3C 4A4ACBA2 A3F4CCA3 £Ìô£¢ËJJ<¯JZ,.¥£ÈJj<.Jz,t¨£Æô©¢Å 000040 - A3B0E43B FA5ABFA2 AFF4C0A3 AE142CDA 4A2F3CCA 4AC2A3AB 352CBA4A C4A3AAF4 ôª£ÄJº,5«£ÂJÊ</JÚ,.®£Àô¯¢¿Zú;ä°£ 000060 - B7F4B8A3 B6843B5A 5BB9A2B5 A43B4A4B BF2B3A4B CF3B2A4B BCA3B1D5 2B1A4BBE ¾K.+Õ±£¼K*;ÏK:+¿KJ;¤µ¢¹[Z;.¶£¸ô· 000080 - F4B1A2BD F4B2A3BC 243BBA5B B3A2BB44 3BAA4BB4 A3B9552B 9A4B6F3B 8A4BB7A2 ¢·K.;oK.+U¹£´Kª;D»¢³[º;$¼£²ô½¢±ô 0000A0 - 5A5ACA3B 8A3AFA9B AAA3BFC8 2A0A6CAD A2C0E53A 0A4CAEA3 BFF52AFA 4BB0A3BE ¾£°Kú*õ¿£®L.:åÀ¢l.*È¿£ª.ú:.;ÊZZ 0000C0 - A46D9ED8 351E844D 62D42610 801E65FA 664C5910 7F090436 90B8ADB0 E4988A7B {..ä°¸.6....YLfúe...&ÔbM..5Ø.m¤ 0000E0 - 1010802E 277D52D6 25844D51 D8E3A94D E7760540 C254EEAA 8CEE4AC2 542E4900 .I.TÂJî.ªîTÂ@.vçM©ãØQM.%ÖR}'.... 000100 - CAC2D9C2 CDC0DBC0 3BE0CDC1 DBC1CAC3 DBC31A1A 0065FB66 596486AD 0A0525B8 ¸%...dYfûe...ÃÛÃÊÁÛÁÍà;ÀÛÀÍÂÙÂÊ 000120 - B6959549 5B499FAE 95544DD4 E365F966 5160A749 0A06F288 A01DAC4D AEC6D5C6 ÆÕÆ®M¬...ò..I§`QfùeãÔMT.®.I[I..¶ 000140 - A65BF991 A75B0979 BB9588BA 9590A85B 8990BA95 17995B79 92B99546 894B6996 .iK.F.¹.y[...º..[¨..º..»y.[§.ù[¦ 000160 - 9598545B 8949B695 97745BF9 96845BF9 95855B49 59B9954F 59B99593 A55BF992 .ù[¥..¹YO.¹YI[..ù[..ù[t..¶I.[T.. 000180 - 95BF5CB9 5CF9CB95 CB95BF5C F9CB95CB 95BF5CB9 5CA9F944 5B99F954 5B8949B6 ¶I.[Tù.[Dù©\¹\¿.Ë.Ëù\¿.Ë.Ëù\¹\¿. 0001A0 - B6054AB5 354DD325 5DD2354D D3255DD2 354DD325 6DD1080D E91CD93C B95CF9CB Ëù\¹<Ù.é..Ñm%ÓM5Ò]%ÓM5Ò]%ÓM5µJ.¶ 0001C0 - 9459BC95 59BBA549 BBB549BA C549BAD4 49B9D549 B8E549B7 E549B8F4 49B7F549 Iõ·Iô¸Iå·Iå¸IÕ¹IÔºIźIµ»I¥»Y.¼Y. 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 22 (00000016), 512 (0200) bytes - - E95B9290 BE3589BF 4479BF45 79BE5569 BE6569BE 7459BE75 59BD8559 BC8559BD ½Y.¼Y.½Yu¾Yt¾ie¾iU¾yE¿yD¿.5¾..[é 000000 - A0444DD3 25FD256D D1F7494B 98995B68 B95B9094 0200BC15 29E94B92 91BE2509 .%¾..Ké).¼....[¹h[..KI÷Ñm%ý%ÓMD. 000020 - BDC0B0BD C1BDB2BB C3BBB5B7 C7B7B9B3 CBB3BD19 9DB266F9 6758673D 140B0786 ....=gXgùf²..½³Ë³¹·Ç·µ»Ã»²½Á½°À½ 000040 - B0B3B0B6 38481B3B 1B4B8BA4 3A5B3BAB 5AC5B7C5 469C4B7C C3B9C319 BC1BACC0 À¬.¼.ùÃ|K.FÅ·ÅZ«;[:¤.K.;.H8¶°³° 000060 - FC188C88 C19FBF89 F9ABBEA9 E95B51BD A9D95B52 BC199BBC 25A6ABB1 AA6B82B6 ¶.kª±«¦%¼..¼R[Ù©½Q[驾«ù.¿.Á...ü 000080 - 2010CBED 20306BEE 01B5DF01 2727CE01 28F81B70 741A8084 9F016777 4CC26828 (hÂLwg.....tp.ø(.Î''.ßµ.îk0 íË. 0000A0 - 36C0EC37 104D03D5 25F001E4 D665F966 5160A749 0A08D2C0 B01B4DEE 7DDB01B3 ³.Û}îM.°ÀÒ..I§`QfùeÖä.ð%Õ.M.7ìÀ6 0000C0 - ADDBC90C 9DDEAABC 1A0199AC 49017A8C 7A014B5C CB01DBC1 21400127 C00D03D2 Ò..À'.@!ÁÛ.Ë\K.z.z.I¬...¼ªÞ..ÉÛ 0000E0 - 7CBDB9D5 6CBDBF4B CDD50BAD D45CADD2 3ACDD44A ADD23CAD D61ACDD2 8AADD01C .Ð.ÒÍ.Ö<ÒJÔÍ:Ò\Ô.ÕÍK¿½lÕ¹½| 000100 - 2D8CCDD9 1C0F8DCD D9D0E9C1 D89CCD2F D0D78C0D 3D7CCDD8 2C5E6CCD D7FCB7D6 Ö·ü×Íl^,ØÍ|=..×Ð/Í.ØÁéÐÙÍ...ÙÍ.- 000120 - 2AADD45C ADD04BCD D5BB5BCD D6FBB9D6 7CBDC7D6 7CCD5F7C CDD82C3E D0D78C0D ..×Ð>,ØÍ|_Í|Öǽ|Ö¹ûÖÍ[»ÕÍKÐ\Ô* 000140 - 7A8C4A01 99AC1901 AABCEA9D CCD0B9AD D01CADD8 1ACDD26A ADD23CAD D43ACDD4 ÔÍ:Ô<ÒjÒÍ.Ø.йÐÌ.꼪..¬..J.z 000160 - 09B6C050 FD01E425 504D03D1 37C0EC37 200D03DC 27400121 B01DCC01 4B5C7B01 .{\K.Ì.°!.@'Ü.. 7ìÀ7Ñ.MP%ä.ýPÀ¶. 000180 - CDD81490 CDD911B0 CDDBD119 C0EC3E10 BD03D52C F001E4D9 65F96658 673D140B ..=gXfùeÙä.ð,Õ.½.>ìÀ.ÑÛÍ°.ÙÍ..ØÍ 0001A0 - 4C0DFDD3 5CCDD5FC D2D0D55C 0DFDD0D0 D66C0DFD 1B6DCDD6 D1287DCD D7D2438D .CÒ×Í}(ÑÖÍm.ý.lÖÐÐý.\ÕÐÒüÕÍ\Óý.L 0001C0 - 2CBDAFCD D22CCD9F BDD33CBD 8FCDD33C CDE3D74B CDD4FBD6 4CCDD42C EDD4D0D4 ÔÐÔí,ÔÍLÖûÔÍK×ãÍ<ÓÍ.½<Ó½.Í,Òͯ½, 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 23 (00000017), 512 (0200) bytes - - BABC4A01 BBBC3B01 CACC2A01 CBCC0B01 0BCDD0FB DE1BCDD1 FBDC1CCD D1BCBDD2 Ò½¼ÑÍ.ÜûÑÍ.ÞûÐÍ...ÌË.*ÌÊ.;¼».J¼º 000000 - 5B023B3C 2B025A5C 0A026A6C EA01898C C9010200 999CA901 9A9C8A01 AAAC6A01 .j¬ª.....©.....É...êlj..\Z.+<;.[ 000020 - 5360A749 0A0A03A1 90FD01E4 2C50BD03 D13EC0D0 AE03D932 F0DD0213 90021B1C ......Ýð2Ù.®ÐÀ>Ñ.½P,ä.ý.¡...I§`S 000040 - C82AACC6 5AACC28A ACC0BAAC BCFA0C6B 0B3B1D0B 1B7B4DDC CD6B01B2 C866FA67 gúfȲ.kÍÜM{...;.k.ú¼¬ºÀ¬.¬ZƬ*È 000060 - D6B1B0B0 D6B0B2B0 D4B04F0B 2B0D6B0B 0B0D8BAB D0AAABCE CAABCCEA ABCA0AAC ¬.Ê«êÌ«ÊΫªÐ«....k.+.O°Ô°²°Ö°°±Ö 000080 - B2E214CB 1DFB23CB 2DAB3EB1 DCB14FB2 DAB25FB1 DAB1E217 8B1DFB09 8B0DABB1 ±«...û...â±Ú±_²Ú²O±Ü±>«-Ë#û.Ë.â² 0000A0 - FAB4B0D4 B02F0B6B 0DFBB0B1 D6B10A8B 0D9BB1D8 B1E2278B 2D6BB1DA B15FB2DA Ú²_±Ú±k-.'â±Ø±....±Ö±°û.k./°Ô°´ú 0000C0 - F7C4C77C 2F8CCC08 8CCEF8BE E99CBD08 8DBC099D BA0AADB9 299DB82A AD6FABD4 Ô«o*¸.)¹.º..¼..½.é¾øÎ..Ì./|ÇÄ÷ 0000E0 - 24545BC4 554BF164 5BC4658B B5655CB5 F4B8666C CA866C8F 7CC8776C CA667CCA Ê|fÊlwÈ|.l.Êlf¸ôµ\eµ.eÄ[dñKUÄ[T$ 000100 - B7044CB7 F444B624 4CB63465 4BC2645B 42B7244C B724645B C2654B42 B6444CB6 ¶LD¶BKeÂ[d$·L$·B[dÂKe4¶L$¶Dô·L.· 000120 - 85B0E4EB EB2B7EBF BEBFE4E6 0BEC5B57 3BC0537B 54B7033C B745654B C0645B44 D[dÀKeE·<.·T{SÀ;W[ì.æ俾¿~+ëëä°. 000140 - A77CC987 7CCB677C CD477CCF 088CD288 58AD9C4D FCADCB60 FB623843 4C1F0730 0..LC8bû`ËüM.X.Ò..Ï|GÍ|gË|.É|§ 000160 - 494AADE2 95D4397E 488D98D2 99288DE2 8BD0F8C1 077DC3E7 7CC4C88C C5C77CC7 Ç|ÇÅ.ÈÄ|çÃ}.ÁøÐ.â.(.Ò..H~9Ô.âJI 000180 - F89BD0A9 288D9F29 9D7F499D E3A5D43A 3E4BBDA2 D61AE56B BDCE1E6A ADE793D6 Ö.çj.νkå.Ö¢½K>:Ô¥ã.I..)..(©Ð.ø 0001A0 - D569298D C0F87CC4 D77CC6B7 7CC8977C CA778CCA 588CCC48 7CCE378C CE188CD0 Ð..Î.7Î|HÌ.XÊ.wÊ|.È|·Æ|×Ä|øÀ.)iÕ 0001C0 - 6CFC2C3C BDD6897D DAB64DDD E32DCE60 F4612D43 4C1F0731 2EB0B0AC DFC4D9CA ÊÙÄ߬°°.1..LC-aô`Î-ãÝM¶Ú}.Ö½<,ül 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 24 (00000018), 512 (0200) bytes - - 6134434C 1F0732BE A0500CC2 C5D2C1D5 EB026EBD C253BCA7 C53BC2C5 D05FDC8C .Ü_ÐÅÂ;ŧ¼S½n.ëÕÁÒÅÂ.P.¾2..LC4a 000000 - B0B1BD24 2BAB4BB4 B2B7563B 4B6BB7B5 020079BB C2BDC0C0 BCC5B7CB B0B860F9 ù`¸°Ë·Å¼ÀÀ½Â»y..µ·kK;V·²´K«+$½±° 000020 - 1F0B4CEE 1BFCBDC2 B0014B8C 127B4CE2 135B4C5F B1C3F417 1B4C19FB 5B19FB4B Kû.[û.L..ôñ_L[.âL{..K.°Â½ü.îL.. 000040 - ACCEFACE EA0CEBAC CEB0DF0C FBCDB1CD B0CDB1DF 0CEB0C4B 5C142B9C 121B0C1B .....+.\K.ë.߱ͰͱÍû.߰άë.êÎúά 000060 - D3355DD3 356DD226 6DD2266D D2177DD1 177DD108 8DD0089D CFF99CCF FA9CCFF9 ùÏ.úÏ.ùÏ..Ð..Ñ}.Ñ}.Òm&Òm&Òm5Ó]5Ó 000080 - 653CB064 4CB0544C B1444CB2 344CB324 5CB3145C B3145CB4 045CB5F4 5BD3266D m&Ó[ôµ\.´\.³\.³\$³L4²LD±LT°Ld°<e 0000A0 - 4C1F0733 CCB040D5 E263FD53 4DD45FD3 266DD277 C783854C 58C79474 4C4AC6A4 ¤ÆJLt.ÇXL..ÇwÒm&Ó_ÔMSýcâÕ@°Ì3..L 0000C0 - CF05BCCD 25BCCA46 BCC767BC C4881C9C AB3CDDFC 1CBD5C7D BCBDC960 FA623643 C6bú`ɽ¼}\½.üÝ<«...ļgǼFʼ%ͼ.Ï 0000E0 - E2DEEB0D FC5C0ADC 9C08CCBC 7FC0CBC1 E4B7CCC0 07BCBC08 CCACB9CE A80B4DBB »M.¨Î¹¬Ì.¼¼.ÀÌ·äÁËÀ.¼Ì..Ü.\ü.ëÞâ 000100 - 1480AC4D FCD7C1DB F99D1090 10801190 DF0A0109 01FAADDF EBBDEF0D ECBDDEC0 ÀÞ½ì.ï½ëßú....ß.......ùÛÁ×üM¬.. 000120 - 152CEE0D 2CFE0DFC DFFB10B0 10A010B0 10A011A0 11901290 13801380 14801480 ................°...°.ûßü.þ,.î,. 000140 - 35C0D239 C0D03BC0 CFC111FC 1C1CC0CF E2CFCFE2 CFD0C011 1CAD122C 8D134C4D ML..,...ÀÐÏâÏÏâÏÀ..ü.ÁÏÀ;ÐÀ9ÒÀ5 000160 - AD1C9CC0 C7C0C359 BCC738BC CA17BCCD B6FB6C09 0C6DB8D2 754B5DB6 D554C0D5 ÕÀTÕ¶]KuÒ¸m..lû¶Í¼.ʼ8ǼYÃÀÇÀ.. 000180 - 15801670 7F01F618 501940DD 61FC623A 434C1F07 3492B0CB CA6D5CCD 0C0DDD2C ,Ý..Í\mÊË°.4..LC:büaÝ@.P.ö..p... 0001A0 - 9FBD45AF BD44DB3B F4DC2BF4 DD1BE43D FCDFC210 10FC1100 FC12B013 A04F01F9 ù.O..°.ü..ü..Âßü=ä.Ýô+Üô;ÛD½¯E½. 0001C0 - FFBCC304 BDC2F4D1 1B4C2FBD C034BD4B 4FBD4AD5 AB63BD49 D68BF4D7 7B84BD46 F½.{×ô.ÖI½c«ÕJ½OK½4À½/L.Ñô½.ü. 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 25 (00000019), 512 (0200) bytes - - DB4C6FBC CCF4C7BB 4CC8AB4C 9FBCC9F4 CA8B4CCB 7B4CCFBC C6D4BCC5 F4CE4B4C LKÎôżÔƼÏL{ËL.Êôɼ.L«ÈL»Çô̼oLÛ 000000 - D9E4D3C5 DFC112B0 D6C66E10 00C10200 2B4DC11B 4DC20B4D 3FBCCFF4 C4EB4CC5 ÅLëÄôϼ?M.ÂM.ÁM+..Á..nÆÖ°.ÁßÅÓäÙ 000020 - 4D8C3D9C 2D0C1C1C 1C8CCA09 6CD0064C D5031CDA 7160F962 34434C1F 0735B2B0 °²5..LC4bù`qÚ..ÕL.Ðl.Ê.....-.=.M 000040 - C88947A4 9C5CC44C 8CF4AC4B 1440C92E 3D3CF4DC DCFCBC1C 9D3C7D5C 6D6C5D7C |]lm\}<..¼üÜÜô<=.É@.K¬ô.LÄ\.¤G.È 000060 - DEFADFF9 1090DF09 3DC1F84C C2E84CC3 C85CC4B7 6CC5878C C6674C41 C7186C42 Bl.ÇALgÆ..Ål·Ä\ÈÃLèÂLøÁ=.ß..ùßúÞ 000080 - 1BBDB1D0 C01FFBDC FCFCCDD0 CCD01BC0 D129C0D2 37C0D552 C0E4DD3B EEADEFBD ½ïî;ÝäÀRÕÀ7ÒÀ)ÑÀ.ÐÌÐÍüüÜû.Àб½. 0000A0 - 26ACCB06 ACCDB6F9 5C9AD185 2A4DA7D3 654A4DB5 D4456A4D B3D6342B 8DB3D11A .ѳ.+4Ö³MjEÔµMJeÓ§M*.Ñ.\ù¶Í¬.ˬ& 0000C0 - 60FA6236 434C1F07 36D9B0CC B95D5C9D 1CCDEC0C BD0C8C8A BCC268AC C647ACC9 ɬGƬh¼...½.ìÍ..\]¹Ì°Ù6..LC6bú` 0000E0 - 8CC4998C C4A78CC5 B58CC785 9CC8669C CA36ACCC 98FBEC1C BD4C8D8C 4DDC9DD2 Ò.ÜM..L½.ìû.̬6Ê.fÈ..Ç.µÅ.§Ä..Ä. 000100 - 0109010A 01290E4C D0B9E89C AACCB9CA 8C0BBC8C 0BAC8C0F 0C9C8CC1 9B8CC28B .Â..Á.....¬..¼..ʹ̪.è¹ÐL.)..... 000120 - C643C07B C453C0C0 084CB6C2 89754B7C 8C6B3CAC 9B9CC1FB BDDFFABD E2DF2A0E .*ßâ½úß½ûÁ..¬<k.|Ku.¶L.ÀÀSÄ{ÀCÆ 000140 - 2CFC94CF C294CEC3 85CEC386 CD12C086 CC13C087 CA23C078 CA23C079 C833C07A zÀ3ÈyÀ#ÊxÀ#Ê.À.Ì.À.Í.ÃÎ.ÃÎ.ÂÏ.ü, 000160 - 5F1BAD33 0E1CBD02 2CAD220E 2CBD610E 2C0D2C1E 2B0D1C1B 1D2C2E1A 1D2C3EFA ú>,...,....+.,.,.a½,.",.½..3._ 000180 - 9CC8788C C6988CC4 A88CC3B9 8CC2D88C C0D98C9B CFF8A9CF 890A8DB7 D0691A9D ..iз...Ï©øÏ..ÙÀ.ØÂ.¹Ã.¨Ä..Æ.xÈ. 0001A0 - D8964D5F 64F96639 434C1F07 377CA0CA D95D7C9D 3CCD1CFD ECBCB7CC 199CCA48 HÊ..Ì·¼ìý.Í<.|]ÙÊ.|7..LC9fùd_M.Ø 0001C0 - CC94D44C 49CC85D4 4C8FD45C 47CE75C4 7C865DD8 5FD9A43D BF3DAF2D 3E0D7B7D }{.>-¯=¿=¤Ù_Ø].|ÄuÎG\Ô.LÔ.ÌILÔ.Ì 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 26 (0000001A), 512 (0200) bytes - - 4DD9954D D9F4D994 4D9F4DD9 A44DC824 4BC9144B CA144BC9 144BCA04 4BCBF44A JôËK.ÊK.ÉK.ÊK.ÉK$ÈM¤ÙM.M.ÙôÙM.ÙM 000000 - 4E9DE2D5 285E8DE2 D6276E7D 02007F6D 8F5DD8F6 D8856DD8 F5D8954D D9954D9F .M.ÙM.ØõØm.ØöØ].m...}n'Öâ.^(Õâ.N 000020 - DCADCA60 FA623643 4C1F0738 F2B0504C D858AD3F 1D0BEBD2 B0E6D34A 4E9DD43A :Ô.NJÓæ°Òë..?XØLP°ò8..LC6bú`ÊÜ 000040 - 6D8AD106 7CD1068C CF268CCD 468CCA67 9CC787AC C3A80C9C CA1CFDDC 3CAD6C5D ]l<Üý.Ê..¨Ã¬.Ç.gÊ.FÍ.&Ï..Ñ|.Ñ.m 000060 - C179CF9B 16AD78D2 7A379D76 D469578D 6F677DE3 76D6F678 D586477D 78D4A637 7¦Ôx}G.ÕxöÖvã}go.WiÔv.7zÒx..ÏyÁ 000080 - DC6C75BC 6C779C5C 6B6C6CC1 C6C4275C 4C6CC5C4 C2764C0C 6CC9C37B CBC16BCD ÍkÁË{ÃÉl.LvÂÄÅlL\'ÄÆÁllk\.wl¼ulÜ 0000A0 - C0667CAC 867C8CA6 8C5CD58C 2CF6DC3C AD5C8D7C 9D7C8D7C 8D6CAD2C DD0C5D82 .].Ý,l.|.|.|.\<Üö,.Õ\.¦.|.¬|fÀ 0000C0 - 5B7D034C 6D052C7D 250C6D27 EC7C47CC 6C49AC6C 5A8C6CC0 C6C5266C 3C6CC4C7 ÇÄl<l&ÅÆÀl.Zl¬IlÌG|ì'm.%},.mL.}[ 0000E0 - D847967D 64DA27A7 7D62DB27 C6FDC2DC E4C3DB4F AC4D9C7D A1D82789 7DA2D736 6×¢}.'Ø¡}.M¬OÛÃäÜÂýÆ'Ûb}§'Úd}.GØ 000100 - CFCDD2CB ABC0C849 ACC6889C C4C78CC2 F68CC016 8D6AD388 567D68D6 67768D65 e.vgÖh}V.Ój..À.öÂ.ÇÄ..ƬIÈÀ«ËÒÍÏ 000120 - ADB8DDDE DFDB1370 7D01D31C A0D960FA 6236434C 1F0739D9 C0A0ACDC C6D6CBD1 ÑËÖÆܬ.ÀÙ9..LC6bú`Ù..Ó.}p.ÛßÞݸ 000140 - AD98DE9A E89D8ADD BAC89D8C DC188DDA 288DD939 8DD8588D D6788DD3 999DD0B9 ¹Ð..Ó.xÖ.XØ.9Ù.(Ú..Ü..ȺÝ..è.Þ. 000160 - 011BE21C 011B1C01 2C1E1B01 6C2E1A01 3C2E0B01 4B0A012B 5E09016A F9BD7FF8 ø.½ùj..^+..K...<...l...,.....â.. 000180 - 32D9872C 938DC731 DB681CC2 8D26DD8D 25DD9D14 ED9D14ED ADF3D010 A0220E0D .."..Ðóí..í..Ý%.Ý&.Â.hÛ1Ç..,.Ù2 0001A0 - 01FA1EB0 1EB0D089 BD2A5DBD 683DBD57 98D16BC4 C85C337D CB34D5A7 3C737DC9 É}s<§Õ4Ë}3\ÈÄkÑ.W½=h½]*½.а.°.ú. 0001C0 - D098BDD0 97CD8CD9 BCA8CDAF C8ADAFD9 8D8B1040 9CFF01FA 01F91FA0 E21EB0EF ï°.â..ù.ú...@...ٯȯͨ¼Ù.Í.н.Ð 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 27 (0000001B), 512 (0200) bytes - - 306D01D8 13B0FDED DDBD99DB 297DD869 6DD6895D D5B85DD4 A77DD388 9DD288BD ½.Ò..Ó}§Ô]¸Õ].ÖmiØ})Û.½Ýíý°.Ø.m0 000000 - 3B259B2C CDEC0CBD 3C6D0200 ACBD1050 E6CC6FF9 7834434C 1F072438 B1F0AD1C .ð±8$..LC4xùoÌæP.½¬..m<½.ìÍ,.%; 000020 - C267355C C276355C C187255C C097165C 7B6BC0A5 177C5A79 C3977558 9C5695C7 Ç.V.Xu.ÃyZ|.¥Àk{\..À\%.Á\5vÂ\5g 000040 - C516295C C526645C C526645C C427645C C436555C C446545C C347545C C356455C \EVÃ\TGÃ\TFÄ\U6Ä\d'Ä\d&Å\d&Å\).Å 000060 - DA5CC1CA 5CC2F9CC 359C44C3 359C82C1 458CA1C0 45FCC85B C5E4C6C0 555C1C5C \.\UÀÆäÅ[ÈüEÀ¡.EÁ..5ÃD.5ÌùÂ\ÊÁ\Ú 000080 - CBD2CCD1 CDD0CFCE D1CBD1CC D025C6CF 55C3CF75 C2CE95C0 CEA5C0CD B5DB5CC0 À\ÛµÍÀ¥ÎÀ.ÎÂuÏÃUÏÆ%ÐÌÑËÑÎÏÐÍÑÌÒË 0000A0 - ABF5BC59 CFC058D0 C156D0C2 55D1C452 D1CBD2CA D3CDD0CF CDD1CCD2 CCD1CCD2 ÒÌÑÌÒÌÑÍÏÐÍÓÊÒËÑRÄÑUÂÐVÁÐXÀÏY¼õ« 0000C0 - C11A385C C11A385C C228385C C444295C CD285CDF 9CC1D5AC C0E59CC0 E5AC5BCE Î[¬åÀ.åÀ¬ÕÁ.ß\(Í\)DÄ\8(Â\8.Á\8.Á 0000E0 - 655C63C3 754C72C3 754C2F46 5CC71546 5CC3C4C4 255C4C5C C1C6C405 4C7E4C5C \L~L.ÄÆÁ\L\%ÄÄÃ\F.Ç\F/LuÃrLuÃc\e 000100 - 5AC1B6B6 256C69C0 355C78C0 455C67C1 455C76C1 555C65C2 654C74C2 654C64C3 ÃdLeÂtLeÂe\UÁv\EÁg\EÀx\5Àil%¶¶ÁZ 000120 - CB651E01 AB5D5CAD 0CEDDC0C ADBC51B3 C8497559 8C5689C3 87B5267C 59C0067C |.ÀY|&µ.Ã.V.YuIȳQ¼.Üí.\]«..eË 000140 - 6C2730C0 8602A497 0284B702 64E602C2 30B03470 D168FA6A 59673D14 0B2689B1 ±.&..=gYjúhÑp4°0Â.æd.·...¤..À0'l 000160 - 01549CE3 1F40C538 0E02547C 2230C527 02348C22 40C33702 346C2530 C2570214 ..WÂ0%l4.7Ã@".4.'Å0"|T..8Å@.ã.T. 000180 - 02B35902 B4590203 AC2340C0 2A02249C 1F02349C 1F02439C 2040C4F9 2030C5F9 ùÅ0 ùÄ@ .C...4...$.*À@#¬..Y´.Y³. 0001A0 - 2C6C2CED 4CA2C5D2 CD34CA02 43BA0263 A902648A 02748A02 837A0294 6902A469 i¤.i..z...t..d.©c.ºC.Ê4ÍÒÅ¢Lí,l, 0001C0 - DAFBD7B5 ADD6B6AD D5A8BDD2 ABADD0C2 D9DA8C5C 0D6C2C1D 0D6C2C0D 1D6C2CFD ý,l..,l..,l.\.ÚÙÂЫҽ¨Õ¶Öµ×ûÚ 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 28 (0000001C), 512 (0200) bytes - - 0D8C534D D27B634D D26B544D D44B644D D43B644D D61B744D D61B734D D8C17F4D M.ÁØMs.ÖMt.ÖMd;ÔMdKÔMTkÒMc{ÒMS.. 000000 - 6CD3A4BC C3354DCB 0200C0C2 444DCC1B 5CD3E4BC C0444DCE C04AD404 BD49D504 .ÕI½.ÔJÀÎMDÀ¼äÓ\.ÌMDÂÀ..ËM5ü¤Ól 000020 - 140C9C9C D1340C8C 8CD244BC C7284DC5 C0C6284D C6C0C527 4DC85B6C D2940C3C <..Òl[ÈM'ÅÀÆM(ÆÀÅM(ǼDÒ...4Ñ.... 000040 - D454EBBC D364C0CD 3B4D07CC BCD294C0 CB2A4D0A BCACD2B4 C0CA1A4D C1AB9CD2 Ò.«ÁM.ÊÀ´Ò¬¼.M*ËÀ.Ò¼Ì.M;ÍÀdÓ¼ëTÔ 000060 - C041D41B 0D1C440D 1C4D3C2D 0C0D7C3D FC0C6C4D B1CFC0D5 24C0CF4B 5D03ECBC ¼ì.]KÏÀ$ÕÀϱMl.ü=|..-<M..D...ÔAÀ 000080 - 2CC60C6C B55CFC0C 5CD43C0C 0D4CE51C 2C0D3C04 0D2C0D3C 140D2C0D 1C34BDD2 Ò½4..,..<.,..<.,.åL..<Ô\.ü\µl.Æ, 0000A0 - CFC6CFC4 D2C379C2 C09AC2C1 071CAC28 1CBC460C 7C770C9C 760C4CA6 0C8C950C ....¦L.v..w|.F¼.(¬..ÁÂ.ÀÂyÃÒÄÏÆÏ 0000C0 - CACCCEC8 D5C0C568 F969303F 01BA063F 81B0C389 ADD3C4D0 C6CDC9CA CBC9CDC6 ÆÍÉËÊÉÍÆÐÄÓ.ð.?.º.?0iùhÅÀÕÈÎÌÊ 0000E0 - 8DA2D226 4A4D93D3 442A4D95 D164095D 97CE95D8 5C8BCB15 9CC7369C C467BC89 .¼gÄ.6Ç..Ë.\Ø.Î.].dÑ.M*DÓ.MJ&Ò¢. 000100 - 8DDAA9AD D99AADD9 9ABDD99A BDD99ABD 9FADD036 FB8CB2CE 1ADB4CBE ECBC1F0A ..¼ì¾LÛ.β.û6Ð.½.Ù½.Ù½.Ù.Ù©Ú. 000120 - 40C1FE5D DF34FE5D FF4DDFF5 DEF5DEE6 5DDEF6DD F6DDD67D DCC78DDC C77DDCB8 ¸Ü}ÇÜ.ÇÜ}ÖÝöÝöÞ]æÞõÞõßM.]þ4ß]þÁ@ 000140 - D86DC74A F969303F 01BA063E 7CB0CBD6 8DDB9A0D 7C2D5C7E 0D9CADDB D86DAF02 .¯mØÛ..~\-|..Û.ÖË°|>.º.?0iùJÇmØ 000160 - EF5DDEE6 5DE2DFF4 5DFF4DE3 DFF54DC2 FE2A00D6 8DDB9A0D 7C2D5C7E 0D9CADDB Û..~\-|..Û.Ö.*þÂMõßãM.]ôßâ]æÞ]ï 000180 - CF3B06AD DA9ABD9F AD9FAD9F ADD9AA9D DAB98DDB C87DDCF7 DCD76DDD D76DDF6D mßm×Ým×Ü÷Ü}ÈÛ.¹Ú.ªÙ...½.Ú.;Ï 0001A0 - B8D58C59 CE79049D 56D05A24 9D44D32A 35AD62D2 2A08ADEC FCCBCD4B 1EEABC82 .¼ê.KÍËüì.*Òb5*ÓD.$ZÐV..yÎY.Õ¸ 0001C0 - 291D5DD2 40FD411D 25F1F403 101CC0C8 C0D4C8CD CDC99A6A 7CC4386C C8185CCB Ë\.Èl8Ä|j.ÉÍÍÈÔÀÈÀ...ôñ%.Aý@Ò].) 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 29 (0000001D), 512 (0200) bytes - - E4D3D505 0140075F 22293D5A 041138C0 8470D1D3 5CAD22E0 D65BCDD4 D1D2D7E4 ä×ÒÑÔÍ[Öà"\ÓÑp.À8..Z=)"_.@..ÕÓä 000000 - B769B75A A83C0200 A93CB82C B9FCA1AC 92D13829 6DA3DB37 E0ABCDD9 D1D7D8D0 ÐØ×ÑÙÍ«à7Û£m)8Ñ.¬¡ü¹,¸<©..<¨Z·i· 000020 - 1690BD01 D420A0DF 68FD6A3B 434C1F07 19E7C030 9DD9D1D5 D5D177C7 B796B787 .·.·ÇwÑÕÕÑÙ.0Àç...LC;jýhß. Ô.½.. 000040 - DA3AADDA F9D5A98D D68A9DD7 898DD969 8DDB588D DD487DDF 188D1190 8B149097 ........ß}HÝ.XÛ.iÙ..×..Ö.©ÕùÚ:Ú 000060 - 6A9DD85A 9DD94A9D DA3AADDA FAD2BAAD 1FBDDB1A ADDCFAD0 CBADE7D1 CA9D2FBD ½/.ÊÑçËÐúÜ.Û½.ºÒúÚ:Ú.JÙ.ZØ.j 000080 - 187D6D9D 7B7DCD77 8DBD776D 0D7DD7D3 CBCA9DD2 AA9DD49A 9DD58A8D D76AADD7 ×j×..Õ..Ô.ªÒ.ÊËÓ×}.mw½.wÍ}{.m}. 0000A0 - FAD4A9AD D5A8ADD5 99ADD698 ADD788AD D878ADD9 68ADDA58 ADDB48AD DC38ADDE Þ8ÜHÛXÚhÙxØ.×.Ö.Õ¨Õ©Ôú 0000C0 - FAAD2ABE DFBABEFA ADE2BBDE FAACDE3A 0EADDDFA D1D9ADD1 CAADD2C9 AD3F9DDB Û.?ÉÒÊÑÙÑúÝ.:Þ¬úÞ»âú¾ºß¾*ú 0000E0 - D2A8592B 8D9BA5D2 B9592A8D 9CA5D1C9 590AADD0 670A9DD2 75CAEAAD E2BBDEBA ºÞ»âêÊuÒ..gÐ.YÉÑ¥..*Y¹Ò¥..+Y¨Ò 000100 - 435560A7 490A1AFD B0508D23 10ADD7D0 D479CD58 86D78A59 779DA866 D7887AC6 Æz.×f¨.wY.×.XÍyÔÐ×.#.P°ý..I§`UC 000120 - 785CC418 7C8AC565 8C7BC019 6CC86938 AC88CBC8 C6CACFC4 CBC5D429 ADC741FA úAÇ)ÔÅËÄÏÊÆÈË.¬8iÈl.À{.eÅ.|.Ä\x 000140 - B92C9CBC 88CAC4C9 99994CAC 8C8AC827 C94C9BC6 47A95CC0 686C86CA 248CC486 .Ä.$Ê.lhÀ\©GÆ.LÉ'È..¬L..ÉÄÊ.¼.,¹ 000160 - BCCB78EA BCCAFAA6 CE9B0C6C D90C9C0C 6CD91C8C 0C6CCA1C 8C0C7CB9 2C8C0C7C |..,¹|...Êl...Ùl...Ùl..Φúʼêx˼ 000180 - C015A0C0 C017A019 9C014AC4 1BF08C1C 02CC1A30 4D01D90A ADE4DAF9 BCCD94F9 ù.ͼùÚä.Ù.M0.Ì...ð.ÄJ.....ÀÀ..À 0001A0 - DBDABCDB DAACDDC9 BCDDB9BC DE9ABCDF 9AAC10A0 C71B016A BC12A0C4 C013A0C2 Â..ÀÄ..¼j..Ç..¬.ß¼.Þ¼¹Ý¼ÉݬÚÛ¼ÚÛ 0001C0 - CF18D7AC 43D0C2CE FB41D2C0 CFFB31D4 FB3C4CBD CFC3D40A BDD9F9BC E2DAF9AC ¬ùÚâ¼ùÙ½.ÔÃϽL<ûÔ1ûÏÀÒAûÎÂÐC¬×.Ï 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 30 (0000001E), 512 (0200) bytes - - C1448CC1 46BC4AC6 B866BC48 C98886AC 38CB6896 BC46CC57 B6BC44CD 38C6BC34 4¼Æ8ÍD¼¶WÌF¼.hË8¬..ÉH¼f¸ÆJ¼FÁ.DÁ 000000 - 673D140B 02001BE7 B0409CD7 0A3D0C6D AC8CACBC 7C5CA7C7 78C0C305 9CC317AC ¬.Ã..ÃÀxǧ\|¼¬.¬m.=.×.@°ç.....=g 000020 - 8CC1377C C4A78C7B C5178CCC 69988C97 D0C8CBC9 D4C4D0C4 D979ADCB 41FC435E ^CüAËyÙÄÐÄÔÉËÈÐ...iÌ..Å{.§Ä|7Á. 000040 - CA38F78C 9BC957E7 7CC1887C 67CD279C C687B77C C4686C7A C9678CC4 166CC787 .Çl.Ä.gÉzlhÄ|·.Æ.'Íg|.Á|çWÉ..÷8Ê 000060 - D5FAA3CE C0D5F9A4 CEC1D459 D92C3C9D 6FCA3C2C 8D98CB18 178D99CB 27088D8A ...'Ë....Ë..,<Êo.<,ÙYÔÁΤùÕÀΣúÕ 000080 - 5CADE2DB C0D6AABD D7BAADD7 FADB7A9D FE01D7E2 C9D07AAD 31AED06B 9D93CFC0 ÀÏ..kЮ1zÐÉâ×.þ.zÛú׺׽ªÖÀÛâ\ 0000A0 - 048D72D1 78244D1C 9D46D2C3 D359432D 3C9D44D4 C2D33A44 1D5C9DDC C0D5C90D .ÉÕÀÜ.\.D:ÓÂÔD.<-CYÓÃÒF..M$xÑr.. 0000C0 - 4CC9A897 7CC4B38C 78CB274C CC87C77C C0D48C76 CDB8F38C 74CF9804 8D82CF89 .Ï....Ït.ó¸Ív.ÔÀ|Ç.ÌL'Ëx.³Ä|.¨ÉL 0000E0 - 8A3D2C4D 3C8DCC9C 0C5DA7CA 78C95CC0 697CC198 4CC4487C C4774CC6 286CC757 WÇl(ÆLwÄ|HÄL.Á|iÀ\Éxʧ]..Ì.<M,=. 000100 - 7A3CDBB4 3DDBB43D DBB43DDB F3DBF3DB F3D84EFC 5E3A434C 1F071C03 A1409CD8 Ø.@¡....LC:^üNØóÛóÛóÛ=´Û=´Û=´Û<z 000120 - B0BD679B BD878BBC A77BBBC7 7BB9E78B B5E8ABB3 073C9198 C034BBC2 73B5C4A4 ¤Äµs»4À..<.³«èµ.ç¹{Ç»{§¼..½.g½° 000140 - BD6879C4 9B8737BD 8868D48B 8935BDA8 48D48BB0 47E37BB2 27D47BB3 18D38BB4 ´.Ó.³{Ô'²{ãG°.ÔH¨½5..Ôh.½7..Äyh½ 000160 - 393BBA29 294BBA29 293BBB29 194BBB29 0A3BBB3A A9B49B94 3ABC4999 C49B8539 9..Ä.I¼:..´©:»;.)»K.)»;))ºK))º;9 000180 - BA249B92 BA339BA1 B943FBB9 B853FBB9 B763FBB9 B673FBB9 B583FBB9 B493AB1F .«.´¹û.µ¹ûs¶¹ûc·¹ûS¸¹ûC¹¡.3º..$º 0001A0 - 7378C94B 9786BD93 58C94B99 94BCA349 B94B9AA3 BB03AB92 BB149B92 BB239B92 ..#»...».«.»£.K¹I£¼..KÉX.½..KÉxs 0001C0 - A77BBC88 7BBC6A7B BD13477B BD24278B BD33187B BD44078B BD5398D8 4B8688BD ½..KØ.S½..D½{.3½.'$½{G.½{j¼{.¼{§ 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 31 (0000001F), 512 (0200) bytes - - DBB34DDB B34DDBB3 4DC7AA43 7C5B24BC 3B139C28 FB8BB3F9 7BB7E77B B9C77BBB »{ǹ{ç·{ù³.û(..;¼$[|CªÇM³ÛM³ÛM³Û 000000 - 4C3C0200 24012EA0 DD02E3D3 65FC666F 785ADB0C 1D61B1D8 F3DBF3DB F3DBB34D M³ÛóÛóÛóرa..ÛZxofüeÓã.Ý...$..<L 000020 - 040187BD 581080D7 8B140169 BD4811A0 D57B1501 C0D37B24 01C2D1C0 461270BC ¼p.FÀÑÂ.${ÓÀ..{Õ..H½i...×..X½... 000040 - BDC0F4DC C4BD4BDF 5DDBBBD4 5DDBABF4 DEA6BD4A DEA6BD59 DE97BD49 1060D99B .Ù`.I½.ÞY½¦ÞJ½¦Þô«Û]Ô»Û]ßK½ÄÜôÀ½ 000060 - 4CE2D7E4 BDC2854D DD2B4C9F 4DDD1B5C D9D4BDC1 F4DAD4BD C0A54DDD 0B4CDBC5 ÅÛL.ÝM¥À½ÔÚôÁ½ÔÙ\.ÝM.L+ÝM.½ä×âL 000080 - 1450CB7B 4C5F01B5 BCC65501 C4BCC624 6E01C4BC C5247E01 C4BCC424 6E4DDE3B ;ÞMn$ļÄ.~$żÄ.n$ƼÄ.UƼµ._L{ËP. 0000A0 - 5002E212 40023F01 C0C49B4C 1390C78B 5C1370C9 8B4C1460 CA8B4C14 60CA7B5C \{Ê`.L.Ê`.L.Ép.\.Ç..L.ÄÀ.?.@.â.P 0000C0 - 5CDFB5BC CC0401A6 BCCC0401 A6BCCB05 0197BCCB 140179BC CB1401C0 C4BB4C11 .L»ÄÀ..˼y..˼...˼¦..̼¦..̼µß\ 0000E0 - 4CCCEB4C C94FC5C4 BCCE944C C5C4BCCD 954CC5C4 BCCDA44C C5B5BCCD F45DCBCB ËË]ôͼµÅL¤Í¼ÄÅL.ͼÄÅL.μÄÅOÉLëÌL 000100 - BDD1754C DF1B4D8F 4CDF0B5D C7F5BDD0 F4C8444C CC0B4DC8 444CCCFB 4CE2C944 DÉâLûÌLDÈM.ÌLDÈôнõÇ].ßL.M.ßLuѽ 000120 - 4DC5B7BD D5546CDC 4B4DE2C6 D5BDD365 5CDD3B4D 6F5CDE2B 5DC6E5BD D2F4C7F4 ôÇôÒ½åÆ]+Þ\oM;Ý\eÓ½ÕÆâMKÜlTÕ½·ÅM 000140 - 491C0D1C 1D0C1C4C BDD32ABC D64B8DC3 7ABDD546 9CD85B5D C598BDD5 548CDA5B [Ú.TÕ½.Å][Ø.FÕ½zÃ.KÖ¼*Ó½L......I 000160 - CB25A003 B5CB66F7 68798788 700E1EAD A1502520 FC3C4E26 20FC4CC8 CCC2CEC6 ÆÎÂÌÈLü &N<ü %P¡..p..yh÷f˵..%Ë 000180 - 9CBEB1C7 B2BFFA4B 4B2CEBAB C0B8BFB4 BC292C01 B94A3C01 B56A6C01 198B8C02 .....ljµ.<J¹.,)¼´¿¸À«ë,KKú¿²Ç±¾. 0001A0 - 0C8BACB7 D70C7BAC B9D60C6B ACBAC70C 6BACBAB8 1C4B9CBC A91C3B9C BD9A1C2B +..½.;.©¼.K.¸º¬k.Ǻ¬k.Ö¹¬{.×·¬.. 0001C0 - 4BD0DA0C 2B4BD0CA 0C3B5BCF CAACB4F5 0CAB0C4B 5BCFB0C9 B0B5E60C 9BACB6E6 涬..æµ°É°Ï[K.«.õ´¬ÊÏ[;.ÊÐK+.ÚÐK 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 32 (00000020), 512 (0200) bytes - - D10A0D9B 14ADCFB1 49D1FA0C AB14ADCE B14AD1EA 0C0B5BD0 EA0C0B5B D0DA0C2B +.ÚÐ[..êÐ[..êÑJ±Î.«.úÑI±Ï....Ñ 000000 - 02004BC2 2A1D2B5E 144BC21A 1D2B6E14 4BC21A0D 8B044BC2 0A1D8B14 ADD0B148 H±Ð....ÂK....ÂK.n+..ÂK.^+.*ÂK.. 000020 - B2B8E8AB D3B2B8F7 ABD3B1B9 06ACD3B1 B915ACD3 B1B915AC D2B29F5B C12A1DAB «.*Á[.²Ò¬.¹±Ó¬.¹±Ó¬.¹±Ó«÷¸²Ó«è¸² 000040 - D3B2B8E8 ABD3B2B8 D9ABD3B2 B8B2B93A 2D8B0B3D 2D4B8E2B 9BABD3B2 B8D9ABD3 Ó«Ù¸²Ó«.+.K-=..-:¹²¸²Ó«Ù¸²Ó«è¸²Ó 000060 - D2B29F4B C22A2D2B 9E5BC12A 2D9B5BC1 2A3D8B5B C13A2DFB B806ACD3 B2B8F7AB «÷¸²Ó¬.¸û-:Á[.=*Á[.-*Á[.+-*ÂK.²Ò 000080 - B245D40A 1DFB45D4 0A2DFB44 D41A1D4B 344BC21A 2D2B444B C21A2D2B 4FB424AC ¬$´O+-.ÂKD+-.ÂK4K..ÔDû-.ÔEû..ÔE² 0000A0 - 15ADCBB1 B025ADCC B1AF25AD CDB19F34 ADCEB18F 34ADCFB1 56D3FA1C 6B35ADCF Ï5k.úÓV±Ï4.±Î4.±Í%¯±Ì%°±Ë. 0000C0 - F70C7BAC B6F70C7B 0C5B6BD0 B0C8B0B4 060D9B0C 3B5BD1B0 C9B1B215 ADCBB0B2 ²°Ë.²±É°Ñ[;....´°È°Ðk[.{.÷¶¬{.÷ 0000E0 - 7B2CFBAB BDB1C9B1 C1CAABCB B1C2BA9B CCB1C3B0 B9D80C5B 0C7B8BCE B0C6B0B6 ¶°Æ°Î.{.[.ع°Ã±Ì.ºÂ±Ë«ÊÁ±É±½«û,{ 000100 - 500B7D02 CC2A908C 01196B5C 01B4B0C3 14800B1B ACFB4BBB ABC0B5C5 B2BEEA3B ;꾲ŵÀ«»Kû¬....ð´.\k....*Ì.}.P 000120 - 738C1C01 B40C5C01 83038303 84038303 84031303 6CF97458 673D140B 1FB2B118 .±²...=gXtùl.............\.´...s 000140 - 7DD76A8D D7C0D478 4D82D288 3D85CE98 4D96CAA9 3D99C6B9 3DC0ABCB 4DC3CEDF ßÎÃMË«À=¹Æ.=©Ê.M.Î.=.Ò.MxÔÀ×.j×} 000160 - 0301889C 43DF999C 41DFB98C 311080CD FB8DCFF9 8DD0E99D D1E88DD3 C88DD5A8 ¨Õ.ÈÓ.èÑ.éÐ.ùÏ.ûÍ..1.¹ßA..ßC.... 000180 - DEBA093C DF09AC4A DE1A9C3A DF29AC48 DE3A9C47 DF499C37 1090C559 F49DC758 XÇ.ôYÅ..7.IßG.:ÞH¬)ß:..ÞJ¬.ß<.ºÞ 0001A0 - DB5B7A3C DC6A5B4C DB6B4B4C DC7B4A3C DD8A3A4C DD8A3A3C DE9A1A4C DDAA0A4C L.ªÝL..Þ<:.ÝL:.Ý<J{ÜLKkÛL[jÜ<z[Û 0001C0 - DB3CD82B CB3CD92B C0CA840D 2CC0CA93 0D3C9B4C D94B8B4C DA4B8B3C DB4B7B4C L{KÛ<.KÚL.KÙL.<..ÊÀ,..ÊÀ+Ù<Ë+Ø<Û 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 33 (00000021), 512 (0200) bytes - - 3DD3CCD1 34CD1C3D D4CCD044 CD0C3DD5 CCCF63CD EC4CD6CC CE730D1C DB4CD72B +×LÛ..sÎÌÖLìÍcÏÌÕ=.ÍDÐÌÔ=.Í4ÑÌÓ= 000000 - D4BC017C 3DCECCD6 E4CC6C3D CFCCD503 CD4C4DD0 CCD413CD 3C4DD1CC D323CD2C ,Í#ÓÌÑM<Í.ÔÌÐMLÍ.ÕÌÏ=lÌäÖÌÎ=|.¼Ô 000020 - 83BCB4DA 84BC039C 4DC9C002 9C3DCAC0 B2D9B4BC B2D9C3BC B2D8D3BC B2D70200 ..ײ¼Óز¼ÃÙ²¼´Ù²ÀÊ=..ÀÉM..¼.Ú´¼. 000040 - 14ACA9DE 33ACA8DD 34ACA8DD 43ACB7DC 44BCB6DB 54BCA6DC 73ACB5DB 74BCB4DB Û´¼tÛµ¬sܦ¼TÛ¶¼DÜ·¬Cݨ¬4ݨ¬3Þ©¬. 000060 - 95C50901 73499CDF 74399CDF 94299CDF A319ACDE A40A9CDF 039CABDE 04ACAADD ݪ¬.Þ«..ß..¤Þ¬.£ß.).ß.9tß.Is..Å. 000080 - D3E88DD1 E99DCFF9 ADCEF8BD CD080113 B89CDF14 999CDF34 898C1030 85C7F94D MùÇ.0...4ß...ß.¸...ͽøÎùÏ.éÑ.èÓ 0000A0 - BDBAC0B3 9DC699A3 9DCA6994 8DCE5883 8DD22874 8DD4C0D7 68ADD6A8 8DD5C88D .ÈÕ.¨Öh×ÀÔ.t(Ò..XÎ..iÊ.£.Æ.³Àº½ 0000C0 - 0E25F1F4 032124D0 31303840 38303840 38303830 1500BC4C 11807C3C DFCEC3C4 ÄÃÎß<|..L¼..0808@808@801Ð$!.ôñ%. 0000E0 - D0407658 3A1C5610 3C5A78F6 0C649ED6 7ED85EDA 3E1CED8E 103C5A78 4668F569 iõhFxZ<..í.>Ú^Ø~Ö.d.öxZ<.V.:Xv@Ð 000100 - 10DC3EDA 5ED87ED6 9E64FE0C 76583A1C 56103C5A 78464AF5 690E25F1 F4033C24 $<.ôñ%.iõJFxZ<.V.:Xv.þd.Ö~Ø^Ú>Ü. 000120 - B32559E3 B31669B3 2559E2B5 4339A667 F985606F D4DE0B23 D9704076 583A1C8E ..:Xv@pÙ#.ÞÔo`.ùg¦9CµâY%³i.³ãY%³ 000140 - E3B31669 B32559E2 B31669B3 2559E3B3 1669B325 59E2B316 69B32559 E2B31669 i.³âY%³i.³âY%³i.³ãY%³i.³âY%³i.³ã 000160 - 69B32559 E2B31669 B32559E2 B31669B3 2559E3B3 1669B325 59E2B316 69B32559 Y%³i.³âY%³i.³ãY%³i.³âY%³i.³âY%³i 000180 - 59B31669 B32559E4 B31669B3 25599728 0120D495 2559E2B3 1669B325 59E3B316 .³ãY%³i.³âY%.Ô .(.Y%³i.³äY%³i.³Y 0001A0 - B32559E2 B31669B3 2559E2B3 1669B325 59E3B316 69B32559 E295D482 12009725 %....Ô.âY%³i.³ãY%³i.³âY%³i.³âY%³ 0001C0 - E3B31669 B32559E2 B31669B3 2559E3B3 1669B325 59E2B316 69B32559 E3B31669 i.³ãY%³i.³âY%³i.³ãY%³i.³âY%³i.³ã 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 34 (00000022), 512 (0200) bytes - - 39B52559 E2B31669 B32559E3 B31669B3 2559E2B3 1669B325 59E2B316 69B32559 Y%³i.³âY%³i.³âY%³i.³ãY%³i.³âY%µ9 000000 - BA665D59 BA866D65 BBA54DCB 5BDCB0BF F37DB56F F978606F D4DE0B25 F7A1A643 C¦¡÷%.ÞÔo`xùoµ}ó¿°Ü[ËM¥»em.ºY]fº 000020 - C5797BB8 997CB796 8BCC567B B8E85CB5 966BD135 6BB9365D B2957BD4 0200145B [...Ô{.²]6¹k5Ñk.µ\è¸{VÌ..·|.¸{yÅ 000040 - A86BD57B A48BB936 B0A845BA 986B81B7 28A47BB9 16D66B42 B9970B1B ACB897AB «.¸¬...¹BkÖ.¹{¤(·.k.ºE¨°6¹.¤{Õk¨ 000060 - D49BCF6B C3D49BBC 553CBDC8 6BC5C48B BB664CBC F8BA266B B4C48BBA 85B73ABB »:·.º.Ä´k&ºø¼Lf».ÄÅkȽ<U¼.ÔÃkÏ.Ô 000080 - D49BC2E5 4BBD196C BED49BC0 F64BBDF9 BF064CBD F95BC1D4 9BBE164C BDD96BC2 ÂkÙ½L.¾.ÔÁ[ù½L.¿ù½KöÀ.Ô¾l.½KåÂ.Ô 0000A0 - BB986CB9 C48BC7A6 4BBCF8C6 B64BBC68 5CBCD38B C5B64BBD 396CBCD4 9B2F6CBD ½l/.Ô¼l9½K¶Å.Ó¼\h¼K¶Æø¼K¦Ç.Ĺl.» 0000C0 - 746BD086 4BB7F75C B8847BCE 864BB9C7 6CB8A47B CC864BBA A86CB9A4 8BCAA53B ;¥Ê.¤¹l¨ºK.Ì{¤¸lǹK.Î{.¸\÷·K.Ðkt 0000E0 - 866B65DA 865B59D9 764BB175 6DB8245B D6854BB3 466DB754 6BD2864B B5176DB7 ·m.µK.ÒkT·mF³K.Ö[$¸mu±KvÙY[.Úek. 000100 - 956BD795 A56BD856 A66BDAB4 BBD50DCB 6BDFD76B 2F60BB17 01A60BFB 5DB9B4DC Ü´¹]û.¦..»`/k×ßkË.Õ»´Úk¦VØk¥.×k. 000120 - 7BB9F54C B7876BCF 746BB816 4DB5876B D1546BB8 364DB396 5BD5245B B9564DB1 ±MV¹[$Õ[.³M6¸kTÑk.µM.¸ktÏk.·Lõ¹{ 000140 - 8BBAF6C7 C48BB996 3CBBA85B CAA48BB9 A64CBA88 6BCBA47B B9C64CB9 876BCD84 .Ík.¹Lƹ{¤Ëk.ºL¦¹.¤Ê[¨»<.¹.ÄÇöº. 000160 - 9BBE164C BDE95BC2 D49BBD26 4CBDC96B C34FBDB9 6BC5D38B BC654CBC B86BC6C4 ÄÆk¸¼Le¼.ÓÅk¹½OÃkɽL&½.ÔÂ[é½L.¾. 000180 - 585CBCD4 9BC3C64B BD296CBD 4FBD196C BED49BC1 F54BBD09 6CBFD49B BF06FCD4 Ôü.¿.Ô¿l.½KõÁ.Ô¾l.½O½l)½KÆÃ.Ô¼\X 0001A0 - B76CB9A4 8BCA964B BA986CBA B38BC9A5 4BBC786C BAC48BC6 F6BBC48B C5C63BBD ½;ÆÅ.Ä»öÆ.ĺlx¼K¥É.³ºl.ºK.Ê.¤¹l· 0001C0 - 6BD4854B B5266DB8 547BD086 4BB7066D B8747BCE 864BB8E7 5CB9947B CC864BBA ºK.Ì{.¹\ç¸K.Î{t¸m.·K.Ð{T¸m&µK.Ôk 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 35 (00000023), 512 (0200) bytes - - 30C0307B 1130BDB0 DEA54BCB 5DB956A6 6DB89585 6DB8145B D7864BB2 556DB834 4¸mU²K.×[.¸m..¸m¦V¹]ËK¥Þ°½0.{0À0 000000 - C4C3E303 6D3E6334 8233A122 1DD3212D 2ED13F5C 7A984667 F52B1025 F1F40327 '.ôñ%.+õgF.z\?Ñ.-!Ó."¡3.4c>m.ãÃÄ 000020 - 3CD06FF3 951F341F 8A05288A B01BD202 3D3C4C4B 3C3C4C3C 3CCF0200 F34C3CCF Ï<Ló..Ï<<L<<KL<=.Ò.°.(...4..óoÐ< 000040 - F6CCF6CD D56CCDD5 6CCDD55C CDD65CCD E54CCED5 5CCEE44C CEE44CCF F33CCFF3 óÏ<óÏLäÎLäÎ\ÕÎLåÍ\ÖÍ\ÕÍlÕÍlÕÍöÌö 000060 - CCAE8CE7 CA58BE7C CB38BE7C BF8CCB27 BE8CCB27 BE7CCF6C CCF7CCC6 7CCCF6CC ÌöÌ|ÆÌ÷ÌlÏ|¾'Ë.¾'Ë.¿|¾8Ë|¾XÊç.®Ì 000080 - F6CEF6CD D76CCDF7 CDD67CDF 7CE2CCC8 7CE2CCC8 7CCF8CE3 CCC78CE5 CC78BE9C .¾xÌå.ÇÌã.Ï|ÈÌâ|ÈÌâ|ß|ÖÍ÷Íl×ÍöÎö 0000A0 - 133DD113 3DD0044D D0044DCF F55CCFF4 5CCFE56C CEF55CCE E65CCEE6 5CCEF6CE ÎöÎ\æÎ\æÎ\õÎlåÏ\ôÏ\õÏM.ÐM.Ð=.Ñ=. 0000C0 - CEE65CCF F54CCFF5 5CCF044D D0044DD0 133DD113 3D6FF995 1F341F8A 05298AB8 ¸.)...4..ùo=.Ñ=.ÐM.ÐM.Ï\õÏLõÏ\æÎ 0000E0 - CF8CCC27 CE8CCC27 DE7CDF6C CDF7CDD6 7CCDF6CE F6CEF6CE E56CCEE5 6CCEF55C \õÎlåÎlåÎöÎöÎöÍ|ÖÍ÷Ílß|Þ'Ì.Î'Ì.Ï 000100 - 7CE2CBB8 7CE2CBB8 7CBF8CE3 CBB78CE5 CAA87C9E CCBE8CE7 CC58CE7C CC38CE7C |Î8Ì|ÎXÌç.¾Ì.|¨Êå.·Ëã.¿|¸Ëâ|¸Ëâ| 000120 - D55CCEE4 5CCDD56C CDD55CCD D65CCDD6 5CCDF6CC F6CCF6CC C76CCCF7 CCC67CBF ¿|ÆÌ÷ÌlÇÌöÌöÌöÍ\ÖÍ\ÖÍ\ÕÍlÕÍ\äÎ\Õ 000140 - 1E80E71E 602040DA 6FF84032 434C1F07 2A8BC0D0 F33CCFF3 3CCFE44C CEE44CCE ÎLäÎLäÏ<óÏ<óÐÀ.*..LC2@øoÚ@ `.ç.. 000160 - 7C746CD0 48083D9C 961CACA6 DA6B8BCD C61A086D D028266D D246336D D3C36DE3 ãmÃÓm3FÒm&(Ðm..ÆÍ.kÚ¦¬...=.HÐlt| 000180 - 13307D01 BC01F81B C017303D 01D7DF19 14B9AD42 A2D84944 59AD45A5 D16B64AB «dkÑ¥EYDIØ¢B¹..ß×.=0.À.ø.¼.}0. 0001A0 - DA6ACAC1 69C9038D 84D0C647 C7BA46B6 D15A545A 9D4494D8 2A24BA9D 4191DFD7 ×ß.A.º$*Ø.D.ZTZѶFºÇGÆÐ...ÉiÁÊjÚ 0001C0 - 140B2B18 80DA0402 E60178EE 0136CE3D D3363D64 D2266D82 D0068DA1 6C8CBDB6 ¶½.l¡..Ð.m&Òd=6Ó=Î6.îx.æ..Ú..+.. 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 36 (00000024), 512 (0200) bytes - - F52B0F25 F1F4032C 2DC0103B DBF5EAB2 DDF10BD1 1D5BAFBE 3DB251F9 5958673D =gXYùQ²=¾¯[.Ñ.ñݲêõÛ;.À-,.ôñ%.+õ 000000 - B3B3B4B3 B4B3B4F3 3BE23B4B 3E6C3E62 3481032D D1211DD1 E3022D4C 6A98450D .E.jL-.ãÑ.!Ñ-..4b>l>K;â;ó´³´³´³³ 000020 - B5A04076 583A1C56 103C5A78 460DF50E 0E25F1F4 032E13D0 02001AD1 C2B3A4B4 ´¤³ÂÑ...Ð...ôñ%..õ.FxZ<.V.:Xv@.µ 000040 - 365D3F6D D3F5D336 5D3F6DD3 F5D3365D D36FD325 5E3DD56F F9953443 4C1F072F /..LC4.ùoÕ=^%ÓoÓ]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6 000060 - 6DD3F5D3 365D3F6D D3F5D336 5D3F6DD3 F5D3365D 3F6DD3F5 D3365D3F 6DD3F5D3 ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm 000080 - 6DD3F5D3 365D3F6D D3F5D336 5D3F6DD3 F5D3365D 3F6DD3F5 D3365DE2 D3365D3F ?]6Óâ]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm 0000A0 - 6DD3F5D3 365DE2D3 365D3F6D D3F5D336 5D3F6DD3 F5D3365D 3F6DD3F5 D3365D3F ?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6Óâ]6ÓõÓm 0000C0 - D3365D3F 6DD3F5D3 365D3F6D D3F5D336 5D3F6DD3 F5D3365D 3F6DD3F5 D3365D3F ?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6Ó 0000E0 - F5400E25 F1F4033A 1FD0503D D5253E6D D3F5D336 5D3F6DD3 F5D3365D 3F6DD3F5 õÓm?]6ÓõÓm?]6ÓõÓm>%Õ=PÐ.:.ôñ%.@õ 000100 - 0E25F1F4 033B35D0 4076583A 1C56103C 5A782620 0076583A 1C56103C 5A78463F ?FxZ<.V.:Xv. &xZ<.V.:Xv@Ð5;.ôñ%. 000120 - E3A4B3E6 13463B2C 1D2C102D 2E3B5A88 25200076 583A1C56 103C5A78 463FF55D ]õ?FxZ<.V.:Xv. %.Z;.-.,.,;F.泤ã 000140 - 02900FD2 2B2EF913 58673D14 0B3D1260 192D3B4A 3A3AAFA3 A4F33AAF A423AEA3 £®#¤¯:󤣯::J;-.`.=..=gX.ù.+Ò... 000160 - BF868DB9 B8ADB10A 01BF1690 DB01B1CB 68F96A58 673D140B 4087A120 BD920FB1 ±..½ ¡.@..=gXjùh˱.Û..¿..±¸¹..¿ 000180 - E54BDB04 4CD9244C D7444CD5 645CD185 5CCFA55C CDC56CC9 F65CC725 6DC3566D mVÃm%Ç\öÉlÅÍ\¥Ï\.Ñ\dÕLD×L$ÙL.ÛKå 0001A0 - A94BB3C5 8BBB5BB4 E44BDB4B B6048CC0 744B1340 B81401A4 4BDFB45B DDC55BDB Û[ÅÝ[´ßK¤..¸@.KtÀ..¶KÛKä´[».ųK© 0001C0 - 49B9948B B7A4945B B8784B5A B9658BB7 054BBA45 7BB9144B BB068BBA 244BBC76 v¼K$º..»K.¹{EºK.·.e¹ZKx¸[.¤·..¹I 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 37 (00000025), 512 (0200) bytes - - B0C1594B 45B0B0C0 594B46B8 F49BB564 844BBE69 4B47B8D4 8BB68494 4BBB784B Kx»K..¶.Ô¸GKi¾K.dµ.ô¸FKYÀ°°EKYÁ° 000000 - 1424ABC4 3A4BE242 B24A9CB4 2424ABC3 4A4B3F14 ABC3494B 4F14ABC2 594B44B1 ±DKY«.OKIë.?KJë$$´.J²BâK:Ä«$. 000020 - B34AACB3 14E234AB C44A8BB3 5A9CB438 ABC53A0B EB380200 ABC5498B B34AACB4 ´¬J³.IÅ«..8ë.:Å«8´.Z³.JÄ«4â.³¬J³ 000040 - 2A9CB534 24ABC349 4B33B33A 9CB43433 ABC34A4B 41B33AAC B41434AB C4494B41 AKIÄ«4.´¬:³AKJë34´.:³3KIë$4µ.* 000060 - 46B1B2BD 684B36B2 B1BE694B 35B2B1BF 594B44B2 B0C0594B 44B2B0C1 594B43B2 ²CKYÁ°²DKYÀ°²DKY¿±²5Ki¾±²6Kh½²±F 000080 - 4B4A9955 B4974B3A AA53B678 5B48B029 858BB784 139B42B9 784B47B1 B3BB784B Kx»³±GKx¹B...·..)°H[x¶Sª:K.´U.JK 0000A0 - 402A402A 40B9B78B C0642B5B 4BDB4BB4 B5B1B8BB 255B946A 97BA144B 9767B0A8 ¨°g.K.º.j.[%»¸±µ´KÛK[+dÀ.·¹@*@*@ 0000C0 - 860CBB6C C4195DC0 4A6DBC99 5DB9C95D B7F85D2A 402A402A 402A4029 50295029 )P)P)@*@*@*@*]ø·]ɹ].¼mJÀ].Äl».. 0000E0 - 9A55EDAF 6FF19513 25F1F403 5B0D4870 5C6B01C0 DEC7D7B5 B41A2DEB 8BCCB0C6 Æ°Ì.ë-.´µ×ÇÞÀ.k\pH.[.ôñ%..ño¯íU. 000100 - 032DD2B1 67F72B10 25F1F403 6030C0F0 9A55EDAA 6FFE9513 25F1F403 5D0D48A0 .H.].ôñ%..þoªíU.ðÀ0`.ôñ%.+÷g±Ò-. 000120 - 132D2F1D E2D3212D 1A332843 36033DE6 3CE34C3C CFC4F33C CFC3C4C3 C3B4C4C3 ÃÄ´ÃÃÄÃÏ<óÄÏ<Lã<æ=.6C(3.-!Óâ./-. 000140 - D11CCDD1 1BCDD11B CDD13A9D D3586DD8 5268F21D 19434C1F 071234C0 6489A7C5 ŧ.dÀ4...LC..òhRØmXÓ.:ÑÍ.ÑÍ.ÑÍ.Ñ 000160 - 1F071334 C030914D D7766DD6 677DD657 8DD5588D D4499DD3 3AADD32A BDD22BBD ½+Ò½*Ó:Ó.IÔ.XÕ.WÖ}gÖmv×M.0À4... 000180 - D21AADD1 1ABDD00B BDD0CC0C BDD00CBD D01CADD2 498DD586 2DD568E5 1D19434C LC..åhÕ-.Õ.IÒ.н.н.Ìн.н.Ñ.Ò 0001A0 - 32DD135E F0112243 4C1F0714 2DC0D8A1 4DD7566D D5477DD4 478DD338 8DD3299D .)Ó.8Ó.GÔ}GÕmV×M¡ØÀ-...LC".ð^.Ý2 0001C0 - 1160DEC8 ADDA8C1D 6D3D4D7D 74D168B8 8898C777 177D75D3 37577D61 D916B44D M´.Ùa}W7Óu}.wÇ..¸hÑt}M=m..ÚÈÞ`. 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 38 (00000026), 512 (0200) bytes - - 4C47CEF4 45D0F434 D233244D 32D413E3 633DE567 F31C2843 4C1F0715 36B8302D -0¸6...LC(.ógå=cã.Ô2M$3Ò4ôÐEôÎGL 000000 - 1F071609 18C4182D CC6C9C8C 7CAC5C8C 88C3077C C1466C6B C6A6855C 59CA85C4 Ä.ÊY\.¦ÆklFÁ|.Ã..\¬|..lÌ-.Ä..... 000020 - 45D064B5 7576A6D2 D0D0D4A7 68DC1B1B 6486AD0A 02001733 C0DE54F7 0430434C LC0.÷TÞÀ3.....d..Üh§ÔÐÐÒ¦vuµdÐE 000040 - C07AD4D0 D0D26A67 575B46D0 54244D43 D4F432D6 13644DE6 31D62344 4D3F244D M$?MD#Ö1æMd.Ö2ôÔCM$TÐF[WgjÒÐÐÔzÀ 000060 - 7BBDD88A BDD83AAE ADAFADD9 9BCDD99C 1D7DCDD9 4ABEFEEF 1B203BB5 54061829 )..Tµ; .ïþ¾JÙÍ}..ÙÍ.Ù¯®:ؽ.ؽ{ 000080 - C2C3C2C6 9B9CCCF5 3CD039FE 102025F1 F4032025 B01210D0 D6A96DDC 154DCDD6 ÖÍM.Üm©ÖÐ..°% .ôñ% .þ9Ð<õÌ..ÆÂà0000A0 - 20D366F0 1623434C 1F075E38 C0D1F25C CDA7BCC6 C2C4C2C3 C2C3C2C4 C2C3C2C4 ÄÂÃÂÄÂÃÂÃÂÄÂƼ§Í\òÑÀ8^..LC#.ðfÓ 0000C0 - 6D56D585 355D5AD1 B5C6C6A6 166D68D3 66566D64 D72696CD BFADDDF8 6D114013 .@.møÝ¿Í.&×dmVfÓhm.¦ÆƵÑZ]5.ÕVm 0000E0 - 1C56103C 5A784663 F50E0E25 F1F4035F 13D013DF 41D33D52 DB15966D 62D74656 VF×bm..ÛR=ÓAß.Ð._.ôñ%..õcFxZ<.V. 000100 - ACF5BB5B CA6AE209 9D88D198 366D2CD7 A268EF1C 26434C1F 077D41C0 4076583A :Xv@ÀA}..LC&.ïh¢×,m6.Ñ...âjÊ[»õ¬ 000120 - 6AD3A645 5D6AD3F6 69D39627 7D8F188D 78D28718 8D97D079 188D97D0 F9A6ACA5 ¥¬¦ùÐ...yÐ....Òx...}'.ÓiöÓj]E¦Ój 000140 - 5D7D442D 8D630D8D 849D1CDB C562F50E 2C434C1F 077E31C0 3CD6034D D5B4455D ]E´ÕM.Ö<À1~..LC,.õbÅÛ.....c.-D}] 000160 - 077F27C0 C0B51D9C D884D0D6 83D2D474 D5D075D7 5B87028D 8585D082 577B7D05 .}{W.Ð.....[×uÐÕtÔÒ.ÖÐ.Ø..µÀÀ'.. 000180 - 1BBDC3D1 2CD00C1D D11C3D1E D00C2D1C CDB3D15B 588D58D7 5563F30E 28434C1F .LC(.ócU×X.X[ѳÍ.-.Ð.=.Ñ..Ð,Ñý. 0001A0 - 6668981A 5D9CCCD4 C2C1C7D9 88BCD768 FD69514E 2E4F080B 75B05075 5D88D558 XÕ.]uP°u..O.NQiýh×¼.ÙÇÁÂÔÌ.]..hf 0001C0 - 9C9CC3C0 299C9CC4 C0388C9C C59BC2C8 79AC189C 8CC98918 759CCB96 37379CCE Î.77.Ë.u..É...¬yÈÂ.Å..8ÀÄ..)ÀÃ.. 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 39 (00000027), 512 (0200) bytes - - ACD6EBAC C2260CDC 9CC2181C BCACC10A 1CBC9CC1 C02AACAC C1C02AAC 9CC2C039 9ÀÂ.¬*ÀÁ¬¬*ÀÁ.¼..Á¬¼..Â.Ü.&¬ëÖ¬ 000000 - 67A05B7D D2E4C9C3 CBC2D3C0 CDC0D5FA AC17E0C7 2C40CEAC CF9AECD6 FA9CD7F9 ù×.úÖì.ϬÎ@,Çà.¬úÕÀÍÀÓÂËÃÉäÒ}[.g 000020 - 4CBD494C BB686CB7 896CB4B9 8CA9CFBC D2B80200 D8B0C868 FD69434A E3E9070C ..éãJCiýhÈ°Ø..¸Ò¼Ï©.¹´l.·lh»LI½L 000040 - BEAA1BDB ABBAB1BD B91BCBAB BBB1BCC9 1BBBABBC B0BCE9AB BBF99BBB 097CBC29 )¼|.».ù»«é¼°¼«».ɼ±»«Ë.¹½±º«Û.ª¾ 000060 - B1B80AAC D59E0BFB ABB9B1BE 9A3BCBAB B9DEE4AA C0EAADB8 CE6BC1BA 8BC0B9AB «¹À.ºÁkθêÀªäÞ¹«Ë;.¾±¹«û..Õ¬.¸± 000080 - AA161001 1830745D 026C0168 FD69434A E3E9070D 58C0C337 4C8EB3BC B3B6B1BE ¾±¶³¼³.L7ÃÀX..éãJCiýh.l.]t0....ª 0000A0 - BB9DDA9C ADDA9C9D DB8C9DDC 7C9DDD6C 9DDE5C9D DF5B8D11 A0D42901 2A9D14C0 À..*.)Ô...[ß.\Þ.lÝ.|Ü..Û..Ú.Ú.» 0000C0 - D1DAD1D4 CCCDD6EA AD26E0D7 2C40AEEA ADD87EAD DE89ADDD FAD8DA9D D9CAADD9 ÙÊÙ.ÚØúÝ.Þ~Øê®@,×à&êÖÍÌÔÑÚÑ 0000E0 - 8AA91DA0 1DAD0D02 D6D6D526 B0DD6B01 68FD6968 6FD4DE0B 0E9FC011 7011408E .@.p.À...ÞÔohiýh.kÝ°&ÕÖÖ.....©. 000100 - E97DDAD1 DA0901B4 1DAD9D12 40D93894 8D1460D5 49569D16 60D27917 9D1980A9 ©....yÒ`..VIÕ`...8Ù@...´..ÚÑÚ}é 000120 - D0DB99CD DAD1DA9A CDDAD1DA A9CDD9D2 D9AABDDA D2D9C9AD D9D2D9D9 9DD9D2D9 ÙÒÙ.ÙÙÒÙÉÙÒÚ½ªÙÒÙÍ©ÚÑÚÍ.ÚÑÚÍ.ÛÐ 000140 - 05E4AADE EAAD2CA0 DE6AEDDA F6ADDE9A 8DDEEA9D D9CACDDC 8ACDDBD0 DB8ACDDB ÛÍ.ÛÐÛÍ.ÜÍÊÙ.êÞ..ÞöÚíjÞ.,êÞªä. 000160 - 18AD1DAD 1D4DCDDC CCCDD6EA ADDE3A02 7EBDDDEA ADD7CCAD DE7A1DAD ADDE7A1D .zÞ.zÞÌ×êݽ~.:ÞêÖÍÌÜÍM... 000180 - 1100BD8D 0143D7D5 D625C0DD 6B0168FD 69686FD4 DE0B0F88 C0100117 011701E4 ä......À...ÞÔohiýh.kÝÀ%ÖÕ×C..½.. 0001A0 - 4D7D9DDE 5C4D7D9D DF5B8D62 D818014A 9D54D629 012A9D67 D24901AC AA986A01 .j.ª¬.IÒg.*.)ÖT.J..Øb.[ß.}M\Þ.}M 0001C0 - D9CA1DAD ADD9BB1D AD9DDA9C 2D9DADDA 9C2D9D9D DB8C3D8D 9DDC7C4D 7D9DDD6C lÝ.}M|Ü..=.Û..-.Ú.-.Ú..»Ù.ÊÙ 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 40 (00000028), 512 (0200) bytes - - DEEAAD26 E0D75140 AEEAADDE 8AEDD7EA 9DDF89AD DDEAADD8 DABDDD8A ADDDCC9D .ÌÝ.ݽÚØêÝ.ß.ê×í.Þê®@Q×à&êÞ 000000 - 69D74667 FC2B2A43 4C1F0722 5DC01170 11701140 8ED1DAD1 DAD1D4CC CDDC6CAD lÜÍÌÔÑÚÑÚÑ.@.p.p.À]"..LC*+ügF×i 000020 - 4623083D 8233A13C A122BDD2 31ADD321 0200BDD2 E212CDD1 3F1CCDA5 D37A588D .XzÓ¥Í.?ÑÍ.âÒ½..!Ó1Ò½"¡<¡3.=.#F 000040 - DAC3944D 3CDAC3A3 3DCFA33D CF944D3C DAF34CD9 C4A33D3C 3EDA036D 3E63D133 3Ñc>m.Ú><=£ÄÙLóÚ<M.Ï=£Ï=£ÃÚ<M.ÃÚ 000060 - 0F23FF08 232C88BF 042D0AB8 B0C11DD2 B22DD0A3 3D3CDAC3 944D4BD9 C4A33D3C <=£ÄÙKM.ÃÚ<=£Ð-²Ò.Á°¸.-.¿.,#..#. 000080 - 3D3CDAC3 944D4BD9 C4A33D3C DA032DDB 221DDCB1 67EC2B2A 434C1F07 5C5DC0C0 ÀÀ]\..LC*+ìg±Ü."Û-.Ú<=£ÄÙKM.ÃÚ<= 0000A0 - 36136D33 D0A33DE6 3CDA33CE 944D3CDA F34CD9C4 A33DCFA3 3DCFA33D 4CD9C4A3 £ÄÙL=£Ï=£Ï=£ÄÙLóÚ<M.Î3Ú<æ=£Ð3m.6 0000C0 - 766D89D5 783AADC5 D13CD11C 2D2FBDD2 213EADD3 21BDD2A2 31AC3183 32D02843 C(Ð2.1¬1¢Ò½!Ó>!Ò½/-.Ñ<ÑÅ:xÕ.mv 0000E0 - 6E656469 0EF0800F 28000384 85983E0E 7C0A38D5 28000342 434C1F07 7B090840 @..{..LCB..(Õ8.|.>.....(..ð.iden 000100 - 78657420 58655420 656D6568 6373676E 69646F63 15F0524D 43207265 69666974 tifier CMRð.codingscheme TeX tex 000120 - F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F5 0000B600 F4657479 62656361 66746E6F 660CF074 tð.fontfacebyteô.¶..õööööööööööö 000140 - F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 öööööööööööööööööööööööööööööööö 000160 - F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 öööööööööööööööööööööööööööööööö 000180 - F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 öööööööööööööööööööööööööööööööö 0001A0 - F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 öööööööööööööööööööööööööööööööö 0001C0 - F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 öööööööööööööööööööööööööööööööö 0001E0 - -Dump of file DISK11:[ANONYMOUS.TEXT1.FONTS]CMR36.300PK;1 on 27-MAR-1991 10:21:13.78 -File ID (473,1,0) End of file block 41 / Allocated 42 - -Virtual block number 41 (00000029), 512 (0200) bytes - - F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 öööööööööööööööööööööööööööööööö 000000 - F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 öööööööööööööööööööööööööööööööö 000020 - 00000000 00000000 00000000 0000FFFF F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 F6F6F6F6 öööööööööööööööö................ 000040 - 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 000060 - 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 000080 - 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 0000A0 - 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 0000C0 - 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 0000E0 - 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 000100 - 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 000120 - 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 000140 - 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 000160 - 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 000180 - 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 0001A0 - 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 0001C0 - 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 ................................ 0001E0 diff --git a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.240pk b/macros/text1/fonts/dt.240pk Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9bafe234a0..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.240pk +++ /dev/null diff --git a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.300pk b/macros/text1/fonts/dt.300pk Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 137d069175..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.300pk +++ /dev/null diff --git a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.mf b/macros/text1/fonts/dt.mf deleted file mode 100644 index 54722d595d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.mf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -% halftone font with 65 levels of gray, characters "0" (white) to "p" (black) - -pair p[]; % the pixels in order (first p0 becomes black, then p1, etc.) -pair d[]; d[0]=(0,0); d[1]=(1,1); d[2]=(0,1); d[3]=(1,0); % dither control -def wrap(expr z)=(xpart z mod 8,ypart z mod 8) enddef; -for i=0 upto 3: for j=0 upto 3: for k=0 upto 3: - p[16i+4j+k]=wrap(4d[k]+2d[j]+d[i]+(2,2)); endfor endfor endfor - -w#:=8/pt; % that's 8 pixels -font_quad:=w#; designsize:=8w#; - -picture prevchar; prevchar=nullpicture; % pixels blackened so far -for i=0 upto 64: - beginchar(i+ASCII"0",w#,w#,0); currentpicture:=prevchar; - if i>0: addto currentpicture also unitpixel shifted p[i-1]; fi - prevchar:=currentpicture; endchar; -endfor diff --git a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.readme b/macros/text1/fonts/dt.readme deleted file mode 100644 index ef9efd8f5d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.readme +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -DT is a font suggested by Don Knuth and illustrated in TUGboat V8N2. It contains -65 levels of gray from white to black. - -To create a new version of font dt, you must run MF on the file dt300.mf. If, -for example, you want a different resolution than 300dpi, you could copy -dt300.mf to dt240.mf, modify the pixels_per_inch to reflect 240dpi, and then -run MF on dt240. When done, rename the 240gf and tfm files to be dt instead of -dt240 (or waits). diff --git a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.tfm b/macros/text1/fonts/dt.tfm Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4179f63cc2..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/fonts/dt.tfm +++ /dev/null diff --git a/macros/text1/fonts/dt240.mf b/macros/text1/fonts/dt240.mf deleted file mode 100644 index 27521240d1..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/fonts/dt240.mf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -% halftone font dithered -mode_setup; -font_coding_scheme:="TEX TEXT"; -if (pixels_per_inch<>240) or (mag<>1): - errmessage "Sorry, this font is only for resolution 240"; - errmessage "Abort the run now or you'll clobber the TFM file"; - forever: endfor -else: input dt fi -if fontmaking>0: font_family font_identifier_; - coding_scheme font_coding_scheme_; fi -end. - diff --git a/macros/text1/fonts/dt300.mf b/macros/text1/fonts/dt300.mf deleted file mode 100644 index ed44f467b0..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/fonts/dt300.mf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -% halftone font dithered -mode_setup; -font_coding_scheme:="TEX TEXT"; -if (pixels_per_inch<>300) or (mag<>1): - errmessage "Sorry, this font is only for resolution 300"; - errmessage "Abort the run now or you'll clobber the TFM file"; - forever: endfor -else: input dt fi -if fontmaking>0: font_family font_identifier_; - coding_scheme font_coding_scheme_; fi -end. - diff --git a/macros/text1/macintosh/texix.macinfo b/macros/text1/macintosh/texix.macinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 2de62e24e6..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macintosh/texix.macinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -To create a new application on the Macintosh for the TEXT1 sorted index, you -must TANGLE the TEXIX.WEB file (found in the directory TEXIX) with the -TEXIX.TURBOMAC changes file. Then compile the program with Turbo Pascal on your -Macintosh. It requires Turbo Pascal and Turbo Toolbox to compile. diff --git a/macros/text1/macintosh/texix.turbomac b/macros/text1/macintosh/texix.turbomac deleted file mode 100644 index 8e6ecaaa49..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macintosh/texix.turbomac +++ /dev/null @@ -1,591 +0,0 @@ -% Version 1.0; Dean Guenther; 4/1/86 -% Version 1.1; Dean Guenther; 12/87 -% Version 1.2; Dean Guenther; 6/28/88 -These are the changes necessary to use TEXIX with Turbo mac pascal. - -@x line 6 - \centerline{{\twelvept For IBM VM/CMS Pascal/VS}} -@y - \centerline{{\twelvept For Macintosh Turbo Pascal}} -@z - -@x line 68 -\def\PASCAL{{\sc PASCAL/VS}} -@y -\def\PASCAL{{\sc Macintosh Turbo Pascal}} -@z - -@x line 87 -@ The @^TEXIX@> -program is written entirely in WEB, except for an external -procedure, {\it plsort}, which is written in @^PL/1@> PL/1. -This was necessary since -\PASCAL\ cannot call -@:plsort@> -Syncsort @^SYNCSORT@> -to do an internal sort, and PL/1 can. -@y -@ The @^TEXIX@> -program is written entirely in WEB, except for an internal -sort which uses the TURBO Pascal DataBase Toolbox sort. -This was necessary since -\PASCAL\ cannot itself do a sort. -@z - -@x line 107 -segment texix; -procedure texix(ix:char); external; -procedure texix; -@y -program texix; -@{$U Sort@} -uses sane, MemTypes, QuickDraw, OSIntf, Sort, toolintf; @/ -@{It is required to convert all @@ into a shift-6 \^ {} before -compiling this with turbo pascal@} @{ There is one exception, -the line at the bottom that calls the Sort routine should retain -the at signs.@} - -@z - -@x line 119 -@<Global Var...@>= -sysprint:text; -@!ix_file :text; -@y -@<Global Var...@>= -sysprint:text; -@!ix_file :text; -@!curslist:CursorList; -@!total_recs:integer; -@!clock_time:integer; -@z - -@x line 123 -@ The {\it sort\_file} is used for the internal sort only. The \text1\ user -never has access to it. - -@<Global Var...@>= -@!sort_file :file of sort_type; -@y -@ The {\it sort\_file} used with Pascal/VS is not needed in \PASCAL. -@z - -@x line 136 -@d dosubstr == substr -@d doindex == index -@y -@d dosubstr == copy -@d doindex == getindex -@z - -@x line 142 -@d getout == return -@d messages == sysprint -@y -@d getout == exit -@d messages == output -@z - -@x line 147 -@d max_field = 300 -@d max_levels = 3 -@d max_lrecl = 2048 -@y -@d max_field = 255 -@d max_levels = 3 -@d max_lrecl = 255 -@z - -@x line 147 -in_record := dosubstr(in_record,1 + #) -@y -in_record := dosubstr(in_record,1 + #,length(in_record)) -@z - -@x line 160 -@d string_type(#) == string(#) -@y -@d string_type(#) == string[#] -@z - -@x line 206 -@ This is arbitrary, but -there should never be more than 8 indicies. - -@d s_file_number == '9' -@y -@ The variable {\it s\_file\_number} is not used in \PASCAL\ and -is omitted here. -@z - -@x line 253 - ccat := x ccat_temp y; -@y - ccat := concat(x,y); -@z - -@x line 277 -@p procedure reset_file(file_number:char); -begin -if file_number = '9' then reset(sort_file, -'NAME=TEXT1$$.OUTSORT.A,LRECL=1857,RECFM=V') -else reset(ix_file, -ccat(ccat('NAME=TEXT1$$.IX',str(file_number)),'.A')); -end; -@y -@p procedure reset_file(file_number:char); -begin -@{$I-@} -reset(ix_file, -ccat('TEXT1$$.IX',file_number)); -@{$I+@} -if ioresult <> 0 then -begin -writeln(messages,^G, -' -- Cannot find file ',ccat('TEXT1$$.IX',file_number)); -halt; -end; -end; - -function getindex(x:string_pass;y:string_pass):integer; -begin - getindex := pos(y,x); - end; - -function trim(object:string_pass):string_pass; -var i:integer; -new_string:string_pass; -begin -i:=length(object)+1; -repeat - decr(i); - until (object[i] <> ' ') or (i=1); -if (object[i] = ' ') and (i=1) -then new_string:='' -else new_string:=copy(object,1,i); -trim:=new_string; -end; -@z - -@x line 292 -@p procedure file_rewrite(file_number:char); -begin -if file_number = '9' -then -rewrite(sort_file,'NAME=TEXT1$$.INSORT.A,LRECL=1857,RECFM=V') -else -rewrite(ix_file, -ccat(ccat('NAME=TEXT1$$.IX',str(file_number)), -'.A,LRECL=2048,RECFM=V')); -end; -@y -@p procedure file_rewrite(file_number:char); -begin -rewrite(ix_file, -ccat('TEXT1$$.IX',file_number)); -end; -@z - -@x line 343 -@ @<Global Types@>= -@!string_pass=string_type(max_lrecl); -@y -@ @<Global Types@>= -@!CursorList = array[iBeamCursor..watchCursor] of CursHandle; -@!string_pass=string_type(max_lrecl); -@z - -@x line 444 -@ The {\it get\_numeric} -function will take a packed array of length max\_pn\_alpha and convert -that array (which is really the page number) into an integer. - -@p function get_numeric(x_string:string_type(max_pn_alpha)):integer; -var @!i:integer; -begin -readstr(x_string,i); -get_numeric:=i; -end; -@y -@ This function is needed to put the string to be converted by -get\_numeric into the upper right portion of the string to be -converted. - -@p function shift_right(in_string:string_pass):decstr; -var i,j:integer; temp:pn_alpha_type; -begin - j:=0; - repeat incr(j); {find the first blank} - until (in_string[j] = ' ') or (in_string[j] = '') or - (j >= length(in_string)); - for i:= 1 to sizeof(temp)-1 do temp[i]:=' '; - for i:=1 to j do temp[sizeof(temp)-j+i]:=in_string[i]; - shift_right:=temp; - end; - -@ The {\it get\_numeric} -function will take a packed array of length max\_pn\_alpha and convert -that array (which is really the page number) into an integer. - -@p function get_numeric(x_string:string_pass):integer; -var @!i:integer; -begin -get_numeric:=num2integer(str2num(shift_right(x_string))); -end; -@z - -@x line 459 -@p procedure strvalue(x:integer; var results:pass_pn_alpha); -var -temp:string_type(max_pn_alpha); -begin -writestr(temp,x); -results:=ltrim(temp); -end; -@y -@p procedure strvalue(X:integer; var results:pass_pn_alpha); -var temp:decstr; - y:extended; - f:decform; - i,qq:integer; -begin - f.style := fixeddecimal; - f.digits:=0; - y:=num2extended(x); - for i := 1 to decstrlen do temp[i] := ' '; - num2str(f,y,temp); - i:=1; - results:=temp; - end; -@z - -@x line 470 -@p function strconv(x:pn_alpha_type):string_type(max_pn_alpha); -var i:integer; -temp:string_type(max_pn_alpha); -begin -temp:='';i := 1; -with sort_record do begin -repeat -if x[i] <> ' ' then -temp := ccat(temp,str(x[i])); -incr(i); -until (i > max_pn_alpha) or (x[i] = ' '); -end; -strconv:=temp; -end; -@y -@p function strconv(x:pn_alpha_type):pass_pn_alpha; -var i:integer; -temp:string_type(max_pn_alpha); -begin -temp:='';i := 1; -with sort_record do begin -repeat -if x[i] <> ' ' then -temp := ccat(temp,x[i]); -incr(i); -until (i > max_pn_alpha) or (x[i] = ' '); -end; -strconv:=temp; -end; -@z - -@x line 626 -@ The {\it plsort} procedure is written in PL/1 to call the CMS sort program -Syncsort. This was necessary since you cannot call Syncsort from PASCAL/VS. -The fields to be sorted are defined internally in the {\it plsort} -program. This should be the same as the three sort fields in {\it sort\_type}. -@:sort_type@> -@:plsort@> @^PL/1@> -@^Syncsort@> - -@p procedure plsort(var sort_rc:integer); fortran; -@y -@ The {\it LessRec} function is used by Turbo Pascal Database Toolbox's -Sort routine. It returns true if record ``x'' is less than record ``y''. -The record {\it sort\_type} is used for comparison. -@:sort_type@> - -@p function LessRec(var x,y :sort_type):boolean; -var Lower :boolean; -begin Lower := (x.sort_part[1].field_level < y.sort_part[1].field_level); -if not Lower then begin {x $\ge$ y} -Lower := (x.sort_part[1].field_level = y.sort_part[1].field_level); -if Lower then begin {x = y} -Lower := (x.sort_part[2].field_level < y.sort_part[2].field_level); -if not Lower then begin {x $\ge$ y} -Lower := (x.sort_part[2].field_level = y.sort_part[2].field_level); -if Lower then begin {x = y} -Lower := (x.sort_part[3].field_level < y.sort_part[3].field_level); -if not Lower then begin {x $\ge$ y} -Lower := (x.sort_part[3].field_level = y.sort_part[3].field_level); -if Lower then begin {x = y} -Lower := (x.abs_page_number < y.abs_page_number); -if not Lower then begin {x $\ge$ y} -Lower := (x.abs_page_number = y.abs_page_number); -if Lower then begin {x = y} -Lower := (x.page_number < y.page_number); -if not Lower then begin {x $\ge$ y} -Lower := (x.page_number = y.page_number); -if Lower then {x = y} -Lower := (x.record_type < y.record_type); -end; end; end; end; end; end; end; end; end; -LessRec := Lower; -end; -@z - -@x line 643 -@ This function converts to all uppercase. -Notice that this is an EBCIDIC conversion, not an ASCII conversion -to uppercase. - -@p function upper_case(x:char):char; -var temp:char; -begin - if (ord(x)>=129)and(ord(x)<=169) then - temp:=chr(ord(x)+64) - else temp:=x; -upper_case:=temp; -end; -@y -@ This function converts to all uppercase. -Notice that this is an ASCII conversion, not an EBCDIC conversion -to uppercase. - -@p function upper_case(x:char):char; -var temp:char; -begin - if ord(x) >= "a" then - temp:=chr(ord(x)-@'40) - else temp:=x; -upper_case:=temp; -end; -@z - -@x line 719 -@<Get Default Index Values@> -@y -writeln(messages); -writeln(messages,'Reading in the input now...'); -total_recs := 0; -@<Get Default Index Values@> -@z - -@x line 722 -@<Read Next Record@>@/ -@y -@<Read Next Record@>@/ -incr(total_recs);write(total_recs:6);gotoxy(1,6); -@z - -@x line 728 -end;end; -@y -end; -close(ix_file); -writeln(messages); -writeln(messages,'done reading the records. Starting to sort......'); -clock_time := tickcount; -end; -@z - -@x line 738 -if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1) = 'no' -@y -if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1,length(in_record)) - = 'no' -@z - -@x line 744 -if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1) = 'no' -@y -if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1,length(in_record)) - = 'no' -@z - -@x line 867 -@ Ok, the record has been processed, so write it to the output file. - -@<Write Sort Record@>= -sort_file@@:=sort_record; -put(sort_file); -@y -@ Ok, the record has been processed, so write it to the output file -using the procedure defined to Turbo Pascal's Database Toolbox. - -@<Write Sort Record@>= -SortRelease(sort_record); -@z - -@x line 890 -The page number for a blind entry will always be 999999999. - -@<Do Blind Entry@>= -begin remove_characters(6);{Throw away the `\$\{\$\}be'}@/ -i := doindex(in_record,'{$}'); -curr_level:=2; -write_print_chars(i-1); -curr_level:=0; -remove_characters(3);{Throw away the `\{\$\}'} -sort_record.page_number := 999999999; -@y -The page number for a blind entry will always be 9999. - -@<Do Blind Entry@>= -begin remove_characters(6);{Throw away the `\$\{\$\}be'}@/ -i := doindex(in_record,'{$}'); -curr_level:=2; -write_print_chars(i-1); -curr_level:=0; -remove_characters(3);{Throw away the `\{\$\}'} -sort_record.page_number := 9999; -@z - -@x line 976 -str_blind_entry := ccat(str_blind_entry,str(field_level[i])); -@y -str_blind_entry := ccat(str_blind_entry,field_level[i]); -@z - -@x line 996 -@ If the {\it page\_string[1]} is less than zero, its alphabetic and -roman numeral processing is necessary. - -@<Do Sorted Non Blind Entry@>= -with sort_record do begin -if ord(page_string[1]) < ord('0') -@y -@ If the {\it page\_string[1]} is greater - than nine, its alphabetic and -roman numeral processing is necessary. - -@<Do Sorted Non Blind Entry@>= -with sort_record do begin -if ord(page_string[1]) > ord('9') -@z - -@x line 1103 -then curr_str_page:=dosubstr(curr_str_page,2) -@y -then curr_str_page:=dosubstr(curr_str_page,2,length(curr_str_page)) -@z - -@x line 1182 -str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1); -end; -@<Get the Current Print Type of this Page Number@>;@/ -if ord(curr_str_page[1]) < ord('0') {Then its alphabetic} -@y -str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1,length(str_build)); -end; -@<Get the Current Print Type of this Page Number@>;@/ -if ord(curr_str_page[1]) > ord('9') {Then its alphabetic} -@z - -@x line 1195 -str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1); -@y -str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1,length(str_build)); -@z - -@x line 1311 -while not eof(sort_file) do begin -sort_record:=sort_file@@; -get(sort_file); -@y -file_rewrite(ix); -clock_time := tickcount - clock_time;write(^G); -writeln(messages,'It took ',clock_time/60.0:1:4,' seconds to sort ', -total_recs:6,' records.'); -writeln(messages,'Now building the file to be formated with TEXT1...'); -while not SortEOS do begin -SortReturn(sort_record); -@z - -@x line 1524 -@* Main Program. -Ok, here is the main program. First we initialize (all\_blanks); then -set the ix\_file for input and the sort\_file for output; read all of the -entries, processing each one; close the files; sort; read the sorted file -in and build the entries, writing them back to the ix\_file to be read in -by the index markup. WHEW!! - -@p -begin @<Initialize Main@>@/ -termout(messages); -reset_file(ix);@/ -file_rewrite(s_file_number); {Should always be file 9}@/ -read_all_entries;@/ -close(ix_file);@/ -close(sort_file);@/ -@<Sort the Index@>@/ -reset_file(s_file_number);@/ -file_rewrite(ix);@/ -build_sorted_index;@/ -end; -@y -@* Main Program. -Ok, here is the main program. First we initialize (all\_blanks); then -prompt to determine which index to use (1, 2, or 3). -Next call Turbo Pascal's sort routine. And thats it. - WHEW!! - -@p -begin @<Initialize Main@>@/ -write('Which index are you processing (1, 2, or 3)? ');@/ -readln(ix);@/ -if (ix <> '1') and (ix <> '2') and (ix <> '3') then begin -writeln(messages, -'You can only process indexes 1, 2, or 3. Start again.'); -halt; end; -clearscreen;writeln(''); -writeln(messages,'Loading the sort routine....'); -writeln(messages); -reset_file(ix);@/ -for m := iBeamCursor to watchCursor do begin -curslist[m] := getcursor(m); -hlock(handle(curslist[m]));end;setcursor(curslist[watchCursor]^^); -showcursor; -@<Sort the Index@>@/ -hidecursor; -close(ix_file); {ix_file now has the index to be run through \TeX} -write(messages,'Press any key to continue ');readln; -end. -@z - - -@x line 1548 -@ As mentioned earlier, {\it plsort} is an external PL/1 subroutine -@^PL/1@> -@^Syncsort@> -which is used to call Syncsort to sort the file. -The sort fields are as follows: -@y -@ As mentioned earlier, {\it TurboSort} is a Turbo Toolbox Database - subroutine -which is used to sort the index file. -The sort fields are as follows: -@z - -@x line 1562 -sort_rc:integer; -@y -sort_rc:integer; -@!ix:char; -@z - -@x line 1564 -@ @<Sort the Index@>= -plsort(sort_rc); -if sort_rc = 0 - then writeln(messages,'Index Successfully Completed') - else writeln(messages,'Index Failed'); -@y -@ @<Sort the Index@>= -sort_rc := TurboSort(sizeof(sort_type),@@read_all_entries, -@@LessRec, @@build_sorted_index); -if sort_rc = 0 - then writeln(messages,'Index Successfully Completed') - else writeln(messages,'Index Failed'); -@z diff --git a/macros/text1/macintosh/texix_macintosh.readme b/macros/text1/macintosh/texix_macintosh.readme deleted file mode 100644 index 255c6f6d19..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macintosh/texix_macintosh.readme +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -You may unbinhex the file TEXT1_INDEX_SORT.BIN and run that application on a -Macintosh (at least up to system 7). - -To create a new application on the Macintosh for the TEXT1 sorted index, you -must TANGLE the TEXIX.WEB file (found in the directory TEXIX) with the -TEXIX.TURBOMAC changes file. Then compile the program with Turbo Pascal on your -Macintosh. It requires Turbo Pascal and Turbo Toolbox to compile. diff --git a/macros/text1/macintosh/text1_index_sort.bin b/macros/text1/macintosh/text1_index_sort.bin Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index f15a1e7624..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macintosh/text1_index_sort.bin +++ /dev/null diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cgfonts.lclist b/macros/text1/macros/cgfonts.lclist deleted file mode 100644 index 6558013c77..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cgfonts.lclist +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -agb -agbk -agd -agxl -belb -bell -belli -belr -bemb -bemi -bemr -bemsc -bkd -bkdi -bkl -bkli -bodb -bodbi -bodbk -bodbki -bodi -bodr -bodsc -bodxb -bordera -borderb -brush -cenb -ceni -cenr -censc -courier -ctb -cti -ctr -ding -elite -etb -etbi -eti -etr -etsc -etsi -ext -garab -garabi -garai -garar -garasc -garb -garbi -garbk -garbki -garl -garli -garu -garui -gkh -gkhi -gkt -gktb -gkti -heb -hebi -hei -her -hesc -ipa -korb -korbi -kori -korout -korr -korxb -korxbi -modern -mthit -mthitss -mthrm -mthrmss -ocrb -olde -omb -ombi -omi -omr -omsc -park -plb -plbi -pli -plr -plsc -quil -spchar -specials -svd -svdi -svl -svli -svsc -symbola -symbolb -symlogo -tifd -tifh -tifl -tifr -trib -tribc -tribi -tribl -triblb -tric -trii -tril -trili -trir -trisc -unib -unibi -unii -unil -unir diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm10.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm10.textext deleted file mode 100644 index aa431de13e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm10.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXbi=cmbxti10 -\font\cmXcc=cmcsc10 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\endcsname=12pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\tenrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\teni}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\tensy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}% - \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni - \textfont2=\tensy \textfont3=\tenex - \textfont\itfam=\tenit - \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\bffam=\tenbf - \textfont\ccfam=\cmXcc -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\tenbf}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\tenit}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\tentt}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXcc}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXbi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm108m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm108m.texmath deleted file mode 100644 index 2410c5b3d7..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm108m.texmath +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8 \font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8 -\font\cmVIIIsy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIex=cmex10 -\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\tenrm \scriptfont1=\teni - \scriptfont2=\tensy \scriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptfont\bffam=\tenbf - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmVIIIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmVIIImi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmVIIIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmVIIIex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm109m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm109m.texmath deleted file mode 100644 index 7b5104aaf7..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm109m.texmath +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmIXrm=cmr9 \font\cmIXmi=cmmi9 -\font\cmIXsy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXex=cmex10 -\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\tenrm \scriptfont1=\teni - \scriptfont2=\tensy \scriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptfont\bffam=\tenbf - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmIXrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmIXmi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmIXsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmIXex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmIXbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm11.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm11.textext deleted file mode 100644 index aa9300ae37..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm11.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifcmXIbierr -\font\cmXIcc=cmcsc11 -\font\cmXIrm=cmr11 \font\cmXIit=cmti11 -\font\cmXIbd=cmbx11 \font\cmXImi=cmmi11 -\font\cmXItt=cmtt11\font\cmXIsy=cmsy11 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\endcsname=13pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXImi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIsy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}% - \textfont0=\cmXIrm \textfont1=\cmXImi - \textfont2=\cmXIsy\textfont3=\tenex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXIit - \textfont\ttfam=\cmXItt \textfont\bffam=\cmXIbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cmXIcc -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIit}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXItt}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXIcc}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmXIbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CM11. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmXIbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm1110m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm1110m.texmath deleted file mode 100644 index 09cc8fb54e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm1110m.texmath +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXImi=cmmi11 -\font\cmXIsy=cmsy11 \font\cmXIex=cmex11 -\font\cmXIbd=cmbx11\font\cmXIrm=cmr11 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmXIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXImi - \scriptfont2=\cmXIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\tenrm \scriptscriptfont1=\teni - \scriptscriptfont2=\tensy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\tenbf}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm119m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm119m.texmath deleted file mode 100644 index 13eca0aebf..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm119m.texmath +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXImi=cmmi11 -\font\cmXIsy=cmsy11 \font\cmXIex=cmex11 -\font\cmXIbd=cmbx11 \font\cmXIrm=cmr11 -\font\cmIXrm=cmr9 \font\cmIXmi=cmmi9 -\font\cmIXsy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXex=cmex10 -\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmXIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXImi - \scriptfont2=\cmXIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmIXrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmIXmi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmIXsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmIXex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmIXbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm12.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm12.textext deleted file mode 100644 index a505abed9c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm12.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXIIbi=cmbxti12 -\font\cmXIIcc=cmcsc12 \font\cmXIIex=cmex12 -\font\cmXIIrm=cmr12 \font\cmXIIit=cmti12 -\font\cmXIIbd=cmbx12 \font\cmXIImi=cmmi12 -\font\cmXIItt=cmtt12 \font\cmXIIsy=cmsy12 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\endcsname=14pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIIrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIImi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIIsy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIIex}% - \textfont0=\cmXIIrm \textfont1=\cmXIImi - \textfont2=\cmXIIsy \textfont3=\cmXIIex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXIIit - \textfont\ttfam=\cmXIItt \textfont\bffam=\cmXIIbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cmXIIcc -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIIbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIIit}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXIItt}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXIIcc}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXIIbi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm1210m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm1210m.texmath deleted file mode 100644 index e1ccb4c7fc..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm1210m.texmath +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXIImi=cmmi12 -\font\cmXIIsy=cmsy12 \font\cmXIIex=cmex12 -\font\cmXIIbd=cmbx12\font\cmXIIrm=cmr12 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmXIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXIImi - \scriptfont2=\cmXIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIIex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIIbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\tenrm \scriptscriptfont1=\teni - \scriptscriptfont2=\tensy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\tenbf}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm1211m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm1211m.texmath deleted file mode 100644 index d9c4e13c45..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm1211m.texmath +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXIImi=cmmi12 -\font\cmXIIsy=cmsy12 \font\cmXIIex=cmex12 -\font\cmXIIbd=cmbx12\font\cmXIIrm=cmr12 -\font\cmXIrm=cmr11 \font\cmXImi=cmmi11 -\font\cmXIsy=cmsy11 \font\cmXIex=cmex11 -\font\cmXIbd=cmbx11 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmXIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXIImi - \scriptfont2=\cmXIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIIex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIIbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmXIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmXImi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmXIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmXIex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmXIbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm14.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm14.textext deleted file mode 100644 index f302bf6a12..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm14.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXIVbi=cmbxti14 -\font\cmXIVcc=cmcsc14 \font\cmXIVex=cmex14 -\font\cmXIVrm=cmr14 \font\cmXIVit=cmti14 -\font\cmXIVbd=cmbx14 \font\cmXIVmi=cmmi14 -\font\cmXIVtt=cmtt14 \font\cmXIVsy=cmsy14 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\endcsname=16pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIVrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIVmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIVsy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIVex}% - \textfont0=\cmXIVrm \textfont1=\cmXIVmi - \textfont2=\cmXIVsy \textfont3=\cmXIVex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXIVit - \textfont\ttfam=\cmXIVtt \textfont\bffam=\cmXIVbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cmXIVcc -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIVbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIVit}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXIVtt}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXIVcc}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXIVbi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm1412m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm1412m.texmath deleted file mode 100644 index fc933ca00f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm1412m.texmath +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXIVmi=cmmi14 -\font\cmXIVsy=cmsy14 \font\cmXIVex=cmex14 -\font\cmXIVbd=cmbx14\font\cmXIVrm=cmr14 -\font\cmXIIrm=cmr12 \font\cmXIImi=cmmi12 -\font\cmXIIsy=cmsy12 \font\cmXIIex=cmex12 -\font\cmXIIbd=cmbx12 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmXIVrm \scriptfont1=\cmXIVmi - \scriptfont2=\cmXIVsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIVex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIVbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmXIIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmXIImi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmXIIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmXIIex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmXIIbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm18.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm18.textext deleted file mode 100644 index c4c9f52d87..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm18.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXVIIIbi=cmbxti18 -\font\cmXVIIIcc=cmcsc18 \font\cmXVIIIex=cmex18 -\font\cmXVIIIrm=cmr18 \font\cmXVIIIit=cmti18 -\font\cmXVIIIbd=cmbx18 \font\cmXVIIImi=cmmi18 -\font\cmXVIIItt=cmtt18 \font\cmXVIIIsy=cmsy18 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\endcsname=20pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXVIIIrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXVIIImi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXVIIIsy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXVIIIex}% - \textfont0=\cmXVIIIrm \textfont1=\cmXVIIImi - \textfont2=\cmXVIIIsy \textfont3=\cmXVIIIex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXVIIIit - \textfont\ttfam=\cmXVIIItt \textfont\bffam=\cmXVIIIbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cmXVIIIcc -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXVIIIbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXVIIIit}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXVIIItt}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXVIIIcc}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXVIIIbi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm1814m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm1814m.texmath deleted file mode 100644 index c3c34b0f02..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm1814m.texmath +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXVIIImi=cmmi18 -\font\cmXVIIIsy=cmsy18 \font\cmXVIIIex=cmex18 -\font\cmXVIIIbd=cmbx18\font\cmXVIIIrm=cmr18 -\font\cmXIVrm=cmr14 \font\cmXIVmi=cmmi14 -\font\cmXIVsy=cmsy14 \font\cmXIVex=cmex14 -\font\cmXIVbd=cmbx14 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmXVIIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXVIIImi - \scriptfont2=\cmXVIIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXVIIIex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXVIIIbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmXIVrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmXIVmi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmXIVsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmXIVex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmXIVbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm24.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm24.textext deleted file mode 100644 index 83dc4387be..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm24.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXXIVbi=cmbxti24 -\font\cmXXIVcc=cmcsc24 \font\cmXXIVex=cmex24 -\font\cmXXIVrm=cmr24 \font\cmXXIVit=cmti24 -\font\cmXXIVbd=cmbx24 \font\cmXXIVmi=cmmi24 -\font\cmXXIVtt=cmtt24\font\cmXXIVsy=cmsy24 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\endcsname=26pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXXIVrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXXIVmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXXIVsy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXXIVex}% - \textfont0=\cmXXIVrm \textfont1=\cmXXIVmi - \textfont2=\cmXXIVsy \textfont3=\cmXXIVex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXXIVit - \textfont\ttfam=\cmXXIVtt \textfont\bffam=\cmXXIVbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cmXXIVcc -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXXIVbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXXIVit}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXXIVtt}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXXIVcc}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXXIVbi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm2418m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm2418m.texmath deleted file mode 100644 index 41222e47d0..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm2418m.texmath +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXXIVmi=cmmi24 -\font\cmXXIVsy=cmsy24 \font\cmXXIVex=cmex24 -\font\cmXXIVbd=cmbx24\font\cmXXIVrm=cmr24 -\font\cmXVIIIrm=cmr18 \font\cmXVIIImi=cmmi18 -\font\cmXVIIIsy=cmsy18 \font\cmXVIIIex=cmex18 -\font\cmXVIIIbd=cmbx18 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmXXIVrm \scriptfont1=\cmXXIVmi - \scriptfont2=\cmXXIVsy \scriptfont3=\cmXXIVex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXXIVbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmXVIIIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmXVIIImi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmXVIIIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmXVIIIex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmXVIIIbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm36.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm36.textext deleted file mode 100644 index 9a6f9ce578..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm36.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXXXVIbi=cmbxti36 -\font\cmXXXVIcc=cmcsc36\font\cmXXXVIex=cmex36 -\font\cmXXXVIrm=cmr36 \font\cmXXXVIit=cmti36 -\font\cmXXXVIbd=cmbx36 \font\cmXXXVImi=cmmi36 -\font\cmXXXVItt=cmtt36 \font\cmXXXVIsy=cmsy36 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\endcsname=38pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXXXVIrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXXXVImi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXXXVIsy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXXXVIex}% - \textfont0=\cmXXXVIrm \textfont1=\cmXXXVImi - \textfont2=\cmXXXVIsy \textfont3=\cmXXXVIex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXXXVIit - \textfont\ttfam=\cmXXXVItt \textfont\bffam=\cmXXXVIbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cmXXXVIcc -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXXXVIbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXXXVIit}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXXXVItt}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXXXVIcc}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXXXVIbi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm5.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm5.textext deleted file mode 100644 index 3cdb0205e3..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm5.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifVbierr -\global\newif\ifVccerr -\global\newif\ifVtterr -\global\newif\ifViterr -\global\newif\ifVbderr -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\endcsname=8pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\fiverm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\fivei}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\fivesy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}% - \textfont0=\fiverm\textfont1=\fivei - \textfont2=\fivesy\textfont3=\tenex - \textfont\bffam=\fivebf -\def\noexpand\bd{\noexpand\ifVbderr\noexpand\fam\bffam\fivebf% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\fam\bffam\fivebf% -\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold font in CM5. Will print bold extended font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\Vbderrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\it{\noexpand\ifViterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No italic font in CM5. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\Viterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifVtterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CM5. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\Vtterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifVbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CM5. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\Vbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifVccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CM5. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\Vccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm6.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm6.textext deleted file mode 100644 index 5a3a735d8c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm6.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifcmVIbierr -\global\newif\ifcmVIccerr -\global\newif\ifcmVIiterr -\global\newif\ifcmVItterr -\font\cmVIrm=cmr6 -\font\cmVIbd=cmbx6 \font\cmVImi=cmmi6 -\font\sixsy=cmsy6 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\endcsname=8pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmVIrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmVImi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\sixsy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}% - \textfont0=\cmVIrm \textfont1=\cmVImi - \textfont2=\tensy \textfont3=\tenex - \textfont\bffam=\cmVIbd -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmVIbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\noexpand\ifcmVIiterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No italic font in CM6. Will print roman font.}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIiterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmVIbierr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CM6. Will print roman font.}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifcmVIccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CM6. Will print roman font.}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifcmVItterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CM6. Will print roman font.}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVItterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm65m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm65m.texmath deleted file mode 100644 index d1c44223de..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm65m.texmath +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmVImi=cmmi6 -\font\cmVIsy=cmsy6 \font\cmVIex=cmex10 -\font\cmVIbd=cmbx6\font\cmVIrm=cmr6 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmVIrm \scriptfont1=\cmVImi - \scriptfont2=\cmVIsy \scriptfont3=\cmVIex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmVIbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei - \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm7.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm7.textext deleted file mode 100644 index 894bff8b2c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm7.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifVIIbierr -\global\newif\ifVIIbderr -\global\newif\ifVIItterr -\global\newif\ifVIIccerr -\font\cmVIIit=cmti7 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\endcsname=9pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\sevenrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\seveni}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\sevensy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}% - \textfont0=\sevenrm \textfont1=\seveni - \textfont2=\sevensy \textfont3=\tenex - \textfont\itfam=\cmVIIit - \textfont\bffam=\sevenbf -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmVIIit}% -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\sevenbf}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifVIItterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CM7. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\VIItterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifVIIbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CM7. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\VIIbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifVIIccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CM7. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\VIIccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm75m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm75m.texmath deleted file mode 100644 index 2acd4dc1f4..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm75m.texmath +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni - \scriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf - \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei - \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm76m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm76m.texmath deleted file mode 100644 index 796813490d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm76m.texmath +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmVIrm=cmr6 \font\cmVImi=cmmi6 -\font\cmVIsy=cmsy6 \font\cmVIex=cmex10 -\font\cmVIbd=cmbx6 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni - \scriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmVIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmVImi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmVIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmVIex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmVIbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm8.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm8.textext deleted file mode 100644 index ea69af7705..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm8.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifcmVIIIbierr -\font\cmVIIIcc=cmcsc8 -\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8 \font\cmVIIIit=cmti8 -\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8 \font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8 -\font\cmVIIItt=cmtt8 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\endcsname=10pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmVIIIrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmVIIImi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\tensy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}% - \textfont0=\cmVIIIrm \textfont1=\cmVIIImi - \textfont2=\tensy \textfont3=\tenex - \textfont\itfam=\cmVIIIit - \textfont\ttfam=\cmVIIItt \textfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cmVIIIcc -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmVIIIbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmVIIIit}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmVIIItt}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmVIIIcc}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CM8. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm86m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm86m.texmath deleted file mode 100644 index 9acea1b047..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm86m.texmath +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8 \font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8 -\font\cmVIIIsy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIex=cmex10 -\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8 -\font\cmVIrm=cmr6 \font\cmVImi=cmmi6 -\font\cmVIsy=cmsy6 \font\cmVIex=cmex10 -\font\cmVIbd=cmbx6 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmVIIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmVIIImi - \scriptfont2=\cmVIIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmVIIIex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmVIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmVImi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmVIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmVIex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmVIbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm87m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm87m.texmath deleted file mode 100644 index 5bc523025d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm87m.texmath +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8 -\font\cmVIIIsy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIex=cmex10 -\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmVIIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmVIIImi - \scriptfont2=\cmVIIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmVIIIex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptscriptfont1=\seveni - \scriptscriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm9.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cm9.textext deleted file mode 100644 index 8602cb2d64..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm9.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifcmIXbierr -\font\cmIXcc=cmcsc9 -\font\cmIXrm=cmr9 \font\cmIXit=cmti9 -\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9 \font\cmIXmi=cmmi9 -\font\cmIXtt=cmtt9 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\endcsname=11pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmIXrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmIXmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\tensy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}% - \textfont0=\cmIXrm \textfont1=\cmIXmi - \textfont2=\tensy \textfont3=\tenex - \textfont\itfam=\cmIXit - \textfont\ttfam=\cmIXtt \textfont\bffam=\cmIXbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cmIXcc -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmIXbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmIXit}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmIXtt}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmIXcc}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmIXbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CM9. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmIXbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm97m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm97m.texmath deleted file mode 100644 index 612ddf3587..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm97m.texmath +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmIXmi=cmmi9 -\font\cmIXsy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXex=cmex10 -\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9\font\cmIXrm=cmr9 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmIXrm \scriptfont1=\cmIXmi - \scriptfont2=\cmIXsy \scriptfont3=\cmIXex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmIXbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptscriptfont1=\seveni - \scriptscriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cm98m.texmath b/macros/text1/macros/cm98m.texmath deleted file mode 100644 index 78e30ed089..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cm98m.texmath +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmIXmi=cmmi9 -\font\cmIXsy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXex=cmex10 -\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9\font\cmIXrm=cmr9 -\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8 \font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8 -\font\cmVIIIsy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIex=cmex10 -\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmIXrm \scriptfont1=\cmIXmi - \scriptfont2=\cmIXsy \scriptfont3=\cmIXex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmIXbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmVIIIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmVIIImi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmVIIIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmVIIIex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan10.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cmsan10.textext deleted file mode 100644 index cedf00fe5e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan10.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifXssbierr -\global\newif\ifXssccerr -\global\newif\ifXsstterr -\font\cmXssrm=cmss10 \font\cmXssit=cmssi10 -\font\cmXssbd=cmssbx10 \font\cmXssmi=cmmi10 -\font\cmXsssy=cmsy10 \font\cmXssex=cmex10 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\endcsname=12pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXssrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXssmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXsssy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXssex}% - \textfont0=\cmXssrm \textfont1=\cmXssmi - \textfont2=\cmXsssy \textfont3=\cmXssex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXssit - \textfont\bffam=\cmXssbd -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXssbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXssit}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXssbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CMSAN10. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\Xssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXsstterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CMSAN10. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\Xsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXssccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CMSAN10. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\Xssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan11.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cmsan11.textext deleted file mode 100644 index e5da60857e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan11.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifXIssbierr -\global\newif\ifXIssccerr -\global\newif\ifXIsstterr -\font\cmXIssrm=cmss11 \font\cmXIssit=cmssi11 -\font\cmXIssbd=cmssbx11 \font\cmXIssmi=cmmi11 -\font\cmXIsssy=cmsy11 \font\cmXIssex=cmex11 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\endcsname=13pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIssrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIssmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIsssy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIssex}% - \textfont0=\cmXIssrm \textfont1=\cmXIssmi - \textfont2=\cmXIsssy \textfont3=\cmXIssex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXIssit - \textfont\bffam=\cmXIssbd -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIssbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIssit}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXIssbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CMSAN11. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXIsstterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CMSAN11. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXIssccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CMSAN11. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan12.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cmsan12.textext deleted file mode 100644 index 234dd3cbba..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan12.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifXIIssbierr -\global\newif\ifXIIssccerr -\global\newif\ifXIIsstterr -\font\cmXIIssrm=cmss12 \font\cmXIIssit=cmssi12 -\font\cmXIIssbd=cmssbx12 \font\cmXIIssmi=cmmi12 -\font\cmXIIsssy=cmsy12 \font\cmXIIssex=cmex12 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\endcsname=14pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIIssrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIIssmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIIsssy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIIssex}% - \textfont0=\cmXIIssrm \textfont1=\cmXIIssmi - \textfont2=\cmXIIsssy \textfont3=\cmXIIssex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXIIssit - \textfont\bffam=\cmXIIssbd -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIIssbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIIssit}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXIIssbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CMSAN12. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXIIsstterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CMSAN12. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXIIssccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CMSAN12. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan14.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cmsan14.textext deleted file mode 100644 index 23d2eb54a5..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan14.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifXIVssbierr -\global\newif\ifXIVssccerr -\global\newif\ifXIVsstterr -\font\cmXIVssrm=cmss14 \font\cmXIVssit=cmssi14 -\font\cmXIVssbd=cmssbx14 \font\cmXIVssmi=cmmi14 -\font\cmXIVsssy=cmsy14 \font\cmXIVssex=cmex14 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\endcsname=16pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIVssrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIVssmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIVsssy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIVssex}% - \textfont0=\cmXIVssrm \textfont1=\cmXIVssmi - \textfont2=\cmXIVsssy \textfont3=\cmXIVssex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXIVssit - \textfont\bffam=\cmXIVssbd -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIVssbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIVssit}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXIVssbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CMSAN14. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIVssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXIVsstterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CMSAN14. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIVsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXIVssccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CMSAN14. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIVssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan18.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cmsan18.textext deleted file mode 100644 index a1a581291e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan18.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifXVIIIssbierr -\global\newif\ifXVIIIssccerr -\global\newif\ifXVIIIsstterr -\font\cmXVIIIssrm=cmss18 \font\cmXVIIIssit=cmssi18 -\font\cmXVIIIssbd=cmssbx18 \font\cmXVIIIssmi=cmmi18 -\font\cmXVIIIsssy=cmsy18 \font\cmXVIIIssex=cmex18 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\endcsname=20pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXVIIIssrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXVIIIssmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXVIIIsssy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXVIIIssex}% - \textfont0=\cmXVIIIssrm \textfont1=\cmXVIIIssmi - \textfont2=\cmXVIIIsssy \textfont3=\cmXVIIIssex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXVIIIssit - \textfont\bffam=\cmXVIIIssbd -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXVIIIssbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXVIIIssit}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXVIIIssbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CMSAN18. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XVIIIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXVIIIsstterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CMSAN18. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XVIIIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXVIIIssccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CMSAN18. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XVIIIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan24.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cmsan24.textext deleted file mode 100644 index d035cc6ecd..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan24.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifXXIVssbierr -\global\newif\ifXXIVssccerr -\global\newif\ifXXIVsstterr -\font\cmXXIVssrm=cmss24 \font\cmXXIVssit=cmssi24 -\font\cmXXIVssbd=cmssbx24 \font\cmXXIVssmi=cmmi24 -\font\cmXXIVsssy=cmsy24 \font\cmXXIVssex=cmex24 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=26pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXXIVssrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXXIVssmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXXIVsssy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXXIVssex}% - \textfont0=\cmXXIVssrm \textfont1=\cmXXIVssmi - \textfont2=\cmXXIVsssy \textfont3=\cmXXIVssex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXXIVssit - \textfont\bffam=\cmXXIVssbd -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXXIVssbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXXIVssit}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXXIVssbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CMSAN24. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXIVssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXXIVsstterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CMSAN24. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXIVsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXXIVssccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CMSAN24. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXIVssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan36.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cmsan36.textext deleted file mode 100644 index 3a64c94a76..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan36.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifXXXVIssbierr -\global\newif\ifXXXVIssccerr -\global\newif\ifXXXVIsstterr -\font\cmXXXVIssrm=cmss36 \font\cmXXXVIssit=cmssi36 -\font\cmXXXVIssbd=cmssbx36 \font\cmXXXVIssmi=cmmi36 -\font\cmXXXVIsssy=cmsy36 \font\cmXXXVIssex=cmex24 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=38pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXXXVIssrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXXXVIssmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXXXVIsssy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXXXVIssex}% - \textfont0=\cmXXXVIssrm \textfont1=\cmXXXVIssmi - \textfont2=\cmXXXVIsssy \textfont3=\cmXXXVIssex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXXXVIssit - \textfont\bffam=\cmXXXVIssbd -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXXXVIssbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXXXVIssit}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXXXVIssbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CMSAN36. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXXVIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXXXVIsstterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CMSAN36. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXXVIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXXXVIssccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CMSAN36. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXXVIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan8.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cmsan8.textext deleted file mode 100644 index 710177059f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan8.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifcmVIIIssbierr -\global\newif\ifcmVIIIssccerr -\global\newif\ifcmVIIIsstterr -\global\newif\ifcmVIIIssbderr -\font\cmVIIIssit=cmssi8 -\font\cmVIIIssrm=cmss8 \font\cmVIIIssmi=cmmi8 -\font\cmVIIIsssy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIssex=cmex10 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\endcsname=10pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmVIIIssrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmVIIIssmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmVIIIsssy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmVIIIssex}% - \textfont0=\cmVIIIssrm \textfont1=\cmVIIIssmi - \textfont2=\cmVIIIsssy \textfont3=\cmVIIIssex - \textfont\itfam=\cmVIIIssit -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmVIIIssit}% -\def\noexpand\bd{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIssbderr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold font in CMSAN8. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIssbderrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIssbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CMSAN8. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIsstterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CMSAN8. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIssccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CMSAN8. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan9.textext b/macros/text1/macros/cmsan9.textext deleted file mode 100644 index 7309c82d45..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/cmsan9.textext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifIXssbierr -\global\newif\ifIXssccerr -\global\newif\ifIXsstterr -\font\cmIXssrm=cmss9 \font\cmIXssit=cmssi9 -\font\cmIXssbd=cmssbx9 \font\cmIXssmi=cmmi9 -\font\cmIXsssy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXssex=cmex10 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\endcsname=11pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmIXssrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmIXssmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmIXsssy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmIXssex}% - \textfont0=\cmIXssrm \textfont1=\cmIXssmi - \textfont2=\cmIXsssy \textfont3=\cmIXssex - \textfont\itfam=\cmIXssit - \textfont\bffam=\cmIXssbd -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmIXssbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmIXssit}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifIXssbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CMSAN9. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\IXssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifIXsstterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CMSAN9. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\IXsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifIXssccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CMSAN9. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\IXssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/fixcol.tex b/macros/text1/macros/fixcol.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 02f3402583..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/fixcol.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ -% FILE HAS BEEN CONVERTED TO 2.03 -% -% MULTIPLE COLUMN FORMATS FIXED MODE, two and three column -% Harvey 1/29/86 -% -\catcode`*=11 \catcode`@=11 -% -\global\let\newcolumn=\np % new column in fixed mode is the -\global\let\nc=\np % same as newpage in single column -% -\gdef\pagebody{\vbox to\vsize{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth - \pagecontents\vfill}}% redefine from plain.tex to add vfil - % prevents underfull vbox in last column -% -\gdef\flexibleformat{\write16{<TEXT1> Warning! You can't change to% - flexible format while in fixed format. }}% - -% -\gdef\full*pgw{\hbox to \the\*txtw}% Output box to full pagewidth -% -\gdef\*colbox{\leftline{\pagebody}}% TeXbook definition -% -\gdef\*page{% MAKEPAGE, *mkpg, ships out the complete page body - \*badj % check for binding offset - \if*title\shipout % titlepage, no headline - \vbox{\*pgmat % page template - \makefootline} - \notitlepage - \else\shipout\vbox{ % normal page with head and footlines - \makeheadline % - \*pgmat % page template - \makefootline} - \fi - \ifnum\*pcount>0 \*blkpg\fi % call for empty page, BLANK PAGE MACRO - \advancepageno}% END, makepage routine -% -\gdef\*fixtwc{% BEGIN TWO COLUMNS FIXED FORMAT---set-up - \if*plain \par\vfill\eject \fi % new page prevents mixed formats - \if*dbl\e*fixtwc\fi % end any active double columns - \if*tpl \par\vfill\eject \fi % new page prevents mixed multicolumn format - % vfil eject prevents mixing formats - \def\*fixout{% TWO COLUMN OUTPUT, Fixed method - \if L\lr % if column indicator is left - \global\setbox\*lftcol=\*colbox % first column page - \global\let\lr=R % switch to second column - \else % print page and reset column indicator - \*page % format actual double column page - \global\let\lr=L % switch to first column - \fi - \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 % do nothing if no insert material - \else\dosupereject\fi % flush any held over material - }% End, normal fixed mode two column output routine -% - \def\*pgmat{% PAGEMAT, formats columns and rules - \D=\the\*twcgut \D=.5\D % split gutter width in half - \full*pgw{\box\*lftcol % print left column - \hskip\D\vrule width\the\*clrw\hskip\D % gutter and rule - \*colbox\hfil} % print right column and fill - }% END, pagemat -% - \def\newpage{\par\supereject % fills remainder of page with white - \if R\lr \null\vfill\eject\fi}% space and goes to next page - \let\np=\newpage -% - \begingroup % BEGIN DOUBLE COLUMNS, fixed method - \tolerance=6400 % line breaking tolerance - \hbadness=6400 % message tolerance - \brokenpenalty=0 % setting these penalties to zero prevents - \clubpenalty=0 % strange page breaks that might otherwise - \widowpenalty=0 - \hyphenpenalty=0 - \exhyphenpenalty=0 - \hsize=\the\*twcw % set column width - \let\lr=L % set switch to left (L) % begin with left - \output={\*multout} % fixed format output rou tine - \global\*plainfalse % plainoutput indicator false - \global\*dbltrue}% END FIXED TWO COLUMN FORMAT---set-up -\global\let\twc=\*fixtwc -% -\gdef\e*fixtwc{\par\supereject % END FIXED TWO COLUMN FORMAT, called - \if R\lr \null\vfill\eject\fi % from onecolumn - \endgroup % two column fixed formatting ends - \global\*dblfalse % fixed double column indicator false - \global\*plaintrue}% plainoutput indicator true -% -\gdef\*fixthc{% BEGIN THREE COLUMNS FIXED FORMAT---set-up - \if*plain \par\vfill\eject\fi % new page prevents mixed formats - \if*tpl\e*fixthc\fi % end any active triple columns - \if*dbl \par\vfill\eject\fi % new page prevents mixed multicolumn formatting -% - \def\*fixout{% THREE COLUMN OUTPUT, Fixed method - \if L\lr % if column indicator is left - \global\setbox\*lftcol=\*colbox - \global\let\lr=M % switch to middle column - \else\if M\lr % if middle column indicator is true - \global\setbox\*midcol=\*colbox - \global\let\lr=R % switch column indicator to right - \else - \*page % make the page - \global\let\lr=L % reset column indicator to left - \fi\fi % - \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 % no held over material - \else\dosupereject\fi}% eject held over insertions -% - \def\*pgmat{% PAGEMAT, *pgmat, the page template routine - \D=\the\*thcgut \D=.5\D % half gutter width on each side of rule - \full*pgw{\box\*lftcol % print leftcolumn - \hskip\D\vrule width\the\*clrw\hskip\D % rule and gut. - \box\*midcol % print middle column - \if*norule \hskip2\D % supress rule on empty page call - \else % else set rules normally - \hskip\D\vrule width\the\*clrw\hskip\D\fi % rule and gut. - \*colbox\hfil} % print right column and fil - \global\*norulefalse - }% END, Pagemat -% - \def\newpage{\par\supereject - \if M\lr \null\vfill\eject - \null\vfill\eject\global\*noruletrue\fi % supress column rules - \if R\lr \null\vfill\eject\global\*noruletrue\fi} - \let\np=\newpage -% - \begingroup % BEGIN THREE COLUMNS, fixed method - \widowpenalty=0 - \clubpenalty=0 - \brokenpenalty=0 - \hyphenpenalty=0 - \exhyphenpenalty=0 - \tolerance=9400 - \hbadness=9400 - \hsize=\the\*thcw % column width = three column width tokens - \let\lr=L % set column switch to left column - \output={\*multout} % fixed format output routine - \global\*plainfalse % plainoutput indicator false - \global\*tpltrue} % end 3 col fixed format -\global\let\thc=\*fixthc % reset abbreviation for (thc) -% -\gdef\e*fixthc{\par\supereject % end 3 columns fixed mode - \if M\lr \null\vfill\eject \null\vfill\eject\fi % called from - \if R\lr \null\vfill\eject\fi % onecolumn - \endgroup % three column fixed formatting indicator f - \global\*tplfalse % end triple column indicator - \global\*plaintrue}% plainoutput indicator true -% -\gdef\*multout{\*badj - \*fixout - }% end fixed format output routine - -\gdef\onecolumn{\if*dbl\e*fixtwc\fi % end double column formatting - \if*tpl\e*fixthc\fi % end triple column formatting - \global\output={\*mkpg} % set single column output - }% end multiple column formatting -\global\let\oc=\onecolumn -% -\catcode`*=12 \catcode`@=3 diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/flexcol.tex b/macros/text1/macros/flexcol.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 441066c681..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/flexcol.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,329 +0,0 @@ -% This work is protected as an unpublished work under -% U.S. copyright laws. -% Copyright 1987, by Washington State University. -% All rights reserved. -% -% Last updated on 7/1/89 -% -% MULTIPLE COLUMN FORMATS FLEXIBLE MODE, two and three column -% -\catcode`*=11\catcode`@=11 -\global\output{\flex*ut{\unvbox255}} % FLEXCOL normal output routine -\gdef\flex*ut#1{% FLEXIBLE OUTPUT, flex*ut - \boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth - \shipout\vbox{ - \offinterlineskip % butt boxes together - \if*title % Do nothing if this is a title page - \else\makeheadline\fi % makeheadline redefined in TEXT1 - \vbox to\*txth{ % page height equals single column text height - \ifvoid\topins % no top insert present - \else\unvbox\topins\fi % place top insert before main text - #1 % insert the main information - \vfil % PREVENTS UNDERFULL BOX WHEN ONLY A FEW POINTS OFF - \ifvoid\footins % no foot insert present - \else\vskip\skip\footins % skip to footnote position - \footnoterule % print footnote rule - \unvbox\footins\fi % place foot insert after main text and rule - \makefootline} % end vbox to *txth - } % end vbox with running heads, if any - \if*title\notitlepage\fi % reset vsize for a normal page - \if\*pcount>0\*blkpg\fi % call for empty page macro, TEXT1 - \*ncfalse - \advancepageno} % End flex*ut, flexible output macro -% -\gdef\*adjp#1{% ADJUST PAGE MACRO, height of inserts lost during output call, this macro - \global\advance#1 by-\topskip % restores these values to the output routines - \ifvoid\topins % compensate for topskip - \else % if no insert present do nothing else - \global\advance#1 by-\ht\topins % routine restores those values - \global\advance#1 by-\dp\topins % to the new output routines. - \global\advance#1 by-\skip\topins - \global\advance#1 by\dp\strutbox % fine tune split - \fi - \ifvoid\footins % do nothing if no footinsert present - \else % else compensate for skips when footins present - \global\advance#1 by-\ht\footins % - \global\advance#1 by-\dp\footins % - \global\advance#1 by-\skip\footins % - \global\advance#1 by\dp\strutbox % fine tune split - \fi}% END *adjp, adjust page macro -% -% \*balctest is called whenever leaving 2 or 3 column formatting -% -\gdef\*balctest{% TEST REMAINING TEXT DEPTH text for more than one page of remaining text - \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox255} % height box255 always=vsize - \dimen9=\ht0 % find height of material in box255 - \advance\dimen9 by\topskip % account for top of page topskip - \if*dbl \advance\dimen9 by\splittopskip % second column splittopskip - \else\advance\dimen9 by2\splittopskip % second and third columns - \fi % end accounting for topskips for splitting routines - \setbox255=\vbox{\unvbox0} - \ifdim\dimen9>\vsize % too much material for one page - \if*dbl\expandafter\global\output={\*balc}\*twcout % - \else\expandafter\global\output={\*balc}\*thcout % - \fi % use normal output before using balance columns routine - \else % less than one full page of text remaining - \*balc % use balance columns routine - \fi}% END, *balctest, test for output routine to balance columns -% -\gdef\*flextwc{\par% BEGIN FLEX METHOD OF TWO COLUMNS - \goodbreak - \if*dbl\e*flextwc\fi % end any active two column format - \if*tpl\e*flexthc\else % if previous material in threecolumns call - \vskip\the\*mskb\fi % end threecolumns, else skipbefore. -% - \def\*balc{% BALANCECOLUMNS, TWO COLUMNS---beginning - \*badj % check for binding adjust - \splittopskip=\topskip % splittopskip equals topskip - \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox255} % release unbalanced page material - \dimen0=\ht0 % prepare to find equal height dimension - \divide\dimen0 by2 % split dimension for two columns - \advance\dimen0 by-\baselineskip % back up one line - \ifdim\dimen0<\baselineskip % check split depth - \dimen0=\topskip % account for the topskip - \advance\dimen0 by\baselineskip % account for one line - \fi - {\vbadness=10000 % prevents underfull box message during loop - \loop \global\setbox3=\copy0 % routine. - \global\setbox1=\vsplit3 to\dimen0 % - \ifdim\ht3>\dimen0 % if column longer... - \global\advance\dimen0 by1pt % - \repeat} % end balancing loop - \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen0{\unvbox1} % - \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen0{\dimen2=\dp3 % - \unvbox3 \kern-\dimen2 \vfill} % - \ifvoid2 \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen0{\null\vfill}\fi % - \*pgsofar % format text accummulated so far - \global\output={\*dbl-error} % error message if balance fails - \dimen@=\*txth % return vsize to single page size - \*adjp\dimen@ % adjust vsize for any remaining inserts - \global\vsize=\dimen@ % adjusted vsize - }% END, *balc, balancecolumns macro, twocolumns -% - \def\*pgsofar{% PAGESOFAR, format for two columns - \unvbox\*ppage % boxes two column material - \D=\the\*twcgut \D=.5\D % half gutter skip on either side of rule - \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize % set text box width securely - \hbox to\*txtw{\box0\hskip\D\vrule width\the\*clrw - \hskip\D\box2\hfil} % set boxes and rules - }% END, *pgsofar, pagesofar output macro -% - \def\*twcout{% TWO COLUMN OUTPUT, normal output routine - \splittopskip=\topskip - \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth - \*badj % check for binding adjust - \dimen@=\vsize % total text depth for two column out routine - \divide\dimen@ by2 % set splitting dimension - \*adjp\dimen@ % adjust page size for inserts - \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ % split boxes to proper height - \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ - \flex*ut\*pgsofar % output current page - \unvbox255 % release extra text material gathered - \*bigch=2\*txth % allow vsize changes from cpt*vsize - \global\vsize=\*bigch % reset vsize to two column format - \penalty\outputpenalty}% END *twcout, two columns output routine -% -% TWOCOLUMNS, NEW COLUMN ROUTINE -% Harvey 12/06/85 -% This method will fail if a topinsert or footinsert is added to -% the page after the new column call. The box and glue are set -% at the newcolumn call accounting for inserts active then only -% - \def\newcolumn{\par % NEWCOLUMN, Flexible method, two columns - \D=.5\vsize % depth of one column - \ifdim\pagetotal>\D % determine which column is current - \D=\pagegoal % second column, depth > .5\vsize - \advance\D by-\pagetotal - \advance\D by-\topskip % account for topskip of 1st column - \advance\D by-\splittopskip % splittopskip of 2d column - \advance\D by-\dp\strutbox % account for character depth - \else % first column, depth equals half the vsize - \advance\D by-\pagetotal % subtract current page depth - \advance\D by-\topskip % subtract topskip form page depth - \advance\D by-\dp\strutbox % account for character depth - \fi - \vbox to\D{\vfill} % blank box to fill column - \*nctrue - \goodbreak}% END, newcolumn macro for two columns - \let\nc=\newcolumn % set two column definition of newcolumn -% - \begingroup % BEGIN TWOCOLUMNS---set-up - \global\*dbltrue % double columns active - \brokenpenalty=0 % If these penalties are set to zero the text - \clubpenalty=0 % will be formatted properly. If the are in force - \widowpenalty=0 % uneven columns may result. The penalties will be - \hyphenpenalty=0 % honored in either page or vsplit modes. - \exhyphenpenalty=0 - \tolerance=6400 % raise tolerance for short column material - \hbadness=6400 % warning message given at 6400 - \*bigch=2\*txth % initialize two column page height - \dimen@=\*txth % set dimen@ to current page height - \advance\dimen@ by-\pagetotal % subtract current page depth - \*adjp\dimen@ % adjust page depth for inserts - \vsize=2\dimen@ % set vsize equal to twice the remaining depth - \output={\global\setbox\*ppage=\vbox{\unvbox255}}\eject - \output={\*twcout} % output partial page and set output - \hsize=\the\*twcw % to twocolumnout, set new hsize for column - \topskip=12pt plus4pt % glue for vsplitting mechanism - }% END, *flextwc, flexible two column---set-up -% -\gdef\e*flextwc{% TERMINATION MACRO FOR TWO COLUMNS FLEX METHOD - \if*nc \vfill\eject\fi % When we've done a \nc dump the page before balancing - \output={\*balctest}\eject % test for too much text for balancing - \global\output={\flex*ut{\unvbox255}} % output page - \global\*dblfalse % change two column indicator to false - \endgroup % END DOUBLE COLUMN FORMAT - \global\vsize=\*txth % reset page size to single column height - \global\hsize=\*txtw % reset page width to single column width - \dimen@=\vsize % prepare to include current inserts - \*adjp\dimen@ % adjust for topskip and inserts - \global\pagegoal=\dimen@ % adjust pagegoal for current inserts - \penalty-500 - \vskip\the\*mska - }% END e*flextwc, TWO COLUMNS termination routine -% -% -\gdef\*flexthc{\par% BEGIN FLEX METHOD OF THREE COLUMNS - \goodbreak - \if*tpl\e*flexthc\fi % end any active triple columns - \if*dbl\e*flextwc\else % if previous material is in twocolumns, end - \vskip\the\*mskb\fi % twocolumns, else skipbefore -% - \def\*balc{% BALANCECOLUMNS, THREECOLUMNS---beginning - \*badj % check for binding adjust - \splittopskip=\topskip % split dimension for 3col - \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox255} - \dimen0=\ht0 % prepare to find equal height dimension - \divide\dimen0 by3 % split dimension for each column - \advance\dimen0 by-\baselineskip % back-up one baselineskip - \ifdim\dimen0<\baselineskip % check split depth - \dimen0=\topskip % account for the topskip - \advance\dimen0 by\baselineskip % account for one line - \fi - {\vbadness=10000 - \loop \global\setbox5=\copy0 % begin vsplit loop for balancing - \global\setbox3=\vsplit5 to\dimen0 - \global\setbox4=\vsplit5 to\dimen0 - \ifdim\ht5>\dimen0 \global\advance\dimen0 by1pt - \repeat} % end balancing loop - \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen0{\unvbox3} % first column - \setbox1=\vbox to\dimen0{\unvbox4} % second column - \ifvoid1 \setbox1=\vbox to\dimen0{\line{\hfil}\vfill}\fi - \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen0{\dimen2=\dp5\unvbox5\kern-\dimen2 \vfill} - \ifvoid2 \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen0{\line{\hfil}\vfill}\fi - \*pgsofar - \global\output={\*tpl-error} % error message if loop fails - \vsize=\*txth % reset page size to single column - \dimen@=\vsize % return vsize to single page vsize - \*adjp\dimen@ % adjust for topskip and inserts - \global\vsize=\dimen@ % new vsize accounts for current inserts - }% END, *balc, balance columns, threecolumns -% - \def\*pgsofar{\unvbox\*ppage % boxes three column material - \D=\the\*thcgut \D=.5\D % half gutter for each side of rule - \wd0=\hsize \wd1=\hsize \wd2=\hsize % set text box width securely - \hbox to\*txtw{\box0\hskip\D\vrule width\the\*clrw - \hskip\D\box1\hskip\D\vrule width\the\*clrw - \hskip\D\box2\hfil} % set boxes and rules - }% End *pgsofar, page-so-far macro -% - \def\*thcout{% THREE COLUMNS OUT, normal output routine for threecolumns - \splittopskip=\topskip - \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth - \*badj % check for binding adjust - \dimen@=\vsize % total text depth for three column out routine - \divide\dimen@ by3 % set splitting dimension - \*adjp\dimen@ % adjust for topskip and inserts - \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ % split boxes to proper height - \setbox1=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ % - \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ % - \flex*ut\*pgsofar % send material to output routine - \unvbox255 % release any extra material gathered - \*bigch=3\*txth % allow vsize changes from cpt*vsize - \global\vsize=\*bigch % reset vsize for three column format - \penalty\outputpenalty}% END *thcout, normal output penalty set -% -% THREECOLUMNS, NEW COLUMN ROUTINE -% Harvey 12/19/85 -% This routine has no way to compensate for inserts following the -% new column call and will produce an overfull vbox message while -% output active. It may also produce and underfull vbox message -% if there is no stretchable glue in the column. - \def\newcolumn{\par % new column, three columns - \ifdim\pagetotal>.66666\vsize % you are in the third column - \D=\pagegoal % work from pagegoal for third column - \advance\D by-\topskip % account for topskip in 1st column - \advance\D by-2\splittopskip % splittopskip in columns 2 and 3 - \advance\D by-\pagetotal % subtract current pagetotal - \advance\D by-\dp\strutbox % account for character depth - \else\ifdim\pagetotal>.3\vsize % you are in the second column - \D=.66666\vsize % column goal is 2/3 vsize - \advance\D by-\topskip % account topskip in 1st column - \advance\D by-\splittopskip % splittopskip in column 2 - \advance\D by-\pagetotal % compensate for text - \advance\D by-\dp\strutbox % account for character depth - \else % you are in the first column - \D=.33333\vsize % goal is 1/3 vsize in first column - \advance\D by-\topskip % account for splittopskip - \advance\D by-\pagetotal % compensate for text - \advance\D by-\dp\strutbox % account for character depth - \fi\fi % end column determination and fil - \vbox to\D{\vfill} - \*nctrue - \goodbreak}% END, newcolumn for three columns -% - \let\nc=\newcolumn % set new column definition to three columns -% - \begingroup % BEGIN GROUP, THREE COLUMNS - \global\*tpltrue % set three column indicator on - \brokenpenalty=0 % These penalties should be zero in multicolumn - \clubpenalty=0 % modes that use the vsplit method of paging, - \widowpenalty=0 % the paging methods would honor the penalties. - \hyphenpenalty=0 % is erratic columns. - \exhyphenpenalty=0 % - \tolerance=9600 % raise tolerance for short columns - \hbadness=9600 % warnings issued at badness of 9600 - \*bigch=3\*txth % initialize three column height - \dimen@=\*txth % set dimen@ to current page height - \advance\dimen@ by-\pagetotal % subtract current page depth - \*adjp\dimen@ % adjust page for topskip and inserts - \vsize=3\dimen@ % set vsize to 3 times remaining single column depth - \output={\global\setbox\*ppage=\vbox{\unvbox255}}\eject - \output={\*thcout} % output partial page and set output - \hsize=\the\*thcw % to threecolumnout, set new hsize for column - \topskip=12pt plus4pt % glue for the vsplitting mechanism - }% END *flexthc, three columns set-up -% -\gdef\e*flexthc{% TERMINATION THREE COLUMNS FLEX METHOD - \if*nc \vfill\eject\fi % When we've done a \nc dump the page before balancing - \output={\*balctest}\eject % balance remaining three column material - \global\output={\flex*ut{\unvbox255}} % shipout page - \global\*tplfalse % end three column indicator - \endgroup % END GROUP THREE COLUMNS - \global\vsize=\*txth % reset vsize to single column height - \global\hsize=\*txtw % reset hsize to single column width - \dimen@=\vsize % prepare to include current inserts - \*adjp\dimen@ % adjust for topskip and inserts - \global\pagegoal=\dimen@ % reset pagegoal to include inserts - \penalty-500 - \vskip\the\*mska}% END E*flexthc, three columns termination macro -% -% -\gdef\onecolumn{\if*dbl\e*flextwc\fi % end double column formatting - \if*tpl\e*flexthc\fi - \global\output={\*mkpg} - }% end triple column formatting -\global\let\oc=\onecolumn -% -\gdef\*dbl-error{\errhelp=\balerrhelp - \errmessage{ Double columns can't be balanced on page \the\pageno . % - Please type h for help. }% - \flex*ut{\unvbox255}} -\gdef\*tpl-error{\errhelp=\balerrhelp - \errmessage{ Triple columns can't be balanced on page \the\pageno . % - Please type h for help. }% - \flex*ut{\unvbox255}}% -% -\catcode`*=12\catcode`@=3 - - diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/text1.tex b/macros/text1/macros/text1.tex deleted file mode 100644 index dd2fc1bdbb..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/text1.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -\input plain.tex -\input txt1v409.tex -\dump diff --git a/macros/text1/macros/txt1v409.tex b/macros/text1/macros/txt1v409.tex deleted file mode 100644 index afc9acb6c2..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/macros/txt1v409.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3536 +0,0 @@ -% MACROS FOR TEXT1 -% -% This work is protected as an unpublished work under -% U.S. copyright laws. -% Copyright 1987, by Washington State University. -% All rights reserved. -% -% Last updated on 7/24/95 (drg) -% -\everyjob{\immediate\write16{TEXT1 Version 4.09} - \titlepage\spn{1} -} -% -% The following variables are used for allowing conditional compilation -% of special code depending on which version of TeX you are using. -% See these special notes in the next paragarph -\catcode`* = 11 -\catcode`@ = 11 -% -\newif\if*MAC \*MACfalse % This is not a Macintosh -\newif\if*CMS \*CMSfalse % This is not on CMS -\newif\if*PC \*PCfalse % This is not a PC -\newif\if*CG \*CGfalse % This is not a Compugraphics 8600 typesetter -% -% Note that non CMS versions must be modified. Here are the changes -% necessary for the IBM PC/DOS version of TEXT1, Macintosh version, -% and other non-CMS versions. -% -% 1. The filetype (extension) can only be 3 characters at the most -% for the PC/DOS version. -% This requires the following changes: -% toc1 => tc1 -% toc2 => tc2 -% toc3 => tc3 -% endnotes => end -% textext => txt -% texmath => mth -% texmodel => mdl -% -% 2. The Compugraphics dependent stuff in \selectspecificfont must -% be omitted for all but CMS versions. -% -% 3. The routines \nonIBM and \IBM should be set to null for all but CMS -% versions -% -% 4. The Macintosh/Textures version uses a special \include -% - - -% Some temporary variables to be used throughout -% -\newbox\A -\newtoks\B -\newskip\C -\newdimen\D -\newdimen\*D -\newcount\E -\newcount\F -\newcount\G -\newcount\N -\newcount\Q -\newcount\R -% \T \U \V \W are used throughout TEXT1 as temp definitions -% \I \J \K \M \X \Y \Z are temporary too, be careful if you use these -% -% ragged rightindent on bq troublesome. -% titleleadskip works only with titlepage command in text. -% for doublecolumns, change hsize and line--refer to ccndbl -% for multiple right and centerline--refer to aztex -% -% IBM/NONIBM character definitions, added by Dean 7/11/86 -% -% Use this macro when not printing with IBM standard distribution fonts - - -\newif\if*IBM \*IBMfalse - -\if*CMS -\def\nonIBM{\if*IBM \*IBMfalse% - \def\aa{\accent23a}% - \def\AA{\leavevmode\setbox0\hbox{h}\dimen@\ht0\advance\dimen@-1ex% - \rlap{\raise.67\dimen@\hbox{\char'27}}A}% - \def\c##1{\setbox\z@\hbox{##1}\ifdim\ht\z@=1ex\accent24 ##1% - \else{\ooalign{\hidewidth\char24\hidewidth\crcr\unhbox\z@}}\fi}% - \def\`##1{{\accent18 ##1}}% - \def\'##1{{\accent19 ##1}}% - \def\^##1{{\accent94 ##1}}\let\^^D=\|% - \def\~##1{{\accent"7E ##1}}% - \def\"##1{{\accent"7F ##1}}% - \chardef\i="10 % dummy dotless lowercase i - \def\dag{\mathhexbox279}% - \def\ddag{\mathhexbox27A}% - \def\S{\mathhexbox278}% - \def\P{\mathhexbox27B}% - \let\}=\rbrace% - \let\{=\lbrace% - \def\cents{\hbox{\rm\rlap/c}}\fi}% end non-IBM -% -% Use this macro when printing with the IBM standard distribution fonts -\def\IBM{\*IBMtrue - \chardef\aa="8A % a overcircle - \chardef\AA="8B % A overcircle - \chardef\c="18 % cedilla - \chardef\`="12 % grave - \chardef\'="13 % acute - \chardef\^="5E % circumflex - \chardef\~="7E % tilde - \chardef\"="7F % umlaut - \chardef\i="69 % dummy dotless lowercase i - \chardef\S="DC % section number sign - \chardef\P="DD % paragraph sign or pilcrow - \chardef\dag="DE % dagger or obelisk - \chardef\ddag="DF % double dagger or diesis - \chardef\{="AE % left brace - \chardef\}="AF % right brace - \chardef\cents="CD}% end IBM -\else -\def\nonIBM{} -\def\IBM{} -\fi -% -% Redefined from PLAIN.TEX to omit the at sign "@" -% @ symbol will be read as begin and end math mode otherwise -\message{redefining some plain commands, } -\newdimen\zZ \zZ=0pt % can be used both for 0pt and 0 -\mathchardef\zmz=1000 -\mathchardef\zMz=10000 -\mathchardef\zMMz=20000 -\def~{\penalty\zMz\ } % tie -\def\break{\penalty-\zMz} -\def\nobreak{\penalty \zMz} -\def\allowbreak{\penalty \zZ} -\def\supereject{\par\penalty-\zMMz} -\def\nopagenumbers{\rhf{\bothpages{}}\rff{\bothpages{}}} -% -% Redefined from PLAIN.TEX to \unskip last skip if in h mode -% -\message{redefining some plain commands, } -\def\removelastskip{\ifvmode\ifdim\lastskip=\z@\else\vskip-\lastskip\fi - \else\unskip\unskip\unskip\unskip\fi} -\let\rlsk=\removelastskip -% -% Redefined from PLAIN.TEX to 12 point topskip -\def\raggedbottom{\topskip 12\p@ plus60\p@ \r@ggedbottomtrue}% -\def\normalbottom{\topskip 12\p@ \r@ggedbottomfalse}% -% -% Redefined from PLAIN.TEX to omit extraneous skips and such surprises. -\def\endinsert{\egroup % finish the \vbox - \if@mid \dimen@\ht\z@ \advance\dimen@\dp\z@ - \advance\dimen@12\p@ \advance\dimen@\pagetotal - \ifdim\dimen@>\pagegoal\@midfalse\p@gefalse\fi\fi - \if@mid \box\z@\goodbreak - \else\insert\topins{\penalty100 % floating insertion - \splittopskip\z@skip - \splitmaxdepth\maxdimen \floatingpenalty\z@ - \ifp@ge \dimen@\dp\z@ - \vbox to\vsize{\unvbox\z@\kern-\dimen@}% depth is zero - \else \box\z@\nobreak\fi}\fi\endgroup} -% -% Redefined from PLAIN.TEX to take mode into account -\mathchardef\*dda="227A -\mathchardef\*dag="2279 -\mathchardef\*neg="023A -\def\ddagger{\relax\ifmmode\*dda\else$\*dda$\fi}% -\def\dagger{\relax\ifmmode\*dag\else$\*dag$\fi}% -\def\neg{\relax\ifmmode\*neg\else$\*neg$\fi} -% -% Redefined from PLAIN.TEX to take present font size into account -% -\def\strut{\relax - \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height 1.8ex depth .6ex width 0pt}% - \ifmmode\copy\strutbox\else\unhcopy\strutbox\fi}% -% -% -% Starting TEXT1 Definitions -% -% Use this one for Textures -% -\if*MAC - \def\include#1{\special {picture #1}}% - \else - \def\include#1{\special {IPS #1}}% added by gap 1/27/87 -\fi -\let\incl=\include -% -\def\text#1{{\it\TeX T1}}% added by drg 9/26/86 -\def\bf{\bd}% added by jkw 6/30/86 -\def\cents{\hbox{\rm\rlap/c}}% added by jkw 6/30/86 -\def\fraction#1/#2 {% added by jkw 7/8/86 - \leavevmode\kern.1em \raise.6ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}\kern-.1em - /\kern-.15em\lower.25ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}} -\let\frac=\fraction -\message{bibliography, } -% Bibliography -% -\newtoks\bi*f \bi*f={\goodbreak\vs{1\bl}\hp\nin} % init bibentry -\newtoks\bi*t \bi*t={\dumpinsertseject\cl{\bd\bibtitle} - \vs{1\bl}}% init bibliography title format -\newtoks\bi*r \bi*r={width 3em height .6ex depth -.5ex} -\newcount\bi*n \bi*n=0 % counter for numbered bibliography -\newif\if*TC*bib \*TC*bibtrue -% -\long\def\bibliographyformat#1{{% definition of bibliographic format - \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*bibtrue - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{yes}% - \edef\V{no}% - \ifx \T\U % Already true - \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*bibfalse - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to - incontents in bibliographyformat is not "yes" or "no". - "yes" will be assumed} - \fi\fi}% - \long\def\everybibentry##1{\global\bi*f={##1}}% -% Remove this some day - \let\bibentryformat=\everybibentry% - \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\bi*t={##1}}% replacement format for bibliography title - \def\sameauthorrulesize##1{\global\bi*r={##1}}% - #1}}% -\let\bif=\bibliographyformat -% -\def\bibtitle{} -\def\bibliography#1{% calls bibtitle format and passes title - \global\bi*n=0 % set bib counter to zero each call - \global\def\bibtitle{#1} % collect title tokens - \par - \bgroup - \let\toclinebreak=\space - \let\toclbr=\space - \the\bi*t - \egroup - \D=\lastskip - \removelastskip - \if*TC*bib \putincontents1{\the\*btf}\fi % call bib title format - \ignorespaces - \vs{\D} -}% end bibliography markup -\let\bib=\bibliography -% -\def\bibnumber{\the\bi*n}% -\def\bibentry{\par\global\advance\bi*n by1\the\bi*f}% -\let\bie=\bibentry % abbreviation for \bibentry -% -\def\sameauthor{\vrule\the\bi*r}% -\let\sau=\sameauthor -% -\message{misc, } -\def\underscore#1{$\underline{\smash{\hbox{#1}}}$}% -\let\us=\underscore -\def\leader{\leaders\hbox to 8pt{\hss.\hss}\hfill}% -% -\def\hyphenoff{\pretolerance=10000\hbadness=10000}% -\let\hof=\hyphenoff -\def\hyphenon{\pretolerance=100\hbadness=1000}% -\let\hon=\hyphenon -% -\def\today{\ifcase\month\or - January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or - July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi - \space\number\day,\space\number\year}% -% -% -\def\tilde{\relax\ifmmode\mathaccent"707E % relax added to trigger math - \else{\sy\char'030}\fi}% mode in tabs 1/27/87 -% -\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em}}% -% -\def\}{\relax\ifmmode \rbrace % relax added to trigger math mode in tabs - \else $\rbrace$\fi}% -% -\def\{{\relax\ifmmode \lbrace % relax added to trigger math mode in tabs - \else $\lbrace$\fi}% -% -\def\\{\relax\ifmmode \delimiter"26E30F % relax added to trigger math - \else $\delimiter"26E30F$\fi}% mode in tabs -% -\let\leftsquarebracket=[ -\let\rightsquarebracket=] -\let\lsb=[ -\let\rsb=] -\def\~#1{{\relax\ifmmode\mathaccent"707E % relax added to trigger math - \else \accent"7E #1\fi}}% mode in tabs -% -% baselineskip = interlineskip -% -\newskip\*isk -\newskip\baseline -\let\bl=\baseline -\def\interlineskip#1{\baselineskip=#1% - \baseline=#1% - \*isk=#1\relax}% -\let\isk=\interlineskip -% -\message{selectfontset, } -\newfam\bifam \newfam\ccfam -% -% The \selectfontset macros are by JKW -% -\newtoks\naMEtok -\newtoks\maTHtok -\newskip\bAseSkip -\newtoks\*sfslbl -\if*PC - \*sfslbl={.txt} - \else - \*sfslbl={.textext} -\fi - -\def\selectfontset#1#2#3{\naMEtok={#2} - \edef\T{default}% - \edef\U{#3}% - \ifx\U\T \bAseSkip=0pt - \else \bAseSkip=#3\fi - \input #1\the\*sfslbl }% -\let\sfs=\selectfontset -\sfs{cm12}{twelvept}{default} -\sfs{cm10}{tenpt}{default} -\twelvept -% -\newtoks\*smslbl -\if*PC - \*smslbl={.mth} - \else - \*smslbl={.texmath} -\fi - -\def\selectmathset#1#2{\maTHtok={#2}\input #1\the\*smslbl}% -\let\sms=\selectmathset -\selectmathset{cm97m}{mathdefault} % -\mathdefault -% -% SELECT SPECIFIC FONT, jkw 8/26/86 -\newread\ckfnt -\newif\ifnotcfend -\newtoks\nUMtok -\newtoks\nmtok - -\if*CMS -\def\selectspecificfont#1#2#3{\naMEtok={#1}\nUMtok={#3} - \nmtok={#1\romannumeral #2} - \def\T{\uppercase{#1 }}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname I\the\nmtok\endcsname{\isk{\the\nUMtok}} - \openin\ckfnt=cgfonts.lclist - \loop\read\ckfnt to \W - \edef\U{\uppercase{\W}}% - \ifx\U\T - \expandafter\font\csname F\the\nmtok% - \endcsname=#1 at #2 pt \notcfendfalse - \else\ifeof\ckfnt - \expandafter\font\csname F\the\nmtok% - \endcsname=#1#2 \notcfendfalse - \else\notcfendtrue\fi\fi - \ifnotcfend \repeat - \closein\ckfnt - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname ##1;{% - \noexpand\csname F\the\naMEtok - \noexpand\romannumeral\noexpand ##1\noexpand\endcsname - \noexpand\csname I\the\naMEtok - \noexpand\romannumeral\noexpand ##1\noexpand\endcsname}}% -\else -\def\selectspecificfont#1#2#3{\naMEtok={#1}\nUMtok={#3} - \nmtok={#1\romannumeral #2} - \def\T{\uppercase{#1 }}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname I\the\nmtok\endcsname{\isk{\the\nUMtok}} - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname ##1;{% - \noexpand\csname F\the\naMEtok - \noexpand\romannumeral\noexpand ##1\noexpand\endcsname - \noexpand\csname I\the\naMEtok - \noexpand\romannumeral\noexpand ##1\noexpand\endcsname}}% -\fi - -\let\ssf=\selectspecificfont -% -\skewchar\teni='177 \skewchar\seveni='177 \skewchar\fivei='177 -\skewchar\tensy='60 \skewchar\sevensy='60 \skewchar\fivesy='60 -% -\setbox0=\hbox{\tenex B} \p@renwd=\wd0 % width of the big left ( -% -% -\message{monospace, } -\newif\if*msp \*mspfalse -\if*CMS -\def\monospace{% - \global\*msptrue % changed to global 6/27/86 bth - \sfs{monofont}{defaultmono}{default} - \defaultmono - \gdef\underscore##1{{\italicfont ##1}}% - \global\let\us=\underscore - \special{fonts=10cpi} - \raggedbottom - \global\paragraphskip{0pt} - \global\paragraphindent{36pt} - \gdef\tilde{\ifmmode\mathaccent"707E% - \else \char'176{}\fi}% - \gdef\_{\char'137{}}% - \gdef\}{\ifmmode \rbrace - \else \char'175{}\fi}% - \gdef\{{\ifmmode \lbrace - \else\char'173{}\fi}% - \gdef\\{\ifmmode \delimiter"26E30F% - \else\char'134{}\fi}% - \gdef\neg{\char'136{}}% - \gdef\ellipsis##1{{\def\U{\message{<TEXT1> Error! Only 3 or 4 are valid for ellipsis. Command ignored.}} - \ifcase ##1\U\or\U\or\U% - \or .~.~. - \or .~.~.~. - \else\U\fi}}% - - \tableofcontentsformat{% added 1/26/87 Guenther - \toctitle{\centerline{\bd Table of Contents} - \vs{1\bl}} - \figuretoctitle{\newpage - \centerline{\bd List of Figures} - \line{Figure \rt{Page}}} - \tabletoctitle{\newpage - \centerline{\bd List of Tables} - \line{Table \rt{Page}}} - }% end table of contents format - - \global\let\el=\ellipsis - \asisformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}\everyasis{\leftindent{0pt}}\skipafter{1\bl}} - \blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{1\bl}\everyblockquote{\rm\leftindent{36pt}\rightindent{36pt}}\skipafter{1\bl}} - \figureformat{\titleformat{\bqb\bd\hp Figure \figurenumber. \figuretitle \bqe}} - \tableformat{\titleformat{\vs{\bl}\cl{\bd Table \tablenumber} - \cl{\rm\tabletitle}\vs{\bl}}} - \endnoteformat{\skipbefore{0\bl}\notereferencefont{\rm}\everyendnote{\rm\lin{0pt}}} - \footnoteformat{\textreferenceposition{down}\textreferencefont{\rm}\textreferencestyle{(1)} - \notereferencefont{\rm}\everyfootnote{\rm\pin{.5in}\psk{.5in}\lin{0pt}\rin{0pt}}} - - \partformat{\titleformat{\dumpinsertseject\titlepage - \hrule height0pt depth0pt \vfil - \cl{\bd Part \partnumber}\cl{\bd\parttitle}\np - \scn{0}\ssan{0}\ssbn{0}\sscn{0}\ssdn{0} - \sfn{0}\stn{0}\sfnn{0}\senn{0}}}% end part format - \indexformat1{\everyindex{\rm}} - \indexformat2{\everyindex{\rm}} - \indexformat3{\everyindex{\rm}} - \chapterformat{\titleformat{\dumpinsertseject\cl{\bd Chapter \chapternumber}\cl{\bd\chaptertitle}\vs{1\bl} - \ssan{0}\ssbn{0}\sscn{0}\ssdn{0}}}% end chapter format - \prefaceformat{\titleformat{\dumpinsertseject\cl{\bd\prefacetitle} - \vs{1\bl}\ssan{0}\ssbn{0}\sscn{0}\ssdn{0}}}% end preface format - \appendixformat{\titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \cl{\bd Appendix \appendixnumber}\cl{\bd\appendixtitle}\vs{1\bl} - \scn{0}\ssan{0}\ssbn{0}\sscn{0}\ssdn{0}\sfn{0}\stn{0}}}% end appendix format - \subheadaformat{\titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \bd\nin\subheadatitle\par\nobreak\vs{1\bl}\nobreak - \ssbn{0}\sscn{0}\ssdn{0}}}% end subheadaformat markup - \subheadbformat{\titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \it\nin\subheadbtitle\par\nobreak\vs{1\bl}\nobreak - \sscn{0}\ssdn{0}}}% end subheadbformat markup - \subheadcformat{\titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \nin\subheadctitle\par\nobreak\vs{1\bl}\nobreak\ssdn{0}}}% end subheadc format markup - \subheaddformat{\titleformat{\goodbreak{\it \subheaddtitle.}}}% end subheadd markup - \runningheadformat{\bothpages{\line{\rm\lft{}\ctr{}\rt{\pagenumber}} - \vs{1\bl}}}% end runningheadformat markup -}% END monospace markup definition -\else - \def\monospace{\message{<TEXT1> monospace fonts are not available. Use - typewritter fonts instead.}} -\fi -\let\msp=\monospace -% -\def\sl{\message{<TEXT1> Warning! The slanted font is not in font sets. Only tensl is used.}\tensl}% -\message{more misc, } -% -% Ellipsis command 10/22/85 -% -\def\ellipsis#1{{\def\U{\message{<TEXT1> Error! Only 3 or 4 are valid for ellipsis. Command ignored.}} - \ifcase #1\U\or\U\or\U% - \or \ifmmode\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp} - \else$\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}$\fi - \or \ifmmode\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp} - \else\removelastskip$\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp$\fi - \else\U\fi}}% -\let\el=\ellipsis -% -% dumpinsertseject is plain.tex \dosupereject with and \else added -% -\def\dumpinsertseject{\ifnum\insertpenalties>\z@ % something is being held over - \line{}\kern-\topskip\nobreak\vfill\supereject - \else \newpage - \fi}% END dumpinsertseject markup definition -\let\die=\dumpinsertseject -\message{page format, } -% -\newif\if*tempif -% -% Pageformat command -% -\newdimen\pg*l \pg*l=11in % page length -\newdimen\pg*t \pg*t=0in % top margin set for 1in origin -\newdimen\pg*b \pg*b=2in % bottom margin set for 1in origin -\newdimen\pg*w \pg*w=8.5in % page width -\newdimen\pg*r \pg*r=2in % right margin set for 1in, -\newdimen\*lmar \*lmar=0.2in % left margin set for 1in -% Note: TEX origin at 1in,1in -\newif\if*cropmarks \*cropmarksfalse -\newdimen\pg*a \pg*a=0in -\hsize=6.3in \hoffset=0.2in -\vsize=9in \voffset=0in -% -\def\pageformat#1{{\par - \def\pagelength##1{\global\pg*l=##1 - \cpt*vs}% - \def\topmargin##1{\global\pg*t=##1 - \global\advance\pg*t by- 1in % set margin 1in,1in - \cpt*vs}% - \def\bottommargin##1{\global\pg*b=##1 - \global\advance\pg*b by 1in % set margin 1in,1in - \cpt*vs}% - \def\pagewidth##1{\global\pg*w=##1\cpt*hs}% - \def\rightmargin##1{\global\pg*r=##1 - \global\advance\pg*r by 1in % set margin 1in,1in - \cpt*hs}% - \def\leftmargin##1{\global\*lmar=##1 - \global\advance\*lmar by -1in % set margin 1in,1in - \cpt*hs}% - \def\bindingadjust##1{\global\pg*a=##1\cpt*hs}% - \def\galleywidth##1{\global\pg*w=##1 - \global\advance\pg*w by\*lmar - \global\advance\pg*w by\pg*r \cpt*hs}% - \def\cropmarks##1{\global\*cropmarksfalse - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{yes}% - \edef\V{no}% - \ifx \T\U \global\*cropmarkstrue - \else \ifx \T\V \global\*cropmarksfalse - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to cropmarks in - pageformat is not "yes" or "no". "no" will be assumed} - \*cropmarksfalse - \fi\fi}% - #1}}% End pageformat markup definition -\let\pf=\pageformat -% -% set page text size, compute hsize -% -\def\cpt*hs{% COMPUTE HORIZONTAL SIZE - \global\hoffset=\*lmar - \global\hsize=\pg*w % added global 11/11/86 bth - \global\advance\hsize by-\pg*r % "" - \global\advance\hsize by-\*lmar % "" - \global\*txtw=\hsize}% added for multi column routines -% -% set page text size, vsize -% -\def\cpt*vs{% COMPUTE VERTICAL SIZE - \global\voffset=\pg*t - \global\vsize=\pg*l - \global\advance\vsize by-\pg*t - \global\advance\vsize by-\pg*b - \if*title \global\advance \voffset by \tp*sk % lines from titlepage - \global\advance \vsize by -\tp*sk % from titlepage - \fi - \global\*txth=\vsize}% added for multi column routines -% -% left center right -% -\def\lft#1{#1\hfill} -\def\ctr#1{\hfill #1\hfill} -\def\rt#1{\hfill #1} -% -\message{running heads, } -% -% Page numbers -% -\def\setpagenumber#1{\global\pageno=#1}% -\let\spn=\setpagenumber -\def\pagenumber{\ifnum \pageno<0 \romannumeral-\pageno - \else \number\pageno\fi}% -\let\pn=\pagenumber -% -\def\rule{\vskip 1\baselineskip\hrule}% -% -% Running heads -% -\newif\if*title -% -\newtoks\rh*r \rh*r={\line{\twelvept\rt{\pagenumber}}\vs{\bl}} -\newtoks\rh*l \rh*l={\line{\twelvept\rt{\pagenumber}}\vs{\bl}} -\newtoks\rf*r \rf*r={} -\newtoks\rf*l \rf*l={} -% -\def\runningheadformat#1{{% - \def\*ttitle##1{\setbox\A=\vbox{##1}% - \D=\ht\A - \advance\D by -1in - \ifdim \D>\pg*t - \global\pg*t=\D - \global\advance\pg*t by 12pt - \advance\D by 1in - \message{<TEXT1> Warning, the top margin you - have specified is less than the - running top title. The top margin will - be changed to \the\D} - \cpt*vs - \fi - \if*tempif \global\rh*l={\hrule width\hsize - height0pt depth0pt ##1} - \else \global\rh*r={\hrule width\hsize - height0pt depth0pt ##1}\fi - }% end *ttitle definition - \def\evenpages##1{\*tempiftrue\*ttitle{##1}}% - \def\oddpages##1{\*tempiffalse\*ttitle{##1}}% - \def\bothpages##1{\*tempiftrue\*ttitle{##1} - \*tempiffalse\*ttitle{##1}}% - \relax - #1 - }}% END runningheadformat markup definition -\let \rhf = \runningheadformat -% -\def\runningfootformat#1{{% - \def\*btitle##1{\setbox\A=\vbox{##1}% - \D=\ht\A - \advance\D by 1in - \ifdim \D>\pg*b - \global\pg*b=\D - \global\advance\pg*b by 12pt - \advance\D by -1in - \message{<TEXT1> Warning, the bottom margin - you have specified is less than height of the - running bottom title. - The bottom margin will be - changed to \the\D} - \cpt*vs - \fi - \if*tempif \global\rf*l={##1} - \else \global\rf*r={##1}\fi - }% end of bottomline - \def\evenpages##1{\*tempiftrue\*btitle{##1}}% - \def\oddpages##1{\*tempiffalse\*btitle{##1}}% - \def\bothpages##1{\*tempiftrue\*btitle{##1} - \*tempiffalse\*btitle{##1}}% - \relax - #1}}% END runningfootformat markup definition -\let \rff = \runningfootformat -% -\newdimen\tp*sk \tp*sk=1in -\newtoks\tp*fl \tp*fl={} -\def\titlepageformat#1{{% - \def\titleleadskip##1{\global\tp*sk=##1}% - \def\titlefootline##1{\global\tp*fl={##1}}% - \relax - #1 - \titlepage}} %end of titlepageformat -\let \tpf = \titlepageformat -% -\def\titlepage{\global\*titletrue - \cpt*vs}% -\let\tp=\titlepage -\def\notitlepage{\global\*titlefalse - \cpt*vs}% -\let\ntp=\notitlepage -% -\message{output, } -% -% Output changed to permit binding adjust -% -\output={\*mkpg} -% -\def\*mkpg{\*badj - \plainoutput - \if*title \notitlepage\fi - \ifnum\*pcount>0 \*blkpg\fi}% insert blank page -% -\def\plainoutput{\shipout\vbox{\*setcrops{\vbox{% - \makeheadline - \pagebody - \makefootline}}} - \advancepageno - \ifnum\outputpenalty>-\@MM - \else\dosupereject\fi} -% -\def\*setcrops#1{\setbox\A=\vbox{#1} - \if*cropmarks - \D=\wd\A - \advance\D by 15pt - \vbox{\hsize=\the\D - \offinterlineskip\psk{0pt}\pin{0pt} - \hbox to \D{\vrule width 5pt height .1pt depth 0pt - \hfill - \vrule width 5pt height .1pt depth 0pt} - \hbox to \D{\vrule height 5pt width .1pt depth 0pt - \hfill - \vrule height 5pt width .1pt depth 0pt} - \vs{\the\pg*t} - \vs{3pt} - \hbox to \D{\hfill\box\A\hfill} - \vs{3pt} - \hbox to \D{\vrule width .1pt height 5pt depth 0pt - \hfill - \vrule width .1pt height 5pt depth 0pt} - \hbox to \D{\vrule width 5pt height .1pt depth 0pt - \hfill - \vrule width 5pt height .1pt depth 0pt}} - \else \box\A\fi} -% -\def\makeheadline{% headline set for multiple and single column modes - \if*title% Do nothing if its a title page - \else \setbox\A=\vbox{\hsize=\the\*txtw % hsize added to allow - \ifodd\pageno\the\rh*r % headline to print the - \else\the\rh*l\fi} % full width in multi - \vbox to 0pt{\vskip-\ht\A\box\A\vss} % column mode - \fi} % This could replace the TEXT1@@ definition -% -\def\makefootline{\if*title - \if*cropmarks \vbox{\hsize=\the\*txtw\the\tp*fl\vss} - \else\vbox to 0pt{\hsize=\the\*txtw\the\tp*fl\vss}\fi - \else\if*cropmarks \vbox{\hsize=\the\*txtw\ifodd\pageno\the\rf*r - \else\the\rf*l\fi\vss} - \else\vbox to 0pt{\hsize=\the\*txtw\ifodd\pageno\the\rf*r - \else\the\rf*l\fi\vss}\fi % hsize added for multi column mode - \fi} % This could replace the TEXT1@@ definition -% -\def\*badj{\ifdim\pg*a=\z@ % do nothing if binding adjust absent - \else - \ifodd\pageno % Binding adjust markup (revised 2/03/87 - \global\hoffset=\*lmar % offset equals left margin value - \global\advance\hoffset by\pg*a % plus binding adjust - \else - \global\hoffset=\*lmar % offset equals left margin value - \global\advance\hoffset by-\pg*a % plus binding adjust - \fi\fi}% end binding adjust markup -\message{more misc, } -% -% linebreak -% -\def\linebreak{\null\hfil\break} -\let\lbr=\linebreak -\let\toclinebreak=\linebreak -\let\toclbr=\linebreak -% -% Horizontal skip -% -\def\horizontalspace#1{\null\hskip#1\relax}% -\let\hs=\horizontalspace -% -% skip down -% -\def\verticalspace#1{\vskip #1\relax}% -\let\vs=\verticalspace -% -\def\verticalspacekeep#1{\par - \hbox{\vbox{\vskip #1\relax}}}% -\let\vsk=\verticalspacekeep -% -% raggedright (as TeX basic) -% -\newdimen\r*sk \r*sk=0pt % dimension to save right skip -\def\rightragged{\par \r*sk=\rightskip \*rrtrue - \if*msp \rightskip=\r*sk plus10em - \spaceskip=1em \xspaceskip=1em - \else \rightskip=\r*sk plus2em\relax - \spaceskip=.3333em \xspaceskip=.5em - \fi} -\let\rr=\rightragged -% -% leftragged -% -\newdimen\l*sk \l*sk=0pt % dimension to save left skip -\def\leftragged{\par % - \l*sk=\leftskip - \spaceskip=.35em - \xspaceskip=.55em - \parfillskip=0pt - \leftskip=\l*sk plus2em\relax} -\let\lr=\leftragged -% -\newif\if*rr \*rrfalse -\def\justify{\par - \rightskip=\r*sk - \*rrfalse - \leftskip=\l*sk - \spaceskip=0pt \xspaceskip=0pt - \parfillskip=0pt plus1fil\relax} -\let\ju=\justify -% -% spacing -% -\def\singlespace{\par\baselineskip=\*isk} -\let\ssp=\singlespace -\def\doublespace{\par\baselineskip=2\*isk} -\let\dsp=\doublespace -% -% paragraph -% -\let\paragraph=\par -\def\paragraphindent#1{\parindent=#1} -\let\pin=\paragraphindent -\def\paragraphskip#1{\parskip=#1} -\let\psk=\paragraphskip -% -% noindent -% -\let\nin=\noindent -% -% hanging paragraph macro -% -\newdimen\*hin \*hin=24pt -\def\hangingindent#1{\*hin=#1} -\let\hin=\hangingindent -% -\def\hangingparagraph{\par - \hangindent=\*hin - \hangafter=1 - \noindent} -\let\hp=\hangingparagraph -\newif\if*mnr \*mnrfalse % left/right margin note indicator -\newtoks\e*mn \e*mn={\tenpt\rr} % every margin note tokens -\newtoks\*mnw \*mnw={54pt} % margin note width tokens -\newtoks\*mngut \*mngut={6pt} % margin note gutter tokens -\message{margin note, } -% -% Margin Note markup -% -\def\marginnoteformat#1{% MARGINAL NOTE FORMAT - \def\position##1{% "left" or "right" margin note check - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{left}% - \edef\V{right}% - \ifx \T\U \global\*mnrfalse % left margin notes true - \else\ifx \T\V \global\*mnrtrue % right margin notes true - \else\global\*mnrfalse % default, improper entry - \write16{<TEXT1> You must specify "left" or "right" in % - the marginnoteformat markup. Left is the default.}% - \fi\fi}% end margin note check - \def\notewidth##1{\global\*mnw={##1}}% note width variable - \def\notegutter##1{\global\*mngut={##1}}% gutter width variable - \def\everymarginnote##1{\global\e*mn={##1}}% token variable - #1}% insert arguments, END marginnoteformat -\let\mnf=\marginnoteformat % set marginnoteformat abbreviation -% -\long\def\marginnote#1{% BEGIN MARGIN NOTE MACRO - \if*CG - \special{MARGINNOTE=true} % added 6/30/87 jkw for 8600 line numbering - \fi - \ifvmode\leavevmode\fi % can't use vadjust in vertical mode - \bgroup % begin margin note routine - \def\rightragged{\r*sk=\rightskip \*rrtrue - \if*msp \rightskip=\r*sk plus10em % - \spaceskip=1em \xspaceskip=1em % - \else \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus1fil\relax % - \spaceskip=.35em \xspaceskip=.55em % - \fi}% par removed from TEXT1 version % - \let\rr=\rightragged % -% - \tolerance=6000 % increase line-breaking tolerance - \hbadness=6000 % increase warning tolerance - \strut % sets line depth for vadjust - \D=\dp\strutbox % capture depth of current line - \the\e*mn % every margin note tokens - \strut % sets strut to margin note font - \parskip=0pt % cancel any paragraph skip - \if*mnr % right margin notes true - \vadjust{ % make whats'it in text - \rlap{\smash{ % rightlap, make note depth zero - \hskip\hsize % skip to right margin - \hskip\the\*mngut % make gutter - \vtop{\hsize=\the\*mnw % set reference point, new hsize - \kern-\D % kern depth of current text line - \kern-\ht\strutbox % kern height of margin note text - \nin#1}}}}% % input margin note text - \else % left margin notes true - \vadjust{ % make whats'it in text - \llap{\smash{ % leftlap, make note depth zero - \vtop{\hsize=\the\*mnw % gather vertical material with - \kern-\D % kern depth of current text line - \kern-\ht\strutbox % kern height of margin note text - \nin#1}% reference point at the top - \hskip\the\*mngut}}}% make margin note gutter - \fi % - \egroup % end margin notes routine - \ignorespaces}% END margin note macro -\let\mn=\marginnote -% -\message{labels, } -% -% labeled definition macro -% -\newdimen\la*w \la*w=1in % Label width -\newtoks\la*g \la*g={1em} % Label gutter -\newtoks\la*s \la*s={1\bl} % Skip before label -\newtoks\la*f \la*f={\rm} % Label font -% -\long\def\label#1{\par\vskip\the\la*s - \setbox\A=\vtop{\hsize=\la*w - \leftskip=0pt - \rightskip=0pt plus2em - \tolerance=1600 - \noindent - \the\la*f - #1}% - \hangindent=\la*w - \advance \hangindent by \the\la*g - \hangafter=1 - \noindent - \setbox0=\hbox{\rlap{\box\A}}\ht0=0pt\dp0=0pt\box0% - \hskip\la*w - \hskip\the\la*g - \ignorespaces} -\let\la=\label -% -\def\labelformat#1{{\def\skipbefore##1{\global\la*s={##1}}% - \def\labelwidth##1{\global\la*w=##1}% - \def\gutter##1{\global\la*g={##1}}% - \def\everylabel##1{\global\la*f={##1}}% - #1}}% End labelformat -\let\laf=\labelformat -% -\message{indents, } -% -% leftindent -% -\newif\if*ok -\newif\if*zero -\def\leftindent#1{\par - \*zerofalse - \*okfalse - \e*p#1\end% - \if*zero \leftskip 0pt \fi - \advance \leftskip by #1 - \l*sk=\leftskip % l*sk used in justify reset - }% -\let\lin=\leftindent -% -\def\rightindent#1{\par - \*zerofalse \*okfalse - \e*p#1\end% - \if*zero \rightskip 0pt \fi - \advance \rightskip by #1 - \if*rr\rr\fi - \r*sk=\rightskip}% r*sk used in justify reset -\let\rin=\rightindent -% -% \e*p will determine if the parm value passed to \leftindent -% or \rightindent is to be relative to the previous indent, which means a -% "+" or "-" will appear in front of the indent value. If no "+" or "-", -% then the indent is to be absolute from the original left margin. -% -\def\e*p#1{\ifx #1\end \let \next = \relax% e*p => Evaluate Parameter - \else \if*ok \let \next = \e*p - \else \global\*oktrue - \ifx #1+ \let \next = \e*p - \else \ifx #1- \let \next = \e*p - \else \*zerotrue - \let \next = \e*p - \fi\fi\fi\fi \next} -% -\message{block quotes, } -% -% Blockquote -% -\newskip\bq*sb \bq*sb = 6pt % Default skip before -\newskip\bq*sa \bq*sa = 6pt % Default skip after -\newtoks\bq*f \bq*f={\tenpt\leftindent{24pt}\rightindent{24pt}} -% -\def\blockquoteformat#1{{% - \def\everyblockquote##1{\global\bq*f={##1}}% - \def\skipbefore##1{\global\bq*sb=##1\relax}% - \def\skipafter##1{\global\bq*sa=##1\relax}% - #1}} %end of blockquoteformat -\let\bqf=\blockquoteformat -% -\def\blockquotebegin{\par\vskip\bq*sb\relax\begingroup - \the\bq*f } -\let\bqb=\blockquotebegin -\def\blockquoteend{\par\endgroup\vskip\bq*sa\relax} -\let\bqe=\blockquoteend -% -\message{footnotes, } -% -% -% -% Footnote -% -% The "tfn" prefixed values are for the reference in the text of -% the document. -% -\newif\if*tfn*dnum \*tfn*dnumfalse %"1." style -\newif\if*tfn*unum \*tfn*unumtrue %"1" style -\newif\if*tfn*pnum \*tfn*pnumfalse %"(1)" style -\newif\if*tfn*dlet \*tfn*dletfalse % "a." style -\newif\if*tfn*ulet \*tfn*uletfalse % "a" style -\newif\if*tfn*plet \*tfn*pletfalse % "(a)" style -\newif\if*tfn*rbe \*tfn*rbefalse % reference after word -\newif\if*tfnupchar \*tfnupchartrue % -\newtoks\*tfn*rfont \*tfn*rfont={\tenpt\rm} -% -% The "nfn" prefixed values are for the reference as it is formatted -% at the bottom of the page. -% -\newif\if*nfn*dnum \*nfn*dnumtrue %"1." style -\newif\if*nfn*unum \*nfn*unumfalse %"1" style -\newif\if*nfn*pnum \*nfn*pnumfalse %"(1)" style -\newif\if*nfn*dlet \*nfn*dletfalse % "a." style -\newif\if*nfn*ulet \*nfn*uletfalse % "a" style -\newif\if*nfn*plet \*nfn*pletfalse % "(1)" style -\newif\if*nfnupchar \*nfnupcharfalse % reference is not superscript -\newtoks\*nfn*rfont \*nfn*rfont={\tenpt\rm} -\newtoks\*nfng \*nfng={1em} -% -\newif\if*fn*llap \*fn*llaptrue -\newtoks\fn*f -\newcount\fn*num -\newdimen\fn*div \fn*div=2in -\newskip\fn*sadiv \fn*sadiv=2.6pt %default skip after divider -\newskip\fn*sbdiv \fn*sbdiv=6pt %default skip before divider -% -\def\footnotenumber{{\if*tfn*dnum \the\fn*num % "1." style - \else\if*tfn*unum \the\fn*num % "1" style - \else\if*tfn*pnum \the\fn*num % "(1)" style - \else\l*alphatrue \a*c{\fn*num} % "a.", "a", and "(a)" - \fi\fi\fi - \removelastskip}} -% -\def\setfootnotenumber#1{\fn*num=#1} -\let\sfnn=\setfootnotenumber -% -\skip\footins=15pt plus 3pt minus 2pt -\fn*f={\tenpt\pin{20pt}\lin{0in}} -% -\def\footnoteformat#1{{% - \def\everyfootnote##1{\global\fn*f{##1}}% - \def\textreferencestyle##1{% - \global\*tfn*dnumfalse - \global\*tfn*unumfalse - \global\*tfn*pnumfalse - \global\*tfn*dletfalse - \global\*tfn*uletfalse - \global\*tfn*pletfalse - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{(1)}% - \edef\V{1}% - \edef\Y{1.}% - \edef\W{(a)}% - \edef\X{a}% - \edef\Z{a.}% - \ifx\T\U \global\*tfn*pnumtrue - \else\ifx\T\V \global\*tfn*unumtrue - \else\ifx\T\Y \global\*tfn*dnumtrue - \else\ifx\T\W \global\*tfn*plettrue - \else\ifx\T\X \global\*tfn*ulettrue - \else\ifx\T\Z \global\*tfn*dlettrue - \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! textreferencestyle ##1 - is not a valid style. Statement ignored.} - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}% end reference style - \def\textreferencefont##1{\global\*tfn*rfont{##1}}% - \def\textreferenceplacement##1{\global\*tfn*rbefalse - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{before}% - \edef\V{after}% - \ifx\T\U \global\*tfn*rbetrue - \else\ifx\T\V \global\*tfn*rbefalse - \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! textreferenceplacement ##1 - is invalid. Statement ignored.} - \fi\fi} - \def\textreferenceposition##1{\global\*tfnupcharfalse - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{up}% - \edef\V{down}% - \ifx\T\U \global\*tfnupchartrue - \else\ifx\T\V \global\*tfnupcharfalse - \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! textreferenceposition ##1 - has an invalid parameter. Statement ignored.} - \fi\fi} - \def\notereferencestyle##1{ - \global\*nfn*dnumfalse - \global\*nfn*unumfalse - \global\*nfn*pnumfalse - \global\*nfn*dletfalse - \global\*nfn*uletfalse - \global\*nfn*pletfalse - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{(1)}% - \edef\V{1}% - \edef\Y{1.}% - \edef\W{(a)}% - \edef\X{a}% - \edef\Z{a.}% - \ifx\T\Y \global\*nfn*dnumtrue - \else\ifx\T\U \global\*nfn*pnumtrue - \else\ifx\T\V \global\*nfn*unumtrue - \else\ifx\T\W \global\*nfn*plettrue - \else\ifx\T\X \global\*nfn*ulettrue - \else\ifx\T\Z \global\*nfn*dlettrue - \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! notereferencestyle ##1 - is not a valid style. Statement ignored.} - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}% end reference style - \def\notereferencefont##1{\global\*nfn*rfont{##1}}% - \def\notereferenceposition##1{\global\*nfnupcharfalse - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{up}% - \edef\V{down}% - \ifx\T\U \global\*nfnupchartrue - \else\ifx\T\V \global\*nfnupcharfalse - \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! notereferenceposition ##1 - has an invalid parameter. Statement ignored.} - \fi\fi}% - \def\skipbeforedivider##1{\global\fn*sbdiv=##1\relax}% - \def\footnotedivider##1{\global\fn*div=##1\relax}% - \def\notereferencegutter##1{\global\*nfng={##1}}% - \def\skipafterdivider##1{\global\fn*sadiv=##1\relax}% - #1 - \relax - \skip\footins=0pt plus 3pt minus 2pt - \global\advance\skip\footins by \fn*sbdiv\relax% - \global\advance\skip\footins by \fn*sadiv\relax% -}} % end of footnoteformat -\let\fnf=\footnoteformat -% -\def\autofootnote{\global\advance\fn*num by 1 - \l*alphatrue - \xdef\I{% - \if*tfn*unum \the\fn*num% - \else \if*tfn*ulet \a*c{\the\fn*num}% - \else \if*tfn*plet (\a*c{\the\fn*num})% - \else \if*tfn*pnum (\the\fn*num)% - \else \if*tfn*dlet \a*c{\the\fn*num}.% - \else \if*tfn*dnum \the\fn*num.% - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}% - \def\K{% - \if*nfn*unum \the\fn*num% - \else \if*nfn*ulet \a*c{\the\fn*num}% - \else \if*nfn*plet (\a*c{\the\fn*num})% - \else \if*nfn*pnum (\the\fn*num)% - \else \if*nfn*dlet \a*c{\the\fn*num}.% - \else \if*nfn*dnum \the\fn*num.% - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}% -% - \let\@sf=\empty - \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor=\the\spacefactor}\fi - \def\J{{\the\*tfn*rfont - \if*tfnupchar \raise.7ex\hbox{\the\*tfn*rfont\I}% - \else {\I}\fi}}% - \if*tfn*rbe \@sf\J\ignorespaces% - \else\unskip\unskip\unskip\unskip\J\@sf\fi - \def\M{{\the\*nfn*rfont - \if*nfnupchar \raise.7ex\hbox{\K}% - \else {\K}\fi}}% - \vfootnote{\M}} -\let\afn=\autofootnote -% -% vfootnote redefined to include fn*f features -% The addition of hsize=txtw in vfootnote for flexibleformat allows the -% -% footnote to print across the full text width at the page bottom. -% -% Footstrut redefined to baselineskip for consistent spacing in footnote -% -% -\def\footnoterule{\vskip-\fn*sadiv\hrule width\fn*div\vskip\fn*sadiv\relax} -% -% redefined from PLAIN TEX to baselineskip. PLAIN TEX -% used the height of a ten point strutbox -% -\def\vfootnote#1{% Vfootnote revised 11/6/86 - \insert\footins\bgroup - \if*fix % if fixed mode do nothing to footnote - \else\hsize=\*txtw\fi % else print footnote across full width of page - \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty - \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height 1.8ex depth .6ex width 0pt}% - \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes - \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox - \floatingpenalty\@MM - \leftskip\z@skip - \rightskip\z@skip - \spaceskip\z@skip - \xspaceskip\z@skip - \the\fn*f - \def\T{\parindent}% For some odd and unknown reason this def is needed - \ifdim\the\parindent>0pt \global\*fn*llaptrue - \else \ifdim\the\leftskip>0pt \global\*fn*llaptrue - \else \global\*fn*llapfalse\fi\fi - \leavevmode - \if*fn*llap \hbox to 0pt{\hss{#1\hskip\the\*nfng}}% - \else \hbox{#1\hskip\the\*nfng}\fi% - \ignorespaces - \footstrut\futurelet\next\fo@t}% END vfootnote markup definition -% -\def\footstrut{\vbox to\baselineskip{}} -% -\message{endnotes, } -% -% Endnote -% -% The "ten" prefixed values are for the reference in the text of -% the document. -% -\newif\if*ten*num \*ten*numtrue % "[1]", "1" and "(1)" styles -\newif\if*ten*let \*ten*letfalse % "a" and "(a)" styles -\newif\if*ten*paren \*ten*parenfalse % "(1)" and "(a)" styles -\newif\if*ten*sb \*ten*sbtrue % "[1]" style -\newif\if*tenupchar \*tenupcharfalse % reference is not superscripted by -\newtoks\*tenrfont \*tenrfont={\tenpt\rm} -% -% The "nen" prefixed values are for the reference as it is formatted -% at the end of a chapter or the end of the document. -% -\newif\if*nen*num \*nen*numtrue % "[1]", "1", "1." and "(1)" styles -\newif\if*nen*let \*nen*letfalse % "a" and "(a)" styles -\newif\if*nenll*per \*nenll*pertrue % "1." style -\newif\if*nen*paren \*nen*parenfalse % "(1)" and "(a)" styles -\newif\if*nen*sb \*nen*sbfalse % "[1]" style -\newif\if*nenupchar \*nenupcharfalse % reference isn't superscripted -\newtoks\*nenrfont \*nenrfont={\tenpt\rm} -\newdimen\*neng \*neng=1em -% -\newtoks\*enpar -\newcount\en*n -\newskip\en*s \en*s=4pt -% -% -\def\endnotenumber{{\if*ten*num \the\en*n % all numeric styles - \else\l*alphatrue \a*c{\en*n} % all alpha styles - \fi - \removelastskip}} -% -\def\setendnotenumber#1{\en*n=#1} -\let\senn=\setendnotenumber -% -\*enpar={\tenpt\pin{0in}\lin{1.2em}} -% -\def\endnoteformat#1{% - {\def\everyendnote##1{\global\*enpar{##1}}% - \def\textreferencestyle##1{% - \global\*ten*numfalse - \global\*ten*letfalse - \global\*ten*parenfalse - \global\*ten*sbfalse - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{[1]}% - \edef\V{(1)}% - \edef\W{1}% - \edef\X{(a)}% - \edef\Y{a}% - \ifx\T\U \global\*ten*numtrue \global\*ten*sbtrue % st - \else\ifx\T\V \global\*ten*numtrue \global\*ten*parentrue % st - \else\ifx\T\W \global\*ten*numtrue % st - \else\ifx\T\X \global\*ten*lettrue \global\*ten*parentrue % st - \else\ifx\T\Y \global\*ten*lettrue % st - \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! textreferencestyle ##1 - is not a valid style. Statement ignored.} - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}% end reference style - \def\textreferencefont##1{\global\*tenrfont{##1}}% - \def\textreferenceposition##1{\global\*tenupcharfalse - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{up}% - \edef\V{down}% - \ifx\T\U \global\*tenupchartrue - \else\ifx\T\V \global\*tenupcharfalse - \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! textreferenceposition ##1 - has an invalid parameter. Statement ignored.} - \fi\fi} - \def\notereferencestyle##1{ - \global\*nen*numfalse - \global\*nen*letfalse - \global\*nen*parenfalse - \global\*nenll*perfalse - \global\*nen*sbfalse - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{[1]}% - \edef\V{(1)}% - \edef\W{1}% - \edef\X{(a)}% - \edef\Y{a}% - \edef\Z{1.}% - \ifx\T\Z \global\*nen*numtrue \global\*nenll*pertrue % style - \else\ifx\T\U \global\*nen*numtrue \global\*nen*sbtrue % st - \else\ifx\T\V \global\*nen*numtrue \global\*nen*parentrue % st - \else\ifx\T\W \global\*nen*numtrue % st - \else\ifx\T\X \global\*nen*lettrue \global\*nen*parentrue % st - \else\ifx\T\Y \global\*nen*lettrue % st - \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! notereferencestyle ##1 - is not a valid style. Statement ignored.} - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}% end reference style - \def\notereferencefont##1{\global\*nenrfont{##1}}% - \def\notereferenceposition##1{\global\*nenupcharfalse - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{up}% - \edef\V{down}% - \ifx\T\U \global\*nenupchartrue - \else\ifx\T\V \global\*nenupcharfalse - \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! notereferenceposition ##1 - has an invalid parameter. Statement ignored.} - \fi\fi}% - \def\notereferencegutter##1{\global\*neng=##1}% - \def\skipbefore##1{\global\en*s=##1}% - \relax - #1}} % end of footnoteformat -\let\enf=\endnoteformat -% -\newlinechar=`\^^J -\newhelp\aenhelp{relax - You may continue if you wish, but I'd be surprised - if your job^^J - finished without any errors when you print the endnotes. } -% -\def\err@#1{\errmessage{TEXT1 error: #1}} -\def\*aenerr{\errhelp=\aenhelp - \catcode`@=11 - \errmessage{Results are unpredictable - when you use autoendnote with asisbegin. - Type h for more help}}% -\def\autoendnote{\global\advance\en*n by 1 - \if*aib \*aenerr \fi - \l*alphatrue - \edef\I{% - \if*ten*paren (\unskip\fi - \if*ten*sb [\unskip\fi - \if*ten*num \the\en*n\fi - \if*ten*let \a*c{\the\en*n}\fi - \if*ten*paren \unskip)\fi - \if*ten*sb \unskip]\fi}% - \let\@sf=\empty - \ifhmode \edef\@sf{\spacefactor=\the\spacefactor}% - \else \let\@sf=\empty\fi - \unskip\unskip - \if*tenupchar \raise.7ex\hbox{\the\*tenrfont\I}\@sf% - \else {\the\*tenrfont\I}\@sf\fi% - \edef\J{% - \if*nen*paren (\unskip\fi - \if*nen*sb [\unskip\fi - \if*nen*num \the\en*n\fi - \if*nen*let \a*c{\the\en*n}\fi - \if*nenll*per \unskip.\fi - \if*nen*paren \unskip)\fi - \if*nen*sb \unskip]\fi}% - \en*o - \immediate\write\en*f{\par% - \the\*enpar% - \noexpand\ENP{\the\*nenrfont\J}}% - \en*w} -\let\aen=\autoendnote -% -% -\def\ENP#1{\indent\en*i{% - \if*nenupchar \raise.7ex\hbox{\the\*nenrfont#1}% - \else {\the\*nenrfont#1}\fi}}% -% -\def\en*i#1{\hbox to 0pt{\hss{#1}\hskip\*neng}\ignorespaces} -% -\newwrite\en*f -\newtoks\*endlbl -\if*PC - \*endlbl={text1xx.end} - \else - \*endlbl={text1xx.endnotes} -\fi - -\def\en*o{\immediate\openout\en*f=\the\*endlbl - \immediate\write\en*f{\the\*enpar}% - \edef\T{\par\vskip\the\en*s\relax}% - \immediate\write\en*f{\T}% - \global\def\en*o{}% - } -% -\long\def\en*w#1{{\def\rm{\noexpand\rm}\def\it{\noexpand\it}% - \def\underscore{\noexpand\us}\let\us=\underscore% - \def\bd{\noexpand\bd}\def\cc{\noexpand\cc}\def\tt{\noexpand\tt}% - \def\c{\noexpand\c}\def\L{\noexpand\L}\def\AA{\noexpand\AA}% - \def\d{\noexpand\d}\def\O{\noexpand\O}\def\t{\noexpand\t}% - \def\b{\noexpand\b}% - \immediate\write\en*f{#1}}% -}% end definition of en*w -% -\def\printendnotes{\immediate\closeout\en*f% - \begingroup% - \input text1xx.endnotes% - \par% - \endgroup% - \global\def\en*o{\immediate\openout\en*f=text1xx.endnotes% - \immediate\write\en*f{\the\*enpar}% - \edef\T{\par\vskip\the\en*s\relax}% - \immediate\write\en*f{\T}% - \global\def\en*o{}}% - \setendnotenumber{0}}% -\let \pen=\printendnotes -% -\message{set command, } -% -% -\def\set#1#2{\l*alphafalse -\ifx#2\appendixnumber - \edef\T{\the\*ap*num}% - \E=\*ap*st% - \else\ifx#2\chapternumber - \edef\T{\the\*ch*num}% - \E=\*ch*st% - \else\ifx#2\endnotenumber - \edef\T{\the\en*n}% - \if*ten*num \E=1% % all numeric styles - \else\l*alphatrue \E=2% % all alpha styles - \fi% - \else\ifx#2\figurenumber - \edef\T{\the\fi*n}% - \E=1% - \else\ifx#2\footnotenumber - \edef\T{\the\fn*num}% - \if*tfn*dnum \E=1% % "1." style - \else\if*tfn*unum \E=1% % "1" style - \else\if*tfn*pnum \E=1% % "(1)" style - \else\l*alphatrue \E=2% % "a.", "a", and "(a)" - \fi\fi\fi% - \else\ifx#2\partnumber - \edef\T{\the\*pt*num}% - \E=\*pt*st% - \else\ifx#2\pagenumber - \ifnum \pageno<0 \edef\T{\romannumeral-\pageno}% - \else \edef\T{\number\pageno}\fi% - \E=1% - \else\ifx#2\subheadanumber - \edef\T{\the\*sa*num}% - \E=\sa*st% - \else\ifx#2\subheadbnumber - \edef\T{\the\*sb*num}% - \E=\sb*st% - \else\ifx#2\subheadcnumber - \edef\T{\the\*sc*num}% - \E=\sc*st% - \else\ifx#2\subheaddnumber - \edef\T{\the\*sd*num}% - \E=\sd*st% - \else\ifx#2\tablenumber - \edef\T{\the\ta*n}% - \E=1% - \else\message{<TEXT1> Error! You've entered a number I know nothing - about. I'm going to ignore it and try to proceed.}% - \E=0% - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% -\null % So, why is this needed?? -\ifcase\E % NOP - \or % set to a digit or lower case roman - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\T}% - \or % set to a letter (upper or lower) - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{{\a*c{\T}}}% - \or % set to an uppercase roman numeral - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{% - \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\T}}% - \fi}% -% -\message{centering, } -% -% CENTERLINE Rev. 9/6/88 drg -% -% Centerline with single and multiple line capabilities -\newif\if*afn*cl -\def\centerline#1{\par % Begin centerline markup - \*afn*clfalse - \B={} - \N=0 - \bgroup - \parindent=\z@ \relax % zero indent - \parfillskip=0pt plus1fil \relax % infinite stretch - \everypar{\null\hskip0pt plus1fil\relax} % add infinite glue - \def\linebreak{\hskip0pt plus1fil\relax\break - \null\hskip0pt plus1fil\relax}% - \let\lbr=\linebreak - \let\toclinebreak=\space - \let\toclbr=\space - \justify - \let\*vfn=\vfootnote - \let\*afn=\autofootnote - \def\vfootnote##1##2{\edef\T{\the\B\noexpand\vfootnote{##1}{##2}} - \global\B=\expandafter{\T}} - \def\autofootnote{\global\*afn*cltrue - \global\advance\N by 1 % count the notes done - \*afn} - \let\afn=\autofootnote - \let\*fn=\footnote - \def\footnote##1{\global\*afn*cltrue \*fn{##1}} - \setbox\A=\vbox{#1\par % added to make skip with multiple lines - \global\C=\baselineskip - \setbox0=\hbox{(} - \global\advance\C by-\ht0}% end vbox - \global\advance\fn*num by -\N %subtract the number of notes done - \let\autofootnote=\*afn \let\afn=\autofootnote - \let\footnote=\*fn - \let\vfootnote=\*vfn - \ifdim\ht\A>\baselineskip \else \C=\z@ \fi - \line{\hss\vbox{\vskip\C#1\par}\hss}% print centered lines - \egroup - \if*afn*cl % then there were footnotes in the \cl - \the\B - \fi - }% End centerline markup -\let\cl=\centerline -% -% CENTER MULTIPLE LINES -% -\newif\if*ctrl % centerline indicator -\*ctrlfalse -\def\centerlinesbegin{\par\global\*ctrltrue - \begingroup\pin{0pt}\psk{0pt}\leftskip=0pt plus1fil - \parfillskip=0pt \rightskip=0pt plus1fil\obeylines\ignorespaces}% -\let\clb=\centerlinesbegin -\def\centerlinesend{\endgroup\par} -\let\cle=\centerlinesend -% -% rightline par added to PLAIN TEX macro -% -\long\def\rightline#1{\par\line{\hss#1}} -\let\rl=\rightline -% -% right align multiple lines -% -\def\rightlinesbegin{\par\begingroup\parskip=0pt\parfillskip=0pt - \leftskip=0pt plus1fil\obeylines}% -\let\rlb=\rightlinesbegin -\def\rightlinesend{\endgroup\par}% -\let\rle=\rightlinesend -% -\message{asis, } -% -% As is or format off -% -\newskip\*aisb \*aisb = 6pt % Default skip before -\newskip\*aisa \*aisa = 6pt % Default skip after -\newtoks\*aif \*aif={\leftindent{0in}} -\newif\if*aib \*aibfalse % centerline indicator -% -\def\asisformat#1{{% - \def\everyasis##1{\global\*aif{##1}}% - \def\skipbefore##1{\global\*aisb=##1\relax}% - \def\skipafter##1{\global\*aisa=##1\relax}% - \relax - #1}} % end of asisformat -\let\aif=\asisformat -% -% As is or format off -\def\asisbegin{\par\*aibtrue\vskip\*aisb\relax\nointerlineskip - \begingroup - \let\*afn=\autofootnote % save definition of autofootnote - \def\leftindent##1{% - \*zerofalse \*okfalse - \e*p##1\end% - \if*zero \leftskip 0pt \fi - \advance \leftskip by ##1}% - \let\lin=\leftindent -% - \def\autofootnote{\endgroup % end asis format - \futurelet\next\ck*chr}% pick next character, then check the pick - \let\afn=\autofootnote % reset abbreviation for autofootnote - \def\ck*chr{\ifcat\bgroup % if left brace - \noexpand\next % do nothing - \let\next\gather % next equals gather - \else % no brace present - \let\next\re*group\fi % stop if no brace encountered - \next}% - \def\gather{\*afn % call normal autofootnote - \bgroup % furnish left brace, read group - \aftergroup\re*group % reset asis format - \let\next}% eat curly brace in text - % group ends at text right curly brace - \def\re*group{\*asisb}% restore asis group -% - \def\*asisb{\begingroup - \def\singlespace{\baselineskip=\*isk}% - \let\ssp=\singlespace - \def\doublespace{\baselineskip=2\*isk}% - \let\dsp=\doublespace - \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% - \parskip0pt\parindent0pt - \the\*aif - \setupverbatim}\*asisb} - {\obeyspaces\gdef {\ }} -\def\obeyspaces{\@vobeyspaces} -{\catcode`\ =\active\gdef\@vobeyspaces{\catcode`\ \active\let \@xobeysp}} -\def\@xobeysp{\leavevmode\penalty10000\ } -\def\setupverbatim{\obeylines - \obeyspaces } -\let\aib=\asisbegin -\def\asisend{\endgroup\endgroup\vskip\*aisa\relax\*aibfalse} -\let\aie=\asisend -% -\message{box macros, } -% -% Start of boxes -% -\font\dtscr=dt -% -% Draw boxes -% -\newdimen\db*m \db*m=3pt % drawbox mat size -\newdimen\db*s \db*s=.4pt % drawbox rule size -\newdimen\db*sh \db*sh=0pt % drawbox shadow size -\newdimen\db*om \db*om=0pt % drawbox outer mat size -\newdimen\db*os \db*os=0pt % drawbox outer rule size -\newcount\db*ps \db*ps=0 % drawbox percent of screen -% -\long\def\drawbox#1{\*box{\db*m}{\db*s}{\db*sh}{\db*om}{\db*os}{\db*ps}{#1}} -\let\db=\drawbox -% -\def\drawboxformat#1{{% - \def\boxmat##1{\global\db*m=##1\relax}% - \def\boxrule##1{\global\db*s=##1\relax}% - \def\boxshadow##1{\global\db*sh=##1\relax}% - \def\outerboxmat##1{\global\db*om=##1\relax}% - \def\outerboxrule##1{\global\db*os=##1\relax}% - \def\screen##1{\ifnum##1>64 - \message{<TEXT1> Error. Screen can only be 0 through 64} - \global\db*ps=0 - \else\ifnum##1<0 - \message{<TEXT1> Error. Screen can only be 0 through 64} - \global\db*ps=0 - \else \global\db*ps=##1\relax\fi\fi}% - #1}} % end of drawboxformat -\let\dbf=\drawboxformat -% -\def\drawboxrulesize#1{\dbf{\boxrule{#1}} - \message{<TEXT1> Warning: Use drawboxformat instead of drawboxrulesize}} -\let\dbrs=\drawboxrulesize -\def\drawboxmat#1{\dbf{\boxmat{#1}} - \message{<TEXT1> Warning: Use drawboxformat instead of drawboxmat}} -\let\dbm=\drawboxmat -% -% Paragraph boxes -% -\newdimen\pb*m \pb*m=3pt % paragraphbox mat size -\newdimen\pb*s \pb*s=.4pt % paragraphbox rule size -\newdimen\pb*sh \pb*sh=0pt % paragraphbox shadow size -\newdimen\pb*om \pb*om=0pt % paragraphbox outer mat size -\newdimen\pb*os \pb*os=0pt % paragraphbox outer rule size -\newcount\pb*ps \pb*ps=0 % paragraphbox percent of screen -% -\long\def\paragraphbox#1{\par\hbox{% - \*box{\pb*m}{\pb*s}{\pb*sh}{\pb*om}{\pb*os}{\pb*ps}{\vbox{% - \advance \hsize by -2\pb*m% - \advance \hsize by -2\pb*s% - \advance \hsize by -2\pb*om% - \advance \hsize by -2\pb*os% - \hrule width \hsize height 0pt depth 0pt% - #1}}}} -\let\pb=\paragraphbox -% -\def\paragraphboxformat#1{{% - \def\boxmat##1{\global\pb*m=##1\relax}% - \def\boxrule##1{\global\pb*s=##1\relax}% - \def\boxshadow##1{\global\pb*sh=##1\relax}% - \def\outerboxmat##1{\global\pb*om=##1\relax}% - \def\outerboxrule##1{\global\pb*os=##1\relax}% - \def\screen##1{\ifnum##1>64 - \message{<TEXT1> Error. Screen can only be 0 through 64} - \global\pb*ps=0 - \else\ifnum##1<0 - \message{<TEXT1> Error. Screen can only be 0 through 64} - \global\pb*ps=0 - \else \global\pb*ps=##1\relax\fi\fi}% - #1}} % end of paragraphboxformat -\let\pbf=\paragraphboxformat - -% parameter list for *box: -% #1 = boxmat size #5 = outer boxrule -% #2 = boxrule size #6 = screen percent -% #3 = box shadow size #7 = value to be boxed -% #4 = outer boxmat -% -% Uncoment these 2 lines if using the boxes outside of TEXT1 -% \newbox\A -% \newdimen\D -% \newcount\E -% -\long\def\*box#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% -\ifdim #5>0pt % only if doing a "framed" box - \setbox\A=\vbox{\*box{#1}{#2}{#3}{0pt}{0pt}{#6}{#7}}% - \*box{#4}{#5}{#3}{0pt}{0pt}{#6}{\box\A}% - \else% - \setbox\A=\vbox{\hrule height#2 % draw left side - \hbox{\vrule width#2\hskip#1 % draw the top - \vbox{\vskip#1 - \hbox{#7} - \vskip#1}\hskip#1\vrule width#2} % draw the bottom - \hrule height#2} % draw the right side - \ifdim #3=0pt \*scr{#6}{\box\A} % print if not a shadow - \else \D=\ht\A - \advance \D by -#3 - \vbox{\hbox{\vrule width #3 height \D depth 0pt - \*scr{#6}{\copy\A}} - \hrule width \wd\A height #3 depth 0pt} - \fi - \fi} - -% #1 = Screen percent -% #2 = box to be printed - -\def\*scr#1#2{\ifnum#1=0 #2 - \else \setbox\A=\vbox{#2} - \D=\ht\A - \advance \D by \dp\A - \E=#1% - \advance \E by 48% - \hbox{\vbox{\vbox to \D{\leaders - \hbox to \wd\A{\leaders\hbox{\dtscr\char\E}\hfill} - \vfill} - \vskip -\D - \box\A}} - \fi -} -% -% End of boxes -% -\message{more misc, } -% -% page skip -% -\def\newpage{\vfil\break}% changed from vfill to vfil 11/4/86 bth -\let\np=\newpage -% -% emptypage -% -\def\emptypage{\global\advance\*pcount by1}% produces empty pages -\let\ep=\emptypage -% -\def\*blkpg{ % BLANK PAGE MACRO, produces the empty page - \loop % checks the number of empty pages - \*badj % check for binding adjust - \shipout\vbox{\*setcrops{\vbox{ - \makeheadline % shipout page with headline - \vbox to\*txth{\vfil} % and fooline only - \makefootline}}} - \global\advance\*pcount by\m@ne % decrement empty page counter - \advancepageno % advance the page number - \ifnum\*pcount>0 % check for empty pages - \repeat}% END, empty page macro -% -\message{enumeration macros, } -% -% List Level Macros -% -\newcount\ll*n % Current list level number -\newcount\*toklimit -\newcount\*countlimit -\newcount\ll*stb % list style start -\newcount\ll*cs % list*enum*value*start -\newcount\ll*cmps % list compare start -\newcount\ll*cmpe -\newcount\ll*lc % Last level called -\*toklimit = 188 % Positions 224-253 are used for the 30 table column justification - % Positions 199-223 are used for the 25 different list level styles - % Tokens below 199 are available for \newtoks use. - % Token 190 is the build token - % 191-197 is the list level formats, level 1-7 - % 198 is the bullet format -% -\*countlimit = 236 % Counters 244-250 are the styles for the 7 list levels - % Counters 237-243 are the enum counters for the 7 list levels - % Counters below 237 are available for \newcount use. -% -\ll*stb = 244 % Counters 244-250 correspond to the 7 list level styles, - % value is index into tokens 199-223 -\ll*cs = 237 % Counters 237-243 correspond to the 7 list level enum values. -\ll*cmps = 199 % Where to start in the \toks values for the 25 different list level styles -\ll*cmpe = 223 % Where to stop in the \toks values for the 25 different list level styles -% -\count244 = 1 % style "1." -\count245 = 4 % style "a." -\count246 = 7 % style "i." -\count247 = 2 % style "1)" -\count248 = 5 % style "a)" -\count249 = 8 % style "i)" -\count250 = 3 % style "(1)" -% -\newskip\ll*sb \ll*sb = 0pt % Default is no \vskip -\newskip\ll*sa \ll*sa = 0pt % Default is no \vskip -% -\toks191={\rm\leftindent{.5in}\gutter{1em}} % level 1 indent is 5 characters initially -\toks192={\rm\leftindent{.8in}\gutter{1em}} % level 2 indent -\toks193={\rm\leftindent{1.1in}\gutter{1em}} % level 3 indent -\toks194={\rm\leftindent{1.4in}\gutter{1em}} % level 4 indent -\toks195={\rm\leftindent{1.7in}\gutter{1em}} % level 5 indent -\toks196={\rm\leftindent{2in}\gutter{1em}} % level 6 indent -\toks197={\rm\leftindent{2.3in}\gutter{1em}} % level 7 indent -\toks198={\rm\leftindent{+.5in}\gutter{1em}} % bullets -% - % The 25 different List level styles: -\toks199 = {1.} % Style 1 -\toks200 = {1)} % 2 -\toks201 = {(1)} % 3 -\toks202 = {a.} % 4 -\toks203 = {a)} % 5 -\toks204 = {(a)} % 6 -\toks205 = {i.} % 7 -\toks206 = {i)} % 8 -\toks207 = {(i)} % 9 -\toks208 = {I.} % 10 -\toks209 = {I)} % 11 -\toks210 = {(I)} % 12 -\toks211 = {A.} % 13 -\toks212 = {A)} % 14 -\toks213 = {(A)} % 15 -\toks214 = {1]} % 16 -\toks215 = {[1]} % 17 -\toks216 = {a]} % 18 -\toks217 = {[a]} % 19 -\toks218 = {i]} % 20 -\toks219 = {[i]} % 21 -\toks220 = {I]} % 22 -\toks221 = {[I]} % 23 -\toks222 = {A]} % 24 -\toks223 = {[A]} % 25 -% -\newif\if*check % True unless done parsing \listformat -\newif\ifll*lp -\newif\ifll*rp -\newif\if*lsqb -\newif\if*rsqb -\newif\ifll*per -\newif\ifll*dig -\newif\ifl*alpha -\newif\if*u*alpha -\newif\if*l*roman -\newif\if*u*roman -\newif\ifll*nil -% -\ll*niltrue -% -\outer\def\newtoks{\alloc@5\toks\toksdef\*toklimit} -\outer\def\newcount{\alloc@0\count\countdef\*countlimit} -% -% -% Macros for producing enumerated list levels. -% -% -\def\listformat#1{{\begingroup% - \def\liststyle##1{\par\N = 1 - \toks190 = {} - \Z##1\end}% - \def\Z##1{\ifx ##1\end \Y - \let \next = \relax - \else \ifnum \N > 7 - \message{<TEXT1> Error! Too many list levels specified, 7 is max. - Statement ignored.} - \let \next = \Z - \else \ifx ##1, \Y - \advance \N by 1 - \toks190 = {} - \let \next = \Z - \else \toks190 = \expandafter{\the\toks190 ##1} - \let \next = \Z - \fi\fi\fi\next}% - \def\Y{\*tempiffalse - \*checktrue - \E = \ll*cmps - \loop \ifnum \E > \ll*cmpe - \*checkfalse - \*tempiftrue - \else \edef\T{\the\toks190}% - \edef\U{\the\toks\E}% - \ifx\T\U - \*checkfalse - \F = \ll*stb - \advance \F by -1 - \advance \F by \N - \count\F = \E - \advance \count\F by -\ll*cmps - \global\advance \count\F by 1 - \fi\fi - \if*check% Then - \advance \E by 1 - \repeat - \if*tempif \message{<TEXT1> Error! \the\toks190 is an invalid list - level style. It will be ignored} - \fi}% - \def\skipbefore##1{\global\ll*sb = ##1\relax}% - \def\skipafter##1{\global\ll*sa = ##1\relax}% - \def\everylistlevel##1##2{\ifcase ##1 - \or \global\toks191 = {##2} - \or \global\toks192 = {##2} - \or \global\toks193 = {##2} - \or \global\toks194 = {##2} - \or \global\toks195 = {##2} - \or \global\toks196 = {##2} - \or \global\toks197 = {##2} - \fi}% - \def\everybullet##1{\global\toks198 = {##1}}% - \relax - #1 - \endgroup}} -% -\let \lif = \listformat -% -\def\listbegin{\vskip\ll*sb\relax - \ll*nilfalse - \begingroup - \global\ll*lc = 0 - \ll*ini1 - } -\let\lib=\listbegin -% -\def\listend{\vskip\ll*sa\relax - \endgroup - \ll*niltrue -} -\let\lie=\listend -% -\def\listlevel#1{\par - \ifll*nil \message{<TEXT1> Warning, listbegin was not - specified. The left margin indent will be set to zero.} - \else \if*dbl \else \if*tpl - % If in multiple columns, don't end the group. Do so otherwise - \else \endgroup - \begingroup - \fi\fi - \fi - \*tempiftrue % Usually not quite so pessimistic - \ifcat 1#1 \ifnum #1 < 8 \*tempiffalse % OK if \listlevel1-\listlevel7 - \fi\fi - \if*tempif \message{<TEXT1> Warning, invalid list level "#1", - listlevel1 will be used instead.} - \listlevel1 - \else \E = #1 - \global\ll*n = \E - \advance \E by 1 - \ll*ini\E - \par - \ll*fmt - \noindent - \txt*in{\ll*p{#1}} - \fi -} -\let \lil = \listlevel -% -\def\txt*in#1{\hbox to 0pt{\hss{#1}\hskip\*gut}\ignorespaces} -% -\def\ll*fmt{\*gut=1em - \ifcase \the\ll*n - \or \the\toks191 - \or \the\toks192 - \or \the\toks193 - \or \the\toks194 - \or \the\toks195 - \or \the\toks196 - \or \the\toks197 - \fi} -% -\def\listresume{% rev. 7/6/87 - \if*start*bul\global\advance\ll*n by 1\global\*start*bulfalse\fi - % account for bulleted list ffems - \ifnum \ll*n < 2 \lin{0pt} - \global\ll*n = 1 - \else \global\advance \ll*n by -1 - \ll*fmt - \fi - \noindent\ignorespaces} -% -\let\lir=\listresume -% Evaluate Style -\def\e*s{% - \global\ll*lpfalse - \global\ll*rpfalse - \global\*lsqbfalse - \global\*rsqbfalse - \global\ll*perfalse - \global\ll*digfalse - \global\l*alphafalse - \global\*u*alphafalse - \global\*l*romanfalse - \global\*u*romanfalse - \ifcase \count\F - \or \global\ll*digtrue \global\ll*pertrue % Style 1 - \or \global\ll*digtrue \global\ll*rptrue % 2 - \or \global\ll*digtrue \global\ll*rptrue \global\ll*lptrue % 3 - \or \global\l*alphatrue \global\ll*pertrue % 4 - \or \global\l*alphatrue \global\ll*rptrue % 5 - \or \global\l*alphatrue \global\ll*rptrue \global\ll*lptrue % 6 - \or \global\*l*romantrue \global\ll*pertrue % 7 - \or \global\*l*romantrue \global\ll*rptrue % 8 - \or \global\*l*romantrue \global\ll*rptrue \global\ll*lptrue % 9 - \or \global\*u*romantrue \global\ll*pertrue % 10 - \or \global\*u*romantrue \global\ll*rptrue % 11 - \or \global\*u*romantrue \global\ll*rptrue \global\ll*lptrue % 12 - \or \global\*u*alphatrue \global\ll*pertrue % 13 - \or \global\*u*alphatrue \global\ll*rptrue % 14 - \or \global\*u*alphatrue \global\ll*rptrue \global\ll*lptrue % 15 - \or \global\ll*digtrue \global\*rsqbtrue % 16 - \or \global\ll*digtrue \global\*rsqbtrue \global\*lsqbtrue % 17 - \or \global\l*alphatrue \global\*rsqbtrue % 18 - \or \global\l*alphatrue \global\*rsqbtrue \global\*lsqbtrue % 19 - \or \global\*l*romantrue \global\*rsqbtrue % 20 - \or \global\*l*romantrue \global\*rsqbtrue \global\*lsqbtrue % 21 - \or \global\*u*romantrue \global\*rsqbtrue % 22 - \or \global\*u*romantrue \global\*rsqbtrue \global\*lsqbtrue % 23 - \or \global\*u*alphatrue \global\*rsqbtrue % 24 - \or \global\*u*alphatrue \global\*rsqbtrue \global\*lsqbtrue % 25 - \fi} - -% -\def\ll*ini#1{\*start*bulfalse - \ifnum #1 < 7 \N = #1 - \advance \N by -1 - \loop \ifnum \N < 7 % Loop max of 7 times - \E = \N - \advance \E by \ll*cs - \global\count\E = 0 - \advance \N by 1 - \repeat - \fi} % else don't initialize when \lil7 -% -\def\ll*p#1{% - \E = #1 - \advance \E by \ll*cs - \advance \E by -1 % \E is the listlevel value counter - \F = \E - \advance \F by 7 - \global\advance \count\E by 1 % Increment the list level counter - % - % If this level is same as previous level, no need to re-evaluate - % the style to be used. - % - \ifnum \ll*lc = #1 - \else \e*s - \global\ll*lc = #1 - \fi - % - % Print the prefix punctuation - % - \ifll*lp (\unskip % Styles 3, 6, 9, 12, 15 - \else \if*lsqb [\unskip % Styles 17, 19, 21, 23, 25 - \fi\fi - % - % Print the listlevel value, i.e. "1", "a", "A", "I", or "i". - % - \ifll*dig % Then its a style using digits - \number\count\E % Print the number - \unskip % To get rid of any following extra spaces - \else \ifl*alpha % Then its a style with lower case letters - \a*c{\count\E} % Print the lower case letters - \unskip % To get rid of any following extra spaces - \else \if*u*alpha % Then its a style with upper case letters - \a*c{\count\E} % Print uppercase alpha - \unskip % To get rid of any following extra spaces - \else \if*l*roman % Then its a style with lower case roman numerals - \romannumeral\count\E % Print the lower case roman numeral - \unskip % To get rid of any following extra spaces - \else \if*u*roman % Print upper case roman numeral - \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\count\E} - \unskip % To get rid of any following extra spaces - \else \message{<TEXT1> Error! Something is awry in the listlevel style. Call a consultant.} - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - % - % Print the suffix punctuation - % - \ifll*per .\unskip % Styles 1, 4, 7, 10, 13 - \else \ifll*rp )\unskip % Styles 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11, 12, 14, 15 - \else \if*rsqb ]\unskip % Styles 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 - \fi\fi\fi -} - % - % This macro will convert an integer into a letter. In Appendix F of the - % TeXbook you will see that octal character '141 is the small letter "a". - % Octal 141=Decimal 97, Therefore, add 96 to value of listlevel counter. - % For example, 1="a", 2="b", etc. The macro will also change 27="aa", 28="ab", etc. - % -\def\a*c#1{% - \ifnum #1 < 27 \G = #1% % Then its a single letter a-z - \advance \G by 96% % See the font table in App. F - \ifl*alpha% % Then its a lower case style - \char\G% % Print the character a-z - \else \advance \G by -32% - \char\G% % Print the character A-Z - \fi% - \else \G = #1% % else its "AA" or greater - \divide \G by 26% % This holds the first character - \Q = #1% % Get ready to compute second letter - \R = #1% - \divide \R by 26% - \multiply \R by 26% - \ifnum #1 = \R% - \advance \G by -1% - \Q = 26% - \else \advance \Q by -\R% - \fi% - \a*c{\G}% % Get the first character a-z - \unskip% - \a*c{\Q}% % Get the second letter - \fi} % End of \a*c -% -% for setting the list level number other than sequential -% -\def\slln#1#2{{\E=#1 - \advance \E by -1 - \advance \E by \ll*cs - \global\count\E = #2}} -\let\setlistlevelnumber=\slln -% -% Bullets -% -\newif\if*start*bul -\newdimen\*bul*dim -\mathchardef\*bullet="220F -\def\bullet{% bullet defined for both math and text modes, rev. 6/25/87 - \ifmmode \*bullet % math mode bullet - \else % text or list bullet - \ifll*nil % no list in progress, text bullet - \leftskip = 0pt - {\if*msp{*}\else\sy\char"0F\fi} - \else % list in progress, list bullet - \the\toks198 - \if*start*bul \lin{\*bul*dim} - \else \*bul*dim = \leftskip - \*start*bultrue \fi % end starting bullet - \par\noindent - \txt*in{{\if*msp{*}\else\sy\char"0F\fi}} - \fi % end list in progress check - \fi % end math mode bullet check -}% end bullet -\let \bul=\bullet -% -% -% The \gutter macro is actually used for several macros, \bul, \lil, etc. -% -\newdimen\*gut -\def\gutter#1{\*gut=#1} -\message{end of enumeration macros, } -\message{TOC, } -% -% Macros for doing Table of Contents, Heads, Subheads, Tables, and Figures -% -\newtoks\*TCt \*TCt={\cl{\twelvept\bd Table of Contents}\vs{1\bl}} -\newtoks\*ptf \*ptf={\vs{1\bl}\cl{Part \partnumber}\cl{\parttitle}% - \vs{1\bl}\nin Part \partnumber \leader \pagenumber} -\newtoks\*ctf \*ctf={\hangingchapternumber \chaptertitle \leader \pagenumber} -\newtoks\*atf \*atf={\hangingappendixnumber \appendixtitle \leader \pagenumber} -\newtoks\*prtf \*prtf={\nin \prefacetitle \leader \pagenumber} -\newtoks\*satf \*satf={\leftindent{.5in}\nin \subheadatitle \leader \pagenumber} -\newtoks\*sbtf \*sbtf={\leftindent{1in}\nin \subheadbtitle \leader \pagenumber} -\newtoks\*sctf \*sctf={\leftindent{1.5in}\nin \subheadctitle \leader \pagenumber} -\newtoks\*sdtf \*sdtf={\leftindent{2in}\nin \subheaddtitle \leader \pagenumber} -\newtoks\*btf \*btf={\nin\bibtitle \leader \pagenumber} -\newtoks\*ftf \*ftf={\hangingnumber{\figurenumber.} \figuretitle \leader \pagenumber} -\newtoks\*ftt \*ftt={\newpage\cl{\twelvept\bd List of Figures}\line{Figure\hfill Page}} -\newtoks\*ttf \*ttf={\hangingnumber{\tablenumber.} \tabletitle\leader \pagenumber} -\newtoks\*ttt \*ttt={\newpage\cl{\twelvept\bd List of Tables}\line{Table\hfill Page}} -\newtoks\*figt \*figt={\bqb\tenpt\bd\hp Figure \figurenumber. \rm\figuretitle \bqe} -\newtoks\*tabt \*tabt={\vs{\bl}\cl{\twelvept\bd Table \tablenumber}% - \cl{\twelvept\tabletitle}\vs{\bl}} -\newtoks\*partt \*partt={\dumpinsertseject\titlepage - \hrule height 0pt depth 0pt\vfil - \cl{\twelvept\bd Part \partnumber} - \cl{\twelvept\bd\parttitle} - \vs{.5\tp*sk} - \np - \scn{0}\ssan{0}\ssbn{0}\sscn{0}\ssdn{0} - \sfn{0}\stn{0}\sfnn{0}\senn{0} - }% -\newtoks\*chapt \*chapt={\dumpinsertseject - \cl{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber}% - \cl{\twelvept\bd\chaptertitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \ssan{0}\ssbn{0}\sscn{0}\ssdn{0} - } -\newtoks\*appt \*appt={\dumpinsertseject % - \cl{\twelvept\bd Appendix \appendixnumber} - \cl{\twelvept\bd\appendixtitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \scn{0}\ssan{0}\ssbn{0}\sscn{0} - \ssdn{0}\sfn{0}\stn{0} - } -\newtoks\*pret \*pret={\dumpinsertseject % - \cl{\twelvept\bd\prefacetitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \ssan{0}\ssbn{0}\sscn{0}\ssdn{0} - }% -\newtoks\*subat \*subat={\removelastskip\goodbreak - \vs{2\bl} - \nin\twelvept\bd\subheadatitle\par\nobreak - \vs{1\bl}\nobreak - \ssbn{0}\sscn{0}\ssdn{0} - } -\newtoks\*subbt \*subbt={\removelastskip\goodbreak - \vs{2\bl} - \nin\twelvept\it\subheadbtitle\par\nobreak - \vs{1\bl}\nobreak - \sscn{0}\ssdn{0} - } -\newtoks\*subct \*subct={\removelastskip\goodbreak - \vs{2\bl} - \nin\twelvept\subheadctitle\par\nobreak - \vs{1\bl}\nobreak - \ssdn{0} - } -\newtoks\*subdt \*subdt={\goodbreak\twelvept\it\subheaddtitle.} -% -\newif\if*cont*chap \*cont*chapfalse -\newif\if*TC*fig \*TC*figtrue -\newif\if*TC*tab \*TC*tabtrue -\newif\if*TC*prt \*TC*prttrue -\newif\if*TC*chp \*TC*chptrue -\newif\if*TC*app \*TC*apptrue -\newif\if*TC*pre \*TC*pretrue -\newif\if*TC*sha \*TC*shatrue -\newif\if*TC*shb \*TC*shbtrue -\newif\if*TC*shc \*TC*shcfalse -\newif\if*TC*shd \*TC*shdfalse -\newif\if*TCaopen \*TCaopenfalse -\newif\if*TCbopen \*TCbopenfalse -\newif\if*TCcopen \*TCcopenfalse -% -\newdimen\*ch*hi \*ch*hi=.25in -\newdimen\*ap*hi \*ap*hi=.25in -\newdimen\fi*hi \fi*hi=.25in -\newdimen\ta*hi \ta*hi=.25in -% -\newcount\fi*n \fi*n=0 -\newcount\ta*n \ta*n=0 -\newcount\*pt*num \*pt*num=0 -\newcount\*pt*st \*pt*st=1 -\newcount\*ch*num \*ch*num=0 -\newcount\*ch*st \*ch*st=1 -\newcount\*ap*num \*ap*num=0 -\newcount\*ap*st \*ap*st=2 -\newcount\*sa*num \*sa*num=0 -\newcount\sa*st \sa*st=1 -\newcount\*sb*num \*sb*num=0 -\newcount\sb*st \sb*st=1 -\newcount\*sc*num \*sc*num=0 -\newcount\sc*st \sc*st=1 -\newcount\*sd*num \*sd*num=0 -\newcount\sd*st \sd*st=1 -% -\newwrite\TC*fa -\newwrite\TC*fb -\newwrite\TC*fc -% putincontents last modified 12/6/91 -\def\notintoc#1{#1} -\newtoks\*toclbla -\newtoks\*toclblb -\newtoks\*toclblc -\if*PC - \*toclbla={text1xx.tc1} - \*toclblb={text1xx.tc2} - \*toclblc={text1xx.tc3} -\else - \*toclbla={text1xx.toc1} - \*toclblb={text1xx.toc2} - \*toclblc={text1xx.toc3} -\fi - -\long\def\putincontents#1#2{\begingroup\ifcase #1 % Putincontents markup - \message{<TEXT1> Warning, request for Contents entry other than - 1, 2, or 3. Contents 1 will be assumed.} - \putincontents1{#2} - \or \if*TCaopen % Do nothing if open, else open it - \else \immediate\openout\TC*fa=\the\*toclbla - \immediate\write\TC*fa{\the\*TCt}% - \global\*TCaopentrue - \fi - \*defnoexpands - \edef\T{\leftskip=0pt #2}% - \edef\next{\write\TC*fa{\T\par}}% - \next\relax - \or \if*TCbopen % Do nothing if open, else open it - \else \immediate\openout\TC*fb=\the\*toclblb - \immediate\write\TC*fb{\the\*ftt}% - \global\*TCbopentrue\fi - \*defnoexpands - \edef\T{#2}% - \edef\next{\write\TC*fb{\T\par}}% - \next\relax - \or \if*TCcopen % Do nothing if open, else open it - \else \immediate\openout\TC*fc=\the\*toclblc - \immediate\write\TC*fc{\the\*ttt}% - \global\*TCcopentrue\fi - \*defnoexpands - \edef\T{#2}% - \edef\next{\write\TC*fc{\T\par}}% - \next\relax - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, request for Contents entry other than - 1, 2, or 3. Contents 1 will be assumed.} - \putincontents1{#2} - \fi\endgroup}% End putincontents markup -\let\pic=\putincontents - -\def\*defnoexpands{% - \def\AA{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand% - \noexpand\noexpand\AA}% - \def\aa{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand% - \noexpand\noexpand\aa}% - \def\appendixnumber{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\san{\the\*ap*num}% - \noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\appendixnumber}% - \def\autoendnote##1{}% - \let\aen=\autoendnote% - \def\autofootnote##1{}% - \let\afn=\autofootnote% - \def\bullet{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\bullet}% - \let\bul=\bullet% - \def\centerline##1{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand% - \noexpand\noexpand\centerline{##1}}% - \let\cl=\centerline% - \def\chapternumber{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\scn{\the\*ch*num}% - \noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\chapternumber}% - \def\dag{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand% - \noexpand\noexpand\dag}% - \def\ddag{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand% - \noexpand\noexpand\ddag}% - \def\eightteenpt{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\eightteenpt}% - \def\fourteenpt{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\fourteenpt}% - \def\hangingappendixnumber{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand% - \hangingappendixnumber{\the\*ap*num}}% - \def\hangingchapternumber{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand% - \hangingchapternumber{\the\*ch*num}}% - \def\hangingindent##1{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand% - \hangingindent{##1}}% - \let\hin=\hangingparagraph% - \def\hangingnumber##1{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\HFN{##1}}% - \def\hangingparagraph{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\hangingparagraph}% - \let\hp=\hangingparagraph% - \def\justify{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\justify}% - \let\ju=\justify% - \def\leavevmode{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\leavevmode}% - \def\leftindent##1{\leftskip=##1}% - \let\lin=\leftindent% - \let\linebreak=\space% - \let\lbr=\space% - \def\neg{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\neg}% - \def\notintoc##1{}% - \def\pagenumber{\noexpand\pagenumber}% - \def\pn{\noexpand\pagenumber}% - \def\par{\endgraf}% - \def\paragraph{\endgraf}% - \def\partnumber{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\sptn{\the\*pt*num}% - \noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\partnumber}% - \def\subheadanumber{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\ssan{\the\*sa*num}% - \noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\subheadanumber}% - \def\subheadbnumber{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\ssbn{\the\*sb*num}% - \noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\subheadbnumber}% - \def\subheadcnumber{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\sscn{\the\*sc*num}% - \noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\subheadcnumber}% - \def\subheaddnumber{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\ssdn{\the\*sd*num}% - \noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\subheaddnumber}% - \def\tenpt{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\tenpt}% - \def\tilde{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\tilde}% - \def\toclinebreak{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\toclinebreak}% - \def\toclbr{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\toclinebreak}% - \def\twelvept{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\twelvept}% - \def\underscore##1{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand% - \noexpand\noexpand\underscore{##1}}% - \let\us=\underscore% - \def\\{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand% - \noexpand\noexpand\\}% - \def\{{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand% - \noexpand\noexpand\{}% - \def\}{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand% - \noexpand\noexpand\}}% - \def\_{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand% - \noexpand\noexpand\_}% -} -% -\def\tableofcontentsformat#1{{% - \def\continuechapter##1{\global\*cont*chapfalse - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{yes}% - \edef\V{no}% - \ifx \T\U \global\*cont*chaptrue - \else \ifx \T\V % Not continue chapter - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to - continuechapter is not "yes" or "no". - "no" will be assumed} - \fi\fi}% - \def\toctitle##1{\global\*TCt={##1}}% - \def\parttocformat##1{\global\*ptf={##1}}% - \def\chaptertocformat##1{\global\*ctf={##1}}% - \def\hangingchapterindent##1{\global\*ch*hi=##1}% - \def\appendixtocformat##1{\global\*atf={##1}}% - \def\hangingappendixindent##1{\global\*ap*hi=##1}% - \def\prefacetocformat##1{\global\*prtf={##1}}% - \def\subheadatocformat##1{\global\*satf={##1}}% - \def\subheadbtocformat##1{\global\*sbtf={##1}}% - \def\subheadctocformat##1{\global\*sctf={##1}}% - \def\subheaddtocformat##1{\global\*sdtf={##1}}% - \def\bibliographytocformat##1{\global\*btf={##1}}% - \def\figuretoctitle##1{\global\*ftt={##1}}% - \def\figuretocformat##1{\global\*ftf={##1}}% - \def\hangingfigureindent##1{\global\fi*hi=##1}% - \def\tabletoctitle##1{\global\*ttt={##1}}% - \def\tabletocformat##1{\global\*ttf={##1}}% - \def\hangingtableindent##1{\global\ta*hi=##1}% - #1}} -\let\tocf=\tableofcontentsformat -% tableofcontents last modified on 12/6/91 -\def\tableofcontents#1{% - \edef\T{}\edef\U{#1}\ifx\T\U\E=-3\else\E=#1\fi - \dumpinsertseject - \setpagenumber{\E} - \immediate\closeout\TC*fa - \begingroup - \def\noexpand{} - \def\centerline##1{\par % Begin centerline markup - \bgroup - \parindent=0pt \relax % zero indent - \parfillskip=0pt plus1fil \relax - \everypar{\null\hskip0pt plus1fil\relax} % add infinite glue - \def\linebreak{\hskip0pt plus1fil\relax\break - \null\hskip0pt plus1fil\relax}% - \let\toclinebreak=\linebreak % linebreak is a space in text1xx. - \let\toclbr=\linebreak % toc1, toclbr available in toc - \justify - \setbox\A=\vbox{##1\par % figure skip for multiple centerline - \global\C=\baselineskip - \setbox0=\hbox{(} - \global\advance\C by-\ht0}% end vbox - \line{\hss\vbox{\vskip\C##1\par}\hss} % - \egroup - }% End centerline markup - \let\cl=\centerline - \justify - \parfillskip=0pt - \rightskip=0pt plus 5em - \input \the\*toclbla - \endgraf - \leftskip=0pt - \if*TCbopen % True only if figures were used. - \immediate\closeout\TC*fb - \input \the\*toclblb - \fi - \if*TCcopen % True only if tables were used. - \immediate\closeout\TC*fc - \input \the\*toclblc - \fi - \endgroup} -\let\toc=\tableofcontents -% -\message{part, } -% -\long\def\partformat#1{{% - \def\numberingstyle##1{\global\*pt*st=1 - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{1}% - \edef\V{A}% - \edef\W{I}% - \ifx \T\U % then style=1, the default - \else \ifx \T\V \global\*pt*st=2 - \else \ifx \T\W \global\*pt*st=3 - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, numbering style - in the partformat command is - invalid. Style 1 will be assumed.} - \fi\fi\fi}% - \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*partt={##1}}% - \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*prttrue - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{yes}% - \edef\V{no}% - \ifx \T\U % Already true - \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*prtfalse - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to - incontents in partformat is not "yes" or "no". - "yes" will be assumed.} - \fi\fi}% - #1}} -\let\paf=\partformat -% -\def\parttitle{} -\def\part#1{\par % Part revised 11/5/86 - \global\def\parttitle{#1}% - \global\advance \*pt*num by 1 - \bgroup - \let\toclinebreak=\space % prevent linebreak in title - \let\toclbr=\space % break in contents only - \the\*partt % This prints the title in the text - \egroup - \par - \D=\lastskip - \removelastskip - \if*TC*prt \putincontents1{\the\*ptf}\fi - \ignorespaces - \vs{\D} -}% END -% -\def\partnumber{{\ifcase \*pt*st - \or \the\*pt*num - \or \l*alphafalse - \a*c{\*pt*num} - \or \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\the\*pt*num} - \fi}} -% -\def\setpartnumber#1{\global\*pt*num=#1}% -% \spn is setpagenumber -\let\sptn=\setpartnumber -% -\message{chapter, } -% -\long\def\chapterformat#1{{% - \def\numberingstyle##1{\global\*ch*st=1 - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{1}% - \edef\V{A}% - \edef\W{I}% - \ifx \T\U % then style=1, the default - \else \ifx \T\V \global\*ch*st=2 - \else \ifx \T\W \global\*ch*st=3 - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, numbering style - in the chapterformat command is - invalid. Style 1 will be assumed.} - \fi\fi\fi}% - \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*chapt={##1}}% - \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*chptrue% - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{yes}% - \edef\V{no}% - \ifx \T\U % Already true - \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*chpfalse - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to - incontents in chapterformat is not "yes" or "no". - "yes" will be assumed.} - \fi\fi}% - #1}} -\let\chf=\chapterformat -% -\def\chaptertitle{} -\def\chapter#1{\par - \global\def\chaptertitle{#1}% - \global\advance \*ch*num by 1 - \bgroup - \let\toclinebreak=\space - \let\toclbr=\space - \the\*chapt % prints the title in the text - \egroup - \D=\lastskip - \removelastskip - \if*TC*chp \putincontents1{\the\*ctf}\fi - \ignorespaces - \vs{\D} -}% END chapter markup definition -% -\def\chapternumber{{\ifcase \*ch*st - \or \the\*ch*num - \or \l*alphafalse - \a*c{\*ch*num} - \or \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\the\*ch*num} - \fi - \removelastskip}} -\let\chap=\chapter -% -\def\hangingchapternumber#1{\*ch*num=#1\laf{\labelwidth{\*ch*hi}} - \label{\hskip\*ch*hi\llap{\chapternumber.}}} -% -\def\setchapternumber#1{\global\*ch*num=#1}% -\let\scn=\setchapternumber -% -\message{appendix,} -% -\long\def\appendixformat#1{{% - \def\numberingstyle##1{\global\*ap*st=2 - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{1}% - \edef\V{A}% - \edef\W{I}% - \ifx \T\U \global\*ap*st=1 - \else \ifx \T\V \global\*ap*st=2 - \else \ifx \T\W \global\*ap*st=3 - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, numbering style - in the appendixformat command is - invalid. Style 2 will be assumed.} - \fi\fi\fi}% - \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*appt={##1}}% - \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*apptrue - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{yes}% - \edef\V{no}% - \ifx \T\U % Already true - \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*appfalse - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to - incontents in appendixformat is not "yes" or "no". - "yes" will be assumed.} - \fi\fi}% - #1}} -\let\apf=\appendixformat -% -\def\appendixtitle{} -\def\appendix#1{% Appendix revised 11/3/86 (added toclinebreak) - \global\def\appendixtitle{#1}% - \global\advance \*ap*num by 1 - \par - \bgroup - \let\toclinebreak=\space - \let\toclbr=\space - \the\*appt % prints the appendix title - \egroup - \D=\lastskip - \removelastskip - \if*TC*app \putincontents1{\the\*atf}\fi - \ignorespaces - \vs{\D} -}% END appendix markup definition -% -\def\appendixnumber{{\ifcase \*ap*st - \or \the\*ap*num - \or \l*alphafalse - \a*c{\*ap*num} - \or \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\the\*ap*num} - \fi - \removelastskip}} -\let\app=\appendix -% -\def\hangingappendixnumber#1{\*ap*num=#1\laf{\labelwidth{\*ap*hi}} - \label{\hskip\*ap*hi\llap{\appendixnumber.}}} -% -\def\setappendixnumber#1{\global\*ap*num=#1}% -\let\san=\setappendixnumber -% -\message{preface,} -% -\long\def\prefaceformat#1{{% - \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*pret={##1}}% - \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*pretrue - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{yes}% - \edef\V{no}% - \ifx \T\U % Already true - \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*prefalse - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to - incontents in prefaceformat is not "yes" or "no". - "yes" will be assumed.} - \fi\fi}% - #1}} -\let\prf=\prefaceformat -% -\def\prefacetitle{} -\def\preface#1{% Preface revised 11/3/86 (added toclinebreak) - \global\def\prefacetitle{#1}% - \par - \bgroup - \let\toclinebreak=\space - \let\toclbr=\space - \the\*pret % prints the title in the text - \egroup - \D=\lastskip - \removelastskip - \if*TC*pre \putincontents1{\the\*prtf}\fi - \ignorespaces - \vs{\D} -}% END preface markup definition -\let\pre=\preface -% -\message{subheads,} -% -\long\def\subheadaformat#1{{% - \def\numberingstyle##1{\global\sa*st=1 - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{1}% - \edef\V{A}% - \edef\W{I}% - \ifx \T\U % then style=1, the default - \else \ifx \T\V \global\sa*st=2 - \else \ifx \T\W \global\sa*st=3 - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, numbering style - in the subheadaformat command is - invalid. Style 1 will be assumed.} - \fi\fi\fi}% - \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*subat={##1}}% - \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*shatrue - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{yes}% - \edef\V{no}% - \ifx \T\U % Already true - \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*shafalse - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to - incontents in subheadaformat is not "yes" or "no". - "yes" will be assumed.} - \fi\fi}% - #1}} -\let\shaf=\subheadaformat -% -\def\subheadatitle{} -\def\subheada#1{% - \global\def\subheadatitle{#1}% - \global\advance \*sa*num by 1 - \par - \bgroup - \let\toclinebreak=\space - \let\toclbr=\space - \the\*subat % prints the title in the text - \egroup - \ifvmode \D=\lastskip \removelastskip - \else \D=0pt\fi - \if*TC*sha \putincontents1{\the\*satf}\fi - \ifdim\D>0pt\vs{\D}\else\ignorespaces\fi% -}% END subheada markup definition -% -\def\subheadanumber{{\ifcase \sa*st - \or \the\*sa*num - \or \l*alphafalse - \a*c{\*sa*num} - \or \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\the\*sa*num} - \fi - \removelastskip}} -\let\sha=\subheada -% -\def\setsubheadanumber#1{\global\*sa*num=#1}% -\let\ssan=\setsubheadanumber -% -\long\def\subheadbformat#1{{% - \def\numberingstyle##1{\global\sb*st=1 - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{1}% - \edef\V{A}% - \edef\W{I}% - \ifx \T\U % then style=1, the default - \else \ifx \T\V \global\sb*st=2 - \else \ifx \T\W \global\sb*st=3 - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, numbering style - in the subheadbformat command is - invalid. Style 1 will be assumed.} - \fi\fi\fi}% - \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*subbt={##1}}% - \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*shbtrue - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{yes}% - \edef\V{no}% - \ifx \T\U % Already true - \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*shbfalse - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to - incontents in subheadbformat is not "yes" or "no". - "yes" will be assumed.} - \fi\fi}% - #1}} -\let\shbf=\subheadbformat -% -\def\subheadbtitle{} -\def\subheadb#1{% - \global\def\subheadbtitle{#1}% - \global\advance \*sb*num by 1 - \par - \bgroup - \let\toclinebreak=\space - \let\toclbr=\space - \the\*subbt % This prints the title in the text - \egroup - \ifvmode \D=\lastskip \removelastskip - \else \D=0pt\fi - \if*TC*shb \putincontents1{\the\*sbtf}\fi - \ignorespaces - \ifdim\D>0pt\vs{\D}\else\ignorespaces\fi -}% END subheadb markup definition -% -\def\subheadbnumber{{\ifcase \sb*st - \or \the\*sb*num - \or \l*alphafalse - \a*c{\*sb*num} - \or \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\the\*sb*num} - \fi - \removelastskip}} -\let\shb=\subheadb -% -\def\setsubheadbnumber#1{\global\*sb*num=#1}% -\let\ssbn=\setsubheadbnumber -% -\long\def\subheadcformat#1{{% - \def\numberingstyle##1{\global\sc*st=1 - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{1}% - \edef\V{A}% - \edef\W{I}% - \ifx \T\U % then style=1, the default - \else \ifx \T\V \global\sc*st=2 - \else \ifx \T\W \global\sc*st=3 - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, numbering style - in the subheadcformat command is - invalid. Style 1 will be assumed.} - \fi\fi\fi}% - \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*subct={##1}} - \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*shcfalse - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{yes}% - \edef\V{no}% - \ifx \T\U \global\*TC*shctrue - \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*shcfalse - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to - incontents in subheadcformat is not "yes" or "no". - "no" will be assumed.} - \fi\fi}% - #1}} -\let\shcf=\subheadcformat -% -\def\subheadctitle{} -\def\subheadc#1{% - \global\def\subheadctitle{#1}% - \global\advance \*sc*num by 1 - \par - \bgroup - \let\toclinebreak=\space - \let\toclbr=\space - \the\*subct % prints the title in the text - \egroup - \ifvmode \D=\lastskip \removelastskip - \else \D=0pt\fi - \if*TC*shc \putincontents1{\the\*sctf}\fi - \ignorespaces - \ifdim\D>0pt\vs{\D}\else\ignorespaces\fi -}% END subheadc markup -% -\def\subheadcnumber{{\ifcase \sc*st - \or \the\*sc*num - \or \l*alphafalse - \a*c{\*sc*num} - \or \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\the\*sc*num} - \fi - \removelastskip}} -\let\shc=\subheadc -% -\def\setsubheadcnumber#1{\global\*sc*num=#1}% -\let\sscn=\setsubheadcnumber -% -\long\def\subheaddformat#1{{% - \def\numberingstyle##1{\global\sd*st=1 - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{1}% - \edef\V{A}% - \edef\W{I}% - \ifx \T\U % then style=1, the default - \else \ifx \T\V \global\sd*st=2 - \else \ifx \T\W \global\sd*st=3 - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, numbering style - in the subheaddformat command is - invalid. Style 1 will be assumed.} - \fi\fi\fi}% - \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*subdt={##1}}% - \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*shdfalse - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{yes}% - \edef\V{no}% - \ifx \T\U \global\*TC*shdtrue - \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*shdfalse - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to - incontents in subheaddformat is not "yes" or "no". - "no" will be assumed.} - \fi\fi}% - #1}} -\let\shdf=\subheaddformat -% -\def\subheaddtitle{} -\def\subheadd#1{% - \global\def\subheaddtitle{#1}% - \global\advance \*sd*num by 1 - \par - \bgroup - \let\toclinebreak=\space - \let\toclbr=\space - \the\*subdt % This prints the title in the text - \egroup - \ifvmode \D=\lastskip \removelastskip - \else \D=0pt\fi - \if*TC*shd \putincontents1{\the\*sdtf}\fi - \ignorespaces - \ifdim\D>0pt\vs{\D}\else\ignorespaces\fi -}% END subheadd markup definition -% -\def\subheaddnumber{{\ifcase \sd*st - \or \the\*sd*num - \or \l*alphafalse - \a*c{\*sd*num} - \or \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\the\*sd*num} - \fi - \removelastskip}} -\let\shd=\subheadd -% -\def\setsubheaddnumber#1{\global\*sd*num=#1}% -\let\ssdn=\setsubheaddnumber -% -\message{figures,} -% -% FIGURE MARKUP, bth 8/25/86 -% Figure altered to allow alignments and other text markups within the -% arguments of figure and allow the immediate print feature (nofloat). -% Footnoting and multiple columns allowed in nofloat format only. -% Floating figures use top insert which uses a vbox that cancels any -% footnoting or multiple column setting. When \fullpage or \halfpage -% are used they must be the only argument in position one. -% -% -% Figureformat revised on 4/5/88, drg -% -\catcode`* = 11 -\catcode`@ = 11 -\newif\if*fp \*fpfalse % fullpage, used in figure -\newif\if*hp \*hpfalse % halfpage, " " -\newcount\fi*pos \fi*pos=1 % 1=\float,2=\nofloat,3=\midfloat,4=\keep -\newtoks\fi*sb \fi*sb={1\bl} -\newtoks\fi*sa \fi*sa={1\bl} -\def\figureformat#1{{% - \def\skipbefore##1{\global\fi*sb={##1}}% - \def\position{% printing position of figure, floating or nonfloating - \def\nofloat{\global\fi*pos=2} % prints immediate - \def\keep{\global\fi*pos=4} % prints immediate, but on same pg - \def\midfloat{\global\fi*pos=3}% uses midinsert - \def\float{\global\fi*pos=1}} % uses topinsert, the default - \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*figt={##1}}% - \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*figtrue - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{yes}% - \edef\V{no}% - \ifx \T\U % Already true - \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*figfalse - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to - incontents in figureformat is not "yes" or "no". - "yes" will be assumed.} - \fi\fi}% - \def\skipafter##1{\global\fi*sa={##1}}% - #1}}% End figure format markup -\let\fif=\figureformat -% -\newif\if*tpreset % titlepage reset for figure markup -\*tpresetfalse % no reset necessary -% -% Figure revised on 10/4/89, drg -% -\def\figuretitle{} -\def\figure{\futurelet\next\*fga} -\def\*fga{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next \let\next\*fgb - \else\let\next\*fgc\fi \next} -\def\*fgb{\global\setbox\A=\vbox\bgroup\aftergroup\*fgd\let\next} -\def\*fgc#1{\*fge{#1}} -\def\*fgd{\*fge{\box\A}} -\long\def\*fge#1#2{\par % Begin figure markup definition - \gdef\figuretitle{#2}% - \global\advance \fi*n by 1 % figure number - \begingroup % trap null setting for lets - \let\fullpage=\null % make fullpage non-printable - \let\halfpage=\null % make halfpage non-printable - \let\toclinebreak=\space % prevent break in title - \let\toclbr=\space % prevent break in title -% for value of \fi*pos: 1=\float,2=\nofloat,3=\midfloat,4=\keep - \ifcase\fi*pos - \or % BEGIN TOPINSERT FIGURES - \if*fp % full page topinsert figure - \if*title\*tpresettrue\notitlepage\fi % account for titlepage - \topinsert % floating figures are topinserts - \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi - \vbox to\vsize{\vrule width0pt\relax - \vfil#1\the\*figt} - \endinsert - \if*tpreset\titlepage\*tpresetfalse\fi % reset titlepage - \else\if*hp % half page topinsert figure - \topinsert - \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi - \vbox to.5\vsize{\vrule width0pt \relax - \vskip\the\fi*sb\relax - \vfil#1\the\*figt - \vskip\the\fi*sa\relax} - \endinsert - \else % variable size floating figure - \topinsert - \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi - \vskip\the\fi*sb\relax - #1\the\*figt - \vskip\the\fi*sa\relax - \endinsert - \fi\fi % end float full and half page check - \or % BEGIN IMMEDIATE FIGURES - \if*fp % FULL PAGE IMMEDIATE FIGURE - \np % figure won't fit on current page - \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi % send to contents - \vrule width0pt \relax % prevent fil from going away - \vfill\the\*figt % fill to figure title - \break % insures break at end of insert - \else - \if*hp % HALF PAGE IMMEDIATE FIGURE - \dimen\D=.5\vsize % depth check for half page figure - \advance\dimen\D by\topskip % add topskip to .5 vsize - \ifdim\pagetotal>\dimen\D\np\fi % won't fit on current page - \vbox to.49\vsize{\vrule width0pt % keep skip - \vfil\relax % skip all but title height to - #1\the\*figt % print figure title - \vskip\the\fi*sa\relax} % print half page figure title - \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi - \else % VARIABLE SIZE IMMEDIATE FIGURE - \vrule width0pt \relax % prevent skip from going away - \vskip\the\fi*sb\relax - #1\the\*figt - \vskip\the\fi*sa\relax - \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi - \fi% End of check at half page - \fi % End of check at full page - \or % BEGIN MIDINSERT FIGURES - \if*fp % full page midinsert figure - \if*title\*tpresettrue\notitlepage\fi % account for titlepage - \topinsert % use topinsert for full page only - \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi - \vbox to\vsize{\vrule width0pt\relax - \vfil#1\the\*figt} - \endinsert - \if*tpreset\titlepage\*tpresetfalse\fi % reset titlepage - \else\if*hp % half page midinsert figure - \midinsert - \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi - \vbox to.5\vsize{\vrule width0pt \relax - \vskip\the\fi*sb\relax - \vfil#1\the\*figt - \vskip\the\fi*sa\relax} - \endinsert - \else % variable size floating figure - \midinsert - \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi - \vskip\the\fi*sb\relax - #1\the\*figt - \vskip\the\fi*sa\relax - \endinsert - \fi\fi % end float full and half page check - \or % BEGIN IMMEDIATE KEEP FIGURES - \if*fp % FULL PAGE IMMEDIATE FIGURE - \np % figure won't fit on current page - \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi % send to contents - \vrule width0pt \relax % prevent fil from going away - \vfill\the\*figt % fill to figure title - \break % insures break at end of insert - \else - \if*hp % HALF PAGE IMMEDIATE FIGURE - \dimen\D=.5\vsize % depth check for half page figure - \advance\dimen\D by\topskip % add topskip to .5 vsize - \ifdim\pagetotal>\dimen\D\np\fi % won't fit on current page - \vbox to.49\vsize{\vrule width0pt % keep skip - \vfil\relax % skip all but title height to - #1\the\*figt % print figure title - \vskip\the\fi*sa\relax} % print half page figure title - \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi - \else % VARIABLE SIZE IMMEDIATE FIGURE - \vrule width0pt \relax % prevent skip from going away - \vskip\the\fi*sb\relax - \vbox{#1\the\*figt - \vskip\the\fi*sa\relax} - \if*TC*fig \putincontents2{\the\*ftf}\fi - \fi% End of check at half page - \fi % End of check at full page - \fi % End of case statement - \endgroup % end trap for null settings - \global\*fpfalse % reset full page - \global\*hpfalse % reset half page -}% End figure markup -\let\fig=\figure % abbreviation for figure markup -% -\def\fullpage{\global\*fptrue}% used in figure markup -\def\halfpage{\global\*hptrue}% used in figure markup -% -\def\figurenumber{\the\fi*n}% -% -\def\HFN#1{\laf{\labelwidth{\fi*hi}}\label{#1}}% -% -\def\setfigurenumber#1{\global\fi*n=#1}% -\let\sfn=\setfigurenumber -% -% Redefined from PLAIN TEX -% -\def\topinsert{\@midfalse\p@gefalse\t*ptrue\@ins} -% -\def\midinsert{% redefine from plain tex - \@midtrue - \if*fix % don't change meaning in fixed mode - \else % change midinsert to topinsert in flex mode - \if*dbl\global\@midfalse\fi % leave old meaning in single column mode - \if*tpl\global\@midfalse\fi % - \fi\@ins} % -% -\def\@ins{\par\begingroup - \if*fix % do nothing in fixed mode - \else\ift*p\hsize=\*txtw\fi\fi % ift*p hsize of insert set - \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup} % insert set to full page width -% -% Tables -% -\def\tableformat#1{{% - \long\def\titleformat##1{\global\*tabt={##1}}% - \def\incontents##1{\global\*TC*tabtrue - \edef\T{##1}% - \edef\U{yes}% - \edef\V{no}% - \ifx \T\U % Already true - \else \ifx \T\V \global\*TC*tabfalse - \else \message{<TEXT1> Warning, argument to - incontents in tableformat is not "yes" or "no". - "yes" will be assumed.} - \fi\fi}% - #1}} -\let\taf=\tableformat -% -\def\tabletitle#1{{% Tabletitle revised 11/3/86 (added toclinebreak) - \def\tabletitle{#1}% - \global\advance \ta*n by 1 - \par - \bgroup - \let\toclinebreak=\space - \let\toclbr=\space - \the\*tabt % prints the title in the text - \egroup - \par - \D=\lastskip - \removelastskip - \if*TC*tab \putincontents3{\the\*ttf}\fi - \ignorespaces - \vs{\D} -}}% END tabletitle markup definition -\let\tat=\tabletitle -% -\def\tablenumber{\the\ta*n} -\def\HTN#1{\laf{\labelwidth{\ta*hi}}\label{#1}} -% -\def\settablenumber#1{\global\ta*n=#1}% -\let\stn=\settablenumber -% -\message{8600 macros,} -% -% Macros specific for the 8600 (JKW) revision 11/25/86 -% -\newskip\evenmar -\newskip\oddmar -\evenmar=0pt -\oddmar=0pt -\def\evenpagemargin#1{{\setbox0=\hbox{\global\evenmar=#1 pt}} - \special{even_page_margin=\the\evenmar}}% -\let\epm=\evenpagemargin -\def\oddpagemargin#1{{\setbox0=\hbox{\global\oddmar=#1 pt}} - \special{odd_page_margin=\the\oddmar}}% -\let\opm=\oddpagemargin -\def\linenumberfont#1{\B={#1} - \special{line_number_font=\the\B}}% -\let\lnf=\linenumberfont -\def\poplevel#1{\B={#1} - \special{pop_level=\the\B}}% -\let\ppl=\poplevel -\def\lineinterval#1{\B={#1} - \special{line_interval=\the\B}}% -\let\lint=\lineinterval -\def\numberinglines#1{\special{numbering_lines=#1}}% -\let\numl=\numberinglines -\def\countinglines#1{\special{counting_lines=#1}}% -\let\coul=\countinglines -\def\printingnumbers#1{\special{printing_numbers=#1}}% -\let\prin=\printingnumbers -\def\linefootnotereference{\special{line_footnote_reference}}% -\let\lfnr=\linefootnotereference -% -\message{ more misc,} -% -% To be able to use PLAIN.TEX math code -% -\def\plaintexmathon{% - \catcode`\$=3\relax - \catcode`@=12\relax} -\let\dollarmathon=\plaintexmathon -\def\atmathon{% - \catcode`\$=12\relax - \catcode`@=3\par} -% -\message{multiple columns,} -% -\outer\def\bye{\par\onecolumn\vfill\supereject\end} % redefined from PLAIN.TEX -% to close multiple column routines -% -% MULTIPLE COLUMNS -% Brian Harvey 1/20/85 -% -% Macros to be imbedded into TEXT1 to drive the multiple column -% routines FLEXCOL and FIXCOL. -% -\newbox\*lftcol % left column box, fixed column mode, TeXbook name -\newbox\*midcol % center column, fixed column mode, TeXbook name -\newbox\*ppage % page accummulated before multicolumn, partialpage, flex -\newcount\*pcount % counter for empty page macro, keeps track of the -\*pcount=0 % number of empty page calls -\newdimen\*bigch % Twc=2vise, Thc=3vsize---bigcolumnheight -\newdimen\*txtw % textwidth, stores full hsize for multicolumn mode -\let\galleywidth=\*txtw % create galleywidth = text width -\newdimen\*txth % textheight, stores page height for multicolumn mode -\*txtw=\hsize % initialize full page text width for multicolumn mode -\*txth=\vsize % initialize full text height for multicolumn mode -\newif\ift*p % ift*p required to check for midinsert in flex mode -\newif\if*dbl % double column indicator -\*dblfalse % set double column format indicator false -\newif\if*tpl % triple column indicator -\*tplfalse % set triple column format indicator false -\newif\if*fix % format indicator (fixed if true, otherwise flexible) -\newif\if*norule % used to suppress rules in output routines -\newif\if*plain % check for plain.tex, plainoutput -\*plaintrue % set plain format indicator true -\newtoks\*twcw % width for twocolumns -\newtoks\*thcw % width for threecolumns -\newtoks\*twcgut % gutter for twocolumns -\newtoks\*thcgut % gutter for threecolumns -\newtoks\*clrw % rule width between multiple columns -\newtoks\*mskb % skip before multicolumn format -\newtoks\*mska % skip after multicolumn format -\*twcw={.48\*txtw} % initialize column and gutter default widths -\*thcw={.31\*txtw} -\*twcgut={.04\*txtw} -\*thcgut={.035\*txtw} -\*clrw={0.0pt} % initialize between column rule width -\*mskb={6pt plus 3pt minus 2pt} % initialize skips before and after multiple columns: -\*mska={6pt plus 3pt minus 2pt} % used in multiple column flex mode only - -\def\fixedformat{\global\*fixtrue} % calls fixed format file -\let\fixf=\fixedformat -\global\*fixfalse % sets up flex format -% -\def\multicolumnformat#1{% format macro for both fixed and flexible, texblock is multicol - \def\twocolumnwidth##1{\global\*twcw={##1}}% - \def\threecolumnwidth##1{\global\*thcw={##1}}% - \def\twocolumngutter##1{\global\*twcgut={##1}}% - \def\threecolumngutter##1{\global\*thcgut={##1}}% - \def\columnrulewidth##1{\global\*clrw={##1}}% - \def\skipbefore##1{\global\*mskb={##1}}% flex mode only - \def\skipafter##1{\global\*mska={##1}}% flex mode only - #1\*txtwck}% END, multicol format -\let\mcf=\multicolumnformat -% -% COLUMN WIDTH CHECK FOR MULTIPLE COLUMN ROUTINES -% -\def\*txtwck{% check column width and gutters against hsize - \dimen@=\the\*twcw - \dimen@=2\dimen@ - \dimen1=\the\*twcgut - \advance\dimen@ by\dimen1 - \ifdim\dimen@ > \*txtw % if greater than current pagewidth - \dimen1=\dimen@ - \advance\dimen1 by-\*txtw - \advance\dimen@ by -\*txtw - \ifdim\dimen@ > 1pt % only warn if over 1pt - \immediate\write16{% - <TEXT1> Warning! The column and gutter widths specified% - for two columns are wider than the current pagewidth by% - \the\dimen1 . } - \fi - \else\ifdim\dimen@ < \*txtw % if less than current pagewidth - \dimen1=\*txtw - \advance\dimen1 by-\dimen@ - \advance\dimen@ by -\*txtw - \multiply\dimen@ by -1 - \ifdim\dimen@ > 1pt % Only warn if over 1pt difference - \immediate\write16{% - <TEXT1> Warning! The column and gutter widths specified% - for two columns are shorter than the current pagewidth by% - \the\dimen1 . } - \fi - \fi\fi -% - \dimen@=\the\*thcw % width of each column, three columns - \dimen@=3\dimen@ % three columns - \dimen1=\the\*thcgut % width of the gutters - \dimen1=2\dimen1 % two gutters in three columns - \advance\dimen@ by\dimen1 % add columns and gutters together - \ifdim\dimen@ > \*txtw % if greater than current pagewidth - \dimen1=\dimen@ - \advance\dimen1 by-\*txtw - \advance\dimen@ by -\*txtw - \ifdim\dimen@ > 1pt % only warn if over 1pt - \immediate\write16{% - <TEXT1> Warning! The column and gutter widths specified% - for three columns are wider than the current pagewidth by% - \the\dimen1 . } - \fi - \else\ifdim\dimen@ < \*txtw % if less than current pagewidth - \dimen1=\*txtw - \advance\dimen1 by-\dimen@ - \advance\dimen@ by -\*txtw - \multiply\dimen@ by -1 - \ifdim\dimen@ > 1pt % Only warn if over 1pt difference - \immediate\write16{% - <TEXT1> Warning! The column and gutter widths specified% - for three columns are shorter than the current pagewidth by% - \the\dimen1 . } - \fi - \fi\fi - } % END, widthcheck -% -\newif\if*start*mc \*start*mcfalse -\def\twocolumns{% TWOCOLUMNS set-up macro - \if*fix \input fixcol % input fixed format file - \immediate\write-16{% write to log file only - <TEXT1> Fixed format for multiple columns in effect. } - \gdef\twocolumns{\*fixtwc}% redefine twocolumns, fixed mode - \gdef\threecolumns{\*fixthc}% redefine threecolumns, fixed mode - \else \input flexcol % input flex format file - \immediate\write-16{% write to log file only - <TEXT1> Flexible format for multiple columns in effect. } - \gdef\twocolumns{\*flextwc}% redefine twocolumns, flex mode - \gdef\threecolumns{\*flexthc}\fi% redefine threecolumns, flex mode - \twocolumns - \global\let\twc=\twocolumns % to current meaning of twocolumns - \global\let\thc=\threecolumns % to current meaning of threecolumns -}% END twocolumns markup -% -\let\twc=\twocolumns -% -\def\threecolumns{% THREECOLUMNS set-up macro - \*start*mctrue - \if*fix \input fixcol % input fixed format file - \immediate\write-16{% write to log file only - <TEXT1> Fixed format for multiple columns active. } - \gdef\twocolumns{\*fixtwc}% redefine twocolumns, fixed mode - \gdef\threecolumns{\*fixthc}% redefine threecolumns, fixed mode - \else \input flexcol % input flex format file - \immediate\write-16{% write to log file only - <TEXT1> Flexible format for multiple columns active. } - \gdef\twocolumns{\*flextwc}% redefine twocolumns, flex mode - \gdef\threecolumns{\*flexthc}\fi% redefine threecolumns, flex mode - \threecolumns - \global\let\twc=\twocolumns % to current meaning of twocolumns - \global\let\thc=\threecolumns % to current meaning of threecolumns -}% End threecolumns markup -% -\let\thc=\threecolumns -% -\let\onecolumn=\null % Empty definition for single format -\let\oc=\onecolumn -% -\let\newcolumn=\newpage -\let\nc=\newpage -\newif\if*nc \*ncfalse % true if \nc was used in mult cols -% -\global -\newhelp\balerrhelp{onecolumn The best approach to solve this problem - is to shorten the text by a line. You could also add or delete a - paragraph or change the column size. }% -% -\message{index macros,} -% -% Here are the macros necessary for doing an index -% -\newtoks\*ixarc \*ixarc={case=no} % IndeX A Respect Case -\newcount\*ixpn % Page number type: 0,2,4,6, or 9 -\newtoks\*ixast \*ixast={style=3} % IndeX A STyle -\newtoks\*ixald \*ixald={leadering=no} % IndeX A LeaDering -\newtoks\*ixabr \*ixabr={\vs{1\bl}} % IndeX A BReak -\newtoks\*ixasea \*ixasea={1em} % IndeX A SubEntry 1 -\newtoks\*ixaseb \*ixaseb={2em} % IndeX A SubEntry 2 -\newtoks\*ixaev \*ixaev={\tenpt} % Index A every time -\newtoks\*ixahp \*ixahp={1.5em} % Index A hang indent -\newtoks\*ixbrc \*ixbrc={case=no} % IndeX B Respect Case -\newtoks\*ixbst \*ixbst={style=3} % IndeX B STyle -\newtoks\*ixbld \*ixbld={leadering=no} % IndeX B LeaDering -\newtoks\*ixbbr \*ixbbr={\vs{1\bl}} % IndeX B BReak -\newtoks\*ixbsea \*ixbsea={1em} % IndeX B SubEntry 1 -\newtoks\*ixbseb \*ixbseb={2em} % IndeX B SubEntry 2 -\newtoks\*ixbev \*ixbev={\tenpt} % Index B every time -\newtoks\*ixbhp \*ixbhp={1.5em} % Index B hang indent -\newtoks\*ixcrc \*ixcrc={case=no} % IndeX C Respect Case -\newtoks\*ixcst \*ixcst={style=3} % IndeX C STyle -\newtoks\*ixcld \*ixcld={leadering=no} % IndeX C LeaDering -\newtoks\*ixcbr \*ixcbr={\rule\vs{1\bl}} % IndeX C BReak -\newtoks\*ixcsea \*ixcsea={1em} % IndeX C SubEntry 1 -\newtoks\*ixcseb \*ixcseb={2em} % IndeX C SubEntry 2 -\newtoks\*ixcev \*ixcev={\tenpt} % Index C every time -\newtoks\*ixchp \*ixchp={1.5em} % Index C hang indent -% -\newcount\*ixlvl \*ixlvl=1 % IndeX LeVeL -% -\long\def\indexformat#1#2{{\ifnum #1>3 \message{<TEXT1> Error! Only three indices - allowed. Level 1 will be used.} - \*ixlvl=1 - \else \*ixlvl=#1\fi - \def\respectcase##1{\edef\T{yes} - \edef\U{no} - \edef\V{##1} - \ifx \T\V \B={case=yes} - \else \B={case=no} - \ifx \U\V % Already set - \else\message{<TEXT1> Error!! Case respect not "yes" - or "no" in indexformat. "no" will be used.} - \fi\fi - \ifcase \*ixlvl \or \global\*ixarc=\B - \or \global\*ixbrc=\B - \or \global\*ixcrc=\B - \fi} - \def\style##1{\edef\T{paragraph} - \edef\U{dash} - \edef\V{indent} - \edef\W{##1} - \ifx \T\W \B={style=1} % paragraph style - \else \ifx \U\W \B={style=2} % dash style - \else \B={style=3} % indented style - \ifx \V\W % Already done - \else \message{<TEXT1> Error!! Style invalid in indexformat. - "indented" will be used.} - \fi\fi\fi - \ifcase \*ixlvl \or \global\*ixast=\B - \or \global\*ixbst=\B - \or \global\*ixcst=\B - \fi} - \def\leadering##1{\edef\T{yes} - \edef\U{no} - \edef\V{##1} - \ifx\T\V \B={leadering=yes} - \else \B={leadering=no} - \ifx\U\V - \else \message{<TEXT1> Error!! Only "yes" and "no" can - be used in the indexformat. "no" will be assumed.} - \fi\fi - \ifcase \*ixlvl \or \global\*ixald=\B - \or \global\*ixbld=\B - \or \global\*ixcld=\B - \fi - } - \long\def\everyletterbreak##1{\ifcase \*ixlvl \or \global\*ixabr={##1} - \or \global\*ixbbr={##1} - \or \global\*ixcbr={##1} - \fi} - \def\everyindex##1{\ifcase \*ixlvl \or \global\*ixaev={##1} - \or \global\*ixbev={##1} - \or \global\*ixcev={##1} - \fi} - \def\everyhang##1{\ifcase \*ixlvl \or \global\*ixahp={##1} - \or \global\*ixbhp={##1} - \or \global\*ixchp={##1} - \fi} - \def\indentsubentry##1##2{\R = ##1 - \ifnum ##1<1 \message{<TEXT1> Error!! Subentry level number in indexformat - may only be 1 or 2. 1 will be used.} - \R = 1 - \else \ifnum ##1>2 \message{<TEXT1> Error!! Subentry level number in indexformat - may only be 1 or 2. 1 will be used.} - \R = 1 - \fi\fi - \ifcase \R \or \ifcase \*ixlvl \or \global\*ixasea={##2} - \or \global\*ixbsea={##2} - \or \global\*ixcsea={##2} - \fi - \or \ifcase \*ixlvl \or \global\*ixaseb={##2} - \or \global\*ixbseb={##2} - \or \global\*ixcseb={##2} - \fi - \fi} - #2}} -\let\ixf=\indexformat -\newwrite\*ixfilea % IndeX FILE A -\newwrite\*ixfileb % IndeX FILE B -\newwrite\*ixfilec % IndeX FILE C -\newif\if*ixaopen \*ixaopenfalse % IndeX file A OPEN? -\newif\if*ixbopen \*ixbopenfalse % IndeX file B OPEN? -\newif\if*ixcopen \*ixcopenfalse % IndeX file C OPEN? -\def\*openixfile#1{\ifcase #1 \or - \immediate\openout\*ixfilea=text1xx.ix1% - \global\*ixaopentrue - \immediate\write\*ixfilea{\the\*ixarc}% - \immediate\write\*ixfilea{\the\*ixast}% - \immediate\write\*ixfilea{\the\*ixald}% - \or \immediate\openout\*ixfileb=text1xx.ix2% - \global\*ixbopentrue - \immediate\write\*ixfileb{\the\*ixbrc}% - \immediate\write\*ixfileb{\the\*ixbst}% - \immediate\write\*ixfileb{\the\*ixbld}% - \or \immediate\openout\*ixfilec=text1xx.ix3% - \global\*ixcopentrue - \immediate\write\*ixfilec{\the\*ixcrc}% - \immediate\write\*ixfilec{\the\*ixcst}% - \immediate\write\*ixfilec{\the\*ixcld}% - \fi} -{\catcode`\$=12 -\global\def\index#1#2{{\global\*ixpn = 2 - \def\subentry##1##2{${$}se##1##2{$}}% - \def\bdpn{\global\*ixpn = 0}% - \def\uspn{\global\*ixpn = 4}% - \def\itpn{\global\*ixpn = 6}% - \def\blindentry##1{\global\*ixpn = 9}% - \def\sortas##1{${$}sa##1{$}}% - \def\dagger{ \noexpand\dagger}% - \def\ddagger{ \noexpand\ddagger}% - \def\\{\noexpand\\}% - \def\{{\noexpand\{}% - \def\}{\noexpand\}}% - \def\_{\noexpand\_}% - \def\@{\noexpand\@}% - \def\S{\noexpand\S}% - \def\P{\noexpand\P}% - \def\L{\noexpand\L}% - \def\AA{\noexpand\AA}% - \def\neg{\noexpand\neg}% - \def\tilde{\noexpand\tilde}% - \def\vbar{\noexpand\vbar}% - \def\roman{\noexpand\rm}\let\rm=\roman% - \def\bold{\noexpand\bd}\let\bd=\bold% - \def\italic{\noexpand\it}\let\it=\italic% - \def\typewriter{\noexpand\tt}\let\tt=\typewriter% - \def\caps{\noexpand\cc}\let\cc=\caps% - \def\mathitalic{\noexpand\mi}\let\mi=\mathitalic% - \def\symbol{\noexpand\sy}\let\sy=\symbol% - \def\extension{\noexpand\ex}\let\ex=\extension% - \def\bolditalic{\noexpand\bi}\let\bi=\bolditalic% - \setbox0=\vbox{\hsize=100in#2}% - \def\bdpn{}% - \def\uspn{}% - \def\itpn{}% - \def\blindentry##1{${$}be##1{$}}% - \*ixlvl = #1 - \ifcase #1 \message{<TEXT1> Error!! You can only have index level 1, 2, or 3. - Index level 1 will be used.} - \*ixlvl = 1 - \or\or\or% % These levels are ok - \else \message{<TEXT1> Error!! You can only have index level 1, 2, or 3. - Index level 1 will be used.} - \*ixlvl = 1 - \fi% - \edef\*ixtoken{#2}% - \edef\temp{\*ixtoken}% - \ifcase \*ixlvl \or\if*ixaopen\else\*openixfile1\fi% Open the file if not done yet - \immediate\write\*ixfilea{{\the\*ixpn}{\the\pageno}{\pagenumber}\*ixtoken}% - \or \if*ixbopen \else \*openixfile2 \fi % Open the file if not done yet - \immediate\write\*ixfileb{{\the\*ixpn}{\the\pageno}{\pagenumber}\*ixtoken}% - \or \if*ixcopen \else \*openixfile3 \fi % Open the file if not done yet - \immediate\write\*ixfilec{{\the\*ixpn}{\the\pageno}{\pagenumber}\*ixtoken}% - \fi}\ignorespaces} -}% End math cat code change -\def\everyletterbreak#1#2{\def\nextletter{#2} - \ifcase #1 \or \the\*ixabr - \or \the\*ixbbr - \or \the\*ixcbr - \fi} -\def\everyindex#1{\ifcase \*ixlvl \or \the\*ixaev - \or \the\*ixbev - \or \the\*ixcev - \fi} -\def\indentsubentry#1#2{\par\penalty5000\hp - \ifcase #2 \or \ifcase #1 \or \hs{\the\*ixasea} - \or \hs{\the\*ixbsea} - \or \hs{\the\*ixcsea} - \fi - \or \ifcase #1 \or \hs{\the\*ixaseb} - \or \hs{\the\*ixbseb} - \or \hs{\the\*ixcseb} - \fi - \fi} -\let\ix=\index -\let\*ix=\printindex -\def\printindex#1{%\*ix#1 used only when printindex is a hardcoded command - \ifcase #1 \or \input text1xx.ix1 - \or \input text1xx.ix2 - \or \input text1xx.ix3 - \fi} -% -\message{wrap it up...} -% -\def\@{\char'100{}}% -% -% and set default values -% -\hfuzz=1pt -\parindent=24pt \parskip=0pt plus 3pt minus 0pt -\normalbottom -\pageno=0 -\catcode`* = 12 -% The END diff --git a/macros/text1/models/letter.texinput b/macros/text1/models/letter.texinput deleted file mode 100644 index 4cac048afa..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/models/letter.texinput +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -% LETTER FORMAT FILE bth 4/1/87 -\catcode`*=11 -\raggedbottom % text height may vary from page to page -\if*msp\defaultmono - \let\titlefont=\defaultmono - \let\twelvept=\defaultmono - \let\tenpt=\defaultmono - \let\rm=\defaultmono - \fi % monospace check -\newtoks\departmentname % department name for letterhead -\newtoks\campuszip % zip code for letterhead -\newtoks\campusphone % phone number for letterhead -\newtoks\date % date token list -\newif\if*postscript -\*postscriptfalse -% -\def\STOP{\endgroup\par}% ends obeylines grouping -% -\def\BEGINADDRESS{\begingroup\parskip=0pt\parindent=0pt\obeylines}% -\let\SALUTATION=\null -\let\BODY=\STOP -\def\CLOSING{\par\vs{\bl}\begingroup\parskip=0pt\parindent=0pt - \obeylines}% -\def\COPIES{\par\vs{\bl} - \setbox0=\hbox{Copies:\quad}\parindent=\wd0 \nin Copies:\quad}% -\def\ENCLOSURES#1{\par Enclosures:\quad #1}% sets enclosures text line -\def\ENDLETTER{\par\endgroup}% stop any obeylines grouping -% Default for the title (first) page -\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{0in} - \titlefootline{} -}% end title page format -\def\letterhead{{\parskip=0pt - \if*msp - \cl{\titlefont Washington State University} - \vs{\bl}\hrule\vs{\bl} - \cl{\the\departmentname} - \cl{Pullman, Washington\ \the\campuszip} - \cl{\the\campusphone} - \vs{1\bl} % number of blank lines inserted - \nin\the\date % - \else - \cl{\titlefont Washington State University} - \vs{4pt}\hrule\vs{6pt} - \cl{\twelvept \the\departmentname} - \cl{\tenpt Pullman, Washington\ \the\campuszip} - \cl{\tenpt \the\campusphone} - \vs{1\bl} % number of blank lines inserted - \nin\the\date % - \fi -}}% end letterhead markup -\catcode`*=12 diff --git a/macros/text1/models/letter.texmodel b/macros/text1/models/letter.texmodel deleted file mode 100644 index 0983cee198..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/models/letter.texmodel +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -% LETTER MARKUP (style, full block) APRIL 1, 1986 -% To print on monospace printers (line printers, daisy-wheel printers) -%\monospace % delete the "%" symbol at the beginning of this line -\paragraphskip{12pt} % distance between paragraphs -\paragraphindent{0pt} % first line word indent -\sfs{cm18}{titlefont}{24pt}% large font selected for letterhead -\input letter.texinput % places the format file into your text file -% LETTERHEAD INFORMATION -% Type the name of your department, the campus zip code, -% the campus telephone number, and date (if not today's -% date) between the curly braces of the samples shown -% below. This information will be added to the letterhead. -%........................................................................ -\departmentname{name of your department or organization} -\campuszip{99164-????} -\campusphone{(509) 335-????} -\date{\today} -% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -\letterhead % -\vs{2\bl} % -% LETTER ADDRESS -\BEGINADDRESS % . . . . insert address below this line . . . . . . . . . -\SALUTATION % . . . replace the salutation on the next line . . . . . . . -Dear ???? -\BODY % LETTER BODY -% . . . . . . insert the text of the letter below this line . . . . . . . -% . . . . . . . . . . . . and above this line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -% LETTER CLOSING -\CLOSING % . . . . replace closing line, if desired . . . . . . . . . . . -Sincerely yours, -\vs{3\bl} -% SIGNATURE LINE -% . . . . . . . . . replace signature line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -John Doe -\vs{\bl} -% ENCLOSURES AND COPIES -% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -% Use \ENCLOSURES markup for an enclosure number, % -% for example: \ENCLOSURES{3} % -% Use \COPIES markup for a copy list, % -% for example: \COPIES first name % -% second name % -% third name, etc. % -% . . . . . . . enter enclosures and copies below this line . . . . . . . -\ENDLETTER %------------- and above this line --------------------------- diff --git a/macros/text1/models/memo.texinput b/macros/text1/models/memo.texinput deleted file mode 100644 index bbf6aa632e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/models/memo.texinput +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -% MEMO TEXINPUT FORMAT FILE -% dlw 8/15/86 -\catcode`*=11 -\if*msp \let\titlefont=\defaultmono - \let\twelvept=\defaultmono - \let\tenpt=\defaultmono - \let\rm=\defaultmono - \fi % change all fonts to defaultmono for the monospace option -\rightragged -\newif\if*copies -\*copiesfalse -\newtoks\*lfthead \*lfthead = { } -\newtoks\*ctrhead \*ctrhead = { } -\newtoks\*rthead \*rthead = { } -\rightragged -% Default for the title (first) page -\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{0in} - \titlefootline{} -} -\def\memopageheadingformat#1{% setup for memo running head - \def\*left##1{\global\*lfthead={##1}}% - \def\*center##1{\global\*ctrhead={##1}}% - \def\*right##1{\global\*rthead={##1}}% -#1}% end memoheading format -\let\mhf=\memopageheadingformat -\memopageheadingformat{\*left{}\*center{\pagenumber}\*right{}} -\runningheadformat{\bothpages{\twelvept - \line{\hbox to.33333\hsize{\the\*lfthead\hss}\hfil - \hbox to.33333\hsize{\hss\the\*ctrhead\hss}\hfil - \hbox to.33333\hsize{\hss\the\*rthead}} - \vs{28pt}} % 28pt = .4in -}% end runningheadformat -\def\MEMO{\begingroup\obeylines\parskip=0pt\parindent=60pt}% -\def\TEXT{\endgroup\if*msp\defaultmono\ssp\else\twelvept\fi % - \vs{\bl}\hrule\vs{2\bl}}% -% -\cl{{\titlefont M E M O R A N D U M}} -\if*msp\par\vs{\bl}\ssp - \else\par\vs{.4in}\isk{18pt}\fi -\def\TO{\nin To:\par\vs{-\bl}}% -\def\FROM{\if*msp\vs{\bl}\fi\nin From:\par\vs{-\bl}}% -\def\DATE#1{\if*msp\vs{\bl}\fi\nin Date:\par\vs{-\bl}#1}% -\def\SUBJECT{\if*msp\vs{\bl}\fi\nin Subject:\par\vs{-\bl}}% -\def\COPIES{\global\*copiestrue\vs{\bl}\nin Copies:\par\vs{-\bl} % - \begingroup\obeylines\singlespace % - \parskip=0pt\parindent=60pt}% -\def\ENDMEMO{\if*copies\par\endgroup\global\*copiesfalse\else\par\fi}% -\catcode`*=12 diff --git a/macros/text1/models/memo.texmodel b/macros/text1/models/memo.texmodel deleted file mode 100644 index 8e16ff97be..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/models/memo.texmodel +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -% MEMO TEXMODEL -% August 15, 1986 -% To print on monospace printers delete the % symbol before \monospace -%\monospace -\sfs{cm18}{titlefont}{24pt}% Font selected for heading -\input memo.texinput % Loads memorandum format file -\MEMO % Prints memorandum heading -%--------Enter the text after each markup on the following lines--------- -%------------------multiple line entries may be used--------------------- -\TO -\FROM -\DATE {\today} -\SUBJECT -\TEXT %----- Insert the memo below this line----------------------------- - -%--------------For a list of copies use the \COPIES: markup------------- -% for example: \COPIES first name -% second name -% third name, etc. -%------------enter the copies markup and names below this line----------- -\ENDMEMO % ----------------and before this line-------------------------- diff --git a/macros/text1/models/mergelet.texmodel b/macros/text1/models/mergelet.texmodel deleted file mode 100644 index de4e4fa4b2..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/models/mergelet.texmodel +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -% Sample Letter for Merge File Model -% -% TEXT1 Letterhead description, change to suit your letter -% -% -\begingroup -\paragraphskip{0pt} -\centerline{{\titlefont Washington State University}} -\vs{4pt}\hrule\vs{4pt} -\centerline{{\twelvept\bd Academic Computing Service}} -\vs{-2pt} -\centerline{{\tenpt Pullman, Washington 99164-1220\lbr 509/335-0411}} -\vs{1\bl} % number of blank lines inserted -\endgroup -\vs{\bl} -\tenpt -\nin{\today} -\vs{\bl} -\asisbegin -\noemptyspace\title\ \firstname\ \lastname -\noemptyspace\company -\address -\city, \state\ \zipcode -\phone - -Dear \firstname: - -\asisend -This letter is a sample for the merge file facility of \text1. Ten -data fields were created with DBASE~III on a PC and transferred to -CMS. The fields were delimited with double quotations marks -({\tt "}) and a comma placed between data fields by DBASE. Any data -base program that allows data fields to be delimited with quotation -marks could be used. A data file may also be created -directly on CMS by entering the data in the following manner:\lbr -\hs{2in}{\tt "}field one{\tt "},{\tt "}field two{\tt "},\ellipsis3,{\tt -"}last field{\tt "}\lbr -or written as \lbr -\hs{2in}{\tt "}field one{\tt ""}field two{\tt "\ellipsis3\ "}last -field{\tt "}\lbr -the commas between data fields are optional. - -Quotation marks must be placed on either side of each field -(delimit the field) and the {\it each data field must come in the same -sequence as the data names specified in the {\tt \\fieldnames} markup}. -{\bd No \it field may be omitted}, however, a field may be empty -({\it i.e.}, {\tt "}first field{\tt ","","}third field{\tt "} -\ellipsis3 ). - -The data markup (field names immediately preceded by a {\tt \\} ) -may be used to place text anywhere in the letter, but -each field should be followed by a control space markup (\\ \ , a -backslash followed by a blank space) or \text1 -will drop the space after the field. For example, the \\firstname\\ -\\lastname and \\amount markup have been used to add the -recipients name and a dollar amount in the following line. - -\cl{The \firstname\ \lastname\ account has been charged \amount\ for -printing services.} - -The {\tt \\noemptyspace} markup may be used to prevent a blank line -if an address line is empty. Place the data field markup between the -{\tt \\noemptyspace} markup and the linebreak ({\tt \\lbr}) markup -({\it i.e.}, {\tt \\noemptyspace\\company\\lbr} would prevent a blank -line if the company data field were empty). The {\tt\\noemptyspace} -markup prevents an extra space after an empty data field. Place -it in the following manner: {\tt \\noemptyspace\\title\\ -\\firstname\\ \\lastname\\lbr} The {\tt \\noemptyspace} markup will -remove the following control space ({\tt \\ }) or control line break -({\tt \\lbr}) if the specified data field -is empty. -\vs{\bl} -\noindent -Sincerely yours, -\vs{3\bl} -\noindent -John Doe diff --git a/macros/text1/models/mergelst.texmodel b/macros/text1/models/mergelst.texmodel deleted file mode 100644 index 0d15914892..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/models/mergelst.texmodel +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -% Sample data base Merge File address list, created with dBASE III -% data field names are as follows: -% title, firstname, lastname, company, address, -% city, state, zipcode, phone, amount -% All data fields must be present for each entry, although the data -% field itself may be empty (i.e., "" is an empty or null data field). -% -"Ms.","Claire","Buckman","ABC Distributing Director","8307 Santa Anita -Blvd","Oxnard","CA","93034","(555)456-9059","$5.00" -"Mr.","Rick","Lisbonn","Vice-President for Marketing","1550 Keystone -St.","Glendale","CA","91206","(555)455-3344","$15.00" -"Dr.","Hank","Bicksby","Research Institute, Manager","4101 Peonia -Rd","Flagstaff","AZ","86001","(555)966-1278","$25.00" -"","Lena","Garnett","","520 S. 8th St.","Reno","NV","89504", -"(555)766-9121","$3.00" -"Mrs.","Lisa","Kafmanan","Sales Support Staff Manager","1960 Lindley -Ave.","Reseda","CA","91355","(555)860-0300","$8.00" diff --git a/macros/text1/models/mergetxt.texinput b/macros/text1/models/mergetxt.texinput deleted file mode 100644 index a25e9617e5..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/models/mergetxt.texinput +++ /dev/null @@ -1,184 +0,0 @@ -% Merge File Model Macro Definition File -\catcode`*=11 -\catcode`"=\active -\catcode`,=\active -\catcode`@=\active -\newbox\FirstUp -\newbox\SecondUp -\newbox\ThirdUp -\newcount\*first \*first=0 % first token field -\newcount\*index \*index=0 % field index -\newcount\*lastentry \*lastentry=0 % last token filed -\newcount\*letternumber \*letternumber=0 % letter number from start -\newcount\LblsUp \LblsUp=1 % number of labels per line -\newcount\LblsAcross \LblsAcross=0 % counter for labels accross -\newdimen\LblMat \LblMat=0pt % left and right label margins -\newdimen\LblHt \LblHt=0in % vertical label size -\newdimen\LblWd \LblWd=0in % horozontal label size -\newif\if*check \*checkfalse % datacheck for manual entry -\newif\if*lbfopen \*lbfopenfalse % check for open label file -\newtoks\*csnametoks \*csnametoks={} % tokens for field names -\newtoks\*maillblfmt \*maillblfmt={} % label sheet format code -\newtoks\*addrlbl \*addrlbl={} % address label tokens -\newwrite\*labels % create label filee - -\gdef,{\char'54{}}% -% Datacheck forces a print letter after each set of fields -\def\datacheck{\global\*checktrue}% -\def@{\ifnum\*index>0 - \global\*index=\*first % reset index - \if*check - \global\advance\*letternumber by1 - \immediate\write16{Letter number \the\*letternumber. - First Data Field: (\the\toks\*first) . . . - Last Data Field: (\the\toks\*lastentry ). } - \fi % write to log file for data check - \*prnletter % print current data - \fi -} % end of @ definition - -% Take user defined names to build control sequences -\def\fieldnames#1{\par - \global\advance\count15 by 1 % new token register - \global\*first=\count15 % first new token register - \parsenames#1\end}% end fieldnames markup - -% Separate name fields into individual entries -\def\parsenames#1{\ifx#1\end - \createfield - \let\next=\relax - \global\*lastentry=\count15 - \global\*index=\*first - \*csnametoks={} - \else - \ifx#1, - \createfield - \global\advance\count15 by 1 - \*csnametoks={} - \let\next=\parsenames - \else \*csnametoks=\expandafter{\the\*csnametoks#1} - \let\next=\parsenames - \fi\fi - \next}% end parsenames markup - -% CREATEFIELD create control sequence names from name field entries -\def\createfield{\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\*csnametoks\endcsname - {\noexpand\the\toks\the\count15 }}% end createfield markup - -% DEFINE " as name of merge command -\def"#1"{% set quote marks as active macro and delimiter - \ifnum\*index=0 \global\*index=\*first\fi - \global\toks\*index={#1} % gather argument in token variable - \ifnum\*index<\*lastentry % continue gathering process - \gdef,{\gdef,{\char'54{}}}% % drop , in data but not in text - \global\advance\*index by1 % index by 1 - \ignorespaces % eliminate spurious spaces - \else % end process - \global\*index=0 - \if*check - \global\advance\*letternumber by1 - \immediate\write16{Letter number \the\*letternumber. - First Data Field: (\the\toks\*first) . . . - Last Data Field: (\the\toks\*lastentry ). } - \fi % write to log file for data check - \*prnletter % print current data - \fi}% end define " as macro name - -% Merge letter text file merged for each data record -\def\*prnletter{% Print the letter text with current name/address fields - \catcode`"=12\catcode`@=3 % set " and @ to normal catcodes - \newpage % start new page for each letter - \setpagenumber{1} % reset page number - \inputletter % new page then get letter text file - \*savelabels{\*setlabel} % save address label information - \catcode`"=\active\catcode`@=\active % reset catcodes for markup defs - \relax}% end prnletter markup - -% Give filename for letter text -\def\documentfilename#1{\gdef\inputletter{\input #1 }}% - -% Give maillist data filename -\def\datafilename#1{\input #1 }% - -% Print no empty lines with the line break markup -\def\noemptyspace#1#2{\edef\V{#1}\edef\W{\empty}% - \ifx\V\W% do nothing if empty argument - \else #1#2\fi% if not empty replace argument with the line break -}% end no emptyspace -\let\nes=\noemptyspace % set abbreviation - - -% SAVELABELS ships information for labels to the label file -\def\*savelabels#1{% Write Mail Label Information to TEXT1$$.LABEL - \if*lbfopen % do nothing if file TEXT1$$.LABEL already open - \else \immediate\openout\*labels=text1$$.label % open TEXT1$$.LABEL - \immediate\write\*labels{\the\*maillblfmt} % write format - \global\*lbfopentrue\fi % set open flag - \global\advance\LblsAcross by1 % set label postion pointer - \ifnum\LblsAcross>\LblsUp \global\LblsAcross=1 \fi - \edef\T{% create labels - \ifnum\LblsAcross=1 \setbox\FirstUp=\fi % left label - \ifnum\LblsAcross=2 \setbox\SecondUp=\fi% center label - \ifnum\LblsAcross=3 \setbox\ThirdUp=\fi % right label - \vtop to\LblHt{\hsize=\LblWd \leftskip=\LblMat \rightskip=\LblMat - \parindent=0pt #1\par\vfil} % make label to label size and width - \ifnum\LblsAcross=\LblsUp % print labels - \ifcase\LblsUp% case 0, no labels specified - \or\setbox\SecondUp=\null \setbox\ThirdUp=\null % one label - \or \setbox\ThirdUp=\null % two labels - \fi% end case % three label default - \line{\box\FirstUp\box\SecondUp\box\ThirdUp\hfil} - \fi}% end definition of T - \immediate\write\*labels{\T} % write information to file -}% end save labels definition - -% Flushlabels prints any unprinted labels remaining in the markup -\def\*flushlabels{% print any remaining boxed labels - \ifcase\LblsUp % case ), no labels specified - \or \setbox\SecondUp=\null \setbox\ThirdUp=\null % one label - \or \setbox\ThirdUp=\null % two labels - \fi% end case % three label default - \immediate\write\*labels{\line{\box\FirstUp\box\SecondUp\box\ThirdUp - \hfil}}% -}% end flush any remaining labels - -% Print the label file TEXT1$$.LABEL -\def\printlabels{\newpage % end last letter - \*flushlabels % print any remaining labels - \immediate\closeout\*labels % close data file - \setpagenumber{99} % labels begin on page 99 - \input text1$$.label % input the address label data file -}% end print mailing labels - -\def\addresslabelformat#1{\global\*addrlbl={#1}}% -\*addrlbl={} - -\def\*setlabel{\the\*addrlbl}% - -% Set format for the mailing labels -\def\maillabelformat#1{% Sets dimensions and margins of each label - \def\labelsetup##1{\global\*maillblfmt={##1}}% - \def\numberoflabelsperline##1{\global\LblsUp=##1}% - \def\labelheight##1{\global\LblHt=##1}% - \def\labelwidth##1{\global\LblWd=##1}% - \def\labelmat##1{\global\LblMat=##1}% - #1}% end mail label format -\let\mlfmt=\maillabelformat % set abbreviation -\catcode`*=12 - -% Set defaults for the mailing labels -% Maillabelformat sets the page and label information for mailing labels -\maillabelformat{\labelsetup{% Sets page and margin settings - \raggedbottom - \parskip=0pt plus0pt minus0pt - \runningheadformat{\bothpages{\line{}}} - \pageformat{\topmargin{1in} - \bottommargin{0pt} - \leftmargin{0pt} - \rightmargin{0pt}}% end page format - }% end labelsetup - \numberoflabelsperline{3}% three labels max - \labelheight{1in} - \labelwidth{2.75in} - \labelmat{.25in} -}% end mail label format diff --git a/macros/text1/models/mergetxt.texmodel b/macros/text1/models/mergetxt.texmodel deleted file mode 100644 index f2a6f50724..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/models/mergetxt.texmodel +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -% MERGE LETTER MODEL, merges address list with letter -\input mergetxt.texinput % READ TEXT1 merge file format instructions -% -% Select special fonts and setting markup used -% in the merge process here: -% -\selectfontset{cm18}{titlefont}{default} % special letter heading font -\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{0in}} % no initial skip for letters -% -% Run TEXT1 against a file on your disk that includes -% this model. A set of five sample letters will be printed. The -% sample letter describes the mail merge setup. Once you have -% run the model and read the letter, make the necessary -% modifications to your file. Set the address field names of -% your address file in the "\fieldnames{name, name, ...}" -% markup with the data field names of your data base file. -% Create the "shell letter," your letter, which includes the -% address field names of your data file, preceded by a "\", -% i.e., \namea, \nameb, etc. You need use only those data -% fields necessary in the document and address label, but all -% fields in your data base file must be given in the field -% names markup. Specify the name of your letter file -% "shell letter" with the "\documentfilename{fn.ft}" markup; -% specify the address data file with the "\addressfile{...}" -% markup; and then PRINT the file containing your letter merge -% model to merge the address file with the shell letter and -% print the label sheet. -% -% NOTE: If you create an address file by hand remove the percent sign -% before the datacheck MARKUP. The number of the letter from the -% beginning of the merge file data base and the first and last -% data fields will be listed on the screen and in the log file -% when data check is active. This will aid you in finding any -% errors in your data file. -% -%\datacheck % SET DATACHECK by removing the "%" symbol -% -% Give all data field names in sequence of occurrence -% (address list names) -% -% Format: \fieldnames{name1, name2, name3, ..., namelast} - -\fieldnames{title, firstname, lastname, company, address, city, - state, zipcode, phone, amount} - -% Give file name for document text (letter file that includes -% the field names for the replaceable text in the document) -% -% Format: \documentfilename{filename.filetype} - -\documentfilename{mergelet.texmodel} - -% WARNING! -% If you want to modify the address label format, then the -% \addresslabelformat markup MUST come prior to the -% \datafilename markup. -% -% Format: \addresslabelformat{all fields and markup to create label} - -\addresslabelformat{\noindent\title\ \firstname\ \lastname\lbr - \company\lbr - \address\lbr - \city, \state\quad\zipcode} - -% Now specify where the address data file is located with -% the \datafilename markup. -% -% Format: \datafilename{filename.filetype} - -\datafilename{mergelst.texmodel} - -% PRINTING A MAILING LABEL SHEET -% -% You may use the "\maillabelformat{}" markup to change -% the default label format markup. The default label format -% prints three inch-high labels across the page which can be -% copied onto a label sheet with an appropriate copy machine. -% -% WARNING! -% The \maillabelformat{} markup must be placed BEFORE the -% \printlabels markup to change the system defaults. -% -% Select the font setto be used in printing the labels. - -\tenpt % prints labels with computer modern ten point - -\printlabels % print address label sheet for Xerox label sheet - -% Labels will be printed beginning on page 99. -% -% WARNING! -% If you have an empty data field occurs in the data being -% processed within the \addresslabelformat, the field will -% be printed as a blank space or as a blank line if the -% field is by itself on the line. - diff --git a/macros/text1/models/paper.texinput b/macros/text1/models/paper.texinput deleted file mode 100644 index b0baec1743..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/models/paper.texinput +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -% Student Paper Layout -- Monospace -\footnoteformat{\everyfootnote{\rm\pin{.5in}\psk{1\bl} - \frenchspacing\singlespace} -} -\bibliographyformat{\bibentryformat{\goodbreak\vs{1\bl} - \frenchspacing\singlespace\hp\nin} - \titleformat{\np\cl{\us\bibtitle} - \vs{\bl} - } -} diff --git a/macros/text1/models/paper.texmodel b/macros/text1/models/paper.texmodel deleted file mode 100644 index b5e7907d75..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/models/paper.texmodel +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -% Student Paper Layout -% Last updated on = 10/16/86 -\monospace -\doublespace -\input paper.texinput % get paper format -% Cover Page - \vsk{1in plus 2fil minus 1in} % space at top of page - \centerlinesbegin % all lines centered on cover page - \frenchspacing % no double spaces after periods on cover page -%%%% insert title (using one or more lines) between dashed lines -%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -\vs{2in} % space between title and author -%%%% insert author(s) (using one or more lines) between dashed lines -%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -\vs{2in} % space between author and course -%%%% insert course (using one or more lines) between dashed lines -%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -\vs{.5in} % space between course and date -%%%% Date follows; \today = current date or type over with desired date -\today - \centerlinesend - \vs{2in plus 1 fil minus 1in} %space at bottom of page - \newpage %end of title page - \setpagenumber{1}\titlepage %no page number on first page of text -%%%% BEGINNING OF PAPER diff --git a/macros/text1/models/resume.texinput b/macros/text1/models/resume.texinput deleted file mode 100644 index 5370817b18..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/models/resume.texinput +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -% -\catcode`*=11 -\if*msp -\pageformat{\pagelength{11in} - \pagewidth{8.5in} % 792pt = 11in; 612pt = 8.5in - \topmargin{1in} - \bottommargin{1.2in} % 58pt = .8in; 72pt = 1in - \leftmargin{1.2in} - \rightmargin{1in} % 86pt = 1.2in - \bindingadjust{0pt} -} -\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{.15in} - \titlefootline{} -} -\paragraphskip{1\bl} \paragraphindent{0pt} -\def\name#1{\par\hfill#1\hfill\gdef\headname{#1}} -\name{} -\runningheadformat{\bothpages{\line{ - \lft{\headname}\ctr{{\it Curriculum Vitae}} - \rt{\bd\pagenumber}} \vs{\bl}} - } -\runningfootformat{\bothpages{ - \vs{\bl}\line{\lft{}\ctr{}\rt{\today}}} - } -% Defaults for the \label markup -\labelformat{\skipbefore{1\bl} - \labelwidth{72pt} - \gutter{28pt} - \everylabel{\defaultmono\bd} - } -% -\else -\pageformat{\pagelength{792pt} - \pagewidth{612pt} % 792pt = 11in; 612pt = 8.5in - \topmargin{68pt} - \bottommargin{52pt} % 58pt = .8in; 72pt = 1in - \leftmargin{72pt} - \rightmargin{74pt} % 86pt = 1.2in -} -\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{.15in} - \titlefootline{} -} -\paragraphskip{6pt} \paragraphindent{0pt} -\def\name#1{\par\hfill#1\hfill\gdef\headname{#1}} -\name{} -\runningheadformat{\bothpages{ - \line{\lft{\headname}\ctr{\it Curriculum Vitae} - \rt{\bd\pagenumber}} \vs{\bl}} - } -\runningfootformat{\bothpages{ - \vs{\bl}\line{\lft{}\ctr{}\rt{\today}}} - } -% Defaults for the \label markup -\labelformat{\skipbefore{1\bl} - \labelwidth{72pt} - \gutter{28pt} - \everylabel{\bd} - } -\fi -% -\catcode`*=12 -% diff --git a/macros/text1/models/resume.texmodel b/macros/text1/models/resume.texmodel deleted file mode 100644 index 54588fefed..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/models/resume.texmodel +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -% Functional style; titled, justified resume -% -%********************* ***RESUME TEXMODEL*** ************************** -%* This TEXMODEL shows a sample resume. To get a copy of this sample, * -%* simply run this file through TeX as it is. * -%* When entering your own resume be sure to replace or delete all * -%* sample text. DO NOT use this model on a printer that only can * -%* print with \monospace. * -%************************************************************************ -% RESUME START -\input resume.texinput -\cl{\bd RESUME} -\par -\name{Orville T. Game} -\cl{\it 9987 NE Oak St., Arbor Bay, CK 58924} -\vs{1\bl} -\label{Objective} -Seeking position with manufacturing firm which will provide -oportunity for advancement into personel-related position. -\label{Education} -\it Doctor of Hagiology, \rm Medical subterfuge\rt{1983.}\lbr -Beasley College of Performing Arts, Pullman, CA - -\label{ }Completed courses in economic manipulation, -John\-ny Carson analysis, and unpadded scrimmage. -Special courses in radar sabotage, misspelling, and -stream of consciousness reporting of news. -Completed graduate courses in anthropology, anthrometry, anthrosophy, -anthromorphism, and camp counselling. -Committee: Michael Farnberger, Casper Weinberger, Bill Cheeseburger, -and Warren Burgher. -GPA: 1.75. 40\%\ financed by drug sales; 60\%\ by gambling. - -\label{}\it Master of Arts, \rm Philosophy\rt{1983.}\lbr -University of Idaho, Moscow, ID - -\label{}Completed courses in philosophy, filo-making, fillerupedness, -filling station technology, and filler. -Completed graduate courses in philosophy, philology, -philo\-lo\-gram\-matry, phylogeny, filliness, and phil\-i\-stines. -Special Committee: Phil Marquette, Phillip Petroleum, Philo Bellows, -and Phyllus Diller. -GPA: 0.63. 50\%\ financed by bribes, 50\%\ by unpaid loans. -\label{Related Experience} -\it Consultant, \rm Computing Service Center\rt{1985-}\lbr -Washington State University, Pullman, WA 99164-1220 -\par -\label{}Direct acquisition of antique typesetting machinery and old -metal sculptings for garden area. -In charge of coffee for management. -Qualified to exterminate bugs in really awkward and tiresome -programs. -Training to collect and recycle aluminum cans for distribution -to East coast distilleries. -\label{Other Experience} -\it Research Associate-Biowarfare, \rm Mars Institute\rt{1984-}\lbr -P.O. Box 9, Pullman, WA 99163 -\par -\label{}Participate in studies on neutralizing liberal demo\-crats with -nuclear warheads (low radiation, high neutron count). -Analyze patterns of ideological disarray for potential weakness. -Write articles on normative aspects of unethical behavior. -Keep memoirs of same for distribution to publishers. -\label{Awards} - Special award for boot-licking, 1982. -Outstanding Stand Out, 1983. -\label{Activities} - Drama Club, 1980--82; Alpha Kappa Kappa Fraternity -\label{References} On request. diff --git a/macros/text1/models/thesis.texinput b/macros/text1/models/thesis.texinput deleted file mode 100644 index 2dfd40e5c0..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/models/thesis.texinput +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -% WSU graduate school thesis requirements. -\paragraphindent{36pt} -\paragraphskip{12pt plus 2pt minus 1pt} -\raggedbottom -% -% -\catcode`*=11 -\if*msp -\pageformat{\pagelength{11in} - \pagewidth{8.5in} - \topmargin{1.2in} - \bottommargin{1.2in} - \leftmargin{1.2in} - \rightmargin{1in} - \bindingadjust{0in} -} -\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{1.25in} - \titlefootline{} -} -% Default values for the \chapter markup -\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \centerline{\bd Chapter \chapternumber} - \centerline{\bd\chaptertitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end chapter format -% Default values for the \subheada markup -\subheadaformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \twelvept\bd\nin\subheadatitle\par\nobreak - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end subheadaformat markup -% Default values for the \subheadb markup -\subheadbformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \twelvept\it\nin\subheadbtitle\par\nobreak - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end subheadbformat markup -% Default values for the \preface markup -\prefaceformat{% - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \centerline{\bd\prefacetitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -} -\paragraphskip{12pt} -\asisformat{\skipbefore{0pt} - \everyasis{\rm\ssp\leftindent{36pt}} - \skipafter{0pt}} -% -\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{0pt} - \everyblockquote{\rm\ssp\pin{.3in}\psk{12pt} - \leftindent{36pt} \rightindent{36pt}} - \skipafter{0pt}} -% -\else -\pageformat{\pagelength{11in} - \pagewidth{8.5in} - \topmargin{1.2in} - \bottommargin{1in} - \leftmargin{1.3in} - \rightmargin{1in} - \bindingadjust{0in} -} -\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{1.25in} - \titlefootline{} -} -% Default values for the \subheada markup -\subheadaformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \twelvept\bd\nin\subheadatitle\par\nobreak - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end subheadaformat markup -% Default values for the \subheadb markup -\subheadbformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \twelvept\it\nin\subheadbtitle\par\nobreak - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end subheadbformat markup -\asisformat{\skipbefore{0pt} - \everyasis{\tenpt\ssp\leftindent{36pt}} - \skipafter{0pt}} -% -\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{0pt} - \everyblockquote{\rm\ssp\pin{24pt}\psk{6pt} - \leftindent{36pt} \rightindent{36pt}} - \skipafter{0pt}} -% -\footnoteformat{\footnotedivider{144pt} % 144pt = 2in - \skipafterdivider{2.6pt} - \textreferenceposition{up} - \textreferenceplacement{after} - \textreferencefont{\tenpt} - \textreferencestyle{1} - \notereferenceposition{down} - \notereferencefont{\tenpt} - \notereferencestyle{1.} - \notereferencegutter{1em} - \everyfootnote{\tenpt\ssp\pin{12pt}\psk{6pt}\lin{6pt}} -} -% -\endnoteformat{\skipbefore{4pt} - \textreferenceposition{down} - \textreferencefont{\rm} - \textreferencestyle{[1]} - \notereferenceposition{down} - \notereferencefont{\rm} - \notereferencestyle{1.} - \notereferencegutter{1em} % 1em = 12pt in a 12pt font - \everyendnote{\rm\pin{12pt}\psk{6pt}\lin{0pt}} -} -\fi -% -\def\copyrt{\if*msp{}\else - {{$\copyright$}}\fi} -% -\newcount\P -\def\signatures#1#2{\par\vs{54pt}\P=#1 - \ifnum\P>50 \P=50 - \message{Number of signature lines will be limited to 50}\fi - \advance\P by-1 - \hbox{\hs{3in}\vrule width3in height.4pt} - \hbox{\hs{3in}\hbox to 3in{\hfill #2 \hfill}} - \vs{36pt} - \loop\ifnum\P>0 - \hbox{\hs{3in}\vrule width 3in height.4pt} - \vs{48pt} - \advance\P by-1\repeat - }% -% -\tableofcontentsformat{% - \toctitle{\ssp\centerline{\bd Table of Contents} - \vs{\bl}}} -\catcode`*=12 diff --git a/macros/text1/models/thesis.texmodel b/macros/text1/models/thesis.texmodel deleted file mode 100644 index 59fc7c241f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/models/thesis.texmodel +++ /dev/null @@ -1,139 +0,0 @@ -% WSU Graduate School Thesis Requirements -% Last updated on = 6/15/87 -%********************* ***THESIS TEXMODEL*** ************************** -%* This TEXMODEL shows some sections of a sample thesis. For a printout * -%* of a sample thesis, simply run this file through TeX as it is. * -%* When entering your own thesis, be sure to replace or delete all * -%* sample text. If you are printing your thesis on a monospaced printer,* -%* the \monospace command must be activated by removing the percent * -%* sign preceding it. * -%************************************************************************ -% THESIS START - -% ***TITLE PAGE*** - -%\monospace -\input thesis.texinput -\justify \singlespace -\setpagenumber{-1} -\centerlinesbegin -\bd -A PHENOMENOLOGICAL THEORY OF -\vs{12pt} -CROSS-CULTURAL AESTHETICS -\vs{1.25in} -\rm -By -\vs{12pt} -GEORG MACQUET -\vs{1.25in} -A thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of -the requirements for the degree of -\vs{12pt} -MASTER OF ARTS IN ANTHROPOLOGY -\vs{24pt} -WASHINGTON STATE UNIVERSITY -Department of Anthropology -\vs{12pt} -December 1986 -\vs{.8in} -\copyrt Copyright by GEORG MACQUET, 1986 -All Rights Reserved -\centerlinesend %DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE UNLESS LINE 19 IS DELETED -% ***COPYRIGHT PAGE*** -\np -\titlepage -\vsk{7in} -\centerlinesbegin -\copyrt Copyright by GEORG MACQUET, 1986 -All Rights Reserved -\centerlinesend %DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE UNLESS LINE 47 IS DELETED -% ***SIGNATURE PAGE*** -\newpage -\setpagenumber{-2} -\rightragged -\vsk{2.8in} -\doublespace -\nin To the Faculty of Washington State University: -\par -The members of the Committee appointed to examine the thesis of -GEORG MACQUET find it satisfactory and recommend that it be -accepted. -% -%****************************************************************** -%* The \signatures command draws the number of lines specified * -%* in the first parameter for the committee members' signatures. * -%* The first parameter may be any number, but if it is larger * -%* than 5, spacing must be changed to make it fit on one page. * -%* The second parameter of the \signatures command will be * -%* centered as a title under the first line. * -%****************************************************************** -% -\singlespace -\signatures{4}{Chairperson} -\doublespace -% ***ACKNOWLEDGE*** -\newpage -\justify -\preface{Acknowledgements} -I would like to thank Clarke Moustakos and Helen Burdeman -for their help in advising me to study Anthropology at ... -% ***ABSTRACT PAGE*** -\newpage -\vsk{.6in} -\centerlinesbegin -\bd -A PHENOMENOLOGICAL THEORY OF -\bd -CROSS-CULTURAL AESTHETICS -\rm -ABSTRACT -\putincontents1{\nin Abstract\leader\pagenumber} -\vs{12pt} -\singlespace -by Georg Macquet, M.A. -Washington State University -December 1986 -\centerlinesend %DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE UNLESS LINE 84 IS DELETED -\doublespace -\noindent Chairperson: V.~L.~Nabokov -\par -Aesthetic phenomena can be defined from an anthropological perspective. -Anthropology is empirical; therefore, aesthetic phenomena must also be -defined empirically to be identified by the techniques of... -\par -%********************** MAIN TEXT OF THESIS ************************* -%* This ends the preliminary pages of the thesis and begins the main * -%* text. The remaining sections of the thesis may be entered using any * -%* or all standard TeXT1 markup commands, including \autofootnote, * -%* \bibliography, \autoendnote, \subheada, etc. For more information * -%* on the standard TeXT1 markup commands see the "TeXT1 Users Guide * -%* (S-522)," or the "TeXT1 Reference Manual (S-523)." * -%************************************************************************ -\chapter{Introduction} -\setpagenumber{1} -The original perspective of anthropology can contribute to a comprehension of -art. Observational criteria are needed to identify aesthetic phenomena -uniquely, and anthropology \el3 -\sha{Art as Product} -In the past, the arts have been studied primarily as products in anthropology. -But the product must be created by human beings who behave in certain ways. In -Merriam's words: - -\bqb Through the humanistic elements of his culture, man seems to be making -pointed commentary on how he lives; his social life in itself seems to bring -about conditions under which he is unable to restrain himself from commenting -upon himself\el3 -\bqe - -\sha{Styles of Representation} -Representations are images that refer to the visual appearance of a thing. -Gombrich's theory\afn{wherin a representation is not a symbol} is not -appropriate in this context. Indeed, A.P. Meriam (1971)\aen{This is the only -edition with the full analysis of semantic theories applied to oriental -cultures.} states that\el3 -\newpage -\cl{\bd Notes} -\printendnotes -\toc{-5} -\bye diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/appendix.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/appendix.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 0000bd5a39..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/appendix.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \appendix markup -\appendixformat{\numberingstyle{A} - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \centerline{\twelvept\bold Appendix \appendixnumber} - \centerline{\twelvept\bold\appendixtitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \setchapternumber{0} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - \setfigurenumber{0} - \settablenumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end appendix format diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/asism.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/asism.blk deleted file mode 100644 index c5ea6006c4..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/asism.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for \asisbegin in \monospace -\asisformat{\skipbefore{1\bl} - \everyasis{\leftindent{0pt}} - \skipafter{1\bl} -}% end as is format diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/asisp.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/asisp.blk deleted file mode 100644 index c9a65c3860..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/asisp.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \asisbegin markup -\asisformat{\skipbefore{6pt} - \everyasis{\leftindent{0pt}} - \skipafter{6pt} -}% end as is format diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/bibliog.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/bibliog.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 691cee2263..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/bibliog.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \bibliography markup -\bibliographyformat{% - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \centerline{\twelvept\bd\bibtitle} - \vs{\bl} - }% end titleformat - \everybibentry{\vs{1\bl}\goodbreak\hp\nin} - \sameauthorrulesize{width 3em height .6ex depth -.5ex} - \incontents{yes} -}% end bibliographyformat markup diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/bquotem.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/bquotem.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 87d2605a8a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/bquotem.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults for \blockquotebegin in \monospace -\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{1\bl} - \everyblockquote{\rm\leftindent{36pt} % 36pt = .5in - \rightindent{36pt} - } - \skipafter{1\bl} -}% end monospace block quote begin format diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/bquotep.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/bquotep.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 4fdf50b4c9..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/bquotep.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults for the \blockquotebegin markup -\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{6pt} - \everyblockquote{\tenpt\leftindent{24pt} % 24pt = .3in - \rightindent{24pt} - } - \skipafter{6pt} -}% end block quote begin format diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/chapter.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/chapter.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 9796e18beb..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/chapter.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \chapter markup -\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \centerline{\twelvept\bd Chapter \chapternumber} - \centerline{\twelvept\bd\chaptertitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end chapter format diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/contents.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/contents.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 45fa4e571d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/contents.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults when using the \tableofcontents markup -\tableofcontentsformat{% - \toctitle{\centerline{\bd Table of Contents} - \vs{1\bl}} - \prefacetocformat{\nin\prefacetitle\leader\pagenumber} - \parttocformat{\vs{1\bl} - \centerline{Part \partnumber} - \centerline{\parttitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \nin Part \partnumber \leader \pagenumber} - \continuechapter{no} - \chaptertocformat{\hangingchapternumber \chaptertitle \leader \pagenumber} - \hangingchapterindent{.25in} - \appendixtocformat{\hangingappendixnumber \appendixtitle \leader \pn} - \hangingappendixindent{.25in} - \subheadatocformat{\leftindent{.5in}\nin - \subheadatitle \leader \pagenumber} - \subheadbtocformat{\leftindent{1in}\nin - \subheadbtitle \leader \pagenumber} - \subheadctocformat{\leftindent{1.5in}\nin - \subheadctitle \leader \pagenumber} - \subheaddtocformat{\leftindent{2in}\nin - \subheaddtitle \leader \pagenumber} - \bibliographytocformat{\nin\bibtitle \leader \pagenumber} - \figuretoctitle{\newpage - \centerline{\bd List of Figures} - \line{Figure \rt{Page}}} - \figuretocformat{\hangingnumber{\figurenumber.}\figuretitle\leader\pagenumber} - \hangingfigureindent{.25in} - \tabletoctitle{\newpage - \centerline{\bd List of Tables} - \line{Table \rt{Page}}} - \tabletocformat{\hangingnumber{\tablenumber.}\tabletitle\leader\pagenumber} - \hangingtableindent{.25in} -} diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/enotem.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/enotem.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 2716defe7a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/enotem.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults for \autoendnote with \monospace -\endnoteformat{\skipbefore{0\bl} - \textreferenceposition{down} - \textreferencefont{\rm} - \textreferencestyle{[1]} - \notereferenceposition{down} - \notereferencefont{\rm} - \notereferencestyle{1.} - \notereferencegutter{1em} % 1em = 12pt in a 12pt font - \everyendnote{\rm\pin{0pt}\lin{1.2em}} -} diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/enotep.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/enotep.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 4f2b55d4e1..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/enotep.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \autoendnote markup -\endnoteformat{\skipbefore{4pt} - \textreferenceposition{down} - \textreferencefont{\tenpt} - \textreferencestyle{[1]} - \notereferenceposition{down} - \notereferencefont{\tenpt} - \notereferencestyle{1.} - \notereferencegutter{1em} % 1em = 12pt in a 12pt font - \everyendnote{\tenpt\pin{0pt}\lin{1.2em}} -}% end endnoteformat markup diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/figurem.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/figurem.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 9d7263c218..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/figurem.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults for \figure with \monospace -\figureformat{\skipbefore{1\bl} - \position{\float} - \titleformat{\bqb\hp - \bd Figure \figurenumber. \rm\figuretitle\bqe} - \incontents{yes} - \skipafter{1\bl} -}% End figure format markup diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/figurep.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/figurep.blk deleted file mode 100644 index e2131696ef..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/figurep.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults for the \figure markup -\figureformat{\skipbefore{1\bl} - \position{\float} - \titleformat{\bqb\hp\tenpt - \bd Figure \figurenumber. \rm\figuretitle\bqe} - \incontents{yes} - \skipafter{1\bl} -}% End figure format markup diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fnotem.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fnotem.blk deleted file mode 100644 index a3d5840598..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fnotem.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults for \autofootnote with \monospace -\footnoteformat{\skipbeforedivider{12pt} - \skipafterdivider{2.6pt} - \footnotedivider{144pt} % 144pt = 2in - \textreferenceposition{down} - \textreferenceplacement{after} - \textreferencefont{\rm} - \textreferencestyle{(1)} - \notereferenceposition{down} - \notereferencefont{\rm} - \notereferencestyle{1.} - \notereferencegutter{1em} - \everyfootnote{\rm\pin{.5in}\psk{.5in}\lin{0pt}\rin{0pt}} -} diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fnotep.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fnotep.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 97fb1ddf0c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fnotep.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults for the \autofootnote markup -\footnoteformat{\skipbeforedivider{12pt} - \skipafterdivider{2.6pt} - \footnotedivider{144pt} % 144pt = 2in - \textreferenceposition{up} - \textreferenceplacement{after} - \textreferencefont{\tenpt} - \textreferencestyle{1} - \notereferenceposition{down} - \notereferencefont{\tenpt} - \notereferencestyle{1.} - \notereferencegutter{1em} - \everyfootnote{\tenpt\pin{20pt}\lin{0pt}} -} diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fontm.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fontm.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 5f8455a998..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fontm.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \monospace markup -\monospace - % You may change the default monspace fonts by removing the % symbol - % from the \selectfontset and \defaultmono\rm markups below. -% \selectfontset{monofont}{defaultmono}{default} % -% \defaultmono\rm diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fontp.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fontp.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 5393d563eb..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/fontp.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the proportional space fonts -\selectfontset{cm12}{twelvept}{default} % default twelve point set -\selectfontset{cm10}{tenpt}{default} % alternate ten point set -\twelvept % default font specification -\selectmathset{cm97m}{mathdefault} % default math font set -\mathdefault % default math specification diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/index.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/index.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 684c4407d1..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/index.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -\indexformat1{\respectcase{no} - \style{indent} - \leadering{no} - \everyletterbreak{\vs{1\bl}} - \indentsubentry1{1em} - \indentsubentry2{2em} - \everyhang{1.5em} - \everyindex{\tenpt}} diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/label.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/label.blk deleted file mode 100644 index d4da9e3063..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/label.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults for the \label markup -\labelformat{\skipbefore{1\bl} - \labelwidth{72pt} - \gutter{1em} - \everylabel{\rm} - } diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/lists.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/lists.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 874be36899..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/lists.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -% Defaults for \listbegin, \listlevel, and \bullet -\listformat{\skipbefore{0\bl} - \liststyle{1.,a.,i.,1),a),i),(1)} - \everylistlevel1{\rm\lin{36pt}\gutter{1em}} % 36pt = .5in - \everylistlevel2{\rm\lin{58pt}\gutter{1em}} % 58pt = .8in - \everylistlevel3{\rm\lin{79pt}\gutter{1em}} % 79pt = 1.1in - \everylistlevel4{\rm\lin{101pt}\gutter{1em}} % 101pt = 1.4in - \everylistlevel5{\rm\lin{122pt}\gutter{1em}} % 122pt = 1.7in - \everylistlevel6{\rm\lin{144pt}\gutter{1em}} % 144pt = 2.0in - \everylistlevel7{\rm\lin{166pt}\gutter{1em}} % 166pt = 2.3in - \everybullet{\rm\lin{+36pt}\gutter{1em}} % 36pt = .5in - \skipafter{0\bl} -} diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/maillbls.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/maillbls.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 145fd0667f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/maillbls.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -% Set format for mail labels with the MERGE LETTER MODEL - -% Maillabelformat sets the page and label information for mailing labels -\maillabelformat{\labelsetup{% Sets page and margin settings - \newpage % start labels on a new page - \notitlepage % labels not started on a title page - \runningheadformat{\bothpages{\line{}}} % no page #s - \pageformat{\topmargin{1in} % new page dimensions - \bottommargin{0pt} - \leftmargin{0pt} - \rightmargin{0pt}}% end page format - }% end labelsetup - \numberoflabelsperline{3} % three labels per line max - \labelheight{1in} % each label 1 inch high - \labelwidth{2.75in} % each label 2.75 inches wide - \labelmat{.25in} % margin to text is .25 inches -}% end mail label format diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/marnote.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/marnote.blk deleted file mode 100644 index ded8cac18a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/marnote.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \marginnote markup -\marginnoteformat{\position{left} - \notewidth{54pt} - \notegutter{6pt} - \everymarginnote{\tenpt\rr} -}% end margin note format diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/multicol.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/multicol.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 81b2522cdb..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/multicol.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -% Default multiple column formats -\multicolumnformat{ - \twocolumnwidth{.48\galleywidth} % approximately 3 inches - \threecolumnwidth{.31\galleywidth} % approximately 2 inches - \twocolumngutter{.04\galleywidth} % approximately .2 inches - \threecolumngutter{.035\galleywidth} - \columnrulewidth{0.0pt} - \skipbefore{6pt plus3pt minus2pt} % flexible format only - \skipafter{6pt plus3pt minus2pt} % flexible format only - } diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/pagem.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/pagem.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 99694f4721..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/pagem.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -% Default page dimensions and margins -\pageformat{\pagelength{11in} % 792pt = 11in - \pagewidth{8.5in} % 612pt = 8.5in - \topmargin{1in} % 72pt = 1in - \bottommargin{1in} - \leftmargin{1.2in} % 86pt = 1.2in - \rightmargin{1in} - \bindingadjust{0in} % none -}% end page format -\raggedbottom % allows the bottom line to fluctuate up - % and down a couple lines diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/pagep.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/pagep.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 1c521e133d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/pagep.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -% Default page dimensions and margins -\pageformat{\pagelength{11in} % 792pt = 11in - \pagewidth{8.5in} % 612pt = 8.5in - \topmargin{1in} % 72pt = 1in - \bottommargin{1in} - \leftmargin{1.2in} % 86pt = 1.2in - \rightmargin{1in} - \bindingadjust{0in} -}% end pageformat -\normalbottom % text height will be the same for each - % page. Bottom lines will be even. diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/parm.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/parm.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 2d9c676951..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/parm.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -% Default paragraph specifications for monospace fonts -\paragraphindent{36pt} % indent for the first line of a paragraph -\paragraphskip{0pt} % distance between paragraphs -\justify -\hyphenon % hyphenation either on (\hyphenon) - % or off (\hyphenoff) diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/parp.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/parp.blk deleted file mode 100644 index b31df93253..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/parp.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -% Default paragraph specifications for proportional fonts -\paragraphindent{24pt} % indent for first line of text -\paragraphskip{0pt plus 3pt minus 0pt} % Distance skipped between - % paragraphs. Plus and minus refer to space - % that may be added or subtracted from the - % initial setting (0pt) to make the lines - % even at the bottom of the page. - -\justify % all text will be justified -\hyphenon % hyphenation either on (\hyphenon) - % or off (\hyphenoff) diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/part.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/part.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 68545f85ba..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/part.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \part markup -\partformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject\titlepage - \hrule height 0pt depth 0pt - \vfil % Produces a half title page - \centerline{\twelvept\bold Part \partnumber} - \centerline{\twelvept\bold \parttitle} - \newpage - \setchapternumber{0} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - \setfootnotenumber{0} - \setendnotenumber{0} - \setfigurenumber{0} - \settablenumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end part format diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/preface.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/preface.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 3c44e37a02..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/preface.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \preface markup -\prefaceformat{% - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \centerline{\twelvept\bd\prefacetitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end preface format diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/runfoot.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/runfoot.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 8aecd0311a..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/runfoot.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the running foot title -\runningfootformat{% - \bothpages{\vs{1\bl} - \line{\twelvept\lft{}\ctr{}\rt{}} - }% end bothpages -}% end runningfootformat markup diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/runhead.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/runhead.blk deleted file mode 100644 index c88e8758cb..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/runhead.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the running head title -\runningheadformat{% - \bothpages{\line{\twelvept\lft{}\ctr{}\rt{\pagenumber}} - \vs{1\bl} - }% end bothpages -}% end runningheadformat markup diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheada.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheada.blk deleted file mode 100644 index ce0c4ab5fd..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheada.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \subheada markup -\subheadaformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \twelvept\bd\nin\subheadatitle\par\nobreak - \vs{1\bl}\nobreak - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end subheadaformat markup diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadb.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadb.blk deleted file mode 100644 index e3089ad1c4..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadb.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \subheadb markup -\subheadbformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \twelvept\it\nin\subheadbtitle\par\nobreak - \vs{1\bl}\nobreak - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end subheadbformat markup diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadc.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadc.blk deleted file mode 100644 index be70a69692..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadc.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \subheadc markup -\subheadcformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \twelvept\nin\subheadctitle\par\nobreak - \vs{1\bl}\nobreak - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{no} -}% end subheadcformat markup diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadd.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadd.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 8b1cd8b6f3..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/subheadd.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \subheadd markup -\subheaddformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\goodbreak - {\twelvept\it \subheaddtitle.} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{no} -}% end subheadd markup diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/tablem.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/tablem.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 3ab57a8d73..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/tablem.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% Default \tabletitle when using \monospace -\tableformat{\titleformat{\vs{\bl} - \cl{\bd Table \tablenumber} - \cl{\rm\tabletitle} - \vs{\bl} - } - \incontents{yes} -} diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/tablep.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/tablep.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 1b1f0c4162..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/tablep.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the \tabletitle markup -\tableformat{% - \titleformat{\vs{\bl} - \cl{\twelvept\bd Table \tablenumber} - \cl{\twelvept\tabletitle} - \vs{\bl} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end tableformat markup diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/talaris.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/talaris.blk deleted file mode 100644 index 0d908cc87f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/talaris.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -% Default values for the Talaris fonts -\selectfontset{amrom12}{twelvept}{default} % default twelve point set -\selectfontset{amrom10}{tenpt}{default} % alternate ten point set -\twelvept % default font specification -\selectmathset{am97m}{mathdefault} % default math font set -\mathdefault % default math specification diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/titlepg.blk b/macros/text1/pc/blocks/titlepg.blk deleted file mode 100644 index e53cfb4bdb..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/blocks/titlepg.blk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -% Default for the title (first) page -\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{1in} - \titlefootline{} -}% end titlepage markup diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/fonts/dt.pk b/macros/text1/pc/fonts/dt.pk Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 137d069175..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/fonts/dt.pk +++ /dev/null diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm10.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm10.txt deleted file mode 100644 index aa431de13e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm10.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXbi=cmbxti10 -\font\cmXcc=cmcsc10 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\endcsname=12pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\tenrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\teni}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\tensy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}% - \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni - \textfont2=\tensy \textfont3=\tenex - \textfont\itfam=\tenit - \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\bffam=\tenbf - \textfont\ccfam=\cmXcc -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\tenbf}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\tenit}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\tentt}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXcc}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXbi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsx\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm108m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm108m.mth deleted file mode 100644 index 2410c5b3d7..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm108m.mth +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8 \font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8 -\font\cmVIIIsy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIex=cmex10 -\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\tenrm \scriptfont1=\teni - \scriptfont2=\tensy \scriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptfont\bffam=\tenbf - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmVIIIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmVIIImi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmVIIIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmVIIIex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm109m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm109m.mth deleted file mode 100644 index 7b5104aaf7..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm109m.mth +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmIXrm=cmr9 \font\cmIXmi=cmmi9 -\font\cmIXsy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXex=cmex10 -\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\tenrm \scriptfont1=\teni - \scriptfont2=\tensy \scriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptfont\bffam=\tenbf - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmIXrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmIXmi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmIXsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmIXex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmIXbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm11.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm11.txt deleted file mode 100644 index aa9300ae37..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm11.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifcmXIbierr -\font\cmXIcc=cmcsc11 -\font\cmXIrm=cmr11 \font\cmXIit=cmti11 -\font\cmXIbd=cmbx11 \font\cmXImi=cmmi11 -\font\cmXItt=cmtt11\font\cmXIsy=cmsy11 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\endcsname=13pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXImi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIsy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}% - \textfont0=\cmXIrm \textfont1=\cmXImi - \textfont2=\cmXIsy\textfont3=\tenex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXIit - \textfont\ttfam=\cmXItt \textfont\bffam=\cmXIbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cmXIcc -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIit}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXItt}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXIcc}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmXIbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CM11. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmXIbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxi\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1110m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1110m.mth deleted file mode 100644 index 09cc8fb54e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1110m.mth +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXImi=cmmi11 -\font\cmXIsy=cmsy11 \font\cmXIex=cmex11 -\font\cmXIbd=cmbx11\font\cmXIrm=cmr11 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmXIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXImi - \scriptfont2=\cmXIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\tenrm \scriptscriptfont1=\teni - \scriptscriptfont2=\tensy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\tenbf}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm119m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm119m.mth deleted file mode 100644 index 13eca0aebf..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm119m.mth +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXImi=cmmi11 -\font\cmXIsy=cmsy11 \font\cmXIex=cmex11 -\font\cmXIbd=cmbx11 \font\cmXIrm=cmr11 -\font\cmIXrm=cmr9 \font\cmIXmi=cmmi9 -\font\cmIXsy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXex=cmex10 -\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmXIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXImi - \scriptfont2=\cmXIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmIXrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmIXmi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmIXsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmIXex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmIXbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm12.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm12.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a505abed9c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm12.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXIIbi=cmbxti12 -\font\cmXIIcc=cmcsc12 \font\cmXIIex=cmex12 -\font\cmXIIrm=cmr12 \font\cmXIIit=cmti12 -\font\cmXIIbd=cmbx12 \font\cmXIImi=cmmi12 -\font\cmXIItt=cmtt12 \font\cmXIIsy=cmsy12 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\endcsname=14pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIIrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIImi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIIsy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIIex}% - \textfont0=\cmXIIrm \textfont1=\cmXIImi - \textfont2=\cmXIIsy \textfont3=\cmXIIex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXIIit - \textfont\ttfam=\cmXIItt \textfont\bffam=\cmXIIbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cmXIIcc -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIIbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIIit}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXIItt}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXIIcc}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXIIbi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxii\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1210m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1210m.mth deleted file mode 100644 index e1ccb4c7fc..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1210m.mth +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXIImi=cmmi12 -\font\cmXIIsy=cmsy12 \font\cmXIIex=cmex12 -\font\cmXIIbd=cmbx12\font\cmXIIrm=cmr12 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmXIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXIImi - \scriptfont2=\cmXIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIIex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIIbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\tenrm \scriptscriptfont1=\teni - \scriptscriptfont2=\tensy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\tenbf}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1211m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1211m.mth deleted file mode 100644 index d9c4e13c45..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1211m.mth +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXIImi=cmmi12 -\font\cmXIIsy=cmsy12 \font\cmXIIex=cmex12 -\font\cmXIIbd=cmbx12\font\cmXIIrm=cmr12 -\font\cmXIrm=cmr11 \font\cmXImi=cmmi11 -\font\cmXIsy=cmsy11 \font\cmXIex=cmex11 -\font\cmXIbd=cmbx11 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmXIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXIImi - \scriptfont2=\cmXIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIIex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIIbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmXIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmXImi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmXIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmXIex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmXIbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm14.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm14.txt deleted file mode 100644 index f302bf6a12..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm14.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXIVbi=cmbxti14 -\font\cmXIVcc=cmcsc14 \font\cmXIVex=cmex14 -\font\cmXIVrm=cmr14 \font\cmXIVit=cmti14 -\font\cmXIVbd=cmbx14 \font\cmXIVmi=cmmi14 -\font\cmXIVtt=cmtt14 \font\cmXIVsy=cmsy14 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\endcsname=16pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIVrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIVmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIVsy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIVex}% - \textfont0=\cmXIVrm \textfont1=\cmXIVmi - \textfont2=\cmXIVsy \textfont3=\cmXIVex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXIVit - \textfont\ttfam=\cmXIVtt \textfont\bffam=\cmXIVbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cmXIVcc -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIVbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIVit}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXIVtt}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXIVcc}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXIVbi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiv\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1412m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1412m.mth deleted file mode 100644 index fc933ca00f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1412m.mth +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXIVmi=cmmi14 -\font\cmXIVsy=cmsy14 \font\cmXIVex=cmex14 -\font\cmXIVbd=cmbx14\font\cmXIVrm=cmr14 -\font\cmXIIrm=cmr12 \font\cmXIImi=cmmi12 -\font\cmXIIsy=cmsy12 \font\cmXIIex=cmex12 -\font\cmXIIbd=cmbx12 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmXIVrm \scriptfont1=\cmXIVmi - \scriptfont2=\cmXIVsy \scriptfont3=\cmXIVex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXIVbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmXIIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmXIImi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmXIIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmXIIex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmXIIbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm18.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm18.txt deleted file mode 100644 index c4c9f52d87..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm18.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXVIIIbi=cmbxti18 -\font\cmXVIIIcc=cmcsc18 \font\cmXVIIIex=cmex18 -\font\cmXVIIIrm=cmr18 \font\cmXVIIIit=cmti18 -\font\cmXVIIIbd=cmbx18 \font\cmXVIIImi=cmmi18 -\font\cmXVIIItt=cmtt18 \font\cmXVIIIsy=cmsy18 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\endcsname=20pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXVIIIrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXVIIImi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXVIIIsy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXVIIIex}% - \textfont0=\cmXVIIIrm \textfont1=\cmXVIIImi - \textfont2=\cmXVIIIsy \textfont3=\cmXVIIIex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXVIIIit - \textfont\ttfam=\cmXVIIItt \textfont\bffam=\cmXVIIIbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cmXVIIIcc -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXVIIIbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXVIIIit}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXVIIItt}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXVIIIcc}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXVIIIbi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviii\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1814m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1814m.mth deleted file mode 100644 index c3c34b0f02..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm1814m.mth +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXVIIImi=cmmi18 -\font\cmXVIIIsy=cmsy18 \font\cmXVIIIex=cmex18 -\font\cmXVIIIbd=cmbx18\font\cmXVIIIrm=cmr18 -\font\cmXIVrm=cmr14 \font\cmXIVmi=cmmi14 -\font\cmXIVsy=cmsy14 \font\cmXIVex=cmex14 -\font\cmXIVbd=cmbx14 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmXVIIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmXVIIImi - \scriptfont2=\cmXVIIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmXVIIIex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXVIIIbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmXIVrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmXIVmi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmXIVsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmXIVex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmXIVbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm24.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm24.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 83dc4387be..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm24.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXXIVbi=cmbxti24 -\font\cmXXIVcc=cmcsc24 \font\cmXXIVex=cmex24 -\font\cmXXIVrm=cmr24 \font\cmXXIVit=cmti24 -\font\cmXXIVbd=cmbx24 \font\cmXXIVmi=cmmi24 -\font\cmXXIVtt=cmtt24\font\cmXXIVsy=cmsy24 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\endcsname=26pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXXIVrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXXIVmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXXIVsy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXXIVex}% - \textfont0=\cmXXIVrm \textfont1=\cmXXIVmi - \textfont2=\cmXXIVsy \textfont3=\cmXXIVex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXXIVit - \textfont\ttfam=\cmXXIVtt \textfont\bffam=\cmXXIVbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cmXXIVcc -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXXIVbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXXIVit}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXXIVtt}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXXIVcc}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXXIVbi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxiv\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm2418m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm2418m.mth deleted file mode 100644 index 41222e47d0..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm2418m.mth +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXXIVmi=cmmi24 -\font\cmXXIVsy=cmsy24 \font\cmXXIVex=cmex24 -\font\cmXXIVbd=cmbx24\font\cmXXIVrm=cmr24 -\font\cmXVIIIrm=cmr18 \font\cmXVIIImi=cmmi18 -\font\cmXVIIIsy=cmsy18 \font\cmXVIIIex=cmex18 -\font\cmXVIIIbd=cmbx18 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmXXIVrm \scriptfont1=\cmXXIVmi - \scriptfont2=\cmXXIVsy \scriptfont3=\cmXXIVex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmXXIVbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmXVIIIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmXVIIImi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmXVIIIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmXVIIIex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmXVIIIbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm36.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm36.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 9a6f9ce578..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm36.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmXXXVIbi=cmbxti36 -\font\cmXXXVIcc=cmcsc36\font\cmXXXVIex=cmex36 -\font\cmXXXVIrm=cmr36 \font\cmXXXVIit=cmti36 -\font\cmXXXVIbd=cmbx36 \font\cmXXXVImi=cmmi36 -\font\cmXXXVItt=cmtt36 \font\cmXXXVIsy=cmsy36 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\endcsname=38pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXXXVIrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXXXVImi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXXXVIsy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXXXVIex}% - \textfont0=\cmXXXVIrm \textfont1=\cmXXXVImi - \textfont2=\cmXXXVIsy \textfont3=\cmXXXVIex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXXXVIit - \textfont\ttfam=\cmXXXVItt \textfont\bffam=\cmXXXVIbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cmXXXVIcc -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXXXVIbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXXXVIit}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmXXXVItt}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmXXXVIcc}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\fam\bifam\cmXXXVIbi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxxvi\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm5.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm5.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3cdb0205e3..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm5.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifVbierr -\global\newif\ifVccerr -\global\newif\ifVtterr -\global\newif\ifViterr -\global\newif\ifVbderr -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\endcsname=8pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\fiverm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\fivei}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\fivesy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}% - \textfont0=\fiverm\textfont1=\fivei - \textfont2=\fivesy\textfont3=\tenex - \textfont\bffam=\fivebf -\def\noexpand\bd{\noexpand\ifVbderr\noexpand\fam\bffam\fivebf% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\fam\bffam\fivebf% -\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold font in CM5. Will print bold extended font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\Vbderrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\it{\noexpand\ifViterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No italic font in CM5. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\Viterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifVtterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CM5. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\Vtterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifVbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CM5. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\Vbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifVccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CM5. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\Vccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsv\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm6.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm6.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 5a3a735d8c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm6.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifcmVIbierr -\global\newif\ifcmVIccerr -\global\newif\ifcmVIiterr -\global\newif\ifcmVItterr -\font\cmVIrm=cmr6 -\font\cmVIbd=cmbx6 \font\cmVImi=cmmi6 -\font\sixsy=cmsy6 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\endcsname=8pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmVIrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmVImi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\sixsy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}% - \textfont0=\cmVIrm \textfont1=\cmVImi - \textfont2=\tensy \textfont3=\tenex - \textfont\bffam=\cmVIbd -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmVIbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\noexpand\ifcmVIiterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No italic font in CM6. Will print roman font.}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIiterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmVIbierr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CM6. Will print roman font.}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifcmVIccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CM6. Will print roman font.}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifcmVItterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CM6. Will print roman font.}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVItterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvi\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm65m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm65m.mth deleted file mode 100644 index d1c44223de..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm65m.mth +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmVImi=cmmi6 -\font\cmVIsy=cmsy6 \font\cmVIex=cmex10 -\font\cmVIbd=cmbx6\font\cmVIrm=cmr6 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmVIrm \scriptfont1=\cmVImi - \scriptfont2=\cmVIsy \scriptfont3=\cmVIex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmVIbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei - \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm7.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm7.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 894bff8b2c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm7.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifVIIbierr -\global\newif\ifVIIbderr -\global\newif\ifVIItterr -\global\newif\ifVIIccerr -\font\cmVIIit=cmti7 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\endcsname=9pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\sevenrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\seveni}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\sevensy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}% - \textfont0=\sevenrm \textfont1=\seveni - \textfont2=\sevensy \textfont3=\tenex - \textfont\itfam=\cmVIIit - \textfont\bffam=\sevenbf -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmVIIit}% -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\sevenbf}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifVIItterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CM7. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\VIItterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifVIIbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CM7. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\VIIbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifVIIccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CM7. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\VIIccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsvii\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm75m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm75m.mth deleted file mode 100644 index 2acd4dc1f4..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm75m.mth +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni - \scriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf - \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei - \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm76m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm76m.mth deleted file mode 100644 index 796813490d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm76m.mth +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmVIrm=cmr6 \font\cmVImi=cmmi6 -\font\cmVIsy=cmsy6 \font\cmVIex=cmex10 -\font\cmVIbd=cmbx6 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni - \scriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmVIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmVImi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmVIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmVIex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmVIbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm8.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm8.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ea69af7705..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm8.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifcmVIIIbierr -\font\cmVIIIcc=cmcsc8 -\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8 \font\cmVIIIit=cmti8 -\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8 \font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8 -\font\cmVIIItt=cmtt8 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\endcsname=10pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmVIIIrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmVIIImi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\tensy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}% - \textfont0=\cmVIIIrm \textfont1=\cmVIIImi - \textfont2=\tensy \textfont3=\tenex - \textfont\itfam=\cmVIIIit - \textfont\ttfam=\cmVIIItt \textfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cmVIIIcc -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmVIIIbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmVIIIit}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmVIIItt}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmVIIIcc}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CM8. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviii\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm86m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm86m.mth deleted file mode 100644 index 9acea1b047..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm86m.mth +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8 \font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8 -\font\cmVIIIsy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIex=cmex10 -\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8 -\font\cmVIrm=cmr6 \font\cmVImi=cmmi6 -\font\cmVIsy=cmsy6 \font\cmVIex=cmex10 -\font\cmVIbd=cmbx6 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmVIIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmVIIImi - \scriptfont2=\cmVIIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmVIIIex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmVIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmVImi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmVIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmVIex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmVIbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm87m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm87m.mth deleted file mode 100644 index 5bc523025d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm87m.mth +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8 -\font\cmVIIIsy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIex=cmex10 -\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmVIIIrm \scriptfont1=\cmVIIImi - \scriptfont2=\cmVIIIsy \scriptfont3=\cmVIIIex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptscriptfont1=\seveni - \scriptscriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm9.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm9.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8602cb2d64..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm9.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifcmIXbierr -\font\cmIXcc=cmcsc9 -\font\cmIXrm=cmr9 \font\cmIXit=cmti9 -\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9 \font\cmIXmi=cmmi9 -\font\cmIXtt=cmtt9 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\endcsname=11pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmIXrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmIXmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\tensy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\tenex}% - \textfont0=\cmIXrm \textfont1=\cmIXmi - \textfont2=\tensy \textfont3=\tenex - \textfont\itfam=\cmIXit - \textfont\ttfam=\cmIXtt \textfont\bffam=\cmIXbd - \textfont\ccfam=\cmIXcc -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmIXbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmIXit}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\fam\ttfam\cmIXtt}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\fam\ccfam\cmIXcc}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmIXbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CM9. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmIXbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsix\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm97m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm97m.mth deleted file mode 100644 index 612ddf3587..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm97m.mth +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmIXmi=cmmi9 -\font\cmIXsy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXex=cmex10 -\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9\font\cmIXrm=cmr9 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmIXrm \scriptfont1=\cmIXmi - \scriptfont2=\cmIXsy \scriptfont3=\cmIXex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmIXbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptscriptfont1=\seveni - \scriptscriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm98m.mth b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm98m.mth deleted file mode 100644 index 78e30ed089..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cm98m.mth +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -\font\cmIXmi=cmmi9 -\font\cmIXsy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXex=cmex10 -\font\cmIXbd=cmbx9\font\cmIXrm=cmr9 -\font\cmVIIIrm=cmr8 \font\cmVIIImi=cmmi8 -\font\cmVIIIsy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIex=cmex10 -\font\cmVIIIbd=cmbx8 - \expandafter\gdef\csname\the\maTHtok\endcsname{% - \scriptfont0=\cmIXrm \scriptfont1=\cmIXmi - \scriptfont2=\cmIXsy \scriptfont3=\cmIXex - \scriptfont\bffam=\cmIXbd - \scriptscriptfont0=\cmVIIIrm \scriptscriptfont1=\cmVIIImi - \scriptscriptfont2=\cmVIIIsy \scriptscriptfont3=\cmVIIIex - \scriptscriptfont\bffam=\cmVIIIbd}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan10.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan10.txt deleted file mode 100644 index cedf00fe5e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan10.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifXssbierr -\global\newif\ifXssccerr -\global\newif\ifXsstterr -\font\cmXssrm=cmss10 \font\cmXssit=cmssi10 -\font\cmXssbd=cmssbx10 \font\cmXssmi=cmmi10 -\font\cmXsssy=cmsy10 \font\cmXssex=cmex10 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\endcsname=12pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXssrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXssmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXsssy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXssex}% - \textfont0=\cmXssrm \textfont1=\cmXssmi - \textfont2=\cmXsssy \textfont3=\cmXssex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXssit - \textfont\bffam=\cmXssbd -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXssbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXssit}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXssbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CMSAN10. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\Xssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXsstterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CMSAN10. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\Xsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXssccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CMSAN10. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\Xssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxss\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan11.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan11.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e5da60857e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan11.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifXIssbierr -\global\newif\ifXIssccerr -\global\newif\ifXIsstterr -\font\cmXIssrm=cmss11 \font\cmXIssit=cmssi11 -\font\cmXIssbd=cmssbx11 \font\cmXIssmi=cmmi11 -\font\cmXIsssy=cmsy11 \font\cmXIssex=cmex11 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\endcsname=13pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIssrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIssmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIsssy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIssex}% - \textfont0=\cmXIssrm \textfont1=\cmXIssmi - \textfont2=\cmXIsssy \textfont3=\cmXIssex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXIssit - \textfont\bffam=\cmXIssbd -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIssbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIssit}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXIssbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CMSAN11. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXIsstterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CMSAN11. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXIssccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CMSAN11. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiss\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan12.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan12.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 234dd3cbba..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan12.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifXIIssbierr -\global\newif\ifXIIssccerr -\global\newif\ifXIIsstterr -\font\cmXIIssrm=cmss12 \font\cmXIIssit=cmssi12 -\font\cmXIIssbd=cmssbx12 \font\cmXIIssmi=cmmi12 -\font\cmXIIsssy=cmsy12 \font\cmXIIssex=cmex12 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\endcsname=14pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIIssrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIIssmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIIsssy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIIssex}% - \textfont0=\cmXIIssrm \textfont1=\cmXIIssmi - \textfont2=\cmXIIsssy \textfont3=\cmXIIssex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXIIssit - \textfont\bffam=\cmXIIssbd -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIIssbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIIssit}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXIIssbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CMSAN12. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXIIsstterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CMSAN12. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXIIssccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CMSAN12. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxiiss\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan14.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan14.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 23d2eb54a5..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan14.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifXIVssbierr -\global\newif\ifXIVssccerr -\global\newif\ifXIVsstterr -\font\cmXIVssrm=cmss14 \font\cmXIVssit=cmssi14 -\font\cmXIVssbd=cmssbx14 \font\cmXIVssmi=cmmi14 -\font\cmXIVsssy=cmsy14 \font\cmXIVssex=cmex14 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\endcsname=16pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXIVssrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXIVssmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXIVsssy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXIVssex}% - \textfont0=\cmXIVssrm \textfont1=\cmXIVssmi - \textfont2=\cmXIVsssy \textfont3=\cmXIVssex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXIVssit - \textfont\bffam=\cmXIVssbd -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXIVssbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXIVssit}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXIVssbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CMSAN14. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIVssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXIVsstterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CMSAN14. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIVsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXIVssccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CMSAN14. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XIVssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxivss\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan18.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan18.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a1a581291e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan18.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifXVIIIssbierr -\global\newif\ifXVIIIssccerr -\global\newif\ifXVIIIsstterr -\font\cmXVIIIssrm=cmss18 \font\cmXVIIIssit=cmssi18 -\font\cmXVIIIssbd=cmssbx18 \font\cmXVIIIssmi=cmmi18 -\font\cmXVIIIsssy=cmsy18 \font\cmXVIIIssex=cmex18 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\endcsname=20pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXVIIIssrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXVIIIssmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXVIIIsssy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXVIIIssex}% - \textfont0=\cmXVIIIssrm \textfont1=\cmXVIIIssmi - \textfont2=\cmXVIIIsssy \textfont3=\cmXVIIIssex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXVIIIssit - \textfont\bffam=\cmXVIIIssbd -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXVIIIssbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXVIIIssit}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXVIIIssbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CMSAN18. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XVIIIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXVIIIsstterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CMSAN18. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XVIIIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXVIIIssccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CMSAN18. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XVIIIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxviiiss\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan24.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan24.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d035cc6ecd..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan24.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifXXIVssbierr -\global\newif\ifXXIVssccerr -\global\newif\ifXXIVsstterr -\font\cmXXIVssrm=cmss24 \font\cmXXIVssit=cmssi24 -\font\cmXXIVssbd=cmssbx24 \font\cmXXIVssmi=cmmi24 -\font\cmXXIVsssy=cmsy24 \font\cmXXIVssex=cmex24 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=26pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXXIVssrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXXIVssmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXXIVsssy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXXIVssex}% - \textfont0=\cmXXIVssrm \textfont1=\cmXXIVssmi - \textfont2=\cmXXIVsssy \textfont3=\cmXXIVssex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXXIVssit - \textfont\bffam=\cmXXIVssbd -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXXIVssbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXXIVssit}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXXIVssbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CMSAN24. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXIVssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXXIVsstterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CMSAN24. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXIVsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXXIVssccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CMSAN24. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXIVssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan36.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan36.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3a64c94a76..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan36.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifXXXVIssbierr -\global\newif\ifXXXVIssccerr -\global\newif\ifXXXVIsstterr -\font\cmXXXVIssrm=cmss36 \font\cmXXXVIssit=cmssi36 -\font\cmXXXVIssbd=cmssbx36 \font\cmXXXVIssmi=cmmi36 -\font\cmXXXVIsssy=cmsy36 \font\cmXXXVIssex=cmex24 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\endcsname=38pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmXXXVIssrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmXXXVIssmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmXXXVIsssy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmXXXVIssex}% - \textfont0=\cmXXXVIssrm \textfont1=\cmXXXVIssmi - \textfont2=\cmXXXVIsssy \textfont3=\cmXXXVIssex - \textfont\itfam=\cmXXXVIssit - \textfont\bffam=\cmXXXVIssbd -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmXXXVIssbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmXXXVIssit}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifXXXVIssbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CMSAN36. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXXVIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifXXXVIsstterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CMSAN36. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXXVIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifXXXVIssccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CMSAN36. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\XXXVIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsxxivss\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan8.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan8.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 710177059f..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan8.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifcmVIIIssbierr -\global\newif\ifcmVIIIssccerr -\global\newif\ifcmVIIIsstterr -\global\newif\ifcmVIIIssbderr -\font\cmVIIIssit=cmssi8 -\font\cmVIIIssrm=cmss8 \font\cmVIIIssmi=cmmi8 -\font\cmVIIIsssy=cmsy8 \font\cmVIIIssex=cmex10 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\endcsname=10pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmVIIIssrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmVIIIssmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmVIIIsssy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmVIIIssex}% - \textfont0=\cmVIIIssrm \textfont1=\cmVIIIssmi - \textfont2=\cmVIIIsssy \textfont3=\cmVIIIssex - \textfont\itfam=\cmVIIIssit -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmVIIIssit}% -\def\noexpand\bd{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIssbderr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold font in CMSAN8. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIssbderrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIssbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CMSAN8. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIsstterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CMSAN8. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifcmVIIIssccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CMSAN8. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\cmVIIIssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsviiiss\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan9.txt b/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan9.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 7309c82d45..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/misc/cmsan9.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -\global\newif\ifIXssbierr -\global\newif\ifIXssccerr -\global\newif\ifIXsstterr -\font\cmIXssrm=cmss9 \font\cmIXssit=cmssi9 -\font\cmIXssbd=cmssbx9 \font\cmIXssmi=cmmi9 -\font\cmIXsssy=cmsy9 \font\cmIXssex=cmex10 -\expandafter\newdimen\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\endcsname -\global\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\endcsname=\bAseSkip -\ifdim\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\endcsname=0pt -\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\endcsname=11pt\fi% -\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\naMEtok\endcsname{% -\def\noexpand\rm{\fam0\cmIXssrm}% -\def\noexpand\mi{\fam1\cmIXssmi}% -\def\noexpand\sy{\fam2\cmIXsssy}% -\def\noexpand\ex{\fam3\cmIXssex}% - \textfont0=\cmIXssrm \textfont1=\cmIXssmi - \textfont2=\cmIXsssy \textfont3=\cmIXssex - \textfont\itfam=\cmIXssit - \textfont\bffam=\cmIXssbd -\def\noexpand\bd{\fam\bffam\cmIXssbd}% -\def\noexpand\it{\fam\itfam\cmIXssit}% -\def\noexpand\bi{\noexpand\ifIXssbierr\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\it\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No bold italic font in CMSAN9. Will print italic font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\IXssbierrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\tt{\noexpand\ifIXsstterr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No typewriter font in CMSAN9. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\IXsstterrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\def\noexpand\cc{\noexpand\ifIXssccerr\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\else\noexpand\rm\noexpand\message{<TEXT1> Warning. % -No small caps font in CMSAN9. Will print roman font .}% -\noexpand\global\noexpand\IXssccerrtrue \noexpand\fi}% -\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\nonIBM% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bolditalic=\noexpand\bi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\italic=\noexpand\it% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\bold=\noexpand\bd% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\caps=\noexpand\cc% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\typewriter=\noexpand\tt% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\roman=\noexpand\rm% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\symbol=\noexpand\sy% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\mathitalic=\noexpand\mi% -\noexpand\let\noexpand\extension=\noexpand\ex% -\noexpand\interlineskip{% -\noexpand\csname\the\naMEtok ilsixss\noexpand\endcsname}}% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/letter.inp b/macros/text1/pc/models/letter.inp deleted file mode 100644 index 4cac048afa..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/models/letter.inp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -% LETTER FORMAT FILE bth 4/1/87 -\catcode`*=11 -\raggedbottom % text height may vary from page to page -\if*msp\defaultmono - \let\titlefont=\defaultmono - \let\twelvept=\defaultmono - \let\tenpt=\defaultmono - \let\rm=\defaultmono - \fi % monospace check -\newtoks\departmentname % department name for letterhead -\newtoks\campuszip % zip code for letterhead -\newtoks\campusphone % phone number for letterhead -\newtoks\date % date token list -\newif\if*postscript -\*postscriptfalse -% -\def\STOP{\endgroup\par}% ends obeylines grouping -% -\def\BEGINADDRESS{\begingroup\parskip=0pt\parindent=0pt\obeylines}% -\let\SALUTATION=\null -\let\BODY=\STOP -\def\CLOSING{\par\vs{\bl}\begingroup\parskip=0pt\parindent=0pt - \obeylines}% -\def\COPIES{\par\vs{\bl} - \setbox0=\hbox{Copies:\quad}\parindent=\wd0 \nin Copies:\quad}% -\def\ENCLOSURES#1{\par Enclosures:\quad #1}% sets enclosures text line -\def\ENDLETTER{\par\endgroup}% stop any obeylines grouping -% Default for the title (first) page -\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{0in} - \titlefootline{} -}% end title page format -\def\letterhead{{\parskip=0pt - \if*msp - \cl{\titlefont Washington State University} - \vs{\bl}\hrule\vs{\bl} - \cl{\the\departmentname} - \cl{Pullman, Washington\ \the\campuszip} - \cl{\the\campusphone} - \vs{1\bl} % number of blank lines inserted - \nin\the\date % - \else - \cl{\titlefont Washington State University} - \vs{4pt}\hrule\vs{6pt} - \cl{\twelvept \the\departmentname} - \cl{\tenpt Pullman, Washington\ \the\campuszip} - \cl{\tenpt \the\campusphone} - \vs{1\bl} % number of blank lines inserted - \nin\the\date % - \fi -}}% end letterhead markup -\catcode`*=12 diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/letter.mdl b/macros/text1/pc/models/letter.mdl deleted file mode 100644 index 432fffbdfe..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/models/letter.mdl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -% LETTER MARKUP (style, full block) APRIL 1, 1986 -% To print on monospace printers (line printers, daisy-wheel printers) -%\monospace % delete the "%" symbol at the beginning of this line -\paragraphskip{12pt} % distance between paragraphs -\paragraphindent{0pt} % first line word indent -\sfs{cm18}{titlefont}{24pt}% large font selected for letterhead -\input letter.inp % places the format file into your text file -% LETTERHEAD INFORMATION -% Type the name of your department, the campus zip code, -% the campus telephone number, and date (if not today's -% date) between the curly braces of the samples shown -% below. This information will be added to the letterhead. -%........................................................................ -\departmentname{name of your department or organization} -\campuszip{99164-????} -\campusphone{(509) 335-????} -\date{\today} -% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -\letterhead % -\vs{2\bl} % -% LETTER ADDRESS -\BEGINADDRESS % . . . . insert address below this line . . . . . . . . . -\SALUTATION % . . . replace the salutation on the next line . . . . . . . -Dear ???? -\BODY % LETTER BODY -% . . . . . . insert the text of the letter below this line . . . . . . . -% . . . . . . . . . . . . and above this line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -% LETTER CLOSING -\CLOSING % . . . . replace closing line, if desired . . . . . . . . . . . -Sincerely yours, -\vs{3\bl} -% SIGNATURE LINE -% . . . . . . . . . replace signature line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -John Doe -\vs{\bl} -% ENCLOSURES AND COPIES -% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -% Use \ENCLOSURES markup for an enclosure number, % -% for example: \ENCLOSURES{3} % -% Use \COPIES markup for a copy list, % -% for example: \COPIES first name % -% second name % -% third name, etc. % -% . . . . . . . enter enclosures and copies below this line . . . . . . . -\ENDLETTER %------------- and above this line --------------------------- diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/memo.inp b/macros/text1/pc/models/memo.inp deleted file mode 100644 index bbf6aa632e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/models/memo.inp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -% MEMO TEXINPUT FORMAT FILE -% dlw 8/15/86 -\catcode`*=11 -\if*msp \let\titlefont=\defaultmono - \let\twelvept=\defaultmono - \let\tenpt=\defaultmono - \let\rm=\defaultmono - \fi % change all fonts to defaultmono for the monospace option -\rightragged -\newif\if*copies -\*copiesfalse -\newtoks\*lfthead \*lfthead = { } -\newtoks\*ctrhead \*ctrhead = { } -\newtoks\*rthead \*rthead = { } -\rightragged -% Default for the title (first) page -\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{0in} - \titlefootline{} -} -\def\memopageheadingformat#1{% setup for memo running head - \def\*left##1{\global\*lfthead={##1}}% - \def\*center##1{\global\*ctrhead={##1}}% - \def\*right##1{\global\*rthead={##1}}% -#1}% end memoheading format -\let\mhf=\memopageheadingformat -\memopageheadingformat{\*left{}\*center{\pagenumber}\*right{}} -\runningheadformat{\bothpages{\twelvept - \line{\hbox to.33333\hsize{\the\*lfthead\hss}\hfil - \hbox to.33333\hsize{\hss\the\*ctrhead\hss}\hfil - \hbox to.33333\hsize{\hss\the\*rthead}} - \vs{28pt}} % 28pt = .4in -}% end runningheadformat -\def\MEMO{\begingroup\obeylines\parskip=0pt\parindent=60pt}% -\def\TEXT{\endgroup\if*msp\defaultmono\ssp\else\twelvept\fi % - \vs{\bl}\hrule\vs{2\bl}}% -% -\cl{{\titlefont M E M O R A N D U M}} -\if*msp\par\vs{\bl}\ssp - \else\par\vs{.4in}\isk{18pt}\fi -\def\TO{\nin To:\par\vs{-\bl}}% -\def\FROM{\if*msp\vs{\bl}\fi\nin From:\par\vs{-\bl}}% -\def\DATE#1{\if*msp\vs{\bl}\fi\nin Date:\par\vs{-\bl}#1}% -\def\SUBJECT{\if*msp\vs{\bl}\fi\nin Subject:\par\vs{-\bl}}% -\def\COPIES{\global\*copiestrue\vs{\bl}\nin Copies:\par\vs{-\bl} % - \begingroup\obeylines\singlespace % - \parskip=0pt\parindent=60pt}% -\def\ENDMEMO{\if*copies\par\endgroup\global\*copiesfalse\else\par\fi}% -\catcode`*=12 diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/memo.mdl b/macros/text1/pc/models/memo.mdl deleted file mode 100644 index 42d03e93be..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/models/memo.mdl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -% MEMO TEXMODEL -% August 15, 1986 -% To print on monospace printers delete the % symbol before \monospace -%\monospace -\sfs{cm18}{titlefont}{24pt}% Font selected for heading -\input memo.inp % Loads memorandum format file -\MEMO % Prints memorandum heading -%--------Enter the text after each markup on the following lines--------- -%------------------multiple line entries may be used--------------------- -\TO -\FROM -\DATE {\today} -\SUBJECT -\TEXT %----- Insert the memo below this line----------------------------- - -%--------------For a list of copies use the \COPIES: markup------------- -% for example: \COPIES first name -% second name -% third name, etc. -%------------enter the copies markup and names below this line----------- -\ENDMEMO % ----------------and before this line-------------------------- diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/mergelet.mdl b/macros/text1/pc/models/mergelet.mdl deleted file mode 100644 index de4e4fa4b2..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/models/mergelet.mdl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -% Sample Letter for Merge File Model -% -% TEXT1 Letterhead description, change to suit your letter -% -% -\begingroup -\paragraphskip{0pt} -\centerline{{\titlefont Washington State University}} -\vs{4pt}\hrule\vs{4pt} -\centerline{{\twelvept\bd Academic Computing Service}} -\vs{-2pt} -\centerline{{\tenpt Pullman, Washington 99164-1220\lbr 509/335-0411}} -\vs{1\bl} % number of blank lines inserted -\endgroup -\vs{\bl} -\tenpt -\nin{\today} -\vs{\bl} -\asisbegin -\noemptyspace\title\ \firstname\ \lastname -\noemptyspace\company -\address -\city, \state\ \zipcode -\phone - -Dear \firstname: - -\asisend -This letter is a sample for the merge file facility of \text1. Ten -data fields were created with DBASE~III on a PC and transferred to -CMS. The fields were delimited with double quotations marks -({\tt "}) and a comma placed between data fields by DBASE. Any data -base program that allows data fields to be delimited with quotation -marks could be used. A data file may also be created -directly on CMS by entering the data in the following manner:\lbr -\hs{2in}{\tt "}field one{\tt "},{\tt "}field two{\tt "},\ellipsis3,{\tt -"}last field{\tt "}\lbr -or written as \lbr -\hs{2in}{\tt "}field one{\tt ""}field two{\tt "\ellipsis3\ "}last -field{\tt "}\lbr -the commas between data fields are optional. - -Quotation marks must be placed on either side of each field -(delimit the field) and the {\it each data field must come in the same -sequence as the data names specified in the {\tt \\fieldnames} markup}. -{\bd No \it field may be omitted}, however, a field may be empty -({\it i.e.}, {\tt "}first field{\tt ","","}third field{\tt "} -\ellipsis3 ). - -The data markup (field names immediately preceded by a {\tt \\} ) -may be used to place text anywhere in the letter, but -each field should be followed by a control space markup (\\ \ , a -backslash followed by a blank space) or \text1 -will drop the space after the field. For example, the \\firstname\\ -\\lastname and \\amount markup have been used to add the -recipients name and a dollar amount in the following line. - -\cl{The \firstname\ \lastname\ account has been charged \amount\ for -printing services.} - -The {\tt \\noemptyspace} markup may be used to prevent a blank line -if an address line is empty. Place the data field markup between the -{\tt \\noemptyspace} markup and the linebreak ({\tt \\lbr}) markup -({\it i.e.}, {\tt \\noemptyspace\\company\\lbr} would prevent a blank -line if the company data field were empty). The {\tt\\noemptyspace} -markup prevents an extra space after an empty data field. Place -it in the following manner: {\tt \\noemptyspace\\title\\ -\\firstname\\ \\lastname\\lbr} The {\tt \\noemptyspace} markup will -remove the following control space ({\tt \\ }) or control line break -({\tt \\lbr}) if the specified data field -is empty. -\vs{\bl} -\noindent -Sincerely yours, -\vs{3\bl} -\noindent -John Doe diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/mergelst.mdl b/macros/text1/pc/models/mergelst.mdl deleted file mode 100644 index 0d15914892..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/models/mergelst.mdl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -% Sample data base Merge File address list, created with dBASE III -% data field names are as follows: -% title, firstname, lastname, company, address, -% city, state, zipcode, phone, amount -% All data fields must be present for each entry, although the data -% field itself may be empty (i.e., "" is an empty or null data field). -% -"Ms.","Claire","Buckman","ABC Distributing Director","8307 Santa Anita -Blvd","Oxnard","CA","93034","(555)456-9059","$5.00" -"Mr.","Rick","Lisbonn","Vice-President for Marketing","1550 Keystone -St.","Glendale","CA","91206","(555)455-3344","$15.00" -"Dr.","Hank","Bicksby","Research Institute, Manager","4101 Peonia -Rd","Flagstaff","AZ","86001","(555)966-1278","$25.00" -"","Lena","Garnett","","520 S. 8th St.","Reno","NV","89504", -"(555)766-9121","$3.00" -"Mrs.","Lisa","Kafmanan","Sales Support Staff Manager","1960 Lindley -Ave.","Reseda","CA","91355","(555)860-0300","$8.00" diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/mergetxt.inp b/macros/text1/pc/models/mergetxt.inp deleted file mode 100644 index a25e9617e5..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/models/mergetxt.inp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,184 +0,0 @@ -% Merge File Model Macro Definition File -\catcode`*=11 -\catcode`"=\active -\catcode`,=\active -\catcode`@=\active -\newbox\FirstUp -\newbox\SecondUp -\newbox\ThirdUp -\newcount\*first \*first=0 % first token field -\newcount\*index \*index=0 % field index -\newcount\*lastentry \*lastentry=0 % last token filed -\newcount\*letternumber \*letternumber=0 % letter number from start -\newcount\LblsUp \LblsUp=1 % number of labels per line -\newcount\LblsAcross \LblsAcross=0 % counter for labels accross -\newdimen\LblMat \LblMat=0pt % left and right label margins -\newdimen\LblHt \LblHt=0in % vertical label size -\newdimen\LblWd \LblWd=0in % horozontal label size -\newif\if*check \*checkfalse % datacheck for manual entry -\newif\if*lbfopen \*lbfopenfalse % check for open label file -\newtoks\*csnametoks \*csnametoks={} % tokens for field names -\newtoks\*maillblfmt \*maillblfmt={} % label sheet format code -\newtoks\*addrlbl \*addrlbl={} % address label tokens -\newwrite\*labels % create label filee - -\gdef,{\char'54{}}% -% Datacheck forces a print letter after each set of fields -\def\datacheck{\global\*checktrue}% -\def@{\ifnum\*index>0 - \global\*index=\*first % reset index - \if*check - \global\advance\*letternumber by1 - \immediate\write16{Letter number \the\*letternumber. - First Data Field: (\the\toks\*first) . . . - Last Data Field: (\the\toks\*lastentry ). } - \fi % write to log file for data check - \*prnletter % print current data - \fi -} % end of @ definition - -% Take user defined names to build control sequences -\def\fieldnames#1{\par - \global\advance\count15 by 1 % new token register - \global\*first=\count15 % first new token register - \parsenames#1\end}% end fieldnames markup - -% Separate name fields into individual entries -\def\parsenames#1{\ifx#1\end - \createfield - \let\next=\relax - \global\*lastentry=\count15 - \global\*index=\*first - \*csnametoks={} - \else - \ifx#1, - \createfield - \global\advance\count15 by 1 - \*csnametoks={} - \let\next=\parsenames - \else \*csnametoks=\expandafter{\the\*csnametoks#1} - \let\next=\parsenames - \fi\fi - \next}% end parsenames markup - -% CREATEFIELD create control sequence names from name field entries -\def\createfield{\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\*csnametoks\endcsname - {\noexpand\the\toks\the\count15 }}% end createfield markup - -% DEFINE " as name of merge command -\def"#1"{% set quote marks as active macro and delimiter - \ifnum\*index=0 \global\*index=\*first\fi - \global\toks\*index={#1} % gather argument in token variable - \ifnum\*index<\*lastentry % continue gathering process - \gdef,{\gdef,{\char'54{}}}% % drop , in data but not in text - \global\advance\*index by1 % index by 1 - \ignorespaces % eliminate spurious spaces - \else % end process - \global\*index=0 - \if*check - \global\advance\*letternumber by1 - \immediate\write16{Letter number \the\*letternumber. - First Data Field: (\the\toks\*first) . . . - Last Data Field: (\the\toks\*lastentry ). } - \fi % write to log file for data check - \*prnletter % print current data - \fi}% end define " as macro name - -% Merge letter text file merged for each data record -\def\*prnletter{% Print the letter text with current name/address fields - \catcode`"=12\catcode`@=3 % set " and @ to normal catcodes - \newpage % start new page for each letter - \setpagenumber{1} % reset page number - \inputletter % new page then get letter text file - \*savelabels{\*setlabel} % save address label information - \catcode`"=\active\catcode`@=\active % reset catcodes for markup defs - \relax}% end prnletter markup - -% Give filename for letter text -\def\documentfilename#1{\gdef\inputletter{\input #1 }}% - -% Give maillist data filename -\def\datafilename#1{\input #1 }% - -% Print no empty lines with the line break markup -\def\noemptyspace#1#2{\edef\V{#1}\edef\W{\empty}% - \ifx\V\W% do nothing if empty argument - \else #1#2\fi% if not empty replace argument with the line break -}% end no emptyspace -\let\nes=\noemptyspace % set abbreviation - - -% SAVELABELS ships information for labels to the label file -\def\*savelabels#1{% Write Mail Label Information to TEXT1$$.LABEL - \if*lbfopen % do nothing if file TEXT1$$.LABEL already open - \else \immediate\openout\*labels=text1$$.label % open TEXT1$$.LABEL - \immediate\write\*labels{\the\*maillblfmt} % write format - \global\*lbfopentrue\fi % set open flag - \global\advance\LblsAcross by1 % set label postion pointer - \ifnum\LblsAcross>\LblsUp \global\LblsAcross=1 \fi - \edef\T{% create labels - \ifnum\LblsAcross=1 \setbox\FirstUp=\fi % left label - \ifnum\LblsAcross=2 \setbox\SecondUp=\fi% center label - \ifnum\LblsAcross=3 \setbox\ThirdUp=\fi % right label - \vtop to\LblHt{\hsize=\LblWd \leftskip=\LblMat \rightskip=\LblMat - \parindent=0pt #1\par\vfil} % make label to label size and width - \ifnum\LblsAcross=\LblsUp % print labels - \ifcase\LblsUp% case 0, no labels specified - \or\setbox\SecondUp=\null \setbox\ThirdUp=\null % one label - \or \setbox\ThirdUp=\null % two labels - \fi% end case % three label default - \line{\box\FirstUp\box\SecondUp\box\ThirdUp\hfil} - \fi}% end definition of T - \immediate\write\*labels{\T} % write information to file -}% end save labels definition - -% Flushlabels prints any unprinted labels remaining in the markup -\def\*flushlabels{% print any remaining boxed labels - \ifcase\LblsUp % case ), no labels specified - \or \setbox\SecondUp=\null \setbox\ThirdUp=\null % one label - \or \setbox\ThirdUp=\null % two labels - \fi% end case % three label default - \immediate\write\*labels{\line{\box\FirstUp\box\SecondUp\box\ThirdUp - \hfil}}% -}% end flush any remaining labels - -% Print the label file TEXT1$$.LABEL -\def\printlabels{\newpage % end last letter - \*flushlabels % print any remaining labels - \immediate\closeout\*labels % close data file - \setpagenumber{99} % labels begin on page 99 - \input text1$$.label % input the address label data file -}% end print mailing labels - -\def\addresslabelformat#1{\global\*addrlbl={#1}}% -\*addrlbl={} - -\def\*setlabel{\the\*addrlbl}% - -% Set format for the mailing labels -\def\maillabelformat#1{% Sets dimensions and margins of each label - \def\labelsetup##1{\global\*maillblfmt={##1}}% - \def\numberoflabelsperline##1{\global\LblsUp=##1}% - \def\labelheight##1{\global\LblHt=##1}% - \def\labelwidth##1{\global\LblWd=##1}% - \def\labelmat##1{\global\LblMat=##1}% - #1}% end mail label format -\let\mlfmt=\maillabelformat % set abbreviation -\catcode`*=12 - -% Set defaults for the mailing labels -% Maillabelformat sets the page and label information for mailing labels -\maillabelformat{\labelsetup{% Sets page and margin settings - \raggedbottom - \parskip=0pt plus0pt minus0pt - \runningheadformat{\bothpages{\line{}}} - \pageformat{\topmargin{1in} - \bottommargin{0pt} - \leftmargin{0pt} - \rightmargin{0pt}}% end page format - }% end labelsetup - \numberoflabelsperline{3}% three labels max - \labelheight{1in} - \labelwidth{2.75in} - \labelmat{.25in} -}% end mail label format diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/mergetxt.mdl b/macros/text1/pc/models/mergetxt.mdl deleted file mode 100644 index 9b5c9ac534..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/models/mergetxt.mdl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -% MERGE LETTER MODEL, merges address list with letter -\input mergetxt.inp % READ TEXT1 merge file format instructions -% -% Select special fonts and setting markup used -% in the merge process here: -% -\selectfontset{cm18}{titlefont}{default} % special letter heading font -\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{0in}} % no initial skip for letters -% -% Run TEXT1 against a file on your disk that includes -% this model. A set of five sample letters will be printed. The -% sample letter describes the mail merge setup. Once you have -% run the model and read the letter, make the necessary -% modifications to your file. Set the address field names of -% your address file in the "\fieldnames{name, name, ...}" -% markup with the data field names of your data base file. -% Create the "shell letter," your letter, which includes the -% address field names of your data file, preceded by a "\", -% i.e., \namea, \nameb, etc. You need use only those data -% fields necessary in the document and address label, but all -% fields in your data base file must be given in the field -% names markup. Specify the name of your letter file -% "shell letter" with the "\documentfilename{fn.ft}" markup; -% specify the address data file with the "\addressfile{...}" -% markup; and then PRINT the file containing your letter merge -% model to merge the address file with the shell letter and -% print the label sheet. -% -% NOTE: If you create an address file by hand remove the percent sign -% before the datacheck MARKUP. The number of the letter from the -% beginning of the merge file data base and the first and last -% data fields will be listed on the screen and in the log file -% when data check is active. This will aid you in finding any -% errors in your data file. -% -%\datacheck % SET DATACHECK by removing the "%" symbol -% -% Give all data field names in sequence of occurrence -% (address list names) -% -% Format: \fieldnames{name1, name2, name3, ..., namelast} - -\fieldnames{title, firstname, lastname, company, address, city, - state, zipcode, phone, amount} - -% Give file name for document text (letter file that includes -% the field names for the replaceable text in the document) -% -% Format: \documentfilename{filename.filetype} - -\documentfilename{mergelet.mdl} - -% WARNING! -% If you want to modify the address label format, then the -% \addresslabelformat markup MUST come prior to the -% \datafilename markup. -% -% Format: \addresslabelformat{all fields and markup to create label} - -\addresslabelformat{\noindent\title\ \firstname\ \lastname\lbr - \company\lbr - \address\lbr - \city, \state\quad\zipcode} - -% Now specify where the address data file is located with -% the \datafilename markup. -% -% Format: \datafilename{filename.filetype} - -\datafilename{mergelst.mdl} - -% PRINTING A MAILING LABEL SHEET -% -% You may use the "\maillabelformat{}" markup to change -% the default label format markup. The default label format -% prints three inch-high labels across the page which can be -% copied onto a label sheet with an appropriate copy machine. -% -% WARNING! -% The \maillabelformat{} markup must be placed BEFORE the -% \printlabels markup to change the system defaults. -% -% Select the font setto be used in printing the labels. - -\tenpt % prints labels with computer modern ten point - -\printlabels % print address label sheet for Xerox label sheet - -% Labels will be printed beginning on page 99. -% -% WARNING! -% If you have an empty data field occurs in the data being -% processed within the \addresslabelformat, the field will -% be printed as a blank space or as a blank line if the -% field is by itself on the line. - diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/paper.inp b/macros/text1/pc/models/paper.inp deleted file mode 100644 index b0baec1743..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/models/paper.inp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -% Student Paper Layout -- Monospace -\footnoteformat{\everyfootnote{\rm\pin{.5in}\psk{1\bl} - \frenchspacing\singlespace} -} -\bibliographyformat{\bibentryformat{\goodbreak\vs{1\bl} - \frenchspacing\singlespace\hp\nin} - \titleformat{\np\cl{\us\bibtitle} - \vs{\bl} - } -} diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/paper.mdl b/macros/text1/pc/models/paper.mdl deleted file mode 100644 index 1ebf653335..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/models/paper.mdl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -% Student Paper Layout -% Last updated on = 10/16/86 -\monospace -\doublespace -\input paper.inp % get paper format -% Cover Page - \vsk{1in plus 2fil minus 1in} % space at top of page - \centerlinesbegin % all lines centered on cover page - \frenchspacing % no double spaces after periods on cover page -%%%% insert title (using one or more lines) between dashed lines -%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -\vs{2in} % space between title and author -%%%% insert author(s) (using one or more lines) between dashed lines -%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -\vs{2in} % space between author and course -%%%% insert course (using one or more lines) between dashed lines -%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -%-------------------------------------------------------------------- -\vs{.5in} % space between course and date -%%%% Date follows; \today = current date or type over with desired date -\today - \centerlinesend - \vs{2in plus 1 fil minus 1in} %space at bottom of page - \newpage %end of title page - \setpagenumber{1}\titlepage %no page number on first page of text -%%%% BEGINNING OF PAPER diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/resume.inp b/macros/text1/pc/models/resume.inp deleted file mode 100644 index 5370817b18..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/models/resume.inp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -% -\catcode`*=11 -\if*msp -\pageformat{\pagelength{11in} - \pagewidth{8.5in} % 792pt = 11in; 612pt = 8.5in - \topmargin{1in} - \bottommargin{1.2in} % 58pt = .8in; 72pt = 1in - \leftmargin{1.2in} - \rightmargin{1in} % 86pt = 1.2in - \bindingadjust{0pt} -} -\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{.15in} - \titlefootline{} -} -\paragraphskip{1\bl} \paragraphindent{0pt} -\def\name#1{\par\hfill#1\hfill\gdef\headname{#1}} -\name{} -\runningheadformat{\bothpages{\line{ - \lft{\headname}\ctr{{\it Curriculum Vitae}} - \rt{\bd\pagenumber}} \vs{\bl}} - } -\runningfootformat{\bothpages{ - \vs{\bl}\line{\lft{}\ctr{}\rt{\today}}} - } -% Defaults for the \label markup -\labelformat{\skipbefore{1\bl} - \labelwidth{72pt} - \gutter{28pt} - \everylabel{\defaultmono\bd} - } -% -\else -\pageformat{\pagelength{792pt} - \pagewidth{612pt} % 792pt = 11in; 612pt = 8.5in - \topmargin{68pt} - \bottommargin{52pt} % 58pt = .8in; 72pt = 1in - \leftmargin{72pt} - \rightmargin{74pt} % 86pt = 1.2in -} -\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{.15in} - \titlefootline{} -} -\paragraphskip{6pt} \paragraphindent{0pt} -\def\name#1{\par\hfill#1\hfill\gdef\headname{#1}} -\name{} -\runningheadformat{\bothpages{ - \line{\lft{\headname}\ctr{\it Curriculum Vitae} - \rt{\bd\pagenumber}} \vs{\bl}} - } -\runningfootformat{\bothpages{ - \vs{\bl}\line{\lft{}\ctr{}\rt{\today}}} - } -% Defaults for the \label markup -\labelformat{\skipbefore{1\bl} - \labelwidth{72pt} - \gutter{28pt} - \everylabel{\bd} - } -\fi -% -\catcode`*=12 -% diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/resume.mdl b/macros/text1/pc/models/resume.mdl deleted file mode 100644 index ce5e0e1bcf..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/models/resume.mdl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -% Functional style; titled, justified resume -% -%********************* ***RESUME TEXMODEL*** ************************** -%* This TEXMODEL shows a sample resume. To get a copy of this sample, * -%* simply run this file through TeX as it is. * -%* When entering your own resume be sure to replace or delete all * -%* sample text. DO NOT use this model on a printer that only can * -%* print with \monospace. * -%************************************************************************ -% RESUME START -\input resume.inp -\cl{\bd RESUME} -\par -\name{Orville T. Game} -\cl{\it 9987 NE Oak St., Arbor Bay, CK 58924} -\vs{1\bl} -\label{Objective} -Seeking position with manufacturing firm which will provide -oportunity for advancement into personel-related position. -\label{Education} -\it Doctor of Hagiology, \rm Medical subterfuge\rt{1983.}\lbr -Beasley College of Performing Arts, Pullman, CA - -\label{ }Completed courses in economic manipulation, -John\-ny Carson analysis, and unpadded scrimmage. -Special courses in radar sabotage, misspelling, and -stream of consciousness reporting of news. -Completed graduate courses in anthropology, anthrometry, anthrosophy, -anthromorphism, and camp counselling. -Committee: Michael Farnberger, Casper Weinberger, Bill Cheeseburger, -and Warren Burgher. -GPA: 1.75. 40\%\ financed by drug sales; 60\%\ by gambling. - -\label{}\it Master of Arts, \rm Philosophy\rt{1983.}\lbr -University of Idaho, Moscow, ID - -\label{}Completed courses in philosophy, filo-making, fillerupedness, -filling station technology, and filler. -Completed graduate courses in philosophy, philology, -philo\-lo\-gram\-matry, phylogeny, filliness, and phil\-i\-stines. -Special Committee: Phil Marquette, Phillip Petroleum, Philo Bellows, -and Phyllus Diller. -GPA: 0.63. 50\%\ financed by bribes, 50\%\ by unpaid loans. -\label{Related Experience} -\it Consultant, \rm Computing Service Center\rt{1985-}\lbr -Washington State University, Pullman, WA 99164-1220 -\par -\label{}Direct acquisition of antique typesetting machinery and old -metal sculptings for garden area. -In charge of coffee for management. -Qualified to exterminate bugs in really awkward and tiresome -programs. -Training to collect and recycle aluminum cans for distribution -to East coast distilleries. -\label{Other Experience} -\it Research Associate-Biowarfare, \rm Mars Institute\rt{1984-}\lbr -P.O. Box 9, Pullman, WA 99163 -\par -\label{}Participate in studies on neutralizing liberal demo\-crats with -nuclear warheads (low radiation, high neutron count). -Analyze patterns of ideological disarray for potential weakness. -Write articles on normative aspects of unethical behavior. -Keep memoirs of same for distribution to publishers. -\label{Awards} - Special award for boot-licking, 1982. -Outstanding Stand Out, 1983. -\label{Activities} - Drama Club, 1980--82; Alpha Kappa Kappa Fraternity -\label{References} On request. diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/thesis.inp b/macros/text1/pc/models/thesis.inp deleted file mode 100644 index 2dfd40e5c0..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/models/thesis.inp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -% WSU graduate school thesis requirements. -\paragraphindent{36pt} -\paragraphskip{12pt plus 2pt minus 1pt} -\raggedbottom -% -% -\catcode`*=11 -\if*msp -\pageformat{\pagelength{11in} - \pagewidth{8.5in} - \topmargin{1.2in} - \bottommargin{1.2in} - \leftmargin{1.2in} - \rightmargin{1in} - \bindingadjust{0in} -} -\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{1.25in} - \titlefootline{} -} -% Default values for the \chapter markup -\chapterformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \centerline{\bd Chapter \chapternumber} - \centerline{\bd\chaptertitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end chapter format -% Default values for the \subheada markup -\subheadaformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \twelvept\bd\nin\subheadatitle\par\nobreak - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end subheadaformat markup -% Default values for the \subheadb markup -\subheadbformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \twelvept\it\nin\subheadbtitle\par\nobreak - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end subheadbformat markup -% Default values for the \preface markup -\prefaceformat{% - \titleformat{\dumpinsertseject - \centerline{\bd\prefacetitle} - \vs{1\bl} - \setsubheadanumber{0} - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -} -\paragraphskip{12pt} -\asisformat{\skipbefore{0pt} - \everyasis{\rm\ssp\leftindent{36pt}} - \skipafter{0pt}} -% -\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{0pt} - \everyblockquote{\rm\ssp\pin{.3in}\psk{12pt} - \leftindent{36pt} \rightindent{36pt}} - \skipafter{0pt}} -% -\else -\pageformat{\pagelength{11in} - \pagewidth{8.5in} - \topmargin{1.2in} - \bottommargin{1in} - \leftmargin{1.3in} - \rightmargin{1in} - \bindingadjust{0in} -} -\titlepageformat{\titleleadskip{1.25in} - \titlefootline{} -} -% Default values for the \subheada markup -\subheadaformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \twelvept\bd\nin\subheadatitle\par\nobreak - \setsubheadbnumber{0} - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end subheadaformat markup -% Default values for the \subheadb markup -\subheadbformat{\numberingstyle{1} - \titleformat{\removelastskip\goodbreak\vs{2\bl} - \twelvept\it\nin\subheadbtitle\par\nobreak - \setsubheadcnumber{0} - \setsubheaddnumber{0} - }% end titleformat - \incontents{yes} -}% end subheadbformat markup -\asisformat{\skipbefore{0pt} - \everyasis{\tenpt\ssp\leftindent{36pt}} - \skipafter{0pt}} -% -\blockquoteformat{\skipbefore{0pt} - \everyblockquote{\rm\ssp\pin{24pt}\psk{6pt} - \leftindent{36pt} \rightindent{36pt}} - \skipafter{0pt}} -% -\footnoteformat{\footnotedivider{144pt} % 144pt = 2in - \skipafterdivider{2.6pt} - \textreferenceposition{up} - \textreferenceplacement{after} - \textreferencefont{\tenpt} - \textreferencestyle{1} - \notereferenceposition{down} - \notereferencefont{\tenpt} - \notereferencestyle{1.} - \notereferencegutter{1em} - \everyfootnote{\tenpt\ssp\pin{12pt}\psk{6pt}\lin{6pt}} -} -% -\endnoteformat{\skipbefore{4pt} - \textreferenceposition{down} - \textreferencefont{\rm} - \textreferencestyle{[1]} - \notereferenceposition{down} - \notereferencefont{\rm} - \notereferencestyle{1.} - \notereferencegutter{1em} % 1em = 12pt in a 12pt font - \everyendnote{\rm\pin{12pt}\psk{6pt}\lin{0pt}} -} -\fi -% -\def\copyrt{\if*msp{}\else - {{$\copyright$}}\fi} -% -\newcount\P -\def\signatures#1#2{\par\vs{54pt}\P=#1 - \ifnum\P>50 \P=50 - \message{Number of signature lines will be limited to 50}\fi - \advance\P by-1 - \hbox{\hs{3in}\vrule width3in height.4pt} - \hbox{\hs{3in}\hbox to 3in{\hfill #2 \hfill}} - \vs{36pt} - \loop\ifnum\P>0 - \hbox{\hs{3in}\vrule width 3in height.4pt} - \vs{48pt} - \advance\P by-1\repeat - }% -% -\tableofcontentsformat{% - \toctitle{\ssp\centerline{\bd Table of Contents} - \vs{\bl}}} -\catcode`*=12 diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/models/thesis.mdl b/macros/text1/pc/models/thesis.mdl deleted file mode 100644 index bbfde6b140..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/models/thesis.mdl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,139 +0,0 @@ -% WSU Graduate School Thesis Requirements -% Last updated on = 6/15/87 -%********************* ***THESIS TEXMODEL*** ************************** -%* This TEXMODEL shows some sections of a sample thesis. For a printout * -%* of a sample thesis, simply run this file through TeX as it is. * -%* When entering your own thesis, be sure to replace or delete all * -%* sample text. If you are printing your thesis on a monospaced printer,* -%* the \monospace command must be activated by removing the percent * -%* sign preceding it. * -%************************************************************************ -% THESIS START - -% ***TITLE PAGE*** - -%\monospace -\input thesis.inp -\justify \singlespace -\setpagenumber{-1} -\centerlinesbegin -\bd -A PHENOMENOLOGICAL THEORY OF -\vs{12pt} -CROSS-CULTURAL AESTHETICS -\vs{1.25in} -\rm -By -\vs{12pt} -GEORG MACQUET -\vs{1.25in} -A thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of -the requirements for the degree of -\vs{12pt} -MASTER OF ARTS IN ANTHROPOLOGY -\vs{24pt} -WASHINGTON STATE UNIVERSITY -Department of Anthropology -\vs{12pt} -December 1986 -\vs{.8in} -\copyrt Copyright by GEORG MACQUET, 1986 -All Rights Reserved -\centerlinesend %DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE UNLESS LINE 19 IS DELETED -% ***COPYRIGHT PAGE*** -\np -\titlepage -\vsk{7in} -\centerlinesbegin -\copyrt Copyright by GEORG MACQUET, 1986 -All Rights Reserved -\centerlinesend %DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE UNLESS LINE 47 IS DELETED -% ***SIGNATURE PAGE*** -\newpage -\setpagenumber{-2} -\rightragged -\vsk{2.8in} -\doublespace -\nin To the Faculty of Washington State University: -\par -The members of the Committee appointed to examine the thesis of -GEORG MACQUET find it satisfactory and recommend that it be -accepted. -% -%****************************************************************** -%* The \signatures command draws the number of lines specified * -%* in the first parameter for the committee members' signatures. * -%* The first parameter may be any number, but if it is larger * -%* than 5, spacing must be changed to make it fit on one page. * -%* The second parameter of the \signatures command will be * -%* centered as a title under the first line. * -%****************************************************************** -% -\singlespace -\signatures{4}{Chairperson} -\doublespace -% ***ACKNOWLEDGE*** -\newpage -\justify -\preface{Acknowledgements} -I would like to thank Clarke Moustakos and Helen Burdeman -for their help in advising me to study Anthropology at ... -% ***ABSTRACT PAGE*** -\newpage -\vsk{.6in} -\centerlinesbegin -\bd -A PHENOMENOLOGICAL THEORY OF -\bd -CROSS-CULTURAL AESTHETICS -\rm -ABSTRACT -\putincontents1{\nin Abstract\leader\pagenumber} -\vs{12pt} -\singlespace -by Georg Macquet, M.A. -Washington State University -December 1986 -\centerlinesend %DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE UNLESS LINE 84 IS DELETED -\doublespace -\noindent Chairperson: V.~L.~Nabokov -\par -Aesthetic phenomena can be defined from an anthropological perspective. -Anthropology is empirical; therefore, aesthetic phenomena must also be -defined empirically to be identified by the techniques of... -\par -%********************** MAIN TEXT OF THESIS ************************* -%* This ends the preliminary pages of the thesis and begins the main * -%* text. The remaining sections of the thesis may be entered using any * -%* or all standard TeXT1 markup commands, including \autofootnote, * -%* \bibliography, \autoendnote, \subheada, etc. For more information * -%* on the standard TeXT1 markup commands see the "TeXT1 Users Guide * -%* (S-522)," or the "TeXT1 Reference Manual (S-523)." * -%************************************************************************ -\chapter{Introduction} -\setpagenumber{1} -The original perspective of anthropology can contribute to a comprehension of -art. Observational criteria are needed to identify aesthetic phenomena -uniquely, and anthropology \el3 -\sha{Art as Product} -In the past, the arts have been studied primarily as products in anthropology. -But the product must be created by human beings who behave in certain ways. In -Merriam's words: - -\bqb Through the humanistic elements of his culture, man seems to be making -pointed commentary on how he lives; his social life in itself seems to bring -about conditions under which he is unable to restrain himself from commenting -upon himself\el3 -\bqe - -\sha{Styles of Representation} -Representations are images that refer to the visual appearance of a thing. -Gombrich's theory\afn{wherin a representation is not a symbol} is not -appropriate in this context. Indeed, A.P. Meriam (1971)\aen{This is the only -edition with the full analysis of semantic theories applied to oriental -cultures.} states that\el3 -\newpage -\cl{\bd Notes} -\printendnotes -\toc{-5} -\bye diff --git a/macros/text1/pc/readme.tex b/macros/text1/pc/readme.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 53922654ce..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/pc/readme.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -The files in this directory are specifically for PCs. In the [.fonts] directory -are the fonts not included with standard TeX but which are used in TEXT1. Down -load these PK files in binary. - - cd [anonymous.text1.pc.fonts] - bin - mget *.pk - -You will also need to get the TFM files in the [anonymous.text1.fonts] -directory to go with these PK files. - - cd [anonymous.text1.fonts] - bin - mget *.tfm - -In addition to the fonts, you will need to get the TEX files in the -[anonymous.text1.macros] directory. - - cd [anonymous.text1.macros] - mget *.tex - -These should be placed in the TeX input path on your PC. -And then modify the TXT1*.TEX file so that near the top of the file it says -"true" that this is for a PC. - -Next get the font sets - - cd [anonymous.text1.pc.misc] - mget *.* - -they go in your TeX input path on the PC. - -Finally, you may optionally retrieve the models and blocks for a PC: - - cd [anonymous.text1.pc.models] - mget *.* - cd [anonymous.text1.pc.blocks] - mget *.* diff --git a/macros/text1/texix/plsort.pliopt b/macros/text1/texix/plsort.pliopt deleted file mode 100644 index b644a4206c..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/texix/plsort.pliopt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ - PLSORT: PROC(TEMP) OPTIONS(FORTRAN); - DCL TEMP FIXED BIN(31,0); - CALL PLISRTA( - ' SORT FIELDS=(38,256,CH,A,293,44,CH,A,342,256,CH,A,'|| - '597,44,CH,A,646,256,CH,A,901,44,CH,A,10,4,BI,D,6,4,BI,A)', - ' RECORD TYPE=V,LENGTH=(1857) ', - 95000,TEMP); - RETURN; - END; diff --git a/macros/text1/texix/texix.cmschan b/macros/text1/texix/texix.cmschan deleted file mode 100644 index 9c767000c6..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/texix/texix.cmschan +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -% Version 1.0; Dean Guenther; 4/1/86 -% Version 1.1; Dean Guenther; 12/87 -% Version 1.2; Dean Guenther; 6/28/88 diff --git a/macros/text1/texix/texix.cmsinfo b/macros/text1/texix/texix.cmsinfo deleted file mode 100644 index 72b6ab4e65..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/texix/texix.cmsinfo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -TEXIX.WEB is the TEXT1 sorted index program. The TXT1V293.CMSCHAN can be used -to create a TXT1V293 MODULE on CMS which has the sorted index program imbedded -into TEX itself as an extended primative. PLSORT must be compiled to get a CMS -TEXT files, and TEXIX WEB must be compiled with TEXIX CMSCHAN to get its TEXT -file before compiling and linking TXT1V293 with TEX (version 2.93). diff --git a/macros/text1/texix/texix.readme b/macros/text1/texix/texix.readme deleted file mode 100644 index e2f9e3a8ec..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/texix/texix.readme +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -TEXIX is a program which is used in conjunction with TEXT1 macros to create a -sorted index for TeX. In the text1.texix directory is the TEXIX source, along -with a changes file for CMS. If you are using VMS, look in the text1.vax_vms -directory for the VMS version. There is a Mac version in text1.macintosh. diff --git a/macros/text1/texix/texix.web b/macros/text1/texix/texix.web deleted file mode 100644 index bbf577633e..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/texix/texix.web +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1577 +0,0 @@ -% Version 1.3 makes it easier to create other changes files (6/89) -\font\twelvept=cmbx12 -\font\tentex=cmr10 -\def\topofcontents{\null\vfill\eject - \def\titlepage{T} - \centerline{{\twelvept The \TeX IX Index Program}} - \centerline{{\twelvept For IBM VM/CMS Pascal/VS}} - \vskip15pt - \centerline{Version 1.3, June 1989} - \hbox{\vbox{\hsize\the\hsize This work is - protected as an unpublished work under U.S. copyright laws. - Copyright $\copyright$ 1988 by WSUCSC. All rights Reserved.}} - \vskip18pt - \hbox{\vbox{\hsize\the\hsize This software is furnished under a - license for - use only on a single computer system and may be copied only - with the inclusion of the above copyright notice. - This software, or any other copies - thereof, may not be provided or otherwise made available to any - other person except for use on such system and to one who agrees to - these license terms. Title to and ownership of the software shall - at all times remain in WSUCSC.}} - \vfill} -\let\tentex=\tt -\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em}}% -% -\def\}{\ifmmode \rbrace - \else $\rbrace$\fi}% -% -\def\{{\ifmmode \lbrace - \else $\lbrace$\fi}% -% -\def\us#1{$\underline{\smash{\hbox{#1}}}$}% -\def\lin#1{\par - \leftskip 0pt - \advance \leftskip by #1 - }% -\def\vs#1{\vskip #1\relax} -\catcode`*=11 -% labeled definition macro -% -\newdimen\la*w \la*w=1in % Label width -\newtoks\la*g \la*g={1em} % Label gutter -\newtoks\la*s \la*s={12pt} % Skip before label -\newtoks\la*f \la*f={\rm} % Label font -\newbox\tempbox -% -\long\def\label#1{\par\vskip\the\la*s - \setbox\tempbox=\vtop{\hsize=\la*w - \leftskip=0pt - \rightskip=0pt plus2em - \tolerance=1600 - \noindent - \the\la*f - #1}% - \hangindent=\la*w - \advance \hangindent by \the\la*g - \hangafter=1 - \noindent - \setbox0=\hbox{\rlap{\box\tempbox}}\ht0=0pt\dp0=0pt\box0% - \hskip\la*w - \hskip\the\la*g - \ignorespaces} -\let\la=\label -\catcode`*=12 -\let\nin=\noindent -\def\lbr{\null\hfil\break} -\def\PASCAL{{\sc PASCAL/VS}} -\def\hs#1{\hskip#1} -\def\text#1{{\it \TeX T#1}} -\def\9{\it} -\def\bs{$\backslash$} -% Version 1.0; Dean Guenther; 4/1/86 -% -@* Introduction. -This procedure was created to give \text1\ the ability to produce a sorted -index in the same one pass, instead of creating the index, sorting it, and -printing the index out in three separate steps. - -To accomplish this feat, a new control sequence, \bs{}sortindex, was added to -the basic \TeX\ program which gives the \text1\ user up to three sorted -index files per run. The format of this new control sequence is -\par{\tt\indent\bs{}sortindex\it n} -\par -\nin where {\it n} is the index file number: 1, 2, or 3. - -@ The @^TEXIX@> -program is written entirely in WEB, except for an external -procedure, {\it plsort}, which is written in @^PL/1@> PL/1. -This was necessary since -\PASCAL\ cannot call -@:plsort@> -Syncsort @^SYNCSORT@> -to do an internal sort, and PL/1 can. - -@ -Also, it should be pointed out early that I made use of \PASCAL' -nifty string handling capability, in particular, the |string|, -|index| and |substr| functions. If needed, these should not be too -difficult to translate into another \PASCAL\ -compiler (famous last words). - -@p -segment texix; -procedure texix(ix:char); external; -procedure texix; -const @<Global Constants@> -type @<Global Types@> -var @! m,k,i,j :integer;@/ -@<Global Variables@> - -@ The file {\it ix\_file} -is the file opened for output in the \text1\ session -itself. It will be closed in TEXIX, opened for input, closed again, and -finally opened for output where the final sorted index file will be -written to, complete with all \text1\ markup necessary for printing -the index. - -@<Global Var...@>= -sysprint:text; -@!ix_file :text; - -@ The {\it sort\_file} is used for the internal sort only. The \text1\ user -never has access to it. - -@<Global Var...@>= -@!sort_file :file of sort_type; - -@* Macros and definitions. -Here are some macros and definitions used throughout. - -@d incr(#) == # := # + 1 -@d decr(#) == # := # - 1 - -@d othercases == otherwise -@d endcases == end; - -@d dosubstr == substr -@d doindex == index - -@f othercases == else -@f endcases == end - -@d getout == return -@d messages == sysprint - -@d max_field = 300 -@d max_levels = 3 -@d max_lrecl = 2048 - -@d remove_characters(#) == if length(in_record) > # then -in_record := dosubstr(in_record,1 + #) -else in_record := '' - -@d do_nothing == begin end - -@d do_sort_as == begin remove_characters(6); -i := doindex(in_record,'{$}'); -write_sort_chars(i-1); -remove_characters(3); -end - -@d check_case == begin -if not respect_case then for j:= 1 to -sort_part[i].field_lngth do sort_part[i].field_level[j] := -upper_case(sort_part[i].field_level[j]); end - -@d string_type(#) == string(#) - -@d ccat_temp == @t\hs{2em}@>@=||@>@t\hs{2em}@> - - -@d add_comma(#) == # := ccat(#,',') -@d add_cmma_blnk(#) == # := ccat(#,', ') - -@d do_when_bold == begin -if length(bold_string) > 0 then add_comma(bold_string); -bold_string:= -ccat(ccat(ccat(bold_string,'{\bd '),curr_str_page),'}'); -@.\bs{}bd@> -end - -@d do_when_underscore == begin -if length(us_string) > 0 then add_comma(us_string); -us_string:= -ccat(ccat(ccat(us_string,'\us{'),curr_str_page),'}'); -@.\bs{}us@> -end - -@d do_when_italic == begin -if length(rm_string) > 0 then add_comma(rm_string); -rm_string:= -ccat(ccat(ccat(rm_string,'{\it '),curr_str_page),'}'); -@.\bs{}it@> -end - -@d do_when_roman == begin -if length(rm_string) > 0 then add_comma(rm_string); -rm_string:=ccat(rm_string,curr_str_page); -end - -@d do_write(#)==write(#) - -@d do_lnwrite(#)==writeln(#) - -@ This is arbitrary, but -there should never be more than 8 indicies. - -@d s_file_number == '9' - -@ This is used to print the subentry1 header if there are no page -numbers under its subentry and there are under subentry2. - -@d id2_missing_check== -curr_level:=2; -if sort_record.sort_part[3].field_lngth=0 -then do_nothing else begin -id2_is_missing:=true; -write_header(sort_record.print[2].field_lngth, -sort_record.print[2].field_level); -id2_is_missing:=false; -curr_level:=3;end - -@ This is used to print the primary header if there are no page -numbers under the primary header, and there are page numbers under -either subentry1 or subentry2. - -@d id1_missing_check==if sort_record.sort_part[2].field_lngth = 0 -then begin curr_level:=1; -if sort_record.sort_part[3].field_lngth = 0 -then do_nothing else begin -id1_is_missing:=true; -write_header(sort_record.print[1].field_lngth, -sort_record.print[1].field_level); -id1_is_missing:=false; -curr_level:=3;end;end -else begin curr_level:=1; -id1_is_missing:=true; -write_header(sort_record.print[1].field_lngth, -sort_record.print[1].field_level); -id1_is_missing:=false; -id2_missing_check; -end - -@ This is a little macro used to access {\it write\_header}. - -@d write_prev_header== -begin case curr_level of -1: write_header(prev_ln1,prev_pn1); -2: write_header(prev_ln2,prev_pn2); -3: write_header(prev_ln3,prev_pn3); -othercases do_nothing -endcases -end; - -@ The function ccat will concatenate two strings together. - -@^System dependent code@> -@p function ccat(x,y:string_pass):string_pass; -begin - ccat := x ccat_temp y; -end; - -@* Opening and Closing the files. -This is all very dependent on \PASCAL. - -@ The {\it reset\_file} procedure is used to open all files. -One time this is done when first entering TEXIX. -Note that the file name is ``{\tt IX\it n}'' where ``{\it n}'' is -1--3. This can easily be extended to 4--8 by chaning the \bs{}index -markup in TEXT1@@. -The other time the open is done is when opening the sort file, after it -has already been sorted. -This is system dependent. The following will work for \PASCAL. - -@^System dependent code@> -@p procedure reset_file(file_number:char); -begin -if file_number = '9' then reset(sort_file, -'NAME=TEXT1$$.OUTSORT.A,LRECL=1857,RECFM=V') -else reset(ix_file, -ccat(ccat('NAME=TEXT1$$.IX',str(file_number)),'.A')); -end; - -@ -The {\it sort\_file} is opened for output to write the sort records to. -The {\it ix\_file} is opened for output after the sort records have -been sorted and processed again. -This is system dependent. The following will work for \PASCAL. - -@^System dependent code@> -@p procedure file_rewrite(file_number:char); -begin -if file_number = '9' -then -rewrite(sort_file,'NAME=TEXT1$$.INSORT.A,LRECL=1857,RECFM=V') -else -rewrite(ix_file, -ccat(ccat('NAME=TEXT1$$.IX',str(file_number)), -'.A,LRECL=2048,RECFM=V')); -end; - -@* The Sort Record Description. The record type called -{\it sort\_type} is the record written to the {\it sort\_file}. -If consists of the following: -\la{\bf Bytes} -\la{1} -A one byte {\it record\_type} (0={\bf bold page number}; -2= roman page number (the default); 4=\us{underscored} \us{page} -\us{number}; -6={\it italic page number}; 9=blind entry). -\la{2--5} -The integer page number. If the page -number is in the preface part of the document, then the page number will -be negative. -\la{6--9} -Used in sorting decending. That means that -1 will be at the top. -If the page number is plus to begin with, then this is set to zero -for sorting, so it will be at the bottom of the list. -\la{10-29} This is the same as page number, unless the page number is -negative, in which case this field is a roman numeral. -\la{30--33\lbr34--333\lbr334--337\lbr338--637\lbr638--641\lbr642--941} -The sort field. There are three arrays in this field. Each array -consists of a 4 byte length, followed by the {\it field\_array} which is -the length of the sort entry or subentry. -It is these fields which will get sorted by @^Syncsort@> Syncsort. -If there was a {\it sort\_as} -used for a sort entry or subentry, that value passed in the {\it sort\_as} -is placed here. -\vs{24pt} -\la{942--945\lbr946--1245\lbr1246--1249\lbr -1250--1549\lbr1550--1553\lbr1554--1853} -The print field. -The description is the same as the sort field. -This is the way the index entry will print, but not necessarily how -it will sort. -\vs{96pt} - -@ @<Global Constants@>= -@!max_pn_alpha=20; -@!max_pnum=9; - -@ @<Global Types@>= -@!string_pass=string_type(max_lrecl); -@!pass_pn_alpha=string_type(max_pn_alpha); -@!pn_type=packed array[1..max_pnum] of char; -@!pn_alpha_type=packed array[1..max_pn_alpha] of char; -@!field_array = packed array[1..max_field] of char; -@!field_type = packed record@| -@!field_lngth :integer; -@!field_level :field_array; -end; -@!sort_type = packed record@/ -@!record_type :char; -@!page_number :integer; -@!abs_page_number :integer; -@!page_string :pn_alpha_type; -@!sort_part :packed array[1..3] of field_type; -@!print :packed array[1..3] of field_type; -end; - -@* Subroutines. For many of the following subroutines, the following -global variable, {\it current\_level} is needed to indicate what -index level we are presently processing. -0 = the primary index; 1 = subentry 1, and -2 = subentry 2. -{\it on\_a\_roll} is `true' if we have a series of consecutive page -numbers going. `false' otherwise. -In other places, {\it print\_style}=1 for the paragraph style; it is -2 for the dash style; and it is 3 for the indent style. - -@<Global Var...@>= -@!curr_level :integer; -@!on_a_roll:boolean; - -@ The {\it write\_header} procedure will write out the primary and -subentry level titles from {\it sort\_record.print}. - -@p procedure write_header(print_length:integer;print_field:field_array); -var i:integer; -begin -case curr_level of -1: begin - do_write(ix_file,'\goodbreak\hp '); -@.\bs{}leavevmode@> -@.\bs{}goodbreak@> -@.\bs{}hp@> - for i:=1 to print_length do do_write(ix_file,print_field[i]); - case print_style of - '1':begin - do_write(ix_file,', '); - end; - '2','3':begin - if id1_is_missing or dot_leadering - then do_lnwrite(ix_file,' ') - else do_lnwrite(ix_file,', '); - end; - othercases do_nothing - endcases; end; -2: begin case print_style of - '1':do_nothing; - '2':begin - do_write(ix_file,'\indentsubentry',ix,'1---'); -@.\bs{}indentsubentry@> - end; - '3':begin - do_write(ix_file,'\indentsubentry',ix,'1'); - end; - othercases do_nothing - endcases; - for i:=1 to print_length do do_write(ix_file,print_field[i]); - if (print_style <> '1') or id2_is_missing or dot_leadering - then do_lnwrite(ix_file,' ') - else do_lnwrite(ix_file,', '); - end; -3: begin case print_style of - '1':do_nothing; - '2':begin - do_write(ix_file,'\indentsubentry',ix,'2---'); - end; - '3':begin - do_write(ix_file,'\indentsubentry',ix,'2'); - end; - othercases do_nothing - endcases; - for i:=1 to print_length do do_write(ix_file,print_field[i]); - if dot_leadering - then do_lnwrite(ix_file,' ') - else do_lnwrite(ix_file,', '); - end; -othercases do_nothing -endcases -end; - -@ The {\it numeric} function will take a packed array of length -max\_pnum and convert -that array (which is really the page number) into an integer. - -@p function numeric(simple_array:pn_type):integer; -var @!i,j_mult,pn:integer; -begin pn := 0; -i := max_pnum;j_mult:=1; -repeat -if i = 1 then if simple_array[1] = '-' -then pn := -1 * pn -else pn := pn + ((ord(simple_array[1])-ord('0')) * j_mult) -else pn := pn + ((ord(simple_array[i])-ord('0')) * j_mult); -j_mult := j_mult * 10; -decr(i); -until i < 1; -numeric:=pn; -end; - -@ The {\it get\_numeric} -function will take a packed array of length max\_pn\_alpha and convert -that array (which is really the page number) into an integer. - -@p function get_numeric(x_string:string_type(max_pn_alpha)):integer; -var @!i:integer; -begin -readstr(x_string,i); -get_numeric:=i; -end; - -@ The {\it strvalue} function takes an integer and converts it into -a string. - -@^System dependent code@> -@p procedure strvalue(x:integer; var results:pass_pn_alpha); -var -temp:string_type(max_pn_alpha); -begin -writestr(temp,x); -results:=ltrim(temp); -end; - -@ The {\it strconv} function takes an array and converts it into -a string. - -@p function strconv(x:pn_alpha_type):string_type(max_pn_alpha); -var i:integer; -temp:string_type(max_pn_alpha); -begin -temp:='';i := 1; -with sort_record do begin -repeat -if x[i] <> ' ' then -temp := ccat(temp,str(x[i])); -incr(i); -until (i > max_pn_alpha) or (x[i] = ' '); -end; -strconv:=temp; -end; - -@ The procedure {\it write\_print\_chars} will write the number of -characters indicated -in the parm field to the appropriate print field. There are three levels of -print fields. Level 0 is the primary index, level 1 is the subentry 1 index, -and level 2 is the subentry 2 index. After writing the number of characters -to the print field, that number of characters is removed from the input record. -You might notice that this procedure is very similar to the -write\_sort\_chars -procedure. The only difference in the two is that this procedure deals -with how the index is -to be printed after sorting. The former deals with how the -index is to be sorted. -Also, this procedure is called by {\it write\_sort\_chars}. - -@^System dependent code@> -@p procedure write_print_chars(number_of_characters:integer); -var m:integer; -begin with sort_record.print[curr_level+1] do -for m := 1 to number_of_characters do begin -incr(field_lngth); -field_level[field_lngth] := in_record[m]; -end; -remove_characters(number_of_characters); -end; - -@ The procedure {\it write\_sort\_chars} -will write the number of characters indicated -in the parm field to the appropriate sort field. There are three levels of -sort fields. Level 0 is the primary index, level 1 is the subentry 1 index, -and level 2 is the subentry 2 index. After writing the characters to -the sort fields, they will be removed from the input string. - -@^System dependent code@> -@p procedure write_sort_chars(number_of_characters:integer); -var m:integer; -begin with sort_record.sort_part[curr_level+1] do -for m := 1 to number_of_characters do begin -incr(field_lngth); -field_level[field_lngth] := in_record[m]; -end; -remove_characters(number_of_characters); -end; - -@ -This procedure processes subentries within the \bs{}index command. For example, -the phrase ``Mt. St. Helens'' would be processed here for the entry created -by the markup: -\vs{12pt} -{\lin{.5in} -{\tt\bs{}index\{volcanos\bs{}subentry1\{Mt. St. Helens\}\}}\par} -\vs{12pt} -\nin Note -that there are two levels of subentries, \bs{}subentry1 and \bs{}subentry2. -You can -use \bs{}sortas within a \bs{}subentry. But you cannot use \bs{}subentry2 within -\bs{}subentry1 and vise versa. If you think it should be permitted, don't. -Also, \bs{}blindentry is not permitted within \bs{}subentry. -(I can't be flexible {\bf everywhere}.) - -@ First save the current level, then set the current level to the -subentry level. Process until the subentry is completely digested. - -@^System dependent code@> -@p procedure process_subentry(@!entry_level:integer); -var temp_level :integer; -digest :boolean; -begin remove_characters(1);{Throw away the `1' or `2'}@/ -temp_level := curr_level; -curr_level := entry_level; -digest := true; -repeat -@<Digest Subentry@> -until not digest; -curr_level := temp_level; -end; - -@ If the next character is a dollar sign, then we {\bf might} have a \bs{}sortas -If the next character is a left curly brace, then check to see if we've -reached the end of this subentry. If the character is not `\$' or `\{', -then write the character to the print file. - -@<Digest Subentry@>= -if in_record[1] = '$' -then @<Check for Sortas@> -else if in_record[1] = '{' -then @<Check for Subentry End@> -else write_print_chars(1); - -@ If the next two characters are `\$\}' then we are are the end of -the subentry. - -@<Check for Subentry End@>= -begin -if (in_record[2] = '$') and (in_record[3] = '}') -then begin -digest := false; -remove_characters(3); -end -else write_print_chars(1); -end - -@ If the next three are `\{\$\}' then we {\it might} have a sortas. -and check the next two -characters to see if they -are `{\tt sa}'. If so, we {\bf do} have a sortas. -Otherwise write those 6 characters out. In any case, if we don't have -a `\{\$\}' to begin with, then write the first character out -(which was a -`\$' if you remember from earlier.) - -@<Check for Sortas@>= -if (in_record[2] = '{') and -(in_record[3] = '$') and (in_record[4] = '}') -then begin -if (in_record[5] = 's') and (in_record[6] = 'a') -then do_sort_as -else write_print_chars(6); -end -else write_print_chars(1) - -@ -The {\it equal\_arrays} -function returns a true if the two arrays being passed are -identical. False if not. - -@p function equal_arrays(fieldy:field_array;fieldz:field_array):boolean; -var i :integer; -still_checking :boolean; -begin i := 1; -still_checking := true; -repeat -if fieldy[i] <> fieldz[i] {if arrays not equal} -then still_checking := false -else incr(i); -until (i>max_field) or not still_checking; -equal_arrays := still_checking; -end; - -@ The {\it plsort} procedure is written in PL/1 to call the CMS sort program -Syncsort. This was necessary since you cannot call Syncsort from PASCAL/VS. -The fields to be sorted are defined internally in the {\it plsort} -program. This should be the same as the three sort fields in {\it sort\_type}. -@:sort_type@> -@:plsort@> @^PL/1@> -@^Syncsort@> - -@p procedure plsort(var sort_rc:integer); fortran; - -@ This function converts to all uppercase. -Notice that this is an EBCIDIC conversion, not an ASCII conversion -to uppercase. - -@p function upper_case(x:char):char; -var temp:char; -begin - if (ord(x)>=129)and(ord(x)<=169) then - temp:=chr(ord(x)+64) - else temp:=x; -upper_case:=temp; -end; - - -@* Read Each Index Entry. -Each line in the {\it ix\_file} is a separate index entry generated with the -\bs{\it index markup}. This markup has the format -\par{\tt\bs{}index\it n\tt\{\it entry\rm/\it markup\tt\}} -\par -\nin where ``{\it entry}'' -is the textual material of the primary index. The -``{\it markup}'' may be one of the following submarkup -which may {\bf only} -appear within the \bs{\it index markup}. Never outside of it. -\item{1.} {\tt\bs{}subentry{\it n\/}}: where {\it n} is ``1'' or ``2'', -denoting the subentry level. -You would use this submarkup in the following fashion: -\par{\lin{+.5in}\tt\bs{}index1\{\rm entry -\bs\rm subentry1\tt\{\it submarkup\tt\}\}\par} -\indent where {\it submarkup} here can only be \bs{\it sortas}. -\item{2.}{\tt\bs{}sortas}: This markup is used to indicate text for either the -primary sort level, or one of the two subentry sort levels that is to be -sorted, but not printed in the resulting index. For example, someone may -want ``10 Downing Street'' -to sort as ``ten Downing Street''. This would be accomplished by entering -``{\tt\bs{}index1\{10 Downing Street\bs{}sortas\{ten Downing Street\}\}}''. -You can also use \bs{\it sortas} within the \bs{\it subentry} submarkup. -\item{3.} -{\tt\bs{}itpn}: This markup indicates this index number -is to be printed in italics in the sorted index. -To use it, enter: -\par{\lin{+.5in}\tt\bs{}index1\{\rm entry \tt -\bs{}itpn\}\par} -\item{4.} {\tt\bs{}bdpn}: This markup indicates this -index number is to be -printed in bold in the sorted index. -To use it, enter: -\par{\lin{+.5in}\tt\bs{}index1\{\rm entry \tt -\bs{}bdpn\}\par} -\item{5.} {\tt\bs{}uspn}: This markup indicates -this index number is to -be underscored in the sorted index. -To use it, enter: -\par{\lin{+.5in}\tt\bs{}index1\{\rm entry \tt -\bs{}uspn\}\par} -\item{6.} {\tt\bs{}blindentry}: This markup indicates this index is to be -a blind entry or ``cross reference''. It may appear inside of a -standard entry or subentry. There is no page number associated with -this submarkup. -\par - -@ @<Global Var...@>= -@!respect_case :boolean; -@!dot_leadering :boolean; -@!print_style:char; -@!sort_record :sort_type; -@!in_record :string_type(max_lrecl); -@!temp_strvalue:pass_pn_alpha; - -@^System dependent code@> -@ This procedure will read the {\it ix\_file} in until all index requests -have been read. - -@p procedure read_all_entries; -var @!i,j,k:integer; -begin -@<Get Default Index Values@> -while not eof(ix_file) do begin -@<Initialize Sort Records@>@/ -@<Read Next Record@>@/ -@<Move Sort Type to Sort Record@>@/ -@<Move Page Number to Sort Record@>@/ -@<Digest the Input Record@>@/ -@<Fill in Sort Fields@>@/ -@<Write Sort Record@>@/ -end;end; - -@ The first index default variable passed is ``case=". A ``yes" value will -respect the case in an index sort field. ``no" (the default) will convert -everything to uppercase before sorting. - -The second index default ``style=" will be one of ``1", ``2'', or ``3'' -depending on whether the style is ``paragraph'', ``dash'', or ``indented'' -(which is the default). - -The third default read in here is the ``leadering=". A ``yes'' here will give -dot leadering. Guess what ``no'' does. -Dot leadering in the paragraph style ({\it print\_style}=1). If that -has been requested, change {\it dot\_leadering} to false. - -@<Get Default Index Values@>= -readln(ix_file,in_record); -if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1) = 'no' -then respect_case := false -else respect_case := true; -readln(ix_file,in_record);@/ -print_style:=in_record[doindex(in_record,'=')+1];@/ -readln(ix_file,in_record);@/ -if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1) = 'no' -then dot_leadering := false -else dot_leadering := true;@/ -if dot_leadering and (print_style = '1') -then begin writeln(messages, -'<TEXT1> Error! Dot leadering not permitted with the paragraph style.'); -writeln(messages,' Dot leadering will be disabled.'); -dot_leadering := false; -end; - -@ The {\it all\_blanks} variable is filled with all blanks. Other arrays -of the same dimension of {\it all\_blanks} can be set to blank themselves -by saying $array\leftarrow all\_blanks$. - -@<Global Var...@>= -@!all_blanks:field_array; - -@ @<Initialize Sort Records@>= -with sort_record do -for i := 1 to max_levels do begin -sort_part[i].field_level:= all_blanks; -sort_part[i].field_lngth := 0; -print[i].field_level:= all_blanks; -print[i].field_lngth := 0; -end; -curr_level := 0; - -@ Read the next index request to be processed. -Get rid of trailing blanks. - -@<Read Next Record@>= -readln(ix_file,in_record); -in_record:=trim(in_record); - -@ The {\it sort\_type} is always in column 2. Column 1, 3 and 4 will always -be curly braces. (`\{{\it s}\}\{' where ``{\it s}'' is the sort type.) -After moving the {\it sort\_type} to the sort record, then -delete the {\it sort\_type} and the three curly braces. - -@<Move Sort Type to Sort Record@>= -sort_record.record_type := in_record[2]; -remove_characters(4); - -@ The end of the page number is the next right curly brace (`\}'). -Move all of the digits from the input record to the sort record, -starting with the last digit and going forward. If a minus sign (`-') -is in -the page number (preface material), then put a minus sign in -byte one of the sort record's page number. - -@<Global Var...@>= -@!in_page_number:pn_type; - -@ Find and move the page number to the sort record. If it is negative, -then its a roman numeral. In that case, move the page number to the -{\it abs\_page\_number} to be sorted descending, as negative numbers -should be. If its not negative, then move zero to {\it abs\_page\_number} -so it will move to the bottom of that sort field. -After it is moved, delete the appropriate number of characters to -finish digesting the entry. - -@<Move Page Number to Sort Record@>= -k := doindex(in_record,'}'); {find the end of the page number} -i := k - 1; -for j := 1 to max_pnum do in_page_number[j] := '0'; -j := max_pnum; -repeat -if in_record[i] = '-' -then begin -in_page_number[1] := '-'; -i := 0; -end -else begin -in_page_number[j] := in_record[i]; -decr(i); -decr(j); -end; -until i <= 0; -remove_characters(k+1);@/ -sort_record.page_number:=numeric(in_page_number);@/ -if sort_record.page_number < 0 -then sort_record.abs_page_number:=abs(sort_record.page_number) -else sort_record.abs_page_number:=0; -k := doindex(in_record,'}'); {find the end of the page number string} -for i := 1 to max_pn_alpha do sort_record.page_string[i] := ' '; -for i := 1 to k-1 do -sort_record.page_string[i] := in_record[i]; -remove_characters(k); - -@^System dependent code@> -@ Process the rest of the input record. Each time you see a dollar sign, -there could be a submarkup coming, so examine the next three characters. - -@<Digest the Input Record@>= -repeat -if (in_record[1] = '$') and (length(in_record) >= 4) -then @<Examine Next 3 Chars@> -else write_print_chars(1); -until length(in_record) < 1; - -@ Once the index request has been digested, each sort field is checked -to see if it is blank. If so, then {\it sort\_as} was not used, so copy the -{\it print} field to the {\it sort} field. - -@<Fill in Sort Fields@>= -with sort_record do begin -for i := 1 to max_levels do -if sort_part[i].field_lngth=0 -then begin -sort_part[i].field_level := print[i].field_level; -sort_part[i].field_lngth := print[i].field_lngth; -check_case; end -else check_case; -end; - -@^System dependent code@> -@ Ok, the record has been processed, so write it to the output file. - -@<Write Sort Record@>= -sort_file@@:=sort_record; -put(sort_file); - -@ Ok, a dollar sign signals the beginning of some sort of action code if the -next three characters are `\{\$\}'. So lets look at them and see. - -@<Examine Next 3 Chars@>= -begin if (in_record[2] = '{') and -(in_record[3] = '$') and (in_record[4] = '}') -then @<Examine Next 2 Chars@> -else write_print_chars(1);{Well then, the dollar sign must be part of the index} -end - -@ If a {\it blindentry} (`{\tt be}') or {\it subentry} (`{\tt se}'), -then perform the appropriate sections. - -@<Examine Next 2 Chars@>= -begin if (in_record[5] = 'b') and (in_record[6] = 'e') -then @<Do Blind Entry@> -else if (in_record[5] = 's') and (in_record[6] = 'e') -then @<Do Sub Entries@> -else if (in_record[5] = 's') and (in_record[6] = 'a') -then do_sort_as -else write_print_chars(6);{Might as well write all 6 characters examined} -end - -@ Everything up to the next `\{\$\}' is the blind entry. -The page number for a blind entry will always be 999999999. - -@<Do Blind Entry@>= -begin remove_characters(6);{Throw away the `\$\{\$\}be'}@/ -i := doindex(in_record,'{$}'); -curr_level:=2; -write_print_chars(i-1); -curr_level:=0; -remove_characters(3);{Throw away the `\{\$\}'} -sort_record.page_number := 999999999; -end - -@ Process the subentry, depending on whether or not it is -{\it subentry}1 or {\it subentry}2. If not, ignore the whole thing. - -@<Do Sub Entries@>= -begin remove_characters(6); {Throw away the `\$\{\$\}se'} -if in_record[1] = '1' -then process_subentry(1) -else if in_record[1] = '2' -then process_subentry(2) -else write_print_chars(1);{Perhaps someone entered \bs{}subentry3??} -end - -@* Write Formated Index. This section of code takes the sorted index -entries, merges them together, and writes them back out to the index file -to be read in by \bs{}printindex in the user's program. This section consists -of three procedures for accomplishing this feat: {\it add\_page\_number}, -{\it digest\_the\_line}, and {\it read\_sorted\_records}. -{\it numeric} is a function to convert the character string page number into -an integer. - -@^System dependent code@> -@ The procedure {\it add\_page\_number} is used to add the page number of the -current sorted record to the {\it string\_bold} if a -\bs{\it bdpn}, or to -the {\it string\_underscore} if a \bs{\it uspn}, -or otherwise to -the {\it str\_build}. - -@p procedure add_page_number; -var i:integer; - -@ @<Global Var...@>= -@!prev_page_number:integer; -@!prev_pg_string:string_type(max_pn_alpha); -@!prev_record_type:char; - -@ First check to see if we have a new page number. If so, then add the page -number to the string. Otherwise, only add the page number if the sort type -is new and is not equal to ``6'' (italic). - -@p -begin -with sort_record do if prev_page_number = page_number -then if (prev_record_type = record_type) and (record_type <> '9') - then getout -else if record_type = '6' then getout; -@<Add Page Number to the String@> -end; - -@ {\it str\_build} is used to accumulate all of the page numbers. -{\it str\_blind\_entry} is used to accumulate the blind entry information -(typically there should be no more than one, but allowance is made for more.) - -@<Global Var...@>= -@!str_build:string_type(max_lrecl); -@!str_blind_entry:string_type(max_lrecl); -{come on, who's going to have one that long?} - -@ This module will take the page number of the current sorted index -record and add it to the build string, unless the record type is -9, which is a blind entry, in which case it is added to the blind entry -string. Note that if the record type is 0 (bold), 4 (underscore) or -6 (italic), then the page number is prefaced with ``B'', ``U'' or -``I'' respectively. This identifies that the page number is to be -emphasized when the build string is processed through the -{\it digest\_the\_line} procedure. - -@<Add Page Number to the String@>= -if sort_record.record_type = '9' then @<Do Sorted Blind Entry@> -else begin @<Do Sorted Non Blind Entry@> -end; -prev_page_number := sort_record.page_number;@/ -prev_pg_string := strconv(sort_record.page_string);@/ -prev_record_type := sort_record.record_type; - -@ @<Do Sorted Blind Entry@>= -with sort_record.print[3] do begin -if length(str_blind_entry) > 0 then add_cmma_blnk(str_blind_entry); -for i := 1 to field_lngth do -str_blind_entry := ccat(str_blind_entry,str(field_level[i])); -end - -@ If the {\it page\_string[1]} is less than zero, its alphabetic and -roman numeral processing is necessary. - -@<Do Sorted Non Blind Entry@>= -with sort_record do begin -if ord(page_string[1]) < ord('0') -then @<Add Roman Page Number@> -else @<Add Arabic Page Number@>; -end; - -@ @<Add Roman Page Number@>= -begin -if length(str_build) >= 1 -then str_build:=ccat(',',str_build); -strvalue(page_number,temp_strvalue); -str_build := ccat(ccat(ccat(strconv(page_string), -','),temp_strvalue),str_build); -if record_type = '0' -then str_build := ccat('B',str_build) -else if record_type = '4' -then str_build := ccat('U',str_build) -else if record_type = '6' -then str_build := ccat('I',str_build) -end - -@ @<Add Arabic Page Number@>= -begin -if length(str_build) >= 1 -then add_comma(str_build); -if record_type = '0' -then str_build := ccat(str_build,'B') -else if record_type = '4' -then str_build := ccat(str_build,'U') -else if record_type = '6' -then str_build := ccat(str_build,'I'); -str_build := ccat(str_build,strconv(page_string)); -end - -@ {\it output\_string} is used to collect all of the page numbers -before writing them back out to the index file; -{\it bold\_string} collects the bold page numbers; -{\it us\_string} collects the underscored page numbers; -{\it rm\_string} collects everything not bold or underscored. -As you might expect, {\it italic\_last\_page} is true when the last -page number of a `roll' is to be italic. - -@<Global Var...@>= -@!output_string:string_type(max_lrecl); -@!bold_string:string_type(max_lrecl); -@!us_string:string_type(max_lrecl); -@!rm_string:string_type(max_lrecl); -@!italic_last_page:boolean; - -@^System dependent code@> -@ {\it finish\_the\_process} is a procedure that is used to -first check to see if we are {\it on\_a\_roll}, which means we are formatting -something like pages 1-3. -After doing that, if there were any bold page numbers, they are concatenated -to the front of the {\it output\_string}; underscored page numbers (if any) -are concatenated to the end of the {\it output\_string}. - -@p procedure finish_the_process; -begin -@<Concatenate Bold Pages to Output@>;@/ -@<Concatenate Roman Pages to Output@>;@/ -@<Concatenate Underscored Pages to Output@>; -end; - -@ If there were any bold page numbers, then add them to the {\it -output\_string}. - -@<Concatenate Bold...@>= -if length(bold_string) > 0 then begin -if length(output_string) > 0 then add_cmma_blnk(output_string); -output_string := ccat(output_string,bold_string); -end - -@ If we were on a roll (a consecutive series of page numbers) then finish -the roll. Then if there were any roman or italic page numbers, add them to -the {\it output\_string}. - -@<Concatenate Roman...@>= -if on_a_roll then if italic_last_page -then rm_string := -ccat(ccat(ccat(rm_string,'{\it '),trim(prev_pg_string)),'}') -else rm_string := ccat(rm_string,prev_pg_string); -@.\bs{}it@> -if length(rm_string) > 0 then begin if length(output_string) > 0 -then add_cmma_blnk(output_string); -output_string := ccat(output_string,rm_string); -end - -@ If there were any underscored page numbers, add them to the {\it -output\_string} here. - -@<Concatenate Under...@>= -if length(us_string) > 0 then begin if length(output_string) > 0 -then add_cmma_blnk(output_string); -output_string := ccat(output_string,us_string); -end - -@ The procedure {\it start\_digesting} will initialize a few variables, -then add the {\it current\_page} to the appropriate list. - -@p procedure start_digesting; -begin @<Initialize Some Global Variables@>;@/ -prev_pg_string := curr_str_page;@/ -@<Do Appropriate Highlighting@>; -end; - -@ @<Initialize Some Global Variables@>= -italic_last_page := false; -bold_string := ''; us_string :=''; rm_string:=''; -starting_to_process:=false; -on_a_roll:=false - -@ @<Get the Current Print Type of this Page Number@>= -print_type:= curr_str_page[1]; -if (print_type='B') or (print_type='I') or (print_type='U') -then curr_str_page:=dosubstr(curr_str_page,2) -else print_type := ' ' - -@ @<Do Appropriate Highlighting@>= -if print_type = 'B' then do_when_bold -else if print_type = 'I' then do_when_italic -else if print_type = 'U' then do_when_underscore -else do_when_roman - -@^System dependent code@> -@ The procedure {\it digest\_the\_line} will take the full {\it str\_build} -and add the dashes when there is a run of page numbers (i.e. ``{\tt 1,2,3}'' bec -``1-3''); add the bold page numbers in front of the string (i.e. -``{\tt 1,2,B3,3,4}'' -prints as ``{\bf 3},1-4''. Note that page 3 had to appear twice -``{\tt B3,3}''. If it had only appeard as a bold page number and not the -default, ``{\tt 1,2,B3,4}'', you would get ``1-2,{\bf 3},4''); -add the underscored -page numbers to the end of the string (similar to bold page numbers, -``1,2,U3,3,4'' prints as ``1-4,\us{3}''); and print in italics when -necessary. - -@p procedure digest_the_line; -var -i:integer; -@!temp_roman:string_type(max_pn_alpha); -@!no_page_numbers:boolean; -begin -@<Process Each Page Number@>;@/ -@<Write the Line Out@>; -end; - -@ @<Global Var...@>= -@!starting_to_process :boolean; -@!print_type:char; -@!curr_str_page :string_type(max_pn_alpha); -@!curr_num_page :integer; - -@ Initialize the variables, then read each page number until the whole -string is digested, then finish off the page number string before returning. -If {\it str\_build} is null, then we are doing a blind entry with no -page numbers associated. In that case, initialize the highlighting -strings. -@<Process Each Page Number@>= -output_string := ''; -starting_to_process := true; -no_page_numbers:=false; -if length(str_build) > 0 -then repeat @<Digesting Each Page Number@> - until length(str_build) < 1 -else if starting_to_process then begin -@<Initialize Some Global Variables@>; -no_page_numbers:=true; -end; -finish_the_process; - -@ First get the next page number. Then if we are starting, initialize -everything. If we have already started, then check to see if we have a -consecutive page number sequence (i.e. pages 1,2,3,4 etc.) which is called -a `roll'. -@<Digesting Each Page Number@>= -@<Get Next Page Number@>;@/ -if starting_to_process -then start_digesting -else @<Check for a Roll@>; -prev_page_number:=curr_num_page; - -@ @<Get Next Page Number@>= -i := doindex(str_build,','); -if i < 1 then begin curr_str_page:=str_build; str_build:='';end -else begin -curr_str_page:=dosubstr(str_build,1,i-1); -str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1); -end; -@<Get the Current Print Type of this Page Number@>;@/ -if ord(curr_str_page[1]) < ord('0') {Then its alphabetic} -then @<Get Numeric for Roman Page Number@> -else curr_num_page:=get_numeric(curr_str_page); - -@ @<Get Numeric for Roman Page Number@>= -begin -i := doindex(str_build,','); -if i < 1 then begin temp_roman:=str_build; str_build:='';end -else begin -temp_roman:=dosubstr(str_build,1,i-1); -str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1); -end; -curr_num_page:=get_numeric(temp_roman); -end - -@ If we are on a roll, then the previous page number will be one less than -the current page number. If this is not the case, then {\it -finish\_the\_process} -and {\it start\_digesting} all over again. - -@<Check for a Roll@>= -if ((prev_page_number = curr_num_page) and (print_type <> ' ')) or - ((prev_page_number>=0) and (prev_page_number = curr_num_page - 1)) or - ((prev_page_number<0) and (prev_page_number = curr_num_page + 1)) -then begin -@<Got a Roll Going@> -prev_pg_string:=curr_str_page; -end -else begin finish_the_process; start_digesting; end - -@ Ok, so we're on a roll, right? If the {\it print\_type} is ``B'' (bold) or -``U'' (underscored) then do those and return. Otherwise, check to se if we -were previously {\it on\_a\_roll}. If we weren't, then add the hyphen to the -starting page number. In either case, move the {\it current\_page} to the -{\it prev\_pg\_string}. Lastly, if the page number is italic, then set -{\it italic\_last\_page} to true, in case it ends up being the last page in -the string. - -@<Got a Roll Going@>= -if print_type = 'B' then do_when_bold -else if print_type = 'U' then do_when_underscore -else begin if not on_a_roll then begin on_a_roll := true; -rm_string:=ccat(rm_string,'--'); end; -if print_type = 'I' then italic_last_page := true -else italic_last_page := false; -end; - -@ Before the page numbers are actually written, we need to write out -the ID depending on which level we are formatting. Level 1 is the -primary level, level 2 is the subentry1, and level 3 is subentry2. -Then, we need to do a couple of things depending on whether there is -dot leadering going on or not. -Finally, write the output string to the formatted index file. - -@<Write the Line Out@>= -write_prev_header; -if dot_leadering then begin @<Do Dot Leadering@> end -else begin @<Do not do Dot Leadering@> end; -do_lnwrite(ix_file,output_string); - -@ If there is dot leadering, then add the blind entry first, before adding -the leadering. - -@<Do Dot Leadering@>= -if length(str_blind_entry) > 0 -then begin -if length(output_string) > 0 then add_cmma_blnk(output_string); -output_string := ccat(output_string,str_blind_entry); -end; -output_string := ccat(ccat('\leader{}',output_string),'\par'); -@.\bs{}leader@> -@.\bs{}par@> - -@ @<Global Var...@>= -@!new_level_1:boolean; - -@ If there is not dot leadering, then the blind entry goes at the end of the -page, except for -the paragraph style ({\it print\_style}=1). Also, if the paragraph style, -then do not add the {\tt \bs{}par} at the end. Instead, add a comma -if there is a new level 1 entry. - -@<Do not do Dot Leadering@>= -if (print_style <> '1') and (length(str_blind_entry) > 0)@/ -then begin -if length(output_string) > 0 then add_cmma_blnk(output_string); -output_string := ccat(output_string,str_blind_entry); -end; -if print_style = '1' -then if new_level_1 and ((length(str_blind_entry)=0) or no_page_numbers) -then do_nothing -else add_cmma_blnk(output_string) -else output_string := ccat(output_string,'\par'); -@.\bs{}par@> - -@ The {\it build\_sorted\_index} procedure is the driving force behind -formatting the index. The basic process is to read all of the sorted records in -and create a record called {\it str\_build}. There will be one of these for -each primary and subentry level index. After doing the {\it str\_build}, -this record is then read through again to add the {\it\TeX T1} markup -necessary to -print out the sorted index line. - -@p procedure build_sorted_index; -var @!first_time_through:boolean; - -@ @<Global Var...@>= -@!prev_sr1:field_array; -@!prev_sr2:field_array; -@!prev_sr3:field_array; -@!prev_pn1:field_array; -@!prev_ln1:integer;{the length of pn1} -@!prev_pn2:field_array; -@!prev_ln2:integer;{the length of pn2} -@!prev_pn3:field_array; -@!prev_ln3:integer;{the length of pn3} -@!id1_is_missing:boolean; -@!id2_is_missing:boolean; - -@ The first thing we need to do is read the next sorted record. If this is the -first time ever through this procedure, then do some quick initializing. Then, -once we come to a new ID, we should write out the previous index page numbers, -etc. If the ID has not changed from the previous record, then add the page -number given here on the sorted record to the {\it str\_build}. - -@p begin first_time_through:=true; -while not eof(sort_file) do begin -sort_record:=sort_file@@; -get(sort_file); -if first_time_through then begin @<Do First Time Inits@> end; -if not equal_arrays(prev_sr1,sort_record.sort_part[1].field_level) -then begin -@<Start a New Level 1@> end -else if not equal_arrays(prev_sr2,sort_record.sort_part[2].field_level) -then begin -@<Start a New Level 2@> end -else if not equal_arrays(prev_sr3,sort_record.sort_part[3].field_level) -and (sort_record.record_type <> '9') -then begin -@<Start a New Level 3@> end -else add_page_number; -end; -@<Digest and Print Level 1@> -end; - -@ First write out the {\it \bs{}everyindex} record at the beginning -of the index file. - -@<Do First Time Inits@>= -do_lnwrite(ix_file,'\everyindex{',ix,'}'); -@.\bs{}everyindex@> - -@ These initializations only get done at the beginning of the -first sort record. - -@<Do First Time Inits@>= -first_time_through:=false; -id1_is_missing:=false; -id2_is_missing:=false; -new_level_1:=false; -with sort_record do begin -prev_sr1:=sort_part[1].field_level; -prev_sr2:=sort_part[2].field_level; -prev_sr3:=sort_part[3].field_level; -prev_pn1:=print[1].field_level; -prev_ln1:=print[1].field_lngth; -prev_pn2:=print[2].field_level; -prev_ln2:=print[2].field_lngth; -prev_pn3:=print[3].field_level; -prev_ln3:=print[3].field_lngth; -end; -prev_page_number:=0; -str_blind_entry:='';@/ -str_build:='';@/ - -@ If this is not a blind entry, then check to see if sort records for -the first level id are missing. If they are, then the id name itself -will be printed in {\it id1\_missing\_check}. - -@<Do First Time Inits@>= -if sort_record.record_type <> '9' -then id1_missing_check; - -@ Only alpha (a--z and A--Z) and numeric (0--9) characters get an -{\it \bs{}everyletterbreak}. Punctuation, for example, will not get -an {\it \bs{}everyletterbreak}. - -@<Do First Time Inits@>= -with sort_record.sort_part[1] do begin -if ((field_level[1]>='a') and (field_level[1]<='i')) or @/ -((field_level[1]>='j') and (field_level[1]<='r')) or @/ -((field_level[1]>='s') and (field_level[1]<='z')) or @/ -((field_level[1]>='A') and (field_level[1]<='I')) or @/ -((field_level[1]>='J') and (field_level[1]<='R')) or @/ -((field_level[1]>='S') and (field_level[1]<='Z')) or @/ -((field_level[1]>='0') and (field_level[1]<='9')) - then -do_lnwrite(ix_file,'\everyletterbreak{',ix,'}{',field_level[1],'}') - else -do_lnwrite(ix_file,'\everyletterbreak{',ix,'}{}'); -end -@.\bs{}everyletterbreak@> - -@ -First we need to {\it digest\_the\_line} which is the current index's -entry. {\it digest\_the\_line} will write out the formatted index unless -we are in the paragraph -style of formatted index -({\it print\_style}=1). If we are in the paragraph style, -then we need to write out any {\it str\_blind\_entry} pending. - -@<Digest and Print Level 1@>= -new_level_1:=true; -digest_the_line; -if print_style = '1' then -do_lnwrite(ix_file,str_blind_entry,'\par'); -new_level_1:=false; -@.\bs{}par@> - -@ We have just found the start of a new primary index level. -First we need to process the previous index's -entry. -If there is a blind entry, and it is style `1', then add it now. -Next, if we are at a letter break (i.e., going from the sorted ``A'' -primary index letters to the ``B''s) then write the ``{\tt -\bs{}everyletterbreak}'' to the formatted index file. - -@<Start a New Level 1@>= -@<Digest and Print Level 1@> -with sort_record.sort_part[1] do begin -if (field_level[1] <> prev_sr1[1]) -then if -(((field_level[1]>='a') and (field_level[1]<='i')) or @/ -((field_level[1]>='j') and (field_level[1]<='r')) or @/ -((field_level[1]>='s') and (field_level[1]<='z')) or @/ -((field_level[1]>='A') and (field_level[1]<='I')) or @/ -((field_level[1]>='J') and (field_level[1]<='R')) or @/ -((field_level[1]>='S') and (field_level[1]<='Z')) or @/ -((field_level[1]>='0') and (field_level[1]<='9'))) @/ -then do_lnwrite(ix_file,'\everyletterbreak{',ix,'}{',field_level[1],'}') - else -do_lnwrite(ix_file,'\everyletterbreak{',ix,'}{}'); -end; -@.\bs{}everyletterbreak@> - -@ The next thing to be done when starting a new primary index is to -check the subentries. If they exist, then you can assume that this -primary level index has no page numbers associated with it. The macro -{\it id1\_missing\_check} accomplishes this. - -@<Start a New Level 1@>= -curr_level:=1;@/ -if sort_record.record_type <> '9' -then id1_missing_check; - -@ The complicated stuff is done. So now we can actually do some simple -initializations to get this new level 1 (primary level) sort rolling. - -@<Start a New Level 1@>= -str_build:=''; -str_blind_entry:=''; -with sort_record do begin -prev_sr1:=sort_part[1].field_level; -prev_sr2:=sort_part[2].field_level; -prev_sr3:=sort_part[3].field_level; -prev_pn1:=print[1].field_level; -prev_ln1:=print[1].field_lngth; -prev_pn2:=print[2].field_level; -prev_ln2:=print[2].field_lngth; -prev_pn3:=print[3].field_level; -prev_ln3:=print[3].field_lngth; -prev_page_number:=0; -end; -add_page_number; - -@ We have just found the start of a new subentry1 index level. -These modules are similar to {\it Start a New Level 1}, but not as -detailed since it is dealing with fewer levels. -First we need to {\it digest\_the\_line} which is the previous index's -entry. {\it digest\_the\_line} will write out the formatted index unless -we are in the paragraph -style of formatted index -({\it print\_style}=1). - -@<Start a New Level 2@>= -digest_the_line; - -@ The next thing to be done when starting a new subentry1 index is to -check the subentry2. If it exists, then you can assume that this -subentry index has no page numbers associated with it. -This is done in {\it id2\_missing\_check}. - -@<Start a New Level 2@>= -id2_missing_check; - -@ The complicated stuff is done. So now we can actually do some simple -initializations to get this new level 2 (subentry2 level) sort rolling. - -@<Start a New Level 2@>= -str_build:=''; -if print_style <> '1' then str_blind_entry:=''; -with sort_record do begin -prev_sr2:=sort_part[2].field_level; -prev_sr3:=sort_part[3].field_level; -prev_pn2:=print[2].field_level; -prev_ln2:=print[2].field_lngth; -prev_pn3:=print[3].field_level; -prev_ln3:=print[3].field_lngth; -prev_page_number:=0; -end; -add_page_number; - -@ We have just found the start of a new subentry2 index level. -These modules are similar to {\it Start a New Level 2}, but not as -detailed since it is dealing with the lowest level. -First we need to {\it digest\_the\_line} which is the previous index's -entry. {\it digest\_the\_line} will write out the formatted index unless -we are in the paragraph -style of formatted index -({\it print\_style}=1). - -@<Start a New Level 3@>= -digest_the_line; -curr_level:=3; - -@ Do some -initializations to get this new level 3 (subentry2) sort rolling. - -@<Start a New Level 3@>= -str_build:=''; -if print_style <> '1' then str_blind_entry:=''; -with sort_record do begin -prev_sr3:=sort_part[3].field_level; -prev_pn3:=print[3].field_level; -prev_ln3:=print[3].field_lngth; -prev_page_number:=0; -end; -add_page_number; - -@* Main Program. -Ok, here is the main program. First we initialize (all\_blanks); then -set the ix\_file for input and the sort\_file for output; read all of the -entries, processing each one; close the files; sort; read the sorted file -in and build the entries, writing them back to the ix\_file to be read in -by the index markup. WHEW!! - -@p -begin @<Initialize Main@>@/ -termout(messages); -reset_file(ix);@/ -file_rewrite(s_file_number); {Should always be file 9}@/ -read_all_entries;@/ -close(ix_file);@/ -close(sort_file);@/ -@<Sort the Index@>@/ -reset_file(s_file_number);@/ -file_rewrite(ix);@/ -build_sorted_index;@/ -end; - -@ @<Initialize Main@>= -for i := 1 to max_field do all_blanks[i] := ' '; - -@ As mentioned earlier, {\it plsort} is an external PL/1 subroutine -@^PL/1@> -@^Syncsort@> -which is used to call Syncsort to sort the file. -The sort fields are as follows: -\halign{\hskip3em\hfill#\hfill&&\hskip3em\hfill#\hfill\cr -\bf Starting Column&\bf Length&\bf Field Description&\bf Order\cr -38&300&character&ascending\cr -342&300&character&ascending\cr -646&300&character&ascending\cr -10&4&binary&descending\cr -6&4&binary&ascending\cr} - -@<Global Var...@>= -sort_rc:integer; - -@ @<Sort the Index@>= -plsort(sort_rc); -if sort_rc = 0 - then writeln(messages,'Index Successfully Completed') - else writeln(messages,'Index Failed'); - -@* Index. -All modules in which an identifier is -used are listed with that identifier, except that reserved words are -indexed only when they appear in format definitions, and the appearances -of identifiers in module names are not indexed. Underlined entries -correspond to where the identifier was declared. Error messages, control -sequences put into the output, and a few -other things like ``Syncsort'' are indexed here too. diff --git a/macros/text1/texix/txt1v293.cmschan b/macros/text1/texix/txt1v293.cmschan deleted file mode 100644 index 8f6bbe5a16..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/texix/txt1v293.cmschan +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2000 +0,0 @@ -TEX.CMS-CHAN - WEB change file for TeX 2.0 for VM/CMS and Pascal/VS. -Copyright (C) 1984 by David Fuchs. All rights are reserved. - -External references: TERMATTN, ATTN202, USESTACK. Assembled - text decks of these routines must be linked into module. - -Changes to this file since 1.0 version (at SLAC): - - Added increased mem size params etc from VMS-CHAN, - XEDIT hook, change ".log" to ".texlog". 11 Feb 84 - Fixed filemode specifier so you can "\input fn.ft.fm". 9 Mar 84 - Update line number references from TeX 1.0 to TeX 1.1. 20 Mar 84 - Increase |buf_size| parameter from 500 to 1024. 24 Apr 84 - Add CMS hook to send string to CMS using "\write15". 24 Apr 84 - Various small changes in comments in TeX. 12 Jul 84 - Change |pool_name| from "TEX.POOL" to "TEX.POOL.*". 21 Aug 84 - File mode "*" added to |prompt_file_name| on input. 23 Aug 84 - Allow tab and formfeed characters in input. 23 Aug 84 - Increase |pool_size| to 40000. 23 Aug 84 - ONERROR message deleted. 23 Aug 84 - DVI block size changed to 1024. 24 Aug 84 - SLAC character translates (hex): 4F->4A, 6A->4F, A1->5F. 27 Sep 84 - Add SLAC routines for logging use data. 27 Sep 84 - Update for TeX 1.4. 24 Feb 86 - Remove |ready_already| as per Klaus Thull's recommendation. 24 Feb 86 - Increase |hash_size| to 3000. 26 Feb 86 - Update for TeX 2.0. 10 Mar 86 - Add Chris Thompson's changes for large arrays, |use_stack|, - and do simple array asignments for |do_all_six|. 25 Mar 86 - Add code in |close_files_and_terminate| to explicitly close - all input files. Avoids Pascal/VS loop in AMPXIO. 6 May 86 - Allow |mem| array to start at negative index. 8 May 86 - Increase |pool_size| to 50000. 9 May 86 - Move |ret_code| from |end_of_TEX:| to |final_end:| and make - |history|:=|fatal_error_stop| if |bad_fmt|. 15 May 86 - Remove SLAC-specific routines and character translates - to conform to TeX Project (hex): 5F->A1, 4A->5F. 4 Jun 86 - Change |tfm_file| reading routine to read multiple 1024-byte - records. All TeX/MF data files are now RECFM F LRECL 1024. 2 Jul 86 - - Changes for TEXT1 by Dean Guenther 20 Aug 86 - Banner now reflects TEXT1 at WEB line 148 - DVI size changes to 2048 (4096) WEB line 345 - Variable tfm_buf_size added at WEB line 345 - (init'd at 1024) - tfm_buf_size replaces len_byte_block in system dependent - procedure fget in WEB code at line 23949 - Square brackets around the page numbers changed to - angle brackets at WEB line 12302 - Module's name changed to TXT1V2M0 at WEB line 212 - buf_size changed from 1024 to 2048 - - Changes by Dean Guenther 20 Dec 86 - Changes added to make \printindex a TeX primative. Refer to Web - lines 23602-23725 below. - Module's name changed to TXT1V2M1 at WEB line 212 - - Changes by Brian Harvey - Module's name is changed to TXT1V212 at WEB line 212 - Banner line changed "TEXT1 (TEX 2.1)" 16 June 87 - - Changes by Dean Guenther - Installed fixes for TeX 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6 & 2.7 25 Nov 87 - Module is named TXT1V271 for TeX 2.7, mod 1 - Installed fixes for TeX 2.8 & 2.9 11 Jan 88 - Installed fixes for TeX 2.91, 2.92, & 2.93 2 Sep 88 - Now using 1k dvi files instead of 2k - Module is named TXT1V293 for TeX 2.93 - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 34 -@x limbo -\def\ph{\hbox{Pascal-H}} -@y -\def\ph{\hbox{Pascal-H}} -\def\pvs{\hbox{Pascal/VS}} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 60 -@x limbo -\pageno=3 -@y -\pageno=3 -\let\maybe=\iffalse % to TeX only the changed sections after WEAV'ing -\def\title{\TeX\ changes for VM/CMS} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 148 -@x -@d banner=='This is TeX, Version 2.93' {printed when \TeX\ starts} -@y -The VM/CMS port of \TeX\ is a combination of efforts of many people. -\.{WEB} change files for preliminary versions of \TeX\ were brought to -the \TeX\ Users Group meeting in August 1983 and -given to David Fuchs, of Stanford -University Computer Science Department, who combined them into a -definitive version on the VM system at Stanford Linear Accelerator -Center. The original change files were supplied by Roger Chaffee of -SLAC (now at Metaphor), Craig Platt of the University of Manitoba, and -Peter M.~Sih of IBM Palo Alto Scientific Center. Bernd Schulze of the -University of Bonn contributed his experience from bringing up a -preliminary \TeX\ under CMS and has since sent many -further improvements including the Metafont change file used in this -implementation and other CMS change files. -Other CMS change files and suggestions were made by Klaus Thull. -All of this work was based on preliminary -work adapting \TeX\ to MVS by Eagle Berns and Susan Plass of Stanford -University. Peter Sih has donated countless hours of his expertise -and contributed the device support for the IBM 4250 and APA6670 (and -3800 model 3) printers. Many valuable revisions and additions to this -work were made by Robert J.~Creasy. -Alan Spragens at SLAC coordinated -communication among the CMS sites and made some enhancements to the -implementation while revising the CMS change file for \TeX\ versions -1.1 and 2.0. Significant improvements were contributed for version -2.0 by Chris Thompson of the University of Cambridge; they are -described in the ``System-dependent Changes'' section. -@d banner=='TEXT1 (TEX 2.93)' - {printed when \TeX\ starts} -@d term_in==tty_in -@d term_out==tty_out -@d string_length==len @& gth {IBM length function} -@d string_index ==ind @& ex {IBM index function} -@z - - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 212 -@x -program TEX; {all file names are defined dynamically} -@y -program TXT1V293; {all file names are defined dynamically} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 218 -@x -procedure initialize; {this procedure gets things started properly} -@y -@<Large array variables@>@/ -@<VM/CMS procedures@>@/ -@# -procedure initialize; {this procedure gets things started properly} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 261 -@x -@d debug==@{ {change this to `$\\{debug}\equiv\null$' when debugging} -@d gubed==@t@>@} {change this to `$\\{gubed}\equiv\null$' when debugging} -@y -@d debug==@{ {change this to `$\\{debug}\equiv\null$' when debugging} -@d gubed==@t@>@} {change this to `$\\{gubed}\equiv\null$' when debugging} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 266 -@x -@d stat==@{ {change this to `$\\{stat}\equiv\null$' when gathering - usage statistics} -@d tats==@t@>@} {change this to `$\\{tats}\equiv\null$' when gathering - usage statistics} -@y -@d stat== -@d tats== -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 281 -@x -@d init== {change this to `$\\{init}\equiv\.{@@\{}$' in the production version} -@d tini== {change this to `$\\{tini}\equiv\.{@@\}}$' in the production version} -@y virtex: init==@{ tini==@} initex: init== tini== -@d init==@{ -@d tini==@} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 333 -@x -@d othercases == others: {default for cases not listed explicitly} -@y -@d othercases == otherwise {default for cases not listed explicitly} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 345 -@x -@!mem_max=30000; {greatest index in \TeX's internal |mem| array; - must be strictly less than |max_halfword|; - must be equal to |mem_top| in \.{INITEX}, otherwise |>=mem_top|} -@!mem_min=0; {smallest index in \TeX's internal |mem| array; - must be |min_halfword| or more; - must be equal to |mem_bot| in \.{INITEX}, otherwise |<=mem_bot|} -@!buf_size=500; {maximum number of characters simultaneously present in - current lines of open files and in control sequences between - \.{\\csname} and \.{\\endcsname}; must not exceed |max_halfword|} -@!error_line=72; {width of context lines on terminal error messages} -@!half_error_line=42; {width of first lines of contexts in terminal - error messages; should be between 30 and |error_line-15|} -@!max_print_line=79; {width of longest text lines output; should be at least 60} -@!stack_size=200; {maximum number of simultaneous input sources} -@!max_in_open=6; {maximum number of input files and error insertions that - can be going on simultaneously} -@!font_max=75; {maximum internal font number; must not exceed |max_quarterword| - and must be at most |font_base+256|} -@!font_mem_size=20000; {number of words of |font_info| for all fonts} -@!param_size=60; {maximum number of simultaneous macro parameters} -@!nest_size=40; {maximum number of semantic levels simultaneously active} -@!max_strings=3000; {maximum number of strings; must not exceed |max_halfword|} -@!string_vacancies=8000; {the minimum number of characters that should be - available for the user's control sequences and font names, - after \TeX's own error messages are stored} -@!pool_size=32000; {maximum number of characters in strings, including all - error messages and help texts, and the names of all fonts and - control sequences; must exceed |string_vacancies| by the total - length of \TeX's own strings, which is currently about 23000} -@!save_size=600; {space for saving values outside of current group; must be - at most |max_halfword|} -@!trie_size=8000; {space for hyphenation patterns; should be larger for - \.{INITEX} than it is in production versions of \TeX} -@!dvi_buf_size=800; {size of the output buffer; must be a multiple of 8} -@!file_name_size=40; {file names shouldn't be longer than this} -@!pool_name='TeXformats:TEX.POOL '; - {string of length |file_name_size|; tells where the string pool appears} -@.TeXformats@> -@y -@!mem_max=32766; {greatest index in \TeX's internal |mem| array; - must be strictly less than |max_halfword|; - must be equal to |mem_top| in \.{INITEX}, otherwise |>=mem_top|} -@!mem_min=-32768; {smallest index in \TeX's internal |mem| array; - must be |min_halfword| or more; - must be equal to |mem_bot| in \.{INITEX}, otherwise |<=mem_bot|} -@!buf_size=2048; {maximum number of characters simultaneously present in - current lines of open files and in control sequences between - \.{\\csname} and \.{\\endcsname}; must not exceed |max_halfword|} -@!error_line=79; {width of context lines on terminal error messages} -@!half_error_line=50; {width of first lines of contexts in terminal - error messages; should be between 30 and |error_line-15|} -@!max_print_line=79; {width of longest text lines output; should be at least 60} -@!stack_size=200; {maximum number of simultaneous input sources} -@!max_in_open=6; {maximum number of input files and error insertions that - can be going on simultaneously} -@!font_max=120; {maximum internal font number; must not exceed |max_quarterword| - and must be at most |font_base+256|} -@!font_mem_size=30000; {number of words of |font_info| for all fonts} -@!param_size=60; {maximum number of simultaneous macro parameters} -@!nest_size=40; {maximum number of semantic levels simultaneously active} -@!max_strings=5000; {maximum number of strings; must not exceed |max_halfword|} -@!string_vacancies=26000; {the minimum number of characters that should be - available for the user's control sequences and font names, - after \TeX's own error messages are stored} -@!pool_size=50000; {maximum number of characters in strings, including all - error messages and help texts, and the names of all fonts and - control sequences; must exceed |string_vacancies| by the total - length of \TeX's own strings, which is currently about 23000} -@!save_size=600; {space for saving values outside of current group; must be - at most |max_halfword|} -@!trie_size=8000; {space for hyphenation patterns; should be larger for - \.{INITEX} than it is in production versions of \TeX} -@!dvi_buf_size=2048; {size of the output buffer; must be a multiple of 8} -@!len_byte_block=1024; {must be half of |dvi_buf_size|} -@!tfm_buf_size=1024; -@!len_word_block=256; {format file buffer length} -@!file_name_size=40; {file names shouldn't be longer than this} -@!pool_name='TEX.POOl.* '; - {string of length |file_name_size|; tells where the string pool appears} -@.TeXformats@> -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 395 -@x -@d mem_bot=0 {smallest index in the |mem| array dumped by \.{INITEX}; - must not be less than |mem_min|} -@d mem_top==30000 {largest index in the |mem| array dumped by \.{INITEX}; - must be substantially larger than |mem_bot| - and not greater than |mem_max|} -@d font_base=0 {smallest internal font number; must not be less - than |min_quarterword|} -@d hash_size=2100 {maximum number of control sequences; it should be at most - about |(mem_max-mem_min)/10|, but 2100 is already quite generous} -@d hash_prime=1777 {a prime number equal to about 85\% of |hash_size|} -@d hyph_size=307 {another prime; the number of \.{\\hyphenation} exceptions} -@^system dependencies@> -@y -@d mem_bot==-32768 {smallest index in the |mem| array dumped by \.{INITEX}; - must not be less than |mem_min|} -@d mem_top==32766 {largest index in the |mem| array dumped by \.{INITEX}; - must be substantially larger than |mem_bot| - and not greater than |mem_max|} -@d font_base=0 {smallest internal font number; must not be less - than |min_quarterword|} -@d hash_size=3000 {maximum number of control sequences; it should be at most - about |(mem_max-mem_min)/10|, but 2100 is already quite generous} -@d hash_prime=2549 {a prime number equal to about 85\% of |hash_size|} -@d hyph_size=307 {another prime; the number of \.{\\hyphenation} exceptions} -@^system dependencies@> -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 503 -@x -@!ASCII_code=0..127; {seven-bit numbers} -@y -@!ASCII_code=packed 0..127; {seven-bit numbers} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 533 -@x -@d last_text_char=127 {ordinal number of the largest element of |text_char|} -@y -@d last_text_char=255 {ordinal number of the largest element of |text_char|} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 689 -@x [2] System-dependent character set changes: -@^character set dependencies@> -@^system dependencies@> - -@<Set init...@>= -for i:=1 to @'37 do xchr[i]:=' '; -@y -For \pvs\ we allow |form_feed| and |tab| characters in input. -@^character set dependencies@> -@^system dependencies@> - -@d form_feed=@'14 -@d tab=@'05 - -@<Set initial values...@>= -for i:=1 to @'37 do xchr[i]:=' '; -xchr[form_feed]:=chr(form_feed); -xchr[tab]:=chr(tab); -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 737 -@x -for us to specify simple operations on word files before they are defined. - -@<Types...@>= -@!eight_bits=0..255; {unsigned one-byte quantity} -@!alpha_file=packed file of text_char; {files that contain textual data} -@!byte_file=packed file of eight_bits; {files that contain binary data} -@y -for us to specify simple operations on word files before they are defined. - -@d alpha_file==@= TEXT@> -@d ccat==@=||@> - -@<Types...@>= -@!eight_bits=packed 0..255; {unsigned one-byte quantity} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 790 -@x -begin reset(f,name_of_file,'/O'); a_open_in:=reset_OK(f); -@y -begin okstatus; reset(f,'NAME='ccat@, trim(str(name_of_file))); - a_open_in:=status; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 795 -@x -begin rewrite(f,name_of_file,'/O'); a_open_out:=rewrite_OK(f); -@y -var buf_string:string(4); -begin okstatus; -writestr(buf_string,buf_size:4); -rewrite(f,'NAME='ccat@, trim(str(name_of_file)) -ccat ',LRECL=' ccat buf_string); - a_open_out:=status; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 800 -@x -begin reset(f,name_of_file,'/O'); b_open_in:=reset_OK(f); -@y -begin okstatus; reset(f,'NAME='ccat@, trim(str(name_of_file) ccat'.*')); - b_open_in:=status; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 805 -@x -begin rewrite(f,name_of_file,'/O'); b_open_out:=rewrite_OK(f); -@y -begin okstatus; rewrite(f,'NAME='ccat@, trim(str(name_of_file))); - b_open_out:=status; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 810 -@x -begin reset(f,name_of_file,'/O'); w_open_in:=reset_OK(f); -@y -begin okstatus; reset(f,'NAME='ccat@, trim(str(name_of_file) ccat'.*')); - w_open_in:=status; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 815 -@x -begin rewrite(f,name_of_file,'/O'); w_open_out:=rewrite_OK(f); -@y -begin okstatus; rewrite(f,'NAME='ccat@, trim(str(name_of_file))); - w_open_out:=status; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 855 -@x -@<Glob...@>= -@!buffer:array[0..buf_size] of ASCII_code; {lines of characters being read} -@y -@d LA_buffer== -@!buffer:array[0..buf_size] of ASCII_code; {lines of characters being read} - -@<Glob...@>= -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 901 -@x -@p function input_ln(var f:alpha_file;@!bypass_eoln:boolean):boolean; - {inputs the next line or returns |false|} -var last_nonblank:0..buf_size; {|last| with trailing blanks removed} -begin if bypass_eoln then if not eof(f) then get(f); - {input the first character of the line into |f^|} -last:=first; {cf.\ Matthew 19\thinspace:\thinspace30} -if eof(f) then input_ln:=false -else begin last_nonblank:=first; - while not eoln(f) do - begin if last>=max_buf_stack then - begin max_buf_stack:=last+1; - if max_buf_stack=buf_size then - overflow("buffer size",buf_size); -@:TeX capacity exceeded buffer size}{\quad buffer size@> - end; - buffer[last]:=xord[f^]; get(f); incr(last); - if buffer[last-1]<>" " then last_nonblank:=last; - end; - last:=last_nonblank; input_ln:=true; - end; -end; -@y -@p function input_ln(var f:alpha_file;@!bypass_eoln:boolean):boolean; - {inputs the next line or returns |false|} -var last_nonblank:0..buf_size; {|last| with trailing blanks removed} -begin if bypass_eoln then if not eof(f) then get(f); - {input the first character of the line into |f^|} -last:=first; {cf.\ Matthew 19\thinspace:\thinspace30} -if eof(f) then input_ln:=false -else begin last_nonblank:=first; - while not eoln(f) do - begin if last>=max_buf_stack then - begin max_buf_stack:=last+1; - if max_buf_stack=buf_size then - overflow("buffer size",buf_size); -@:TeX capacity exceeded buffer size}{\quad buffer size@> - end; - buffer[last]:=xord[f@@]; get(f); incr(last); {@@ is \pvs\ pointer notation} - if buffer[last-1]<>" " then last_nonblank:=last; - end; - last:=last_nonblank; input_ln:=true; - end; -end; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 933 -@x -@ Here is how to open the terminal files -in \ph. The `\.{/I}' switch suppresses the first |get|. -@^system dependencies@> - -@d t_open_in==reset(term_in,'TTY:','/O/I') {open the terminal for text input} -@d t_open_out==rewrite(term_out,'TTY:','/O') {open the terminal for text output} -@y -@ Here is how to open the terminal files -in \pvs. There is no need to do a |reset| or |rewrite| or suppress -the first |get| as with \ph. -@d t_open_in==@= TERMIN@>(term_in) {open the terminal for text input} -@d t_open_out==@= TERMOUT@>(term_out); {open the terminal for text output} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 949 -@x -some instruction to the operating system. The following macros show how -these operations can be specified in \ph: -@^system dependencies@> - -@d update_terminal == break(term_out) {empty the terminal output buffer} -@d clear_terminal == break_in(term_in,true) {clear the terminal input buffer} -@d wake_up_terminal == do_nothing {cancel the user's cancellation of output} -@y -some instructions to the operating system. The following macros were -used to specify these operations in \ph\ but have been made into -``no-ops'' for \pvs. -@d update_terminal == do_nothing -@d clear_terminal == do_nothing -@d wake_up_terminal == do_nothing -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 1011 -@x -@p function init_terminal:boolean; {gets the terminal input started} -label exit; -begin t_open_in; -loop@+begin wake_up_terminal; write(term_out,'**'); update_terminal; -@y -@p function init_terminal:boolean; {gets the terminal input started} -label exit; -var i,j,k: integer; - l: string(256); -begin t_open_in; - l:=parms; - if l<>'' then begin - i:=@=LENGTH@>(l); - j:=min(i,buf_size-first); {this much will fit} - if j>0 then for k:=0 to j-1 do buffer[first+k]:=xord[l[k+1]]; - last:=first+j; - max_buf_stack:=max(max_buf_stack,last); - loc:=first; - init_terminal:=true; - return - end; -loop@+begin wake_up_terminal; write_ln(term_out,'**'); update_terminal; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 1072 -@x -@ @<Glob...@>= -@!str_pool:packed array[pool_pointer] of ASCII_code; {the characters} -@!str_start : array[str_number] of pool_pointer; {the starting pointers} -@y -@ @d LA_string== -@!str_pool:packed array[pool_pointer] of ASCII_code; {the characters} -@!str_start : array[str_number] of pool_pointer; {the starting pointers} - -@<Glob...@>= -@z - -The following change is to use \write15 to send stuff to CMS -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 1373 -@x -@ To end a line of text output, we call |print_ln|. - -@<Basic print...@>= -procedure print_ln; {prints an end-of-line} -begin case selector of -term_and_log: begin wterm_cr; wlog_cr; - term_offset:=0; file_offset:=0; - end; -log_only: begin wlog_cr; file_offset:=0; - end; -term_only: begin wterm_cr; term_offset:=0; - end; -no_print,pseudo,new_string: do_nothing; -othercases write_ln(write_file[selector]) -endcases;@/ -end; {|tally| is not affected} -@y -@ To end a line of text output, we call |print_ln|. -In CMS \TeX\ we also use |print_ln| to send a message -to the operating system using the \.{\\write15} stream. - -@<Basic print...@>= -procedure print_ln; {prints an end-of-line} -var i:integer; -begin case selector of -term_and_log: begin wterm_cr; wlog_cr; - term_offset:=0; file_offset:=0; - end; -log_only: begin wlog_cr; file_offset:=0; - end; -term_only: begin wterm_cr; term_offset:=0; - end; -no_print,pseudo,new_string: do_nothing; -15: begin cms(trim(str(cms_buf)), irc); {send \.{\\write15} to CMS} - for i:=1 to cms_ptr do cms_buf[i]:=' '; - cms_ptr:=1; end; -othercases write_ln(write_file[selector]) -endcases;@/ -end; {|tally| is not affected} -@z - -The following change is to use \write15 to send stuff to CMS -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 1394 -@x -@<Basic printing...@>= -procedure print_char(@!s:ASCII_code); {prints a single character} -label exit; -begin if @<Character |s| is the current new-line character@> then - if selector<pseudo then - begin print_ln; return; - end; -case selector of -term_and_log: begin wterm(xchr[s]); wlog(xchr[s]); - incr(term_offset); incr(file_offset); - if term_offset=max_print_line then - begin wterm_cr; term_offset:=0; - end; - if file_offset=max_print_line then - begin wlog_cr; file_offset:=0; - end; - end; -log_only: begin wlog(xchr[s]); incr(file_offset); - if file_offset=max_print_line then print_ln; - end; -term_only: begin wterm(xchr[s]); incr(term_offset); - if term_offset=max_print_line then print_ln; - end; -no_print: do_nothing; -pseudo: if tally<trick_count then trick_buf[tally mod error_line]:=s; -new_string: begin if pool_ptr<pool_size then append_char(s); - end; {we drop characters if the string space is full} -othercases write(write_file[selector],xchr[s]) -endcases;@/ -incr(tally); -exit:end; -@y -@<Basic printing...@>= -procedure print_char(@!s:ASCII_code); {prints a single character} -label exit; -begin if @<Character |s| is the current new-line character@> then - if selector<pseudo then - begin print_ln; return; - end; -case selector of -term_and_log: begin wterm(xchr[s]); wlog(xchr[s]); - incr(term_offset); incr(file_offset); - if term_offset=max_print_line then - begin wterm_cr; term_offset:=0; - end; - if file_offset=max_print_line then - begin wlog_cr; file_offset:=0; - end; - end; -log_only: begin wlog(xchr[s]); incr(file_offset); - if file_offset=max_print_line then print_ln; - end; -term_only: begin wterm(xchr[s]); incr(term_offset); - if term_offset=max_print_line then print_ln; - end; -no_print: do_nothing; -pseudo: if tally<trick_count then trick_buf[tally mod error_line]:=s; -new_string: begin if pool_ptr<pool_size then append_char(s); - end; {we drop characters if the string space is full} -15: begin cms_buf[cms_ptr]:=xchr[s]; incr(cms_ptr); end; -othercases write(write_file[selector],xchr[s]) -endcases;@/ -incr(tally); -exit:end; -@z - -The following change is to use \write15 to send stuff to CMS -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 1623 -@x -if not input_ln(term_in,true) then fatal_error("End of file on the terminal!"); -@y -write_ln(term_out); -if not input_ln(term_in,true) then fatal_error("End of file on the terminal!"); -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 1814 -@x -wizardry, so the present implementation simply types out what file should be -edited and the relevant line number. -@^system dependencies@> - -There is a secret `\.D' option available when the debugging routines have -not been commented out. -@^debugging@> - -@<Interpret code |c| and |return| if done@>= -case c of -"0","1","2","3","4","5","6","7","8","9": if deletions_allowed then - @<Delete |c-"0"| tokens and |goto continue|@>; -@t\4\4@>@;@+@!debug "D": begin debug_help; goto continue;@+end;@+gubed@/ -"E": if base_ptr>0 then - begin print_nl("You want to edit file "); -@.You want to edit file x@> - print(input_stack[base_ptr].name_field); - print(" at line "); print_int(line); - interaction:=scroll_mode; jump_out; - end; -"H": @<Print the help information and |goto continue|@>; -"I":@<Introduce new material from the terminal and |return|@>; -"Q","R","S":@<Change the interaction level and |return|@>; -"X":begin interaction:=scroll_mode; jump_out; - end; -othercases do_nothing -endcases;@/ -@<Print the menu of available options@> -@y -wizardry, so the standard implementation simply types out what file should be -edited and the relevant line number. -The CMS implementation uses an external assembly routine |attn202| to -invoke XEDIT with ``:|line|'' in the -program stack. -@^system dependencies@> - -There is a secret `\.D' option available when the debugging routines have -not been commented out. -@^debugging@> - -@<Interpret code |c| and |return| if done@>= -case c of -"0","1","2","3","4","5","6","7","8","9": if deletions_allowed then - @<Delete |c-"0"| tokens and |goto continue|@>; -@t\4\4@>@;@+@!debug "D": begin debug_help; goto continue;@+end;@+gubed@/ -"E": if base_ptr>0 then - begin print_nl("You want to edit file "); -@.You want to edit file x@> - print(input_stack[base_ptr].name_field); - print(" at line "); print_int(line); - inp_line:='XEDIT '; - s1:=selector; - tally:=0; selector:=pseudo; - print(input_stack[base_ptr].name_field); - for s2:=0 to tally-1 do inp_line[s2+7]:=xchr[trick_buf[s2]]; - s2:=string_index(inp_line,'.'); if s2>0 then inp_line[s2]:=' '; - s2:=string_index(inp_line,'.'); if s2>0 then inp_line[s2]:=' '; - attn202('FIFO ',inp_line); - tally:=0; inp_line:=' '; - print_int(line); - inp_line[1]:=':'; - for s2:=0 to tally-1 do inp_line[s2+2]:=xchr[trick_buf[s2]]; - attn202('FIFO ',inp_line); - ret_code(12); - selector:=s1; - interaction:=scroll_mode; jump_out; - end; -"H": @<Print the help information and |goto continue|@>; -"I":@<Introduce new material from the terminal and |return|@>; -"Q","R","S":@<Change the interaction level and |return|@>; -"X":begin interaction:=scroll_mode; jump_out; - end; -othercases do_nothing -endcases;@/ -@<Print the menu of available options@> -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 2030 -@x -interrupt:=0; OK_to_interrupt:=true; -@y -interrupt:=0; OK_to_interrupt:=true; -term_attn(interrupt); -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 2277 -@x -@!glue_ratio=real; {one-word representation of a glue expansion factor} -@y -@!glue_ratio=shortreal; {are there any other reals in the program?} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 2330 -@x -@d min_quarterword=0 {smallest allowable value in a |quarterword|} -@d max_quarterword=255 {largest allowable value in a |quarterword|} -@d min_halfword==0 {smallest allowable value in a |halfword|} -@d max_halfword==65535 {largest allowable value in a |halfword|} -@y -@d min_quarterword=0 {smallest allowable value in a |quarterword|} -@d max_quarterword=255 {largest allowable value in a |quarterword|} -@d min_halfword==-32768 {smallest allowable value in a |halfword|} -@d max_halfword==32767 {largest allowable value in a |halfword|} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 2363 -@x -@d qi(#)==#+min_quarterword - {to put an |eight_bits| item into a quarterword} -@d qo(#)==#-min_quarterword - {to take an |eight_bits| item out of a quarterword} -@d hi(#)==#+min_halfword - {to put a sixteen-bit item into a halfword} -@d ho(#)==#-min_halfword - {to take a sixteen-bit item from a halfword} -@y -@d qi(#)==# - {to put an |eight_bits| item into a quarterword} -@d qo(#)==# - {to take an |eight_bits| item out of a quarterword} -@d hi(#)==#+min_halfword - {to put a sixteen-bit item into a halfword} -@d ho(#)==#-min_halfword - {to take a sixteen-bit item from a halfword} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 2378 -@x -@!quarterword = min_quarterword..max_quarterword; {1/4 of a word} -@!halfword=min_halfword..max_halfword; {1/2 of a word} -@!two_choices = 1..2; {used when there are two variants in a record} -@!four_choices = 1..4; {used when there are four variants in a record} -@y -@!quarterword = packed min_quarterword..max_quarterword; {1/4 of a word} -@!halfword=packed min_halfword..max_halfword; {1/2 of a word} -@!two_choices=packed 1..2; {used when there are two variants in a record} -@!four_choices=packed 1..4; {when there are four variants in a record} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 2401 -@x -@!word_file = file of memory_word; -@y -@!word_block = packed array [0..len_word_block-1] of memory_word; -@!word_file = packed file of word_block; -@!byte_block = packed array [0..len_byte_block-1] of quarterword; -@!byte_file = packed file of byte_block; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 2466 -@x -deallocating them after their use. - -@<Glob...@>= -@!mem : array[mem_min..mem_max] of memory_word; {the big dynamic storage area} -@y -deallocating them after their use. - -For \pvs\ we have declared the big |mem| array in the ``large array -variables'' module. It is defined here in terms of a macro expanded -near the end of the program. All such ``large array'' macros begin -with ``|LA_|.'' - -@d LA_mem== -@!mem : array[mem_min..mem_max] of memory_word; {the big dynamic storage area} - -@<Glob...@>= -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 3268 -@x -been included. (You may want to decrease the size of |mem| while you -@^debugging@> -are debugging.) - -@<Glob...@>= -@!debug @!free: packed array [mem_min..mem_max] of boolean; {free cells} -@t\hskip1em@>@!was_free: packed array [mem_min..mem_max] of boolean; - {previously free cells} -@t\hskip1em@>@!was_mem_end,@!was_lo_max,@!was_hi_min: pointer; -@y -been included. (You may want to decrease the size of |mem| while you -@^debugging@> -are debugging.) - -@d LA_mem_debug== -@!free: packed array [mem_min..mem_max] of boolean; {free cells} -@!was_free: packed array [mem_min..mem_max] of boolean; - {previously free cells} - -@<Glob...@>= -@!debug @!was_mem_end,@!was_lo_max,@!was_hi_min: pointer; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 3653 -@x - if abs(mem[p+glue_offset].int)<@'4000000 then print("?.?") -@y - if false then print("?.?") {no need to check value in 370 architecture} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 4218 -@x -@<Glob...@>= -@!nest:array[0..nest_size] of list_state_record; -@y -@d LA_nest== -@!nest:array[0..nest_size] of list_state_record; - -@<Glob...@>= -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 5085 -@x -is needed. The program here simply specifies July 4, 1776, at noon; but -users probably want a better approximation to the truth. - -@p procedure fix_date_and_time; -begin time:=12*60; {minutes since midnight} -day:=4; {fourth day of the month} -month:=7; {seventh month of the year} -year:=1776; {Anno Domini} -end; -@y -is needed. The standard program -here simply specified July 4, 1776, at noon; but -we want a better approximation to the truth. - -@p procedure fix_date_and_time; -var date,tod:alfa; hour, minute:integer; -begin datetime(date,tod); -readstr(str(date),month:3,day:3,year); -year:=year+1900;{Bug next century} -readstr(str(tod),hour:3,minute); time:=hour*60+minute; -end; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 5289 -@x -called |xeq_level|. - -@<Glob...@>= -@!eqtb:array[active_base..eqtb_size] of memory_word; -@!xeq_level:array[int_base..eqtb_size] of quarterword; -@y -called |xeq_level|. - -@d LA_eqtb== -@!eqtb:array[active_base..eqtb_size] of memory_word; -@!xeq_level:array[int_base..eqtb_size] of quarterword; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 5336 -@x -@d hash_is_full == (hash_used=hash_base) {test if all positions are occupied} -@d font_id_text(#) == text(font_id_base+#) {a frozen font identifier's name} - -@<Glob...@>= -@!hash: array[hash_base..undefined_control_sequence-1] of two_halves; - {the hash table} -@y -@d hash_is_full == (hash_used=hash_base) {test if all positions are occupied} -@d font_id_text(#) == text(font_id_base+#) {a frozen font identifier's name} -@# -@d LA_hash== -@!hash: array[hash_base..undefined_control_sequence-1] of two_halves; - {the hash table} - -@<Glob...@>= -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 5721 -@x -@ @<Glob...@>= -@!save_stack : array[0..save_size] of memory_word; -@y -@ @d LA_save_stack== -@!save_stack : array[0..save_size] of memory_word; - -@<Glob...@>= -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 6277 -@x -@ @<Glob...@>= -@!input_stack : array[0..stack_size] of in_state_record; -@y -@ @d LA_input_stack== -@!input_stack : array[0..stack_size] of in_state_record; - -@<Glob...@>= -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 6543 -@x -rate from the others. - -@<Glob...@>= -@!param_stack:array [0..param_size] of pointer; - {token list pointers for parameters} -@y -rate from the others. - -@d LA_param_stack== -@!param_stack:array [0..param_size] of pointer; - {token list pointers for parameters} - -@<Glob...@>= -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 9736 -@x -@d TEX_area=="TeXinputs:" -@.TeXinputs@> -@d TEX_font_area=="TeXfonts:" -@.TeXfonts@> -@y -@d TEX_area==".*" -@.TeXinputs@> -@d TEX_font_area=="" -@.TeXfonts@> -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 9751 -@x -@p function more_name(@!c:ASCII_code):boolean; -begin if c=" " then more_name:=false -else begin if (c=">")or(c=":") then - begin area_delimiter:=pool_ptr; ext_delimiter:=0; - end - else if (c=".")and(ext_delimiter=0) then ext_delimiter:=pool_ptr; - str_room(1); append_char(c); {contribute |c| to the current string} - more_name:=true; - end; -end; -@y -@p function more_name(@!c:ASCII_code):boolean; -var ret:boolean; -begin -if c=" " then ret:=false -else begin ret:=true; - if (c=".")then if ext_delimiter=0 then ext_delimiter:=pool_ptr - else if area_delimiter=0 then area_delimiter:=pool_ptr - else ret:=false; - if ret then begin {contribute |c| to the current string} - str_room(1); append_char(c); end; - end; -more_name:=ret; -end; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 9769 -@x -if area_delimiter=0 then cur_area:="" -else begin cur_area:=str_ptr; incr(str_ptr); - str_start[str_ptr]:=area_delimiter+1; - end; -if ext_delimiter=0 then - begin cur_ext:=""; cur_name:=make_string; - end -else begin cur_name:=str_ptr; incr(str_ptr); - str_start[str_ptr]:=ext_delimiter; cur_ext:=make_string; - end; -end; -@y -if ext_delimiter=0 then begin cur_area:=""; cur_ext:=""; - cur_name:=make_string; end -else begin cur_name:=str_ptr; incr(str_ptr); - str_start[str_ptr]:=ext_delimiter; - if area_delimiter=0 then - begin cur_area:=""; cur_ext:=make_string; - end - else begin cur_ext:=str_ptr; incr(str_ptr); - str_start[str_ptr]:=area_delimiter; cur_area:=make_string; - end; - end; -end; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 9788 -@x -begin print(a); print(n); print(e); -@y -begin print(n); print(e); print(a); -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 9800 -@x -@p procedure pack_file_name(@!n,@!a,@!e:str_number); -@y -@p procedure pack_file_name(@!a,@!e,@!n:str_number); -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 9818 -@x -@d format_default_length=20 {length of the |TEX_format_default| string} -@d format_area_length=11 {length of its area part} -@y -@d format_default_length=9 {length of the |TEX_format_default| string} -@d format_area_length=0 {length of its area part} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 9826 -@x -TEX_format_default:='TeXformats:plain.fmt'; -@y -TEX_format_default:='plain.fmt'; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 9998 -@x -clear_terminal; prompt_input(": "); @<Scan file name in the buffer@>; -if cur_ext="" then cur_ext:=e; -pack_cur_name; -@y -clear_terminal; prompt_input(": "); @<Scan file name in the buffer@>; -if cur_ext="" then cur_ext:=e; -if (s="input file name") and (cur_area="") then cur_area:=TEX_area; -pack_cur_name; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 10034 -@x -@p procedure open_log_file; -var old_setting:0..max_selector; {previous |selector| setting} -@!k:0..buf_size; {index into |months| and |buffer|} -@!l:0..buf_size; {end of first input line} -@!months:packed array [1..36] of char; {abbreviations of month names} -begin old_setting:=selector; -if job_name=0 then job_name:="texput"; -@.texput@> -pack_job_name(".log"); -while not a_open_out(log_file) do @<Try to get a different log file name@>; -log_name:=a_make_name_string(log_file); -selector:=log_only; -@y -@p procedure open_log_file; -var old_setting:0..max_selector; {previous |selector| setting} -@!k:0..buf_size; {index into |months| and |buffer|} -@!l:0..buf_size; {end of first input line} -@!months:packed array [1..36] of char; {abbreviations of month names} -begin old_setting:=selector; -if job_name=0 then job_name:="texput"; -@.texput@> -pack_job_name(".texlog"); -while not a_open_out(log_file) do @<Try to get a different log file name@>; -log_name:=a_make_name_string(log_file); -selector:=log_only; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 10089 -@x -@p procedure start_input; {\TeX\ will \.{\\input} something} -label done; -begin scan_file_name; {set |cur_name| to desired file name} -if cur_ext="" then cur_ext:=".tex"; -pack_cur_name; -loop@+ begin begin_file_reading; {set up |cur_file| and new level of input} - if a_open_in(cur_file) then goto done; - if cur_area="" then - begin pack_file_name(cur_name,TEX_area,cur_ext); - if a_open_in(cur_file) then goto done; - end; - end_file_reading; {remove the level that didn't work} - prompt_file_name("input file name",".tex"); - end; -done: name:=a_make_name_string(cur_file); -if job_name=0 then - begin job_name:=cur_name; open_log_file; -@y -@p procedure start_input; {\TeX\ will \.{\\input} something} -label done; -begin scan_file_name; {set |cur_name| to desired file name} -if cur_ext="" then cur_ext:=".tex"; -if cur_area="" then cur_area:=TEX_area; -pack_cur_name; -loop@+ begin begin_file_reading; {set up |cur_file| and new level of input} - if a_open_in(cur_file) then goto done; - end_file_reading; {remove the level that didn't work} - prompt_file_name("input file name",".tex"); - end; -done: name:=a_make_name_string(cur_file); -if job_name=0 then - begin job_name:=cur_name; open_log_file; -@z - -|flush_string| removed--spoils XEDIT invocation -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 10110 -@x -print_char("("); print(name); update_terminal; state:=new_line; -if name=str_ptr-1 then {we can conserve string pool space now} - begin flush_string; name:=cur_name; - end; -@<Read the first line of the new file@>; -end; -@y -print_char("("); print(name); update_terminal; state:=new_line; -@<Read the first line of the new file@>; -end; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 10399 -@x -@ Here now is the (rather formidable) array of font arrays. - -@<Glob...@>= -@!font_info:array[0..font_mem_size] of memory_word; - {the big collection of font data} -@!fmem_ptr:0..font_mem_size; {first unused word of |font_info|} -@!font_ptr:internal_font_number; {largest internal font number in use} -@!font_check:array[internal_font_number] of four_quarters; {check sum} -@!font_size:array[internal_font_number] of scaled; {``at'' size} -@!font_dsize:array[internal_font_number] of scaled; {``design'' size} -@!font_params:array[internal_font_number] of halfword; {how many font - parameters are present} -@!font_name:array[internal_font_number] of str_number; {name of the font} -@!font_area:array[internal_font_number] of str_number; {area of the font} -@!font_bc:array[internal_font_number] of eight_bits; - {beginning (smallest) character code} -@!font_ec:array[internal_font_number] of eight_bits; - {ending (largest) character code} -@!font_glue:array[internal_font_number] of pointer; - {glue specification for interword space, |null| if not allocated} -@!font_used:array[internal_font_number] of boolean; - {has a character from this font actually appeared in the output?} -@!hyphen_char:array[internal_font_number] of integer; - {current \.{\\hyphenchar} values} -@!skew_char:array[internal_font_number] of integer; - {current \.{\\skewchar} values} -@y -@ Here now is the (rather formidable) array of font arrays. - -@d LA_font1== -@!font_info:array[0..font_mem_size] of memory_word; - {the big collection of font data} -@!font_check:array[internal_font_number] of four_quarters; {check sum} -@!font_size:array[internal_font_number] of scaled; {``at'' size} -@!font_dsize:array[internal_font_number] of scaled; {``design'' size} -@!font_params:array[internal_font_number] of halfword; {how many font - parameters are present} -@!font_name:array[internal_font_number] of str_number; {name of the font} -@!font_area:array[internal_font_number] of str_number; {area of the font} -@!font_bc:array[internal_font_number] of eight_bits; - {beginning (smallest) character code} -@!font_ec:array[internal_font_number] of eight_bits; - {ending (largest) character code} -@!font_glue:array[internal_font_number] of pointer; - {glue specification for interword space, |null| if not allocated} -@!font_used:array[internal_font_number] of boolean; - {has a character from this font actually appeared in the output?} -@!hyphen_char:array[internal_font_number] of integer; - {current \.{\\hyphenchar} values} -@!skew_char:array[internal_font_number] of integer; - {current \.{\\skewchar} values} - -@<Glob...@>= -@!fmem_ptr:0..font_mem_size; {first unused word of |font_info|} -@!font_ptr:internal_font_number; {largest internal font number in use} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 10435 -@x -@<Glob...@>= -@y -@d LA_font2== -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 10639 -@x -@ @<Open |tfm_file| for input@>= -@y -@ @<Open |tfm_file| for input@>= -tfm_count:=0; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 10654 -@x -@d fget==get(tfm_file) -@d fbyte==tfm_file^ -@y -@ In CMS we know that \.{TFM} files have a logical record length of -1024 bytes, so we do one |get(tfm_file)| per CMS record. Then, since -|tfm_file| is a |byte_file| which is a |file of byte_block| which are -arrays of 1024 bytes, we refer to each byte in the record while it is -in the file buffer, avoiding the need to |get(tfm_file)| for each byte. -Note that |fget| procedure is defined at the end of the program. -@d fbyte==tfm_file@@[tfm_count] {@@ is \pvs\ pointer notation} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 11527 -@x -@ Some systems may find it more efficient to make |dvi_buf| a |packed| -array, since output of four bytes at once may be facilitated. -@^system dependencies@> -@y -@ We play a trick with variant records so that we can fill up the -|dvi_buf| array byte by byte, but write it out in one swell foop. -@^system dependencies@> -@d dvi_buf==d_buffer.b {buffer for \.{DVI} output} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 11531 -@x -@!dvi_buf:array[dvi_index] of eight_bits; {buffer for \.{DVI} output} -@y -@!d_buffer: packed record - case boolean of - false:(b:packed array [dvi_index] of eight_bits); - true: (l:byte_block; r:byte_block); - end; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 11547 -@x -@ The actual output of |dvi_buf[a..b]| to |dvi_file| is performed by calling -|write_dvi(a,b)|. For best results, this procedure should be optimized to -run as fast as possible on each particular system, since it is part of -\TeX's inner loop. It is safe to assume that |a| and |b+1| will both be -multiples of 4 when |write_dvi(a,b)| is called; therefore it is possible on -many machines to use efficient methods to pack four bytes per word and to -output an array of words with one system call. -@^system dependencies@> -@^inner loop@> -@^defecation@> - -@p procedure write_dvi(@!a,@!b:dvi_index); -var k:dvi_index; -begin for k:=a to b do write(dvi_file,dvi_buf[k]); -end; -@y -@ The actual output of |dvi_buf[a..b]| to |dvi_file| is performed by calling -|write| on the other variant of the |dvi_buf| record. Thus, we had -better be sure things line up properly. -many machines to use efficient methods to pack four bytes per word and to -output an array of words with one system call. -@^system dependencies@> -@^inner loop@> -@^defecation@> - -@<Check the ``const...@>= -if dvi_buf_size<>2*len_byte_block then bad:=223; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 11572 -@x - begin write_dvi(0,half_buf-1); dvi_limit:=half_buf; -@y - begin write(dvi_file,d_buffer.l); dvi_limit:=half_buf; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 11575 -@x -else begin write_dvi(half_buf,dvi_buf_size-1); dvi_limit:=dvi_buf_size; -@y -else begin write(dvi_file,d_buffer.r); dvi_limit:=dvi_buf_size; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 11584 -@x -if dvi_limit=half_buf then write_dvi(half_buf,dvi_buf_size-1); -if dvi_ptr>0 then write_dvi(0,dvi_ptr-1) -@y -if dvi_limit=half_buf then write(dvi_file,d_buffer.r); -for k:=dvi_ptr to dvi_buf_size do dvi_buf[k]:=223; {bug is |k| ok?} -if dvi_ptr>0 then write(dvi_file,d_buffer.l); -if dvi_ptr>half_buf then write(dvi_file,d_buffer.r); -@z - -TeX 1.1 WEB source line 12302 -@x -print_char("["); j:=9; -while (count(j)=0)and(j>0) do decr(j); -for k:=0 to j do - begin print_int(count(k)); - if k<j then print_char("."); - end; -update_terminal; -if tracing_output>0 then - begin print_char("]"); - begin_diagnostic; show_box(p); end_diagnostic(true); - end; -@<Ship box |p| out@>; -if tracing_output<=0 then print_char("]"); -@y -print_char("<"); j:=9; -while (count(j)=0)and(j>0) do decr(j); -for k:=0 to j do - begin print_int(count(k)); - if k<j then print_char("."); - end; -update_terminal; -if tracing_output>0 then - begin print_char(">"); - begin_diagnostic; show_box(p); end_diagnostic(true); - end; -@<Ship box |p| out@>; -if tracing_output<=0 then print_char(">"); -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 15720 -@x -@d delta_node=2 {|type| field in a delta node} -@y -@d delta_node=2 {|type| field in a delta node} - -@<Types...@>= -@!delta_array=array[1..6] of scaled; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 15735 -@x -@d do_all_six(#)==#(1);#(2);#(3);#(4);#(5);#(6) - -@<Glo...@>= -@!active_width:array[1..6] of scaled; - {distance from first active node to~|cur_p|} -@!cur_active_width:array[1..6] of scaled; {distance from current active node} -@!background:array[1..6] of scaled; {length of an ``empty'' line} -@!break_width:array[1..6] of scaled; {length being computed after current break} -@y -In standard \TeX\ the |do_all_six| macro is sometimes used just to copy one -of these arrays to another. In this version, that uses \pvs, these have been -converted to simple array assignments. This not only produces faster code, -it decreases the size of the generated procedure: which is important, for -|try_break| is very nearly too large for \pvs. - -@d do_all_six(#)==#(1);#(2);#(3);#(4);#(5);#(6) - -@<Glo...@>= -@!active_width:delta_array; {distance from first active node to~|cur_p|} -@!cur_active_width:delta_array; {distance from current active node} -@!background:delta_array; {length of an ``empty'' line} -@!break_width:delta_array; {length being computed after current break} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 15874 -@x -@<Other local variables for |try_break|@>@; -@y -@<Other local variables for |try_break|@>@; - -procedure print_new_break; begin -@<Print a symbolic description of the new break node@> -end; - -procedure print_feasible_break; begin - @<Print a symbolic description of this feasible break@>; -end; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 15877 -@x -do_all_six(copy_to_cur_active); -@y -cur_active_width:=active_width; {\pvs\ for |do_all_six(copy_to_cur_active)|} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 16020 -@x -begin no_break_yet:=false; do_all_six(set_break_width_to_background); -@y -begin no_break_yet:=false; break_width:=background; - {\pvs\ for |do_all_six(set_break_width_to_background)|} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 16122 -@x - begin do_all_six(store_break_width); -@y - begin active_width:=break_width; {\pvs\ for |do_all_six(store_break_width)|} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 16158 -@x - @<Print a symbolic description of the new break node@>; -@y - print_new_break; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 16343 -@x - @<Print a symbolic description of this feasible break@>; -@y - print_feasible_break; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 16448 -@x - do_all_six(copy_to_cur_active); -@y - cur_active_width:=active_width; {\pvs\ for |do_all_six(copy_to_cur_active)|} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 16523 -@x -do_all_six(store_background);@/ -@y -active_width:=background; {\pvs\ for |do_all_six(store_background)|} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 17394 -@x -@!trie_pointer=0..trie_size; {an index into |trie|} -@y -@!trie_pointer=packed 0..trie_size; {an index into |trie|} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 17398 -@x -@d trie_op(#)==trie[#].b0 {program for hyphenation at this trie location} - -@<Glob...@>= -@y -@d trie_op(#)==trie[#].b0 {program for hyphenation at this trie location} -@# -@d LA_trie== -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 17457 -@x -@!hyph_pointer=0..hyph_size; {an index into the ordered hash table} - -@ @<Glob...@>= -@!hyph_word:array[hyph_pointer] of str_number; {exception words} -@!hyph_list:array[hyph_pointer] of pointer; {list of hyphen positions} -@y -@!hyph_pointer=packed 0..hyph_size; {an index into the ordered hash table} - -@ @d LA_hyph== -@!hyph_word:array[hyph_pointer] of str_number; {exception words} -@!hyph_list:array[hyph_pointer] of pointer; {list of hyphen positions} - -@<Glob...@>= -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 17665 -@x -@d trie_op_hash_size=quarterword_diff+quarterword_diff {double} - -@<Glob...@>= -@!init@! trie_op_hash:array[0..trie_op_hash_size] of quarterword; - {trie op codes for triples} -tini@;@/ -@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_op_ptr:quarterword; {highest |trie_op| assigned} -@y -@d trie_op_hash_size=quarterword_diff+quarterword_diff {double} -@# -@d LA_trie_init1== -@! trie_op_hash:array[0..trie_op_hash_size] of quarterword; - {trie op codes for triples} - -@<Glob...@>= -@!trie_op_ptr:quarterword; {highest |trie_op| assigned} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 17717 -@x -@d trie_root==trie_l[0] {root of the linked trie} - -@<Glob...@>= -@!init @!trie_c:packed array[trie_pointer] of ASCII_code; {characters to match} -@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_o:packed array[trie_pointer] of quarterword; - {operations to perform} -@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_l:packed array[trie_pointer] of trie_pointer; - {left subtrie links} -@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_r:packed array[trie_pointer] of trie_pointer; - {right subtrie links} -@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_ptr:trie_pointer; {the number of nodes in the trie} -@y -@d trie_root==trie_l[0] {root of the linked trie} -@# -@d LA_trie_init2== -@!trie_c:packed array[trie_pointer] of ASCII_code; {characters to match} -@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_o:packed array[trie_pointer] of quarterword; - {operations to perform} -@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_l:packed array[trie_pointer] of trie_pointer; - {left subtrie links} -@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_r:packed array[trie_pointer] of trie_pointer; - {right subtrie links} - -@<Glob...@>= -@!init @!trie_ptr:trie_pointer; {the number of nodes in the trie} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 17734 -@x -initialized to zero. - -@<Glob...@>= -@!init @!trie_hash:packed array[trie_pointer] of trie_pointer; -tini {to identify equivalent subtries} -@y -initialized to zero. - -@d LA_trie_init3== -@!trie_hash:packed array[trie_pointer] of trie_pointer; - {to identify equivalent subtries} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 17809 -@x -@d trie_back(#)==trie[#].lh {backward links in |trie| holes} - -@<Glob...@>= -@!init@!trie_taken:packed array[trie_pointer] of boolean; - {does a family start here?} -@t\hskip1em@>@!trie_min:trie_pointer; -@y -@d trie_back(#)==trie[#].lh {backward links in |trie| holes} -@# -@d LA_trie_init4== -@!trie_taken:packed array[trie_pointer] of boolean; - {does a family start here?} - -@<Glob...@>= -@!init @!trie_min:trie_pointer; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 22573 -@x - if cur_ext="" then cur_ext:=".tex"; -@y - if cur_ext="" then cur_ext:=".tex"; - if cur_area="" then cur_area:=TEX_area; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 22865 -@x -bad_fmt: wake_up_terminal; - wterm_ln('(Fatal format file error; I''m stymied)'); -@.Fatal format file error@> -load_fmt_file:=false; -exit:end; -@y -bad_fmt: wake_up_terminal; - wterm_ln('(Fatal format file error; I''m stymied)'); -@.Fatal format file error@> -history:=fatal_error_stop; -load_fmt_file:=false; -exit:end; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 22885 -@x -@d dump_wd(#)==begin fmt_file^:=#; put(fmt_file);@+end -@d dump_int(#)==begin fmt_file^.int:=#; put(fmt_file);@+end -@d dump_hh(#)==begin fmt_file^.hh:=#; put(fmt_file);@+end -@d dump_qqqq(#)==begin fmt_file^.qqqq:=#; put(fmt_file);@+end - -@<Glob...@>= -@y -@d fmt_word==fmt_file@@[fmt_count] - -@d dump_wd(#)==begin fmt_word:=#; put_fmt;@+end -@d dump_int(#)==begin fmt_word.int:=#; put_fmt;@+end -@d dump_hh(#)==begin fmt_word.hh:=#; put_fmt;@+end -@d dump_qqqq(#)==begin fmt_word.qqqq:=#; put_fmt;@+end - -@<Glob...@>= -@!fmt_count:integer; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 22897 -@x -@d undump_wd(#)==begin get(fmt_file); #:=fmt_file^;@+end -@d undump_int(#)==begin get(fmt_file); #:=fmt_file^.int;@+end -@d undump_hh(#)==begin get(fmt_file); #:=fmt_file^.hh;@+end -@d undump_qqqq(#)==begin get(fmt_file); #:=fmt_file^.qqqq;@+end -@y -@d undump_wd(#)==begin get_fmt; #:=fmt_word;@+end -@d undump_int(#)==begin get_fmt; #:=fmt_word.int;@+end -@d undump_hh(#)==begin get_fmt; #:=fmt_word.hh;@+end -@d undump_qqqq(#)==begin get_fmt; #:=fmt_word.qqqq;@+end -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 22912 -@x -@<Dump constants for consistency check@>= -@y -@<Dump constants for consistency check@>= -fmt_count:=0; -@z; - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 22927 -@x -x:=fmt_file^.int; -@y -fmt_count:=0; -x:=fmt_word.int; -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 23224 -@x -dump_int(interaction); dump_int(format_ident); dump_int(69069); -@y -dump_int(interaction); dump_int(format_ident); dump_int(69069); -while fmt_count<>0 do dump_int(0); {flush out the buffer} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 23309 -@x -The initial test involving |ready_already| should be deleted if the -\PASCAL\ runtime system is smart enough to detect such a ``mistake.'' -@^system dependencies@> - -@p begin @!{|start_here|} -history:=fatal_error_stop; {in case we quit during initialization} -t_open_out; {open the terminal for output} -if ready_already=314159 then goto start_of_TEX; -@y -The initial test involving |ready_already| has been deleted here -since the -CMS storage management is not smart enough to clean up properly. -We also declare the procedure |use_stack| which is explained in -its definition. -@^system dependencies@> - -@p @<Declare the procedure |use_stack|@> @; -@# -begin @!{|start_here|} -use_stack; -history:=fatal_error_stop; {in case we quit during initialization} -t_open_out; {open the terminal for output} -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 23319 -@x - begin wterm_ln('Ouch---my internal constants have been clobbered!', - '---case ',bad:1); -@y - begin wterm_ln('Ouch---my internal constants have been clobbered!', - '---case ',bad:1); - ret_code(100+bad); -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 23328 -@x -ready_already:=314159; -start_of_TEX: @<Initialize the output routines@>; -@<Get the first line of input and prepare to start@>; -init_str_ptr:=str_ptr; init_pool_ptr:=pool_ptr;@/ -history:=spotless; {ready to go!} -main_control; {come to life} -final_cleanup; {prepare for death} -end_of_TEX: close_files_and_terminate; -final_end: ready_already:=0; -@y -do_nothing; {remove |ready_already:=314159;|} -start_of_TEX: @<Initialize the output routines@>; -@<Get the first line of input and prepare to start@>; -init_str_ptr:=str_ptr; init_pool_ptr:=pool_ptr;@/ -history:=spotless; {ready to go!} -main_control; {come to life} -final_cleanup; {prepare for death} -end_of_TEX: close_files_and_terminate; -final_end: ret_code(history*4); -interrupt:=-1; -term_attn(interrupt); -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 23348 -@x -but that can't cause infinite recursion. - -@<Last-minute...@>= -procedure close_files_and_terminate; -var k:integer; {all-purpose index} -begin @<Finish the extensions@>; -@!stat if tracing_stats>0 then @<Output statistics about this job@>;@;@+tats@/ -wake_up_terminal; @<Finish the \.{DVI} file@>; -if job_name>0 then - begin wlog_cr; a_close(log_file); selector:=selector-2; -@y -but that can't cause infinite recursion. - -For \pvs\ we explicitly close all text input files, which standard -\TeX\ leaves open, because \pvs\ sometimes(!) cannot manage -to close them -after a |jump_out| from an inner-level input file containing a -\TeX\ error. -It is (currently) okay to close files that are not open in \pvs. - -@<Last-minute...@>= -procedure close_files_and_terminate; -var k:integer; {all-purpose index} -begin @<Finish the extensions@>; -@!stat if tracing_stats>0 then @<Output statistics about this job@>;@;@+tats@/ -wake_up_terminal; @<Finish the \.{DVI} file@>; -if job_name>0 then - begin wlog_cr; a_close(log_file); - for k:=1 to max_in_open do a_close(input_file[k]); {close input files} - selector:=selector-2; -@z - -Web line 23602, add index code -@x -@d special_node=3 {|subtype| in whatsits that represent \.{\\special} things} -@y -@d special_node=3 {|subtype| in whatsits that represent \.{\\special} things} -@d ix_print_node=5 -{|subtype| in whatsits that represent \.{\\printindex} things} -@z -The following change is to use \write15 to send stuff to CMS -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 23619 -@x -@ @<Set init...@>= -for k:=0 to 17 do write_open[k]:=false; -@y -@ @<Set init...@>= -for k:=0 to 17 do write_open[k]:=false; -write_open[15]:=true; {hack open \.{\\write15} stream for sending - messages to CMS} -cms_ptr:=1; {initialize |cms_buf| pointer and array} -for k:=1 to buf_size do cms_buf[k]:=' '; -@z - -Web line 23635, index code -@x -primitive("special",extension,special_node);@/ -@!@:special_}{\.{\\special} primitive@> -@y -primitive("special",extension,special_node);@/ -@!@:special_}{\.{\\special} primitive@> -primitive("printindex",extension,ix_print_node);@/ -@!@:printindex_}{\.{\\printindex} primitive@> -@z - -Web line 23651, index code -@x - special_node:print_esc("special"); -@y - special_node:print_esc("special"); - ix_print_node:print_esc("printindex"); -@z - -Web line 23671, index code -@x -special_node:@<Implement \.{\\special}@>; -@y -special_node:@<Implement \.{\\special}@>; -ix_print_node:@<Implement \.{\\printindex}@>; -@z - -Web line 23725, index code -@x -@<Implement \.{\\special}@>= -begin new_whatsit(special_node,write_node_size); write_stream(tail):=null; -p:=scan_toks(false,true); write_tokens(tail):=def_ref; -end -@y -@<Implement \.{\\special}@>= -begin new_whatsit(special_node,write_node_size); write_stream(tail):=null; -p:=scan_toks(false,true); write_tokens(tail):=def_ref; -end -@ This is an extension to call TEXIX, the index building and sorting -program. - -@<Implement \.{\\printindex}@>= -begin scan_int; -if (cur_val<1) or (cur_val>3) -then begin -print_err("Invalid index number"); -help2("Since I expected to read a number between 1 and 3,") -("I changed this one to 1."); -int_error(cur_val); -cur_val:=1; -end; -texix(chr(cur_val+ord('0'))); -end - -@ The next procedure calls the Pascal/VS module TEXIX to build the -sorted index. TEXIX calls -the PL/1 procedure PLSORT, which calls the CASORT procedure to sort -the index file. - -@<Declare procedures needed in |do_ext...@>= -procedure texix(@!ix:char); external; - -@z - -TeX 2.0 WEB source line 23949 -@x -This section should be replaced, if necessary, by changes to the program -that are necessary to make \TeX\ work at a particular installation. -It is usually best to design your change file so that all changes to -previous sections preserve the section numbering; then everybody's version -will be consistent with the published program. More extensive changes, -which introduce new sections, can be inserted here; then only the index -itself will get a new section number. -@^system dependencies@> -@y -The following sections, as recommended, contain the changes necessary to -make \TeX\ work under \pvs\ and CMS. - -@ The following two sections of code and comment are from Chris Thompson -of Cambridge University Computing Service: - -One of the unfortunate features of the \pvs\ compiler (and, indeed, of -all known \PASCAL\ compilers for the IBM/370 architecture) is that variables -in a stack frame are allocated strictly in the order they were declared. -If the stack frame is more than 4096 bytes long, access to the later variables -is less efficient, as \pvs\ must generate code to add a suitable multiple -of 4096 to the base register for the stack frame. If many different multiples -of 4096 are involved, the situation is correspondingly worse. - -Unfortunately, this effect is particularly acute for programs like \TeX. -The order of the global variable declarations in the program generated by -\.{TANGLE} is the order they actually occur in the source of \TeX. This order -is oriented towards a structured exposition of the program. In particular, -arrays (some of them rather large) and simple variables are mixed up; thus -some of the most heavily used global variables in \TeX\ not only are not -assigned addresses in the first 4096 bytes of the global stack frame, but -even occur in many different 4096-byte sections of that frame, causing -\pvs\ to have to assign many registers to point at them. - -There are many possible ways in which this situation could be improved. -In this version of \TeX\ the declarations of the largest arrays have been -removed from the module ``Global variables'' and added to a new one called -``Large array variables'' which is inserted at the end of the declarations. -The object is to make the space allocated to the variables left in the first -module no more than 4096 bytes. Many of the smaller arrays have been left in -the first module; after all, they too can gain from being directly addressable. - -As the individual sections of ``Global variables'' often contain declarations -of both simple and array variables, the latter have been converted to -\.{TANGLE} macros which are expanded here, rather than building up -``Large array variables'' on the way. -This would also enable us to change the order of -these arrays on the global stack frame if desired. - -@<Large array...@>= - LA_buffer @; LA_string @; - LA_mem @; debug LA_mem_debug gubed @; - LA_nest @; LA_eqtb @; LA_hash @; LA_save_stack @; - LA_input_stack @; LA_param_stack @; - LA_font1 @; LA_font2 @; - LA_trie @; LA_hyph @; - init LA_trie_init1 @; LA_trie_init2 @; LA_trie_init3 @; LA_trie_init4 tini - -@ Another unfortunate feature of the \pvs\ compiler (this time unique to it) -is the way it manages the \PASCAL\ stack. Rather than allocating the whole -stack area at once, it uses \.{GETMAIN} system calls to obtain chunks of store -for it on demand. If stack overflow is detected on a routine call (i.e., the -current chunk is not big enough; which, in particular, always happens when -the main program is called from the runtime system) then a new chunk is made -current. This is taken from a chain of spare chunks if any of them is big -enough; if not, a new chunk is obtained, of size -$$\lceil\max(\hbox{new stack frame}, d)\rceil\quad\hbox{Kbytes}$$ -where $d$ is specified by a runtime option, defaulting to 12\thinspace Kbytes. -A special dummy procedure is -placed between the caller and callee. When the callee returns, this procedure -switches back to the old chunk, placing the new one on the spare list. - -Now, consider the case of \TeX. Most of the stack frames are not much larger -than the \pvs\ minimum of 144 bytes, because they do not contain arrays; -on the other hand, the global stack frame is enormous. The chunk obtained -by \pvs\ for the main program will have between 0~and 1\thinspace Kbytes -left after the global stack frame itself---and exactly how much will be -quite impossible to keep control of as \TeX\ is altered. This is not -enough for very many nested routine calls, and \TeX\ will soon use it up -and obtain a new chunk of 12\thinspace Kbytes; this will suffice for -nearly all \TeX\ applications (and if it didn't, we could change the -runtime option). - -Some routines will have their stack frames very near the end of the -first chunk. On every routine call they make, a switch will have to be -made to the second chunk, and on each return to them a switch back again. -Although this part of the \pvs\ runtime system is written in assembler, -this is still a heavy overhead. If the routine involved is one that calls -many other routines (the worst case may be |main_control|) then this will -observably degrade the whole performance of \TeX. Experiments have shown -variations due to this cause in the CPU time used by \TeX\ of 10\% in -normal applications, and more than that in special cases. - -The possible solutions here range from altering the algorithm in \pvs\ to -use a chunk size of -$$\lceil\hbox{new stack frame} + d\rceil\quad\hbox{Kbytes}$$ -(which would work quite well for \TeX) to arranging to always specify a -runtime system \.{STACK=d} option comfortably larger than the global -stack frame (but then one could hardly hope ever to get another chunk -if the first one {\sl did} run out). The solution adopted in this version -of \TeX\ is to use an assembler routine |use_stack| which arranges that -its caller's stack frame will subsequently be judged by \pvs\ to be as -high as possible in the current chunk---to do this it has to know more -than is good for it about the internals of \pvs, of course! - -Ideally, this routine would be used as follows. The main program would -consist of a call of |use_stack|, followed by a call of - \\{do\_everything\_else}; -then only one call-return pair gets the overhead. This is awkward for \TeX, -though, because of the labels in the main program, especially |end_of_TEX|. -Almost as good is to insert a call of |use_stack| near the beginning of the -existing main program, and this is what we do here. It works because the -main program doesn't actually call many other routines, and has no loops---we -can hope it will stay that way! - -@<Declare the procedure |use_stack|@>= -procedure use_stack; external; - -@ Extra type needed for CMS message -@<Types...@>= - -@!cms_buf_type=packed array[1..buf_size] of char; - -@ Here are extra global variables for VM/CMS routines -@<Glob...@>= - -@!inp_line:string(255); -@!cms_buf:cms_buf_type; -@!cms_ptr:1..buf_size; -@!irc:integer; -@!tfm_count:integer; -@!status: boolean; {did the last |reset| or |rewrite| succeed?} - -@ @<VM/CMS...@>= -procedure term_attn(var interrupt: integer); fortran; -procedure cms(const s:string; var rc:integer); external; -procedure attn202(const lifofifo:alfa; const cmd:string); external; -procedure okstatus; begin status:=true; end; -@/@\@=%INCLUDE ONERROR;@>@\ -@# -procedure onerror; begin -if @= FERROR @> in [41,48] then begin - status:=false; - @= FACTION@>:=[@=XDECERR@>]; end; -if @= FERROR@>=30 then interrupt:=1; -end; - -procedure fget; begin {no check done for eof} - incr(tfm_count); - if tfm_count=tfm_buf_size then - begin get(tfm_file); tfm_count:=0; - end; - end; - -procedure put_fmt; begin - incr(fmt_count); - if fmt_count=len_word_block then - begin put(fmt_file); fmt_count:=0; - end; - end; - -procedure get_fmt; begin - incr(fmt_count); - if fmt_count=len_word_block then begin - get(fmt_file); fmt_count:=0; - end; - end; -@z diff --git a/macros/text1/vax_vms/compile_texix.com b/macros/text1/vax_vms/compile_texix.com deleted file mode 100644 index d62df0c372..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/vax_vms/compile_texix.com +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -$! used to create a new TEXIX executable -$! -$ set noverify -$ set on -$ pascal vmssort -$ tangle texix -$ pascal texix -$ link texix,vmssort -$ set noverify -$exit diff --git a/macros/text1/vax_vms/sortcall.pen b/macros/text1/vax_vms/sortcall.pen Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index af41cfbe0d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/vax_vms/sortcall.pen +++ /dev/null diff --git a/macros/text1/vax_vms/texix.ch b/macros/text1/vax_vms/texix.ch deleted file mode 100644 index 20168b7fe4..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/vax_vms/texix.ch +++ /dev/null @@ -1,509 +0,0 @@ - -@x line 6 - \centerline{{\twelvept For IBM VM/CMS Pascal/VS}} -@y - \centerline{{\twelvept For Vax Pascal}} -@z - -@x line 107 -segment texix; -procedure texix(ix:char); external; -procedure texix; -@y -[inherit('sortcall')] -program texix(input,output); -@z - -@x line 142 -@d getout == return -@d messages == sysprint -@y -@d getout == goto return -@d messages == output -@z - -@x line 146 -@d max_lrecl = 2048 -@y -@d max_lrecl = 255 -@z - -@x line 147 -in_record := dosubstr(in_record,1 + #) -@y -in_record := dosubstr(in_record,1 + #,length(in_record)-(#)) -@z - -@x line 176 -@d do_when_bold == begin -if length(bold_string) > 0 then add_comma(bold_string); -bold_string:= -ccat(ccat(ccat(bold_string,'{\bd '),curr_str_page),'}'); -@.\bs{}bd@> -end - -@d do_when_underscore == begin -if length(us_string) > 0 then add_comma(us_string); -us_string:= -ccat(ccat(ccat(us_string,'\us{'),curr_str_page),'}'); -@.\bs{}us@> -end - -@d do_when_italic == begin -if length(rm_string) > 0 then add_comma(rm_string); -rm_string:= -ccat(ccat(ccat(rm_string,'{\it '),curr_str_page),'}'); -@.\bs{}it@> -end -@y -@d do_when_bold == begin -if length(bold_string) > 0 then add_comma(bold_string); -bold_string:=ccat(bold_string,'{\bd '); -bold_string:=ccat(bold_string,curr_str_page); -bold_string:=ccat(bold_string,'}'); -@.\bs{}us@> -end - -@d do_when_underscore == begin -if length(us_string) > 0 then add_comma(us_string); -us_string:=ccat(us_string,'\us{'); -us_string:=ccat(us_string,curr_str_page); -us_string:=ccat(us_string,'}'); -@.\bs{}us@> -end - -@d do_when_italic == begin -if length(rm_string) > 0 then add_comma(rm_string); -rm_string:=ccat(rm_string,'{\it '); -rm_string:=ccat(rm_string,curr_str_page); -rm_string:=ccat(rm_string,'}'); -@.\bs{}it@> -end -@z - -@x line 253 - ccat := x ccat_temp y; -@y - ccat := x + y; -@z - -@x line 271 -@^System dependent code@> -@p procedure reset_file(file_number:char); -begin -if file_number = '9' then reset(sort_file, -'NAME=TEXT1$$.OUTSORT.A,LRECL=1857,RECFM=V') -else reset(ix_file, -ccat(ccat('NAME=TEXT1$$.IX',str(file_number)),'.A')); -end; -@y -@^System dependent code@> -@p procedure reset_file(file_number:char); -begin -if file_number = '9' then begin open(sort_file, -'TEXT1$$.OUTSORT',history:=readonly); reset(sort_file); end -else begin open(ix_file,ccat('TEXT1$$.IX',file_number),history:=readonly); -reset(ix_file); end; -end; - -function trim(object:string_pass):string_pass; -var i:integer; -new_string:string_pass; -begin -i:=length(object)+1; -repeat - decr(i); - until (object[i] <> ' ') or (i=1); -if (object[i] = ' ') and (i=1) -then new_string:='' -else new_string:=dosubstr(object,1,i); -trim:=new_string; -end; -@z - -@x line 288 -rewrite(sort_file,'NAME=TEXT1$$.INSORT.A,LRECL=1857,RECFM=V') -else -rewrite(ix_file, -ccat(ccat('NAME=TEXT1$$.IX',str(file_number)), -'.A,LRECL=2048,RECFM=V')); -@y -begin open(sort_file,'TEXT1$$.INSORT'); -rewrite(sort_file); end -else -begin -open(ix_file,ccat('TEXT1$$.IX',file_number), -record@=_@>@t\_@>length:=1024); -rewrite(ix_file); end; -@z - -@x line 444 -@ The {\it get\_numeric} -function will take a packed array of length max\_pn\_alpha and convert -that array (which is really the page number) into an integer. - -@p function get_numeric(x_string:string_type(max_pn_alpha)):integer; -var @!i:integer; -begin -readstr(x_string,i); -get_numeric:=i; -end; -@y -@ The {\it get\_numeric} -function will take a packed array of length max\_pn\_alpha and convert -that array (which is really the page number) into an integer. - -@p function get_numeric(x_string:string_pass):integer; -var @!i:integer; -begin -readv(x_string,i); -get_numeric:=i; -end; -@z - -@x line 459 -@p procedure strvalue(x:integer; var results:pass_pn_alpha); -var -temp:string_type(max_pn_alpha); -begin -writestr(temp,x); -results:=ltrim(temp); -end; -@y -@p function ltrim(triml_in_string:string_pass):pn_type; -var i,j:integer; -triml_out_string:pn_type; -begin -j:=0; -for i:=1 to length(triml_in_string) do begin -if triml_in_string[i] <> ' ' then begin - incr(j); - triml_out_string[j]:=triml_in_string[i]; - end; -end; -ltrim:=triml_out_string; -end; - - -procedure strvalue(x:integer; var results:pn_type); -var -temp:string_type(max_pn_alpha); -begin - writev(temp,x); - results:=trim(ltrim(temp)); - end; -@z - -@x line 470 -@p function strconv(x:pn_alpha_type):string_type(max_pn_alpha); -var i:integer; -temp:string_type(max_pn_alpha); -begin -temp:='';i := 1; -with sort_record do begin -repeat -if x[i] <> ' ' then -temp := ccat(temp,str(x[i])); -incr(i); -until (i > max_pn_alpha) or (x[i] = ' '); -end; -strconv:=temp; -end; -@y -@p function strconv(x:pn_alpha_type):pass_pn_alpha; -var i:integer; -temp:string_type(max_pn_alpha); -begin -temp:='';i := 1; -with sort_record do begin -repeat -if x[i] <> ' ' then -temp := ccat(temp,x[i]); -incr(i); -until (i > max_pn_alpha) or (x[i] = ' '); -end; -strconv:=temp; -end; -@z - -@x line 626 -@ The {\it plsort} procedure is written in PL/1 to call the CMS sort program -Syncsort. This was necessary since you cannot call Syncsort from PASCAL/VS. -The fields to be sorted are defined internally in the {\it plsort} -program. This should be the same as the three sort fields in {\it sort\_type}. -@:sort_type@> -@:plsort@> @^PL/1@> -@^Syncsort@> - -@p procedure plsort(var sort_rc:integer); fortran; -@y -@ The {\it vmssort} procedure calls a VMS sort program. -You can use your favorite program here. -The three sort fields in {\it sort\_type} are to be sorted. -@:sort_type@> -@:vmssort@> - -@z - -@x line 643 -@ This function converts to all uppercase. -Notice that this is an EBCIDIC conversion, not an ASCII conversion -to uppercase. - -@p function upper_case(x:char):char; -var temp:char; -begin - if (ord(x)>=129)and(ord(x)<=169) then - temp:=chr(ord(x)+64) - else temp:=x; -upper_case:=temp; -end; -@y -@ This function converts to all uppercase. -Notice that this is an ASCII conversion, not an EBCDIC conversion -to uppercase. - -@p function upper_case(x:char):char; -var temp:char; -begin - if ord(x) >= "a" then - temp:=chr(ord(x)-@'40) - else temp:=x; -upper_case:=temp; -end; -@z - - -@x line 710 -@!temp_strvalue:pass_pn_alpha; -@y -@!temp_strvalue:pn_type; -@z - -@x line 738 -if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1) = 'no' -@y -if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1,length(in_record) --doindex(in_record,'=')) = 'no' -@z - -@x line 744 -if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1) = 'no' -@y -if dosubstr(in_record,doindex(in_record,'=')+1,length(in_record) --doindex(in_record,'=')) = 'no' -@z - -@x line 862 -@<Write Sort Record@>= -sort_file@@:=sort_record; -put(sort_file); -@y -@<Write Sort Record@>= -write(sort_file,sort_record); -@z - -@x line 890 -The page number for a blind entry will always be 999999999. - -@<Do Blind Entry@>= -begin remove_characters(6);{Throw away the `\$\{\$\}be'}@/ -i := doindex(in_record,'{$}'); -curr_level:=2; -write_print_chars(i-1); -curr_level:=0; -remove_characters(3);{Throw away the `\{\$\}'} -sort_record.page_number := 999999999; -@y -The page number for a blind entry will always be 9999. - -@<Do Blind Entry@>= -begin remove_characters(6);{Throw away the `\$\{\$\}be'}@/ -i := doindex(in_record,'{$}'); -curr_level:=2; -write_print_chars(i-1); -curr_level:=0; -remove_characters(3);{Throw away the `\{\$\}'} -sort_record.page_number := 9999; -@z - -@x line 937 -@p procedure add_page_number; -var i:integer; -@y -@p procedure add_page_number; -var i:integer; -label return; -@z - -@x line 955 -@<Add Page Number to the String@> -@y -@<Add Page Number to the String@> -return: -@z - -@x line 963 -@!str_build:string_type(max_lrecl); -@y -@!str_build:string_type(max_lrecl); -@!temp_build:string_type(max_lrecl); -@z - -@x line 976 -str_blind_entry := ccat(str_blind_entry,str(field_level[i])); -@y -str_blind_entry := ccat(str_blind_entry,field_level[i]); -@z - -@x line 996 -@ If the {\it page\_string[1]} is less than zero, its alphabetic and -roman numeral processing is necessary. - -@<Do Sorted Non Blind Entry@>= -with sort_record do begin -if ord(page_string[1]) < ord('0') -@y -@ If the {\it page\_string[1]} is greater - than nine, its alphabetic and -roman numeral processing is necessary. - -@<Do Sorted Non Blind Entry@>= -with sort_record do begin -if ord(page_string[1]) > ord('9') -@z - -@x line 1006 -str_build := ccat(ccat(ccat(strconv(page_string), -','),temp_strvalue),str_build); -@y -temp_build:=ccat(strconv(page_string),','); -temp_build:=ccat(temp_build,temp_strvalue); -str_build:=ccat(temp_build,str_build); -@z - -@x line 1103 -then curr_str_page:=dosubstr(curr_str_page,2) -@y -then curr_str_page:=dosubstr(curr_str_page,2,length(curr_str_page)-1) -@z - -@x line 1179 -if i < 1 then begin curr_str_page:=str_build; str_build:='';end -else begin -curr_str_page:=dosubstr(str_build,1,i-1); -str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1); -end; -@<Get the Current Print Type of this Page Number@>;@/ -if ord(curr_str_page[1]) < ord('0') {Then its alphabetic} -@y -if i < 1 then begin curr_str_page:=str_build; -str_build:='';end -else begin -curr_str_page:=dosubstr(str_build,1,i-1); -str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1,length(str_build)-i); -end; -@<Get the Current Print Type of this Page Number@>;@/ -if ord(curr_str_page[1]) > ord('9') -@z - - -@x line 1192 -if i < 1 then begin temp_roman:=str_build; str_build:='';end -else begin -temp_roman:=dosubstr(str_build,1,i-1); -str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1); -@y -if i < 1 then begin temp_roman:=str_build; -str_build:='';end -else begin -temp_roman:=dosubstr(str_build,1,i-1); -str_build := dosubstr(str_build,i+1,length(str_build)-i); -@z - -@x line 1254 -output_string := ccat(ccat('\leader{}',output_string),'\par'); -@y -output_string:=ccat('\leader{}',output_string); -output_string:=ccat(output_string,'\par'); -@z - -@x line 1305 -sort_record:=sort_file@@; -get(sort_file); -@y -read(sort_file,sort_record); -@z - -@x line 1524 -@* Main Program. -Ok, here is the main program. First we initialize (all\_blanks); then -set the ix\_file for input and the sort\_file for output; read all of the -entries, processing each one; close the files; sort; read the sorted file -in and build the entries, writing them back to the ix\_file to be read in -by the index markup. WHEW!! - -@p -begin @<Initialize Main@>@/ -termout(messages); -reset_file(ix);@/ -file_rewrite(s_file_number); {Should always be file 9}@/ -read_all_entries;@/ -close(ix_file);@/ -close(sort_file);@/ -@<Sort the Index@>@/ -reset_file(s_file_number);@/ -file_rewrite(ix);@/ -build_sorted_index;@/ -end; -@y -@* Main Program. -Ok, here is the main program. First we initialize (all\_blanks); then -prompt to determine which index to use (1, 2, or 3). -Next call VMS' sort routine. And thats it. - WHEW!! - -@p -begin @<Initialize Main@>@/ -write('Which index are you processing (1, 2, or 3)? ');@/ -readln(ix);@/ -if (ix <> '1') and (ix <> '2') and (ix <> '3') then begin -writeln(messages, -'You can only process indexes 1, 2, or 3. Start again.'); -halt; end; -writeln(''); -writeln(messages,'Starting the sort routine....'); -writeln(messages); -reset_file(ix);@/ -file_rewrite('9'); -read_all_entries; -close(ix_file); -close(sort_file); -@<Sort the Index@>@/ -reset_file('9'); -file_rewrite(ix); -build_sorted_index; -close(ix_file); {ix\_file now has the index to be run through \TeX} -end. -@z - - -@x line 1558 -sort_rc:integer; -@y -sort_rc:integer; -@!ix:char; -@z - - -@x line 1565 -plsort(sort_rc); -if sort_rc = 0 - then writeln(messages,'Index Successfully Completed') - else writeln(messages,'Index Failed'); -@y -vmssort(sort_rc); -if odd(sort_rc) - then writeln(messages,'Index Successfully Completed') - else writeln(messages,'Index Failed'); -@z diff --git a/macros/text1/vax_vms/texix_vms.readme b/macros/text1/vax_vms/texix_vms.readme deleted file mode 100644 index 1bc62ad50d..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/vax_vms/texix_vms.readme +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -To create a new application on VMS for the TEXT1 sorted index, you -must TANGLE the TEXIX.WEB file (found in the directory TEXIX) with the -TEXIX.CH changes file in this directory. Then compile the program with Pascal. -You must also compile VMSSORT with Pascal. -This is all done for you with the COMPILE_TEXIX.COM procedure. -The resulting TEXIX.EXE can be run by saying: - - $ RUN TEXIX - -It will ask for index level 1, 2, or 3. Usually "1" is used, which corresponds -to the index file TEXT1$$.IX1 which was created by running TEXT1 on your TEX -file. diff --git a/macros/text1/vax_vms/vmssort.pas b/macros/text1/vax_vms/vmssort.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 064cef2593..0000000000 --- a/macros/text1/vax_vms/vmssort.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -[environment('sortcall')] - -module vmssort(output); -procedure vmssort(var sort_rc:integer); -label RETURN; - -const - max_pn_alpha=20; - max_field = 300; - SS$_NORMAL = 1; - DSC$K_DTYPE_L = 8; (* Longword Integer. 32-bit signed *) - DSC$K_DTYPE_T = 14; (* Character-coded text. A single 8-bit character *) - sor$gk_record = 1; - -type - word_integer = [word] 0..65535; - byte_integer = [byte] 0..255; - pn_alpha_type=packed array[1..max_pn_alpha] of char; - field_array = packed array[1..max_field] of char; - field_type = packed record - field_lngth :integer; - field_level :field_array; - end; - sort_type = packed record - record_type :char; - page_number :integer; - abs_page_number :integer; - page_string :pn_alpha_type; - sort_part :packed array[1..3] of field_type; - print :packed array[1..3] of field_type; - end; - - -var - sort_stat: integer; - key_info:array[1..21] of word_integer - := (5,DSC$K_DTYPE_T,0,33,300, - DSC$K_DTYPE_T,0,337,300, - DSC$K_DTYPE_T,0,641,300, - DSC$K_DTYPE_L,1,5,4, - DSC$K_DTYPE_L,0,1,4); - vmssort_type:byte_integer := sor$gk_record; - - -function sor$pass_files( - in_file: [class_s] packed array [l..u:integer] of char; - out_file: [class_s] packed array [a..b:integer] of char) - : integer; extern; - -function sor$begin_sort( - %REF key_data: array [l..u:integer] of word_integer; - long_rec: word_integer := %IMMED 0; - options: integer := %IMMED 0; - in_file_size: integer := %IMMED 0; - user_compare: integer := %IMMED 0; - user_equal: integer := %IMMED 0; - s_type: byte_integer; - work_files: byte_integer := %IMMED 0; - context : integer := %IMMED 0): integer; extern; - -function sor$sort_merge: integer; extern; - -function sor$end_sort: integer; extern; - -begin - sort_stat:=sor$pass_files(in_file:='TEXT1$$.INSORT', - out_file:='TEXT1$$.OUTSORT'); - if not odd(sort_stat) then goto RETURN; - sort_stat:=sor$begin_sort(key_data:=key_info, - s_type:=vmssort_type); - if not odd(sort_stat) then goto RETURN; - sort_stat:=sor$sort_merge; - if not odd(sort_stat) then goto RETURN; - sort_stat:=sor$end_sort; -RETURN: - sort_rc:=sort_stat; -end; -end. |